HONG KONG STUDIES READER SERIES

Hong Kong Popular Culture Worlding Film, Television, and Pop Music

Klavier J. Wang Hong Kong Studies Reader Series

Series Editors Brian C. H. Fong Academy of Hong Kong Studies The Education Tai Po, Hong Kong

Tai-Lok Lui Academy of Hong Kong Studies The Education University of Hong Kong Tai Po, Hong Kong

Stephen Chiu Academy of Hong Kong Studies The Education University of Hong Kong Tai Po, Hong Kong In recent years, Hong Kong society has undergone significant political, economic and social changes. Hong Kong Studies, as an interdisciplinary field of area studies that takes “Hong Kong” as a central subject of analy- sis, has become the focus of attention for both locals and non-locals from different backgrounds. There is a growing demand from local and non-­ local students, school teachers, scholars, policy researchers, journalists, politicians and businessmen to understand the development of Hong Kong in a more systematic way. The Hong Kong Studies Reader Series is designed to address this pressing need by publishing clear, concise and accessible readers to key areas of Hong Kong Studies including politics, history, culture, media, etc. The series aims to offer English-Chinese-­ Japanese trilingual guides to anyone who is interested in understanding and researching Hong Kong.

More information about this series at http://www.palgrave.com/gp/series/15923 Klavier J. Wang Hong Kong Popular Culture

Worlding Film, Television, and Pop Music Klavier J. Wang Tisch School of the Arts New York University New York, NY, USA

ISSN 2523-7764 ISSN 2523-7772 (electronic) Hong Kong Studies Reader Series ISBN 978-981-13-8816-3 ISBN 978-981-13-8817-0 (eBook) https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0

© The Editor(s) (if applicable) and The Author(s), under exclusive licence to Springer Nature Pte Ltd. 2020 This work is subject to copyright. All rights are solely and exclusively licensed by the Publisher, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilms or in any other physical way, and transmission or information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter developed. The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, service marks, etc. in this publication does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use. The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this book are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the pub- lisher nor the authors or the editors give a warranty, express or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or for any errors or omissions that may have been made. The publisher remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institu- tional affiliations.

Cover illustration: © Yuji Sakai / Getty Images

This Palgrave Macmillan imprint is published by the registered company Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. The registered company address is: 152 Beach Road, #21-­01/04 Gateway East, Singapore 189721, Singapore Hong Kong Studies Reader Series

Hong Kong Studies is an interdisciplinary field of area studies that takes “Hong Kong” as a central subject of analysis. In recent years, Hong Kong society has undergone significant political, economic and social changes, making Hong Kong Studies the focus of attention for people both inside and outside Hong Kong. As a result, there is a growing demand from local and non-local students, school teachers, scholars, policy researchers, journalists, politicians and business- people to understand the transformation of Hong Kong in a more sys- tematic way. The Hong Kong Studies Reader Series is designed to address this press- ing need. By publishing clear, concise and accessible readers on key areas of Hong Kong Studies ranging from politics and history to society and culture, we aim at offering academic guides to anyone who is interested in understanding and researching Hong Kong. For Hong Kong Studies, it is probably the best of times.

v vi Hong Kong Studies Reader Series

The Academy of Hong Kong Studies (AHKS), established in July 2015, is the first, and so far only, academy dedicated to fostering Hong Kong Studies within local tertiary institutions. Adopting the strategic direction of “Worlding Hong Kong Studies”, the AHKS drives interdisci- plinary knowledge creation and transfer initiatives on Hong Kong-centric subjects and fosters the development of a “cross-regional Hong Kong Studies research community”. https://www.eduhk.hk/ahks

Academy of Hong Kong Studies, The Education Brian C.H. Fong University of Hong Kong, Tai Po, Hong Kong Tai-lok Lui The Hong Kong Institute of Education, Stephen Chiu Tai Po, Hong Kong On Translation and Romanization

Translations from Chinese materials to English are based on several rules. Translation of Chinese film titles is consistent with the “Hong Kong Filmography” published by the Hong Kong Film Archive. The original Chinese film titles presented in and original Chinese characters are also given following the English translation. Translations of television drama titles, song album titles and song titles are mostly mine unless another translation version is available from the pro- duction entity (e.g. TV drama When Heaven Burns/Tian Yu Di 天與地). Similar to the translation of film titles, pinyin transcription and original Chinese characters of the titles follow English translations. Names of people from Hong Kong are generally Romanized and pre- sented according to the style commonly used in Hong Kong. Some go with English first name followed by Chinese surname (e.g. Bruce Lee, ), while some follow the original order in which surname goes before first name (e.g. Ng Cho-fan, Wong Kar-wai). Names of people from mainland are usually transcribed according to the pinyin sys- tem (e.g. Cai Chusheng, Ruan Lingyu). Special cases such as film stars who are known to the world by their stage name are directly Romanized according to the or Mandarin pronunciation (e.g. Kong Suet, Siu Yin Fei). The different treatments on the translations are based on how these people are conventionally known to the society and thus trans- literated according to the Hong Kong, Taiwan, mainland Chinese or Southeastern Asian Romanization system. For the sake of clarity, Chinese characters are supplemented following the translation.

vii Acknowledgments

First and foremost, I cannot express enough gratitude for the generous intellectual, material and affective support from the Academy of Hong Kong Studies (AHKS), the Education University of Hong Kong. Without the consistent and generous support from AHKS, I could not have pro- duced this monograph. The AHKS is the first ever and still the only Hong Kong-based institution that is dedicated to fostering Hong Kong Studies within local tertiary institutions. Embracing the “worlding Hong Kong studies” mission, the AHKS drives interdisciplinary knowledge creation and transfer initiatives on Hong Kong-centric subjects and fosters the development of a “cross-regional Hong Kong Studies research commu- nity”. This mission neatly interlocks with my overall academic pursuit in popular culture research and Hong Kong history, especially in terms of how Hong Kong has been playing a crucial role in converging talents of multi-ethnicities and spreading “culture made-in Hong Kong” to the world. It is indeed a tremendous honor for me to be AHKS’s first post- doctoral research fellow and to be granted sufficient room and resources to bring this mission into action–the production of this monograph, Hong Kong Popular Culture: Worlding films, television and pop music. My privilege and precious opportunity as a new PhD graduate back in 2016 when I joined the AHKS are concretized by the provision of this book project under the groundbreaking book series Hong Kong Studies Reader Series edited by Dr Brian C. H. Fong, Professor Lui Tai-lok and Professor Stephen Chiu Wing-kai. Acclaimed scholars on Hong Kong society and cultural development, Professors Lui and Chiu have always been such illuminating mentors, and I owe them my greatest gratitude. I

ix x Acknowledgments am also indebted to Dr Brian Fong for his never-failing support and encouragement on my prolonged information gathering, book planning and writing journey. At the juncture that Hong Kong, after 20 years of her reversion to the People’s Republic of China’s sovereignty, is experiencing an identity crisis and has witnessed flows of social movements that demand larger room for democratization and political freedom, the inauguration of the Hong Kong Studies Reader Series is a timely contribution. I join force to respond to the call of time by completing this book, recounting, re-discovering and re-positioning Hong Kong popular culture as the crown jewel to the city and a (hidden) gem to regional and world cul- tural scape. Special thanks also go to scholarly advisors, colleagues and friends who have offered me valuable and constructive ideas, comments and sugges- tions at different stages of the book composition: Professor Chris Berry, Dr Chow Yiu Fai, Professor Chu Yiu-Wai, Professor Francis Lee Lap Fung, Dr Stephanie Ng Yuet-wah, Dr Enoch Tam Yee-lok and Professor David Der-wei Wang. In addition, encouragement and intellectual spark could always be obtained from heart-warming conversations with Professor Anthony Fung Ying Him, who led me down the road of popular culture research back to my Masters degree studies; Professor Eric Ma Kit-wai, my qualitative research method teacher who motivates me through his inspir- ing life experience and teaching methods; and Professor Ng Chun Hung, whose Hong Kong popular culture research works laid the founding stone in this field. Notably, insightful views from anonymous reviewers at the early stage of my book manuscript preparation helped me better craft the book structure and focal points. This book takes a century-long journey of Hong Kong’s popular cul- ture development and its profound connection with the world. Standing on giants’ shoulders–the prolific and extensive literatures on Hong Kong film, television and popular music studies contributed by scholars from Hong Kong and abroad–I have been deeply enlightened by not only the focus from academic and mass publications, but also the arresting history of Hong Kong. Hong Kong’s popular culture is a hallmark of the city. To further enrich the landscape of this area, I sought assistance from a large variety of organizations whose treasured archival resources, historical records and statistical data made the completion of this book possible. I express my gratitude for the support and courtesy provided by these orga- nizations: Special Collections at the University of Hong Kong Libraries, The Ephemera Archive at Chao Center for Asian Studies at Rice University, Acknowledgments xi

The Hong Kong Film Archive, the Hong Kong Motion Picture Industry Association, Hong Kong Box Office Limited, Broadway Circuit (Hong Kong), CreateHK of the Hong Kong government, Hong Kong Leisure and Cultural Services Department of the Hong Kong government, Census and Statistics Department of the Hong Kong government, the Hong Kong Public Records Office, the Taiwan Film Institute and The National Archives (London, England). As the book also includes the latest developments in Hong Kong popu- lar culture, I gathered valuable opinions from professionals who are work- ing in the industry. Here I express my gratitude to Au Man-kit, Chan Chi-fat, Dr Chow Yiu Fai, Jess Leung, Tessa Lau, Gary Mak, Ng Ka-leung, Vicky Wong, Adam Wong and other anonymous interviewees who gener- ously shared with me behind-the-scenes insights. Some data-compiling jobs for this book were completed by my intern at AHKS, Mark Garcia, who is passionate about Hong Kong culture. I owe a million thanks to my beloved colleagues at AHKS during the years I have been engaged in this book project, who have never failed to give me endless encouragement and back-up. Last but not least, I thank my hus- band Ben and my family’s unreserved love. Praise for Hong Kong Popular Culture

“In Hong Kong Popular Culture, Klavier Wang sets out to examine a broad range of Hong Kong popular culture from film texts, TV images, to popular music. Based on a historical perspective, Wang showcases how Hong Kong popular cul- ture serves as collective memory of Hong Kong’s cultural identity and transform- ing values and everyday life culture.” —Anthony Y. H. Fung, Professor, School of Journalism and Communication, The Chinese University of Hong Kong

“In this path-breaking book, Klavier Wang takes on an intriguing project to docu- ment and historicize ‘the understudied while enthralling “global-ness” of Hong Kong popular culture’. This is a very challenging task as the topic has been glar- ingly left out by the English-speaking academic community. Having set a valuable standard for Hong Kong studies, the book provides an essential guide to popular cultural products and icons of the city through vivid accounts of Hong Kong film, television, pop music, and their worldings. This framework offers not only sign- posts to the study of Hong Kong popular culture, but also theoretical routes into Hong Kong studies as an academic discipline. Thoroughly engaged with the exist- ing scholarships in related areas, this book contributes enormously to our under- standing of how its popular culture has promoted the brand name of Hong Kong to audiences around the world. Besides the fascinating cultural treasure hunt that will generate renewed interest in Hong Kong, the inclusion of educational ele- ments–such as further reading materials and discussion questions–is also a remark- able undertaking. They are useful to common readers as well as researchers who would have the chance to reflect on their perceptions of Hong Kong from differ- ent perspectives. Informative, enjoyable and long overdue, this book is a must read for anyone who is interested in Hong Kong culture and related topics.” —Yiu Wai Chu, Professor, School of Modern Languages and Cultures (Hong Kong Studies), The University of Hong Kong

“Interests in Hong Kong’s film, pop music and television are plenty and yet few attempts have been made to offer an integrated account of its popular culture. Klavier Wang takes up the challenge and presents her insights to us about how to understand the worlding of Hong Kong’s popular culture. Her analysis is solidly grounded on an account of the historical development of film, pop music and television. At the same time, she is able to highlight the distinctive features of Hong Kong’s popular culture at the levels of industry and organization. More specifically, she sees its development as contextualized in a global setting. This is both an introductory text for understanding Hong Kong’s popular culture and a monograph that researchers in the areas of cultural studies, East Asian studies, and media studies will refer to.” —Tai-lok Lui, Chair Professor of Hong Kong Studies, The Education University of Hong Kong Contents

1 Introduction 1

2 Making Hong Kong Film 33

3 Worlding Hong Kong Film 117

4 Making Hong Kong TV 217

5 Worlding Hong Kong TV 295

6 Making 341

7 Worlding Cantopop 409

8 Epilogue 455

Index 487

xv List of Figures

Image 2.1 Ngan Mok Street 36 Image 2.2 Advertisement of Edison’s Kinetophone exhibition in Hong Kong 37 Image 2.3 Booklet of World Theater No.41, August 16, 1928 42 Image 2.4 Apollo Theatre in 1960s 79 Image 2.5 State Theater at North Point 81 Fig. 2.1 Composition of cinema chains in the 1990s 82 Fig. 2.2 Box-office change of Hong Kong and foreign films 91 Image 2.6 State Theater in the 1990s 94 Image 2.7 Mini-theater of BC 96 Image 2.8 Leisure space BC 97 Image 2.9 First Art House BC 98 Fig. 3.1 Number of films screened in Taiwan—Hong Kong films and Taiwan films 151 Fig. 3.2 Change of price of exported Hong Kong films in Taiwan 152 Image 3.1 Clear Water Bay Film Studio of Shaw Brothers 174 Fig. 3.3 A general picture of domestic exportation of Hong Kong exposed and developed films 199 Fig. 3.4 Re-export of exposed or developed film 201 Fig. 3.5 Re-export of exposed or developed film 202 Image 4.1 Citizens living at rural Wang Toi Shan area 232 Image 4.2 Communities under the Lion Rocks in the 1960s 252 Image 4.3 Lion Rocks with banner 257 Fig. 5.1 Change of TVB business annual turnover 309 Fig. 5.2 Change of TVB overseas business annual turnover 310 Image 6.1 Tatming and Chow Yiu Fai 380

xvii xviii List of Figures

Image 6.2 Lyrics from Beyond’s Hit Song 383 Fig. 6.1 Recording industry in numbers—album unit sales 394 Fig. 6.2 Recording industry in numbers—album retail value 395 Image 6.3 Photo Album of Twins 398 Image 6.4 Chow Yiu Fai and Anthony Wong 404 Image 7.1 Columbia-Wo Shing production label 418 Image 8.1 CityHall in the 1960s 461 Image 8.2 Pigture film studio established by Chan Chi Fat 475 Image 8.3 Chow Yiu Fai 477 Image 8.4 WeWillBeBack 480 List of Tables

Table 2.1 Early images of Hong Kong 38 Table 2.2 Hong Kong Films before the anti-Japan war 47 Table 2.3 Genres of Hong Kong films in the pre-war period 47 Table 2.4 Hong Kong Films in different languages in the post-war period 60 Table 2.5 Total number of films produced annually—in comparison (1950s–1980s) 60 Table 2.6 Productions of major film companies, 1957–1970 68 Table 2.7 Number of Cantonese and Mandarin films in the 1960s and 1970s 68 Table 2.8 Exhibition of Hong Kong films and Foreign Films in the 1990s and 2000s 86 Table 2.9 Changes of revenue from overseas markets 100 Table 2.10 Number of Hong Kong films after CEPA (including Hong Kong films and co-production films) 106 Table 3.1 Production of films in and Hong Kong before and during wartime 128 Table 3.2 Mainland film industry collaborated with Hong Kong and Taiwan 140 Table 3.3 Box Office in Taiwan—Hong Kong films and Taiwan-invested Hong Kong films (thousand, New Taiwan Dollars) 154 Table 3.4 Population of Sino-population in Southeast Asia in 1970 178 Table 3.5 Percentage of different linguistic groups among Sino- population in Southeast Asia in 1950 188 Table 3.6 Box office performance of Hong Kong films 196

xix xx LIST OF TABLES

Table 3.7 A general picture of domestic exportation of Hong Kong exposed and developed films over and less than 35 mm in width (measured in quantity and value) 198 Table 3.8 Imports and Exports of Videotapes, Laser Disks and Other Compact Disks (HKD) 200 Table 3.9 Changes of major buyers of Hong Kong domestic exported films (values of films exported to different countries) 203 Table 3.10 Changes of major buyers of Hong Kong domestic exported films (values and quantities of films exported to different countries) 205 Table 4.1 development of early broadcasting in Hong Kong 220 Table 4.2 Number of household TV set 234 Table 4.3 Annual loss of RTV/ATV 243 Table 4.4 Net profit of TVB 1979–1994 (Hong Kong dollar) 258 Table 4.5 Viewership of Chinese television channels 260 Table 4.6 Annual loss of ATV 1988–1991 260 Table 4.7 Audience viewing preference survey 262 Table 4.8 TV program genre preference by people of different occupations 263 Table 4.9 Viewing rate of ATV and TVB 1982–1991 272 Table 4.10 Viewing rate of TVB’s Miss Hong Kong Pageant final contest 272 Table 4.11 Percentage of working women of different ages 273 Table 4.12 TVB Jade audience viewing behavior 274 Table 4.13 development of home video and video-leasing shops 274 Table 4.14 Hong Kong Television Appreciation Index 2000–2016 277 Table 5.1 Change of TVB overseas market turnover 308 Table 5.2 Change of TVB overseas market turnover 309 Table 5.3 Television dramas imported by ATV 312 Table 5.4 Viewership of foreign (including Hong Kong) and local television programs in 319 Table 5.5 Viewership of Hong Kong television programs in Guangdong (in comparison with CCTV channels) 319 Table 5.6 Viewership of television dramas of top 5 popular channels in 2004 321 Table 5.7 Roles of mainland Chinese in Hong Kong television dramas 325 Table 6.1 Number of gold or platinum TV song albums 362 Table 6.2 Number of gold discs obtained by different local singers (1977) 366 Table 6.3 Number of gold discs obtained by different local singers (1978) 367 Table 6.4 Number of gold and platinum discs obtained by local singers 376 List of Tables xxi

Table 6.5 Sales of Cantopop albums (1988–95) 381 Table 6.6 Sales and revenue of Cantopop albums (1995–1998) 392 Table 8.1 Total number of cinemas and seats by year between 2005 and 2015 470 CHAPTER 1

Introduction

A documentary titled Havana Divas/Guba Huadan 古巴花旦 (2018) made headlines in various film review outlets. The film unmasks intriguing life stories of two Cuban ladies who acquired singing skills from their Guangdong-origin parents—members of the non-ceasing and massive migrant flow in the late nineteenth century who departed from South China to North and South American countries. Brought to the land full of waving palm trees and sugarcanes from across the Pacific were thousands of cheap laborers and their folk culture originating in the South China cultural circle. Cantonese opera was the most popular leisure activity. Following the advancement of filming technology, Cantonese opera sing-song film became a dominant genre and, interestingly, this distinctive film genre turned out to be one of the earliest cultural products that generated border-crossing impact. Hong Kong film is the one and only genre that takes its name from a city instead of a state (e.g. French film) or an industrial region (e.g. Hollywood film). Even though a subject of dispute and even called by the Hong Kong International Film Festival Society, “The Controversial Centenary of Hong Kong Cinema”, the 100-year Hong Kong Cinema exhibition received a grand opening at the breathtaking Carlton Beach during the 2009 Cannes International Film Festival. While the so-called centenary anniversary in 2009, which was endorsed by the government-funded Hong Kong Film Development Council, was under criticism and deserves more scrupulous scrutiny, there is already plenty to be celebrated as Hong Kong cinema repre- sents one of the oldest shops in the global industry.

© The Author(s) 2020 1 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_1 2 K. J. WANG

In 2007, Hollywood blockbuster The Departed (2007) won the best direc- tor award in the 79th Oscar Academy Awards. The Departed is a remake of the Hong Kong crime-thriller movie /Wu Jian Dao 無 間道 (2006). Equally appealing to foreign audiences yet on a lesser scale, Hong Kong’s popular music, aka Cantopop, is another Hong Kong trademark. On April Fools’ Day, since 2003, Hong Kong welcomes folks from Japan and South Korea, mostly middle-aged ladies, to a special concert. The is only seen on a huge screen, and his smile and eye contact always seems so close to the screaming audience. Flowers are placed in front of the screen instead of being handed to the virtuoso singer. Befuddling yet heartbreaking, this virtual con- cert annually entices fans, home and abroad, to share deep remembrances of their beloved deceased super star—Leslie Cheung (張國榮), who leapt to his death from a height on April Fools’ Day in 2003 as a result of depression. Similarly but in a different way, a landmark song also achieved great suc- cess. A pro-democracy social movement (aka Umbrella Movement) drew the global spotlight in 2014. Records show that over one million people took part in the city’s largest activism event, among who were a number of household names: lyrist Albert Leung (林夕), singer Denise Ho (何韻詩), singer Anthony Wong (黃耀明), actress Deanie Ip (葉德嫻) and a lot more. Hoist the Umbrella/Chengqi Yusan 撐起雨傘, a pop song was collectively composed and performed as a token to this uprising. A popular cultural and social influencer, this song was awarded the Most Popular Song (我最喜愛歌曲) in the 2014 Ultimate Song Chart Awards Presentation. Collective action is not new to this city, which, as shown in the above case, actually makes an alternative stage for popular culture. “I want to watch TV”, “Give me back the HKTV”, over a 100,000 protesters chanted in front of the government headquarters, as a movement that supported licensing to Hong Kong TV Network (HKTV) corporation reached its zenith. Living in a city populated by 7 million residents, Hong Kong people finally got the chance to enjoy their third free-to-air television network in 2013. When the perceived mostly well-prepared corporation HKTV failed to be granted the free television license, for the first time, Hong Kong citizens took to the streets for the sake of “TV watching”, which, ironically, represents one of the most well-established popular cultural activities that is said to have epitomized a Hong Kong taste throughout the last half century. Outcry from the public, more often than not, is mingled with popular cultural products. “This city is dying”, a thunderous line from a legacy-like Television Broadcasts Limited (TVB) television drama When Heaven ­Burns/ 1 INTRODUCTION 3

Tian yu Di 天與地 (2011) which eventually became talk of the town due to the bold steps taken by the script writers in touching various local political issues, embodying the public discourse at the time which was largely overshad- owed by unfinished demands of a democratic election system.

Worlding Hong Kong Popular Culture A brief scanning of the above popular culture anecdotes suggests com- pelling allegorical reflections of historical, political-economic, social and cultural developments locally, regionally and globally. Hong Kong popu- lar culture, namely film, television drama and popular music, is a mirror of socio-historical trends and more importantly, a world-traveling vessel. Once overlooked by the colonial government and ordinary population, popular culture derived from Hong Kong has generated, aside from eco- nomic profits alone, far-reaching cultural and political influences. These influences have sprawled beyond nation-state borders and ethnic-cul- tural barriers. Chapter by chapter, this book will unveil how Hong Kong’s popular cultural products and virtuoso cultural icons have branded the city and promoted the Hong Kong brand name to overseas audience. This is the premise from which the cultural journey depicted in this book sails off. While extended studies derived from different disciplines, especially in the realm of film studies, have established the foundation based on which this book takes a step forward, existing resources fall short in positioning Hong Kong popular culture within a wider spectrum—Hong Kong popu- lar culture in a global scale. Although works from film studies have touched upon this subject, a void remains in studies of Hong Kong television cul- ture and popular music: two cultural genres that actually have shaped and transformed regional and even global popular cultural landscapes. Equally important is how we re-assess “Hong Kong in the world”. It is only in recent decades that scholars (e.g. Elizabeth Sinn, Lui Tai-lok, Priscilla Roberts, John Carroll, Mark Chi-kwan) have paid special atten- tion to the role of this tiny city in centennial world trading development, maritime history and wartime geo-politics. Intriguingly, Hong Kong is marginal and yet nodal, as is its popular culture. This seemingly self-­ contradictory claim will be presented in the book with a theme that stretches along anecdote, milestone and serial industrial transformation about how Hong Kong popular culture has mirrored the vibrant port city character with commoners of multi-backgrounds living or passing through 4 K. J. WANG the land. The focal point that embroils this theme is the connection between Hong Kong and other parts of the world. Connecting to the world provides a striking outlook of Hong Kong being a polyglot city. As popular culture is rooted in people’s everyday life, which seldom exists in a social vacuum, we therefore can never treat popular culture as merely mass entertainment or profit-making merchandise, but instead must view it as an integral part that crafts and is usurped by the place, time, people and zeitgeist. By corollary, situating Hong Kong popular culture in a tem- porally and territorially wider angle refreshes our conceptual and peda- gogical assumption of the writing and reading of the histography of Hong Kong, Sinophone community and the global cultural landscape. This book presents a chronology, if not a histography, taking readers on a riveting adventure through Hong Kong popular culture development in the home region and around the globe, from the turn of the twentieth century into the new millennium. Standing on giant’s shoulders, this book not only heavily relies on existing research findings but also delves into corporation documents, government archives, organization archives and industrial and media reports to rethink the role played by popular culture in Hong Kong and beyond. Conceptual tools from different disciplines such as history, literature and cultural studies are employed to make this expedition possible. The goal of this book is less to tout the monumental greatness of cen- tennial Hong Kong popular culture, to lament over the bygone gilded age that marks the culmination of production and sales record, or to present a complete account on the city’s cultural history, but more to embark on an eye-opening tour in this luxuriant jungle and, to a certain extent, a treasure-­hunting journey into the understudied while enthralling “global-­ ness” of Hong Kong popular culture—worlding of Hong Kong popular culture. By using this term, I am greatly enlightened by literature scholar and a leading figure in Sinophone Huayu( Yuxi 華語語系) studies, David Der-wei Wang. He edited the latest literary history of modern China—a challenge to traditional orthodox comprehension and a leap forward to re-read Chinese literature under a global canvas. Transforming the word “world” into a verb was pioneered by Heidegger, who called attention to the way “in which the world is constructed and exists eternally in a con- stantly shifting state of becoming” (cited in Wang 2017, p. 13), a condi- tion that foregrounds and evolves being-in-the-world, while the world itself is a flux of ever-renewing reality. Wang casts light on the “dynamics of the travelling and transculturation” of modern Chinese literature in 1 INTRODUCTION 5 terms of not only physical mobility but also conceptual, affective and tech- nological transmutation through space and time. Though the Heideggerian philosophical claim yields a far larger episte- mological paradigm shift, here, I borrow this overarching concept to sepa- rate what this book attempts to envisage: the mutually influential forces between popular culture and serial historical and geo-political contingen- cies. The traveling and transculturation is vividly embodied in the develop- ment of Hong Kong popular culture. Not only do various political-social conditions lead to a trans-regional distribution network and affective impact of Hong Kong popular cultural products, it is also noteworthy that Hong Kong culture itself becomes a meeting place of multi-cultures: exchange of talents, adaptation of cultural elements and border-crossing imaginatory allegory. Thus, the “worlding” of Hong Kong popular cul- ture at the same time echoes features that characterize the society itself: located at the edge of mainland Chinese territory, a former British colony under the laissez-faire rule and a conjunction criss-crossing different polit- ical, economic and social powers. These in-motion crescendos are thus reflected through the seemingly ambivalent yet arresting relation of the Cold War and Hong Kong film’s prevalence in Southeast Asia and Taiwan, the penetration of Hong Kong popular culture in the Greater China region under the contexts of China’s slowly unveiled door-opening policy and Taiwan’s dawn of lifting martial law, the rising of national cultural industries in former underdeveloped countries and the ceasing pace of Hong Kong popular culture’s border-crossing influence and a long list to depict the “being-in-the-world”. In the following discussion, the worlding of Hong Kong popular cul- ture will be elaborated through a number of perspectives. First, Hong Kong as well as its popular culture embodies a meeting place of people, culture and capital from a wide array of backgrounds, and, second, it is due to this enthralling geo-political and socio-cultural nature that Hong Kong popular culture plays a special role in the Sinophone-language cir- cle, namely and conceptually, Sinophone studies. Moreover, beyond lan- guage and cultural habitual barriers, Hong Kong popular culture in the age that witnessed the “Asian Four Tigers” taking off became a role model for the East Asian region by envisaging modernity and urbanity, values that symbolized “progression”. This was the moment during which, after Cantonese opera films, Kung Fu mania and wartime broad- casting, Hong Kong turned to a border-crossing landmark cultural trend- setter once again. 6 K. J. WANG

In a word, what sets Hong Kong apart from the rest of China and the world is the “worlding” of Hong Kong popular culture. This remarkable signature could never be isolated from other social institutions, namely, Hong Kong’s former colonial status, port city character and its incompa- rable geo-political locus at the crux of wars—a series of historical contin- gencies that later configure the manifestation, vision and networking system of Hong Kong’s film, television and popular music industries.

Studying Hong Kong

A Meeting Place Before we delve into a discussion on popular culture, a lofty question arises: how does one describe Hong Kong? Hong Kong was once regarded a desert of culture, when compared to the so-called 5000-year-old Chinese culture. Hong Kong was once char- acterized by its remarkable raison d’être profit-making philosophy. A recently unearthed intriguing case of the exiled Chinese pedantic literati Wang Tao (Sinn 2017), who drastically revised his perception of Hong Kong from condemnation to admiration as time went by, vividly portrays the inferior status of Hong Kong in the eyes of the orthodox central- plain (Zhong yuan 中原) intelligentsia. Orthodox Chinese culture, in this sense, was anchored in the vast central plain along the Yellow River and the Southeast-end region along the Yangtze River. Wang was spirited to Hong Kong at the turn of the twentieth century. In the eyes of Wang, Hong Kong’s once exasperating business-oriented social state of mind and locus as an international port city turned into a buttress of rule of law and a scrupulous trading system, which added enormously to Wang’s growing sense of belonging and endeavoring self-contribution. Even though popular culture, instead of the dominant commercial culture, was barely a focus for Wang, in Sinn’s depiction, Wang found an alterna- tive cultural taste that characterized the cityscape—“with little preten- sion to high culture” (means Yangtze River region literary culture from Wang’s hometown) (Sinn 2017, p. 3). Thus, a double marginality of Hong Kong is revealed geographically and culturally according to the central-plain point of view. However, any one living today must have acknowledged: to those from other regions of China, Hong Kong’s mass cultural landscape is one that is a foreign and exotic scene made of lan- guages, cuisines, rituals and even festivals of its own. Hong Kong, at the 1 INTRODUCTION 7 turn of the century, lifted the ­curtain on a prosperous popular cultural scene—neither a copycat of Shanghai’s modern dream nor an aspiration of the then reviving Beijing opera glamour, but a Pearl River Delta per- sonality of its own (Man 2014) plus encounters across cultures. With Cantonese opera singing and vaudeville-filled­ commoners’ pastimes, cul- tural enjoyments derived from upper-class Englishmen, Eurasians and Chinese elites further colored the city as “a space of flow for people, goods, information, capital, objects, political ideas, social customs, reli- gious beliefs, and much else, all shaping its evolution as a world city” (Sinn 2017, p. viii). Nevertheless, in the recent decades, people from China, Asia or even from Euro-American countries could seldom disregard the fact that Hong Kong’s fame has stretched beyond its 2754 square kilometer territory. As acknowledgment of Hong Kong’s vibrant multi-cultural bedrock and its internationally acclaimed role as a financial center, in the latest mainstream discourse, some keywords that appear in most travel guides are tradition and modernity, East meets West, gem of the Orient and paradise of shop- ping, to name a few. Government sectors brand the city “Asia’s World City” and “Best of All”, implicating the city’s all-encompassing character where contrast, variety, trendiness and excitement live side by side. That being said, the focusing on Hong Kong’s flamboyant cosmopolitan nature, however, simplifies the deep-seated historical sources of influence and consequences that deserve more recognition. In 2012, a Hong Kong movie Floating City/Fu Cheng 浮城 (2012) was regarded a metaphor of how the city has turned to a financial center—an anchorless floating boat (migration city) that dared not surrender to adversities (hardworking laborers create economic miracle). This film echoes a well-known commercial for HSBC (the Hongkong Shanghai Banking Corporation) that was launched two years before the 1997 sov- ereignty transition. As one of the top leading banking systems dating back to the British colonial era, HSBC is portrayed as a fisherman who overcomes ebbs and flows in the tide and strives to provide the best for his family. Through this portrayal, HSBC is not only a lifelong compan- ion to Hong Kong, but it also takes the role of a guardian. Presented in a nostalgic tone, both the film and the commercial presented the past Hong Kong—the once humble underdog endeavoring to achieve excel- lence. This Cinderella-like story is often seen in mainstream discourse. While downplaying the “cosmopolitan” high pitch, such a victimized portrayal is no more than another oversimplified sketch that, to a certain 8 K. J. WANG extent, hyperboles the role of economic forces and effective colonial governance. The above hackneyed description of “East meets West” and the previ- ous Chinese/British-centered lens has been increasingly challenged by historians who otherwise probe into how Hong Kong has been made into a place of making, encountering, diffusing, engineering, adopting, resist- ing and reconfiguring resources of all kinds and has eventually turned into what it looked like (Sinn and Munn 2017). Hong Kong film studies scholar Esther Cheung (2001) also challenges the dominant colonialist epics that lead to a monolithic discourse of modernity-as-progress. She further argues that Hong Kong’s “local culture” is shaped by divergent historical agents as it has been shaped by the political, social and economic changes in the local context and the larger world outside. In a recently published article on one of Hong Kong’s signatures—tea café (aka caa caan teng 茶餐廳), the author, also contesting the “East meets West” dis- course, vividly demonstrates how foods in tea cafes embody “hybridity as the transgression of boundaries through the negotiation of cultural differ- ences” (Chan 2018, p. 1)—an entanglement of ethnicities and cultures. In effect, today, we are still captivated by the fact that Hong Kong stands out in the globe by exhibiting achievements of capitalistic develop- ment, a port city character that huddles a diverse cityscape of multi-­ languages, nationalities, religions and lifestyles, and the prosperity derived from over a century of non-ceasing multidirectional flow of commerce, information as well as human resources. Yet a melting pot of multiple cul- tures and ethnicities is, of course, not unique to Hong Kong. For better or worse, the city’s colonial past that entails a laissez-faire political-­ economic mechanism introduces to this place flexibility, hybridity and fluidity—a set of key characteristics that steers our broader vision on the interactions and cross-fertilizations between Hong Kong’s popular cul- ture, the Hong Kong society and the larger external world. For a long time, people have taken a false zero-game assumption regarding the relationship between commerce and culture. The case of Hong Kong demonstrates the co-existence and inter-reliance of these two elements. The journey Hong Kong popular culture has taken, as will be sumptuously delineated chapter by chapter, has demonstrated that the well-maintained equilibrium in Hong Kong that its laissez-faire political-­ economic system, port city character, being a meeting place of heteroge- neous forces and series of geo-political contingencies have given birth to the city’s worlding popular culture. 1 INTRODUCTION 9

Studying Popular Culture The academic significance of everyday culture, termed as mass culture, popular culture or pop culture, has been legitimized in various disciplines to comprehend the structure of human sensibility. Exposed and operating popular culture, by definition, consists of humans negotiating and distin- guishing between what counts as refined, learned, formal and respectable and what is perceived as mundane and commercial forms of culture— films, television dramas, popular songs and the industries embedded, respectively (Hall 1981). Popular culture encompasses the everyday life of the ordinary population’s consumption and living conditions in contradic- tion to and in contestation with elite culture. British cultural studies school suggests an interdisciplinary way to dis- cover and explore culture’s role in the society and its revelation and func- tion in the whole social system. Admittedly, the intellectual approach of cultural studies is derived from Marxism, while it tends to a neo-Marxist New Leftism. They question the reductionism and anti-humanistic fea- tures of classical Marxists, but propose the “relative autonomy” of culture (Althusser 1971, cited from Smith 2001, p. 53), that is, not only that mass culture (superstructure) is determined by the economic base, but also that the culture steers social structure and is subject to reproduction. The Birmingham Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies (CCCS) is the cradle of cultural studies with Richard Hoggart as its first director. Hoggart, born and brought up in a working-class family, is aware of the significance of popular culture at the juncture of the post-World War II (WWII) England. In his seminal work, The Uses of Literacy (1957), he sheds light on the popular culture embraced by working-class families and neighborhoods, which is regarded as a mirror of Hoggart’s personal expe- rience. He brings forth the sense of authenticity of this particular type of culture—working-class everyday life. Raymond Williams, another maestro of CCCS, similar to Hoggart, focuses on working-class culture and mass culture in his early work, Culture and Society (1971). Later, in Williams’s The Long Revolution (1961) he proposes the understanding of culture, which is referred to as an entire way of life. Derived from Marxist tradi- tion, Williams (1971) further proposes the “structure of feeling” that incorporates social structure and people’s collective everyday life into the understanding of culture. The CCCS thus brings to academia ground- breaking impact by uncovering the inherent politics and power imprinted within mass culture. 10 K. J. WANG

Another widely acclaimed scholar of the CCCS is Stuart Hall, who gen- eralizes systematic studies on media text and people’s cultural life. His study on the encoding/decoding of media text brings forth the potential of the human’s active role in media reception (Hall 1980). Reaching far beyond artistic works in the high culture elitism, culture, therefore, is defined as follows: “social groups develop distinct patterns of life and give expressive form to their social and material life-experience”. Culture is able to be reproduced and transmitted. Under different social circum- stances, culture “embodies the trajectory of group life through history, and always under conditions and with ‘raw materials’” (Clarke et al. 1976, pp. 10–11). A study of popular culture, by corollary, leads to an encompassing examination of the chronicle, anecdotes and milestones of the zeitgeist that is related to the on-going contestation, negotiation and concilia- tion between people, flows of forces from all social sectors and ideologi- cal agenda. In the context of Hong Kong, the effervescent cultural prowess inevitably and consistently encounters border-crossing flows of humans, commerce and streams of thoughts at domestic, regional and global levels.

Studying Hong Kong Popular Culture Hong Kong was conceded to the British colonial rule by China’s Qing Dynasty in 1841. While a sketchy image of this city, as aforementioned, often leads to a magic formulation: British colonizer transformed the bar- ren rocks into a financial center. A further excursion of Hong Kong’s his- tory could have been far more breathtaking if we zoom to the nineteenth century when this “barren village harbor” was already the hub of migra- tion through legal and illegal activities: the emigration of cheap laborers (originated from Guangdong, Guangxi and Fujian provinces) setting off to different parts of the world and entailed this labor migration flux were a large variety of local and global trades (Sinn 2012). According to historian Elizabeth Sinn, the rising of Hong Kong as a crucial trading port signifi- cantly diverted the global business trajectories from the Atlantic to the Indo-Pacific route, namely Pacific crossing. Hong Kong, in this sense, represents one of the earliest formed migration departing ports. Departing from Hong Kong, generations of Sinophone populations sailed afar, as did their languages, cultural habitus and lifestyles. 1 INTRODUCTION 11

The history of popular culture is intricate as it convolutes with the development of human history, and Hong Kong’s popular culture history, of course, by no means only starts in the nineteenth century. But what I shall highlight here is the first and foremost base of the prosperity of Hong Kong popular culture—the global scale of distribution networks and cul- tural influence. In the late nineteenth century and almost throughout the twentieth century, residing across west and east coasts in North America and all the way down to major cities in South America were a large popula- tion of migrant laborers who predominantly came from South China and spoke Cantonese-phonetic languages along with some others. This group of early emigrants who were also early founders of Chinatowns, to a large extent, brought overseas South China cultural circle into being. Similar to how African-American slaves brought along their music tastes to the North American lands and created the distinguished soul and blues genres, thousands of emigrants from Guangdong introduced Cantonese opera and Cantonese tunes to the vast foreign lands. From the above, and by what will also be elaborated chapter by chapter, we can grasp the significance of Hong Kong at two levels: Hong Kong plays an important part in giving birth to a distinctive genre of Sinophone culture—Hong Kong popular culture—and the cultural circle around the globe—a Sinophonic terrain (Huayu Diqu 華語地區). The formation of a migration hub in Hong Kong incubates the premise for the development of Hong Kong’s popular culture network, its phenomenal border-crossing influence and the later cultural transformation under the umbrella of transcultural encounter. In the contemporary age, mainly across the decades when the world saw the skyrocketing East Asian economy led by the Asian Four Tigers (Hong Kong, Singapore, South Korea, and Taiwan), Hong Kong plays an important part and is the pioneer in the East Asian region across various social sectors, including development of popular culture. In Fung’s (2013) Asian Popular Culture, he describes the Asian pop cultural scene as continuity/discontinuity, which signifies the continuity of operation modes and structure that has led to the dissemination of Western culture to the East; and the discontinuity in terms of contents and cultural impli- cation which in turn gives rise to “Asian-ness”, “pan-Asian identity”, “inter-Asia reference” and so on. Hong Kong as one of the most devel- oped regions in the Asian world, exemplifies this continuity/discontinu- ity. In a historical perspective, Hong Kong, despite the ebbs and flows, 12 K. J. WANG has been leading the pop culture continuity in Asia with its film produc- tion, entertainment conglomerates and television cultural impact. And what’s more, due to its colonial history and the geo-political status that juxtaposes Hong Kong as the Hollywood in the East, Hong Kong mani- fests alluring discontinuity with tremendous vibrancy by fusing north and south, west and east, Japanese and Chinese, ancient and fashion in a multi-dimensional dynamism. By employing the following conceptual frameworks, I intend to reiter- ate and re-position Hong Kong popular culture by extending this subject matter to cohesion with world history and regional political-socio vicissitudes.

Sinophone Anchors Hong Kong Popular Culture

“Chinese” and Sinophone Before going further to discuss Hong Kong popular culture and Sinophone studies, clarification of certain word usages matter. The scholarship of Sinophone studies first arose among the academics specialized in literature and film studies. Sinophone studies is conceived as the study of Sinitic-language cultures at the “conjuncture of China’s inter- nal colonialism and Sinophone communities everywhere immigrants from China have settled… disrupts the chain of equivalence establishes, since the rise of nation-states, among language, culture, ethnicity, and national- ity and explores the protean, kaleidoscopic, creative … local Sinophone texts, cultures, and practices produced in and from these margins” (Shih 2011, pp. 710–711). By adopting the term Sinophone, Wang (2017) makes contrast to “overseas Chinese”, which connotes a geographically peripheral position in relation to those originating from the Chinese main- land. Thus, the Sinophone refers to a “heterogeneous body of articula- tions related to, but not necessarily subject to, the dominant discourse of China” (p. 24). In light of this, the hackneyed claims of “overseas Chinese” (e.g. on mass media variety programs) to describe the origins of early migration flows carry encompassing yet slippery implications. One of the leading scholars in Sinophone studies, Shih Shu-mei (2010a, p. 474) succinctly pointed out that “the scandal of the Sinophone is related to how it fractures the coherence of the constructs called ‘China’, the ‘Chinese’, or ‘Chineseness’”. These China-related assertions, under the contemporary context, represent the official Mandarin/Putonghua-­ 1 INTRODUCTION 13 centered and politically loaded lens that has ruthlessly suppressed the het- erogeneity of local culture and identity (e.g. in Hong Kong). “China” itself presents the one and only umbrella term that extends across regimes, territorial, temporal racial, ethnic and cultural realms whose reference and definitions varied from time to time. For instance, a lot of “over- seas Chinese” today (e.g. overseas Chinese students) has little in common with those who built the hundreds of Chinatowns around the world, lin- guistically, culturally and contextually. In the early twentieth cen- tury, cheap laborers who traveled to North America were actually people of the Qing Dynasty, while “overseas Chinese” today could be from Republic of China. Hence, the “China”/“Chinese” claim is lost in transla- tion. Wang (2017, p. 10), in his seminal work on the literary history of modern China, suggests four layers to understand “China”: a historical process, a cultural lineage, a political entity and an imagined community. In line with this, I call on a critical and careful reading of this subject throughout this book, especially in terms of the political agenda implanted in cultural products, and I welcome critique in this regard. In addition, the often-used sloppy claim of “overseas Chinese” overshad- ows different local cultural indications embodied by thousands of emigrants who actually spoke different Sinitic languages, were accustomed to their own cultural circles and have cultivated their own sets of rituals according to the local environs. Plantation fields in Southeast Asia mostly received Amoy populations, and Cantonese speakers left for North and South America for gold mining, railroad construction and planation fields. A quick glance at their daily habits or engaging in casual conversation with them is enough to demonstrate the remarkable chasm between these groups of people and those living in Beijing, Shanghai and Hunan on today’s main- land China. Although a meticulous re-assessment and debunking of “Chineseness” in migration studies is an urgent need, it is a topic beyond the scope of this book. For the sake of succinct discussion and reducing confusion, I will, on the one hand, on a case by case basis, continue using “China”/ “Chinese” as a merely convenient yet less accurate title to describe the largely Sinitic-language users and cultural products/phenomena. To compensate, more definite terms such as “Sinophone population” huayu( renkou 華語人口), “Cantonese speaking migration” and “Han-ethnic resi- dents” (漢人, the largest ethnic group among Sinophone population) will be employed to give a more crystal clear reference. I deliberately employ the term “Sinophone population” in a heavier weight to succinctly indicate the “Hua Yi” (華裔)—the Han-ethnic circle sharing the Sinitic linguistic sys- 14 K. J. WANG tem while residing in different places. On the other hand, I urge readers to consciously bear in mind that “China” here carries more a geographical implication than a defining nation-state and ethnic-cultural identity.

Hong Kong and Sinophone Over a century’s migration history of Chinese ethnicities (here, the popu- lation of Han ethnicity) has crystalized scattered Han-Chinese societies, which, in fact, reveal the hybrid nature of the use of language and cultural practices originating from a migrant population’s hometown and cultural circle. Hong Kong, a Han-ethnic community under British colonial rule and at the fringe of the larger Chinese empire, unveils an elaborate Sinophonic case in generation, evolution and exportation. Hong Kong is far away from the heart of the nation’s official culture (also called Guo Cui 國粹 —essence of the nation), regardless of the eth- nicity of rulers and dynasties. Chinese literature scholar Chen Pingyuan (Chen et al. 2015, pp. 1–3), in the preface of his edited volume, addressed that while the handover of Hong Kong in 1997 was framed into national glory by the mainland Chinese government, for centuries, the people, cul- ture and history of Hong Kong have been neglected by mainlanders— Hong Kong has been seen as a cultural desert. Instead, the most recent face of Hong Kong as a paradise of shopping and an international financial center has been acclaimed. However, it is also because of this “deserted” nature and later the colo- nial government’s laissez-faire governance that a particular type of cul- ture—a Sinophone Hong Kong/South China cultural circle—was born, and since the post-war period, this cultural circle has prevailed across global Sinophone markets. As wars and political turbulence abruptly quenched the thriving cultural business in Shanghai and severely destroyed external communication of the mainland Chinese region, Hong Kong, then a southern cultural center parallel to the Shanghai counterpart, played the role of cultural ambassador and broker of what were later defined as Sinophone cultural products. Except for the three-year-and-­ eight-month Japanese occupation era, Hong Kong’s popular cultural industry largely remained a normal operation. Cultural products of Hong Kong, such as films (the major cultural genre in the pre-war era), were produced in Cantonese, Mandarin, Teochew and Amoy—Sinitic lan- guages—and were exported to different regions where scattered and of various sizes of Sinitic communities were housed across the globe. They 1 INTRODUCTION 15 spoke different Sinitic languages and, similar to Hong Kong, usually embedded in a cultural circle which had always been far removed from the Chinese official cultural center. The linguistic dissonance registers the heterogeneity of Sinitic lan- guages as well as their speakers living in different locales, largely, the Southeast Asian region in the early period and later in North America, South America, Oceania and even Africa. What it fumbles, engenders and validates, ultimately, is the heteroglossia of what scholars call the Sinophone: “a network of places of cultural production outside China and on the margins of China and Chineseness, where a historical process of heterogenizing and localizing of continental Chinese culture has been taking place for several centuries” (Shih 2007, p. 4). The tremendously huge migrant population living in Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Taiwan and other parts of the world speak Teochew, Hokkien, Cantonese, Shanghai-ese and a lot more languages, with accents vary- ing according to different origins—the multi-tongued polyphonic Sinitic-language system. Sinophone studies therefore renew perspectives and conceptual tools that behoove re-thinking the long-existing wide dispersion of migrant population and transculturation of the Sinophone sphere. People are familiar with the maritime colonial expansion of European countries which led to their cultural dominance in different parts of the world. However, what has been largely neglected is the continental expansion of the Sinophone population and culture (Shih 2011, 2013; Yue and Khoo 2012; Chen 2015), namely, the Ming and Qing dynasties with a process of Hanification (Han-ethnic centric) in other regions, such as in Taiwan. Settlers, who were mainly merchants eager for economic profits, moved to Southeast Asian regions for business expansion. A larger section of the migrant population was coolies, or cheap labor- ers. They were transported from Hong Kong to remote countries which were in great need of labor forces for domestic agricultural and industrial advancement. A large number of the emigrants were tempted by the newly discovered gold mine in the west coast of North America. According to Sinn (2012, p. 1), the discovery of gold near San Francisco in 1848 was the embarking of the “pacific century” and significantly changed the global mapping of trading zones and, at the same time, transformed the ecology of Hong Kong. Cheap laborers originated from South China, departing from Hong Kong, were transported to overseas regions such as 16 K. J. WANG the Malaya Peninsula, North America, South America and even Oceania. The gigantic flow of migration brought significant changes to the global supply-demand trends (e.g. emigrants were eager for goods from their hometowns). “One development, probably unforeseen, was the role Hong Kong played in the regional trade—both coastal and riverine— between north and south China… In the 1850s, this south–north trade (nanbei trade, known locally as Nam Pak trade), increasingly pivoted on Hong Kong, was to grow immensely, and the east–west California trade was to act as an important catalyst for this growth” (p. 2). This phenomenal migration history and the South China cultural hab- its people carried for generations become important pieces in the map- ping of the world history by any means. In turn, the large scale and time span of Cantonese migration gives birth to a vast Sinitic-language-based community which has become the foundation of a particular type of kinship-­traditional culture-based network. This network, to a large extent, is rhizomatic from Hong Kong, the colonial harbor city at the edge of South China. This network is also the one on which Sinophone is foregrounded. Sinophone communities are dotted across different countries, and people’s wide range of languages and cultures are nurtured and evolved in different locations based on the place and in intensive dialogue with the local culture. This long-term acculturation and transformation pro- cess has significantly distinguished a large variety of Sinophone cultures with those remaining in today’s mainland China (the People’s Republic of China—PRC). What’s more, Chinese Singaporeans and Chinese Malaysians would not say they are “Chinese” (zhongguoren 中國人) but use the term “huaren” (華人), in which the “hua” signifies the Sinophone instead of nationality. Even some people living in Hong Kong and Taiwan do the same, recognizing a “cultural China” rather than the nationality- born “political China” (Ma and Fung 2007), given that the situation has been abruptly changing in recent years due to shifting political-social vicissitudes. The heterogeneity of Sinitic languages, which dethrones the standard- ization of Beijing-based Mandarin as an official Chinese language, con- founds and enriches Sinophone study. Argued by Shih (2013, p. 10), monolingualism exerted by Beijing-centered Mandarin is “deterministic, atavistic, and philosophically weak, foreclosing present and future possi- bilities”. Instead, a multi-tongued Sinophonic scope thus provides a plas- 1 INTRODUCTION 17 ticity that opens up a vibrant field. Apart from this, a central tension emerges as visual work opens up a larger window to global audiences of what is known as “Sino” (hua). AiHwa Ong (1999) pointed out that, apart from language and nationality, more importantly, what bonds the Sinophone community is the kinship rituals and the cultural values that are passed down through generations and represented in mass media products. Cultural practices, including worshipping ancestors, eulogiz- ing traditional festivals and various procedures followed before impor- tant events such as weddings and funerals are all visually performed, becoming a process of visualizing a set of cultural values. Most of these values, if not all, comply with traditional religions (Buddhist, Taoist) and social structures rooted in patriarchy, but are under transformation, localization and hybridization (e.g. religious ceremonies originating from South China and migrated to Malaysia constitute of local foods being used as tributes on the altar; ancestor worshiping is mingled with Catholic religious practices in South America, etc.). In a nutshell, “Sinophone culture is a transnational phenomenon as one can find it everywhere in the world, but in specific expression and practice… there- fore transnational, in constitution and formation, but local in practice and articulation” (Shih 2013). It is noteworthy that leading scholars in Sinophone studies, Wang Der-­ wei and Shih Shu-mei bifurcate in terms of whether or not “China” should be included in the paradigm. I attribute this fundamental chasm in the mind-set on mainland central-plain culture obsession. While Shih (2010b) uplifts the “against-diaspora” by stressing on the centrality and subjectiv- ity of the migrant population, Wang (2017) suggests “Sinophone studies must also account for the generative power of ‘linguistic nativity’ within the national territory of China” (p. 25, italic as original). Embracing the standardized while also diverse and lively demonstration of Han-Chinese language, Wang advocates a new literary history. In Wang’s articulation on loyalism (yi-min 遺民, literally means abandoned people by the past dynasty/state), he refers to people’s loyalty to a bygone state and cultural reign. By taking cases of Taiwan literati (2013), Wang further argues that the generation of Taiwan-nativist-centered literati project a sense of post- loyalism, as “they still had to engage in dialogue with the established loyal- ist discourse of their new locale” (p. 100). After all, “all post-loyalist writings share but one thing in common, that is the politics of time and the politics of memory” (p. 112). Bearing this statement in mind while 18 K. J. WANG having reservations on the loyalism concept, I embrace a flexible lens to examine Hong Kong’s popular culture. On the one hand, we could sel- dom leave aside the fact that throughout realms of film, television and popular music, Hong Kong had established sound connections with those from the mainland (e.g. Shanghai, Canton), and these links are driven by forces, if not necessarily a loyalist melancholy, of economic profit or more affluent cultural resources. Geographically and culturally, the conduit between Hong Kong and the mainland (whether it belongs to Republic of China or the People’s Republic of China) has never been shut down through changes in times or even during wartime. On the other hand, what makes Hong Kong a crucial locale of Sinophone is the endogenous and exogenous culture landscape that was crafted and evolved amid the political-socio undercurrents at local, regional and global scales. Generally speaking, to put it simply, while numerous cases exhibited to audiences an “authentic” China (e.g. Shaw Brother films, swordsman dramas), it is by and large a Hong Kong-­lish “China”—an imagined community plus transculturation (in Wang Der-wei’s term), and a lot more Hong Kong popular cultural products symbolize hybridization of imagined China, Canton, Hong Kong and foreign cultures that rove the cultural soil. In this sense, Sinophone study offers a broader horizon to re-examine social culture which should have been released from the national territorial boundary and situated in a more resilient network of social fluidity. What will be elaborated in the following section and throughout the chapters is mostly based on how Hong Kong has become a center of Sinophone cul- tural expansion. The historical role of Hong Kong being a cultural broker, paralleling with the role of being the middle-man of population transpor- tation, started at the dawn of the twentieth century. Through images and sounds in popular cultural forms, Hong Kong popular culture dissemi- nates a seemingly “Chinese” yet in fact Sinophone trends and impact to the world. On the one hand, Hong Kong films back in the 1960s, for instance, were well received across Southeast Asia due to the linguistic and cultural habitual proximity between Sinophone migrants and that demon- strated in Cantonese urban melodramas. On the other hand, blockbusters of ancient Central-East Chinese provincial opera were appealing to those living in Taiwan who originated from Central-East mainland China. These sketchy examples vividly exhibit the Sinophone-characterized Hong Kong popular culture that speaks to a diverse “Chineseness”—an evolved, trans- formed and localized cultural hint which could hardly be concluded by an 1 INTRODUCTION 19 equally sketchy territorial-bounded, Han-culture-loaded and central-­ China-­referred “Chineseness”.

Hong Kong Primes East Asian Culture Circle Asia and Asian studies, for a long period, have been treated less as a self-­ contained geographical concept than an ideological opposition to Eurocentrism, or what we usually call the “West”. From the early 2000s, with the established trans-border Japanese pop culture and the rising of entertainment wave from South Korea, paralleled is the emergence of aca- demic journals and conferences, a trend that iterates and conceptualizes East Asian popular culture (Fung et al. 2015). In the face of the “global value” led by American popular culture in the rest of the world coupled with the economic skyrocketing, rapid pace of modernization (if not democratization) and the fading of war and colonial memory within the young generation, in East Asian metropolitan cities, such as Tokyo, Hong Kong, Taipei, Seoul and Shanghai, dense flows of cultural products have formed a similar central-peripheral pattern. The developed cities play the role of the hub of resource accumulation, production and distribution. Fung (2013) identified the continuity and discontinuity of this phenom- enon. While adapting the modes of operation of those entertainment con- glomerates, which originated from the Western world, the rising trend of Asian popular cultural flows finds itself with uniqueness in terms of how to define beauty and trendy. An inter-Asian referencing paradigm is also suggested by Iwabuchi (2014) in the sense that Asian experiences are trans-locally relevant and shared, as well as having developed a nuanced comprehension through reciprocal learning. Iwabuchi’s (2014) inter-Asian referencing emphasizes the use of local terminologies and concepts in a trans-local context (e.g. wars against Japan in China and South Korea) to imprint the trans-locally relevant historical and social interaction situated in the larger region, thus enriching the original terms/concepts and implying potential generality beyond the region. Scholars have pointed out that, since the 1980s, East Asian popular cultural products, with forerunners such as Japan and Hong Kong, have criss-crossed the national borders and “constituted part of the culture of consumption that defines a very large part of everyday life of the popula- tion throughout the region… highly visible cultural traffic allows for the discursive construction of an ‘East Asian Popular Culture’” (Chua 2004, 20 K. J. WANG p. 202). First, it is less a Confucianism/Neo-Confucianism-driven cultural glue that maneuvers the cultural exchange flow, but rather, from intensive empirical studies, the shared experience/sensibility/desire of moderniza- tion and urbanization that leads to the East Asian identity, consciousness and mentality within this cultural geography; thus echoes Raymond William’s notion of “structure of feeling” (Cho 2011; Iwabuchi 2014). This regional identity includes the displacement of the traditional rural struggle and the emphasis on the urban facilities, which, though embed- ding the Asian scenes and characters, transcend specific cultural unique- ness. Second, the construction of the pan-East Asian identity is an ideological project that is based on the commercial desire of drawing the larger market around the region, such as co-production, co-financing, mix of artistes and cross-regional airing of programs. The increasing inter-­ Asian co-production and promotion add to the trend of regionalization that forges an alternative model to the traditional American-led globaliza- tion. To delineate, in the past two decades, we have witnessed the bloom- ing (and also waning) of Japanese popular culture disseminated to other East Asian regions. The spread of Japanese popular culture, including TV dramas, J-pop (pop songs), manga (comics) and anime (animation) has generated a Japan mania in neighboring regions (Iwabuchi 2002; Otmazgin 2008; Leung 2009a; Huang 2011) and has even led to a regional imagined community embraced by the audiences (Katsumata 2011). J-pop has been regarded as a forerunner and gateway to East Asian popular culture (Otmazgin 2014). Since the late 1990s, the Korean wave, under government support and the ambitious star-making system, has swarmed East Asia (Leung 2009b; Sung 2010). The blooming of Korean popular culture is the outcome of the Korean government’s strong inten- tion to boost the national identity (Lie 2012) and to lead a “global Asia-­ ness” to the worldwide market (Lee 2015). However, for decades, discussions on the development and contribu- tion of the East Asian popular culture have focused on Japan and South Korea, in terms of national policy and soft power establishment (Otmazgin 2008, 2014; Chua 2012; Heng 2014), industrial modal transformation and expansion (Otmazgin 2011), as well as audience community forma- tion (Iwabuchi 2001; Katsumata 2011). From a historical perspective, what should not have been neglected and underestimated is the significant role played by Hong Kong—a prime member of East Asian popular cul- ture forerunners and one among those laying foundation stones. It is pointed out that the overwhelmingly influential Japanese and South 1 INTRODUCTION 21

Korean pop cultures over the East Asian region have been facilitated by “a historically well-established commercial structure through which Chinese-­ language pop culture has been produced, distributed, circulated and con- sumed for close to a century”. These networked channels are called Pop Culture China, without which the Japanese and Korean pop culture expansion would be merely bilateral rather than regional. The trans-border­ pop culture in East Asia “may thus be said to be their integration into the established structure of Pop Culture China, and together they constitute a larger entity of East Asian Pop Culture as a loosely integrated regional cultural economy” (Chua 2012, pp. 3–5). In the following paragraphs, the significance of Hong Kong will be generally elaborated in a sense that, embracing its particular geo-political status throughout the twentieth century, Hong Kong has become not only a robust hub of cultural flows in the East Asian region but also in the aforementioned worldwide overseas Sinophone community. The juxtapo- sition of these two facets, dating back to the post-WWII period, the Cold War and the following Asian economic flight, crucially epitomized Hong Kong as the window to the West, the cultural broker and the hub of glob- ally converged cultural flows. The cultural emblems of industrial and content-­wise “flexibility”, “hybridity” and “fluidity” derived from the aforementioned temporal-spatial conditions mark the gems of Hong Kong as Hollywood in the East and the hub of Sinophone popular cultural industry. This established role of Hong Kong, though being challenged in the past ten years, has been facilitating the local/global pop culture com- munication in the age when the previous enclaved regimes started to open the doors. Furthermore, the cultural memory and social perception which is based on decades of collective consumption of Hong Kong pop culture in the Asian community and the global Sinophone community mirrors both the notion of “inter-Asia reference” and the (re)articulation of regional identity beyond those based on Japanese and Korean popu- lar culture.

Significance of Hong Kong Popular Culture Studies The expansion of Hong Kong’s popular cultural products could be dated back to the nascent twentieth century. Sandwiched in fierce political com- petition between two Chinas—the Communist China (later People’s Republic of China—PRC) and the Nationalist China (the Republic of China later fled to Taiwan) after the WWII, Hong Kong, then a port city 22 K. J. WANG under the British laissez-faire colonial rule, as coined by a famous Chinese film director Cai Chusheng 蔡楚生( ) as “the paradise of orphan island”, was vested the crucial role to sustain “Chinese cinema” (zhongguo diany- ing 中國電影) production while China was at war. In addition, the long-­ established entertainment kingdom of the conglomerates such as the Shaw Brothers, whose production center was based in Hong Kong and distribu- tion channels spread all over Southeast Asia, has formulated the nascent “Asian cinema”, penetrating the markets in the Malay Peninsula and islands scattered around. Hong Kong once was the second largest film exporter in the world (Leung 1993). Films produced by the conglomerate Shaw Brothers once dominated the market of Taiwan, Singapore and other Asian countries where Chinese ethnicity makes the majority population. Originating from mainland China, the Shaw family developed and grew their business in Southeast Asia, eventually building an incomparable entertainment king- dom. Since that time, intra-regional resource exchange became active; besides the south-bound film workers 南來影人( ) from war-torn mainland China, Hong Kong directors even sailed to Japan to learn martial tech- niques and Japanese and Korean staffs developed their filming career in Hong Kong. The similar Zen spirit and desire for urban modernity had had criss-cross manifestation in Hong Kong and Japanese media products during that period (Teo 2007). Different from the America-driven global- ization, Shaw’s family and other conglomerates in the similar business model and scale have forged a cross-regional business and cultural flow, which is based on the horizontal expansion of their entertainment chain and, more importantly, the Chinese ethnic kinship-based networks that spread a primitive “regionalization/globalization” (Fu 2008). In the 1980s, a significant booming of medium- and small-scale production houses was developed in Hong Kong, advancing the border-crossing of Hong Kong cultural products which lead to audible and visible chimera appealing to the Sinophone community for nearly a century. To further saturate the markets, transnational cooperation and partner- ships were further expanded in terms of TV programs, despite the original model which was adopted from the British model in the colonial age. Soon Hong Kong local TV programs, especially variety shows (and their production patterns) as well as the TV dramas became the forerunners throughout the East Asian region. Mainland Chinese audience peeped into Hong Kong counterpart’s modern life on TV screen via all sorts of legal and illegal channels. In South China, the area adjacent to Hong 1 INTRODUCTION 23

Kong, Guangdong province television station was “forced” to reform its production after notably illuminated by Hong Kong’s business mode and facing the significant threat from Hong Kong programs. As a forerunner, Hong Kong television stations, like TVB has disciples from Guangdong province in China and Singapore. Television institutions from these places not only purchased and re-diffused Hong Kong programs but also learned technologies and management models from Hong Kong. The global expansion of TVB (Television Broadcasts Limited, the market leader in Hong Kong), similar to the film industry, has reached overseas Sinophone population by transmitting Hong Kong news and local values. Through the flourishing transnational television networks and the established cin- ema networks, Hong Kong pop songs and the stardom industry also man- ufactured to a considerable capacity. Cassettes, legal and pirated CDs/ VCDs and televised variety shows have created a wide-expanded ­trans-­border community where people chanted Cantopop (popular songs sung in Cantonese, the first language in Hong Kong) even though lots of mainland Chinese do not speak Cantonese. People in East Asia were fasci- nated by “heavenly kings and queens” who charmed in Hong Kong’s vibrant showbiz. The golden epoch of Cantopop is not only the result of contemporary hybridity (Chu and Leung 2013), which has been inter- twined with the unique Hong Kong context of migration flux and global- ized business/cultural flow dated back to the post-WWII era. In addition, this book goes beyond by gauging into the age when Cantopop was not yet a term of consensus to name popular music born in this territory. Hong Kong, after the fall of Shanghai in the Sino-Japan war, became the East Asian hub that housed international record labels. This soil later nur- tured a primitive form of musical hybridity, while different from the hybrid works in the 1980s, which incorporated cultural elements of diverse sources: Cantonese folk tunes, Western instruments and Broadway musi- cals. By this end, the “meeting place” nature that has characterized the city epitomizes its popular culture industry, and vice versa. The continuous inbound and outbound flux of resources, staff and values has shaped Hong Kong’s indispensable role in East Asian cultural regionalization and globalization, in reality and theoretically, not only from the 1980s when Hong Kong became a regional trendsetter but much earlier. In terms of the inter-Asian referencing, from Hong Kong’s long-existing mobile flux of the popular cultural industry, cases of adap- tation, mutation and transformation of cultural objects and values occurred in Hong Kong and beyond. Besides the exchange of resources 24 K. J. WANG between Hong Kong and Japan in the 1950s which led to the linage of “Zen in martial” and urban desire/nostalgia (desire from the Japanese side and nostalgia from the Shanghai elites residing in Hong Kong) (Teo 2007), the imageries/imaginations of mainland China and Southeast Asia revealed from Hong Kong’s cultural products indicate another facet of referencing that is closely embroiled in the inter-Asian history—colo- nization—independence, population mobility coupled with the develop- ment of world trade and resource reallocation, war history, and political-geographical transformation in international relations. The diversified collective image of Sinophone migration once dominantly manifested from Hong Kong cinema has formed a crucial role in Sinophone studies. The development of iterating the East Asian popular culture (Cho 2011) and reinforcing the inter-Asian referencing could have been nourished and consolidated if we could re-examine Hong Kong’s popular culture history by rewinding the clock and broadening the scope from regional to global. As Singaporean cultural scholar Chua Beng Huat (2004) stated that the making of the regional identity requires audience to transcend their grounded nationality and forge the identification with the foreign characters/scenes which, in turn, poten- tially reabsorbed into the broader transnational regional identity. In this book, I will take a bold attempt to articulate Hong Kong’s role in the construct of the Sinophone and East Asian popular culture scholar- ships: its pan-Asia and global expansion in the popular culture industry, the effervescent of crafting a polyglot Sinophone anchor and the media affects generated through Asian urbanite representation, altogether epito- mized Hong Kong as a culture incubator and broker of Sinophone culture which historicizes and enriches the East Asian popular culture and the world cultural history.

Overview of the Book As the first book documenting and historicizing Hong Kong popular cul- ture, three conspicuously vital forms, namely, film, television and popular music, to take a contour of its development situated in the global, regional and local history, and thus gauge the role played by popular culture in everyday life, social change and geo-political mapping, this book will offer historical accounts on the development of Hong Kong popular culture and, more excitingly, studies of the worlding of Hong Kong popular cul- ture by surveying a wide range of literatures, examining statistical data, 1 INTRODUCTION 25 engaging classified archives as well as interviews with popular culture practitioners. This book unveils the comprehensiveness and dynamic interactions between social actors, technological development, media contents and the whole socio-cultural context. From this book, readers board on the jet of time travel to map out how Hong Kong’s major popular cultural formats were unfolded in the territory where its socio-cultural characteristics and geo-political dynamics interlace the vista of world history. Among the popular culture products which will be discussed in this book, Hong Kong film enjoys the longest history, in technological terms. The inchoation of this technology as well as the industry dates back to the inception of the twentieth century. Therefore, to open the door leading to the kaleidoscope world of Hong Kong popular culture, chapters on Hong Kong films take the lead. In the dawn of the twentieth century, as one of the earliest cities in the world that receives filming and screening technolo- gies (Hong Kong was one of the stop-overs in Thomas Edison and Lumière brothers’ cruise), Hong Kong soon witnessed its first local estab- lished film company. Over more than 100 years, Hong Kong film industry, in ebbs and flows, makes the once Hollywood in the East the hub of pro- ducing Sinophone films and now one of the Asian film production bases that fiercely competes with mainland China, Taiwan, Japan and South Korea. In the nexus of global market demand and drastic social transfor- mation, Hong Kong film becomes the signature of the territory, and the historical development of the industry itself makes a Hong Kong story. Compared to film, television is a relatively much younger medium. But in the chapters that entail, we will take a journey back to the pre-life, also the foundation of Hong Kong’s television culture—public broadcasting. What will be highlighted, first of all, is the hybrid culture that is born by the broadcasting industry, a combination and compromise of the colonial government’s administrative need and the demand from the grassroots of society, which gathered an ever-growing diversity of population. Second, the urban culture derived from broadcasting, especially broadcasting soap operas that saturate people’s leisure life with captivating fables, laid found- ing stone of the later development of Hong Kong television culture. More importantly, Hong Kong’s first television station was founded on a well-­ established broadcasting corporate—the Rediffusion. The invention and prevalence of television in Hong Kong soon facilitated television culture becoming indispensable part of quotidian social life in the post-war Hong Kong. The impact of Hong Kong television is far more than being local 26 K. J. WANG trendsetter, but with signals reaching Southeast Asia and North America where Sinophone-speaking emigrants reside. Equally enthralling to Hong Kong film is that Hong Kong television dramas visualized a world full of imaginaries and romance to Sinophone community (e.g. adaptation of works by literature maestro Louis Cha). But what epitomizes the signifi- cance of Hong Kong television culture’s border-crossing affective power is the modern-urban vista unveiled through a series of professional-­ centered programs—a beacon of modern East Asia culture. Against this backdrop, the popularity of Hong Kong television culture could never be free from the impact brought by theme songs—a transformative jump from conventional folk tunes to hybridity of Cantonese tradition and Western musical elements. The fame and recognition received by televi- sion drama theme songs makes this genre a vital part of Hong Kong’s another mainstream popular cultural format—Cantopop. Following chapters on Hong Kong television, the time-traveling tour will be extended to the section of popular music—the past and present life of Cantonese popular song (Cantopop). By any means, music, or literally singing, is the oldest medium compared to film and television. Songs sung in Cantonese in people’s daily life ranged from Cantonese folk tunes, chil- dren’s songs to lullabies. Instead of gauging into 1000 years of human history of song singing, this book reckons that the inchoation of Cantopop bloomed in the early twentieth century when songs sung in Cantonese were commercialized under Hong Kong’s record label business advance- ment. Housing a number of international record labels and later unremit- ting flows of refugees, Hong Kong played an increasingly influential role as the meeting place for talents from all around the world, and this thriv- ing industry incubated equally hybridized musical works in decades to come. If the first attempt taken by Cantonese opera talents, who invented synergy of traditional Cantonese opera and Western instruments, was a pioneer in this long journey, the later progression in television drama theme songs, musical works in films and transition from Euro-American rock ‘n’ roll to Cantopop symbolizes the evolution and blossom of Cantopop’s hybridization character. In addition to being a fusion of Euro-­ American and Cantonese musical elements, Hong Kong Cantopop for a long time witnesses enormous success brought by Japanese song adapta- tion—a cross-reference of two leading popular icons in East Asia. For over half century, Hong Kong played a leading role in East Asia and among the Sinophone community in the popular music industry: release of music products, showbiz and multi-medium star-making business. Study of the 1 INTRODUCTION 27 tremendous popularity of Cantopop could never turn a blind eye to the historical foundation of the market, the medium and the historical contin- gencies that Hong Kong was situated in as a former British colony. What will be delineated in chapters is a historical and sociological development of Cantonese popular music in Hong Kong and beyond—footprints of local and global musicians, advancement of media technologies mingled into the thriving of the industry. In Hong Kong and other places, evidently different popular cultural formats and their historical trajectories to a large extent overlap with and mutually illuminate each other. Despite that Hong Kong film, television and Cantopop develop along their own timelines; these three dominant popular cultural forms could never have produced equally profound impact if not for mutual support from other medium. What’s more, cul- tural products and the industrial development could never be discussed in a societal vacuum. The case of Hong Kong has made the logic more vivid that, despite of the disadvantageously small local market size and the refugee-­mentality in the post-war context, the colonial governance, the adjacency to mainland China and the large historical geo-politics in vari- ous temporal frameworks have created immeasurable conditions to make the Hong Kong miracle possible. The border-crossing nature, the huge success at certain period of time as well as the declination of Hong Kong popular culture are inevitably resulted from the larger political, economic and societal transformation throughout the century. Therefore, social and historical facets of different cultural forms and the interaction between them are also one of the highlights of this book. In the last part of the book, a review of the overall development of Hong Kong’s public policy on popular culture development will be inspected. Regulator, facilitator or road block, public policies in this domain were barely included on the governmental agenda despite the global influence Hong Kong popular culture has achieved. Admittedly, as an important stakeholder in every social sector, the Hong Kong govern- ment did play a role in the cultural industry, in terms of administrative regulation if not proactive encouragement. It is until the recent decades that systematic measures on promoting popular culture are put into effect as a result of non-ceasing advocacy from popular cultural professional groups. The founding of a culture-specific department—CreateHK was not achieved until 2009. Ironically, despite the fact that the government openly endorses popular culture as the city’s indispensable immaterial asset, the setting up of CreateHK is under the supervision of the Commerce 28 K. J. WANG and Economic Development Bureau, a standpoint that is in line with the colonial government. For better or not, the establishment of cultural-­ related departments in regard to promoting the film industry or garner the creative industry is at the juncture of “the decline/death of Hong Kong popular culture” as howled by the mass. How do we take a multi-­ faceted comprehension on such statement? How do those working in the industry envision the realm? Interviews with cultural practitioners are taken to seek insights, if not solution. Mapping out Hong Kong culture could be a painstaking carpet-search process, as many people expect a book carrying a generic theme will achieve. This book, instead, sheds lights on the three representative fields, namely Hong Kong film, television drama and popular song that have constituted the extraordinarily shiny part of the city’s signature. First, they are strongly interrelated in terms of exchange of talents and cultural ­symbols which will be demonstrated chapter by chapter. Second, the inter- change of talents across these three industries and the mutual reliance among these cultural forms contribute to the synergy effect of Hong Kong popular culture. Films and television dramas expand the popularity if a powerful theme song was accompanied. The television industry has nur- tured a large number of talents who later became world-class superstars. Hong Kong popular song singers very often seek career breakthrough in the film industry. Leung 2015( ) pinpoints that multi-media stardom is a Hong Kong specialty that is closely associated with the historical and cul- tural legacy in the territory. On the contrary, while Hollywood is the world’s primary star-making factory, multi-media star-making is far less vibrant there as in Hong Kong. Therefore, a concentrated investigation into these three cultural sectors unrolls a broader picture of Hong Kong’s popular cultural industry. In addition, compared to other popular media such as comics and novels, images and sounds are understood and enjoyed across a wider spectrum of mass circulation. For example, as early as the 1930s, Hong Kong films featuring Cantonese opera singers were widely circulated among overseas Sinophone migration, becoming the mass cul- ture to the mass population across different social classes as even illiterate people could understand the messages delivered through images and sounds. In the 1970s, it was through television transmission that a renowned martial art novelist—Louis Cha’s (查良鏞) works are turned into household cultural symbols. While reading novels blocks people from taking extra activity, heroic stories transmitted from television ease people from spending time on only one pastime interest but allowing audience 1 INTRODUCTION 29 dinning, doing house-chores while watching/listening to television shows. Last but not least, this book focuses on popular culture instead of mass culture. Popular culture is foremost coined by its trend-setting nature and the derivative stardom—fandom dynamo that aims to profit making, while mass culture implies a more generic understanding of cultural life among mass population. By focusing on popular culture, this book captivates Hong Kong’s prominent cultural influencers which advance the social pulse across different ages. This book, with an overview of Hong Kong popular culture while cast- ing spotlight on the worlding of this film, television and Cantopop, is intended for a wide range of readers who are enchanted by popular culture and Hong Kong political, cultural and social dynamics. Each chapter will present a chapter overview that unfolds the discussion. At the end of each chapter, following the concluding remarks, is a section on educational ­elements: further reading materials, explanation of key words, introduc- tion of key scholars and questions/puzzles for further contemplation will be presented so that readers, especially students at different levels grasp the gem of the crown after a history excursion. By practical means, these are keys for lectures and course works of the related subjects.

References Althusser, L 1971, ‘Ideology and ideological state apparatuses’, in L Althusser (ed), Lenin and philosophy and other essays, Monthly Review Press, New York. Chan, SC 2018, ‘Tea cafés and the Hong Kong identity: Food culture and hybrid- ity’, China Information, First Published May 11, 2018, doi: https://doi.org/ 10.1177/0920203X18773409. Chen, L 2015, ‘When does “diaspora” end and “Sinophone” begin?’, Postcolonial Studies, vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 52–66. Chen, PY 陳平原, Chan, KK 陳國球 & Wang, DW 王德威 (eds) 2015, Hong Kong: Urban imagination and cultural memory (香港:都市想像與文化記憶), Peking University Press, Beijing, China. Cheung, EMK 2001, ‘The hi/stories of Hong Kong’, Cultural Studies, vol. 15, no. 3–4, pp. 564–590. Cho, Y 2011, ‘Desperately seeking East Asia amidst the popularity of South Korean pop culture in Asia’, Cultural Studies, vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 383–404. Chu, YW & Leung, E 2013, ‘Remapping Hong Kong popular music: Covers, localization and the waning hybridity of Cantopop’, Popular Music, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 65–78. 30 K. J. WANG

Chua, BH 2004, ‘Conceptualizing an East Asian popular culture’, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 200–221. Chua, BH 2012, Structure, audience and soft power in East Asian pop culture, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Clarke, J, Hall, S, Jefferson, T, & Roberts, B 1976, ‘Subculture, cultures and class’, in S Hall & T Jefferson (eds), Resistance through rituals: Youth subcul- tures in post-war Britain, pp. 9–79, Hutchinson Education, London. Fu, PS (ed) 2008, China forever: The Shaw Brothers and diasporic cinema, University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago. Fung, AYH (ed) 2013, Asian popular culture: The global (dis)continuity. Routledge, London & New York. Fung, AYH, Erni, JN & Yang, F 2015, ‘Asian popular culture review’, in T Miller (ed), The Routledge companion to global popular culture, pp. 481–491, Routledge, London & New York. Hall, S 1980, ‘Encoding/decoding’, in S Hall, D Hobson, A Love & P Willis (eds), Culture, media, language, pp. 128–138, Hutchinson, London. Hall, S 1981, ‘Notes on deconstructing “the popular”’, in R Samuel (ed), People’s history and socialist history, pp. 227–240, Routledge & Kegan Paul, London. Heng, YK 2014, ‘Beyond “kawaii” pop culture: Japan’s normative soft power as global trouble-shooter’, The Pacific Review, vol. 27, no. 2, pp. 169–192. Hoggart, R 1957, The uses of literacy, Chatto and Windus, London. Huang, SL 2011, ‘Nation-branding and transnational consumption: Japan-mania and the Korean wave in Taiwan’, Media, Culture & Society, vol. 33 no. 1, pp. 3–18. Iwabuchi, K 2001, ‘Uses of Japanese popular culture: Trans/nationalism and postcolonial desire for “Asia”’, Emergences: Journal for the Study of Media & Composite Cultures, vol. 11, no. 2, pp. 199–222. Iwabuchi, K 2002, ‘Nostalgia for a (different) Asian modernity: Media consump- tion of “Asia” in Japan’, Positions: East Asia Cultures Critique, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 547–573. Iwabuchi, K 2014, De-westernisation, inter-Asian referencing and beyond, European Journal of Cultural Studies, vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 44–57. Katsumata, H 2011, ‘Japanese popular culture in East Asia: a new insight into regional community building’, International Relations of the Asia-Pacific, vol. 12, no. 1 (2011): 133–160. Lee, MT 李明璁 2015, ‘The Visuality, embodiment and gender performance of Korean pop; A study on the production, consumption and appropriation of the MVs of “Girls’ Generation”’ (韓國流行音樂的視覺性身體化與性別展演以少 女時代的MV產製和消費挪用為例), Mass Communication Research (新聞學研 究), vol. 122, no. 1, pp. 37–78. Leung, LK 1993, The evolution of Hong Kong as regional movie production and export centre, M. Phil. thesis, Chinese University of Hong Kong. 1 INTRODUCTION 31

Leung, LYM 2009a, ‘Ganbaru and its transcultural audience: Imaginary and real- ity of Japanese TV dramas in Hong Kong’, in K Iwabuchi (ed), Feeling Asian modernities: Transnational consumption of Japanese TV drama, pp. 89–105, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Leung, LYM 2009b, ‘Daejanggeum as “affective mobilization”: Lessons for (transnational) popular culture and civil society’, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 51–66. Leung, WF 2015, Multimedia stardom in Hong Kong: Image, performance and identity. Routledge, London. Lie, J 2012, ‘What is the K in K-pop? South Korean popular music, the culture industry, and national identity’, Korea Observer, vol. 43, no. 3, pp. 339–363. Ma, E & Fung, AYH 2007, ‘Negotiating local and national identifications: Hong Kong identity surveys 1996–2006’, Asian Journal of Communication, vol. 17, no. 2, pp. 172–185. Man, KW 2014 (ed.). Canton culture in Hong Kong (香港嘅廣東文化). Commercial Press, Hong Kong. Ong, AH 1999, Flexible citizenship: The cultural logics of transnationality, Duke University Press, Durham & London. Otmazgin, N 2008, ‘Contesting soft power: Japanese popular culture in East and Southeast Asia’, International Relations of the Asia-Pacific, vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 73–101. Otmazgin, N 2014, ‘A regional gateway: Japanese popular culture in Hong Kong, 1990–2005’, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 323–335. Otmazgin, N 2011, ‘Commodifying Asian-ness: entrepreneurship and the making of East Asian popular culture’, Media, Culture & Society, vol. 33, no. 2, pp. 259–274. Shih, SM 2007, Visuality and identity: Sinophone articulations across the pacific, University of California Press, Berkeley. Shih, SM 2010a, ‘Theory, Asia and the Sinophone’, Postcolonial Studies, vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 465–484. Shih, S 2010b, ‘Against diaspora: The Sinophone as places of cultural production. In J Tsu & DW Wang (eds), Global Chinese literature, pp. 29–48, BRILL, Leiden, The Netherlands. Shih, SM 2011, ‘The concept of Sinophone’. Modern Language Association of America, vol. 126, no. 3, pp. 709–718 Shih, SM 2013, ‘Introduction’, in CC Tsai, SM Shih & B Bernard (eds), Sinophone studies: A critical reader, Columbia University Press, New York. Sinn, E 2012, Pacific crossing: California gold, Chinese migration, and the making of Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Sinn, E & Munn, C 2017 (eds.), Meeting place: Encounters across cultures in Hong Kong, 1841–1984, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. 32 K. J. WANG

Sinn, E 2017, ‘Wang Tao in Hong Kong and the Chinese “Other”’, in E Sinn and C Munn (eds.). Meeting place: Encounters across cultures in Hong Kong, 1841– 1984, pp. 1–22, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Smith, P 2001, Cultural theory: An introduction, Blackwell, MA. Sung, SY 2010, ‘Constructing a new image. Hallyu in Taiwan’, European Journal of East Asian Studies, vol. 9, no. 1, pp. 25–45. Teo, S 2007, King Hu’s a touch of Zen, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Wang, DW 2013, ‘Post-loyalism’, in CC Tsai, SM Shih & B Bernard (eds), Sinophone studies: A critical reader, pp. 93–116, Columbia University Press, New York. Wang, DW 2017 (ed.), A new literary history of modern China. The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, MA & London. Williams, R 1961, The long revolution, Chatto and Windus, London. Williams, R 1971, Culture and society, Penguin, London. (Original work pub- lished in 1958). Yue, A & Khoo, O 2012, ‘From diasporic cinemas to Sinophone cinemas: An introduction’, Journal of Chinese Cinemas, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 9–13. CHAPTER 2

Making Hong Kong Film

Chapter Overview In the first section, we will take a cruise in the nascence of Hong Kong film industry and take a glimpse into the early Hong Kong society. In the early 1900s, around 15 years later than the invention of filming technologies, Hong Kong had the first contact with this innovation, brought by Westerners who sailed across the ocean. Though controversies remain that, if a film made by a Hong Kong director but made in Shanghai could be regarded as a “Hong Kong film”, it is by no means to deny that, from the inchoation, Hong Kong film has had close connection with China and with the world. Tin Hau in Hong Kong Island makes the cradle of Hong Kong film industry. Along Ngan Mok Street, we follow the footsteps of the pioneers in Hong Kong’s film industry. As the Sino-Japanese war and the soon followed civil war between the communist party and the nationalist party broke out and tore the vast land of China into pieces, Hong Kong film industry had stronger connection with China when a flux of Chinese filmmakers fled to the south. Yet such political changes largely transformed the Hong Kong society as well as the film industry, what drove the society and the culture to schism and market segregation was a larger geo-political quandary—Cold War. This chapter also addresses how the film industry has mirrored the equally captivating social changes in Hong Kong, such as the 1960s and 1970s, when Hong Kong gradually transformed from a refugee shelter to

© The Author(s) 2020 33 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_2 34 K. J. WANG a permanent home for millions of baby boomers; how the 1980s wit- nessed the skyrocketing economy and the negotiation about the future of Hong Kong and how the handover of Hong Kong and the financial crisis epitomized crucial moments to the city’s history. Along with social devel- opment, Hong Kong’s film genres and styles never cease to display inno- vations that supplied the expanding market. It is in this prosperous 1980s that Hong Kong films were epitomized as a unique genre Gang“ Chan Pian” (Hong Kong-made films,港產片 ). Ironically, Hong Kong film industry faced a dramatic decline in the mid-1990s. With the decrease of production, a gloomy future is unveiled. Clogged in the regional financial crisis, the cease of overseas markets and the decline of productions, opportunities approached with the opening of a massive mainland market as Closer Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) was implemented in 2004. Box office skyrocketed, while film quality in serious suspicion. Hong Kong film talents are striving in differ- ent fields to pave paths for Hong Kong films. “It was the best of times; it was the worst of times”. Hong Kong’s new-­ generation filmmakers keep walking, to the north and to the rest of the world.

Introduction 17 May 2009—A cocktail reception celebrating a century of Hong Kong film and filmmakers was held last night at Carlton Beach, Cannes, France. The reception, ‘China Night: Celebration of 100 Years of Hong Kong Cinema,’ took place during the annual Festival de Cannes and was attended by industry players from Hong Kong, the Chinese mainland and around the world. Hong Kong Development Council1

Contrary to festive centennial eulogy, Hong Kong film critic and researcher Law Kar expressed his strong reservation on this. Controversial facts still linger: Is the acclaimed first Hong Kong filmStealing a Roast Duck/Tou Shao Ya 偷燒鴨 was filmed in 1909? Is Stealing a Roast Duck or another well-known short filmChuang Tsi Tests His Wife/Zhuangzi Shi Qi 莊子試妻 marked the first Hong Kong film? (Law2015 ) Other film scholars, such as Wong Ain-Ling, according to her detailed archival

1 See press release by Hong Kong Trade Development Council on May 17, 2009 http:// www.hktdc.com/fair/hkfilmart-en/s/4155-For_Press/Hong-Kong-International- Film%2D%2D-TV-Market%2D%2DFILMART-/Press-Releases-17May2009.html. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 35 study, also affirm that both the filming and release dates ofStealing a Roast Duck are unknown (Wong and Lam 2011). Nevertheless, for over a century, Hong Kong film epitomizes in Chinese history as one of the first few cities to absorb filming and screening tech- nologies—named “ying hua” (photo picture 影畫) or “hua xi” (picture photo-play 畫戲). This pioneering role of Hong Kong is later understood leading the city become the “Hollywood in the East”. Furthermore, a vista to be unfolded is that Hong Kong film industry, far beyond manufac- turing a dream factory for film professionals and cine fans, has visualized and materialized a keychain to unlock the societal grievances and joyful- ness to Hong Kong people, an imagined homeland to overseas Chinese and an imagined cradle of Chinese culture to global cinemagoers. Tin Hau, one of the busiest commercial districts in Hong Kong and a famous tourist spot, incubates the first generation of Hong Kong film, though not a single piece of relics remains there to memorize such a sig- nificant past. Near Tin Hau Temple, the Ngan Mok Street is the only trace. Literally translated as “silver screen street”, Ngan Mok Street marks Hong Kong’s first film company—China Sun民新 ( ), established by Lai brothers (黎氏兄弟), who, interestingly, spent their school age in Hong Kong’s best-known English-language college—Queen’s College, which is also located at the center of Tin Hau (Image 2.1). In the nineteenth century, the age of the inception of motion pictures, namely, the Cinematograph (a brand name of the Société Lumière, European-based founding father of motion pictures) and the Kinetoscope (patented by America-base Thomas Edison), filmmaking was merely a business driven by this innovative technology. Only venture funders and young elites who are fond of new ideas are able to afford this business. Like any nowadays brand names, cinema/cinematograph, as an innova- tion, was merely a trade name. As the spokesperson from the Société Lumière affirmed, the rights to the name related to “cine” belonged to their company (Law and Bren 2004, p. 5).2 The exhibition of the Edison version of cinema technology in Hong Kong took place in 1913. Traces of this novel and exotic foreign display could be found on the Hong Kong long-lived prominent English newspa- per, (Image 2.2).

2 See the letter to Frank Bren dated September 11, 1998, from Fabrice Calzettoni who is responsible for the company. 36 K. J. WANG

Image 2.1 Ngan Mok Street. Literally meaning silver screen street, Ngan Mok Street is located at Tin Hau to mark the establishment of Hong Kong’s first Chinese-run film company, China Sun. (Photo by the author)

Early Cine-Scene in Hong Kong The inception of Hong Kong film industry can never be disassociated from mainland China, especially the metropolitan at that time, Shanghai. Another key point is , the political and economic center of South China, where, in the post-World War II (WWII) era, was co-­ established with Hong Kong the prosperous world of the Cantonese film circle (Cantonese: the lingua franca of people living in the Pearl River Delta, including Guangdong province, Hong Kong and Macao). The ­following discussion unveils Hong Kong as a meeting place for border-­ crossing talents who built up early forms of “worlding”. Though a controversially proved fact, the film industry generally agrees upon that the most early films directed by Hong Kong director (who may even be the first Chinese director) (Law and Bren 2004, p. 37) are The Haunted Pot/Wapen Shenyuan 瓦盆申冤 (1909?) and Steal a Roasted 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 37

Image 2.2 Advertisement of Edison’s Kinetophone exhibition in Hong Kong. From South China Morning Post, April 29, 1913. Public Domain

Duck/Tou Shao Ya 偷燒鴨 (1909), directed by a Hong Kong man Leung Siu Po (梁少坡) in 1909. Though these two films were filmed in Hong Kong, they were produced by the Shanghai-registered company Asian Motion Picture Company (亞西亞影戲公司)—a company established by a Russian American, Benjamin Brodsky. Actually, years before these two early films, activities of film exhibition already took place in Hong Kong against the backdrop that then film technology competitors French Lumière brothers and American Thomas Edison launched their fierce competition for global markets. Since 1897, representatives of the Lumière brothers and Thomas Edison sailed off to exhibit films to global audience, and films were by all means the most innovative inventions at that time. Meanwhile, both parties took the global tour opportunity to shoot new footages of foreign scenic. These 38 K. J. WANG

Table 2.1 Early images of Hong Kong

1898 Production

The government house at Hong Kong Thomas Edison Hong Kong wharf scene Thomas Edison Street scene in Hong Kong Thomas Edison Shiek artillery, Hong Kong Thomas Edison Hong Kong regiment no. 1&2 Thomas Edison Tourists starting for Canton Thomas Edison

Information collected from: Changes in Hong Kong society through Cine (第12屆香港國際電影節:香港電影與社會變遷) (1988) Law K & Bren F 2004, Hong Kong Cinema—A cross cultural view, The Scarecrow Press, Lanham, Maryland and Oxford, UK. Hong Kong Film Archive 2017, Hong Kong Memories in Cinema (百年光影覓香江), Hong Kong early moving images then turned out to be the very first documentary recordings in Hong Kong (HKIFFS 1988).3 Though staffs from the Institut Lumière denied that they sent “Professor Maurice Charvet” to exhibit films in Hong Kong, in April 1897, local newspapers China Mail, on April 24, 1897, announced the arrival of the ship Peru, which had sailed from San Francisco and the film exhibition show in Hong Kong City Hall (Law and Bren 2004, p. 6). These foreign film pioneers not only came to the oriental world to show their latest filmic innovation, but also to capture footages. These footages became the precious early moving images of Hong Kong (Table 2.1). Hong Kong public started to embrace film exhibition activities as different local newspapers since then advertised screening activities at different venues. Film was introduced to Hong Kong audiences who expressed high expec- tations and curiosity towards such new media (Yeh 2018, p. 35). These early film exhibition venues, where film screening was very often bundled with opera performance, were actually Cantonese opera play stages.4 What’s more, according to Yeh’s latest research based on newspaper sur-

3 Records from 1988, published by Hong Kong International Film Festival Society. 4 Since 1899, Hong Kong started to show Western films in outdoor space. In 1900, the first theater showing films in Hong Kong was Chungking Theater重慶戲院 ( ). In the early period, Cantonese opera theaters were transformed to film-showing theaters. And film- showing activities were operated by Westerners. In 1907, a Jewish merchant cooperated with Lo Kan (盧根) established Hong Kong’s first cinema—Bejou Scenic Theater 比照( ). 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 39 vey, at the beginning of the twentieth century, YMCA (Young Men’s Christian Association—an important non-government organization aims at developing human’s body-mind healthiness) was a crucial venue for film screening, which was usually utilized as a supplementary activity to mis- sionary talks. Besides taking an entertainment role by showing fiction sto- ries, foreign life and natural scenes, film screening activities in that period were also for educational, public service and charity purposes, such as to advocate donation during natural disaster, to disseminate scientific and hygiene practice and to promote political views on historical incidents (e.g. war) (Yeh 2018, pp. 39–40). During those years—the inchoation period of film technology—large number of Western film exhibitors and filmmakers visited Hong Kong and other coastal cities in China, as merchants and profiteers, if not cultural imperialists, for the purpose of making money rather than doing artistic work. Therefore, early film in Hong Kong was primarily a visual activity for amusement and for information, far from forming an industry. Stories on film production or film performance were virtually non-existent until the establishment of Hong Kong’s first local film company—China Sun.

Pioneers of the Film Industry Contrary to Western cinematograph merchants’ profit-making mentality, the pioneers of Hong Kong filmmaking are largely patriotic artists. They are Lai Man-wai (黎民偉) and Lai Buk-hoi (黎北海), two brothers who befriend with the Russian American Benjamin Brodsky in the beginning of the twentieth century. Brodsky was born in Russia in 1877 and later sailed to America (Bren 2011).5 He was an opportunist profiteer running several film-related ­businesses, such as film companies and nickelodeons (cheap theater with five cent admission fee). In the following years, en route to China, Brodsky met a young Chinese who was relative to important officials in the Chinese government. This promising young man secured for Brodsky a 25-year exclusive franchise on exhibiting, producing and distributing motion pic-

5 Actually, the journey to America was not smooth at all. During his teenage years, he left the callous blacksmith with whom he apprenticed with and boarded a ship to England with a stolen fur. After being caught by the captain and being sent to the authorities, Brodsky bribed the officer with the fur and succeeded in boarding again. However, a storm hit the ship off the South American coast. Brodsky was among the eight survivors and finally made his trip to England and later to America. 40 K. J. WANG tures in China. However, it is still unknown that if Brodsky really accepted this offer and made Chinese films under this franchise. Brodsky allegedly formed Asia Films Company in Shanghai in 1909, where Brodsky backed several film productions in Hong Kong, such as the aforementioned Stealing a Roast Duck (1909). It is said that Stealing a Roast Duck was publicly screened in Los Angeles in 1917. After filming Stealing a Roast Duck, Leung Siu Po, accompanied by Lai Buk-hoi, paid a visit to Shanghai in 1910, hoping to learn from masters there. Disappointedly, they found no film industry as yet in Shanghai and had to return to Hong Kong and began to self-learn cinematography by reading English books. Shanghai and Hong Kong, two Chinese metropolises and trade harbors, altogether epitomize the nascence of Chinese film industry (for more about Shanghai-Hong Kong connection, see Chap. 3). The Lai brothers are seldom new comers to the artistic world. By early 1907, some patriotic college students in China who supported the repub- lic revolution led by Sun Yat-sen, formed a theater troupe, staging experi- mental drama plays based on Western literature. This new type of drama, significantly different from traditional provincial operas, was called “civi- lized drama” (wen ming xi 文明戲), consisting of improvisation and script-­ based performance, enthralling a large number of young intelligentsia, including those living in Hong Kong. The Lai brothers—Lai Buk-hoi (he played the role of policeman in Stealing a Roast Duck) and Lai Man-wai— their cousin Lai Hoi-shan (黎海山) and their friend Lo Wing-cheung (羅 永祥) and also some others registered perhaps the first civilized drama troupe in Hong Kong, called “Ching Ping Lok” (Qing Ping Le 清平樂).

The First Co-production? In 1912, Brodsky sold the Asian Motion Picture Company and moved southbound to Hong Kong to establish the Huamei Film Company (liter- ally meaning Chinese-American film company,華美影片公司 ) in 1913. It was also the time that Brodsky was introduced to Lai brothers through Lo Wing-cheung. Financed by Huamei, they cooperated on filming Chuang Tsi Tests His Wife/Zhuangzi Shiqi 莊子試妻 (1913). Brodsky provided the facilities and the Hong Kong group provided the script, performers, set- tings and costumes. The Hong Kong performers and resources were mainly based on the troupe called “Yan Ngoh Kian (literally means ‘others serve as my mirror’, ren wo jing 人我鏡)” established by Lai brothers. In the film, Lai Man-wai played the wife, in accordance with Chinese tradi- 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 41 tion that males can dress up as females on stage. The second of Lai’s two wives, Yan Shanshan (嚴珊珊), played the maid. Under the Confucian patriarchal context that women were forbidden on stage, Yan’s appearance was doubtless a revolutionary move and she became the first actress in China. Some scholars contested that Chuang Tsi Tests His Wife, similar to Stealing a Roast Duck, could not be regarded as a Hong Kong film due to Brodsky’s full investment (Zhou and Li 2004). However, Law and Bren (2004) argue that, by the time Chuang Tsi Tests His Wife was filmed, the production company Huamei Film Company was registered in Hong Kong rather than in Shanghai. Theoretically, Chuang Tsi Tests His Wife could be defined as the first co-production film in Hong Kong history. A hundred years later, when we witness a surge of Hong Kong co-­ production films in the context of Hong Kong—China Closer Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA)—we found an intriguing co-incidence in Hong Kong’s film history that co-production to a large extent has epito- mized the city as a meeting place of human, money and wisdom. After filmingChuang Tsi Tests His Wife, in 1923, Lai brothers founded China Sun Film company ( 民新), Hong Kong’s first movie studio, which was located at Ngan Mok Street in Tin Hau, in front of the Tin Hau Temple. Later, Moon Kwan (Kwan Man-ching 關文清), who had lived in the United States and had worked in Hollywood film industry, joined the China Sun and helped establish the company’s training school (the first in-house training school of film staffs). Unfortunately, they were rejected by the colonial government to build an open-air studio nearby due to Lai’s political ideology and his support to Sun Yat-sen. Therefore, productions by this Hong Kong’s first film studio have to be filmed in Guangzhou, China. In 1924, an indoor studio was set in Guangzhou with full lighting equipment, an office, a dormitory and a performer training center, where they shot Rouge/Yanzhi 胭脂 (1925)—Hong Kong’s first full-length fea- ture film. Similar toChuang Tsi Tests His Wife, Rouge was directed and enacted by a group of Yan Ngoh Kian troupe members: Lai Man-wai and his wife (this time, his first wife Lam Cho-cho (林楚楚)), Leung Siu Po and Lai Buk-hoi (he also directed this film).Rouge was premiered at the World Theater (新世界戲院) on February 23, 1925, and drew worldwide attention. At that time, World Theater in Hong Kong Island central district was a city icon. Established and financed by Lai’s family, which was then a well-­off merchant family, the World theater became the first theater in the territory regularly showing films of various origins. Films were imported from North 42 K. J. WANG

Image 2.3 Booklet of World Theater No.41, August 16, 1928. World Theater showed Western and Chinese films. (Courtesy to Special Collections, The University of Hong Kong Libraries)

America, Europe and Shanghai. With World Theater and China Sun studio, the first film production-distribution chain system was in its nascent form, though short lived due to China Sun’s financial difficulties (Image 2.3).

Lai Brothers in Shanghai and Hong Kong Far from taking film production as a profit-making business, Hong Kong’s early film pioneers were more patriotic artisans than merchants. Since 1923, Lai Man-wai and Law Wing-cheung, two key leaders of China Sun, collaborated in shooting documentaries and travelogues in Hong Kong and mainland China, especially following the steps of Sun Yat-sen and his political advocacy campaigns northbound from Guangzhou, Nanjing to Beijing—a journey called the Northern Expedition (北伐). These footages covered the first national meeting of Chinese Kuomintang (KMT, aka the Nationalist) and the scene of Sun Yat-sen inspecting troops. Some pre- cious image footages of the revolutionist and Sun’s daily life were collated into the documentary A Page of History/Xunye Qianqiu 勳業千秋 (1941) 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 43 by Lai’s descendants. Backing Sun Yat-sen’s republican philosophy and political aim, Lai Man-wai used his photograph and filming techniques to support the republican revolution, becoming the first filmmaker who raised the slogan “Save the Nation through Cinema”. Situated in China’s political turbulence and being Chinese nationalist activists themselves, Lai brothers’ film business could seldom be free from influence from China. On May 30, 1925, students and workers held large-­ scale demonstrations in Shanghai’s British concession but got shot by British soldiers. In solidarity, workers in Guangzhou and Hong Kong commenced a large-scale protest call the “General Strike” (省港大罷工). Workers who joined the strike included film workers. The general strike heavily hit Lai brothers’ film industry as film reels shot in Guangzhou were not able to be transported back to Hong Kong for further processing. And also due to conflicts between the two brothers, Lai Man-wai, with the consent from the board, took the company’s equipment and moved China Sun Company to Shanghai in October 1925. Lai Buk-hoi, instead, stayed in Guangzhou to manage the studio. With assistance from Sun Yat-sen’s revolution advocacy organization— Tung Menghui (同盟會)—and related business tycoons, soon Lai Man-­ wai put China Sun back to operation in full swing in Shanghai, with a group of Shanghai-acclaimed intelligentsia joining in the company (e.g. (侯曜) and Ouyang Yuqian (歐陽予倩)). In this period, master- pieces were made in Shanghai’s China Sun Motion Pictures, such as Way Down West/Xi Xiang Ji 西廂記 (1927) directed by Hou Yao in 1927. This film marked the first screen adaptation of Chinese literary classic. Later, a French jewelry businessman purchased the distribution rights for public screening in the UK and France (Ng 2005). However, again, similar to the previous issue in Hong Kong, mainly due to Lai Man-wai’s overinvestment, Shanghai China Sun encountered financial woes. To help the film company survive, Lai collaborated with Law Ming- yau (羅明佑), the “king” of theater and distribution circuit called “North China Film Company”, to co-found the (Lianhua 聯華) in Shanghai in 1932. This was a win-win solution to both sides: as Law’s business chain rescued China Sun by offering stable distribution chan- nels to its production, China Sun then became a chartered film provider to Law’s theaters (Chung 2011). This production-distribution­ system was labeled as “national film revival” and “resist to foreign film monopoly”. Lai Buk-hoi, who remained running the film business in Hong Kong and Guangzhou, sought prominent business partnership with Lee Hysan (利希慎), a Hong Kong business tycoon. They then co-founded the Hong 44 K. J. WANG

Kong Film Company (香港影片公司). The Hong Kong Film Company was located near Lee Garden Road in Tin Hau, which was purchased by Lee Hysan during the 1920s. Actor training schools were established, again turning Tin Hau the hub of filmmaking in Hong Kong.

The First Golden Age of Film Industry The following discussion shows a thought-provoking picture that depicted an early form of border-crossing business and culture. While people eulo- gized the vibrant cultural life in pre-war Shanghai, what calls for special attention is that a considerable proportion of capitals and talents were in fact originated from Hong Kong. In addition, parallel to Shanghai yet receiving less acclamation, Hong Kong in the pre-war era already turned to a Cantonese cultural center. The aforementioned Lianhua Company, though based in Shanghai, was mainly invested in by the Hong Kong Eurasian business tycoon Sir Robert Ho Tung 何東爵士 and some other wealthy businessmen who enjoyed celebrated social status in different sectors. With such powerful endorsements, Lianhua was turned into an iconic company that led China’s film industry into the culmination in the pre-war era. The endeav- ors taken by Lai Man-wai, Law Ming-yau and a lot more talented film professionals, including a group of most sought-after directors, script writ- ers and actors, made Shanghai the Mecca of China’s film industry. Emulating the Hollywood system, five independent studios were operated in different cities, including Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and Hong Kong (where Lai Buk-hoi was the head of the Hong Kong studio). With the existing wide-reaching theater network of the “North China Film Company”, Lianhua’s films were shown nationwide. In 1933, Lai Buk-hoi led Hong Kong into the sound-film era by directingIdio’s Wedding Night/ Shazai Dongfang 傻仔洞房 (1933). In the mid-1930s, China was gradually divided by ideological camps made with the left-leaning Communist (Chinese Communist Party, aka CCP) and the right-leaning Nationalist (aka KMT) and the whole coun- try was dragged into the Sino-Japan War. This larger political-social con- text had an impact on Lianhua as well, leading to intensified left-right ideological conflicts within the company. The conflicts were understood causing Lianhua’s gloomy fate. In 1935, Law Ming-yau and Lai Man- wai left Lianhua. That said, Lianhua was doubtlessly a cradle to a group of significant filmmakers, performers and play writers, such as Ruan Lingyu (阮玲玉), Cai Chusheng and Tian Han (田漢) and a lot more names 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 45 who deserve a place on the wall of fame in Chinese film history. Among them, Cai was originated from Guangdong province. He later fled to Hong Kong, making several applauded wartime film works. Actually, in the pre-war era, Lai was seldom the only family running filmmaking and film distribution business. Another prominent group was the Shaw family. Shaw Zuiweng (also called C. W. Shaw 邵醉翁) was the first person in his family to start an entertainment business. From running a comic theater to joining in film business, the Shaw family (mainly the Shaw brothers) gradually established one of Shanghai’s most profitable film companies—Tianyi film company (literally means Sky One,天一 ). What will be elaborated in Chap. 3 is a remarkable case that it was in Shanghai—a non-Cantonese-speaking city—that the first Cantonese fea- ture filmWhite Gold Dragon/Bai Jin Long 白金龍 (1934) was produced by the Shaw family’s film company. This was regarded as the first Cantonese film produced in Asia, featuring one of the most popular Cantonese opera singer Sit Kok-sin (薛覺先). After gaining tremendous success by making the White Gold Dragon, Shaw brothers sensed the up-and-coming huge profit of making Cantonese films and decided to move their production house to Hong Kong. In Hong Kong, Tianyi named its studio “Nanyang” (literally means South Ocean, 南洋). Based in this colonial territory, their Cantonese production was shown in domestic theaters and extensively exported to Southeast Asia where Cantonese features were well received. From Shanghai to Hong Kong to Southeast Asia, the birth and popularity of Cantonese film well narrate the “worlding” of Cantonese culture, which was brought into contour by the globally traveling Sinophonic population. Beyond the Indian Ocean and even across the Pacific Ocean, there was another film company produced Cantonese films as well. Grand View (Da Guan 大觀) film company was established by Chinese-American Joseph Chiu (趙樹燊)—a Cantonese-speaking immigrant originated from Guangdong province. Grand View produced their first Cantonese film in 1934, Romance of Songsters/Gelu Qing Chao 歌侶情潮 (1934). Similar to the White Gold Dragon, this film, though made in the United States, fea- tured a famous Cantonese opera performer—Kwan Tak-hing (關德興). At first place, this film aimed at attracting overseas Cantonese-speaking Chinese and turned out a profitable success. After the hit of box office by this film, Grand View soon moved the studio to Hong Kong, bringing in the best-equipped standard. Despite that whether the White Golden Dragon or the Romance of Songsters represents the first Cantonese feature film is unsettled, the remarkable success gained by these two films grounded the base of 46 K. J. WANG

Cantonese film development in the many more years to come. These two films also epitomized the form and format for Cantonese film production in the long post-war period: vaudeville was performed by Cantonese opera performers who transformed operatic practice and singing in feature films, while film scripts were derived from folklores, literature and plays of vari- ous cultural backgrounds. According to Chung Po-yin (2011)’s research, in 1932–1936, there were more than 50 film companies in Hong Kong, making this tiny port city the hub of Cantonese film production and distribution. During this period, according to Paul Fonoroff (1997), there was probably no film actors triumphed Ng Cho-fan (吳楚帆) on the silver screen. Ng, com- menced his career from Grand View, was a prominent film star, film pro- ducer and writer in Hong Kong film history and had been sought-after across the Sinophone film market throughout his stage life (RTHK 2005). He was well known for impersonating righteous characters who, in most cases, offered a helping hand to the suppressed poor. Ng reached his career zenith in the post-war era and was crowned “king of South China film”.6 Other noteworthy film stars and producers who had their debut or­ fledging opportunity in Grand View include: Lee Sun-fung (李晨風), Ng Wui (吳 回), and Lee Tit (李鐵). This large group of film talents not only led Hong Kong’s Cantonese film production thrive in the pre-war era under Grand View’s world-standard entertainment business operation but also became pillars of Hong Kong’s whole film industry in the post-war decades. Another noteworthy major Cantonese film company was Nan Yue 南( 粵), which was established in 1935 by Zhu Qingxian (竺清賢). Nan Yue built up its own studio near the Lee Garden Road, Tin Hau. Zhu was a talented inventor especially in terms of improving filming facilities, such as “Qingxian recorder” (the first local-made recorder in China). Parallel to Tianyi (later renamed Nanyang) and Grand View, Nan Yue was regarded as the third biggest film company during the pre-war period. In 1935–1940, 25 Cantonese films, 2 Mandarin films, 2 Vietnamese films and 1 Amoy film were produced. Amoy filmScript of Play/Xi Jing 戲經, is the first Amoy film produced in Hong Kong but shot in the Philippines (Yu 1997a, p. 109). From the cases above, we can see that, as early as the 1920s, Cantonese film distribution already reached overseas audience. In this process, Hong

6 South China films 華南電影( ) refer to Cantonese films which were mostly produced in Guangdong and Hong Kong, as counterparts to those produced in Shanghai and Beijing. Before the 1980s, films produced in Hong Kong were categorized into Mandarin films and Cantonese films. The latter one was derived from South China films. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 47

Kong’s unique role to filmmakers and merchants started to unveil: the city became an ideal hub for producing films that were able to make huge profits from overseas markets. With the release of Romance of Songsters and White Gold Dragon, Cantonese film production welcomed its first golden age (circa 1935–1941) (See Tables 2.2 and 2.3).

Table 2.2 Hong Kong Films before the anti-Japan war

Year Cantonese Mandarin Others

1935 25 0 1 1936 65 0 0 1937 96 0 2 1938 90 3 0 1939 124 5 3 1940 84 5 0 1941 76 6 2

Data calculated from Hong Kong Filmography (1914–2010), Hong Kong Film Archive

Table 2.3 Genres of Hong Kong films in the pre-war period

Number of film releases in 1938 in Hong Kong National defense 22 Cantonese film 84 Romantic 16 Mandarin film 3 Folklore 15 Ethic melodrama 13 Comedy 10 Social educational 4 Other 7 87 Number of film releases in 1939 in Hong Kong Folklore 25 Cantonese film 120 Romantic 17 Mandarin film 5 Comedy 16 Ghost fantasy 12 National defense 10 Cantonese opera 9 Martial art 9 Ethic melodrama 5 Sing-song 4 other 11 125

Data is collected from Yu MW 1997a, History of Hong Kong Film (vol 2)—1930s 香港電視史話(第二卷) 三十年代, p. 167 and p. 191, Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong 48 K. J. WANG

Banning Cantonese Film and the Lurking War The increasing popularity of Cantonese film, on the one hand, signifi- cantly facilitated the widespread Cantonese culture and consolidation of bond of Cantonese cultural circle among immigrant population in Southeast Asia and North America (Chung 2011, p. 92). On the other hand, the dominance of Cantonese film in South China touched the nerve of Chinese republic government’s (the KMT Nanjing government at that time) national language unification policy. Cantonese, in the eyes of the KMT officials, the rising power of Cantonese culture had threatened the national unification. In 1936, the KMT government passed an edict that banned produc- tion of Cantonese film (with a three-year probation of enforcement) around the state. Hong Kong, then a British colony, adjacent to the mainland and had already become an important overseas trading hub, attracted numerous filmmakers and merchants to continue their film business. Since then and during the Sino-Japan wartime, anti-Japan national defense films along with other genres of film production were sustained and flourished on this small island, until Hong Kong was occu- pied by Japanese troops in 1941. The banning edict by the KMT govern- ment and the outbreak of anti-Japan war altogether triggered a southbound wave migration among film talents, first those living in Guangzhou such as Cantonese opera singers, and later even those in China’s film center Shanghai. During the anti-Japan wartime, Hong Kong became a shelter city to a large group of film talents and cultural workers. On the one hand, Hong Kong, with its established film industry, remained a stable environment for film production for those fled from war-torn China. On the other hand, embracing the grave Chinese nationalistic sentiment, the south- bound cultural workers and filmmakers 南來影人( ) treated Hong Kong as only a stepping stone to disseminate the national defense message through films to the vast overseas immigrant population. The production of this time-­specific genre—national defense films, which in fact involved film professionals from both mainland China and Hong Kong—will be discussed in Chap. 3. That said, we could seldom deny the fact that with the advancing of Japanese invasion in mainland China and the seizure of main cities by Japanese troops, Hong Kong took in more and more financial and human resources and became the vital cultural hub that 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 49 kept both commercial and political-purpose filmmaking in full-swing operation.7

Post-War Revival A mere bud in 1925, Hong Kong cinema lay dormant during the Guangzhou-­ Hong Kong general strike until its real foundation was laid during the mid-­ 1930s with the rise of Cantonese talkies. War, along with cultural stimuli from the mainland to the north, was a catalyst for rapid changes. (Law and Bren 2004, p. 140)

After the war, the KMT government started to incorporate cultural industry companies into state-run businesses. A group of film staffs and performers who used to work in the Japanese-occupied areas were soon labeled as “traitors” or “enemy collaborators”. All these unfavorable fac- tors and the civil war between KMT and Chinese Communist Party (CCP) soon after further drove another wave of southbound cultural work- ers on-exile. Jiang Boying (蔣伯英), who made a huge fortune in southwestern mainland China as a theater owner and film distributor, decided to resur- rect his film production company, and he chose Hong Kong as the base in 1946. Jiang’s Great China Film Company (大中華影業公司) was founded under assistance from a group of experienced film production managers and producers. Among them, Shaw Cunren (邵邨人), brother of afore- mentioned Shaw Zuiweng, leased Tianyi’s Hong Kong filming studio— Nanyang to the Great China Film Company. There, Great China Film Company produced films that were largely exported to the markets in mainland China and Southeast Asia with 34 Mandarin films and 9 Cantonese films in 1946–1948. In 1947, Great China was the film com- pany that produced most films in the market, mostly films (Chung 2011; Law and Bren 2004, p. 145).8 In 1948, the Great

7 Though Shanghai’s film production still existed, most of the production took place in the concession zones or was sustained by gaining support from the Japanese side (e.g. film tycoon Zhang Shankun kept producing films under Japanese support). Therefore, to film professionals originating from mainland China, Hong Kong was the only adjacent place where, under a free economy and laissez-faire political system, they could keep producing films as the same as in the pre-war era. 8 In 1947, among the 86 films in total, 72 were Cantonese production and 14 were in Mandarin. Great China Film Company produced 20 films, among which 12 were in Mandarin. Noteworthy is that, in order to expand the market, Great China Film Company 50 K. J. WANG

China Film Company moved back to Shanghai. In the immediate post- war period, with hundreds of cultural workers in this tiny colony, it was the mainland Chinese Mandarin film elites who were financially capable to revive the Hong Kong film industry from ruins. Similar but different, in the immediate post-war era, the revival of Cantonese film business took place neither in Hong Kong nor in South China. As one of the earliest Cantonese feature films was produced by Joseph Chiu in San Francisco, the post-war re-establishment of the Cantonese film industry was again thanks to this Cantonese-American Joseph Chiu. During the Pacific War when Hong Kong was under control by Japanese with local film industry seriously interrupted, Grand View re-­ moved back to the United States and continued Cantonese film produc- tion there, making San Francisco, where is also the place Joseph Chiu comes from, shelter of Cantonese film (more details will be covered in Chap. 3). A total of 21 Cantonese films were made in Grand View during that time. After the war, Chiu returned to Hong Kong with some of the made-in-US Cantonese films. Hong Kong audiences hilariously welcomed the return of Cantonese films and flocked to theaters. Chiu even brought along from the United States the special projectors for his 16mm film productions. Grand View made more revenue than expected from local screening and film distribution in Southeast Asia (Fonoroff 1997). Seeing this, Chiu decided to invest more in a new studio and filming devices, and thus gradually leading Hong Kong’s Cantonese film business recovery. Following Grand View’s America-produced Cantonese film produc- tions, the first locally produced Cantonese film was My Love Comes Too Late/Lang Gui Wan 郎歸晚 (1947). It was filmed in cooperation between an American film distribution company and a Hong Kong local studio. This film got huge success not only in local box office but also in overseas market, especially in Southeast Asia. The popularity of this film, in addi- tion to its attention-grabbing cast of “King of South China Film” Ng Cho-fan and the sought-after Cantonese opera diva Pak Yin (白燕), was largely due to the film theme song—an adaptation from a Cantonese folk tune Flowing Water Floating Cloud/Liu Shui Xing Yun 流水行雲. The melodic string-led tune, the plain-voiced Cantonese rhyme and the

also dubbed Cantonese version for the Mandarin production. Interestingly, revenue from Cantonese films, even the dubbed version from Mandarin, was higher than those gained from Mandarin production. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 51 emotion-­stimulating lyrics very soon turned this traditional song cum film song a hit at the time, so does the movie itself. Hong Kong-produced Cantonese films themselves turned out a border-­ crossing fad. They were distributed to countries for good rewards: distri- bution in the Malaya, the Netherlands, East Indies and Vietnam cost 8000 dollars per film, 1500 per film for Philippines and Siam and 3500 per film for North America and South America. The overseas box-office income of each film was also jaw-dropping, which could reach triple the local box-­ office revenue. Since then, overseas market has gradually become the life- line for the whole Hong Kong film industry. In another way round, Hong Kong-made films gained increasing popularity in overseas markets where Sinophone immigrants filled seats in theaters, craving for a taste of Cantonese folk culture and a glimpse of their favorite superstars who spoke the immigrants’ mother-tongue on the silver screen. Contrary to the esca- lating popularity of Cantonese films, Mandarin films were mainly for local distribution, rarely for overseas markets (Yu 1997b, p. 122; Jarvie 1977, pp. 18–19). Cantonese films mushroomed in 1947 with 72 Cantonese and 17 Mandarin productions, and the figures escalating to 123 and 18, ­respectively, in the next year.9 In that period of time, Hong Kong’s cine- scape was also filled with bilingual works as Mandarin films were dubbed in Cantonese to secure local box-office intake. In the Kowloon peninsula, a “mini quasi-Hollywood”—pre-life of Hollywood in the East—was gradually formed, filled with film studios around the district of Kowloon City. Actually, before the Sino-Japan war, when Hong Kong welcomed its nascent golden age of film production, this area already housed film studios at different corners. The post-war revival made this area robust again. Major studios included Nan Yang, which was leased to Great China; the Grand View studio; Nan Guo (南國) (a left-leaning company producing educative Cantonese films) and some others in relatively smaller scale.

Hong Kong Films in the Cold War Immediately following the Sino-Japan war was the civil war between the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and the KMT. Lasting four years, in 1949, the CCP founded the People’s Republic of China (PRC) in main-

9 Numbers estimated from Winnie Fu ed. Hong Kong Filmography Vol. II (1942–1949). Quoted in Law Kar and Frank Bren (2004), p. 145. 52 K. J. WANG land China, while the KMT ceased to Taiwan to keep the former Republic of China (ROC) survive. Taiwan, a Japanese colony during 1895–1945, became the base for the ROC government to proclaim its representation of the orthodox Chinese culture and political legitimacy. The political tur- moil seldom stopped here. The outbreak of the Korean War in 1950 unveiled the Cold War between two superpowers at that time: the Soviet Union and the United States. While the CCP-controlled mainland China fell in the arms of the Soviet Union side, the Taiwan-based ROC belonged to another side. “Globalization”, in this process, took place across the Pacific with monetary and human resources coming from the United States to support the KMT-behold “Freedom China”—first in Nanjing and then in Taipei. Thus, it is noteworthy that the Cold War was far from merely a “war” of political powers. Instead, it ranged from world politics to everyday life. The 1950s Hong Kong was by all means a meeting point. Under the Cold War umbrella, Hong Kong, due to its special geo-political position, stepped onto the front lines receiving flows of money and human bodies from all directions. Hong Kong had become a frontline city of political, cultural and ideological conflicts against the backdrop of the Cold War and the “CCP vs. KMT” duel. As a British colony, Hong Kong was by default on the American side. But its long-term geographical adjacency and cultural proximity with South China inevitably shrouded this colonial territory with impacts from mainland China. As the Cold War was never about politics alone, Hong Kong in the Cold War was about the multi-­ layered and kaleidoscopic undercurrents in different social sectors, includ- ing the film industry (Roberts and Carroll2016 ). The Cold War has marked a special period of post-war Hong Kong, and it was not until the 2000s that the Cold War and its crucial impact on contemporary Hong Kong society became acknowledged and re-assessed by the academia. It is also due to the chemical reaction from “Hong Kong in the Cold War”, a historical contingency during which Hong Kong’s film industry encoun- tered decades of intriguing and fascinating development, which has vested far-reaching impact on its future. In 1947, a grand film company was founded in Hong Kong—Yung Hwa Motion Picture Industries (永華影業公司), co-launched by S. K. Chang (also known as Zhang Shangkun 張善琨) and Lee Tsu-yung (also known as Li Zuyong 李祖永). The former one was the “king of movie business” in Shanghai and the latter one was also a Shanghai-based entre- preneur. With the most advanced equipment purchased overseas, Yung 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 53

Hwa’s general manager Lee Tsu-yung was determined to “win back our audience and march to overseas market with the best production” (Yu 1997b, pp. 163–166). Yung Hwa’s inaugural production was Soul of China/Guo Hun 國魂 (1948), an epic historical film dedicated to the life story of a legendary ancient Chinese hero. Soon after, another blockbuster, Sorrows of the Forbidden City/Qing Gong Mishi 清宮秘史 (1948), was released. This film shed lights on incidents that drove modern Chinese his- tory—reforms taken in the late Qing Dynasty and conflicts between the Emperor Guangxu and the Empress Cixi. Directed by prominent direc- tors—Li Pingqian (李萍倩) and Zhu Shilin (朱石麟)—this epic block- buster featured superstars at that time including Zhou Xuan (周旋) and Shu Shi (舒適). The film cost was regarded as an exorbitant budget at that time (ten times of the average cost), targeting a wide market including Singapore and Malaya where the Cathay Organisation (a prominent film industry tycoon later had significant influence in Hong Kong) controlled the theater market. By then, Yung Hwa and Cathay had already established business partnership. Moreover, the Sorrows of the Forbidden City was the first Hong Kong film listed in an international film festival, the Festival del film Locarno (Yu1997b , p. 156). The KMT government found that Yung Hwa’s films complied with their ideology (e.g. promotion of ancient Chinese intelligentsia morale) and assisted Yung Hwa’s overseas film distri- bution. Later, the KMT government even supported the company when Yung Hwa was meshed in financial troubles. As a result, unplanned yet unavoidable, Yung Hwa was categorized as a right-leaning company. During that period, in the Cold War context, the American govern- ment supported various forms of cultural activities in order to disseminate messages indirectly. Among them, one example was the twins—Asian pub- lisher (亞洲出版社) and Asian Film (亞洲影業). The film company, with- out much doubt, was categorized right-leaning camp. Half Downward Society/Ban Xialiu Shehui 半下流社會 (1957) was a prominent novel pub- lished by the Asian Publisher and was later adapted into a feature film. Depicting life in Hong Kong’s Rennie’s Mill (aka Tiu Keng Leng, a zone housed a large group of KMT veterans in post-war period), both the novel and the film, though in a most subtle way, implied fear of the communist party among a group of intellectuals (Wong and Lee 2009). The left-leaning side was equally influential as their counterparts. A group of left-leaning filmmakers, some were from mainland China and some were Hong Kong locals, founded film companies which were mostly based on communist and collectivistic ideology: Da Guangming (大光明) 54 K. J. WANG and the Fifties (五十年代). This group of filmmakers also formed their leftist alliance, aiming at attacking social inequality and educating the soci- ety with mass cultural productions, such as films. However, against the background that the British government circumvented left-leaning activi- ties and some filmmakers moved back to mainland, the above companies re-organized after a few years. The Fifties was then transformed into Feng Huang movie enterprise (鳳凰影業). Sun Luen film company (新聯影業) was established in 1952 by a leftist newspaper chief editor Liu Yat Yuen (廖一原). Sun Luen represented the left force in the Cantonese film circle and had recruited a group of well-known film talents such as Lee Tit and Ng Cho-fan (Yu 1997c). Another eminent company was the Great Wall (長城電影), which was originally founded by S. K. Chang, the aforemen- tioned film tycoon. However, due to political and ideological divergence between Chang and another co-founder Yuan Yang-an (袁仰安), Chang withdrew and Yuan turned the company to a left-leaning supporter. By the 1950s, the Great Wall, Feng Huang and Sun Luen were the signature left- ist film companies in Hong Kong, having close relationship with the ­CCP-­led China (for more details of Hong Kong film in the Cold War, see Chap. 3)

Cleaning-Up Movement and Pre-pay System As the Cold War was never about international politics alone but sprawling in everyday life, entailing impact from the Cold War and the political con- flicts among two Chinas vested profound impact on both corporation and individual levels in the Hong Kong film industry. Tides of lofty yet subtle conflicts between those from mainland China and the Hong Kong locals loomed in the field. On the one hand, to the large number of cultural workers from main- land China who sought shelter in Hong Kong, they were determined to speak for the progressive socialism and the new China. They seldom con- cealed the despise on Hong Kong’s film production and strived to urge Hong Kong’s “backward” counterparts to catch up with the historical tide. In their eyes, Hong Kong’s capitalist and hedonistic entertaining films were poisonous and narcotic. On the other hand, such condescen- sion also showed mainland Chinese filmmakers’ incompatibility to Hong Kong’s mass society. As discussed in the introduction chapter, Hong Kong local culture has been for a long time distant from the so-called central-plain culture, while 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 55 more proximate to the Cantonese cultural circle. This leads to a fact that Hong Kong, altogether with the Pearl River Delta, has cultivated a unique cultural sphere that is rooted in the mass society—people’s everyday life, economic activities and daily encounters with multi-cultural travelers— instead of political heroes or noblemen. Film scholar Stephen Teo (1997, p. 18) commented that “the perception of Mandarin cinema as being the representative Chinese cinema cultivated an epic mentality in the minds of big-time producers … resources were focused on a handful of epic pro- ductions …. As the Mandarin cinema struggled to survive and find an identity that showed it was closer to Hong Kong and not homesick for Shanghai, the Cantonese cinema slipped easily into the role of manifesting an identity that Chinese all over the region could relate to”. Despite that mass audience-oriented Cantonese films were popular among audience, a group of Cantonese filmmakers actually were partially allied with the mainland Chinese intellectuals and were dissatisfied with some negative features among the Cantonese film industry, such as the scarcity of educational value and low-quality production. Though not all Cantonese films were coarsely made, to this group of filmmakers, a large number of Cantonese films at that time were far below filmic artisan standards. In 1949, the first “Cleaning-up Movement” 粵語電影清潔運動( ) was initiated by a group of Mandarin filmmakers such as the prominent screen-­ play writers Cai Chusheng and Xia Yan (夏衍), and some Cantonese film professionals. They advocated a self-critical approach in filmmaking and subsequently founded the Association of Film Workers in China to cam- paign the ideation. Advocation of forming a cooperative film company was also raised by Cantonese filmmakers such as Lo Dun 盧敦( ) and Su Yi (蘇 怡). “Without getting any pre-paid reward, each staff invests their salary as the initiative base of the film production. After the film completion and public release, the revenue will be distributed according to contribution. This cooperative system guarantees the freedom of choosing the appropri- ate film script and making progressive films, without being watched by investors” (Yu 1997b, p. 213). Though in the first place such an idea was merely conceptually connoted, within a few years, such a cooperative sys- tem was eventually turned into reality by some local organizations, which later became a landmark in Hong Kong film history. Before proceeding to elaborate on the cooperative film companies which “cleaned up” the condescended Cantonese film ecology, it is neces- 56 K. J. WANG sary to take a glimpse into the industry landscape in the post-war Hong Kong. As mentioned earlier, in 1947, My Love Comes Too Late revived the Cantonese film industry and unlocked the huge market in Southeast Asia among Cantonese-speaking migrant population. Since then, overseas mar- ket became the lifeline of Cantonese films, especially after the CCP-led China closed the door to film importation during the Cold War, while Taiwan was much less receptive to Cantonese-speaking films. Even though Cantonese films could be re-adapted to a Mandarin version, the esthetic style and cultural taste of Cantonese films were distant from those in Taiwan. Therefore, the Southeast Asian market and Hong Kong films made a win-win partnership under this context: as the post-war audience market in Southeast Asia was in demand of entertainment products, while their local film industry had not yet firmly revived, Hong Kong filmmakers found it difficult to make a break-even in the local small-sized market. Pre-sale system (片花) was one of the frequently used profit-making strategy and became the blood of financing Cantonese film making: inves- tors (overseas film distributors and theater owners) paid certain amount of money to Hong Kong film producers before films were shot. This amount of money became the initial capital of film production. In other words, film producers invested little money on it. The pre-pay deal was usually made according to the submitted story line and casting of the leading roles. The rationale behind was simple: the stories were very often cliché family melodrama or period drama which heavily relied on and enriched by the aforementioned Cantonese opera singers’ regular singing perfor- mance. To overseas migrant population who were mostly originated from Cantonese-speaking regions, the star faces and their singing were the most familiar forms of stage entertainment. Famous Cantonese opera singers could easily secure box-office turnout. This cultural proximity encouraged Cantonese film producers to largely adopt “sing-song” film format when selling films to overseas investors. By this means, investors were also assured to hand in the “down payment” to film producers before seeing an actual product. After getting the down payment which was used to kick off the film shooting, in the middle of the film shooting, producers started to approach more overseas theater owners (usually those in Chinatowns in Southeast Asia, Europe and North America) to sell overseas screening per- mits of the in-the-make film. By this end, with the pre-paid down payment and the later overseas permit fees, film producers in Hong Kong already 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 57 paid back the film production cost. After the film release, box-office -rev enue from local and overseas markets became profits alone. In the 1950s–1960s, Cantonese films were in high demand in the over- seas market and this pre-pay system can almost secure the cost-reward balance. In the mid-1950s, 50%–60% income of Cantonese films was from the overseas market: Southeast Asia under British colony, Indonesia under the Netherlands colony, Vietnam, Thailand and American continent (Yu 1997d, p. 31). Therefore, Hong Kong local producers massively adopted this system and filmed Cantonese opera films, which, due to its short pro- ducing time and affordable investment, were mocked as “seven-day won- der”(七日鮮), and the directors were teased as “Wan-ton noodle director” (雲吞麵導演).10 Consequently, a large number of “one film company” (一 片公司) could be found in the industry. “One film company” aimed at gaining quick profits by making use of the pre-pay system, while disre- garding filmic production quality and esthetics. From the filmography of Hong Kong Film Archive, we could see quite a number of companies which appear on the list only once. A feasible guess could be concluded that they were the so-called one film company. However, it is by no means that all Cantonese films or Cantonese “sing-­ song” films were low-quality productions. And Cantonese opera has always been closely related to Hong Kong film industry. For better or not, performers, scripts, narrative elements and even costume designs from the Cantonese opera domain had vested influential impact on Hong Kong’s filmmaking. Actually, in the 1950s and 1960s, Cantonese opera sing-song film was one of the major genres in the industry. For example, in 1959, classic Cantonese operas Princess Cheung Ping/Di Nu Hua 帝女花 and The Legend of Purple Hairpin/Zi Chai Ji 紫釵記 were adapted into Cantonese films. The latter one was directed by the renowned director Lee Tit, while the former one was directed by the then novice director (吳宇森), who later became a maestro of gangster films and film

10 Because the films were based on existing Cantonese operas, almost all necessary elements such as script, narration, music, costume and props could be borrowed from Cantonese opera troupes. No outdoor shooting was required as even the backdrop setting was already prepared. Therefore, the responsibility of the director was giving the signal of “camera” and “cut”, and positioning the lens. Once “camera” signal was given, the director could enjoy a bowl of Wan-ton noodle (a Cantonese signature food) when the Cantonese opera singer performed on his/her own. Due to the low efforts invested by “Wan-ton noodle directors” (雲吞麵導演), seven days were more than enough. Cantonese opera films therefore were also called “seven-day wonder” (qi ri xian 七日鮮). 58 K. J. WANG noir. The films did gain high reputation in terms of filming techniques and esthetics (Yu 1997d, pp. 180–183). According to a filmography compiled by the Hong Kong Film Archive, in the 1950s and 1960s, “authentic” opera films and costume musicals derived from Cantonese operas already numbered 637 in two decades. In order to regain the respect of professional film performers, a separa- tion between Cantonese opera singers (Ling 伶) and film actors Xing( 星) was suggested among the industry: Cantonese opera singers should focus on stage live performance while film actors belong to the silver screen. The movement was termed as Ling Xing Fen Jia (伶星分家). This is consistent with the 1949 wave of “Clean-up Movement” that encouraged films should serve the revelation of social reality instead of offering pure amusement. That said, according to the latest oral history, the “separation” actually seldom means serious conflicts among these talents despite minor misun- derstandings occasionally. In Lo Dun’s retrospect, this so-called separa- tion was an advocacy to condemn a large group of opportunist companies—“one film companies”. Given that in the immediate post-war period, different lifestyles could be found among drama film professionals and Cantonese opera artists, they respected each other’s profession and code of ethics. After all, for this large group of cultural practitioners who experienced the wartime and participated in making national defense films, they had cultivated a community identity. Hence, the “cleanup” was more about the intention from a group of film directors who hoped to restore the industrial integrity than a “purge” in the industry.11 In 1952, under the umbrella of cleaning up and uniting filmmakers, a number of Cantonese film companies were established based on the princi- ple of cooperative collectivism: Union Film Enterprise (Chung Luen 中聯), Wah Kiu Film Company (華僑) and Sun Luen. Among the three, Chung Luen offered a significant example of promoting humanistic and educational values through films. It was co-established by 21 prominent Cantonese film talents, who contributed their salaries to be the shareholders: Ng Cho-Fan, Pak Yin, Wong Man-lei (黃曼梨), Lee Tit, Ng Hui, Lee Sun-fung and so on. Compared to the “seven-day wonder”, Chung Luen’s production on an

11 Refer to “Pioneer of drama film—Lo Dun” in programRe-discover Cantonese film (粵語 長片重出江湖), hosted by Prof. Ng Chun-hung, a podcast program produced by RTHK. Access via http://www.rthk.hk/radio/radio1/programme/cantonesefilm. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 59 average took six weeks and cost more than twice that of the Cantonese opera films. Chung Luen emphasized cooperative creation, which required all par- ties (scriptwriter, director and actor) to participate in the script creation. In terms of the filming techniques, in strong contrast to the “Wan-ton­ noodle directors”, Chung Luen required more comprehensive and multi-layered lens operation. Chung Luen hoisted the banners of anti-­feudalism and anti- capitalism in their film productions which numbered 43 in the company’s 15-years’ life. Applauded works that demonstrate meticulously planned story lines, sophisticated filming techniques and thought-provoking social values include In the Face of Demolition/Weilou Chunxiao 危樓春曉 (1953), Father and Son/Fu yu Zi 父與子 (1954), an adaptation of Chinese literature epic trilogy—Home, Spring, Autumn (家春秋)—penned by the mainland Chinese New Cultural Movement pioneer Ba Jin (巴金), and a lot more to be named. In its life span, during 1952–1967, the cooperative collectivism- based Chung Luen played an exceptional role in Hong Kong’s film industry and in the society with a series of educational, yet somewhat indoctrinating, films that were of high esthetic and socio-cultural value. Among the large number of Cantonese sing-song films, Chung Luen’s works, all in Cantonese, were regarded a stream of clear spring. Chung Luen’s films are still influential in today’s Hong Kong film studies and popular culture. In 1956, the annual film production in Hong Kong (200/252) was already ranked fifth in the global market, following the United States (354), Japan (302) and India (259) (Yu 1997d, p. 84).12 Supplementary data could also refer to Tables 2.4 and 2.5. In addition, the uniqueness of Hong Kong film industry at that time was attributed to blossom of multi-­ linguistic film productions such as Teochew films and Amoy films. The number of Amoy film productions once even exceeded that of Mandarin films.

From Industrial Revival to Prosperity—The 1960s The émigré talent built from scratch a Mandarin-speaking component of the Hong Kong film industry by virtually transplanting the Chinese film industry to Hong Kong … This achievement came about largely as an accident of history

12 The number of Hong Kong film productions of that year varied between the reported number by the Hong Kong Filmography published by the Hong Kong Film Archive and the number reported by Yu Mo-wan. 60 K. J. WANG

Table 2.4 Hong Kong Films in different languages in the post-war period

Cantonese Film Mandarin Film Amoy Films Teochew Films

1950 173 16 1 1951 141 16 11 1952 186 73 10 1953 140 48 4 1954 112 55 14 1955 189 46 18 1 1956 249 62 20 1 1957 164 59 39 1 1958 162 73 70 3 1959 166 68 89 9 1960 222 52 19 11 1961 222 41 6 0 1962 193 39 2 21 1963 188 44 8 20 1964 182 42 2 8 1965 143 40 0 18 1966 111 56 1 1 Total 2943 830 314 94

Data collated from: 1. Hong Kong Filmography (1914–2010), Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong; 2. Ng M (Ed.). 2012. The Amoy-dialect Films of Hong Kong (香港廈語電影訪蹤). Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong; 3. Chung PYS 2011, Hundred-year of Hong Kong Film Industry 香港影視業百年, Joint Publishing Hong Kong, Hong Kong; 4. Yu MW 1997c, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. four)—The ninety-fifties香港電影史話 (卷四)—五十年 代上, Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong; 5. Yu MW 1997d, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. five)—The ninety-fifties 香港電影史話(卷五)—五十年 代下, Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong;

Table 2.5 Total number of films produced annually—in comparison (1950s–1980s)

Year HK United States India Japan Singapore Korea

1950 202 361 241 115 / / 1955 227 305 271 423 20 / 1959 246 223 312 500 17 / 1960 273 211 324 423 12 67 1965 203 191 325 490 11 193

Cited from: Leung GL, 1993, The evolution of Hong Kong as regional movie production and export center. MPhil thesis, Chinese University of Hong Kong. p. 23 Source: UNESCO Statistical Yearbooks 1972–1992 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 61

through China’s decision to cut itself off from the rest of the world … Hong Kong became the sole outlet of Cantonese movies to territories around the world—particularly Southeast Asia—where the Cantonese dialect spelled not only entertainment but fraternity and identity to overseas Chinese communi- ties. Stephen Teo (1997, p. 18)

The “Cleaning-up Movement” once became the silver lining of the industry that was fraught with opportunist business. But facing the arrival of grand studios from Southeast Asia, the Cantonese film industry encoun- tered another inevitable challenge from Mandarin films. This time was less about political conflicts than money: entertainment tycoons from Southeast Asia vested jaw-dropping economic prowess on producing sil- ver screen splendor to conquest the market. While Cantonese film produc- tion numbered more than 200 in 1961, the number dramatically dropped to 35 in 1970 and only 1 in 1971. Despite such dramatic transition, to many film professionals and cin- emagoers, the 1960s by all means marked one of the most colorful pages in film history. Besides the aforementioned Mandarin and Cantonese film companies, the 1960s Hong Kong attracted a number of gifted film tycoons who roved over the industry by bringing in world-class filmmak- ing operation and management: urban melodrama pioneer Kong Ngee Motion Picture Production (光藝製片) operated by Malayan Ho broth- ers; (邵逸夫) who ran the Shaw Brothers Film Company (aka Shaw Brothers, 邵氏兄弟國際影業) and Loke Wan Tho (陸運濤) who operated the Cathay cinema chain and film production company (also known as Motion Pictures and General Investment Film Company—MP&GI).

Urban Exuberance in Cantonese Films The Cantonese film industry was generally represented by four big broth- ers, left or right leaning, led the trend of urbanized and localized melo- drama: Chung Luen, Sun Luen, Wah Kiu and Kong Ngee. Noteworthy is that Kong Ngee sparked the field by introducing a group of bright-­ looking young idols. Far from the previous generation of film stars who were at their mid-age and had already established career height on Cantonese opera stage when becoming film stars, this group of up-and- 62 K. J. WANG coming film actors brightened the silver screen by bringing forth brand- new faces, body moves and dress code glittering a sense of modernity and exuberance. Owned by prominent Chinese Malayan Ho’s family, Kong Ngee Motion Picture Production ran a chain of theaters in Singapore and Malaya since 1937. In 1955, Ho set up the Hong Kong company to pro- duce Cantonese films. During its life span in Hong Kong between 1955 and 1968, more than 60 features were made. A group of directors in Kong Ngee were veteran film talents from Chung Luen, well known for their persistent technological sophistication and esthetic demand, such as Chun Kim (秦劍), Lee Tit, Lee Sun-fung and Ng Wui. It is said that Kong Ngee continued the legacy of Chung Luen by featuring the life of Hong Kong’s lower middle class. Kong Ngee was also famous for training new stars who represented the new generation of Hong Kong youth: Patrick Tse Yin (謝賢), Ka Ling (嘉 玲), Nam Hung (南紅) and Kong Suet (江雪). Thanks to Kong Ngee’s established chain of theaters in Southeast Asia, these young idols were promoted and had regular stage appearances overseas, becoming ­household names among the large overseas immigrant population. It is understood that the sudden yet irresistible gradual retreat of Kong Ngee in the industry in the late 1960s partially caused the downturn of the whole Cantonese film industry. Despite the short life of Kong Ngee in Hong Kong film industry, the young idols mentioned above renewed the industrial landscape and gradu- ally replaced the previous generation stage-pillar Cantonese opera per- formers such as the then most sought-after Yam-Pak duo (任白): Yam Kim-fai (任劍輝), the all-time “film fan lover” featured in more than 30 films per year and her long-time stage-cum-screen partner Pak Suet-sin (白雪仙). The new generation of film stars, the heroines from Kong Ngee and other Cantonese film companies (e.g. Chi Luen film company 志聯) brought to the society waves of exuberance through vivid impersonating typical roles in the modernizing world. The 1960s Hong Kong had gone through the immediate post-war uncertainty and saw an approaching new era of economic flight amid the city’s manufacturing industry. This post-war zeitgeist was personi- fied by a group of up-and-coming stars, especially the female idols such as Chan Po-chu (陳寶珠) and Siao Fong-fong (蕭芳芳). A striking note was resounded when Chan and Siao played roles of some new urban characters: factory girls and teddy girls. The former one resonated a 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 63 trend in the 1960s Hong Kong which witnessed a rising number of female workers entering the job market, and the latter category revealed the increasingly rigorous urban life which was sometimes followed by youth problems and family problems in the fast-forward capitalist econ- omy. Classics of that time included Factory Queen/Gong Chang Huanghou 工廠皇后 (1962) and Teddy Girls/Fei Nu Zhengzhuan 飛女 正傳 (1969), and the latter one was regarded the female version of the Hollywood teddy icon James Dean.

Giants from Southeast Asia The Mandarin film giants from Southeast Asia turned out to be the great- est challenge in Hong Kong’s film industry. Loke Wan Tho was one among them. A Chinese Malaysian, owner of an influential cinema chain that constituted 80 theaters and head of a widespread distribution net- work in Southeast Asia, in 1955, Loke landed in Hong Kong and took over the then deceasing Yung Hwa studio. His Malayan-origin film corpo- rate—Cathay Organisation was then named Motion Picture & General Investment Co. Ltd. (MP&GI, 國際電影懋業) in Hong Kong after Loke’s acquisition of Yung Hwa. With a group of film elites who received Western education and specialized in literature, drama and esthetics, the film group in Hong Kong produced a large number of films featuring “youth”, “middle-­class”, “urban life”, “romance” and “comedy”. Household names such as Lin Dai (林黛) and Grace Chang (葛蘭) were groomed under MP&GI’s all-encompassing star-making system which co-­ orchestrated through the company’s films, magazines and promotional events home and abroad. In terms of “worlding” of Hong Kong films, going further than tradi- tional Cantonese films which were sold to overseas immigrant communi- ties, MP&GI started production-level international collaboration. Border-crossing exchange took place between MP&GI and Japanese prominent film group, the Toho Company 東寶株式會社( ). An awe-­ aspiring Hong Kong-Japan film trilogy was produced in the mid-1960s:A Night in Hong Kong/Xianggang zhi Ye 香港之夜 (1961), Star of Hong Kong/Xianggang zhi Xing 香港之星 (1963), and Honolulu, Tokyo, Hong Kong/Xianggang Dongjing Xiaweiyi 香港.東京.夏威夷 (1963). Films were shot in multiple places, presenting the authentic tastes of “worlding” of popular culture in the Indo-Pacific rim, the base of the East Asian cul- tural circle. To note that, film productions from MP&GI were mainly in 64 K. J. WANG

Mandarin and were highly well received in both Hong Kong and overseas markets. Besides the Southeast Asian market where the Loke family already established their giant film distribution networks, Taiwan was a primary market as well due to MP&GI’s majority Mandarin production. Though MP&GI did have their Cantonese film department, it was operated in a much smaller scale. If not for a fatal accident that thoroughly put MP&GI into coma, the Hong Kong film development would have been re-written. In 1964, when MP&GI still enjoyed its gushed popularity home and abroad, a dramatic tragedy happened to the boss Loke Wan Tho. On his trip to Taiwan for attending a film festival, Loke and his wife died in a plane crash. This unex- pected accident, with little doubt, stunned the whole East Asian film industry and brought irreversible misfortune to the company. Loke, by all means, was the soul of the company and a gifted film pioneer in the realm. According to Law and Bren (2004), after the death of Loke, though MP&GI attempted to continue competing with other giant film compa- nies, such as the Shaw Brothers company, another significant film com- pany in the 1960s Hong Kong, the company was lost in the dramatic socio-cultural vicissitudes, especially after the 1967 riot that occurred in Kowloon, Hong Kong; while MP&GI’s major competitor, Shaw Brothers took a bold step to experiment new-style martial art genre (new ) and gained phenomenal success. Led by Run Run Shaw, the Shaw Brothers film company since the 1960s had been almost an equivalent to Hong Kong moving image popu- lar culture. This entertainment empire created a localized “Hollywood system” in Hong Kong, with their family-style management (Shaw broth- ers managed different sectors of the whole film business across the region) and a highly systematic vertical integration of film production, distribu- tion and exhibition. The Shaw Brothers built a grand studio at the Clearwater Bay, the larg- est one for the time being. Talents from Taiwan, Korea and Japan were recruited to keep the system thrive, so did the multi-cultural wisdom flooded into this dream factory. The was regarded a world-class one, equipped with a number of large-sized outdoor and indoor filming sites, dormitories for staffs and post-production editing departments. The significance of the Shaw Brothers to Hong Kong film industry was attributed to its pioneering role in introducing specialized martial art designers and instructors to filmmaking. Fighting scenes in previous action films usually were only simple limb movements, which were mostly impro- vised during filming. Shaw Brothers became the first Hong Kong film 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 65 company that introduced to filmmaking a vital position of professional martial art choreographers, who were responsible in meticulously planned realistic action choreograph and visual impact of blood and vio- lence. Household names of martial art maestros, had their debut in the Shaw Brothers as martial art choreographers. Lau Kar-fai (劉家輝), a Kung Fu fighting actor belonging to the South China Kung Fu camp, was starred in a large number of household action films. Unreservedly demonstrating his powerful Kung Fu fighting with bare arms and feet, Lau Kar-fai projected an iconic masculine image of arduous and righ- teous Kung Fu man. Besides introducing specialized action instructors, Shaw Brothers excelled in the industry by presenting a group of maestro directors. Chang Cheh (張徹), an eminent director in the Shaw Brothers, created his signa- ture Zen martial art inspired by Japanese samurai spirit. King Hu (胡金銓), an equally influential director of the grand studio, mastered filming new wuxia by infusing elements of ancient Chinese musical and operatic works. Both Chang and Hu were originated from mainland China, forming a renowned Kung Fu film bloc in the cine-scape—the fermentation of Shaw Brothers’ “new-style martial arts” (new wuxia). The new wuxia signifi- cantly differentiate from the previous generation which mostly focused on body movement. This new-style martial art was incorporated in Shaw Brothers’ both Cantonese and Mandarin films, narrating the organic rela- tion between human power and the nature through virtuoso filmic lan- guage. Classics of this kind included The One-Armed Swordsman/Du Bi Dao 獨臂刀 (1967) and The Invincible Fist/Tieshou Wuqing 鐵手無情 (1969)—works that laid the founding stones for later globally eye-catching­ development of Hong Kong-style martial art films. Generally speaking, Kung Fu action film section in Shaw Brothers was divided into two camps. Chang and Hu represented the North China Kung Fu camp with knight sword fighting that diffused the ambient of Zen—the inner energy cycle from body and soul is mingled with the mother nature and the whole universe. Another camp—the South China Kung Fu camp, however, featured unarmed fights—strengths and powers diffused by human body muscles which are obtained from life-long ardu- ous training. This camp was led by prestigious Kung Fu masters such as Lau Kar-leung (劉家良) and Yuan Cheung-yan (袁祥仁). Besides playing a leading role in mastering Kung Fu films of various styles, Run Run Shaw invited Japanese directors and photographers to join the force, such as Inōe Umetsugu (井上梅次) and Tadashi Nishimoto (西本正). The Japanese talents innovated Shaw’s fashion films and costume 66 K. J. WANG films by embedding metropolitan elements and revolutionized the costumed historical epic films by using the most advanced Eastman color wide-screen filming. Landmark pictures included the Mandarin blockbusterThe Love Eterne/Liang Shanbo Yu Zhu Yingtai 梁山伯與祝英台 (1963). The Love Eterne was the historic highest grossing film of the era in Taiwan, turning Taipei city into a “town of craze” (more about Shaw Brothers’ cross-border film business is discussed in Chap. 3). Despite that Hong Kong society, as a colony adjacent to mainland China, had experienced primitive forms of border-crossing collaborations back in the 1930s (interestingly, Shaw family was already involved in the primitive regionalization back in that time), Shaw Brothers film business made this wave rove in full scale. As commented by Law and Bren (2004, p. 168) that, Run Run Shaw “was a traditional Chinese merchant with a sound business mind and a hands-on attitude. As an overseas Chinese, he was also willing to learn from foreign experience and to adopt a flexible approach, conservative and liberal tendencies that struck a remarkably har- monious balance”. Actually, in the 1950s and 1960s, the Shaw family’s film company had already established its Cantonese film unit. Before Run Run Shaw estab- lished the Shaw Brothers, it was his elder brother Shaw Cunren who ran the film company in Hong Kong, namely Shaw Father-and-Son film com- pany (邵氏父子電影公司)—the pre-life of the latter glamorous Shaw Brothers. Since that time, Cantonese film unit already existed, and the first film was produced in 1957. Two leading figures were noteworthy: Mak Kei (麥基) and Lam Fung (林鳳). Mak Kei was famous for his long-lasting teddy boy image in films which were mostly inspired by the Hollywood classic Rebel Without a Cause (1955) starring James Dean. Therefore, Mak Kei was regarded as “James Dean in the East”. Mak Kei along with Lam Fung starred in many popular films at that time. One of the most popular Shaw’s Cantonese film was When Durians Bloom/Liulian Piaoxiang 榴蓮 飄香 (1959). Lam Fung sang the theme song carrying the same title which became a popular song at that time. Despite that Shaw’s Cantonese film productions were less well known compared to Kong Ngee, Lam Fung, Shaw’s leading female actress, was actually equally virtuoso and popular along with other prominent actresses in that time, such as Grace Chang. Singing and dancing in many Shaw’s high-quality pictures, such as A Pretty Girl’s Love Affair/Yunv Chunqing 玉女春情 (1958), Lam Fung soon became an icon among the young generation. To a certain extent, this echoed the growing urban youth culture in Hong Kong (Yung 2003). 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 67

Noteworthy is that, besides When Durians Bloom, Shaw company pro- duced a whole serial in 1959, targeting the Southeast Asian market: The Merdeka Bridge/Duliqiao Zhilian 獨立橋之戀 and Bride from Another Town/Guobu Xinniang 過埠新娘. While Shaw family’s contribution in the Cantonese film business was very often outshined by the later Shaw Brothers’ Mandarin blockbusters which were understood as a huge triumph of Hong Kong-made cinema across the globe, we could seldom deny the fact that the Shaw family entertainment empire for nearly a century has laid numerous milestones in Hong Kong’s popular cultural development ranging from motion pic- ture, television and popular music to the general social-wide cultural impact. In the following chapters, we will have little difficulty in finding the proofs. Strongman Run Run Shaw and his Shaw Brothers’ film business, on the one hand, further modernized Hong Kong cinema-scape, while, on the other hand, exerted invincible pressure on Cantonese films and even ­partially caused a coma of the dialectic film industry. According to Law and Bren (2004, p. 177)’s argument, instead of blaming the large quantity of quick but shoddy production, the demise of Cantonese film production in the mid-1970s was more attributed to the ceasing of low-quality pro- duction companies. Other reasons included the retreat of Kong Ngee company, negative impact from mainland China’s Cultural Revolution on Hong Kong’s leftist film companies (leftist Sun Luen as one of the major Cantonese film producers) and the rising television culture. As a result, the number of Cantonese film production dramatically dropped in the late 1960s and reached its bottom point of zero production in 1972 (Tables 2.6 and 2.7).

A New Page in the 1970s

New Challenger According to Ian Jarvie (1977, pp. 53–55), there was a considerable increase of “average moviegoers” at 37% by comparing 1961 and 1971, with the growing number of cinemas as well.13 Even in the wake of the

13 In Jarvie’s argument, if we follow the worldwide phenomenon that 10–35 years is the age of maximum movie attendance, Hong Kong showed a dramatic increase of moviegoers as the massive baby boomers significantly changed the Hong Kong demographic structure. 68 K. J. WANG

Table 2.6 Productions of major film companies, 1957–1970

Year Shaw Brothers Cathay/MP&GI Great Wall and Feng Huang Other Independents

1957 12 14 17 206 1958 12 14 18 263 1959 16 19 17 397 1960 17 29 12 208 1961 19 16 9 209 1962 9 15 10 197 1963 17 13 13 206 1964 15 15 10 184 1965 19 5 9 171 1966 19 7 15 124 1967 43 15 6 108 1968 29 20 10 90 1969 36 19 11 69 1970 34 24 7 51

This table is cited from Law K and Bren F 2004, Hong Kong Cinema: A cross cultural view, pp. 319–320

Table 2.7 Number of Cantonese and Mandarin films in the 1960s and 1970s

Year Cantonese film Mandarin film

1960 222 52 1961 222 41 1962 193 39 1963 188 44 1964 182 42 1965 143 40 1966 111 56 1967 104 63 1968 83 72 1969 63 95 1970 22 116 1971 1 126 1972 0 161 1973 3 198

This table is cited from Law K and Bren F 2004, Hong Kong Cinema: A cross cultural view, pp. 319–320 growing abundance of mass entertainment, movie viewing was still one of the favorite forms, due to “action”—action film served as the cream of the crop for the film industry in terms of drawing viewership. As over 70% of moviegoers were male, the action genre attracted young male audience (pp. 56–57), such as Shaw Brother’s new wuxia and Golden Harvest (嘉禾娛樂事業有限公司) Bruce Lee (李小龍) series. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 69

The film giant Shaw Brothers film company dominated the market through the 1960s, but encountered new challenges in the 1970s. The chal- lengers, along with the innovative business models and esthetic styles, had turned Hong Kong film industry into a new epoch. In the year 1970, the box-office top 20 films were still dominated by Shaw Brothers’ productions. But in 1971, Golden Harvest shocked the market by presenting Bruce Lee’s The Big Boss/Tangshan Daxiong 唐山大兄 (1971), which won the first place at the box office in that year (Chan2000 , p. 458 & p. 463),14 giving Shaw Brothers the film mogul an alarming hit. In the following years, Golden Harvest steadily took over the leading position in Hong Kong’s film market. Once a manager in Shaw, Chow Man-wai Raymond (鄒文懷) founded Golden Harvest studio in 1970. In strong contrast to the streamline pro- duction system and vertical integration adopted by the Shaw Brothers, Chow implemented a more flexible and decentralized mode, relying on satellite companies to handle film shooting matters and meanwhile Golden Harvest was responsible for the film presentation and distribution based on Chow’s well-established business networks. Usually, Golden Harvest had exclusive directors who had their own teams of cameramen, stunt squads and martial art choreographers. It is known that Golden Harvest had a close partnership with a number of newly born yet talented action profes- sional teams, including Bo Ho (寶禾) film company by 洪( 金寶), Golden Way by Jackie Chan (成龍), Hui’s film production by Hui brothers 許氏兄弟 and Swank Motion Picture by Lo Wei (羅維). At the same time, Golden Harvest owned full-time prop and wardrobe depart- ments which virtually had supported most pictures produced by Golden Harvest (Stokes and Hoover 1999, p. 23).15 The Cathay Organisation/ MP&GI leased the Yung Hwa studio to this newly found company, and Cathay itself became Golden Harvest’s legitimate distributor in Southeast Asia and even in the European region. Through this way, Chow gradually brought to Hong Kong’s film industry an independent production system

14 In 1970, the top first place in box office was Shaw Brothers production The Chinese Boxer/Long Hu Dou 龍虎鬥, with 2,076,659 box-office income. But in 1971, The Big Boss/Tang Shan Daxiong 唐山大兄 by Golden Harvest won the first place by earning 3,197,417, more than twice of the second place which was Duel of Fists/Quan Ji 拳擊 by Shaw Brothers. 15 Refer to the interview with veteran filmmaker Andre Morgan who worked at Golden Harvest. 70 K. J. WANG outside of the long-dominating grand studio system (Chang 1989, pp. 82–83).16 Operating film business in this way, instead of building a Shaw Brothers’ mode of entertainment conglomerate, shifted the focus from company-based production to filmmaker-oriented works. As a result, talented individuals were drawn to this newly established yet promising independent production system (HKAF 2013, pp. 26–27). In the first ten years of its establishment, Golden Harvest had significantly challenged the Shaw Brothers, especially in terms of box-office income (Po Fung2013 , p. 23).17 Golden Harvest’s breathtaking blockbuster productions ­repeatedly broke Hong Kong box-office records. In 1971, Bruce Lee was starred in The Big Boss/Tangshan Daxiong 唐山大兄 (1971) which made HKD 3.19 million at the box office and broke Hong Kong’s Chinese and non-­Chinese film records. In the following year, another Bruce Lee Kung Fu film The Fist of Fury/Jingwu Men 精武門 (1972) broke the record of The Big Boss. Very soon, at the end of the same year, again, Bruce Lee’s The Way of the Dragon/Menglong Guojiang 猛龍過江 (1972) set another new box-office record, which in turn became a welcome gift to the debut of Golden Harvest theater chain. Besides Bruce Lee’s Kung Fu legend, Hui brothers’ comedies also hit the market, such as /Guima Shuangxing 鬼馬雙星 (1974) broke the box-office record by HKD 6.25 million in 1974 (HKAF 2013, pp. 210–211). The flexible mode of filmmaking inaugurated by Golden Harvest soon proved successful and became a trendsetter in the industry. In the years to come, the rising and increasingly matured independent filmmaking system showed high demand in film talents to meet the market need. This indus- trial trend to a large extent spared room of creativity for the new genera- tion of directors who were later termed the Hong Kong New Wave.

16 According to Chang Cheh’s memoirs, it was by accident that Bruce Lee joined Golden Harvest. Golden Harvest and Raymond Chow’s business partner, Lo Wei, were responsible for the production and film shooting, respectively. It was due to the unexpected popularity of Bruce Lee’s Kung Fu films that Raymond Chow affirmed this flexible mode of film production. 17 In 1979, the gross box-office income of Shaw Brothers was double the Golden Harvest’s. But the number of film production by Golden Harvest was only a quarter of Shaw’s in that year. It means that the income for each Golden Harvest production was much higher than Shaw’s. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 71

March to Hollywood and East Asia In terms of distribution, Golden Harvest acquired or built up partnerships with local theaters in Hong Kong to secure domestic exhibition. To unlock overseas markets, besides at the first few years relying on Cathay Organisation to reach Southeast Asian markets, Golden Harvest later cooperated with Japanese distributors and theaters to significantly expand the network. In the years to come, international cooperative production was further promoted as Golden Harvest gradually consolidated its busi- ness partnerships with counterparts from Japan, Korea and Thailand. Following Hong Kong’s long-term tradition of border-crossing pro- duction and distribution, Golden Harvest took a bold step to kick off collaboration with Hollywood in the United States by introducing the signature from our Hollywood in the East—martial arts. Back in 1923, a subtle connection between Hong Kong and Hollywood had started as Moon Kwan, who used to work in Hollywood, joined Hong Kong’s first film company China Sun. After 50 years, in 1973, legendary martial art icon Bruce Lee starred in Enter the Dragon/Long Zheng Hu Dou 龍爭虎 鬥, which significantly started the business connection between Hong Kong’s film company Golden Harvest with Warner Brothers in Hollywood. Though less than 10 pictures were performed by Bruce Lee before his sudden death in July 1973, his signature filmic works epitomized a special genre of Hong Kong films and even became the cultural representation of “Chinese Kung Fu”. Even after Lee’s death, his fame remained as the model of imitation and Golden Harvest continued to gain profits by re-­ screening Lee’s works (Po Fung 2013, p. 24). Moreover, the modern-­ style martial art performed by Bruce Lee, who received education in Hong Kong and in the United States and had real physical martial art training, made the Chinese term—Kung Fu, known to the Western audience and even stirred a wave of Kung Fu craze. According to Chung’s finding, Kung Fu films produced by Golden Harvest were exported to over 140 countries and regions, thanks to Raymond Chow’s well-established indus- trial networks around the world (Chung 2011, p. 229). After Bruce Lee’s sudden death, Golden Harvest continued its explora- tion to the international market. Throughout the 1970s to 1990s, the company strove to pave the way to reach the Western market, hiring Hollywood film professionals and producing more than ten Hollywood-­ style films. However, except forThe Cannonball Run/Paodan Feiche 砲彈 飛車 (1981) and the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles/Renzhegui 忍者龜 72 K. J. WANG

(1990), the box office of other productions were far from satisfactory (Ho 2013, pp. 70–75). Striving to be a powerful challenger to the former boss Shaw Brothers, Golden Harvest continuously launched eye-opening works. Hui brothers’ comedies ( 許冠文, 許冠英) and another series of Kung Fu films featuring Jackie Chan and Sammo Hung continued the Golden Harvest miracle by repeatedly breaking box-office records (HKAF 2013, pp. 210–211). This success was highly correlated to the social change in the 1970s as Hong Kong had turned from an industrial econ- omy to a service industry structure, from a shelter city for mainland Chinese refugees to home for the post-war baby boomers—the first gen- eration of locally born and raised Hong Kongers. It is said that Michael Hui successfully portrayed the iconic Hong Kong grassroot man in the context of urban culture and post-industrial society: greedy, coward, snob- bish and usually too clever by half. Along with this, the introduction of Canto-pop songs (popular songs sung in Cantonese) and Cantonese everyday conversation in films, the hilarious performance by Hui brothers and a group of young local actors as well as the realistic depiction of Hong Kong people’s daily life further drew mass audience to Golden Harvest films. Noteworthy is that, the sudden death of globally stunning superstar Bruce Lee hardly cut off Golden Harvest’s international connection. Subsequently, Hui brothers’ urban comedies and Jackie Chan’s Kung Fu comedies continued to gain fame in international market. The youthful- ness and dramatic cinematic language portrayed by this new generation of Hong Kong film stars, at the juncture of the rising of Four Asian Tigers, strikingly echoed the taste of East Asian urban youth. Jackie Chan was even made into a pop idol in Japanese market (HKAF 2013).18 In a statis- tical report, there were five films written, directed and acted by Michael Hui that ranked first in box-office income of that year (Chan 2000, p. 40).19 Achievements made by Golden Harvest in the late 1970s and 1980s well proved Hong Kong’s vital role in the process of making the East Asian cultural circle. As two leading cities in the East Asian economic miracle, Hong Kong and Japan shared a lot in common, especially in

18 See the interview with Raymond Chow in “Raymond Chow: I am not disappointed by what I have done”, in Golden Harvest: Leading change in changing times, 2013. 19 They were Games Gamblers Play/Guima Shuangxing 鬼馬雙星 (1974), /Tiancai Yu Baichi 天才與白痴 (1975), The Private Eyes/Banjin Baliang 半斤八両 (1976), The Contract/Mai Shen Qi 賣身契 (1978), /Modeng Baobiao 摩登 保鑣 (1981). 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 73 terms of the drastic urbanization, cosmopolitan in-the-making and series of subsequent change in city landscapes. All these elements are more geo- graphically and culturally bounded than visually appealing. While Bruce Lee’s thrilling fisting and kicking overcame language barriers and appealed to worldwide audience, the urban comedies by Golden Harvest in post-­ Bruce Lee era, to a certain extent, achieved border-crossing success through touching the subtle yet fundamental nerve that embedded in the regional paradigm shift (more about Hong Kong-Japan connection, see Chap. 3)

The Hong Kong New Wave According to historian John Carroll (2007), the 1960s–1970s marked a new chapter in Hong Kong contemporary social formation as a sense of belonging to this tiny territory among ordinary mass was fermented along with the rising economic prosperity, transformation from manufacturing to service industry, improving public infrastructures, advantageous cul- tural hybridity and closer ties with China. The last factor, intriguingly, took effect as being a mirror: while Hong Kong was enjoying increasing socioeconomic status in the region, mainland China, after going through a destructive decade of Cultural Revolution, awaited development in ruins. Such strong contrast further boosted Hong Kong people’s self-­ esteem and Hong Kong’s identity. This milestone era of Hong Kong his- tory was as well revealed on the silver screen. Hong Kong’s New Wave directors pierced into the core of Hong Kong society through peeling off layers of political-social textures. In the 1970s, as Hong Kong underwent drastic changes, an equally prominent milestone marked a new epoch of Hong Kong film his- tory—the Hong Kong New Wave.20 Representative directors include but not limited to Cheung Kok-ming (章國明), Fong Yuk-ping (方育 平), Ann Hui (許鞍華), Tsui Hark (徐克), Tam Ka-ming (譚家明), Yim Ho (嚴浩) and Tang Shu Shuen (唐書璇)—a group of overseas-­ educated directors returned home in the 1970s. First, most of them joined the increasingly prosperous but competitive television industry, and later devoted to film production, tremendously renewing the landscape of

20 The Hong Kong New Wave is inspired by the historically significant role of La Nouvelle Vague in France in terms of the esthetic and content-wise novelty brought by a new genera- tion of filmmakers. 74 K. J. WANG

Hong Kong films. In the early 1970s, there were no more than ten films annually directed by New Wave directors who were still working in the television industry. But the number increased to over 30 in the 1980s (Chung 2011, p. 278). When they joined the television industry, this group of directors was mostly young, barely over their 30s. The 1970s epitomized a historical era of “Hong Kong television war”, with three commercial television stations and one government-funded station. In the fierce television industry which was dubbed as a “Shaolin Temple”, foreign-trained young directors had multi-faceted practice and were encouraged to try new subjects in the television war. Meanwhile, noteworthy is that the young generation film directors were situated in one of the most critical transition of Hong Kong society, facing the rise of financial and service industry and the escalating Hong Kong identity. All these social and industrial conditions, along with their foreign edu- cation background, had contributed to the remarkable accomplishments the New Wave directors later made in the film industry. When the young professionals gradually gathered their first batch of filmmaking fund and quit the television circle in the late 1970s, without prior arrangement, they were like “lightning on a clear sky” (Cheuk 2008, p. 9). Films by this group of New Wave directors broadened audience’s horizon by means of artistic auteurship and their striking sensitivity toward the change of zeit- geist. It is also commented that this new generation of young directors would soon replace the previous generation prominent directors, who, to a certain extent, embraced nostalgic sentiments on a political-cultural entity called “China”—a diverse-faceted yet fragmented imaginative com- munity based on feudalist dynasties, the pre-war Republican China, the KMT-controlled Republic of China or the Communist-led China. But to this latest generation directors, what they cared more was their home- land—Hong Kong and the series of immediate local social issues. Despite the fact that films for pure amusement and pictures implying a sense of ambiguously fragmented “Chinese” nostalgia for a long time had prevailed in Hong Kong’s film industry, in the wake of the post-war era, filmmakers in the 1950s commenced a quiet yet conscious localization process. Companies such as Chung Luen, Kong Ngee, Chi Luen and other companies produced works featuring Hong Kong local people’s everyday life, poor and rich, joy and sorrow, deeply rooted in Hong Kong’s particular political-economic structure and social change. It is understood 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 75 that the New Wave directors completed this journey toward localization of Hong Kong film industry. Before they joined the film industry, the young directors were already given room to probe into social issues in making of television episodes (televi- sion documentary). For example, Allen Fong’s work of youth living in public housing estates and Ann Hui’s episode of Vietnamese refugees made for the Below the Lion Rocks/Shizi Shanxia 獅子山下 serials of RTHK (Radio Television Hong Kong—the BBC model broadcast in Hong Kong, more discussion in Chaps. 6 and 7). According to television and film expert Ng Ho 吳昊, even though RTHK is a governmental department, in the wake of the 1970s when Hong Kong’s identity was in consolidation under the colonial government’s reformative rule, staffs were encouraged to explore more local issues and tackle local residents’ real concerns (Ng 2003, pp. 10–13). The colonial government, after the 1967 riot, believed that by granting larger room of liberty and reformation to the mass society that a stable and resilient governance could be achieved. Therefore, the New Wave directors had their debuts by ­presenting thought-provoking topics that exposed controversial social problems and lives of the disadvantageous minorities. Film scholar Cheuk Pak-tong (2008, pp. 18–19) admits that through experienced similar training in the melting pot of television industry, these directors seldom intended to give a rupture to Hong Kong film history or overthrow the existing film industry order. Instead, it is their special and discernible passion of film artistry, creative sensibility and social conscious- ness that naturally characterizes them as the “new wave”. A number of characteristics of the new wave were further summarized by Cheuk: besides the aforementioned realistic societal and humanistic sensibility and local concern (e.g. Father and Son/Fu Zi Qing 父子情 1981 by Allen Fong, Dangerous Encounter—1st Kind/Diyi Leixing Weixian 第一類型危險 1980 by Tsui Hark), they portrayed writings of women (e.g. Song of the Exile/Ke Tu Qiu Hen 客途秋恨 1991 by Ann Hui), thoughts of Chinese émigrés (The Story of Woo Viet/Hu Yue de Gushi 胡越的故事 1981 by Ann Hui, Homecoming/Sishui Liunian 似水流年 1985 by Yim Ho) and the reconstruction of Chinese legends by using special technological effects (The Butterfly Murders/Die Bian蝶變 1979 by Tsui Hark). Tang Shu Shuen even took a big risk and shot a film about the Cultural Revolution in China—China Behind/Zaijian Zhongguo 再見中國 (1974). Among the above groundbreaking works, China Behind is by all means a legend-like work. In order to make a film on this political taboo, she and her crew filmed most shots in Taiwan where they were forbidden to display 76 K. J. WANG any objects carrying communist China symbols but had to operate secretly. The film was eventually barred by both the communist and the nationalist China and was censored by the Hong Kong colonial government. It is not until the 1980s that this film was gradually accessible to scholars and then public. China Behind was the first film that was censored by the laissez- faire colonial government due to the possibilities that the film would “damage good relations with other territories”. The New Wave had by all means renewed Hong Kong’s cine-scape. The 1970s was in fact a period brewing the diversity of Hong Kong’s film genre: the Hong Kong signature action films of Bruce Lee style, the rising trend of urban comedies by Hui brothers and feature films by the New Wave directors focusing on social issues. Other new genres such as Chinese ghost thrillers, gambling games and erotic films also started to gain pro- portionate market share (Chan 2000, pp. 47–51). Hence, situated in the dramatic vicissitudes of Hong Kong’s socio-political milieux, the New Wave along with the increasingly diversified film genres propelled the train of Hong Kong film industry forward to the 1980s.

Climax and Decline—The 1990s The success of Golden Harvest and the cinematic breakthroughs intro- duced by the New Wave directors rolled the wheel of Hong Kong film development. According to Stokes and Hoover (1999), several key points characterize the 1980s—an epoch widely regarded as the golden age of Hong Kong films: a prosperous and aspiring middle class, who, with rela- tively few entertainments, flocked to cinemas; box-office revenue skyrock- eted in this period (Law 1999, pp. 30–38)21; Cantonese films revived in the mid-1970s and quickly made miraculous ripe due to the rising of local culture paralleled with the growth of locally raised young generation; the arrival of a large group of venture capitalists in the film industry, reflecting the expansion of bourgeoisie and the mentality of “get rich quick”, and the economic boom was echoed by the thriving of action films, comedies and romantic melodrama which featured urbanity of vibrancy, adventure, exhilaration and breathtaking sensual excitement.

21 According to Law Kar, the booming of box-office revenues was because of an increase in ticket prices. Due to the successful business mode that film production was integrated with film distribution in the 1980s, for the first time, the revenue of Hong Kong films surpassed foreign films. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 77

Moreover, the critical transition of Hong Kong society in the 1980s inevitably led to unspoken anxieties and queries in terms of identity and destiny, both individually and socially. However, it is hard to deny that it was the glittering 1980s. If the 1960s was marked by the bur- geoning quantity of filmmaking, the 1980s set a landmark for Hong Kong film industry with the triumph of box-office revenue. By that time, Hong Kong films had established a signature quasi-genre that distinguished from productions from other Sinophone communities. Hong Kong film thus was entitled Gang“ Chan Pian” (港產片) (Chung 2011, p. 440).22 Facing the increasing cost of filmmaking and the drastic transformation of Hong Kong society with local people’s mentality change from being refugee to master of the city, in the late 1970s, the Shaw Brothers retreated from film industry and joined the television business to sustain its ­entertainment empire in Hong Kong (and also in the Asian region) and to adapt to the social change. The dazzling yet chaotic pace of Hong Kong’s social change, similar to the Cold War period, again attracted capitals and human talents from vari- ous directions. After all, cinemagoing became one of the most popular leisure activities among Hong Kong mass population and filmmaking turned out a lucrative business. Venture capitalists originated from differ- ent disciplines entered the film market.

The Theater-Driven Film Business One conspicuous feature of the industry at that time was the vital role played by theaters, especially chain theaters/cinemas, which were largely equivalent to today’s film distributors. They gradually took multiple roles as both film producers and distributors. Noteworthy is that, even in the immediate post-war era, Hong Kong in 1950s–1960s already saw the emerging trend that theater owners involved in film production or vice versa. As mentioned, amid the left-right duel, there already existed camps of Mandarin and Cantonese films. Each camp was associated with their own theater chains. In the Cantonese film camp, “Kam Kok line” (金國 線) and “Tai Wan line” (太環線) were two market leaders. For example,

22 Throughout the previous decades, Hong Kong films were integrated in the Chinese film system and were called “national film” Guo( Pian). It was until the 1980s that Hong Kong film was specifically called “films made in Hong Kong” (Gang Chan Pian). 78 K. J. WANG

“Kam Kok line” consisted of a number of theaters: National Theater (pro- nounces “Kok Man” 國民戲院), Metropole Theater (pronounces “Kam Hwa” 金華戲院), Apollo Theater (新舞台) and so on. These theaters were owned by a prominent family—Kwan family 關氏 which not only invested in cinema business but also established their own film companies such as the aforementioned Cantonese film companies Chi Luen (志聯), as well as Kin Shing (堅成) and Tai Chi (大志). By this means, pictures produced by these film companies were directly supplied to theaters under the “Kam Kok line”. In the Mandarin film camp, it is not difficult to speculate that Shaw Brothers and MP&GI were two major rivals as they were both film pro- duction tycoons and by then both had already established their theater chains in Southeast Asia. Upon arrival in Hong Kong, they soon lined up with local cinemas and formed their distribution and exhibition networks by means of purchasing old cinemas, obtaining right of management or making alliances. In 1969, Shaw Brothers cut the ribbon for the grand opening of its own theater “the Jade” (翡翠戲院) and later “the Peal” (明 珠戲院) (Wong 2015, pp. 49–57). The two finely presented grand ­theaters presented to Hong Kong audience a wide range of Mandarin Chinese blockbuster productions from Shaw Brothers and equally appealing Western pictures, epitomizing a zenith of Shaw Brothers’ film business in the early 1970s which brought Cantonese film industry to a temporary coma (Image 2.4). The demise of MP&GI following the sudden decease of Loke Wan Tho did not give Shaw Brothers a long-time triumph. Run Run Shaw soon met the new challenger Golden Harvest. Golden Harvest not only gave birth to a reformed theater line which consisted of ten theaters across Hong Kong Island and Kowloon Peninsula, but also brought to the industry a new mode of film production and distribution. The rise of the flexible system based on a large number of independent filmmaking companies led to the increasingly important role of theater groups which became the life blood to filmmaking in the 1980s. Besides screening films, theaters (the owners) became filmmaking investors themselves. By this means, a quasi-­ vertical film production-distribution system was formed, as theater owners invested in filmmaking, they then secured sufficient time slots and screens for the film products. To filmmakers, this was a tempting deal that both covered production cost and secured distribution. We can see that differ- ent from Shaw Brothers’ vertical integration model, independent compa- nies in much smaller scale were highly dependent on theater groups and 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 79

Image 2.4 Apollo Theatre in 1960s. Apollo Theatre at Castle Peak Road and Tonkin Street of Cheung Sha Wan in 1965. In the picture, we can see that Apollo Theater is exhibiting two latest feature films produced by Kin Shing film company. (Courtesy to Special Collections, The University of Hong Kong Libraries) distributors to make the films visible to the market. The 1980s marked an age of fierce competition among theater groups. If films were the blood of the industry, theaters were the artery. One leading icon company in the 1980s film industry was the Cinema City Company (新藝城影業). With a group of diligent local film talents (the first company formed by them was literally called “diligent film com- pany”) and considerable amount of capital from the Golden Princess (金 公主) theater group, the Cinema City brought to the city stunning breakthroughs. Raymond Wong Pak-ming (黃百鳴), Karl Maka (麥嘉) and Shek Tin (石天), the trio of filmmakers and actors, established the Cinema City in 1980 which was invested by the Golden Princess theater chain. The huge capital foundation and the widespread cinema networks in Hong Kong guaranteed sufficient public exposure of the film products and further encouraged Cinema City take bold step to expand the creation team soon after. For example, experienced filmmakers Tsui Hark and Nancy Shi (施 80 K. J. WANG

南生) were recruited; superstar (許冠傑), the youngest of the sought-after Hui’s brothers, was invited to join the Aces Go Places/Zui Jia Paidang 最佳拍檔 series and Taiwanese film actress Sylvia Chang (張艾嘉) was invited to join the creation and acting team. Film serials by the Cinema City broke box-office records repeatedly, reminding people the glamorous achievement made by Golden Harvest ten years ago. Fully acknowledging the limitation of Hong Kong local market, Cinema City strived to explore Taiwan and Japanese markets through recruiting talents from the targeted markets (e.g. Sylvia Chang from Taiwan) and establishing partnership with local theaters to secure overseas distribution. In the mid-1980s, another significant challenger appeared—D&J Film Company (德寶電影公司, the brand was later changed to D&B in 1988). To enter the fierce battlefield of film production and distribution, besides doing film production, D&J took Shaw Brothers theater chain and acquired some other small theaters to form their own theater line, in order to contest with Golden Harvest’s Gala chain (嘉樂院線) and the Golden Princess theater groups (Image 2.5). D&B recruited a large group of film talents to consolidate the entertainment castle, including John Shum Kin-­ fun (岑建勳) and Sammo Hung, and gradually enlarged their film produc- tion department. By the mid-1980s, Hong Kong’s film industry had been shared by a few but profitable local major theater groups—Gala, Golden Princess and D&B. This theater-driven business model perpetuated to the 1990s. In 1988, another new theater group joined the melting pot—Newport Circuit (新 寶院線), which was derived from the Golden Princess system. In 1991, D&B was transformed into Regal Films Company (永高電影公司), hosted by Raymond Wong and an investor from Macao. Raymond then formed another new line named Mandarin in 1993. In the mid-1990s, five major theater lines occupied Hong Kong’s domestic market share: Regal, Mandarin, Golden Princess, Newport and Gala. In addition to the above companies, former left-leaning film companies, Great Wall, Feng Huang and Sun Luen were merged into a Hong Kong- registered corporation called Sil-Metropole (銀都影業) in 1983. After a decade of Cultural Revolution turmoil, the CCP-led China decided to res- urrect its cultural business by continuing filming production in Hong Kong. The Sil-Metropole and another left-leaning Southern Film Company constituted a group of theaters called the “double south line” (Shuang Nan Xian 雙南線), mainly screening film productions from mainland China. For the evolution of the cinema-chain system, refer to Fig. 2.1. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 81

Image 2.5 State Theater at North Point. Heritage State Theater 皇都戲院 at North Point, Hong Kong Island. Starting business in the 1950s, the theater once was under the Shaw Brothers theater chain and became part of the Golden Harvest chain theater in the 1970s. (Photo by the author)

A Mixture of Ecstasy and Anxiety The 1980s Hong Kong society was by and large characterized by a num- ber of characteristics: promising prospect of upward mobility, identity superiority and identity anxiety—all were knitted with the economic sky- rocketing and the lurking of sovereignty transfer. It’s a Mad, Mad, Mad World/Fu Gui Bi Ren 富貴逼人 series directed by Clifton Ko Chi-sum (高志森) well portrayed such set of mentality of that time: an ordinary middle-­class family dreamed to get rich, instead of through working hard, but through trying their luck in lottery. Hinted in the film title was the distorted “money-driven ecstasy” which, however, insinuated the state of mind in Hong Kong at that time—a city undergoing its economic height and a trendsetter in the East Asian region. The splendor was largely 82 K. J. WANG

Fig. 2.1 Composition of cinema chains in the 1990s. Note: numbers in circle refer to the number of cinemas that each major film company mobilized for the screening of its movies in that year. Re-created from: Chiu WK and Shin KW, 2013, The Fall of Hong Kong Movies. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Institute of Asia-­ Pacific Studies. p. 23 achieved by Hong Kong’s financial market blossoming—a business in which money grows from money. Hong Kong was transformed into a financial city in the 1980s. Stock exchange and real estate markets gilded Britain’s last colony in the Far East. The skyline in Hong Kong commercial zones told the world that Hong Kong had become a global financial center after waves of economic miracles in the past decades. The prosperous economy in the 1980s Hong Kong led to radical increase of people’s family income. The enlarging mid- dle class in the territory changed the social structure as well as the city landscape. Modern high-rise condominiums housed middle-class families who enjoyed the fruits of upward mobility. To accommodate the increas- ing population, Hong Kong’s urban expansion with the flourishing new towns reached the zenith in the 1980s. The Aces Go Places series by the Cinema City made a Hong Kong-style James Bond parody by portraying the local robbers, detectives and 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 83 police—witty, brave, humorous and canny. It is believed that these quali- ties well demonstrated the then Hong Kong value, and these were also the features that helped people achieve success in business. In the films, local characters accomplished international tasks, while at the same time, show- ing off stunts and high-tech, vividly showing the superiority of Hong Kong people at the global stage. In the third episode of the series—Aces Go Places III (1984), when the protagonist King Kong received the prize from the Queen, the complication of pride and sorrow was gushed as the story went on. The exhibition of economic superiority supplemented with a hint of anxiety led to another threading theme in the 1980s Hong Kong: the Sino-British Joint Declaration was signed in 1984, and Hong Kong’s des- tiny was doomed to be handed over to the CCP-led China. The last epi- sode of the sequel, Aces Go Places V was exactly launched in 1989, signaling the closure of this legendary film series. A pessimistic tone was presented in the film, portraying the inharmonious partnership, action failure and the seizure of the Hong Kong detectives by policemen from Beijing. Though a good ending was given, the whole story was gloomed with Hong Kong people’s identity anxiety (Sek Kei 1999b).

Love, Hate, Lost Against the backdrop of the Sino-British Joint Declaration and the deter- mination of Hong Kong’s future, the late 1980s and early 1990s marked the periods showcasing the dynamic undercurrents in the Hong Kong society: its anxieties and lost in the juncture of historical change, its love and hate toward the CCP-led China. Films of ghost thrillers (especially ghost in ancient Chinese dress) had a full sprout in the 1980s. Diffusing a sensual mystery, thrill or sometimes comedy, ghost films brought to Hong Kong film industry an alternative school of moving images out of the long-existing urban action genre. Ghost in films was also interpreted as an illusion of the lost past and the unbridgeable gap between human and ghost—signifying the sentiment of “lost in history” and “lost in identity”. Tsui Hark’s A Chinese Ghost Story/ Qiannu Youhun 倩女幽魂 (1987), along with its sequels, was an outstand- ing example. Showcasing his expertise in mastering genre films supple- mented with sci-fi elements, Tsui in the serials sophisticatedly combined romance, thrill and actions to construct a ghost story in an unidentified 84 K. J. WANG

Chinese dynasty, which, full of invisible souls of benevolence and evil, insinuated Hong Kong at the threshold of sovereignty handover. Yet ghost films projected a world of imaginative maze, another impor- tant genre—action films—unveiled the dark shroud of the society, exca- vating the blood and flesh underneath exposed on silver screen. Despite that action films marked the iconic genre of Hong Kong films, John Woo’s A Better Tomorrow/Yingxiong Bense 英雄本色 (1986) and Ringo Lam (林嶺東)’s City on Fire/Longhu Fengyun 龍虎風雲 (1987) as well as their sequels injected a fresh spring with themes of urban heroes and street gangsters. Inspired by Chang Cheh’s “new wuxia” in the early days of his career in the film industry, John Woo revived this style by replacing sword fighting with modern gun fights and deep touch of the inner side of hero’s mind—exuberance, hysteria, ecstasy and torment. From another angle, Ringo Lam sketched the cruel social reality in the life and death duel of gangsters and police. Through projecting strong visual impact from elements such as fierce gun fights, body torture, bloodshed and street fight, a sense of unfathomable crisis was revealed through extreme violence. Alongside with the burgeoning of ghost thrillers, action films and romantic melodramas insinuating or directly depicting images of mainland China and mainlanders were also popular in that age. Long Arm of the Law/Shenggang Qibing 省港旗兵 (1984) was an impressive box-office success in 1984. The film exhibited the alarming threat from mainland Chinese-organized armed robbers who sabotaged Hong Kong’s social order. The “threat” was symbolized on the silver screen through extremist style of visual impact constituted of bloodshed, gunshots and death. On the other hand, this film made an interesting contrast between the main- land Chinese robbers and Hong Kong’s Royal Police: while the former group seemed rude and violent, they exhibited great care to their families and strong brotherhood. However, the royal police were portrayed as dis- organized and treacherous. In the three sequels of the Long Arm, more diverse and round characters of mainland Chinese were presented, espe- cially in the last episode that was set against the backdrop of China’s 1989 Tiananmen massacre. In fact, the mixed depiction of mainland Chinese in the Long Arm of the Law was not alone in the 1980s. A series of Her Fatal Ways/Biaojie Ni Haoye 表姐你好嘢 (1991–1992) shaped another type of mainland Chinese characters. Though Hong Kong people were filled with fear and uncertainties, the appearance of the rude but benevolent main- 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 85 land policewoman uneased the nerves and bridged the blood-tie between China and Hong Kong (Lok Fung 2002; Ka Ming 2009; Sek Kei 1999a).

1997 Dis-illusion—Hong Kong in fin de siècle After an age of full blossom of Hong Kong film industry, in 1994, the box-office revenue of local films dropped: from HKD 1,240,173,432 in 1992 and HKD 1,146,149,208 in 1993 to HKD 973,496,699 in 1994 and even HKD 547,487,133 in 1997. The figure even dropped to HKD 345,711,713 in 1999 (Chan 2000, p. 92). The year 1993 marked the year from which the production of Hong Kong local films started to drop after a consecutive five-year increase. Having experienced the 1998 Asian finan- cial crisis and throughout the 2000s, the situation was more or less similar, though growing number of Hong Kong-mainland China co-production films, which were also categorized as Hong Kong films,23 were added to brighten the situation. In terms of box-office revenue, throughout the 1980s and until 1997, the local box office was dominated by Hong Kong films. But since 1998, the situation had a U-turn (details in Table 2.8). In the 2000s, Hong Kong cinema box office has been significantly taken up by non-Hong Kong productions, and even among the Hong Kong films, the majority are co-production films. Under this context, voices moaning “death of Hong Kong film” tend to be shared by those in the industry, academics and public (Pang 2009; South China Morning Post 2013, Feb 27). Having had a heyday in the 1980s, Hong Kong’s decade-glory soon faced a gloomy shadow: shrinking of overseas market led to abortion of pre-paid system and investors’ lower interest in Hong Kong films, the change of Hong Kong landscape indirectly interrupted the theater-driven film economy. As more discussion on the breakdown of the theater-driven and distributor-oriented film economy will follow soon, what deserves our immediate attention is the Hong Kong film at the at the fin de siècle—at the juncture of sovereignty transfer, how Hong Kong films and filmmakers respond to the zeitgeist.

23 According to Hong Kong Motion Picture Industry Association (MPIA), Hong Kong films are constituted of two categories: Hong Kong local film and co-production films. Hong Kong local film 港產片( ) refers to the films that are 100% produced, directed, acted by Hong Kong permanent residents or local registered entities. Co-production film is produced by at least one local registered company and involves at least 50% Hong Kong permanent residents participating in the film production. Hong Kong films should be publicly screened in Hong Kong and the film length should be no less than 60 minutes. 86 K. J. WANG

Table 2.8 Exhibition of Hong Kong films and Foreign Films in the 1990s and 2000s

Number of o Percentage Share of Total Number of Percentage Share of Hong Kong Films Hong Kong Film Box Foreign Films Foreign Film Box Screened Office Screened Office

1988 117 79.11 234 20.89 1989 119 69.99 351 30.01 1990 121 71.56 222 28.44 1991 126 75.43 384 24.57 1992 210 78.82 294 21.18 1993 234 72.52 273 27.48 1994 187 68.43 318 31.57 1995 153 57.87 337 42.13 1996 116 51.88 312 48.12 1997 93 44.11 374 55.89 1998 88 42.04 385 57.96 1999 145 44.83 298 55.17 2000 151 42.67 278 57.33 2001 126 44.1 257 55.9 2002 92 38.77 241 61.23 2003 97 48.16 176 51.84 2004 64 42.29 180 57.71 2005 55 32.52 184 67.48 2006 51 28.17 180 71.83 2007 53 20.93 181 79.07 2008 50 22.27 179 77.73 2009 51 21.82 217 78.18 2010 54 20.61 232 79.39 2011 56 16.77 220 83.23 2012 53 21.63 250 78.37 2013 42 17.69 268 82.31 2014 51 21.58 259 78.42 2015 59 18.11 273 81.89 2016 61 16.11 287 83.89 2017 53 13.73 277 86.27

Sources: Chan CW 2000, The structure and marketing analysis of Hong Kong film industry 香港電影工業結構及( 市場分析), pp. 91–92; Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, pp. 3–4; The information of 2000–2016 is partially collated from Statistical Digest of the Services Sector, Census and Statistics, Hong Kong government; The information of 2000–2016 is partially collated from the Hong Kong Motion Picture Industry Association; Note: From 2003 onward, the definition of Hong Kong films refers to http://www.mpia.org.hk/con- tent/about_definition.php 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 87

From Hong Kong, New Stars on World Stage In the late 1990s, former mogul film distributors—owners of chain the- aters: Golden Princess and D&B officially closed their business. Golden Harvest withdrew their overseas investment and concentrated most of their businesses back in Hong Kong. The ceasing of the previous genera- tions led to the debut of new companies which continued to produce Hong Kong signature films. Among these new companies were China Star Entertainment Group (中國星), Best of Best (BOB, 最佳拍檔), United Film Maker (UFO), Applause Pictures, Milkyway Image (銀河映像) and Media Asia Group (寰亞綜藝). Different from the previous age when film companies were mostly founded by businessmen and venture capitalists, in the late 1990s and 2000s, the rising novelty film companies were invested and man- aged by a large group of professional filmmakers and actors. This new group of film investors/filmmakers/actors included but limited to Wong Ching (王晶), Tsang Chi-wai (曾志偉) and Peter Chan (陳可辛). In the 2000s, more film actors of the new generation joined the force, includ- ing (劉德華), Gordon Lam Ka Tung (林家棟) and Louis Koo (古天樂). In the late 1990s and 2000s, the mentioned film companies continued to pave new paths for Hong Kong film industry. Breakthroughs were made in several film series which later also became Hong Kong film clas- sics, such as Young and Dangerous/Gu Huo Zai (古惑仔) series (BOB production), Infernal Affairs/Wu Jian Dao (無間道) series (Media Asia production), both as reminiscent to all-time Hong Kong signature gang- ster films. Different from the previous generation filmmakers who focused on the adult audience market, the new-generation film investors/filmmak- ers introduced a large number of market-oriented urban melodramas and urban comedies featuring young performers, among whom some were popular song singers or television stars, in order to entice teenage audi- ence and to expand the market base. Besides the Young and Dangerous series which depicted young street gangsters, urban romance was another popular genre, such as Needing You/Gunan Guanu 孤男寡女 (2000), Love and Diet/Shoushen Nannu 瘦身男女 (2001), Don’t Go Breaking My Heart/Danshen Nannu 單身男女 (2011), Romancing In Thin Air/Gao Haiba Zhi Lian II 高海拔之戀 II (2012) and just name a few. These urban romance films touched the nerve of modern urban yuppies through cap- turing the glamorous life of urban professionals while at the same time excavating the yearning for true love among those bourgeois. Johnnie To 88 K. J. WANG

(杜琪峰) and Wai Kar Fai (韋家輝), along with their designated creation team, have been highly applauded in producing films of this type—market-­ oriented urban romantic melodramas. The 1990s was also a prosperous period in a sense that a number of Hong Kong local film talents had their debut in the international stage and gained sincere reputation among the global film arena. Hong Kong-­ origin film talents and film productions glared in international film festi- vals (Wong 2007, 2011). Wong Kar-wai (王家衛) successfully drew considerable attention from European film circle by presenting film works of Wong’s artisan auteurship. John Woo’s modern martial hero genre was introduced to Hollywood and he directed a series of Hollywood produc- tions. Martial art masters Jackie Chan and big brother Chow Yun-fat (周 潤發) also appeared in Hollywood films. Hong Kong films, including films co-produced with partners from mainland China and Taiwan, were also largely recognized by international film festivals. It is hard to deny that Hong Kong in the 1990s attracted exceptional global attention politically and culturally.

History and Memory: Present and Past Other than the restructuring of the film industry, what characterized the late 1990s and early 2000s was by all means the juxtaposition of Hong Kong’s transition of sovereignty from a British colony to a special admin- istrative region of People’s Republic of China (HKSAR). If the 1970s raised the curtain of localization and 1980s did the final touch for this process, the 1990s gave a sudden turn to Hong Kong people by bombard- ing grand narratives about “nation”, “identity” and “history”, which, to certain extent, were either too strange topics or had been recurring but unsolvable puzzles. Hong Kong had always been a city without a real sur- name. In the shadow of 1997, films and research were produced to echo the anemia, uncertainty and anxiety about nation, identity, history and destiny. The issue and puzzle of “history” and “memory” were reflected from a series of films which exhibited nostalgic sentiment through transplanta- tion of classical cinematic elements in order to recall the “good old days”. For example, He Ain’t Heavy, He’s My Father!/Xin Nanxiong Nandi 新難 兄難弟 (1993) paid commemorative tribute to the classical Chung Luen production In the Face of Demolition/Wei Lou Chun Xiao 危樓春曉 (1953) which was fraught with humanistic spirit, and the Cantonese urban 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 89 comedy Intimate Partners/Nanxiong Nandi 難兄難弟 (1960) which demonstrated precious brotherhood among grassroot people (Lai 1997, pp. 90–94). Besides transplantation of old pieces of memory from old films, ghost was another useful theme that bridged the present with the past—again, the rosy yet memorable past. Stanley Kwan (關錦鵬)’s Rouge/ Yan Zhi Kou 胭脂扣 (1987) reminisced the glorious scenes of old Hong Kong from the eyes of a female ghost, who, a prostitute 50 years ago, had experienced a forbidden love with a wealthy teddy boy. Becoming a ghost after committed suicide, the heroin, after her half-century waiting, ­eventually found out her old-time lover one but a coward. The female ghost failed to retain her love in the modern Hong Kong. And the past- day glittering Hong Kong in her memory was shattered by massive urban renewal in the modern days (Lok Fung 2002, pp. 50–51). In this film, time passes, while time freezes. At the historical turning point of 1997, “time” had been a motif in Wong Kar-Wai’s film arts. “Let’s start over again” spoken by Lai Yiu-fai in Wong Kar-Wai’s Happy Together/Chunguang Zhaxie 春光乍泄 (1997) revealed a mythic origin of time (Chow 2004). Leaving Hong Kong to South America for searching a dream place, a homosexual couple had end- less fights and breaking-up all the way to South America and the way back to Hong Kong. The loop of time had neither an end nor an original start. Does time have an origin? Does time has an end? What about history of a place? Facing 1997, the bandwagon-like discourse of Hong Kong history, full of miracles and vaudevilles, seem coming from nowhere. In Wong’s another signature film Days of Being While/A Fei Zhengzhuan 阿飛正傳 (1990), when the hero (starring Leslie Cheung) was on his way to find his biological mother, he was shot to death on train. Neither knowing whether he could really meet his mother nor even knowing where his mother was, the sudden end of his life interrupted the journey to trace one’s origin. Films in the 1990s were also filled with post-colonial implications that echoed the wave of nationalist, internationalist or Asian consciousness. Genres such as Kung Fu, martial arts, heroic themes as well as border-­ crossing productions demonstrated post-colonial articulation and practice (Yau 1997; Chu 2004; Needham 2006; Abbas 2006; Pang 2007). What’s more, queries into identity and the destiny of the city were from time to time embedded in films across a variety of genres. What epitomized this identity issue was Fruit Chan (陳果)’s Hong Kong trilogy: Made in Hong Kong/Xianggang Zhizao 香港製造 (1997), The Longest Summer/Qunian Yanhua Tebie Duo 去年煙花特別多 (1998) and 90 K. J. WANG

Little Cheung/Xilu Xiang 細路祥 (1999). Situated in the most grassroot Hong Kong (e.g. public housing, alleys in Yau Ma Tee district) and a set of “other spaces” (e.g. cemetery site) (Lok Fung 2002, pp. 131–138), a group of marginalized people’s lives and death were revealed through coarse lens, which further implied the identity and destiny of Hong Kong society—as a chip on the bargaining table between two governments and as an orphan with(out) a real surname stuck in the middle of grand history. In order to gain a “new” life, one has to lose his/her memory in the tran- sient fireworks (Lok Fung2002 ; Chan and Chu 2008). In Pang’s (2009) analysis, the trilogy illustrates and complicates the predicament that Hong Kong people, at the historical juncture of 1997, (re)established an iden- tity/subjectivity. Applying “death” as an esthetic and political allegory of 1997 in filming the trilogy, in Pang’s opinion, signifies less a sentimental identity anxiety or resentment over a physical death of Hong Kong than a structural position in identity reformation.

In the confrontation of a new political order, Hong Kong does not simply die and is reborn. We witness a complex process of betrayal, resistance, coer- cion, and irreplaceable destruction. The deaths represented in the films are neither just pessimism nor optimism to a Hong Kong identity; instead, a subjectivity is being disclosed and observed that challenges the formation of any new post-colonial Hong Kong identity. (Pang 2009, p. 22)

Industrial Eclipse: Preliminary Observation In point of fact, only a handful of film industries in the world have been able to follow Hong Kong’s example of closely integrating its film industry into the entire spectrum of prosperity achieved by its society. (Sek Kei 1999a, p. 54)

As shown in Table 2.8 and Fig. 2.2, Hong Kong film’s box-office turn- over encountered a drastic change in the 1990s, so did the production scale in the industry. Seeing the rising of Hong Kong-China co-­production, voices moaning “death of Hong Kong film” resounded among the indus- try, academics and public (Pang 2009). Hong Kong cultural scholar Pang Laikwan once lamented, “the deterioration (and possible death) of Hong Kong cinema not only in terms of the rapid decline of the recent box- office receipt and therefore the number of productions, but also in regard to its local concerns and cinematic forms” (Pang 2009, p. 15). 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 91

2500

2000

1500 312 1602 1000 1221

1240 831 500

384 220 337 0 1992 2007 2012 2015 Hong Kong film box-office Foreign film box-office

Fig. 2.2 Box-office change of Hong Kong and foreign films. Note: amount calcu- lated in HKD million. (Source: Re-creation from “Challenges of the film industry in Hong Kong”, March 23, 2016, Research Office, Information Services Division, Legislative Council Secretariat, Hong Kong Legislative Council. Access via http:// www.legco.gov.hk/research-publications/english/essentials-1516ise13-challenges- of-the-film-industry-in-hong-kong.htm)

That said, what deserves a clarification here is the fact that the “eclipse” here actually refers to the downturn of production and box-office revenue of Hong Kong local films. Regarding the quality of films, academics and film professionals have offered diverse and kaleidoscopic interpretations as discussed in earlier sections and in the Conclusion chapter later. Though neither academics nor industrial practitioners reached a con- sensus on the reasons behind the downturn of Hong Kong film produc- tion, a preliminary observation could be derived from existing scholarly research, industrial observation and my interviews with insider professionals.

Withering of Equilibrium Since the 1970s, the independent production system of filmmaking led by Golden Harvest opened a new page in the Hong Kong film industry. In the 1980s, this mode transformed into a distribution-oriented and theater-­ driven production system, in which the distribution corporations got 92 K. J. WANG involved in filmmaking and monopolized the distribution channels (Chiu and Shin 2013, pp. 4–8). Distributors invested in the production of films, which could only be shown in franchised cinemas; in another word, exhi- bition of products was secured. Golden Harvest, Golden Princess and D&B dominated the distribution channels with a network that consti- tuted some “dragon-head theaters” (key theaters of a theater chain circuit) and a large number of “ferry theaters” (small-scale theaters that were affili- ated with chain circuits). To note that, dating back to the era when chain theaters were prevalent in the city and theaters/distributors largely drove the whole film produc- tion and exhibition system, what dominated the territory were a large number of single-screen grand theaters. Both key and ferry theaters usu- ally comprised a single block of building, in which a huge single screen screening one film at one time slot to serve audience numbered from a few hundreds to over one thousand. Under the theater-driven system, one theater could continuously show one hit movie for a designated period of time. As the theater owners were film financiers and distributors at the same time, they were capable of guaranteeing the film supply. In the heydays, the three main distributors: Golden Harvest, Golden Princess and D&B were able to control two-thirds of the local market, and this stable circuit guaranteed the cost-revenue balance (Chiu and Shin 2013; Chan et al. 2010). However, this seemingly invincible system got severe challenges in the mid-1990s. The establishment of the Newport stirred up the pool. The popularity of Hong Kong films in overseas mar- kets, especially in Taiwan and Southeast Asia, was so tempting to overseas investors that the pre-sale system became one of the main financial sources for Hong Kong’s film industry. It was in such a context that Newport was founded and played a medium role to facilitate the production-distribution­ invested by foreign funds, especially from Taiwan. Newport broke the original production-distribution system dominated by the trio distributors and the cost-revenue balance created by this system. The shaking and withering of the previous equilibrium created by the trio distributors, to certain extent, exerted destructive impact on the whole industry (Chung 2011, pp. 330–333; pp. 352–353).

Real Estate Matters As the theater-driven economy had played a crucial role in Hong Kong film development in the 1980s, to a certain extent, Hong Kong’s real 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 93 estate development in the 1990s had changed the theater business system and thus transformed the landscape of Hong Kong film industry. In the 1990s, massive closures and destruction of traditional single-­ building cinemas were noticeable. The single-building theaters that occu- pied a considerable size of land were tempting to real estate developers. Against the backdrop that Hong Kong faced the radical rise of real estate development and the film business itself was undergoing structural transi- tion as mentioned above, theater owners found that profit was more con- siderable if they sell the land to real estate developers than doing film business. After all, theater owners were businessmen whose aim was to maximize their business profit. Since the early 1980s, they were driven to enter the field of running cinemas and financing film production. It was the time that Hong Kong’s film industry reached its culmination as Hong Kong films were fervently craved in Taiwan and Southeast Asian markets. When the chain theater-driven system withered and overseas markets declined, businessmen naturally were diverted to other sectors. Theater buildings were then acquired by real estate developers and were later transformed into shopping malls to draw more customers and generate larger profits. Theater groups from Hollywood also entered the territory. Americanized mode of theaters such as AMC started to acquire increasing market share, with multiple screens, comfortable seats, advanced stereo-audio facilities and more film choices (Chiu and Shin2013 , pp. 21–26; Chung 2011, pp. 378–383). Hong Kong’s first Americanized multi-screen theater was launched at Shatin New Town Plaza in 1985, marking a new era in the city (Image 2.6).

Piracy Enters the Market Another reason postulated by a variety of industrial staffs and scholars was the massive piracy which largely destroyed the production-distribution-­ reproduction circuit and decreased the box-office revenue (Chiu and Shin 2013; Chan et al. 2010; Pang 2006; MPIA 2012). On the one hand, the piracy industry which was paralleled with the technological development (e.g. recording and home screening devices) greatly harmed the film rev- enue. The popularity of video rental stores, to a certain extent, replaced the traditional film distribution channel. On the other hand, the piracy- “facilitated” Hong Kong films reached to a wider market which was mainly the grassroot audience. Admittedly, not all disk productions were pirated productions. As technologies advanced in the late 1980s, LD, VCD and 94 K. J. WANG

Image 2.6 State Theater in the 1990s. The cinema is very popular in Hong Kong with a wide variety of Chinese films with English subtitles constantly on show as well as the big-budget Western movies. This 1993 picture showed a typical single-block grand theater. (Courtesy to Special Collections, The University of Hong Kong Libraries)

DVD formats of film distribution gradually grasped the market share, con- siderably challenging the traditional distribution mechanism. The popu- larity of film disk rental stores facilitated some traditional film production companies also joining forces to gain more profits from this emerging market (Chung 2011, pp. 383–388). 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 95

Insights from Insiders Broadway Circuit (百老匯院線) is a Hong Kong local cultural group that runs theaters and film production. Established in the 1950s, Broadway has gone through the era of single-screen grand theater to nowadays ­multi-­screen mode (also called mini-theater). Today’s Broadway Circuit, operated by the Edko Films Ltd (安樂電影), has developed into the larg- est cinema circuit in Hong Kong. Through conducting interviews with the managerial staffs, we could take a further look into the dynamics of Hong Kong film industry development (Images 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8). Date: 24 January 2017 Venue: Office of the EDKO Films Ltd, Admiralty, Hong Kong Island K: Klavier T: Tessa Lau (CEO of Broadway Circuit) G: Gary Mak (Manager of Broadway Cinematheque, an art film hub under the Broadway Circuit)

K: How did the Broadway Circuit go through the industrial transition from single-screen to multi-screen? T: I joined Broadway in the 1980s. At that time, there were around five cinema houses operated by our company, in Mong Kok, Cheung Sha Wan and Korn Hill. In that era, chain theater system still dominated the industry. The owners of the cinema chain also produced films, which would be screened in their designated cinema houses. The cinema houses in that time were still in grand-cinema scale that only one screen and one house were in service. Cinema houses only showed one film at one time slot, the cinema chains also guaranteed sufficient time slots for the films produced by themselves. That said, in the 1990s multi-screen cinemas started to thrive. It meant that more was demanded of films as more than one film were shown in one time slot. As you know a lot of production companies which were supported by Taiwan capitalists faded out in the 1990s. These factors contributed to the demise of chain theater system. Broadway Circuit exactly experienced such drastic transition. We started from the single-screen cinema and soon transferred into multi-house cinema along with significant renovation. Wesignificantly­ improved our screening equipment and interior facilities. In terms of film programming, we had both western and Chinese films. K: As Broadway Mong Kok is the very first cinema house of the com- pany, would you introduce more about its transformation especially 96 K. J. WANG

situated in the drastic industrial transitional period you described above? T: The cinema used to have three houses with 1300 seats altogether. In 2004, the cinema was renovated into five houses but providing only around 895 seats. Actually we didn’t change the size of the houses but widen the space between seats to make a more comfortable view- ing environment. It was since 2003 that we opened the IFC (International Financial Center) Palace cinema. It was a landmark in Hong Kong film industry because we were the first one setting the leg-­length 1.2 meter-wide. The reason is that when later comers get in the rows, you don’t need to stand up to free the space. When you are enjoying the films which are usually more than one hour’s long, wider leg-length allows you to strength better. This breakthrough was well received among audience. Since then, we strongly realized that we have to improve our facilities to appeal larger crowds by selling an “enjoyable viewing experience”, as you know in the old days audience were allowed to smoke in cin- ema houses and children ran around (Images 2.7, 2.8, and 2.9).

Image 2.7 Mini-theater of BC. Mini-theater houses were furnished with com- fortable seats and advanced audio-visual equipment. (Courtesy of Broadway Cinema circuit) 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 97

Image 2.8 Leisure space BC. By adding leisure space in the theater, Broadway refresh cinema-going experience. (Courtesy of Broadway Cinema Circuit)

In 2004, we took another bold experiment on our Broadway Mong Kok cinema by further widening the space, which means 40–50% seats were pulled out. We hoped to see if the more comfortable view- ing space would win back our audience to compensate the lost seats. Results showed that we succeeded. Though the ticket price was raised accordingly, we always guarantee the quality. K: Do you think the transformation of the industry, such as the demol- ishing of single-block cinema house, the decrease of seats and decrease of screens lead to the ebbs of Hong Kong film culture? G: First of all, my observation is that cinema houses become more com- mercial oriented than community oriented. We used to have cinema houses quite near residential communities, such as the current Broadway Cinematheque (BC), so that families and senior citizens have larger motivation to pay a visit. But now most of the cinema houses are in commercial zones, inside shopping complex or business buildings, so that the cost of movie going escalates. Given to this, the change of the industry negatively affect the film culture. However, 98 K. J. WANG

Image 2.9 First Art House BC. The first art house cinema in Hong Kong: Broadway Cinematheque, opened in 1996 at Yau Ma Tei. (Courtesy of Broadway Cinema Circuit)

more cinema houses do not necessarily lead to the heightening of film culture. Film quality does. Do we have a high-quality film cul- ture education in tertiary institutions? Do people care about the artistic value in films? We had experienced a so-called golden age, fraught with replicated themes and techniques. A few hundred films do not mean a high film culture of a city. In the recent decade, given that we witness a significant declination of film production quantity, we do see high-quality works on screen, very inspiring. If we fail to excel in quality, more houses only lead to the triumph of western films.

Moreover, according to interview with Broadway Cinema Circuit, Tessa Lau and Gary Mak mentioned that the insufficiency of film educa- tion was also neglected by crucial factors that caused the downturn. Without a full-fledged film education system, the industry will be short of professionals, talented minds and competent technicians to sustain and 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 99 innovate the production and distribution of films. Echoing the notions from Lau and Mak’s, Chan, Fung & Ng (2010, pp. 86–88) illustrated the significant gap of film professional supply to the industry by presenting the figures of film training college graduates. It is found that, in the downturn period of Hong Kong films, the late 1990s and the early 2000s, there were no more than 100 graduates every year. Short of hands and talents, Hong Kong’s film industry faced grave crisis to support local production, not to mention the overseas markets.

Ceasing Overseas Markets As mentioned earlier, the huge popularity of Hong Kong films in the Taiwan market drew Taiwanese investors who established production companies in Hong Kong or invested in film productions via the long-­ existing pre-sale system. On the one hand, this trend considerably facili- tated production of a large quantity of films during the 1980s and early 1990s. On the other hand, the fanatic competition among these compa- nies, such as rather financing huge cost on superstar casting than invest- ing on content creation, led to a vicious cycle that hindered genre and topical diversity in Hong Kong film productions. What will be elaborated in Chap. 3 is a fact that, in a long period, Taiwan’s film market was domi- nated by Hong Kong-made films, especially those sensational-oriented genres such as action and erotic. As a result, the vicious loop caused by floods of venture capital—hot-money and subsequent massive produc- tion of cliché films led to a dead end. In the early 1990s, Taiwan even vested restriction on Hong Kong film production (Liang1997 , p. 154; Chung 2011, p. 361) and decreased investment, causing disastrous hit on the industry. In the years to come, the national film industry in Taiwan, once an indispensable overseas market to Hong Kong films, gradually thrived, and in 2008, the nation-wide hit film Cape No.7/Haijiao Qihao 海角七號 (2008) overturned Hong Kong film’s dominance in Taiwan market. Moreover, the declination of financial sources to Hong Kong film pro- duction was even worsened due to the change of overseas markets. Political and nationalistic factors (e.g. Malay ethnic supremacy in Malaysia) caused severe shrinking of markets, especially in Southeast Asian countries (Table 2.9). These countries, such as Indonesia, Thailand and Singapore, used to be among the primary overseas markets for Hong Kong films (Chan and Leung 1997, p. 139). For example, Singapore and Malaysia 100 K. J. WANG

Table 2.9 Changes of revenue from overseas markets

Year Hong Kong Film Revenues from Overseas Market Percentage Change over (HKD, million) Preceding Year

1989 1213 1990 1404 15.7 1991 1491 6.2 1992 1860 24.7 1993 1699 −8.7 1994 1435 −15.5 1995 1164 −18.9 1996 435 −62.6 1997 329 −24.4 1998 252 −23.4 1999 NA NA 2000 NA NA

Source: 2001 Edition Statistical Digest of the Services Sector, Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. Retrieved from https://www.statistics.gov. hk/pub/B10800072001AN01B0200.pdf Note: Revenues include royalties from video/laser/TV/hotel/theatrical rights governments in the 1990s actively encouraged their own national film industries, especially in terms of providing substantial support to non-­ Sinophone culture. The withdraw of overseas markets is at the same time attributed to the rising of entertainment industries in Hong Kong’s neighboring regions, namely the CCP-led China and South Korea. Once a major destination receiving Hong Kong popular culture impact, mainland China has wit- nessed the bombarding rise of its own popular cultural industry especially following China’s entry in World Trade Organization (WTO). What will be discussed soon is that the market opening resulted from the WTO entry not only facilitated mainland China’s entertainment business libera- tion and expansion but also attracted a large number of Hong Kong cul- tural workers to go north. As an industrial insider commented, “as many localized large-scale entertainment companies were established on the mainland, and many previous collaborators with Hong Kong now became competitors” (Leung et al. 2017, p. 31). Out of the Sinophone circle, the rise of South Korean pop—K-pop— has rolled the whole East Asia since the 2000s. The powerful Korean Wave encompasses film, popular songs and television dramas, which have taken 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 101 considerable market share across the region, creating Korea mania among youngsters (Chua and Iwabuchi 2008). Therefore, the upsurge of two neighboring entertainment giants have doubtlessly threatened and con- sumed the regional, even global, market share Hong Kong once enjoyed.

CEPA and the Future of Hong Kong Film Widely known, co-production is never new to Hong Kong film industry, as Hong Kong has always been a meeting place. Since the birth of Hong Kong films, convergence of financial resources and human resources takes place in this once colony. They have nurtured 100-year history of Hong Kong films. One of the characteristics of Hong Kong filmmakers is their resilience which enables them to cater a variety of markets and cultural flavors, while situated in the ever-changing geo-political status of the city. Thus, establishing partnership and operating co-production films with external financiers and technicians from different countries has been one of the common practices in the industry. But what makes the co-production, particularly co-productions by Hong Kong and mainland Chinese partners (hereafter “co-production”), gain such intense attention after 2003? Besides the significant change occurred in the industry in terms of the number of co-productions and reallocation of film staffs, what worries people most is the considerable ideological gap between Hong Kong and mainland China. And such intangible gap has vested restrictions in film production and gradually changed the media-landscape (Yau 2015a).

CEPA Lands in Hong Kong Immersed in the seemingly irreversible decline in the Hong Kong film industry in terms of production numbers and box-office revenue (Table 2.8 and Fig. 2.2), the 2003 Closer Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) was signed between Hong Kong and mainland China, leading to a new epoch for this city in the post-handover and post-SARS era.24 Under this

24 The Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) hit Asia in 2003 and Hong Kong was one of the quarantined areas issued by the World Health Organization. The SARS hit caused devas- tating impact on Hong Kong, especially the consumption spending, tourism and re-exporta- tion, which are in fact essential sectors of Hong Kong’s economy. See Alan Siu and Richard Wong 2004, Economic Impact of SARS: The case of Hong Kong. Asian Economic Papers, 3(1), pp. 62–83. Retrieved from https://hub.hku.hk/bitstream/10722/88855/1/content. 102 K. J. WANG agreement, Hong Kong films that involve mainland companies and per- formers are regarded as mainland domestic production. Before that, annual quota of film importation (20 in 2003 and 34 in 2018) was applied to non- domestic films, among which Hong Kong films had to compete with films from Hollywood and many others. As a result of CEPA, a lot more Hong Kong-made films could enjoy the privileges as other Chinese domestic films, especially the huge market and larger profit margin compared to for- eign films could gain.25 In the following years after CEPA was first intro- duced in 2003, more flexibility has been granted to Hong Kong filmmakers such as the freedom to process post-effect editing and publishing outside China, screening of Cantonese version in China provided that permission is gained from China and subtitles are supplied. Additionally, with permission from the related official department—formerly SARFT (State Administration of Radio, Film and Television) and now SART (State Administration of Radio and Television),26 Hong Kong locally made films (non-co-produc- tion) could also enjoy more access to the Chinese market than other for- eign films. Hong Kong film investors were also granted larger room to set up companies and build theaters in China.27 In recent years, a number of eminent directors from Hong Kong are in charge of making Chinese “main-melody” films (zhu xuan lv dian ying 主 旋律電影). Hong Kong’s eminent New Wave director, expert of blending action genre with sci-fi, Tsui Hark re-created Chinese Cultural Revolution “model drama” The Taking of Tiger Mountain/Zhiqu Weihushan 智取威 虎山 (2014) by maneuvering his filmic expertise. Lam Chiu-yin Dante 林( 超賢), who is known for mastering gangster films, directedOperation Mekong/Meigong Xingdong 湄公行動 (2016) and Operation Red pdf; Also see Hong Kong Tourism Board, 2004, The Year in Review 2003–2004. Retrieved from https://www.discoverhongkong.com/eng/about-hktb/images/2003-2004-05.pdf. 25 As a Chinese domestic film, the film producer could enjoy around 40% share of the income and the cinema enjoys around 50%. But the producer of a foreign film only gets 13%–25%. 26 In 2018, under the decision of the 13th session National People’s Congress, the SARFT is restructured to State Administration of Radio and Television (SART). Since then, film and publication domains are separated from the former SARFT and will be under direct control of the department of censorship and propaganda (zhong xuan bu 中宣部). The propaganda unit will be responsible in managing publication and distribution of film productions. 27 Liberalization Measures under CEPA by Cinema Theatre Services, Chinese Language Motion Pictures and Motion Pictures Jointly Produced, Motion Picture Distribution Services, the Hong Kong Trade and Industry Department, access via https://www.tid.gov. hk/english/cepa/tradeservices/av_cinema_picture_lib.html. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 103

Sea/Honghai Xingdong 紅海行動 (2018). Both of them were tribute to Chinese military overseas actions. Noteworthy that, the above three films were all box-office triumphs in China. Lau Wai-keung Andrew (劉偉強), another gangster film expert, directed The Founding of an Army/Jianjun Daye 建軍大業 (2017), a landmark of the 90th anniver- sary of the CCP army. That said, the rising of co-production films was never free from contro- versies or doubts. On the one hand, the opening of a huge market gilded a silver lining in Hong Kong’s film industry at a crucial era. On the other hand, as co-production gradually took over the local market, grave con- cerns on the fading of “Hong Kong taste” emerged. Hong Kong filmmak- ers had been driven by mainland market and thus produced films that cater the mainland Chinese cultural taste and obey the CCP cultural regula- tions. This phenomenon has buttressed the persistent “Hong Kong film has died” lamentation. Amid the fervent criticism on the negative influence brought by co-­ production, scholars and critics recently had questioned the causality between co-production and the “Hong Kong taste”. Moreover, some cast doubts on whether the Hong Kong film industry is really dying as widely claimed. Instead, commentaries pinpoint that Hong Kong films and a large group of devoted film talents are actually experimenting novelty and alternative directions, which, though full of trials and errors, are echoing the zeitgeist.

Never Cross the Redline The skyrocketing number of cinemas, screens, moviegoers and film pro- duction in China, accompanied by the implementation of CEPA, have unveiled a “land of milk and honey” to many filmmakers, including a group of renowned Hong Kong directors such as Peter Chan 陳可辛, Tsui Hark, Andrew Lau and Dante Lam. Similar to what is called a “brain drain”, a current of northbound gold mining swept Hong Kong with increasing number of co-productions produced in newly built studios in mainland China. Hong Kong’s local talents gradually shifted their work base to mainland China (Chung 2012; Chan 2012b; Tan and Zhang 2013; Zhang 2011). To play safe in the mainland Chinese market, Hong Kong filmmakers meticulously chose themes for films under co-production. In order to get approval from the mainland film authorities and to take larger market 104 K. J. WANG share, they tended to make films that complied with the ideological requirement by putting aside sensitive topics, such as police, gangster and ghost, which had exactly made the signature of Hong Kong films (Chan 2012a; Chung 2011, pp. 437–438). That is to say, catering the north means diminish of creativity especially to a large group of Hong Kong filmmakers who were known for their flexibility, fluidity and novelty (Chung 2012; Shen 2012). Hence, co-production films are only exhibiting a limited range of genres such as epic historical films, romantic melodramas and action films that are usually situated in a politically ambiguous background. In many cases, splendid blockbusters were employed to make good use of the mainland investment and to appeal to the widest audience base through spine-tingling visual-audio appeal, while little hint of “Hong Kong taste” could be traced from film contents, except for names in the production crew and casting. Throughout the years, a considerable proportion of co-­ production films are of this category to finely secure box-office income: Fearless/Huo Yuanjia 霍元甲 (2006), Red Cliff/Chibi 赤壁 (2008) and Confucius/Kongzi 孔子 (2010), to name a few. As a consequence, soon after few years of the “honey-moon” period, co-production exhausted the impactful momentum and was under serious criticism of replication of genres and disappearance of auteurship (Chung 2012; Shen 2012; Ho 2012). Content tailoring becomes another strategy for Hong Kong filmmakers to secure exhibition permission in the mainland market. Even before the implementation of CEPA, Hong Kong filmmakers had already adopted such tactics. When the award-winning picture Infernal Affairs/Wu Jian Dao 無間道 (2002) was screened in China, the ending scene was different from the original version shown in Hong Kong. In China, Andy Lau, the disguised policeman who was actually a gangster member, was finally put behind bars—a showcase of ultimate legal justice. However, in the Hong Kong version, this role was successfully evaded from being arrested. However, in many other cases, instead of producing two different ver- sions for Hong Kong and China, directors have self-censorship when they penned the story. Since 2008, multiple versions of one film are forbidden by the Chinese authorities. This new policy causes filmmakers who hope to enter the Chinese market intentionally avoid drafting plots that would violate the Chinese censorship criteria (e.g. corruption, injustice of police, excessive violence) and cease to portray themes that are unacceptable to 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 105

Chinese policy and culture (e.g. homosexual, Christianity).28 Overheard/ Qieting Fengyun 竊聽風雲 (2009), Ip Man/Ye Wen 葉問 (2008), Drug War/Du Zhan 毒戰 (2013) and many others were amended according the Chinese official and untold criteria.Election /Hei She Hui 黑社會 (2005) and Shinjuku Incident/Xinsu Shijian 新宿事件 (2009) failed to get per- mit to show in China due to excessive violence and portrayal of unhealthy subjects (e.g. gangsters) (Chan 2017). Different from the environment in Hong Kong, mainland China strives to create a “healthy” and “positive” world for the mass audience and thus a wide range of contents such as crimes, superstition, sex and religion, to name a few, will be under meticu- lous censor. While film contents could be adjusted according to the published crite- ria issued by official departments, non-filmic factors are far more ambigu- ous. An untold rule of censoring film practitioners from entering the Chinese market has been slowly unveiled since 2014. The 2014 pro-­ democracy Umbrella Movement in Hong Kong touched the nerve of Chinese government.29 A number of artists who publicly expressed their support to the movement are blacklisted in China. Deanie Yip, who showed up at the protest site and sang the protest theme song, was included in the list. She played a supporting role in prominent New Wave director Ann Hui’s war filmOur Time Will Come/Mingyue Jishiyou 明月 幾時有 (2017). Despite that the film was a co-production in which BONA (博納影業), a Chinese film tycoon, was one of the most prominent inves- tors, Deanie Yip’s name was now shown on the promotional materials circulated in China. Therefore, audience and film critics, both mainland Chinese and Hong Kong locals, cast doubts on the sustainability and even the future existence of “Hong Kong film” (Chong 2012, pp. 12–16). From Table 2.10, we can see that from 2004 to 2016, 379 CEPA films have been produced, which means an average of 29 films per year. However, only 301 local films have been produced in this period, with an average

28 Criteria and process of film censor, refer to State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television of the People’s Republic of China. June 22, 2006, http://www. chinasarft.gov.cn/art/2006/6/22/art_1583_26305.html. 29 A 79-day occupation of Hong Kong’s three business zones in order to protest against Chinese government’s framework on the territory’s Chief Executive election and to demand a genuine universal suffrage. 106 K. J. WANG

Table 2.10 Number of Hong Kong films after CEPA (including Hong Kong films and co-production films)

Year Total Hong Kong Local Co-production Percentage of Co-production Films Films Films

2004 60 28 32 53% 2005 48 28 20 42% 2006 47 24 23 49% 2007 48 25 23 48% 2008 53 24 29 55% 2009 51 22 29 57% 2010 54 24 30 56% 2011 56 19 37 66% 2012 52 17 35 67% 2013 43 17 26 60% 2014 52 23 29 56% 2015 59 23 32 54%

Data collected from: 1. Hong Kong Filmography (1914–2010), Hong Kong Film Archive; 2. Motion Pictures Industry Association (MPIA); 3. Create Hong Kong, Commerce and Economic Development Bureau, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region 4. Shen D, 2014, The writing of “local” in nostalgic post-CEPA Hong Kong films (後CEPA 時期香港電影 懷舊想像中的「本土」身份書寫), M.Phil. Thesis, p. 5. access via http://commons.ln.edu.hk/cs_etd/23 of 23 films per year. From the statistics, every year, co-production films have dominated the annual release of Hong Kong films and box-office performance of co-­production triumphs over local productions. By this end, it seems plausible that it is a one-way journey once you step onto the CEPA flagship, as the mainland market has made a hegemony that forces filmmakers to choose between China and the rest (Szeto and Chen 2012).

Post-CEPA Local Applause From another perspective, prominent Hong Kong scholar Chu Yiu Wai questioned the commonly said binary opposition on co-production and local production. “While some local-oriented films may be good, big- budget mainstream (co-)productions aiming at larger audiences are not necessarily bad. The co-production (bad) vs. local production (good) 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 107 binary is over-simplified if we have a more nuanced understanding of the revival of Hong Kong cinema” (Chu 2015, p. 113). Facing the opportu- nities and dilemmas brought by CEPA and co-production­ trend, “where will Hong Kong film go” becomes a recurring issue (as an echo to Hong Kong people’s fluctuating identity). Other than going north, what can be the alternative? In the post-CEPA era, despite intensive criticism, a number of well-­ received co-productions were released: Echoes of the Rainbow/Suiyue Shentou 歲月神偷 (2010) won the crystal bear award in the Berlin Film Festival and achieved over HKD 20 million local box office;Gallants/Da Lei Tai 打擂台 (2010) and A Simple Life/Tao Jie 桃姐 (2011) were granted the Best Film Award in the Hong Kong Film Awards, respectively. Taking these two acclaimed films as examples, in fact, “Hong Kong taste” is still attractive to filmmakers even in co-productions. It is argued that a new form of nostalgia was stimulated which differentiates the nostalgia senti- ments suturing the identity crisis and the pre-handover fear (Lee 2009; Szeto and Chen 2012; Long Tin 2014; Chu 2015). The new form of “neo-nostalgia” projects a flow of youthful energy, to treasure the history (e.g. the Kung Fu in the 2010 Gallant, the coffin home in the 2010 Merry-Go-Round/Dongfeng Po 東風破) and to look forward (e.g. the young but weak real estate sales who joined the Kung Fu school and absorb the essence of Kung Fu in the 2010 Gallant). Among these popular Hong Kong films, though produced under the umbrella of co-production, the Gallant received exceptional recognition by not only exhibiting scenes reminiscent of Shaw Brothers’ classics Kung Fu films but also implying the social reality of Hong Kong. Scholars suggested a “SAR New Wave” or “new Hong Kong cinema” to concretize a number of high-quality locally focused films in the post-­ CEPA era and to advance Hong Kong film transformation in this new epoch (Chu 2015; Chu 2013; Szeto and Chen 2012). Some others termed the emerging trend as Hong Kong’s “crisis cinema” situated in the hidden currents of the societal change in terms of (post/de) colonialism and iden- tity fluctuation (Yau2015b ). The SAR New Wave was followed by a new generation of directors embracing serious local critical attention after the 1997 handover, are quite aware of the gloomy situation in the current industry and with a more Sinophone intra/inter-local scope rather than the previous Hong Kong chauvinist and xenophobic mentality (Szeto and Chen 2012, p. 122). 108 K. J. WANG

Local productions quietly expand to a broader spectrum after 2008 in the wake of escalating Hong Kong-centered identification among local population indicated in the continuous city-wide survey, while people’s Chinese identification keeps dropping.30 In 2014, a pro- democratic Occupy Central (aka Umbrella Movement) hit the city and drew global media spotlights with a 79-day protest, occupying several main avenues in commercial districts.31 The drastic changing social con- ditions gave birth to a series of small-scale but well-received local films, projecting subtle local care, robust voice of protest and local history re-appreciation. The Two Thumbs Up/Chongfeng Che 衝鋒車 (2015), which was full of Umbrella Movement allusions, enriched the landscape of co-produc- tion by rejuvenating cine-scape of Hong Kong-made films. Little Big Master/Wuge Xiaohai de Xiaozhang 五個小孩的校長 (2015), which was ranked first at the box-office income among all Hong Kong films and ranked tenth among all films screened in the year 2015, was an adapta- tion of a true story and a query into Hong Kong’s education. Weeds on Fire/Dian Wu Bu 點五步 (2016) re-discovered a hidden history in Hong Kong in the 1980s—a local youth baseball team won a world championship. In 2016, a local collectively produced film,Ten Year/Shi Nian 十年 (2015) was granted the best film award in the 35th Hong Kong Film Awards. Full of anxieties of Hong Kong’s future and outrage toward the government, the film Ten Years, directed by five new-generation directors, was banned by mainland China and was even boycotted in local main- stream theater chains. Producers had to sought to community resources such as holding free-of-charge screening exhibition outdoors or at com- munity theater halls. Despite all these obstacles, the Hong Kong film fes- tival’s best film award vindicated the spirit of time conveyed by this film, and enthusiastic support from Hong Kong people proved the significance of the film as a cultural vehicle and outlet of people’s voice.

30 See Public Opinion Programme, The University of Hong Kong https://www.hkupop. hku.hk/chinese/popexpress/ethnic/eidentity/poll/eid_poll_chart.html. 31 Expressing anger toward the conservative Chief Executive election framework promul- gated by China’s People’s Congress Standing Committee, led by a number of movement organizations, millions of Hong Kong people took to the street and occupied main avenues with camps for 79 days. For details, see South China Morning Post “Occupy Central” theme, via http://www.scmp.com/topics/occupy-central. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 109

Concluding Remarks The 2013 co-production film, The Grandmaster/Yidai Zongshi 一代宗師 is introduced to close the chapter. As commented by late film researcher Wong Ai-ling that (Wong 2012) the director of this film, Wong Kar-Wai demonstrated how to make the best use of cinematic and language ele- ments to create an artwork of excellence: the literature foundation from mainland script writers, the organic complementary among actors from north and south and the chimera of musical genres which became the soundtrack. Starring Ip Man, a prominent Kung Fu master who settled down in Hong Kong during the turbulence in mainland, this film was not only about the life story of Ip Man but also mirrored the stories of both thousands of Hong Kong residents and the city itself. A meeting place for people from diverse backgrounds, capitalist, bour- geois and ordinaries, Hong Kong shelters those in need and facilitates those who innovate. The historical contingency that granted ambiguity and liberty to Hong Kong accomplished countless breathtaking stories like the one by Ip Man. It is also under Hong Kong’s particular political-­ socio context that the film industry, though facing a small-sized local mar- ket, for over a century has explored wide-sprawling overseas markets and has fermented a field that is equally diverse, vigorous and outstanding as the city itself. The history of Hong Kong film development, industrial and content wise, with its revelation of the local society, has unfolded a centennial his- tory of hybridity in-the-making. Among this process, co-production, in a wider definition than the CEPA category, has always been one of the most commonly used tactics for Hong Kong filmmakers and investors to enlarge the market size and increase the profit margin, given the local small-sized market which is geographically confounded. From the earliest days of film technology development, Hong Kong intellectuals built con- nections with foreign capitalists and made Hong Kong’s first feature film. Hong Kong was also among the earliest group of Asian cities that received and developed film technology and film business. Before and after the WWII, financiers and talents from regions out of Hong Kong continu- ously made Hong Kong’s film industry thrive and multiply. We recall the contributions made by Joseph Chiu from San Francisco, Run Run Shaw and Loke Wan Tho from Southeast Asia, Cantonese-American Bruce Lee and a lot of intellectuals traveling between mainland Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and Hong Kong. What makes the story more intriguing was 110 K. J. WANG the fact that the people mentioned above were “global citizens” them- selves, running business and taking cultural exchange in a border-crossing manner that, in other words, echoed the city character of Hong Kong. In the heyday of the 1980s and 1990s, capitals and collaborations from mainland China and Taiwan as well as the market momentum in East Asian countries epitomized the so-called golden age of Hong Kong films. The volume of film production revealed the popularity of Hong Kong films in the region, and the velocity in action films, the stunts in urban thrills and the melancholy anxiety in urban melodramas synchronized with the pulse of Hong Kong and East Asia immersed in economic ups and downs. It was also the period that films and film talents marked with Hong Kong signature stepped onto the international stage with a blaze of glare. Yet controversies have been exerted on Hong Kong films in the millennium following the implementation of CEPA, and acclaimed mas- terpieces, such as A Simple Life and The Grandmaster, have glimmered the film world locally and globally. It is difficult to deny that Hong Kong’s film industry has experienced historical turns, prosperity and adversity, along with the Hong Kong soci- ety. Once a world-class film production center and an intriguing cultural hub that embraced multiple political-ideological forces, Hong Kong’s film industry, under the drastically changing domestic and regional situations, has seemingly lost its previous advantages. The privileges once enjoyed by the industry to a large extent, however, were attributed to Hong Kong government’s laissez-faire mode of governance. It is due to the relatively more liberal, flexible and even chaotic political atmosphere in Hong Kong that intellectuals and capitalists from neighboring regions gathered in this tiny place. Though the colonial government at some points of time vested restrictions on the film industry, the obstacles had little influence on Hong Kong becoming a Hollywood in the East. Government’s restriction could be found in cases such as in the 1930s, film pioneers the Lai brothers failed to get permission to build its studio in Hong Kong due to their adherence to Sun Yat-sen, and in the 1970s New Wave director Tang Shu Shuen’s China Behind was declined for exhibition due to the Cold War context. It is not until the post-handover era that the HKSAR government started inaugurating film-related departments to actively promote the industry and cultivate new generation of professionals (details see Chap. 8). Under this context, the signing of CEPA, for better or worse, could be regarded 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 111 one another industrial milestone to the film industry driven by the government. In ebbs and flows, in addition to a series of top-down policy support, Hong Kong filmmakers have never ceased to find new paths and Hong Kong audience never stop searching for joy and sorrow in theater and from silver screen. Heading north to mainland China or exploring the rest of the world is by no means a mutually exclusive binary. What has epito- mized and shall be a hinge to Hong Kong films is by no means the loca- tion, but the hallmark called “hybridity”—a signature of the city and the film industry being the meeting place of Sinophone creation, East Asian cultural axis and global talents.

Discussion Questions

1. There is no other city in the world that creates its own city-titled film genre, except Hong Kong. Parallel to the globally recog- nized French Films, German Films and to many others, Hong Kong films stand out in world cinema. Once one of the world’s most productive film-producing center, Hong Kong is crowned “Hollywood in the East”. What do you think are the most impor- tant factors that craft the brand “Hong Kong film”? 2. CEPA, on the one hand, opens a vast mainland Chinese market to Hong Kong filmmakers. On the other hand, criticism shows that political censorship from mainland China hurdles filmic cre- ativity that has characterized Hong Kong cinema for decades. How to critically evaluate this dilemma? 3. For a long period of time, Hong Kong film industry self-sustains its prosperous business without much government interference or support. However, since 1997, the production of Hong Kong film drastically declined. In the 2000s, the Hong Kong govern- ment initiate funding source to finance small-medium produc- tion. How to view the role played by the government in creative industry such as film production? 112 K. J. WANG

References Abbas, A 2006, ‘The New Hong Kong cinema and the deja disparu’, in D Eleftheriotis & G Needham (Eds.). Asian Cinemas: A reader and guide, pp. 72–99, University of Hawaii’I Press, Honolulu. Bren, F 2011, ‘Brodsky’s legendary life (布拉斯基的傳奇經歷)’, in AL Wong (ed), Chinese Cinema: Tracing the Origins (中國電影溯源), pp. 82–93, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Carroll, JM 2007, A Concise history of Hong Kong, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Chan, CW 2000, The structure and marketing analysis of Hong Kong film industry (香港電影工業結構及市場分析), Hong Kong Film Bi-Weekly Publishing, Hong Kong. Chan, CW 2012a, ‘Story of Hong Kong Police under the Shadow of Big Country (大國陰影下的香港警察故事)’, Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, pp. 99–105. Chan, JC & Leung, GL 1997, ‘Hong Kong cinema and its overseas market: A historical review, 1950–1995’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival—Fifty Years of Electric Shadows (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 143–151, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Chan, KM 2012b, ‘Hong Kong film has not yet died (香港電影未死)’, Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, pp. 16–20. Chan, KL & Chu, L 2008, City without its name: 1997 and identity in Hong Kong film (無主之城:香港電影中的九七回歸與港人認同), Cosmos Books, Hong Kong. Chan, MJ, Fung, YHA & Ng, CH 2010, Policies for the sustainable development of the Hong Kong film industry. Hong Kong Institute of Asia-Pacific Studies, Hong Kong. Chan, KM, 2017. Trivisa or Amphetamine? Hong Kong-China cinema co-­ production during the first ten years of CEPA. Social Transformation in Chinese Societies, 13(2), pp. 118–136. Chang, C 1989, Reflection of thirty-year Hong Kong film (回顧香港電影三十年), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Cheuk, PT 2008, Hong Kong New Wave Cinema 1978–2000, Intellect, UK. Chiu, WK & Shin, KW 2013, The fall of Hong Kong movies. Hong Kong Institute of Asia-Pacific Studies, Hong Kong. Chong, C 2012, Light, shade, way (光影道), Chung Hwa Books, Hong Kong. Chow, R 2004, ‘Nostalgia of the New Wave’, in MKE Cheung & YW Chu (eds.). Between home and world: A reader in Hong Kong cinema, pp. 127–146, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. Chu, YW 2004, ‘Who am I? Postcolonial Hong Kong cinema in the age of global capitalism’, in MKE Cheung & YW Chu (Eds.). Between home and world: A reader in Hong Kong cinema, pp. 39–58, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 113

Chu, YW 2013, Lost in transition: Hong Kong culture in the age of China, State University of New York Press, Albany. Chu, YW 2015, ‘Toward a New Hong Kong Cinema: Beyond mainland-Hong Kong co-productions’. Journal of Chinese Cinemas, vol. 9, no. 2, pp. 111–24. Chua, BH & Iwabuchi, K (eds) 2008, East Asian pop culture: Analysing the Korean Wave, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Chung, PYS 2011, Hundred-year of Hong Kong Film Industry (香港影視業百年), Joint Publishing Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Chung, PYS 2012, ‘Ten-year Gold Mining” Faces Challenge (淘金十年走進考驗 時刻)’, Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, pp. 9–10. Fonoroff, P 1997, Silver Light: A pictorial history of Hong Kong cinema 1920– 1970, Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Ho, S 2013, ‘More detour than legacy: Golden Harvest’s Hollywood gambit’, in Golden Harvest: Leading change in changing times, Hong Kong Film Archives, Hong Kong. Ho, TW 2012, ‘Look into the dilemma of Hong Kong film from Jackie Chan, Chow Yun-fat and Chiau Sing-chi (從「雙周一成」看香港電影困境)’, Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, pp. 32–46. Hong Kong International Film Festival Society (HKIFFS) 1988, Changes in Hong Kong society through Cine (第12屆香港國際電影節:香港電影與社會變遷), Hong Kong International Film Festival Society, Hong Kong. Hong Kong Film Archive (HKAF) 2013, Golden Harvest: Leading change in changing times, Hong Kong Film Archives, Hong Kong. Hong Kong Tourism Board 2004, The Year in Review 2003–2004. Retrieved from https://www.discoverhongkong.com/eng/about-hktb/images/2003- 2004-05.pdf Jarvie, I 1977, Window on Hong Kong: A sociological study of the Hong Kong film industry and its audience. Centre of Asian Studies, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Ka Ming (Ed.) 2009, Gone the excitement: Hong Kong films in the eighties 溜走的( 激情: 80年代香港電影), Hong Kong Film Critics Society, Hong Kong. Lai, CHL 1997, ‘Nostalgia and nonsense: Two instances of commemorative prac- tices in Hong Kong cinema in the early 1990s’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival—Fifty Years of Electric Shadows (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 95–99, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Law, K & Bren, F 2004, Hong Kong Cinema—A cross cultural view, The Scarecrow Press, Lanham, Maryland and Oxford, UK. Law, K 1999, ‘Hongkong film market and trends in the “80s”’, in The 15th Hong Kong International Film Festival—Hong Kong Cinema in the Eighties (八十年 代香港電影), pp. 72–79, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Law, K 2015, ‘One hundred years of solitude: Hong Kong film silently has its cen- tennial anniversary (百年孤寂:靜悄悄渡過了的香港電影百歲壽辰)’, HKinema, Issue 29, access via https://goo.gl/ABrMjB 114 K. J. WANG

Lee, V 2009, Hong Kong cinema since 1997: The post-nostalgic imagination, Palgrave Macmillan, New York. Leung, GL 1993, The evolution of Hong Kong as regional movie production and export centre. Mphil thesis, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Leung, V, Cheng, K & Tse, T 2017, Celebrity culture and the entertainment indus- try in Asia: Use of celebrity and its influence on society, culture and communica- tion, Intellect, Bristol, UK and Chicago. Liang, HC 1997, ‘Hong Kong cinema’s Taiwan factor’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival—Fifty Years of Electric Shadows (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 158–163, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Lok Fung 2002, City on the edge of time: Gender, stun and 1997 politics in Hong Kong cinema (盛世邊緣: 香港電影的性別, 特技與九七政治), Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. Long Tin 2014, Subjectivity and Hong Kong cinema (香港有我), Hong Kong Click Press, Hong Kong. Motion Picture Industry Association (MPIA) 2012, May 2 ‘Online Copyright Infringement Cost HKD3 billion lost’, accessed via https://goo.gl/79bAJn Needham, G 2006, ‘The post-colonial Hong Kong cinema’, in D Eleftheriotis& G Needham (Eds.), Asian cinemas: A reader and guide, pp. 62–71, University of Hawaii’I Press, Honolulu. Ng, H 2003, The History of HK Television (香港電視史話), Subculture Publishing, Hong Kong. Ng, S, 2005 ‘The past and present of Way Down West”, in Transcending Space and Time—Early Cinematic Experience of Hong Kong Book II Pioneer Filmmaker Hou Yao’, in Hong Kong Film Archive (ed), Transcending space and time: Early cinematic experience of Hong Kong (香港早期電影遊蹤), pp. 110–143, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Access via https://www. lcsd.gov.hk/CE/CulturalService/HKFA/documents/2005525/2007294/ ebrochure_02.pdf Pang, LK 2006, Cultural control and globalization in Asia: Copyright, piracy, and cinema, Routledge, London & New York. Pang, LK 2007, ‘Postcolonial Hong Kong cinema: Utilitarianism and (trans) local’, Postcolonial Studies, vol. 10, no. 4, pp. 413–430. Pang, LK 2009, ‘Death and Hong Kong cinema’, Quarterly Review of Film and Video, vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 15–29. Po Fung 2013, ‘The Organisational Structure and Developmental History of Golden Harvest’, in Golden Harvest: Leading change in changing times. Hong Kong Film Archives, Hong Kong. Roberts, P & Carroll, JM (eds.) 2016, Hong Kong in the Cold War. Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. 2 MAKING HONG KONG FILM 115

RTHK 2005, ‘A hundred-year dream factory—Boundless Hong Kong films (百年 夢工場 香港電影無國界)’, documentary produced by Radio Television Hong Kong, Nov 19, 2005. Sek, Kei 1999a, ‘Achievement and crisis: Hongkong cinema in the “80s”’, in The 15th Hong Kong International Film Festival—Hong Kong Cinema in the Eighties (八十年代香港電影), pp. 54–63, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Sek, Kei 1999b, Collection of Sek Kei film critiques 4: From prosperity to crisis 石琪( 影話集四: 從興盛到危機), Hong Kong Subculture Publishing, Hong Kong. Shen, D 2014, The writing of “local” in nostalgic post-CEPA Hong Kong films ( 後CEPA 時期香港電影懷舊想像中的「本土」身份書寫), M.Phil. Thesis, Lingnan University, Hong Kong, access via http://commons.ln.edu.hk/ cs_etd/23 Shen, W 2012, ‘Hong Kong films in the eyes of mainland post-80s film critics內 ( 地80後影評人眼中的香港電影)’, Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, p. 81. Siu, A & Wong, R 2004, Economic Impact of SARS: The case of Hong Kong. Asian Economic Papers, 3(1), pp. 62–83. Retrieved from https://hub.hku.hk/ bitstream/10722/88855/1/content.pdf South China Morning Post 2013, Feb 27, ‘The city’s filmmakers have urged the government to act fast to revive the declining local film industry or face the demise of Hong Kong cinema’. Stokes, L & Hoover, M 1999, City on Fire—Hong Kong cinema, Verso, London & New York. Szeto, M & Chen, YC 2012, ‘Mainlandization or sinophone translocality? Challenges for Hong Kong SAR New Wave cinema’, Journal of Chinese Cinemas, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 115–34. Tan, Z & Zhang, Y 2013, ‘North syndrome of Hong Kong style comedies in co-­ production (合拍之下港式喜劇的悲傷症候)’, Arts Review艺术评论, 2013, issue 4, pp. 84–89. Teo, S 1997, ‘Hong Kong’s electric shadow show: From survival to discovery’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival—Fifty Years of Electric Shadows: Hong Kong cinema retrospective (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 18–24, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Wong, AL & Lee, PT (eds.) 2009, The Cold War and Hong Kong cinema (冷戰 與香港電影), Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Wong, AL & Lam, TW 2011, ‘Legends and facts of Stealing a Roast Duck’, in AL Wong (ed), Chinese Cinema: Tracing the Origins (中國電影溯源), pp. 68–81, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Wong, AL 2012, ‘Introduction’, Today Literary Magazine 今天文學雜誌, Winter 2012, no. 99, pp. xi–xii. Wong, HP 2015, Retrospect of Hong Kong Theaters (香港戲院搜記. 歲月鉤沉). Chung Hwa Publisher, Hong Kong. 116 K. J. WANG

Wong, HYC 2011, Film festivals: Culture, people, and power on the global screen, Rutgers University Press, New Jersey. Wong, HYC 2007, ‘Distant screens: film festivals and the global projection of Hong Kong cinema’, in G Marchetti & SK Tan (Eds.). Hong Kong film, Hollywood and the new global cinema: No film is an island, pp. 177–192, Routledge, London and New York. Yeh, EYY 2018, ‘Translating Yingxi: Chinese film genealogy and early cinema in Hong Kong’, in EYY Yeh (ed), Kaleidoscope histories: Early film culture in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Republic China, pp. 19–50, University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. Yu, MW 1997a, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. two)—The ninety-thirties (香港電 影史話-卷二­ – 三十年代), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yu, MW 1997b, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. three)—The ninety-forties (香港 電影史話-卷三­ – 四十年代), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yu, MW 1997c, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. four I)—The ninety-fifties (香港 電影史話-卷五­ – 五十年代上), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yu, MW 1997d, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. four II)—The ninety-fifties (香港 電影史話-卷五­ – 五十年代下), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yung, SS 2003, ‘The Joy of youth, made in Hong Kong: Patricia Lam Fung and Shaws’ cantonese films’, in AL Wong (ed)The Shaw Screen: A Preliminary Study, pp. 183–186 and pp. 189–192, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Yau, CME 1997, ‘Ecology and late colonial Hong Kong cinema: Imaginations in time”, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival—Fifty Years of Electric Shadows (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 100–106, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Yau, ECM 2015a, ‘Watchful partners, hidden currents—Hong Kong cinema mov- ing into the mainland of China’, in EMK Cheung, G Marchetti & ECM Yau (Eds.), A companion to Hong Kong cinema, pp. 17–50, Wiley Blackwell, UK. Yau, ECM 2015b, ‘The urban maze: Crisis and topography in Hong Kong cin- ema’, in EMK Cheung, G Marchetti & ECM Yau (Eds.), A companion to Hong Kong cinema, pp. 51–70, Wiley Blackwell, UK. Zhang, XQ 2011, ‘The impact of Hong Kong film on mainland China in the wave of co-production (合拍大潮下香港電影對內地電影的影響)’, Today’s Massmedia 今傳媒, 2011, issue 5, pp. 69–70. Zhou, CR & Li, YZ 2004, ‘Certain Facts and Evaluation of Lai Man-wai: Corrections and Challenges (黎民偉的若干經歷和評價 – 勘誤與質疑)’, The Twenty-First Century Review, Issue 82, pp. 127–136. CHAPTER 3

Worlding Hong Kong Film

Chapter Overview In those years (pre-WWII and the 1950s–1960s), cultural professionals and intellectuals frequently commuted between Hong Kong, Shanghai and Guangzhou. There was no border. They absorbed inspirations from Shanghai and introduced to Hong Kong’s counterparts. They travelled from Shanghai to Paris, via Hong Kong where performances or intellectual sharing would be hosted. —Ng Chun Hung1

Hong Kong, a meeting place and a melting pot of different cultures, and a hub and anchor of what nowadays academia called Sinophone culture. The culture from the geographically confounded mainland China, more specifically, the central-plain culture, was produced in and exported to overseas countries from Hong Kong during periods of historical con- tingency. What it fumbles, engenders and validates, ultimately, is the het- eroglossia of what scholars call the Sinophone: “a network of places of cultural production outside China and on the margins of China and Chineseness, where a historical process of heterogenizing and localizing of continental Chinese culture has been taking place for several centuries” (Shih 2007, p. 4).

1 Refer to “Pioneer of drama film—Lo Dun” in program Re-discover Cantonese film 粵語( 長片重出江湖), hosted by Prof. Ng Chun Hung, a podcast program produced by RTHK. Access via http://www.rthk.hk/radio/radio1/programme/cantonesefilm.

© The Author(s) 2020 117 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_3 118 K. J. WANG

One of the essential parts of this chapter is discussion on the relation- ship between Hong Kong films and the various forms of “China/ Chinese”. As discussed in the introductory chapter, the politically and culturally overloaded “China” in this book is narrowed down to a geo- graphical reference. On the one hand, “China” signifies the ambiguous territory from which the Sinitic population—the “Chinese/huaren/ tangren” is regarded originated. On the other hand, and more impor- tantly, what we weigh more is how the ambiguous “China” has been interpreted, presented and represented in Hong Kong moving images and among film practitioners, and eventually how the different forms of “China” reached audience dispersed around the world. By this end, “China” already turns into so arbitrarily polysemic that we could never attain the embedded signified reference. Therefore, in this chapter, we probe into the relation between Hong Kong and “China” in terms of how Hong Kong became a base receiving and having exchange with capi- tals, intellectuals and ordinaries coming from across the territorial bound- ary and in this grandiose migration how the grand migration treated Hong Kong—the intertwining multi-directional and multi-layered storylines. From the very beginning of its development, Hong Kong film industry has been facilitated and furthered to full blossom by forces from different directions. These forces, monetary, manpower, creative power and tech- nologies, accidentally, forcefully or under explicit plans, converged in Hong Kong to make film and cinema a lucrative business. Embracing a China-centered perspective, Sheldon Lu (1997) pinpointed several modes of Hong Kong film development: national cinema (as part of Chinese cinema), local cinema, regional cinema (e.g. influence in Southeast Asia) and global cinema (e.g. connections with the western world). However, in this chapter, with a Hong Kong-centered lens, it is argued that Hong Kong’s unique geo-political and economic status has made this city in the center of the wide-reached Sinophone world and the regional-global cul- tural circles. In a more subtle and dynamic interpretation of Hong Kong films, one cannot omit the “topophilia” signature embedded (Yau 2015). It implies an affective bonding between people and the place. This affective connec- tion inundates a large number of films situated around the gloomy 1997 historical turn—the fin de siècle sentiment. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 119

One more notion in this chapter was the technological and artistic innovation that had been non-stop carried on by Hong Kong cultural workers, dated back to the pre-war era when both filming and­ gramophone were newly invented. The worlding-ness of Hong Kong film: multi-cul- tural fusion performance and the border-crossing transportation were closely associated with the technologies. The synergy of technological form, art form and content innovation that had been practiced by Hong Kong film predecessors marked a charming yet underestimated chapter in the film development history. There is no other place in the world that the film industry of a city is ranked equivalent to a state level. In film history, we have British films, French films and Indian films. Hong Kong films are never equal to Chinese films. Hong Kong films are Hong Kong films per se. Hong Kong films already make trademark film industry that is characterized by cross-border geo-political identification, which, to a large extent, becomes the theme of this chapter.

The Golden Triangle of Early Film Development Being or not being part of China films, Hong Kong films have existed as an influential independent sector in Chinese film industry, named after a city rather than a country. A multi-faceted entity, Hong Kong films were incompa- rable and irreplaceable. (Lie Fu 2006, p. 83)

In Wong Kar-Wai’s sensually crafted art-house movie In the Mood for Love/Huayang Nianhua 花樣年華 (2000), the twin-city mirror reflection between Hong Kong and Shanghai was probed through the romantic ambivalence between the hero and heroine with dreamy intimacy and tacit distance. It also features the relationship between the film industry in Hong Kong and Shanghai. The first Cantonese feature filmWhite Gold Dragon/Baijin Long 白金 龍 (1933) was based on a popular Cantonese opera script and starred the prominent Cantonese opera performers. The film paved the path of Cantonese film industry—South China film (Huanan Dianying 華南電 影). However, this Cantonese talkie was made in neither Hong Kong nor Guangzhou (aka Canton), despite that one could easily identify the social and cultural adjacency between these two places due to their same folk cultural and linguistic origin. The film was produced by a Shanghai film company: Tianyi. 120 K. J. WANG

Why Shanghai? Why Cantonese? The filmWhite Gold Dragon well explains the historical love and hatred of the triple-city tale of Sinophone film industry: Hong Kong, Shanghai and Guangzhou.

Sheng-Gang-Ao: Cultural Circle Historical contingency has made Hong Kong replaced Shanghai as the hub of Sinophone popular culture. In this British colony, even when main- land China was torn by wars, Chinese films were able to develop, circulate and evolve. Crossing borders, the technologies, human resources, sounds and images in film industry have served the ever-changing political, social and artistic purposes. The film industrial connection between Hong Kong and Guangzhou actually commenced before 1924 when the Lai brothers, founders of Hong Kong’s first locally owned film company—the China Sun, estab- lished their studio in Guangzhou. Those in the mass cultural circle, espe- cially Cantonese opera performers who later became pillars of early film development, for a long period of time commuted between Hong Kong and Guangzhou, thus forming what was later called “Province-Hong Kong-Macao” cultural circle (Sheng Gang Ao 省港澳, province means Guangzhou under this context). That said, the founding of the China Sun Guangzhou studio further institutionalized the cultural exchange. In this studio, China Sun film company’s first feature film was pro- duced—a film thoroughly financed, directed, acted and processed by Hong Kong film professionals. The film was titled Rouge/Yanzhi 胭脂 (1925), a silent film shot in the Guangzhou studio and processed in Hong Kong China Sun. However, later the 1925 Guangzhou-Hong Kong General Strike strongly hit the sprouting film industry, cutting off the transportation route of film reels of the China Sun. After the strike, a large number of film businessmen sought to the adjacent city, Guangzhou, to re-establish their business (Zhou 2005, pp. 15–16). In the previous chapter, it is addressed that Lai brother’s civilized drama troupe “Yan Ngoh Kian” (人我鏡)—a popular art form among intellectual youths at that time—became the major casting for Hong Kong’s first film Chuang Tsi Tests His Wife/Zhuangzi Shiqi 莊子試妻 (1913). Similarly, another popular entertainment form, or even the most popular leisure among the mass population in South China, Cantonese opera supplied 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 121 performers, story scripts and even music footages for film production. As the successful case White Gold Dragon shows, Cantonese opera was the arm-reach source to film production throughout the prolonged pre-war and post-war eras. With their professional training, the existing scripts and repertoires, Cantonese opera performers could naturally adapt to camera lens, largely increasing the efficiency of filmmaking. Hence, Cantonese opera performers (as well as creative writers) became increasingly sought after when film turned to an equally popular leisure activity to Cantonese opera enjoyment. In the pre-war era, already a great number of movie stars were at the same time Cantonese opera performers or started their early career in the reign of Cantonese opera. Household names included Sit Kok-sin, Ma Sze-tsang (馬師曾) and many more to be named. Notably, at that time, as Guangzhou was the cradle and promise land of a large group of opera troupes, Cantonese opera performers, script writers and even scholars of opera and dramas who used to live in Guangzhou hence were driven to commute even more frequently across the China-­ Hong Kong border to broaden their career scope. Among them, many later became pioneer force in Hong Kong’s film industry. Lee Sun-fung and Ng Wui were among that group of scholars back in the 1930s who lived in both Guangzhou and Hong Kong. They later not only became the prominent directors in Hong Kong’s Cantonese film production industry, but also greatly contributed to the whole industry by establishing the cooperative collectivism film company Chung Luen in the 1950s, which was best known for its high-quality progressive film works (Zhou 2005, pp. 18–19).

Cantonese Circle in Shanghai As a city in the neighborhood and a colony with relatively less political chaos, Hong Kong was naturally one of the optimal destinations where Cantonese population emigrate. However, up north, Shanghai, the most enchanting hub of social and cultural resources at that time, also attracted floods of Cantonese population. According to Lie Fu 2006( ), in the 1930s Shanghai, Cantonese population made a considerable proportion in Shanghai. A number of well-known brands established in Shanghai, among which some are still active today (e.g. Wing On 永安百貨, Sincere 先施公司 department stores, Bank of East Asia and Nanyang Tobacco company) were actually founded by Cantonese businessmen. As a com- mon practice, staffs of these brand companies were mostly Cantonese migrants, making an influential Cantonese cluster in Shanghai. This 122 K. J. WANG

­significant Cantonese community naturally brought along their favorite cultural taste, including their fondness on Cantonese opera performance and Cantonese films. As a result, Cantonese opera troupes were frequently drawn to Shanghai, so did cultural workers of various professions. It was this recurrent travel- ing flow of Cantonese population who carried their beloved Cantonese opera art, to a certain extent, had interlocked Shanghai, Guangzhou and Hong Kong, the gilded triangle of early film development in the Sinophone world. A group of then popular motion picture stars mostly of whom later became backbones of Hong Kong’s film industry, such as Ng Cho-fan 吳 楚帆 and Cho Tat-wah 曹達華, were pursuing their performing career in Shanghai (Yu 1994, pp. 92–94). Tong Tik-sang 唐滌生, a Guangdong origin-gifted Cantonese opera screenplay writer who later became the most important cultural figure in Hong Kong’s Cantonese opera circle, also worked in Shanghai at the time being. Moreover, music record labels that produced Cantonese folk music disks were also active in Shanghai, bringing Cantonese operatic sounds saturate Shanghai streets and alleys via Gramophone. Interestingly, Cantonese opera performance, though with actors speaking a language alien to Shanghai-ese, was regarded a trendy singing practice compared to Beijing opera and Jiangnan tunes (Lee 2005, p. 25) (more discussion in Chaps. 6 and 7). Hence, Cantonese opera performance was also well known to Shanghai society, eventually becoming one of the popular cultural formats there.

Shaw Family, Tianyi and the First Cantonese Feature Film It is not difficult to imagine that immersed in the chimera of new tech- nologies (film and Gramophone), modish art form (Cantonese opera) and the considerable amount of Cantonese audience, Shanghai’s film tycoon, Shao Zuiweng of Tianyi Film Company (天一), spotted the mar- ket niche and produced films in Cantonese, featuring the innovative com- bination of the most popular art forms: Cantonese opera and film (Lee 2005, p. 27). All these also well explain why the first feature film in Cantonese was produced in Shanghai, instead of Guangzhou or Hong Kong, by a film company owner originated from Ningbo, Zhejiang, who, however, was more fond of Huangmei Diao (黃梅調, a folk tune accompanied by artis- tic dancing). Interesting to know is that, while the White Gold Dragon 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 123 featuring Cantonese opera actors who brought in their operatic perfor- mance made Tianyi a pioneer in the industry in the 1930s Shanghai, Shaw family’s film industrial zenith, in 1960s Hong Kong, was marked by their Eastman-colored wide-screen Mandarin blockbuster Huangmei Diao films. Back in the 1930s, Tianyi already became one of the most influential film companies in Shanghai. Their landmark production, the phenome- nally well-received Cantonese film—White Gold Dragon, which was also the first Cantonese sound film, featured the popular Cantonese opera per- formers Sit Kok-sin and his wife Tong Suet-hing (唐雪卿). Sit, a guru of Cantonese opera, built up his film career fame in the 1920s Shanghai. This film rolled over the vast Cantonese-speaking community home and abroad, making a remarkable box-office success. This attempt thus drove Tianyi focus on massive Cantonese film production. While this golden triangle of early film industry was never free from chaos, the flourishing Cantonese film business soon threatened the market share of the established Mandarin film counterparts. A number of leading film companies in Shanghai (e.g. MingXing明星電影公司 , the rival of Tianyi) formed an alliance to resist the production mode of Cantonese films, which, usually made within a short period of time to increase effi- ciency, was regarded pure commodity than mass cultural creation. It is understood that, to enlarge its audience base, Tianyi made best use of folklore sources and action-oriented visual-sonic enjoyments in their films, including ghost fables and sword fights. To Tianyi’s rivals, these contents were incompatible to Shanghai’s superiorly modern yet pretentious cul- tural taste. Moreover, the Republic of China government, led by KMT, inaugurated banning policy on films in non-Mandarin Chinese languages in order to promote their perceived “orthodox Chinese culture”. Tianyi was definitely in the eye of storm against this backdrop. Therefore, from 1933, Tianyi moved its base from Shanghai to Hong Kong to continue this lucrative Cantonese film business. Hong Kong then became a paradise of Cantonese film, with more than 80% of the directors migrated from Shanghai to continue Cantonese film production (Yu1994 , p. 93). Hints about the solid connection between Hong Kong and Shanghai could also be found in Hong Kong’s first film company—the China Sun. Aforementioned, Hong Kong was among the earliest East Asian cities receiving film technology. The first director in China Leung Siu Po was from Hong Kong, who commenced his filming career in Shanghai, such as the Stealing a Roasted Duck/Tou Shao Ya 偷燒鴨 mentioned in the previ- ous chapter. The first Hong Kong locally made filmChuang Tsi Test His 124 K. J. WANG

Wife was produced by Huamei film company, which was the continuation of Asian Motion Picture Company originated from Shanghai. Noteworthy is that, the major contributors of this landmark film were closely related to Shanghai. The director and actor of this film, Lai Buk-hoi,­ used to study film with Leung Siu Po in Shanghai. The cameraman of this film, Lo Wing- cheung was taught by Brodsky, founding man of Asian Motion Picture, in Shanghai. The filming instruments used by Lo were borrowed from Asian Motion Picture too. Lai brothers started Hong Kong’s first local film com- pany, China Sun, which later transferred business to Shanghai in 1925 when Hong Kong society was interrupted by the General Strike. When China Sun was revived in Shanghai in the name of Lianhua in early 1930s and later become one of the most influential film companies in China, most of the investors were still tycoons and businessmen from Hong Kong (Yu 1994, pp. 88–91). Given that the film industrial triangle constituted of Guangzhou-Hong Kong-Shanghai laid the solid founding stone for the whole film industry development in China and in the Sinophone world, conflicts and dynamics derived from language, cultural and political differences never gave way to a sheer harmony. Instead, the picture got more and more complicated as years went by.

National Defense Films in the Sino-Japan War According to film studies scholar Fu Poshek (2003, pp. 69–87), the Sino-­ Japanese war had dramatized Hong Kong’s sociocultural character and its geo-political apartness from the mainland—double marginality. Such dis- advantage applied to the Hong Kong film industry as well, which, at that crucial historical turning point, was at the same time intensified. Facing the war, a large group of mainland Chinese intellectuals, who experienced a “mind and soul reform” during the May Fourth New Cultural Movement and embraced a China-centered, specifically the central-­plain cultural-centric mentality, were forced to take exile and seek shelter in this far-away yet safe colonized territory. However, they only discovered the huge gulf in terms of language, everyday lifestyle and social practice between Hong Kong and mainland China. Cleavages and dis- agreements between cultural workers across the border lingered in various social sectors. But it is also this incipient sense of difference and the double marginality that generated the ambivalent and hybrid identity that contin- ues to haunt generations of Hong Kong people. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 125

The Sino-Japanese war, on the one hand, disrupted the banning policy on dialect films vested by the KMT government. On the other hand, the outbreak of the war caused a phenomenal wave of southbound migration from Shanghai, making Hong Kong the hub of producing nationalist defense films. The destruction of Shanghai film hub by war led to dis- banding of film talents: some remained in Shanghai’s concession, some headed to South West China while a lot more fled to Guangzhou and Hong Kong (Tan 1994). This huge influx of Chinese intellectuals was widely regarded as progressive and leftist cultural workers, upholding the common avid goal of anti-Japan and anti-imperialism, striving to revive the central-plain cultural Chinese nationalism through progressive art forms. Among this group, prominent names included Cai Chusheng and Ouyang Yuqian. If the Sino-Japan war was the first wave of southbound migration of cultural workers (1937), the landmarks of the consecutive wars further propelled the migration: the ending of Sino-Japan war in 1945 led to the “outcast the traitors” (e.g. those used to continue filming under Japanese occupation) who had to make their way to the South; the CCP-KMT civil war broke out right after the Sino-Japanese drive another wave of shelter seekers and the ending of CCP-KMT civil war triggered the third wave in 1948–1949, not to mention the later subsequent political conflicts under the CCP rule. Against this backdrop, Hong Kong provided a temporary “paradise” to the “orphans” (in the name of Cai Chusheng’s prominent filmOrphan Island Paradise/Gudao Tiantang 孤島天堂 (1939), implicat- ing the on-exile intellectuals as orphans striving in hardships). The first wave of émigrés brought to Hong Kong a special genre of film called “national defense film” (Guofang Dianying 國防電影). Actually, not only the émigrés filmmakers from mainland China, such as Cai Chusheng, the first Chinese director who won an international film festi- val prize for his Song of the Fishermen/Yuguang Qu 漁光曲 (1934), but also Hong Kong’s local film staffs were passionately devoted to making national defense films. For example, produced by film tycoons Joseph Chiu and Moon Kwan, 48 Hours/Si Shi Ba Xiaoshi (四十八小時) (1937) and At This Crucial Juncture/Zuihou Guantou 最後關頭 (1937) were regarded national defense epics with Hong Kong’s most popular film stars voluntarily participating in the filming, and the box-office revenue was donated to support the front line at the raging Sino-Japanese war. These cases occurred in the crucial wartime and, to a large extent, dis- played commonalities between intellectuals from different origins. But 126 K. J. WANG apart from these, deep-seated cultural gap still prevailed in the general film industry, making this wave of cultural exchange/encounter seldom a happy marriage. In the pre-war Hong Kong, the established film industry in Hong Kong and among the general Cantonese film production circle thrived thanks to the massification of the tabloid-like yet profitable film business. Led by Tianyi and other Hong Kong local film companies, Cantonese films in the pre-war era were from time to time fraught with mythological and legendary fables, sword-play adventures and sensational romances. Unlike the mainland Chinese counterparts who already inclined to Chinese literature adaptation, Cantonese filmmakers rather sought to Cantonese opera scripts for inspiration. This situation made the southbound film- makers even more restless and determined to “educate” the Hong Kong folks. In Hong Kong, the China-origin intellectuals re-established the “China Film and Education Association”, which was disbanded by the war, in order to continue their long-upholding social responsibility of edu- cating the nation with culture (Chen 1979, p. 78). However, though Hong Kong provided a temporary peaceful shelter to mainland Chinese filmmakers, this colonial city with a capitalist social sys- tem was by no means home to them. Instead, being a step-stone to the passionate youngsters to enter mainland China, Hong Kong was only a place to be left behind. A strong “one China, one people and one culture” ideology was exhibited in films during the wartime (Tan 2004). This rep- resentation was conspicuously shown in Cai Chusheng’s Ten Thousand Li Ahead/Qian Cheng Wanli 前程萬里 (1940), in which a group of overseas Mandarin-Chinese-speaking youngsters succeed to enter mainland China after they had had experienced cruelty and adversity in Hong Kong’s depraving capitalist society. Cai Chusheng and other mainland Chinese filmmakers framed Hong Kong from an outsider’s position. The conversa- tion from the leading roles, “Goodbye (Hong Kong) indeed! I’ve really had enough!”, thoroughly expressed his condescending gaze toward Hong Kong. “The subject position established by the film is one that lies elsewhere, its gaze fixed intently at a place outside of Hongkong” (Leung 1998). Hence, a hierarchical power relationship was obviously exhibited from the national defense films that Hong Kong showed backwardness in terms of social and political awaken-ness. The determined and enthusiastic youngsters presented in the films who were eager to fight for the mother- 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 127 land had formed a strong contrast to the Hong Kong culture which was perceived as fraught with vulgar antics. By this end, Hong Kong and Hong Kong films had encountered “double marginality” in terms of its geographical location and the “slavishness” and “backwardness” caused by Hong Kong’s colonial status (Fu 2003, p. 53). That said, the fierce cultural and political tensions shown among the two groups of intellectuals did ignite sparks in a positive way. Learning from the inflow of cultural intellectuals from the north, Hong Kong film industry started to adapt serious literary works and drama plays, whatever based on May Fourth pioneer writers or western classics, into films. Whereas Chongqing, where the KMT government had moved the capital, produced anti-Japan propaganda films only and Shanghai concession could only produce movies under Japanese watchful eye, adversity had blessed Hong Kong becoming the remaining Chinese film production center embracing a variety of film genres. Noteworthy is that, in that critical period, Hong Kong not only served as a shelter place, but also as an important conduit to spread patriotic ideology to overseas migrants. In the wartime, the KMT government changed the strategy toward Hong Kong. Instead of standing on a moral high ground and condemning Hong Kong a capitalist poisoned land, the KMT government soon recognized the importance of this British colony “strategically and culturally” (Law and Bren 2004, p. 131). They sent officials and agencies to Hong Kong in order to spread nationalism. Intellectuals, leftist and right-leaning, moved to Hong Kong to contact the outside world, indirectly bringing in unprecedented booming of busi- ness and cultural industry. As many of the wartime propaganda films were still produced in unoccupied zones, such as Chongqing and concessions in Shanghai, films were exhibited in Hong Kong and were transformed into subtitled prints for screening abroad, through Hong Kong as a con- duit, to advocate overseas compatriots join the anti-Japanese force2 (Table 3.1).

2 It is mentioned in Law and Bren (2004), the Hong Kong Film Archive keeps several prints of those wartime propaganda materials. The KMT government also published the monthly English periodicals reporting the production of national defense films and requested Hong Kong’s film company to transfer the prints into 16-mm films for worldwide distribution. 128 K. J. WANG

Table 3.1 Production of films in Shanghai and Hong Kong before and during wartime

Year No. of films produced in Shanghai No. of films produced in Hong Kong

1909–1920 33 2 1921–1930 644 11 1931–1937 459 195 1938–1945 571 396 1946–1949 157 434

Cited from: Leung GL, 1993, The evolution of Hong Kong as regional movie production and export centre. MPhil thesis, The Chinese University of Hong Kong. pp. 19–20

Hong Kong Film and “China” in Contestation Film critic Law Kar (1990, p. 15) once commented that, “I cannot help but feel sorrow for those who were forced into exile while turned out becoming pioneers all over again establishing a Mandarin-language film industry. I at the same time feel pity at the tinkering and ‘cover-up’ of the history in this period”. In the struggle between the left and right camps in the immediate post-war era, in the 1950s Hong Kong, film business and stardom development was veiled by ideological conflicts. It is only through re-examination into the 1950s film business from both historical-social and cinematic lenses that one can grasp a fuller picture.

The Right Camp In 1947, a grand film company was founded in Hong Kong—Yung Hwa Motion Picture Industries (永華影業), co-launched by S. K. Chang and Lee Tsu-yung, the former one was called the “king of movie business” in Shanghai, famous for his creativity in running business in cultural industry, and the latter one was also a Shanghai-based tycoon. During the Sino-Japanese wartime, S. K. Chang, who already estab- lished his Hsin Hua film company (新華影業) in Shanghai and produced well-received films, did not leave the Shanghai concession and had to cooperate with film administrators from Japan. Chang’s film company was turned into China Film United (Huaying 華影), administrated by Kawakita Nagamasa (川喜多長政) from Japan who himself was also a filmmaker and a China-know-all. Though being an accused traitor, Chang and Kawakita became good friends and together had produced a series of high-quality 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 129 films, among which Chinese figures and Chinese spirit were still featured in most of the works (Lin 2014). According to Chang’s wife, Tong Yuejuan 童月娟, a filmmaker too, Chang never made a single traitor film ever. But the relationship with Japanese during the wartime, without doubt, made a dark spot in Chang’s personal history with the name “trai- tor Chang” (HKFA 2000; Law 1990). In the later stage of Chang’s film business in Hong Kong or elsewhere, attacks from the pro-PRC left camp never ceased. To note that, Chang and Kawakita’s friendship persisted even after the war and until Chang’s death. The friendship later facilitated Hsin Hua (based in post-war Hong Kong)’s distribution network in Japan. After the war, Chang met Lee Tsu-yung in the trip in the United States and decided to invest considerable monetary resource to film business with their own production house and studio. With the most advanced equipment purchase overseas, Yung Hwa’s general manager Lee Tsu-­ yung, as mentioned in Chap. 2, was determined to revive the war-torn mainland Chinese film business. It has been debated that whether Lee Tsu-yung with his Yung Hwa film company embraced a deep-seated right-leaning ideology, considering that the signature feature films, the Soul of China/Guo Hun 國魂 (1948) and the Sorrows in the Forbidden City/Qinggong Mishi 清宮秘史 (1948) received well recognition from the KMT. During Yung Hwa’s shambling financial crisis, KMT even rescued the company with a considerable amount of investment (Chung 2011a, p. 105). However, Law Kar argued that the establishment of Yung Hwa was simply a business decision: in the civil war, Hong Kong was far better than Shanghai in terms of filmmaking, those who were recruited in Yung Hwa were actually from different back- grounds, both left and right, it was until Yung Hwa in the fringe of bank- ruptcy that Lee sought to KMT’s investment. Law tried to argue that, “as an entrepreneur of cinema, Li’s record was one of the definite achieve- ments, but he fell prey to political manipulation… the struggle between the Communists and KMT extended into the cultural arena and is a testa- ment of the eternal tragedy” (Law 1990, p. 16). Due to financial crisis in Yung Hwa and the later conflicts between S. K. Chang and Lee Tsu-yung, Chang left Yung Hwa in mid-1948. Chang soon formed another partnership with Yuan Yang’an, an attorney from Shanghai. They founded the Great Wall Pictures in 1949. But this busi- ness collaboration did not last long, and Chang quitted Great Wall in 1950. In speculation, it was due to fundamental ideological difference that Chang and Yuan separated (Law and Bren 2004, p. 147; Wong 2000, 130 K. J. WANG pp. vii–viii).3 Yuen renamed the company Great Wall Movie Enterprise, invited left-leaning staffs and started to show support to the newly founded CCP regime in mainland China. In 1952, S. K. Chang moved his original Hsin Hua from Shanghai to Hong Kong, making films in Wader studio 華達片場( ), located at nowa- days Diamond Hill, Kowloon. Between the CCP-led mainland China and the on-exile Republic of China relocated in Taiwan led by KMT, Chang stood by the latter. He initiated the formation of a KMT-leaning associa- tion to line up a group of right-leaning film workers in Hong Kong, sug- gesting their political inclination in the realm of cultural industry. Throughout the years, the association carried out various activities to show consolidation with the ROC government in Taiwan, such as film stars joining the Double-Ten National Day Celebration held on October 10 every year (HKFA 2000). By doing so, putting political loyalty exhibi- tion aside, right-leaning film workers facilitated distribution networks of Hong Kong films to Taiwan and overseas countries where a considerable proportion of migration population were KMT loyalists. Noteworthy is that, Hsin Hua was among the few independent Mandarin film companies that could survive until the 1960s when Hong Kong film industry was dominated by film conglomerates from Southeast Asia. The advanced filming techniques of Hsin Hua secured a large Taiwan market and even the Japanese market, due to Hsin Hua’s long-lasting cooperation with prominent Japanese film companies. Alongside with ROC supporters who stayed in Hong Kong instead of moving to Taiwan, the American government, as an alliance to the KMT Taiwan government, subsidized different cultural organizations in Hong Kong to promote values of freedom and democracy, such as the Voice of America radio broadcasts and the (亞洲影業), which was established in 1953 but only lasted until 1958, producing only nine films. Despite its political economic background, from the perspective of cinema language, the films made by Asia Film Company, which was led by Chang Kuo-hsing, a right-leaning media entrepreneur, were far from ide- ological propaganda but had shown sophisticated filming techniques (Chang 1990). Among the productions, Half Way Down/Ban Xialiu Shehui 半下流社會 (1955) was the most anti-Communist. In the film, stories of intellectuals in exile who lived in Tiu Keng Leng (also called

3 According to different materials, the reasons of why S. K. Chang quitted Great Wall var- ied. Political and financial reasons were the two main arguments. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 131

Rennie’s Mill, a district gathered a cluster with a large group of in-exile KMT soldier and pro-KMT mainland intellectuals). However, according to Law (1990, p. 20), the emphasis on the concepts of unity and rejection of the capitalistic lifestyle in Hong Kong were actually correspondent to those left-wing productions (Law 1990), while the anti-Communists mes- sages were only delivered in conversation lines.

The Leftist Camp Besides the Great Wall which later left-leaned under the supervision of Yuan Yang’an, the non-ceasing cascade of southbound intellectual migra- tion brought to Hong Kong a large group of progressive cultural workers who hoped to build an equalitarian and liberal society against the colonial capitalism. Against the backdrop intertwined by the Cold War and CCP-­ KMT civil war, this group of cultural elites were regarded as leftist-leaning mainly due to their denunciation against capitalism and belief in commu- nist idealism. Among them, some escaped to Hong Kong due to social turbulence caused by the CCP-KMT civil war, some were “abandoned bourgeois” under the new cultural policies from the CCP-led PRC (e.g. the banner of proletariat art). The latter group intellectuals-cum-literati who could not help but had to escape mainland China, after settling down in Hong Kong, were determined to pass down the idealism of “May Fourth Movement” and “New Cultural Movement” in Hong Kong (Rayns 1990). To them, Hong Kong was a place of complication and dilemma: the safety shelter British colony Hong Kong accommodated a population of predominantly Chinese, while a “culturally barren land”—capitalistic profit-making be the status quo with thin air in high culture, not to men- tion local people’s consciousness to resurrect the glorious 5000-year-old central-plain culture. In the film realm, for a long time, Hong Kong films, more or less equivalent to Cantonese films, were despised by progressive intellectuals for the lack of educational value or social responsibility. Given that this oversimplified accusation is no longer valid as Hong Kong film- makers also spared every effort in making national defense films in the juncture of Sino-Japanese war, the dual binary of “Chinese progression” and “Hong Kong backwardness” frustrated intellectuals from main- land China. In the film business, some of the so-called leftist joined Yung Hwa and Great Wall (formed by S. K. Chang and Yuan Yang’an), by means of 132 K. J. WANG

­reading clubs and drama groups—collectivistic education-cum-art activi- ties—to disseminate idealism of anti-capitalism, anti-feudalism and social class liberation, which, though, bothered Yung Hwa’s Lee Tsu-yung very much. The leftist intellectuals also formed study groups and gathering activities in a large variety in order to foster comradeship and better pro- mote their political idealism. The leading actor of the Sorrows of the Forbidden City, Shu Shi, was among these idealistic film workers. Shu Shi, along with other enthusiastic communist loyalists, formed the Hong Kong Filmmakers Study Group (Wong 2000, pp. 57–58). The participants of these activities later became the major force in the Yung Hwa strikes in 1950–1951 when the company was in financial troubles. Serious financial problems and the continuous worker strikes eventually led to Yung Hwa’s temporary shutdown in early 1950s. Noteworthy is that, this wave of left-wing political activities in Hong Kong’s film realm sprouted from the late 1940s under the ideological umbrella of Marxism and collectivism. It was also the period that the CCP troops horned triumphant marches in the civil war against KMT. The communist idealism led to the advancement of what later called the Collectivization Movement in Hong Kong’s film industry. This move- ment was carried out in a form of founding film company on the principle of cooperative and collectivism. Those leftist cultural workers who left Yung Hwa soon founded their own film companies in the name of their political idealism: Da Guangming and the Fifties were two representatives. Film workers founded their own companies with the aim to establish a management structure collectively controlled by all levels of staffs—a radical promotion and actualization of egalitarianism (Rodriguez 1999). Some other companies such as Nan Kwok (Nan Guo 南國), Nan Kuan (Nan Qun 南羣) and Longma (Long Ma 龍馬) were also founded, while in a more direct connection with the political force: film companies estab- lished under the instruction from the CCP core leader Premier Zhou Enlai (Chung 2011a, p. 111). The above film entities gradually formed a leftist alliance. Left-leaning film companies and cultural activities were to a large extent funded by PRC capital through the Xinhua agent (China’s news agent in Hong Kong, but mostly served as the representative of PRC in the British colony). Not only funding filmmaking, but also film distribution was assisted through the Xinhua linkage. Left-camp cinemas were established (which was known as Double-South line (Shuangnan Xian 雙南線) in the 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 133 late 1970s and 1980s) to specially show leftist films and mainland Chinese productions. Left-camp films were also given the privilege to be distrib- uted in the mainland. Left-camp newspapers, such as Ta Kung Pao and Wen Wei Pao became the platform of film reviews to further increase pub- lic exposure of left films. A series of Yung Hwa industrial actions with high-profile participation and mobilization of leftist film workers triggered the British colonial gov- ernment to swing the iron fist by deporting a number of left-wing film workers in 1950–1952 (more than 20 film workers were deported, including prominent film actors and directors such as Shu Shi and Sima Wensen (司馬文森)), for the sake of “security and public order”. The climax of British colonial government’s iron fist measurement was ignited during the 1967 social disturbance, against the background that labor strikes, sabotages and violent clashes with the police occurred frequently, which were regarded as highly related to leftist organizations, the govern- ment even sent riot police to a left-camp theater—the Silver Theatre in Kwun Tong and closed down all screening activities (Rodriguez 1999, p. 16). Later, Da Guangming moved back to mainland China. The Fifties was dissolved due to the forceful deportation happened to film workers and a wave of northbound home returning among a group of mainland China-­ origin key filmmakers. The Fifties was then transformed into the Feng Huang movie enterprise (鳳凰影業) and continued to make films inclin- ing to leftist ideology. Besides, Sun Luen film company was established in 1952 by a left-leaning newspaper chief editor Liu Yat-yuen. Sun Luen represented the leading leftist force in the Cantonese film circle and gath- ered a group of well-known film talents such as Lee Tit and Ng Cho-fan. Since 1950s onward, the Great Wall, Feng Huang and Sun Luen were the front-line leftist film companies in Hong Kong, having close relationship with the new CCP regime in mainland China. Important to note, in the 1950s and 1960s, it was the patriotic film tal- ents from the major left-camp film companies in Hong Kong (e.g. Nan Kwok and Sun Luen) that facilitated the establishment of Guangzhou Zhujiang Film Company (珠江電影製片廠). In the 1960s, Sun Luen and Zhujiang collaborated a number of progressive films, such as the 72 Tenants/Qishier Jia Fangke 七十二家房客 (1963)—the “muse” of Cho Yuen (楚原)’s House of 72 Tenants/Qishier Jia Fangke 七十二家房客 (1973)—a Cantonese film that carried the same title as paying tribute to the 134 K. J. WANG

1963 version. This feature film by Cho Yuen was marked a turning point from which Cantonese film Hong Kong revived again. While it seems that a clear-cut border had been drawn between the right and left camps as the situation of the Cold War and CCP-KMT duel showed during the immediate post-war era, under some circumstances the boundary line could actually become ambiguous and resilient as time went or when it came to business talks. In the 1950s and 1960s, two major film studios—Shaw Brothers and MP&GI, though were categorized as right- leaning according to their effervescent business performance in Taiwan, craved for a larger variety of film supplies to saturate their theater chains in Southeast Asia. The left-camp productions from Great Wall and Feng Huang, which were filmed in a serious artistic attitude and usually present- ing humanistic and educational themes, were purchased by these film tycoons. Moreover, the film stars who were already extremely popular among Southeast Asian audience since 1930s, such as Ng Cho-fan, was highly acclaimed as panacea of box office and fervently sought after by film companies of left and right. To a certain extent, with this occasional blurry line between left-right, the left-camp film companies and their products based and manufactured in Hong Kong became the only window for CCP-China to talk to the world under the mainstream film circulation realm (Wong 2000, pp. vii–viii).

Films from Divergent Political Camps The breaking out of the Korean War in 1950 and the subsequent Cold War between the United States and Soviet Union camps further separated the world accordance with the geo-political position. Since 1951, Hong Kong, as a Chinese society but under the British colonial rule, witnessed intensified conflicts between the forces from dif- ferent camps: forces supported by the United States, by the Communist China and the KMT-led China, as well as the role played by the colonial government. To note that, the newly found CCP-China exerted tight control on film importation and exhibition. All imported films, including those made by left-wing film companies in Hong Kong, had to go through a censor pro- cedure by the central government committee. That said, only film produc- tions from left-leaning companies were possible to be screened under the CCP regime. Under this context, a facilitator-like professional union was established in Hong Kong to strengthen patriot cultural workers’ connec- 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 135 tion with mainland China. To communist idealist and CCP supporters, the CCP-rule China in the mainland would eventually turn to the promising­ land to a great Chinese nation. In 1949, along with the establishment of PRC, the South China Film Workers Union (華南電影工作者聯合會) was founded by a group of prominent filmmakers who were at the same time in line with the CCP-China. The founding of the union was multi-purposeful:­ a platform to perpetuate and consolidate the South China cultural and ideological front-line consolidation, and a bridge between mainland Chinese and Hong Kong film circle especially in terms of film circulation. Members of the union, many of whom were all-time movie stars, along with their film works got privileges to access to the mainland Chinese market. To CCP officials in mainland China, cultural workers from Hong Kong were important resources for the newly established PRC to communicate to the outside world, especially during the crucial era that Communist China was under embargo from the United Nations due to the outbreak of Korean War. According to official records from the union, plenty of filmic works and stage art were collectively (sometimes voluntarily) cre- ated by union members, among whom a great number were founders and backbones of aforementioned major leftist film companies at that time, dedicating to moral education (e.g. equality, fidelity), pro-communist Chinese nationalism and anti-capitalism sentiments. Troupes formed by union members also paid visits to mainland China to celebrate the found- ing of new China and toured to Southeast Asian countries in order to share solidarity with pro-communist China migration forces (South China Film Workers Union 2009). On the other hand, the KMT-controlled Taiwan government also applied a strict censor system to film importation. Only films produced by members of the Filmmakers Free General Association (aka Freedom Association, 港九電影戲劇事業自由總會) could be screened in Taiwan. Filmmakers, performers and even technicians who had any linkage with the left-leaning bodies would be deemed as falling into the enemy’s camp and thus their products were forbidden to enter the Taiwan market. Similar to the South China Film Workers Union, the Freedom Association endeavored to enlarge their political camp—the anti-communist force, by means of organizing tour groups to Taiwan (e.g. celebrating birthday with Chiang Kai-shek, the leader of KMT) and movie star touring around the Southeast Asia in order to consolidate the overseas compatriots. Against the background that constituted of tensed political conflicts, a dynamic ambiguity between political and commercial concerns was 136 K. J. WANG unfolded. Films made in Hong Kong, mostly in Mandarin and Cantonese, were in great demand in adjacent markets—mainland China, Taiwan and overseas Sinophone markets. However, access to desired markets beyond the domestic terrain was largely determined by film workers’ political stance. To survive and to secure market size for film distribution against the backdrop of CCP-China and KMT Taiwan’s restricted state border, even apolitical filmmakers had to show “loyalty” to either the left or right. Furthermore, disassociation with friends and colleagues who were in the opposite camp was necessary, whether in public or private (Chung 2011a, pp. 117–120). Film historian Chung Po-yin bewailed in her book over the left-right conflict period that, “it is the era that political task triumphed market profit” (Chung2011a , p. 120). From another perspective, to certain extent, political value is the camouflage of market profit. Actually, for a number of film companies, the claimed ideological badge was simply a step-stone to the markets they had longed for. Under the table, interac- tions between left and right still existed. Situated in the special geo-­political point, Hong Kong witnessed the intertwining dynamics while possibilities (un)expected at the same time took place in this tiny territory. As time went by, changes in the market, the film industry as well as in the large socio-political canvas awaited to lift the curtain for a new era.

The Dissolved Politicization and New Attempt of Co-production It is not until the door-opening policy promulgated in the PRC in 1979 that filming resource were more frequently exchanged in Hong Kong, PRC and Taiwan. In the wake of China’s gate opening in the late 1970s as relics of Cultural Revolution were rapidly swept away and the Cold War mentality was very much diluted, ideological conflict slowly gave way to commercial production and collaboration. In the post-war era, left-leaning film companies from Hong Kong were bestowed privileges to promote films or even make films in mainland China. Sun Luen, the leading Cantonese film company in the leftist camp, shot the historical costume drama So Siu Siu/Su Xiaoxiao 蘇小小 (1962) at the West Lake attraction spot in Hangzhou China. The film was directed by Hong Kong’s eminent director Lee Sun-fung and featured a novice actress Pak Yan (白茵), who later became an iconic figure in Hong Kong’s film and television domains. The picturesque scenes accompanied by So Siu Siu’s legendary romance made the film talk of the town in 1962 Hong 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 137

Kong. During that period, a number of similar cooperative opportunities between Hong Kong left-camp companies and filming institutions from mainland China took place (Hu 2000, pp. 15 and 23), while this emerg- ing trend of border-crossing cooperation was seriously interrupted by the Cultural Revolution. It was not until the late 1970s and early 1980s that Hong Kong local filmmakers had further cooperation with mainland China as part to imple- ment the new cultural policy of the post-Cultural Revolution PRC gov- ernment. The traditional leftist film companies, Great Wall, Feng Huang, and the newly founded Chung Yuen (中原電影) were integrated into Sil-­ Metropole Organization in 1982. The main purpose of this CCP-China- backed company was to resurrect and develop left-camp cultural arena in Hong Kong. Knowing that Hong Kong had always been a vital conduit circulating cultural products from mainland China to the world, under CCP-China’s new policy, it was of great importance for the central gov- ernment to re-build their bondage with the pro-CCP film circle in Hong Kong (Chiu and Shin 2014, pp. 171–172). Based in Hong Kong and registered as a private firm, Sil-Metropole played the roles of a bridge and a mediator between Hong Kong and mainland China. Being a vital media- tor throughout the years even until now in the 2010s, Sil-­Metropole bridged Hong Kong and mainland China in terms of film investment and distribution across the border (Sil-Metropole 2010).4 Another milestone of Hong Kong, CCP-China collaboration occurred among the well-known New Wave directors. As mentioned in Chap. 2, after returning to Hong Kong from their overseas study, this group of Hong Kong new generation filmmakers were yearning for “angle ven- tures” to make their first feature film even though most of them were already working in different television stations. Interesting, against this backdrop, a series of New Wave films were accomplished thanks to left-­ camp investment (Chung 2011a, p. 280). Ann Hui’s Boat People/Touben Nuhai 投奔怒海 (1982)—one of her landmark Vietnam refugee trilogy— was an exemplar of the Hong Kong-Guangdong connection. The film was produced by a left-camp film company—the Bluebird Film Company (青

4 Due to strict policy toward foreign films and foreign-China co-production, a series of procedures and censors were required for Hong Kong films. But once the film was made in relation to Sil-Metropole in terms of investment or production, it would be treated as a national film(國片) and distributed in mainland. Sil-Metropole also played the role as a “con- sultant” to Hong Kong filmmakers in regard to China’s censorship policies. 138 K. J. WANG

鳥電影公司). Even though the Boat People almost touched the nerve of CCP government as people could easily associate the Vietnamese refugees featured in the film as those escaping from mainland China to Hong Kong, the film was successfully permitted to shoot in Hainan Island (South of China). The breakthrough was made possible thanks to the long-term connection between Hong Kong’s pro-CCP cultural workers and patri- otic businessmen, in this case, Hsia Meng (夏夢 former leading actress of Great Wall and the founder of Bluebird Film Company) and Fok Ying-­ tung (霍英東 a pro-CCP patriotic business tycoon who financed the Bluebird) (Lie Fu 2009, pp. 63–64). As a matter of fact, little is known that the first co-production between Hong Kong and mainland Chinese film companies before theBoat People in 1982. Information shows that early post-Cultural Revolution co-­ production film could be even dated back to 1980—a film known asReal Kung Fu of Shaolin/Renwu Keren 忍無可忍 (1980). It was understood co-produced by Hong Kong’s Hoi Hwa Film Corporation (海華) and Fujian Film Studio (福建電影廠) (Lie Fu 2009).5 Following this and the remarkable success of Ann Hui’s Boat People, more co-productions appeared in following decade. Prominent former Shaw Brothers director Lee Han-hsiang 李翰祥 was greatly benefited by this wave of co-production as he presented to the world grand produc- tions The Burning of Imperial Palace/Huoshao Yuanmingyuan 火燒圓明 園 (1983) and Reign behind the Curtain/Chuilian Tingzheng 垂簾聽政 (1983). Through the assistance of patriotic Macao mogul Ho Yin 何賢 who was closely related to Beijing, Lee was granted the chance to film his epic Qing Dynasty period films in the authentic Forbidden City (instead of in the Shaw Brothers studio). Though Lee had been well known for mastering historical period films set against the backdrop of different emporia dynasties, this time by moving the filming studio to the real pal- ace, both Lee and the CCP-China government showed each other’s new achievement in the film industry. In order to legitimize this Hong Kong-mainland co-production, in 1979, the Ministry of Culture of the People’s Republic of China formed the China Film Co-Production Corporation (CFCC) 合拍公司 to oversee collaborations between foreign and mainland Chinese companies.

5 Little information could be found about this film in Hong Kong Film Archive or from online platforms. It is said that the film was coarsely made but was shot in the mountainous scenic of Fujian, South China. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 139

Throughout the 1980s, ventures from Hong Kong and Taiwan ­increasingly flooded in mainland China, hoping to make good use of different filmic resources in mainland China through the assistance of CFCC. Indeed, CFCC had played the vital role as the one but only bridge for those who were tempted by the mainland Chinese market. Through CFCC, foreign film companies processed and completed all sorts of chores: submission of film script for censorship, negotiation with relevant departments from the mainland Chinese side in terms of transportation of facilities, division of labor, filming schedules and a lot more miscellaneous. CFCC took up a de-facto official role to greet and deal with Hong Kong and Taiwan inves- tors (Chung 2011a, pp. 357–360). The ventures from Hong Kong and the following Hong Kong—main- land co-productions became a win-win solution to both sides. On the one hand, Hong Kong filmmakers were given a larger diversity of filmic resources derived from mainland China’s natural and human scenes and were largely benefited from cheap labor cost in mainland. On the other hand, these collaborations became a panacea to many state-owned film studios clogged in CCP-China’s long-time planned economic structure. To millions of thousands mainland Chinese audience, for the first time, a new window was opened through the camera lens—a new genre of films in-between mainland and foreign filmic styles. The success of co-­ production became a silver lining in the planned economy that, to many mainland Chinese private entities, exemplifies the great potential of film business investment (Hu 1997). Besides business, in terms of filmic creation and esthetic style, the coop- eration between filmmakers in Hong Kong and mainland China, to a large extent, has transformed the traditional industrial ecology in mainland. Learning from Hong Kong style, previous communist-modeled film scripts gave way to commercial profits. Visual-sonic impact and complex lens movement were added to increase level of excitement and enjoyment (Hu 1997). As mentioned, investors from Taiwan also joined the force to seek for- tunes from the inchoating mainland Chinese market. As CCP and KMT, two political forces claiming the only legitimacy of representing “China”, were still in “civil war” even in the 1980s, this political reality became an obstacle to Taiwan businessmen. To overcome, Taiwan investors took a twisted route: by bringing their ventures to Hong Kong, the all-time free port city, they strategically turned their money wearing a “Hong Kong company” glove so that further collaboration with mainland Chinese 140 K. J. WANG

Table 3.2 Mainland film industry collaborated with Hong Kong and Taiwan

Year Total Collaboration with Subsidy from Hong Kong/Taiwan HongKong/Taiwan

1979 1 0 1 1980 0 0 0 1981 2 1 1 1982 2 2 0 1983 4 0 4 1984 4 0 4 1985 2 2 0 1986 6 4 2 1987 7 7 0 1988 6 6 0 1989 17 9 8 1990 8 4 4 1991 28 16 12 1992 50 42 8 1993 26 19 7 1994 21 18 3 1995 33 29 4 1996 19 18 1 1997 14 12 2

Source: An overview of co-production and aiding of films in China (1979–1998), in Asian Films Connections, March 20, 2000 Cited from Chung PYS, 2011a, Hundred-year of Hong Kong film industry, p. 360

CFCC was made possible. As a result, a new page of cross-strait ­cooperation was quietly unfolded. World-famous and award winning films such as Raise the Red Latern/Dahong Denglong Gaogao Gua 大紅燈籠高高掛 (1990), Farewell My Concubine/Bawang Bieji 霸王別姬 (1993) and To Live/Huo Zhe 活著 (1994) were produced under this wave of “untold” cross-strait collaboration (Table 3.2).

Mania of Hong Kong Films in Mainland China Even though the ten-year Cultural Revolution interrupted the formal Hong Kong—mainland communication, as the chaos ended in 1976, Hong Kong films and film productions that involved Hong Kong’s par- ticipation again appeared in China’s national market following the door-­ opening policy. Throughout the 1980s and 1990s, the so-called golden age of Hong Kong film business, Hong Kong films became one of the 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 141 most sought-after entertainment forms in mainland. Transmitted through legal or underground channels, Hong Kong popular cultural products represented the perfect model of economic wealth, civilization, modern- ization and urbanization. In addition, the wide array of themes and visu- ally stunning shots featured in Hong Kong films—from a touch of Zen to ecstasy—played the role as an outlet for escapism, anxiety and frustration for the mainland Chinese audience who were trapped and lost in the main- land China’s radical social change. Due to the geographical and historical connection between Guangzhou and Hong Kong, Hong Kong films were permitted to screen in Guangzhou’s theaters even before the door-opening era. And Guangzhou was the only city in the country that was bestowed this privilege (Hu 1997). Though in the Cold War period, only the left-camp Hong Kong films were allowed to be publicly shown in mainland China, people in Hong Kong and Guangzhou since the pre-war era already shared a lot of cultural resources in common, including household names of a bunch of Cantonese opera performance and film stars: Ng Cho-fan, Cheung Ying 張瑛, Cheung Wood Yau 張活遊, Ma Sze-tsang and a lot more. In other mainland cities, it was until 1977 that Hong Kong films were officially approved for public exhibition. At the beginning, only the left-­ camp Hong Kong films were permitted the screening license. Despite the limited exposure, against the backdrop of post-Cultural Revolution era that mainland audience were tired of communist model dramas, Hong Kong films became a fresh window for millions of ordinaries to peek the outside world. In 1982, The Shaolin Temple/Shaolin Si 少林寺 (1982) hit the mar- ket and drove over 500 million audience in mainland China, becoming a legend in mainland Chinese film industry and since then Hong Kong pic- tures paved a broader way to enter the mainland market (Jiang 2014).6 In the opinions of some mainland scholars, the characteristics of Hong Kong films: hybridity of west and east cultures, a down-to-earth angle, a phoenix legend of metropolitan, showcase of filmic innovation and the wide spectrum of strategically crafted visual attractions, had injected a dose of mafia-like stimulant to the mainland film industry which for a long time had been under strict control. Being a member of the Asian Four Dragons, Hong Kong projected a legend of economic success, which, in turn was reflected in its highly commercialized mass media products. The

6 According to Hong Kong Film Archive film collection, the film was produced by Chung Yuen film company. But it was also said that this film was a Sil-Metropole production. 142 K. J. WANG commercialization of Hong Kong films and various urban stories in genres of hero, gangster, hero and even crime, mirrored the dream of urbaniza- tion and the “get rich quickly” mentality among millions of mainlanders. Mostly eye-catching was the once mania of Stephen Chiau that raged generations of mainland youths. The “Mo Lei Tau” black humor by Stephen Chiau (周星馳) created a special type of “food of thought” for mainland audience. The absurdity from Chiau’s black humor, though ostensibly referring to personal fault, to a certain extent, mirrored the disorder and absurdity of mainland society which was under dramatic tran- sition. The series of “Chinese Odyssey”—A Chinese Odyssey Part One— Pandora’s Box/Xiyouji Di Yibai Lingyi Hui zhi Yueguang Baohe 西遊記第 壹佰零壹回之月光寶盒 (1995) and A Chinese Odyssey Part Two— Cinderella/Xiyouji Dajieju zhi Xianlv Qiyuan 西遊記大結局之仙履奇緣 (1995)—made a legend in mainland that drove thousands of college stu- dents into craze, though a precise box-office revenue was seldom recorded because a lot of them viewed the films via alternative channels other than cinema going. Through pirated VCDs and later internet platforms, the film series attracted the huge emergent group of young adults at that time (People’s Daily 2014). Mainland young audience, despite of possible lan- guage barriers, deconstructed and debunked the films, eulogizing the post-modern allusion through fantastical yet allegorical filmic language probing into all-time puzzles on human life. Classic conversational lines from the films were collated as “classics” and made into memes that con- tinue to prevail in mainland Chinese subcultural domain (Hu 1997; Wong 2005; Jiang 2014). The popularity of legal and illegal video tapes and the diversity of screening devices and platforms was another facilitator: outdoor screening in rural areas, cinema screening, videotape screening clubs and VCD/ DVD home players. From public to private screening, Hong Kong films swept across the nation throughout the 1980s and 1990s (Jiang 2014, pp. 57–58). In the early 1980s, lacking the sufficient resource to make their own programs among the newly established provincial and municipal television stations, legal and illegal broadcasting of Hong Kong films and television episodes became one of the most reliable sources of media pro- grams. Across the vast rural and urban areas, through these diversified channels, Hong Kong films have been pervasively accessed by countless mainland audience (Hu 1997). A historical contingency, again, fostered an even more powerful status of Hong Kong films in the wide Sinophone communities. In the early age 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 143 of film development, Hong Kong films was part of South China film industry. Though popular in Shanghai in the pre-war era, the influence of Hong Kong films, Cantonese films in particular, were sought after most in the regions where people speak Cantonese—in south part of mainland China and among overseas migrants who were originated from South China and sharing the common cultural and linguistic root. However, in the 1980s–1990s, Hong Kong films played the role as a beacon of moder- nity and urbanity to the vast mainland audience community, even though people speak their own languages and embrace distinctive cultural back- grounds. The commonalities embraced by the nation-wide audience: their thirst for knowledge from the outer world after ten-year domestic chaos when communist model plays predominated the cultural life, and the frus- tration derived from the whirlpool of value clashes in the transition from China’s socialism to “market economy with socialist characteristics”, from idealism to pragmatism, had bounded this huge group of audience to seek visual and mental escapism. As mentioned in the previous chapter, the signing of the Sino-British Joint Declaration in 1984, which had a final say to Hong Kong’s future, welcomed a wave of fin de siècle ecstasy embedded in a wide variety of films in the 1980s and 1990s. This drastic change in Hong Kong’s popular culture domain, to a certain extent, resonated to the cacophonic, restless and cynical tone in the post-Tiananmen Massacre China.

Hong Kong-Taiwan Connection Brigitte Lin (林青霞), Sylvia Chang, Shu Qi (舒淇), Dave Wang (王傑) and a long list to come are household star names which could not be more familiar to mass audience in Hong Kong, Taiwan and mainland China. Some of them speak fluent Cantonese and currently are even more active in Hong Kong’s and mainland China than in their place of origin—Taiwan. They are superstars in the Sinophone popular cultural circle, adored by various international awards. They even hold Hong Kong citizenship, almost making people forget they are actually Taiwanese. Since the 1980s, Hong Kong became the most “international” stage for stars from Taiwan and even from Southeast Asian countries to kick off their global stardom. The 1980s also witnessed a radical transition in Hong Kong film industry partially due to the Taiwan hot money incursion and the long-existing “pre-sale” system. The “Taiwan factors” thus facilitated an even strong connection between the film industries in two regions. However, note- worthy is that, the cross-strait connection was far earlier than these. 144 K. J. WANG

Amoy Film Legend According to Jeremy Taylor (2008), it was in this British colony that the first “transnational” form of entertainment emerged for the Hokkien-­ speaking world. The large amount of Amoy films Xiayu( Pian, 廈語片) in the 1950s were almost exclusively made in Hong Kong while consumed by audience out of the territory (Taylor 2008). Made in Hong Kong but seldom screened to Hong Kong audience, Amoy films were mainly for exportation to Taiwan and countries in Southeast Asia, in particular the Philippines. Notably, in the late 1890s and early 1900s, among the gigantic flow of overseas migration from mainland China to Southeast Asian states, Hokkien-origin population made a considerable proportion alongside with their Cantonese, Hakka and Teochew fellows.7 Seeing a sizable market out there, Hong Kong filmmakers since the 1950s particularly produced Amoy and Teochew films for exportation purpose. It was not until 1956 that Taiwan had its first locally made Hokkien film (aka Taiyu Pian 台語片, literally means “films in Taiwanese”). It was called Xue Pinggui & Wang Baochai/Xue Pinggui Yu Wang Baochai 薛平 貴與王寶釧 (1956), a 35mm reel. But even before 1956, there were already 36 Hong Kong-produced Amoy films shown in Taiwan (Su2016 , pp. 22–23; Taylor 2011). The first Hong Kong-made Amoy film got pub- lic screening in Taiwan was the Xuemei Misses Her Betrothed/Xuemei Sijun 雪梅思君 (1949). Noteworthy is that, according to Taylor’s research, despite of certain vowels and usage differences between Amoy and Hokkien languages, the two language indications were used inter-­ exchangeable in many film promotion materials. While a film was catego- rized as “Amoy film” in the Philippines, it was titled a Taiyu“ Pian” when shown in Taiwan. Amoy films evidently was among the earliest cohort of “cultural ambas- sador” made in Hong Kong and exported to Taiwan. Amoy is one of the regional languages spoken in the south part of China, with the same root as Hokkien which is spoken by a large group of local Han-ethnic Taiwanese.

7 Historical materials, literatures and oral histories are abundant. Here, the author mainly refers to Chinese literatures that record and integrate from first-hand historical materials. History of Chinese Indentured Labor (契約華工史, 1988) by Wu Wubin; History of Nanyang Chinese (南洋華僑史, 1989) by Chen Bisheng; Early Chinese Migration and Chinese Indentured Labor (早期華僑與契約華工賣豬仔資料, 2002) by Wang Linqian and Wu Kunxiang; History of Southeast Asian Chinese (東南亞華人史, 2003), by Lee En-han. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 145

The Han-ethnic ancestors in Taiwan were constituted of migrants from Fujian province in mainland to Taiwan during the Ming Dynasty (seven- teenth century). By then, Taiwan was under Dutch colonial rule and the massively exploited agricultural land demanded huge amount of labors. It was under this context that Fujian peasants started their cross-strait adven- tures. Though Taiwan had seen comes and goes of rulers from different countries, their connection with Hong Kong never ceased, except for the Sino-Japanese war period. In the early Cold War period, Amoy film even played a more important role than simply a carrier of film art or film business. It was regarded as a political weapon for KMT to promulgate its “orthodox Chinese culture” again the CCP regime in mainland China. It is understood that, though later the KMT government severely suppressed cultural products in non-­ Mandarin languages, in the early period of Cold War, the popularity of Taiyu Pian/Amoy films was buttressed by the government in order to eliminate Japanese colonial residues, to attract film talents who showed loyalty to the “Freedom China” and to consolidate the overseas pro-KMT population through film exportation. In both Hong Kong-made and Taiwan locally produced Amoy films, the south Chinese cultural heritages (folklores and folk music tunes) exhibited on silver screen became crucial cultural stocks for the KMT regime to present an “orthodox China”. To a certain extent, in terms of film business development, the popularity of Hong Kong-made Amoy films in Taiwan triggered the rise of Taiwan’s local Taiyu Pian production (Taylor 2008, 2011; Su 2016, p. 22). And what’s more, the prosperity of Taiyu Pian on the Taiwan island offered a platform of film career development to those from mainland China and Hong Kong who showed allegiance to the KMT-China. Though seldom spoke the Amoy or Hokkien language, these directors and actors, among whom Leung Jit-fu 梁哲夫 was from Hong Kong, made substantial con- tribution to the blossom of Taiyu Pian in Taiwan’s film industry in the 1950s.

Hong Kong Film in Cold War Taiwan Back to the Cold War period, Hong Kong was situated between two worlds and two Chinese states—the Soviet Union leaning communist People’s Republic of China and the US-aided Taiwan KMT-rule govern- ment who claimed to uphold a “Freedom China”. Against this backdrop, as discussed, Hong Kong played the vital role as the very frontline of the 146 K. J. WANG

CCP-KMT battle: the influx of southbound cultural intellectuals and Hong Kong locals formed a solid left camp (a shadow society constituted of a large variety of left-camp social institutions) to deliver pro-CCP-China nationalist messages to overseas migration communities (Zhou 2000), and the KMT government strived to attract Hong Kong filmmakers in order to consolidate the “camp of freedom”. Discussed in the previous section is that, two different film workers’ associations were thus founded in Hong Kong to facilitate political propaganda in the film industry. Film workers from two camps paid visits to mainland China and Taiwan to show loyalty to different political powers. What’s more, Taiwan’s scenic diversification, cheap consumption and massive labor support attracted small companies travel across the strait and move their film production base to Taiwan. The first film made in Taiwan by a Hong Kong film com- pany was A Girl Husband/Qianjin Zhangfu 千金丈夫 (1954), featuring “superstars from the freedom China”. Film business tycoon S. K. Chang also joined force and moved his Hsin Hua film company to Taiwan, largely due to his closed relationship with KMT back to the days in Shanghai. After Chang’s death, his wife Tong Yuejuan continued the film business and made a large variety of films collaborated with Taiwan’s counterparts. Another advantage for Hong Kong film companies to make films in Taiwan was the tax deduction privilege granted by the KMT government as one of the most effective measurements to attract film producers. In 1950, the outbreak of Korean War led to embargo toward CCP-led China and Hong Kong. The immediate consequence of embargo in the film industry was the decrease of raw material supply—films. Filmmakers then had to buy films from black markets or made use of old films left from previous works. In the same time, embargo also led to the skyrocketing of daily consumption, indirectly dampening people’s interest in cinema going. Consequently, film business in Hong Kong had a hard stroke and production decreased dramatically (Yu 1997b, pp. 36–37, 63–64). At this crucial juncture, the “Freedom China” offered an olive branch to Hong Kong. Aforementioned, during the Sino-Japan war, Hong Kong already became the most important window for the KMT government (in Chongqing, Southwest China) to mobilize overseas compatriots through exported films. When KMT government resettled in Taiwan after the civil war, again, Hong Kong film industry and film talents were targets for 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 147

KMT government to co-opt with amid their war against the Chinese com- munist party. Among them, Hong Kong’s film mogul Run Run Shaw had established closed relationship with the KMT government, for the sake of business expansion and presumably for the same notion of showcasing an orthodox Chinese (culturally or politically) (Rodriguez 1999; Fu 2000). And the founder of Hsin Hua film company, S. K. Chang and his wife Tong Yuejuan were also close friends to the KMT. Since 1956 (Teo 1997),8 Chiang Kai-shek’s KMT government announced a set of policies to encourage Hong Kong’s right-leaning “freedom camp” filmmakers to produce films in Taiwan. Among them the most important one was KMT’s treatment to significantly lower the tax of raw materials for filming. Filmmakers from the “freedom camp” who intended to make films under the “national language” unification policy (Mandarin Chinese) could enjoy a tax deduction privilege: a deposit was required when the filming facilities, including raw films, were imported to Taiwan; once the production was finished and exported, the deposit would be returned. Equivalent to a “tax-free” policy, filmmakers from Hong Kong who had been suffering from embargo in the Cold War were phe- nomenally privileged with a cost 30%–50% lower. What’s more, in 1958, a policy to enhance national film industry was promulgated, entitled Hong Kong Mandarin films (from the freedom camp) the equivalent status as Taiwan national film, free from the restriction of foreign film importation quota system, and film professionals were given privileges and liberty to promote films in Taiwan and to foreign countries with assistance from KMT-affiliated networks (Rodriguez1999 ; Cheng 2001; Su 2016;). One noteworthy finding from a recent research of Su Chih-heng was that, against the backdrop of KMT’s considerable co-opt with Hong Kong filmmakers with beneficial policies, a large group of Taiwanese local film- makers took advantage of the tax reduction policy and drove Taiwan’s local Taiyu Pian to a production climax by “cooperating” with Hong Kong companies, though it was merely a shrewd business deal. This kind of false “co-production” once reached to almost 100 films. Due to the technological incompetency, most of the films were transported to Hong Kong for post-production (Su 2016, p. 57).

8 Before that, strict restrictions were vested on Hong Kong productions in the context of CCP-KMT duel. Extra tax was applied to Hong Kong films exported to Taiwan, as a political act to filter those “not freedom enough” filmmakers. 148 K. J. WANG

Hong Kong Blockbusters in Taiwan As the KMT government opened the door wide to Hong Kong filmmak- ers during the historical contingency era of Cold War, Hong Kong film productions found a promising land for film exportation just at doorstep—Taiwan. Gradually, Hong Kong production conquered Taiwan’s film market with more sophisticated filming techniques and more dazzling superstars “manufactured” under Hong Kong’s grand studios system (e.g. Shaw Brothers and MP&GI) (Lu 1995, p. 13). After the retreat of Japanese occupation, Taiwan became the base of the on-exile KMT government. The official language of Taiwan was soon shifted from Japanese to Mandarin Chinese, though Hokkien remained the mother-tongue for a large proportion of Han-ethnic Taiwanese. As mainland China for a long time only opened the door to left-leaning film companies and the huge population there were constantly involved in endless class struggles, Taiwan became a tempting “virgin island” of Mandarin film market. Two rival film moguls—Shaw Brothers and MP&GI—strived to conquer this market. After all, both of them, at the outset of their entertainment castle building, regionalization—internationalization had proved an effective mode: building regional theater network and film company acquisition. These hardware advantages allowed these regionally leading film compa- nies soon to outshine productions of Taiwan local companies. The film giants, with little doubt, stirred the society by introducing visual-sonic appealing blockbusters, drawing up the curtain a golden age of Hong Kong films in Taiwan. Mandarin blockbusters at that time included the aforementioned Shaw Brothers production The Love Eterne/Liang Shanbo Yu Zhu Yingtai 梁山 伯與祝英台 (1963), which made a legendary box-office income that could never be broken in Taiwan. This historical period romance turned over the long-term Hollywood domination in Taiwan’s film market and eventually made Taipei into a town of craze. The director of this film was Lee Han-­ Hsiang, a talented director originated from northern part of mainland China and was famous for his grandiose mise-en-scène in filming dynastical palace dramas. The Love Eterne was derived from an art form called Huangmei Diao, a folk performance art prevalent in central part and Southeast of mainland China, where the Shaw family and interestingly, the Chiang Kai-shek family were originated. It was unknown that whether it was such cultural proximity portrayed by this film that helped the film suc- 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 149 cessfully gained fame. But it was certain that the picturesque and pastoral backdrop that showcased a central-plain cultural-centric “Chineseness” and the poetic romance accompanied by melodies sung in Mandarin Chinese altogether manufactured a “perfect cultural China” on silver screen, drawing people far away from the ongoing CCP-KMT battle and the melancholy of “losing the mainland”. Notably, this box-office miracle was made possible partially thanks to KMT’s support. Alongside with the reason that KMT was fond of the “perfect cultural China” depicted in the film, a friend to Chiang Kai-shek, Run Run Shaw could secure the advan- tageous screening time slots for his productions (Chung 2011a). In the following years, Shaw Brothers even set up their own distribu- tion branch in Taiwan to directly oversee their film exportation business. Run Run Shaw also recruited a large group of Taiwan film talents, who used to work in the Central Pictures Corporation (中影) to join the Shaw Brothers in Hong Kong, though some of them later turned out were starred in erotic films for unknown reasons. This group of early cross-strait stars included Lily Chao (何莉莉), Chiao Chiao (焦姣) and Hu Chin (胡錦). Soon after this box-office miracle, in 1963, MP&GI coupled with Taiwan’s Lian Bang film company 聯邦( ) procured Lee Han-Hsiang to leave Shaw Brothers and to run his own company in Taiwan. Knowing that MP&GI had become a strong rival to the Shaw Brothers in Hong Kong’s film market, the situation was extended to Taiwan. While Shaw Brothers company bombarded the market with historical period dramas, the MP&GI featured urban melodramas, such as Our Sister Hedy/Si Qianjin 四千金 (1957) and Her Tender Heart/Yunu Siqing 玉女私情 (1959). The former one even won the Best Film during the 1958 Asian Film Festival hosted by Taiwan. Interestingly, Mu Hung (穆虹), the lead- ing actress in Our Sister Hedy, was from a Taiwan origin who was invited by Hong Kong’s MP&GI to join the team in 1957. From the cases above, it is not difficult to imagine that, in the 1950s–1960s, situated in a special historical contingency, Hong Kong and Taiwan had commenced intensive cultural exchange despite possible language and cultural gaps between the two places. After all, Hong Kong in the backdrop of Cold War was turned into a meeting place. Between 1949 and 1963, among the top ten box-office grossing films in Taipei, four were produced by Shaw Brothers (Fu 2000, pp. 40 and 49). Since the landmark film The Love Eterne, the number of Hong Kong films shown in Taiwan, either filmed in Mandarin or dubbed in Mandarin, 150 K. J. WANG gradually superseded Taiwan local films and occupied the second place in Taiwan market (foreign films have always dominated the market except for the year of 1973) (Lu 1995, p. 9). Hong Kong films had not only showed a robust and advanced industrial role model to Taiwan, but also con- structed a collective memory to generations of Taiwan audience—a nos- talgic yet ambiguously/ahistorically imagined community of “Chineseness” (Fu 2000) and modernized urban illustration (Chen 2011) (Figs. 3.1 and 3.2). On the one hand, Taiwan provided a remarkably wide market to Hong Kong films especially when mainland China experienced long-time politi- cal hustles and later the Southeast Asian market was gradually exerted by their governments’ tighter grip on film importation. On the other hand, the flooding of Hong Kong films accidentally drove Taiwan’s local film industry to a new stage thanks to the tax deduction policy. Irresistible was the arrival of film conglomerate the Shaw Brothers film company. Shaw Brothers presented a role model of modernized filming management sys- tem, glamorously exhibited the world-class filming technologies (e.g. the most advanced Eastman Kodak-colored wide screen) and delicately fabri- cated film scenes, revealing to Taiwan market the cutting-edged industrial model. The appearance of Shaw Brothers did bombard Taiwan’s local film industry, which at that time was largely owned and managed by the gov- ernment (Feng 2003; Fu 2000). The considerable market share of Hong Kong films in Taiwan perpetuated since the huge success ofThe Love Eterne.

Whirlwind Blows the Cross-Strait Film Industry In the 1970s, Hong Kong had made its vital role as the “Hollywood in the East” with not only grand studios set up by film conglomerates, but also new challengers—film companies operated in a resilient mode and in medium size—such as Golden Harvest. The Golden Harvest stormed the international film market with the Bruce Lee hits and later a series of urban action comedies starring household-name movie stars. The founding father of Golden Harvest, the late Raymond Chow once was the general manager of the Shaw Brothers. His network resources and experience in the film industry led him pay special attention to the Taiwanmarket­ simi- lar to his former boss Run Run Shaw. Golden Harvest also set up their Taiwan branch to better facilitate film distribution. By that time, Taiwan market was already filled with Hong Kong films: gangster films, action comedies, erotic films and urban melodramas—a larger diversity of urban 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 151 ) 一個片目 : http://www.taiwancinema.com/ :1980–1999), from 1996, the market 年間台灣劇情影片生產之變遷 (2), pp. 1–30. (2) “The number of films obtained license ), Vol.2 http://cinema.nccu.edu.tw/cinemaV2/lwisdominfo.htm?MID=24

廣播與電視 台灣電影觀眾觀影模式與電影映演市場研究 . Note: The data from 1995 to 1997 was inaccessible from existing public source. According to Taiwan . Note: The data from 1995 to 1997 was inaccessible from existing public source. According to Taiwan Number of films screened in Taiwan—Hong Kong films and Taiwan films. (Sources Taiwan films. derived from: (1) Lu, Fei-I, films and Taiwan—Hong Kong of films screenedNumber in

Journal of Radio and Television ( Journal of Radio and Television )”, screening Cinema Site. 1998–2016”, from Industry Taiwan information sector, ct_133_265 granted projectnational summary “Survey89-2412-H-004-004) (NSC Movie going Patternof Exhibition Film & Industry 1980—1999” ( In Taiwan: droppedTaiwan from previous the share market the while 25%, to 30%–40% foreign of share films in films Kong Hong of significantly rose from previous 45% to 70%. Link: Fig. 3.1 feature film production 1949–1994 (1949–1994 1995, “The change of Taiwan 研究 152 K. J. WANG

40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 9 2 5 8 9 0 1 5 6 3 4 6 7 4 7 0 3 2 3 8 1 5 4 200 201 199 199 199 200 200 200 200 199 199 199 199 200 200 201 201 200 200 200 201 201 201

Fig. 3.2 Change of price of exported Hong Kong films in Taiwan (thousand HKD/km). (Data collected from the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. The results are calcu- lated by the author. Note: (1) The data only covers Hong Kong domestic exporta- tion, not including re-export data. (2) The films included in the figure are exposed and developed films over and less than 35 mm in width) genres that marked the pulse of Hong Kong becoming a world-class metropolis. Taiwan people’s non-ceasing avid fondness in Hong Kong films was soon spread to other popular cultural products, making Hong Kong the most important trend setter to Taiwan’s mass population (Liang 1997, pp. 155–156). Against the backdrop that filmmaking became one of the most heated business sectors in the territory, businessmen and venture seekers tried their lucks in this melting pot. Seeing the tempting profits in Hong Kong film business, Taiwan investors had played a significant part. Dated back to the 1950s, Taiwan distributors already came to Hong Kong and purchased right-camp films. From 1970s, Taiwan investors started to directly involve in Hong Kong’s film industry through pre-sale system and financing film production. By doing these, Taiwan businessmen hoped to obtain fran- chised distribution right of popular Hong Kong films. Pre-sale system, derived from the pre-war era when Hong Kong’s Cantonese films were pre-purchased by Southeast Asian theater owners, was a business model that was particularly popular among Taiwan venture investors in the 1980s. On the one hand, small companies in Hong Kong were benefited from Taiwan investment and the Hong Kong cine-scene 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 153 was thus further rigorized with more monetary funds. It is understood that an industrial leader, the Cinema City, which was famous for its stun- ning action design and content innovation, was benefited from Taiwan investment, such as Taiwan’s well-known Long Shong company 龍翔電 影. Long Shong, a Taiwan local mogul film distributor, became one of the largest external film investors in the 1980s Hong Kong film industry. Long Shong also ran its own television channel in Taiwan, which all day showed dubbed Hong Kong films, further contributing to heighten pub- lic exposure of Hong Kong pictures. To different Taiwan local genera- tions, Long Shong’s non-stop Stephen Chiau “Mo Lei Tau” (wu li tou, 無 厘頭, means extremely hilarious with no reason) series during the Chinese New Year made hilarious memories every year. On the other hand, as Taiwan unveiled a huge market to Hong Kong film distribution and Taiwan investors played a stronger role in the indus- try, Hong Kong filmmakers in some cases inclined to tailor-make films to fulfill Taiwan audience’s expectation of “Hong Kong film”. Similar to the pre-war pre-sale system, in the 1980s, Taiwan investors only cared about the film genre (preferably urban actions) and casting (e.g. Andy Lau and Simon Yam), instead of encouraging content innovation. Therefore, an increasing number of films were made according to this template. Besides, as mentioned in the previous chapter, Taiwan financiers also started their theater chains in Hong Kong, triggering a structural change in Hong Kong’s cine-ecology. In the 1990s, Hong Kong’s film industry was even drenched with Taiwan ventures and the market was dominated by eight major Taiwan film companies (Chung2011a , pp. 354–358). The gradually intensive cross-strait interaction facilitated the human resource exchange as well, such as eminent directors Chang Cheh and Lee Han-Hsiang from Shaw Brothers, and a large number of Taiwanese actors/actresses who sought a better future in Hong Kong. This trend of human resource exchange got even more intense in the 1980s when Taiwan ventures dominated Hong Kong market (Liang 1997). (Brigette Lin), a Taiwan-born actress, moved her acting career to Hong Kong in the 1980s. After her well-received performance in The Legend of the Swordsman/Xiaoao Jianghu II Dongfang Bubai 笑傲江湖II東方不敗 (1992), she successfully transformed from an “innocent young girl” featured in romance films, which were mostly adapted from romance literatures, to a versatile heroine. Playing the role of a transgendered legendary swordsman, Lin vividly demonstrated her huge potential in action movies. Hong Kong has indeed led this Taiwan star to her career 154 K. J. WANG zenith. Lin was granted the best actress in the Golden Horse Film Festival and became one of the most influential household names in Southeast Asia. Noteworthy is that, Long Shong and Hong Kong’s lead- ing cinema chain Golden Princess was the major producer of this house- hold swordsmen-fighting film, making this picture an ideal example that demonstrated the most dynamic cross-strait filmic collaboration in the film industry history. Another outstanding figure was Sylvia Chang, another Taiwan-born Golden Horse awardee, joined Hong Kong’s film business in the 1980s too and became a partner in the Cinema City Film Company. She was also responsible in Cinema City branch in Taiwan, further tightening the business exchange across strait (Table 3.3).

Table 3.3 Box Office in Taiwan—Hong Kong films and Taiwan-invested Hong Kong films (thousand, New Taiwan Dollars)

Hong Kong films Box office Taiwan ventured Hong Box office grossing (NT) Kong films grossing (NT)

1. 武狀元蘇乞兒 King of 41,984 1. 方世玉 The Legend of 38,367 Beggars 1992 Fong Sai-Yuk 1993 2. 黃飛鴻之三獅王爭霸 Once 39,526 2. 黃飛鴻鐵雞鬥蜈蚣 30,340 Upon a Time in China 3 1993 Last Hero in China 1993 3. 城市獵人 City Hunter 1993 36,506 3. 射雕英雄傳之東成西 17,212 就 The Eagle Shooting Heroes 1993 4. 東方不敗II風雲再起 The 31,554 4. 戰神(戰神傳說) The 13,205 East Is Red 1993 Moon Warriors 1993 5. 翹課威龍3龍過雞年 Fight 21,783 5.新流星蝴蝶劍 9667 Back to School III 1993 Butterfly and Sword 1992 6. 花田喜事 All’s Well, Ends 18,980 6. 神經刀與飛天貓 8588 Well Too 1993 Flying Dagger 1993 7. 歲月風雲之上海皇帝 Lord 14,309 7. 笑俠楚留香 Legend of 4862 of East China Sea 1993 the Liquid Sword 1993 8. 赤裸羔羊 Naked Killer 1992 9076 8. 劍奴 Slave of the 3637 Sword 1993 9. 水滸傳之英雄本色 All Men 7945 Are Brothers--Blood of the Leopard 1993 10. 廉政第一擊 First Shot 7102 1993

Cited from Chung PYS, 2011a, Hundred-year of Hong Kong Film Industry 香港影視業百年, p. 354 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 155

Transnational Cantonese Opera and Early Films The border-crossing networks of Hong Kong films, in particular Cantonese films, benefited from the wave of inter-regional trading (including colonial expansion) since the early nineteenth century, resulting in the formation of economic frontiers made up of maritime cities, such as Shanghai, Hong Kong and Singapore. Following the constant cross-territorial trades and migration, a considerable number of sophisticated and brainy merchants— intermediaries of commercial and cultural exchange, had gradually culti- vated a Sinophone-based regional and even global system—the demand and supply circle of Sinophone cultural products. This system was consti- tuted by nodes in different domestic or overseas cities. Shanghai and Hong Kong were important hubs in this wide-sprawl system. While Shanghai represented the Hai Pai (literally means the Shanghai camp, 海派)—under strong influence of the May Fourth New Cultural Movement, Hong Kong-Guangzhou circle was the hub of Yue Pai (liter- ally means the Guangzhou/Canton camp, 粵派)—bonded by the com- mon Canto-phone language. The Yue Pai culture, for a long period of time, characterized those migrated across the ocean to seek a better life in foreign lands, in Southeast Asia, North America and South America. The cheap migrant labors, traders and intellectuals, along with their descen- dants, brought a whole system of Yue Pai culture to exotic lands. Hence, Canto-phone culture as well as the transnational Yue Pai cultural develop- ment has laid one of the foundation stones to the later blossoming Sinophone framework. In reviewing the development of Hong Kong popular culture, one must never neglect the dynamics embedded in the “migration” popula- tion—they were the carriers and receivers of popular culture. It is admitted that we could never regard Cantonese language and the Guangzhou- centered Yue Pai cultural system the only or predominant one among the phenomenal migration population, which was generally formed in the late 1890s. But what will be focused in the following section is the dynamic connection between the popularity and transnationality of Cantonese opera and the early development of Hong Kong film industry. And the formation and development of culture under such intriguing ­context has a lot to do with Hong Kong, the port city, from where people and their cultural tastes sailed afar, and where people and culture encounter. From statistical record, Hong Kong films have widely reached to almost every continent in the world. Besides overseas Sinophone communities, 156 K. J. WANG global audiences, despite skin color and ethnicity, once had a screen mem- ory of Kung Fu legend and street gangster derived from Hong Kong films. Not only the film stars and stunning performance once delivered irresist- ible visual-sonic impact and sensual enjoyment through silver screen, but also the ideations conveyed from sounds and images inspired people with the imagination of nationalism.

Border-Crossing Stars: From Stage to Silver Screen As aforementioned, the Cantonese film industry had its first golden age in the 1930s as two prominent productions, both were based on Cantonese opera and were produced in 1933—White Gold Dragon and Romance of the Songsters/Gelu Qing Chao 歌侶情潮 (1933)—hit the box office with a remarkable success. Though neither of them was made in Hong Kong nor even in Cantonese-speaking region, they both spotted Hong Kong as an ideal base for this lucrative business. Film companies from Shanghai and from overseas gradually built branches in Hong Kong, to make the British crown colony the “Hollywood of China” (Law and Bren 2004, p. 68). Ironically, while markets in mainland China and Hong Kong were fond of Hollywood productions, migrants in foreign places fostered the pros- perity of Sino-language films. These films, made in Hong Kong, were largely well received across Southeast Asia and North America. Homesick and suppression from racial hostility, the huge community of migrants kept in mind their homeland “China”—an ambiguous imaginative com- munal entity might had been represented in very different categories— and they tended to seek comfort from sounds and images on silver screen. The sounds and images, to certain extents, were whipped off the political badges, resounded different versions of the imagined “China”. In the 1930s, Cantonese population numbered 30 and 40 million in South China while as a representative group among the gigantic migrant labor flow, they counted almost 10 million in Southeast Asia, Europe and the Americas. This sizable cross-ocean Sinophone community had made a lifeline of Hong Kong films which had been embarrassed by the “double marginality” under the long-term Shanghai cultural dominance and later the KMT suppression on non-Mandarin culture. Cantonese talkies were exported to four colonies—Vietnam (French colony), Malaya and Singapore (British colony), Indonesia (Dutch colony) and Philippines (American colony), as well as Thailand, Burma, Cambodia and North 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 157

America. After the Sino-Japan war, this exportation network was even larger and reached to over 30 countries (Law and Bren 2004, pp. 187–188). The art form on which early Hong Kong Cantonese films was based— Cantonese opera—was once the most popular art form and leisure enjoy- ment in Cantonese-speaking regions, at the south part of nowadays mainland China. In late nineteenth century, following the wave of over- seas emigration across the South China Sea and the Pacific, the need to enjoy Cantonese opera started to take root in foreign lands: tin mines and planation fields in Indonesia, cotton fields in South America and gold mines in North American west coast. Seeing the increasing demand, Cantonese opera performers, singers and troupes were then invited to have tour-staging in foreign countries. It was usually those established Cantonese-origin migrant traders or trader chambers who invited the troops. After taking over a month’s ship sailing, Cantonese opera troops or the most sought-after stars would stay in the inviting place and had touring performance, and sometimes the tour could last over a year. A number of prominent troupes and performers became prince-charming-­ like superstars among the huge Cantonese-speaking domestic and overseas population, so that they were invited to stay even longer. Interesting, because of this tradition, Bruce Lee, the later international Kung Fu film star, got a chance to be born in the United States when his father, a Cantonese opera performer was on his North American tour. In an inter- view with a Cantonese-origin migrant now living in South America, Mr. Ou Yang described the extremely flourished Cantonese culture in Mexicali (at the south border of US California state) over decades in the early twen- tieth century: people gathered here were from Guangdong province: Guangzhou, Taishan, Zhongshan, Kaiping, Zhuhai and many more. Every week, Cantonese opera troops were invited to perform in the city theater. Because most of them spoke Cantonese, they made the city like a mini Guangzhou town. Sounds of Cantonese operatic strings and percussions dazzled the city with a wholesome Cantonese cultural life.9 The Cantonese opera vogue raged across a large region in south part of China and across different continents. It was a transnational cultural ­influence that was at a more or less equivalent size to the Hollywood. This trend well explained why Tianyi film company in Shanghai was willing to

9 Documentary produced by RTHK, “Roots Old and New–To South America #2” (華人 移民史 – 闖拉美#2), September 15, 2016. Accessed via https://youtu.be/3N7Za4Y5zzo. 158 K. J. WANG take a bold step to invite Sit Kok-sin, one of the Cantonese opera super- stars, in their first Cantonese film production. The dazzling success of this picture in Guangzhou, Hong Kong, Macao and Southeast Asia was within and out of Tianyi’s expectation. The popularity of Cantonese opera stars on the one hand shocked this Shanghai film company. On the other hand, this result further drove them to continue adopting the strategy to stage Cantonese opera scripts and stars. While adopting Cantonese opera elements in film production was proved an effectively rewarding tacit, cultural workers in that time never stopped at simple imitation or modification. They strived to make Cantonese opera performance a top fad. In the 1910s and 1930s, Cantonese opera was injected with novelty from various sources—Hollywood films, Western musical and burlesque shows as well as operatic elements from other provinces such as Beijing’s Peking opera. It is understood that two opera gurus, Sit Kok-sin from Cantonese opera and Mei Lanfang (梅蘭芳) from Peking opera were loyal friends and got artistic inspiration from each other. Cantonese opera performance therefore was fused with new makeup techniques, stage settings, costumes and mise-en-scène. One of the trend-setting giants, Ma Sze-tsang, who started his per- forming career in Guangzhou and Hong Kong, once had a long tour in San Francisco in the early 1930s where he learned from Hollywood musi- cals and merged musical elements into Cantonese opera. When he came back to Hong Kong, he established his own film company and adapted Western elements in Cantonese opera filmmaking, such as performers in Western suit outfits during Cantonese opera playing. In the similar vein, in the aforementioned landmark Tianyi-produced film White Gold Dragon, Sit Kok-sin was dressed in suits instead of in tra- ditional silk-embroidery gown—a popular style at that time called “talkies in western suits” (Xizhuangju 西裝劇). Sit, a legendary man in perform- ing industry, had absorbed artistic techniques from different streams including Hollywood films and Broadway musicals, and toured in Southeast Asia where his play White Gold Dragon was extremely touted by mass population with effervescent. Interestingly, the well-received Cantonese feature film made in Shanghai—White Gold Dragon was actu- ally adapted from a Hollywood film The Grand Duchess and the Waiter (1926). It is well suggested that, in the pre-war era, remarkably vibrant and effervescent inter-cultural flows had for a long time characterized the Sinophone cultural circle which took roots in the equally dynamic cultural centers of Shanghai, Guangzhou and Hong Kong. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 159

All-Time Vogue: The Love Parade A fascinating adaptation that displayed innovative East-West fusion at that time was the adaptation of Paramount musical filmThe Love Parade/ Xuangong Xianshi 璇宮艷史 (1929). After its grand release, the musical film had generated resounding success home and abroad (including cit- ies in Asia). Amid the vogue of fusing western and eastern cultures in the then Sinophone cultural circle, The Love Parade Hollywood sound film was turned into multiple Cantonese opera films and later sing- song films. First, the Hollywood film was groundbreakingly adapted into a Cantonese film in the form ofXizhuangju by Sit Kok-sin in 1930. Songs from the musical were recorded by French gramophone company EMI in Shanghai and the recording became a hit play of town. In 1934, Tianyi, after gaining huge success from its first Cantonese talkie filmWhite Gold Dragon, invited Sit Kok-sin again to play the leading role in Tianyi’s adaptation version of The Love Parade. Interestingly, almost at the same time, Sit’s competitor Ma Sze-tsang also adapted this western musical and made his own Cantonese opera repertoire, with the songs re-made and recorded in 1931 (Wang 2008). The popular Hollywood production, a romantic comedy originally set in an Anglo-Saxon context, was under revolutionary localization. It was transformed and localized into Cantonese language with bewildering array of novelty musical and stage-performing experiments throughout differ- ent versions of adaptation: Western costumes and European court back- drops were mixed with Cantonese operatic singing, instrumental accompaniment and percussion effects. From the precious recording, we could still trace the hilarious and witty fusion of the original musical mel- ody and everyday farce-like Cantonese narration, making The Love Parade a sought-after local vaudeville. The vogue of The Love Parade lasted for over 50 years. Twenty years after Tianyi’s breakthrough adaptation, MP&GI pro- duced the filmMy Kingdom for a Husband/Xuangong Yanshi 璇宮豔史 in 1957 and a color-film sequel in 1958, showing tribute to this all-time legend Hollywood script and Hong Kong film history milestone inno- vative adaptation. The MP&GI 1957 picture was directed by Tso Kea 左几, featuring the most sought-after film stars in post-war Hong Kong film industry: prince-charming Cheung Ying, sing-song film diva Law Yim-­hing (羅艷卿), comedian Leung Sing-po (梁醒波) and versatile 160 K. J. WANG singer Tam Lan-hing (譚蘭卿). In the film, similar to what had been tried by predecessor Sit Kok-sin and Ma Sze-tsang, the hero Cheung Ying (played the dashing singer in Fragrant State) charmingly performed various Western music instruments while accompanied by traditional Cantonese operatic tune singing. In fact, such fantastical fusion already became a common practice in post-war Hong Kong films, thanks to bold endeavors taken by Hong Kong film predecessors in artistic cre- ation. In the early 1970s, The Love Parade fad still remained, and songs were again recorded by Fung Hang Record (風行唱片) (Yung 2009). Fully adapted to glamorous elements from Hollywood production, Sit Kok-sin had little doubt about pioneer revolving, rejuvenating and refresh- ing Cantonese operatic art and advancing Cantonese film development. He showcased his bold attempt to incarnate a sensual exotic stage play in Cantonese opera performance, by exhibiting European-style delicate props, costumes and backdrops. Ironically, this once revolutionary artistic achievement was under serious attack when Sit moved to mainland China in the 1950s, while this early artistic novelty and innovative combination of different art forms from different countries was preserved, nurtured and further transformed in Hong Kong, the British colony at the periph- eral. By this end, the integration of Cantonese performing culture and film industry had been coming into age (Law and Bren, pp. 69–74).

Cultural-Technological Fusion As mentioned, to many theater goers and cultural workers, Cantonese opera performance and the later Cantonese opera sing-song films were trendsetters in the pre-war era, thanks to a large group of artists’ arduous efforts renewing the art form. Being fashion itself, Cantonese opera even set newer trend after having fusion with other latest technologies, such as films and gramophone. American cultural scholar Andrew Jones (2001) focused on the affini- ties between Chinese popular music and Western genres, and radically revised previous understandings of race, politics, popular culture and tech- nology in the making of modern Chinese culture and colonialism. Sinified jazz and Cantonese opera incorporated with saxophone were great examples. From the perspective of media culture and communication technology, the invention and advancement of gramophone facilitated the flourishing of Cantonese opera, and thus changed the soundscape. Gramophone 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 161 brought stage performance—as a collective viewing activity—to private space for personal enjoyment. Also, this new technology transferred the one-off on-site music in theater to everyday listening activity, such as music playing in tea houses and during house gathering. By this means, Cantonese opera music was profoundly embedded in overseas migrant laborers’ everyday life. Canadian media scholars Harold Innis and Marshall McLuhan10 commented that communication forms have a significant social impact that is related to the preservation and communication of the ideas from power rulers, and therefore the general social perceptions. It was the medium rather than the contents that changed human’s life mode. As the invention of printing technology facilitated the wide spread of reli- gious and academic thoughts, music recording and playing devices signifi- cantly transformed overseas Sinophone cultural life and the cultural ecology in general, and thus the evolution of Sinophone film industry. The synergy of technological form (film and sound), art form (Cantonese opera and film) and content innovation (cross-cultural adapta- tion) that had been practiced by Hong Kong film predecessors marked a fascinating yet overlooked page in Hong Kong early film history.

Early Hong Kong Films Across the Pacific Ocean According to Fu Poshek (2003), once the films with better artistic quality produced by Shanghai major studios marginalized Hong Kong produc- tions in the silent film era. But this Shanghai dominance faced a devastat- ing challenge when Cantonese films started to thrive in the 1930s and soon were exported to overseas market: North America, Cuba, Mexico, Philippines, South Africa, Hawaii, Panama, Australia and even Madagascar (Law and Bren 2004, p. 211). Again, the technological factor played a role. When filming technology entered the sound-film age, language became an essential part in films as audible narration goes along with the plot development and other visual elements (e.g. faces of stars and cos- tumes). Seeing this significant change, film companies, such as Tianyi from Shanghai and Grand View from America, joined the force to make films in a language that was shared by a colossal amount of population scattered around the world—Cantonese.

10 Related literatures include: Empire and Communication (1950) and The Bias of Communication (1951) by Harold Innis and Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man (1964) and The Medium is the Massage: An Inventory of Effects (1967) by Marshall McLuhan. 162 K. J. WANG

American Chinese and Grand View Film Company Long before Joseph Chiu established Grand View film company in Hong Kong, there was already a Cantonese art circle across the Pacific Ocean in San Francisco, where generations of immigrants from Cantonese-speaking regions came across the ocean for gold mining. Successfully finding a market niche—Cantonese film to cater the sizable Cantonese-speaking immigrant community, Joseph Chiu and Moon Kwan invested what they had learned from the Hollywood industry to the emerging Cantonese film prospect. In 1933, Chiu and Kwan started up the Grand View film company in San Francisco and produced their first film theRomance of Songsters/Gelu Qing Chao 歌侶情潮 (1933), the first Cantonese film produced in the United States. Similar to what Tianyi did, Chiu and Kwan invited popular Cantonese opera performers to take the leading roles in the film, making the film a fad second to none at that time among Cantonese migrant community. To rewind the clock, the founding of Grand View was actually because of a border-crossing trip made by Law Ming-yau (the manager in Shanghai Lianhua and assistant to Hong Kong film founding father Lai Man-wai) who went to San Francisco to promote Lianhua produc- tions to American distributors. There, Law met Joseph Chiu. Through several kinship networks, Joseph Chiu agreed to build collabora- tion with Law. Meanwhile, spotting the promising future of Cantonese film produc- tion, Chiu in America raised the initial public offering and later formed the Grand View Film Company (大觀) in 1933. Taking into consideration the remarkably huge Cantonese-speaking population in Hong Kong, Macao, Southeast Asia and North America, their first filmRomance of Songsters was filmed in Cantonese in 1933. The film featured Kwan Tat-hing,­ a Cantonese opera martial performer (wu sheng 武生) who was in his staging tour in the United States when he was invited to shoot the film. Instead of filming a story in an Asian cultural background, this is regarded as the first American film portraying the lives of overseas Chinese migration (Law and Bren 2004, p. 74). After seeing phenomenal success of this film, instead of establishing the Lianhua (overseas) company as Law Ming-yau proposed to two American Chinese businessmen, Chiu and Kwan decided to establish their own Grand View in Hong Kong, with an envision to develop a prosperous Cantonese film business. Thanks to Moon Kwan’s long-time experience in 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 163

Hollywood and Chiu’s promising financial support, the Grand View Hong Kong was operated with filming equipment and studios in full-scale and at world-class standard. However, the significance of Grand View was later proved far beyond Chiu and Kwan’s original expectation. Japanese troops invaded Hong Kong Island in December 1941, and quickly took over the Kowloon area, where lots of film studios were located. The war caused a large-scale escape of cultural workers, leading the film industry to a halt. Joseph Chiu decided to move his film business and most importantly, film production back to the United States in order to sustain this inchoating industry. From 1941 to 1946, 21 black-and-white and 4 color 16 mm features were completed in San Francisco. This small number of film works, which were little out of ordinary melodrama features, later turned to out the only batch of Cantonese film productions when Hong Kong was under Japanese occupation (Fonoroff 1997, p. 47). These films were later transported back to Hong Kong and screened in theaters after the anti-Japanese war. These wartime film productions completed in a foreign land, under his- torical contingency, turned out leading to a revival of Cantonese film industry.

Building Theaters on Foreign Lands The Cantonese cultural circle thrived with the visits of Cantonese opera troupes and the blossom of theaters established or managed by early Chinese migrants in San Francisco since the mid-nineteenth century. Leaving their hometown under the Qing Dynasty rule, thousands of laborers, mostly male, traveled to the west coast of North America to join the gold rush and later the building of Canada Pacific Railroad. Similar to those working and living in Southeast Asia, most of the migrant laborers in North America would like to re-encounter the leisure activities from their hometown—Guangdong province. Cantonese opera troupes were then invited to have touring stage performance in North America, as Bruce Lee’s father did, and with the advancement of film technologies and the popularity of filming Cantonese operatic sing-song films, Cantonese films were imported as well to meet the mass need. By 1920s, a relatively matured theater circle had already been built, staging famous actors and troupes as the jewelry of the crown to sustain business and therefore elevate prestige of the US touring opera perform- ers. As a revolutionary act, in San Francisco, real women performers had 164 K. J. WANG debut on stage and in Cantonese opera history (Law and Bren 2004, pp. 75–77). Migrant workers from south part of China were recruited to join the emerging sugarcane industry in North American east coast in mid-­ nineteenth century. While earlier migrant laborers resided in the West Coast, they were attracted to move to the east, also bringing with them their kinship-based organizations (tong xiang hui 同鄉會, an organiza- tional form based on the birthplace of the Chinese emigrants). New York city soon saw a blossom of Sinophone migrant communities, along with the thriving of journals, broadcast stations and theaters run by these migrants. In the 1950s, two major theater businessmen were both from Cantonese-speaking regions: Frank Lee from San Francisco who later operated over 40 theaters in the United States and in Canada, and Tam from Guangzhou. In the 1950s and early 1960s, most of the Sinophone films shown in the United States were Cantonese films. They were mostly made in Hong Kong, where the industry was dominated by Cantonese pictures though production quality varied. As theater owners were impor- tant film distributors, they from time to time played a vital role in the pre-­ pay system in the Cantonese film industry (see “Cleaning-Up Movement and Pre-pay System” in Chap. 2). Noteworthy is that, in Hong Kong, the arrival of Shaw Brothers film company brought thunderous impact to the film industry. Since the mid-­ 1960s, films produced by Shaw Brothers showcased high-quality Eastman wide-screen colored pictures, which soon outshined Cantonese produc- tions. It was also an important period that Shaw Brothers envisioned soon-to-come business expansion in North America. Against this back- drop, theater businessman in San Francisco, Frank Lee, established col- laboration with Shaw Brothers film company. As part of the expansion project of Shaw Brothers, Run Run Shaw sub- mitted grand productions to international film festivals and traveled to North America in order to seek screening opportunities for their Mandarin historical costume blockbuster films. At that time, Shaw Brother’s epic productions based on traditional Chinese folklores were regarded as the “sole representative of Hong Kong, Taiwan and China—an intriguing matter of fact that signifying the power of Shaw Brothers in film industry and in geopolitics” (Curry 2008, pp. 183–184). Shaw Brothers then took over some theaters in San Francisco (the Great Star) and in the New York city (the Shaw Brothers’ Music Palace Theater) to exclusively screen its 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 165 well-received epic historical Mandarin blockbusters and later Kung Fu legends. Noteworthy is that, due to Run Run Shaw’s right-leaning stance, which facilitated films from Shaw Brothers exported to Taiwan, some theaters in North America were under KMT’s sponsorship. The on-exile government by this means retained its bondage with the migrant population.11 Other theaters, which did not sign contract with Shaw Brothers, such as Sun Sing Theater, Canal Theatre, Pagoda Theatre and Rosemary Theatre, had to purchase film reels directly from film companies or distributors in Hong Kong and Taiwan. In the 1960s and 1970s, in total, 1433 Hong Kong films were distributed and archived in the United States. Direct purchase of film rolls guaranteed the theaters “the right to distribute, exhibit, exploit, license, sell and otherwise dispose of the prints and accessories throughout the territory, for any royalty or license fee whatsoever” (Fan 2010, p. 110). “The audience missed their hometown. They came to the theatre and spent three hours viewing the familiar Chinese faces on silver screen” (Heffernan 2005, pp. 115–119). One of the popular and long-lived theaters in New York city was Sun Sing Theatre located at East Broadway. Established in early 1920s, it was originally for Yaddish cultural shows to serve a sizable Jewish emigrant community. In 1947, the theater was sold to a migrant, Tam, who was originated from Guangzhou. He exhibited films from mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, as well as staged Cantonese opera shows. Thanks to Tam’s close relation with Cantonese opera communities back in Guangzhou, he was able to sustain the long-time tradition of inviting Cantonese opera troops to have tour-staging. Having been purchased film prints throughout the 1960s and 1970s, as the film industry in Hong Kong dramatically changed to a theater-oriented system, which consisted of leading theaters (dragon head) and sub-theaters (ferry), Sun Sing had to adapt the new system accordingly. It soon became part of a ferry theater chain of Hong Kong’s leading distributor—Golden Princess, in order to stabilize film supply and to share the risk of box-office performance. At the same time, Sun Sing expanded its theater network form the United States to Canada and Sun Sing itself also became a “dragon head” theater.

11 The Great Star in San Francisco was sponsored by KMT. Interestingly, around the cor- ner, its rival the CCP also ran a theater. Information from the Great Star non-profit corpora- tion: http://www.greatstarsf.com/about/. 166 K. J. WANG

In the 1980s, the golden age of Hong Kong film industry, box-office wonders were also seen in the North America, with traditionally well-­ received genres such as street action, urban comedy and ghost films. Similar to those living in Hong Kong, the Chinese emigrants in North America celebrated Christmas and Chinese New Year and love going to theaters with families during these holidays, thus a holiday golden period for film industry was given birth. However, different from the prosperous growing of Hong Kong film industry, which was a response to the sky- rocketing economy and enlarging middle class in the 1980s, the situation in the United States and particularly in the New York city developed to a reverse direction. As middle-class residents started to move to suburban areas, less and less previous cinema lovers remained in the city who only dropped by occasionally. Except for audience from Sinophone communi- ties, those who frequently visited theaters were for time killing. In strong contrast to the improving facilities in Hong Kong’s theater industry, Sun Sing and other theaters remained in poor condition which was regarded as a provider of cheap entertainment (Fan 2010). The prosperity of theaters run by Cantonese migrants in the New York city had its downturn since 1980s, following the advancement of family video devices. Similar to the situation in Hong Kong, the skyrocketing real estate business led to demolishing of old buildings, including theaters, to give way to the forest of skyrockets. 91 Bowery, New York City, a space, which is now a glass-walled shop- ping center, once was the home to the aforementioned “Music Palace”.12 Masked under its plain façade was a major theater in the New York City that exhibited films imported from Hong Kong and was a hub of com- munal life at the Chinatown. However, the theater was demolished in 2014, being one but only member among the extinction of Chinese the- ater business in America.

Hong Kong Film in Oceania Across the Indian Ocean from Hong Kong, Australia once imported large number of Hong Kong films. The migration community in Australia, sim- ilar to the situation in the United States, was derived from the history of cheap labor migration. Since the nineteenth century, Cantonese opera-­

12 A documentary about this theater was made by Eric Lin, 2005, Music Palace, IMDb, access via https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0810428/. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 167 performing troupes already stepped on the land called Melbourne, where migrant laborers joined the gold rush. Though smaller in size compared to the Canton migrant population in Southeast Asia and in North America, Australia did make a promising film market to strategic businessmen. Always being the pioneer, Shaw Brothers founded its up-to-scale distri- bution company in Australia in 1963, which became the first Sinophone film distributor in the continent. The epic productions from Shaw Brothers were then directly exported to this new market. Following this, martial films also landed in the market, though being labeled as over-violent. Despite the large Sinophone migrant community in Australia, Hong Kong films were often regarded an alternative—a sensual exoticism and minority artistic enjoyment than a mainstream hit. It was until Golden Harvest Bruce Lee series raged in the Oceanian continent that Australian mass audience was attracted by Hong Kong films. In 1975, Golden Harvest collaborated with Australian B.E.F. film company and producedThe Man from Hong Kong/Zhidao Huanglong 直搗黃龍 (1975). Since then, the- aters exclusively playing Hong Kong films and other Sinophone films were established in Sydney and other big Australian cities. In the 1990s, more films were under Hong Kong-Australia collaboration. Some scenes from Jackie Chan’s police story series and Mr. Nice Guy/Yige Haoren 一個好人 (1997) were shot in Australia. Different from the situation in the United States (which will be elabo- rated soon), besides Kung Fu films, which mostly appealed to audience with breathtaking visual-sonic impact, a larger variety of eye-opening genres were introduced to the Australian market. In 1998, the first Hong Kong Film Festival in Australia was presented by Hong Kong Economic and Trade Office and Australian Film Institute. Held in Sydney and Melbourne, the festival featured Wong Kar-Wai’s Ashes of Time, Fruit Chan’s Made in Hong Kong and some other non-Kung Fu films (Bren 2000).

Kung Fu Mania in North America The inception of American people’s passion about Kung Fu was never out of blue. Warner Brothers was the earliest American film company that showed interest in importing Kung Fu films, mainly from Shaw Brothers in Hong Kong. Before the King Boxer/Tianxia Diyi Quan 天下第一拳 (1972), Warner already spotted the potential of Kung Fu elements in the market and launched a series of TV episodes on Kung Fu theme. 168 K. J. WANG

It is noteworthy that, since 1960s, Asian-style martial arts as muscle training already became a trendy leisure in the United States, with a blos- som of martial art shows and training schools, among which Bruce Lee also opened his own training school. This provided the base for further diffusion of Kung Fu culture. In the 1960s, Shaw Brothers started to play a pioneer role producing high-quality Kung Fu pictures (refer to Chap. 1, “Giants from Southeast Asia”). Shaw Brothers’ Mandarin blockbusters featuring north and south Kung Fu camps, along with other smaller-scale productions by that time already had accumulated a huge stock of made-in-Hong Kong film pro- ductions ready to be exported to meet the American market need. Learning that Kung Fu was a lucrative business, Warner Brothers and Shaw Brothers even co-produced films to savor the market more selling points, such as the east-west fusion blockbuster Cleopatra Jones and the Casino of Gold/Nujingang dou Kuanglongnu 女金剛鬥狂龍女 (1975). It was a fusion of Kung Fu and Blaxploitation (a genre particularly made to attract black audience) (see Bordwell 2000, chapter 3). For a period of time in 1973, to many people’s surprises, the top three hit films in the United States were all Hong Kong productions. It marks a historical week in American film industry that for the first time top three films were all foreign productions. It is not difficult to imagine that genre of martial arts and especially Kung Fu fighting is among the few film genres that travel beyond the boundaries of territory, language and socio- cultural backgrounds. These three films wereThe Big Boss/Tangshan Daxiong 唐山大兄 starring Bruce Lee by Golden Harvest, the King Boxer/ Tianxia Diyi Quan 天下第一拳 and Hap Ki Do/He Qi Dao (合氣道) by Shaw Brothers. Though the ranking of box-office revenue varied in the following weeks, these three Kung Fu films were among the top 20. Following these significant three works, four more Hong Kong Kung Fu films also entered the top 20 (Desser 2000). Throughout 1973, there were in total 38 Hong Kong Kung Fu films purchased by American distributors and grossed 11 million dollars by the end of 1974 (see Bordwell 2000, chapter 4). Bruce Lee pushed this Kung Fu mania to the climax and in the following decades, Kung Fu stars such as Jackie Chan and Kung Fu film professionals such as Sammo Hung constantly stirred the market with non-stop invention of new Kung Fu choreography. Rumble in the Bronx/Hongfanqu 紅番區 (1995) starring Jackie Chan was another semi-climax after Bruce Lee, accumulating box office 32 million dollars. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 169

This Kung Fu mania in non-Sinophone countries inevitably had its ebbs and flows, but this made-in-Hong Kong Sinophone visual and audio fad has already kicked open the gate to international industry for many more film talents from Hong Kong following Bruce Lee and Jackie Chan: John Woo, Ringo Lam (林嶺東), Tsui Hark (徐克), Stanley Tong and Chow Yun-fat.

Kung Fu and Nationalism For the American society, the increasing contact with Eastern culture through wars in Asian territory and Asian migration facilitated the spread of Kung Fu. But it is hard to say that the majority of American audience are fans of Kung Fu. Actually, the major market of Kung Fu films was a considerable group of ethnic minorities—African Americans. Kung Fu films were usually screened in downtown theaters near black communities or tailor-made for mobile theaters, along with other Blaxploitation films. Audiences of Asian, African and Hispanic kept this genre alive. The reason behind African American’s enthusiasm in Kung Fu, accord- ing to Desser (2000), was the fact that there were seldom White heroes/ heroines in the films, and the colored-fighter strived to defeat the strong powers (Japanese invaders and White Americans). In this light, Kung Fu films, as a visual language (although already dubbed in English version) uncovered the sources to echo the pan-Africanist and black internationalism. Since the inception of film business in Shanghai and in Hong Kong, action film genre has been an all-time attraction, based on folklores, fables and grassroot figures. Wong Fei-hung 黃飛鴻( ), a Cantonese figure of grassroot Chinese medical herbalist and Kung Fu expert, started to gain fame since the 1940s and has been featured in over 100 films. Films of Wong Fei-hung for over decades until the late 1980s had starred the long- lived actor Kwan Tat-hing (who was also a well-known Cantonese opera ­performer). Kwan, in 1933, had his debut in Cantonese movie when he took the leading role in Grand View’s first Cantonese pictureRomance of Songsters. Since 1960s, Wong Fei-hung series hit the overseas market (audience were mostly Cantonese-speaking), as a result generating a prim- itive mode of transnational Sinophone nationalism, which was anchored in a Cantonese-speaking grassroot hero from Guangdong. This Wong Fei-­hung series gained a new life in the 1990s as Tsui Hark filmed the Once upon a Time/Huang Feihong 黃飛鴻 (1991), featuring a young 170 K. J. WANG

Mandarin-­speaking martial art star from mainland China—Jet Li (李連傑), and the film was then widely distributed to North America and Europe. Sequels were produced in following years to continue the international distribution of Wong Fei-hung. In the film, Wong Fei-hung walked out from his village and fought for the country in the face of Anglo-Saxon invaders. Similar to Bruce Lee series, appearance of White faces in Kung Fu films projected the nationalistic binary that anchored in east versus west conflict. From Kwan to Li, Wong Fei-hung as an iconic grassroot hero was con- stantly injected with new elements to become a more perfect “Chinese” in a certain period of time—as Wong’s role was situated across dynasties and republic eras. More precisely, Wong Fei-hung served a Sinophone model that he showed boundless righteousness and empathy to his in-group communities—ranged from his Kung Fu school, the street neighborhood, the Cantonese-speaking region to the people of Qing Dynasty, and he endeavored to protect his own communities from attacks from external powers—no matter the power is a thug from neighbor village or from a foreign country. By this end, the long-lived heroic image of Wong Fei-­ hung had reached beyond filmic language but interestingly symbolized an alternative Sinophone reference: the resilience and vicissitudes of Sinophone hetero-glossier. From Wong Fei-hung to Bruce Lee, resistance from the inferior and national pride were long-existing themes. The experience of the Chinese heroes in the films is commensurate to the racial discrimination and deg- radation of the African ethnic identity. The nationalism—an imaginary restoration of Chinese traditional culture in the pursuit of contemporary modernity reflected mostly from Bruce Lee’s film stories (Li2001 ; Desser 2005), inspired the idealism that “the world’s darker races, a term they employed to describe the non-European world, shared a common interest in overthrowing white supremacy and creating an international order based on racial equality” (Sundiata 2008, p. 201). After the death of Bruce Lee, his icon and cultural impact perpetuates, not only in Hong Kong, but also in the North America, such as The Bruce Lee Story (1993) by Universal Pictures and the Kill Bill series (2003 and 2004), which makes a crux of Kung Fu, samurai and spaghetti western genres and epitomizes its tribute to Bruce Lee through the iconic black-and-yellow theme-color dress. Traces of Hong Kong style action genre in other Hollywood blockbusters also could be found in The Matrix series in which Kung Fu fighting and John Woo style of urban noir heroism. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 171

In the same vein, Hong Kong Kung Fu films enjoy phenomenal popu- larity in Africa, in particular in South Africa, as a result of the joint effect of state censorship and state monopolies over film distribution. In the context of apartheid, Hollywood films dominated the market due to the policy that favored the white supremacy. Films from other regions were under strict censorship. But it is also because of the harsh situation that people sought to alternatives. Hong Kong Kung Fu films started to gain popularity through screening in independent theaters and VHS distribu- tion, though mostly underground channels—a space for critical public engagement. It was in the 1970s. The importation of films was mainly handled by Chinese emigrants. Similar to the situation in the United States, not only due to the stunning and entertaining visual enjoyment from Kung Fu films, the spirit of anti-repression and anti-white-supremacy narratives triggered the sense of empathy among the black audience in Africa (Staden 2016). What will be elaborated more in the following parts is that, since the 1950s, Hong Kong film industry started to assimilate film talents from other East Asian countries, mainly for further improving film productions in historical epic and action genres. If the co-productions with the American industry and talent assimilation from East Asia constituted part of the backbone of Hong Kong action films, the minor economy from direct-to-video industry and the mentioned independent cinema was the spill-over effect of Kung Fu culture derived from Hong Kong to the world ethnic minorities. In terms of film business, Kung Fu genre exemplifies a successful story that produces a lucrative film language transcending national borders: widely well received and easy to duplicate. Interestingly, from the mid-1980s, with the rapid spread of home video devices and disk duplication business, Kung Fu films flourished across the world. Western stars who had Kung Fu expertise or experience in making action films (usually in Hong Kong), largely participated in an alternative type of action films in non-Sinophone-speaking territories. Instead of striving to gain global fame or win film awards, these films were circulated in an alternative channel. The filming team usually contained an American director, Israeli producer, a crew from Asia and financial resource from Luxembourg. These films were quickly made and distributed only through video disk circulation, in local stores instead of commercial theaters (Morris 2004). Little known to today’s mass audience was this non-­ mainstream group of sub-culture-like products that presented yet another intriguing case of the border-crossing Hong Kong popular culture. 172 K. J. WANG

Asiatic Adventure of Hong Kong Film

Shaw: A Legend Family Began from Shaw Zuiweng (usually called C. W. Shaw) and later efferves- cently developed by his brothers, Shaw family’ entertainment industry started from 1922. Originated from Ningbo and commenced their busi- ness journey in Shanghai, C. W. Shaw first leased a small theater (called Xiao Theater, literally means theater of laughters, 笑舞台) to stage an emerging popular culture—“civilized dramas” in Shanghai. As mentioned, derived from Western drama arts, civilized dramas were well received among a growing group of intellectual youths in the new-born republican state at that time. In 1925, discovering the huge potential of cinema business, C. W. Shaw gradually turned the Xiao Theater into a film theater and also founded the Tianyi Film Company. Similar to the business pattern taken by Hong Kong counterparts the Lai brothers, Shaw family in Shanghai implied a vertical business model: producing films with castings derived from their own theater play troupes, and film exhibition in their own theater. Due to C. W.’s younger brother, Shaw Cunren’s, prudent accounting, Tianyi was operated in a more economical way than its competitors. In the Tianyi film company, Shaw family brothers had rigorous division of labor in production, accounting, distribution and exhibition, in different mari- time cities, under the central supervision by C. W. Shaw. Conservative and paternalistic, the Shaw family entertainment empire, from the early age of the business, had exhibited high efficiency with low cost. Tianyi was then developed into one of the leading film production firms in Shanghai. In the later years, sons of the family were sent to different places to expand the entertainment business. From Shanghai, the Shaw family’s entertain- ment empire laid their founding stone, and through southbound adven- tures, their business empire later grew into a regional and international Sinophone cultural beacon. As early as 1920s, among the four Shaw brothers, Run Run Shaw and Runmei Shaw were sent to Southeast Asia, the Malaya and Singapore to explore possible distribution networks for Tianyi’s increasing volume of film productions. At that time, the major cinema business there was in the hands of migrations from South China, divided into different cul- tural circles according to their mother-tongue such as Cantonese, 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 173

Teochew and Hakka. The two brothers from Shanghai sought opportu- nities in smaller cities. Village by village, they did mobile screenings while at the same time did market research and sought potential collaborators. With assistance from some prominent figures who were also Chinese emigrants, in 1927, they settled down in Malaya, leasing theaters to exclusively screen Tianyi productions. They also founded a distribution company to further the business network. In 1940, they opened their first overseas studio in Singapore and started to make Malay-language films starring Malay Cantonese opera superstars (Yu1997a , p. 25). From the mid-1930s and 1940s, the Shaw brothers bought amusement parks from Chinese Malayans. By that time, the Southeast Asian entertainment business founded by Run Run and Runmei was constituted with a sizable theater chain (allied with over 100 cinemas) and two amusement parks. Without doubt, they had laid the foundation stone for Tianyi’s further development in overseas market (Chung 2003, 2011b). This network was even extended to Vietnam, Thailand and Indonesian Java with over a 100 theaters and 10 amusement parks. As early as the 1930s, the incep- tion of Shaw family’s ambition of regionalization could already be spotted. In the 1930s, when C. W. Shaw wittedly spotted the up-and-coming prospects of Cantonese cultural products and invited the popular opera actor Sit Kok-sin to act the leading role in their first Cantonese film (sound film), the Shaw brothers’ worldwide film empire already showed a glimpse of nascence. White Gold Dragon, filmed in 1933, brought to Guangzhou, Hong Kong, Macao and Southeast Asia so thunderous impact that C. W. Shaw decided to build his own film studio in Hong Kong, the center of filmmaking second to Shanghai. Another reason of the moving, according to Stephen Teo (1997), was inevitably political. Prolific production of Tianyi were folklore-based fantasies in themes of superstition, which were regarded as “morally decadent” by the elite circle and the Nanjing govern- ment; while these highly commercial films were extremely popular among Cantonese-speaking communities. Having learned the huge potential market of Cantonese talkies, Shaw brothers established their own film studio in Hong Kong with the name Nanyang. In the Sino-Japanese war when Shanghai was under occupation, Tianyi’s business was devastatingly interrupted while the Hong Kong branch thrived to a leading company in the territory thanks to their distri- bution network established in the pre-war era in Southeast Asia. After the war, facing the rise of strong competitors, especially the the- ater tycoon MP&GI, Run Run Shaw, who used to take charge of the 174 K. J. WANG

Southeast Asian business, was appointed to move back to Hong Kong to revive the family’s shrinking filming business. In that time, it was Run Run Shaw’s brother Runmei Shaw who supervised the film company in Hong Kong—Shaw and Sons. In the prolonged post-war era, film production was clogged in Hong Kong’s thriving film industry, which also witnessed the equally prosperous Mandarin and Cantonese film production. When Run Run arrived in Hong Kong in 1957, he purchased a huge land in Clear Water Bay (Image 3.1) to establish a studio and started to launch the Shaw Brothers film company. Different from the traditional

Image 3.1 Clear Water Bay Film Studio of Shaw Brothers. Film Studio A is the largest building of the Clear Water Bay Film Studio in Hang Hau of Sai Kung in 1964. Courtesy to Special Collections, University of Hong Kong Libraries 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 175

Tianyi practice, Run Run focused on both the quality and efficiency of film production by recruiting versatile talents to look over different func- tional sectors and introducing a centralized streamline-based production system. By that time, the entertainment network constituted of cinema chains, amusement parks and cabaret had reached to a wide range of ter- ritories from Hong Kong to countries dotted in the south sea, with a full blossom of film business: cross-regional distribution, cross-genre, cross-­ language (including Hokkien and Teochew language). Even under the shadow of Cold War, the prosperity of Shaw family’s business had cease- lessly revealed the process of regionalization and even globalization (Yung 2008).

Diasporic Imagination and Hong Kong Film In Shih Shu-mei’s Sinophone studies approach (2013a), she challenges the discourse of “Chinese diaspora” which insinuates a central-plain lens in viewing the globally expanded heterogeneous Sinic language-speaking population while ignoring the kaleidoscopic development of over a cen- tury’s migrant population who have already gone through a wide array of localization with different cultures. The term “diaspora”, in this perspec- tive, denotes a “China-center-ness”, which, though, arbitrarily simplifies the political and cultural complexities embedded. In the following discus- sion, however, “diaspora” is what had been embraced by film companies, especially the Shaw Brothers, the central-plain-lens visualization of “Chineseness” (Shih 2013b). As illustrated in Chap. 2, Shaw Brother’s gleaming wide-screen color production featuring traditional folklores, which were originated from Southeast end region of Yangtze River, swarmed the market. It is said that Shaw Brothers was epitomized with its “China nostalgia” hallmark: dur- ing a long period, the so-called pan-Chinese population, which included overseas migrants and Han-ethnic population in Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan, were segregated with the mainland “motherland culture”, and they embraced deep-seated homesick, a nostalgic thirst of the “cultural root” (Fu 2011).13 In the Clear Water Bay studio, a fictitious “China” was

13 Prevailing in Southeast Asian countries in the 1950s–1960s were anti-Chinese move- ments: Indonesian government refused to bestow citizenship to Chinese, Singapore estab- lished English as the official language while suppressing Chinese civil culture and vesting high importation tax on Chinese cultural products. 176 K. J. WANG fabricated with pavilions and palace, fairy maidens and heroes, as well as a series of Ming-Qing Dynasty features. Apart from feature films, action movies, in particular knight and sword fights, constructed an imaginary “China”: surreal but romantic, stunning but poetic, stories of heroes and beauties were full of enthusiasm and heart-broken sensual narrations immersed in a banal world of disarray. Situated in a Han-ethnic Hong Kong while separated from the Han-origin central-plain culture—which is regarded the origin of orthodox Chinese culture and intelligential—Shaw Brothers fashioned a “new Chinese tradition” through its new Kung Fu genre to re-illustrate a “China on the screen” (Sek Kei 2003) while put- ting transition of rulers and state-regimes aside. It is argued that the core value of Shaw Brothers’ production is neither a purely “mainland China” nor “Hong Kong”, but the pursuit of a so-­ called pan-Sino identity: apolitical and polysemic yet enchanting and entertaining. By saying polysemic, it is said that the visual “China” was actually a Sinophone reference through which Sinic-language population across the world invested their own version of “motherland” and “China nostalgia” to the wide range of represented filmic objects (e.g. architec- tures and costumes). Among various genres of films, films of Huangmei Diao (黃梅調) made the Shaw hallmark. Originating from central China (Huangmei county in Hubei Province) and gaining popularity in Shanghai later, Huangmei Diao was incorporated into film production: realistic filming techniques on top of classical tunes and performance, similar to Broadway classical musical theater. Stories, scripts and figures frequently appearing in Huangmei Diao films included hero/emperor and civilians, wars, emperors and empress, as well as pastoral life in tranquil a hidden world, coupled with series of props and backdrops to symbolically project an ideal “China”. On the one hand, these films cater to the multi-version nostalgic “China dream” among overseas migrants. On the other hand, film, as an artistic form, bears the ideals and emotions of the director—a group of south bound intellectual filmmakers in Shaw Brothers who embrace the laments over the destructed motherland and the mission to resurrect the Chinese cultural root (Chen 2003). Instead of vesting political allusion, films of Shaw Brothers mainly appeal to commercial values through projecting cultural imagery illusion that crosses borders and time, catering to a tremendous size of Sinophone communities out of the CCP-seized mainland China. The strategy and vision of Shaw Brothers, by all means, made it the leading film company and business mogul throughout the 1960s. It is only in Hong Kong and 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 177 in the historical contingency when serious restrictions permeate the indus- try and market in PRC and KMT Taiwan that the “Chinese” films (in terms of filming artistry, language and target audience) of Shaw Brothers could anchor their business on the wide-spread overseas migrant commu- nities and gain phenomenal success without the mainland market. Though being a family-run and centralized business, the Shaw brothers had cultivated a strong sensitivity to the changing environment and mar- ket demand, after having experienced ebbs and flows in different colonial societies such as Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaya. The early success of Tianyi was due to the mass production of Cantonese talkies to cater the large number of emigrants originated from South China. During that period of time, film genres were mostly folklores-based fantasies, produced with high efficiency but average quality. But after the Sino-Japan war, along with the upheavals in mainland China, escape of KMT government, then followed by the closure of CCP-led mainland market and the increas- ingly complicated demographic composition of Sinophone population in Southeast Asia (influx of Mandarin-Chinese-speaking intellectuals and businessmen after the Sino-Japan war instead of the early grassroot hard labors), Shaw Brothers transformed the business model and produced high-quality Mandarin films at a large scale. To a certain extent, Shaw Brothers had played an essential role as a bridge and a “cultural passport” which concretized and consolidated the bondage among Han-ethnic pop- ulation around the world.

Hong Kong and Nanyang: Filmic Imagination and Industrial Networks Hong Kong historian Elizabeth Sinn once commented, “Hong Kong is a window to the world for China, as well as one for the world to look into China. In Hong Kong, the Chinese, the foreign, the new, the old, the orthodox, and the unorthodox are mixed in a melting pot, with various contradictions acting as a catalyst, out of which arises a pluralistic, fluid, exuberant cultural uniqueness” (1995, p.iv). Nanyang, literally meaning ocean at the south, to many people in Hong Kong, Macao and Guangdong, generally refers to Southeast Asian regions such as Malaya, Singapore, Indonesia and so on. This is a region held con- siderable number of Sinophone migration clusters. Though Nanyang throughout the nineteenth-twentieth centuries had experienced radical political transitions, this topic is far beyond the focus of this book. Therefore, 178 K. J. WANG

Nanyang is more a geographical reference than mapping of state formation. If the central-plain culture and Southeast end of Yangtze River mirror the “motherland” and “cultural root” Chinese culture in the views of a large group of southbound intellectuals before and after the WWII, Nanyang, to a large extent, was connected with south China and formed a pan-south- China imagination constituting populations of Cantonese, Hokkein, Teochew and Hakka. Due to natural disasters, feudalist exploitation from landlords and constant social-order disruption caused by thugs and robber- ies, population from two major south Chinese provinces, Fujian and Guangdong, sought better life in foreign lands. According to studies, by 1970, there were already a considerable proportion of Sino-populations in Southeast Asian countries. And these migrants considerably transformed the linguistic scape of the host countries, leading to the formation and expansion of a pan-Sinitic-language sphere in Nanyang (Table 3.4). On the one hand, all under the British colonial rule, the cultural experi- ence (south China-origin cultural practice and colonial memory) among Sino-population in Hong Kong, Macao, Singapore and Malaya was shared in common. On the other hand, while it was a fashion in the 1950s that Hong Kong film stars went overseas for film shooting on location, Nanyang cities were exhibited in a sensual foreign style. In the 1950s, a series of films were shot in Nanyang featuring a wide range of stories about the kinship or

Table 3.4 Population of Sino-population in Southeast Asia in 1970

Country Percentage of Sino-population

Brunei 27.6% Burma 1.6% Cambodia 6.4% Indonesia 2.6% Laos 2% West Malaysia (Malaya peninsular) 36.1% East Malaysia (Sarawak and Sabah) 28.1% Philippines 1.4% East Timor 1% Singapore 74.5% Thailand 10% North Vietnam 1% South Vietnam 5.5%

Source: Mary F. Somers Heidhues, Southeast Asia’s Chinese minorities, p. 3, Longman, Victoria Australia Cited in Lee EH, 2003, History of Southeast Asian Chinese 東南亞華人史, p. 7, Wunan Publisher, Taiwan 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 179 romantic connection between people from other Sinophone-­speaking regions (e.g. the post-war China, Hong Kong and Macao) and Nanyang.14 After over a century’s efforts, previous migrant workers had accumulated wealth and gained decent social-economic status. The diversified demo- graphic migration population, businessman, educator and also grassroot workers, had enriched the filmic representation of this group of population (Law 1992). This group of films, widely circulated in Hong Kong and Southeast Asia, was created by talented Hong Kong filmmakers and per- formed by equally charming Hong Kong stars. The faces of a group of super- stars Patrick Tse Yin, Ka Ling, Kong Suet and a lot more were embedded in minds of generations of overseas Sinophone residents. Argued by Mak (2006) is that the co-constructed imagined community of “Chinese” was full of replacement and displacement. Media scholar Ng Ho (1992) discussed that, despite the bloody migration history of cheap laborers who were sold to Nanyang since the nineteenth century, the Nanyang films instead showcased arresting lifestyles of tranquility, vibrancy and urbanism while the “hardship” images of migrant laborers were over- looked. First of all, the three film moguls in Hong Kong in the 1950s were all south-China-origin businessmen settled down in Southeast Asia: Kong Ngee, MP&GI and Shaw Brothers, who had established their solid busi- ness empire in Nanyang. When the series of Nanyang-related films were shot on location, superior lifestyle and images of benevolent overseas migrants were shown: they were either successful businessmen at the back- drop of modern urban scenic Singapore or hard-working employees who were eventually ascended to final applause. Second, after the early generation of migrant workers started to take root in Nanyang countries, they unified with other Sino-population through sustaining Han-culture education, kinship and business ties—the founding of a particular overseas “Chinese identity” politically differenti- ated from the Chinese government (CCP or KMT-China), while they

14 Grand View: Malaya Love Affair/Malaiya Zhilian 馬來亞之戀 (1954); Cathay: Romance in Singapore/Xingzhou Yanji 星洲艷跡 (1956), The Old Man from Southeast Asia/Nanyang Yabo 南洋亞伯 (1958); Kong Ngee: Blood Saints the Valley of Love/Xueran Xiangsigu 血染 相思谷, She Married an Overseas Chinese/Tangshan Asao 唐山阿嫂, The Whispering Palms/ Yelinyue 椰林月—all in 1957; Shaw Brothers: The Merdeka Bridge/Duliqiao Zhilian 獨立橋 之戀, When Durians Bloom/Liulian Piaoxiang 榴蓮飄香, Bride from Another Town/Guobu Xinniang 過埠新娘—all in 1959. Besides these large studios, other companies also followed this trend, such as Wing Wah film company produced the Amoy language filmLove of Malaya/Malaiya Zhilian 馬來亞之戀 in 1959. 180 K. J. WANG integrated with the local society (e.g. the hybridized language use and culinary culture). It implies a process from identity displacement to replacement. Third, the connection between Hong Kong-Nanyang also epitomized on the human relationship in films. While films seldom tell the stories about non-Sinic Nanyang native people (e.g. Ethnic Indians, Malayans), they tended to only shed lights on Tong Shan Yan (Tangshan ren, 唐山 人)—people from the land later called “China”. The tropical natural scenes and modern urbanity in the Southeast Asia played the role simply as a spectacle to be gazed. In particular, the Tong Shan Yan portrayed in the films were mostly from Hong Kong and Macao, representing a sense of supremacy as stars were usually personified as educators, investors or charity donors. It is understood that, to filmmakers and audience, the imagined “Nanyang-Tong Shan connection” more or less rested on the human connection between Hong Kong/Macao and those residing in Nanyang. Situated in the similar geo-political ambivalence (colonial rule and turbulence in two Chinese governments), people in Hong Kong, Macao, Malaya and Singapore somewhat embraced the similar issue of identity ambivalence and identity seeking (Teo 2006). From the 1950s, this physical (through kinship and business ties) and mental connections and filmic reflections of Nanyang-Hong Kong tales of twin regions were concretized in full blossom.

Hong Kong and Dongyang: Filmic Connections of Japan As counterpart to Nanyang, Dongyang (literally means ocean at the east 東洋) mirrors the region east to the China land, in particular refer- ring to Japan. Besides mirroring Sinophone migrant populations in Nanyang countries, MP&GI as an industrial leader curated a striking breakthrough series: “Hong Kong” trilogy series in cooperation with Japanese Toho company against the backdrop of Cold War. The series included: A Night in Hong Kong/ Xianggang zhi ye 香港之夜 (1961), Star of Hong Kong/Xianggang zhi xing 香港之星(1962) and Honolulu, Tokyo, Hong Kong/Xianggang Dongjing Xiaweiyi 香港.東京.夏威夷 (1963). The sensual and picturesque titles already suggested the inter-territorial imaginations and cross-cultural refer- ences that anchored Hong Kong at the heart of an East Asian cultural allegory. In the context of Cold War with the duel between the United States and the Soviet Union power camps, Hong Kong had also been turned 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 181 into a battlefield of different ideologies. Different from what the British colonial government had practiced in other Southeast Asian cities (e.g. eradication of communist forces in Malaya), the government made acquiescence in Hong Kong to allow cultural products from different camps continue to thrive in this special tiny point where geo-political dynamics intertwined. To the UK government, Hong Kong was the watch tower of CCP-seized China. Since the disruption of Hong Kong-CCP-­ China connection since 1952, the peak of Korean War, Hong Kong film lost its previous CCP-backed venture and market in the mainland, while starting to receive funding from the Southeast Asia and from Dongyang, the countries under protection of the United States. Therefore, having chosen to stand at a side, the film tycoons from Southeast Asia, Shaw Brothers, MP&GI and Kong Ngee belonged to the right camp, the camp of “freedom China” and “anti-communist”. In the mentioned Hong Kong trilogy, Mak (2009) argued that only by situating the films back to the Cold War context we could grasp the inner texture and emotion of the stories and the ideologies conveyed—the fables of Hong Kong’s destiny. In the trilogy, the commonly seen thematic thread included the loss of mother of the heroines, the process of identity search and eventually the anchoring of the identity in Hong Kong instead of China, Japan or Hawaii. These personal stories transparently imply the geo-political status of Hong Kong and the Hong Kong film industry. The latter, after losing its “Chinese mother”, very soon gained its revived sta- tus with assistance from the right camp—the US superpower and other “freedom world” members. Apart from this Hong Kong-Japan remarkable collaborative series, the- aters in Hong Kong and Taiwan also imported a large number of Japanese films during the post-war era. In order to expand the Asian market and to wipe off the war memory, Japan launched the Southeast Asian Film Festival with members from a range of countries/regions, which were either col- ony/former colony or were under the umbrella of the United States (Yau 2010), such as Hong Kong, Taiwan, Malaya, Singapore, Philippines, Indonesia and so on—the so-called free world. Notably, these places were also the frequent locations chosen for overseas film shooting among Hong Kong filmmakers in the post-war era, especially when CCP-control China was mostly shut down doors for cultural exchange amid the non-ceasing political chaos for decades. Specifically, the connection between Hong Kong film industry and Japanese counterparts started from the 1950s, through various forms such 182 K. J. WANG as genre adaptation, film co-production, human resource exchange and outdoor location shooting. The aforementioned film tycoon S. K. Chang and his Hsin Hua film company was the pioneer establishing this East Asian industrial collabora- tion, though intriguingly the collaborative journey was commenced against the backdrop of the Sino-Japanese war. When Shanghai was under seizure of Japanese occupation, S. K. Chang remained in the concession. It was understood that he had no alternative choice but negotiating with Japanese officials who took charge of the film industry in the occupied region (more about S. K. Chang, see Chap. 2), where he met Kawakita Nagamasa, a Japanese film department official. In the Japanese-occupied zone, the “Chinese United Picture”/ Zhong Lian was founded under the control of Wang Jingwei 汪精衛, which resulted from merging the 12 existing film companies in Shanghai. Soon after, S. K. Chang’s Shanghai cinema company, the “Chinese United Picture” and Nagamasa’s “Chinese Film Company” were further conglomerated into a bigger “China Film United”/ Hua Ying. Though after the war, controversies and harsh criti- cism were relentlessly exerted on film production business under such war period and S. K. Chang was doubtlessly labeled committed treason on his own country, film productions under this system in these years receive increasing attention in terms of the artisan contribution and esthetic innovation. More than a hundred pictures were produced by “Zhong Lian” and “Hua Ying” during the Japanese occupation era (Lin 2014). Despite under fervent controversy, Chang and Nagamasa had estab- lished solid friendship during their filmic collaboration in the wartime. To Chang, Nagamasa was more a virtuoso filmmaker than a Japanese official. In 1955, Chang met Kawakita Nagamasa again and kicked off their post-­ war half-century filmic cooperation. At that time, Kawakita Nagamasa already took charge of Toho film company in Japan, the pioneer national film companies in the country. In 1955, their first cooperation was actual- ized in the filmTokyo Interlude/Yingdu Yanji 櫻都艷跡 (1955), shot with a supporting team from Japan including art director, production consulta- tion and technology consultation. Part of the film was shot in Japan assisted by Toho. Following this first attempt, six more co-produced films were launched. Some other smaller scale of Hong Kong-Japan cultural exchange took place in the post-war era as well. In the mid-1950s, Japanese style sing-­ 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 183 song troupe performance (characterized by its erotic and sexual appear- ance) gained wide popularity in Hong Kong, partially due to the Cold War geo-politics that encouraged more coalition among right-camp regions/ countries. In 1956, some small film companies in Hong Kong invited Japanese sing-song troupes to participate in film shooting, mostly in sing-­ song genre/musicals. Some of them were shot in Hong Kong while some even went overseas to follow the steps of the troupes in Ginza and Asakusa (Yu 1997c, p. 69). In the realm of film viewership, in Hong Kong, Japanese films enjoyed a golden age in the 1950s, when master pieces by Akira Kurosawa (黑澤 明) and Kenji Mizoguchi (溝口健二) were screened to Hong Kong audi- ence. Another stream of film genres well received in Hong Kong was the series of B-grade productions in monster and ghost fantasies genres, soft-­ porn and horror, dubbed in Cantonese (Law and Bren 2004, p. 204). Seeing the popularity of Japanese films, the predecessor of Shaw Brothers, Shaw and Sons film company operated by Runde Shaw, took a bold step by inviting Japanese stars to participate in Hong Kong films. He brought in popular Japanese actress Yoshiko Yamaguchi (山口淑子, aka Li Xianglan 李香蘭) to take the lead in Chin Ping Mei/Jinpingmei 金瓶梅 (1955), Madam White Snake/Baishe Zhuan 白蛇傳 (1956) (co-­production by Shaw and Sons and Toho) and The Lady of Mystry/Shenmi Meiren 神秘 美人 (1957). Noteworthy is that, the latter two productions were both directed by Japanese film talents. The Madam White Snake even marked a milestone as being the first color film with special effects in Japan and won a technology prize in the Berlin Film Festival. The special effects of this film were carried out by the Japanese founding father of special effect— Tsuburaya Eiji (圓谷英二). When Run Run Shaw took over the film company and renamed it Shaw Brothers, closer cooperation with Japan was further promoted. More than ten films were shot in Japan, including costume films and fashion films, most of which also featured Japanese film stars. Instead of “getting a sensual exoticism” as previous filmmakers did, filmmakers from Shaw Brothers aimed at learning from Japanese film industry. Besides going to Japan to learn from them, Shaw Brothers also hired Japanese film talents (e.g. more than 30 directors) to Hong Kong, includ- ing Inōe Umetsugu—a productive director capable to produce a large variety of genres, Ko Nakahira (中平康)—an avant-garde artist, Tadashi Nishimoto—a pioneer in color-filming and photographed the successful Love Eterne (1963). This wave of “learning from Japan” by Shaw Brothers 184 K. J. WANG also included field trip to Japan and establishing a special distribution agency in Japan. Since 1960s, popular actresses of Shaw Brothers were already sent to Japan for training in performing arts. Throughout the 1950s and 1970s, Japanese filmmakers were involved in almost all the sectors of film production in Shaw Brothers. This large number of Japanese film pro- fessionals constituted a vital part of Shaw Brother’s strategy to advance filming technologies and heighten international status (Yau 2003a,b; Davis and Yeh 2003; Law and Bren 2004, pp. 223–224, Yau 2010). Following the steps of Shaw Brothers, after Raymond Chow left Shaw Brothers and started the Golden Harvest, which introduced to the indus- try a more flexible independent film production mode, he continued the Hong Kong-Japan collaboration legacy. Tadashi Nishimoto was invited to photograph in Golden Harvest’s Bruce Lee Kung Fu films and Hui brother comic films. As Bruce Lee rapturously raged the world with his breathtaking Kung Fu fighting and conveying of Kung Fu philosophy through skillful limb movements, Japan was without exception among this Kung Fu mania. For the first time, Japanese audience tasted the speed and action from Hong Kong production from the stunning performance by Lee. Japanese television stations even aired Hong Kong Kung Fu films in prime-time programs. The year 1973, exhibiting Enter the Dragon (1973), was marked as the starting point of Hong Kong film in Japanese market (Yau2013 ). A large number of Japanese local films at that time were even named after “dragon” (Leung 2000). As a result, Hong Kong film stars (e.g. Hui brothers, Jackie Chan) and some popular genres (action films) continued to draw wide attention in Japan. In 1983, among the top 20 films in Japan, 4 were Hong Kong action films. In the 1980s, urban action film and comedies by Cinema City dominated Hong Kong film market at that time and the box-­ office hits were also distributed in Japan. Film stars of Cinema City were invited to Japan to attend all sorts of promotional activities (Yeung 2000). It is by no means that we can deny the importance of Run Run Shaw who painstakingly drove the Hong Kong-Japan filmic connection and cultural exchange. Following the steps of S. K. Chang and later the Shaw Brothers, more and more Hong Kong film talents joined force to carry on the cul- tural legacy, cradling the later globally dazzling East Asian cultural circle. In 2015, a Hong Kong film Ten Years/Shi Nian 十年 caught global spotlights. The film, constituted of five episodes directed by five young directors, on the one hand won the Best Film in the 2016 Hong Kong Film Award. On the other hand, due to its “film noir” style, which turned 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 185 out conveying thunderous criticism on CCP’s seamless intervention into Hong Kong’s society, the film was banned from mainstream cinema chains. Despite of controversies, global filmmakers were greatly inspired by this dystopic creation and initiated a global “Ten Years” project. Japan was one of the project members. Produced by Japanese eminent film director Hirokazu Kore-eda (是枝裕和), the Japanese version “Ten Years” was directed by five young talents, depicting how Japanese society would look like in ten years under radical technological change and nuclear crisis. Different from the post-war era, this latest Hong Kong-Japan connection was beyond filmic artistry mutual appreciation but represented a sharing zeitgeist among East Asian young generation—their grave concern about the local society and Asia under change.

Hong Kong-South Korea Connection Collaboration between Hong Kong and South Korea was less eye-­catching than that with Japan. After the turmoil of civil war, film industry of South Korea gradually resurrected in the mid-1950s. While film tycoons in Hong Kong had already established a film empire in Hong Kong and Japan soon recovered from the WWII with assistance from the United States, South Korea was merely an inferior in the East Asia. Instead of exporting human and technological resources, South Korea welcomed opportunities to work with Hong Kong counterparts. After a few successful attempts since 1957, between Performing Arts Company of Korea and Hong Kong film companies, South Korean film- makers were even more eager to collaborate with Hong Kong. Hong Kong-South Korea collaboration became a trend with mostly the Korean side providing the money and Hong Kong providing the professionals. Red Turn the Flowers When Down Come the Showers/Yubu Sahua Huabuhong 雨不灑花花不紅 (1959) made an exemplar of successful investment and pleasant collaboration. It was a Mandarin film produced by a Korean film company and directed by directors from Hong Kong and Japan, shooting in Korea. The Korean company paid most of the produc- tion cost and obtained the screening rights in Korea, while the Hong Kong side provided the casting and acquired the distribution rights for Southeast Asia (Law and Bren 2004, pp. 206–207). Besides intensive collaboration with Japanese film professionals, Shaw Brothers also spotted the potential resources which could be obtained from South Korea in order to better ensure the efficiency of film produc- 186 K. J. WANG tion supplying to its growing cinema network. Less than learning from this collaborator, Run Run Shaw would rather make full use of the well-­ preserved natural scenes and ancient architectures, as well as relatively cheap labors in South Korea. The Last Woman of Shang/Da Ji 妲己 (1964) was a collaborative product, co-starring the leading roles from Hong Kong and South Korea, filmed in Shaw Brothers Clearwater Bay studio. Benefited from the fruitful experience in making costume features from the Korean side, as well as the similar cultural taste shared among of Korean and Hong Kong audience, this blockbuster-scale film was well received in two markets. Shaw Brothers gradually gained confidence and built partnership with South Korean Shin Films. Shaw Brothers employed a number of Korean film talents who directed nine films for the company. Korean film director Chang-Hwa Jeong (鄭昌和) joined Shaw Brothers in the 1960s and directed King Boxer/Tianxia Diyi Quan 天下第一拳 (1972) (American title Five Fingers of Death when distributed in North America). This was the first martial art film known to the European market and screened at mainstream American theater houses, launching the Kung Fu mania in North America in full fledge (Yau 2010; Law and Bren 2004, pp. 221– 222). As mentioned earlier, this film for weeks was even ranked top in the American chart. Actually, almost at the same period of time, Hong Kong and Taiwan martial arts made great hits in South Korea, through swords- men novels and Shaw Brothers martial art films. Chang Cheh and King Hu’s martial art master pieces helped Shaw Brothers win a large audience base in South Korea. This also foregrounded the base of the latter Bruce Lee hits. After Raymond Chow left Shaw Brothers, he continued the Hong Kong-Korea cooperation in Golden Harvest. Directors under the Golden Harvest system were sent to station in South Korea. In a number of co-­ productions, Golden Harvest was responsible for the cost of director, act- ing crew and technicians, while the Korean company provided the accommodation and extras. Hap Ki Do/He Qi Dao 合氣道 (1972), a film shot in South Korea featuring Karate and Hap Ki Do experts from Hong Kong and South Korea, became one of the most popular Asian films in the United States in that year (Law 2013),15 presenting significant threats to Shaw Brothers’ long-standing market share in the overseas markets. In the

15 Another two were The Big Boss starring Bruce Lee by Golden Harvest and the aforemen- tioned King Boxer by Shaw Brothers. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 187 following years, more stunning productions were launched by Golden Harvest, though all were action films, constantly presenting new faces and action creativities to generate visual impact in novelty. The rapturous enthusiasm over Hong Kong action films, by Bruce Lee and later Jackie Chan, was sustained in the 1980s and 1990s. The influx of the New Wave directors in Hong Kong brought to South Korea a new flow of visual enjoyment, with John Woo’s hero “film noir” gangster pic- tures, Ching Siu Tung (程小東)’s ghost fantasies and Wong Kar-wai’s art-­ house films: full of entertaining elements, violent but lyrical martial arts and melodramatic narratives. Though this passion began to decline in 1995 when the imported number of Hong Kong films dropped, but before that, the percentage of Hong Kong films among the total film imported consistently remained between 20% and over 30% since 1987. From then on, the remaining ardor for Hong Kong films became indi- vidualized and stardom/director-oriented. The reasons of this “Hong Kong syndrome” are mainly attributed to the soaring popularity of VHS players among South Korean households and the growing stardom of a group of Hong Kong superstars such as Leslie Cheung who raged the East Asian market. Most importantly, the popularity of Hong Kong films in the 1980s can be attributed to the level of affect: the doomed destiny of peripheral regions assembles those outcasted film heroes, the visual and audio impact led Korean citizens temporarily stay out of the turmoil in the political transition and Hong Kong film offered an outlet of entertainment for anti-Hollywood film invasion (Lee 2006).

Vietnam Market Vietnam shares a long borderline with today’s mainland China, and an established Sinophone migration community has long existed in Vietnam (Table 3.5). Since the 1920s, Cantonese opera troupes already traveled to different provinces and different countries, including Vietnam. Same as the situation in the North America and Malaya, the huge popularity of Cantonese opera followed by constant operatic troupe tour-performance thus facilitated the later film distribution in Vietnamese markets. Almost at the same period as the Shaw family kicked off the cross-­ oceanic film network expansion, Lianhua (Shanghai)’s Hong Kong branch, another prominent film pioneers in the 1930s derived from Hong Kong’s first film company the China Sun, also indirectly commenced the 188 K. J. WANG

Table 3.5 Percentage of different linguistic groups among Sino-population in Southeast Asia in 1950

Country Teochew Hokkien Cantonese Hakka

Burma 1% 40% 25% 8% Thailand 60% 3% 10% 12% Vietnam 30% 8% 45% 10% Cambodia and Laos 60% 7% 20% 4% Malaya 10.9% 28.6% 25.1% 21% Sarawak 8.7% 15.2% 10.6% 31.4% North Brunei (Sabah) 5% 7% 26% 56% Singapore 21.5% 39.6% 21.6% 5.5% Indonesia 8% 47% 12% 21% Philippines 2% 70% 20% 2%

Source: G. William Skinner, 1951, Report on the Chinese in Southeast Asia, Dec. 1950, Data paper no.1, Southeast Asia Project, Cornell University Cited in Lee EH, 2003, History of Southeast Asian Chinese 東南亞華人史, p. 9, Wunan Publisher, Taiwan journey across nation-state borders. A student from Lianhua, son of a wealthy Chinese merchant in Vietnam, set up Guo Lian company (國聯) and made films with Vietnamese subtitles for overseas distribution. In 1938, he established a studio in Saigon (Ho Chi Minh city) and continued the expansion of the Vietnam market (Law and Bren, p. 186). The 1930s was the age that marks not only the first golden age of Cantonese films, but also the inchoation of cross-border co-­ production trend. Parallel to Tianyi and Grand View, another noteworthy film company in the 1930s was Nan Yue (南粵), which was a Cantonese film-oriented production house established in 1935 by Zhu Qingxian 竺清賢. Nan Yue was regarded as the third biggest film company during the pre-war period and was aggressive in terms of expanding the overseas market. They even planned to establish a base in Vietnam, though failed to achieve at the end. Noteworthy is that, a well-known director of Nan Yue, Chan Pei (陳皮) directed a Vietnamese film with the whole group of casting from Vietnam (An Nam). It is regarded as a gesture of internationalization. Afterwards, in 1940, Sun Sing film company shot a Cantonese film calledThe Long Life Princess/Changsheng Gongzhu 長生宮主 (1940) in Vietnam. But the wars in Vietnam in the 1950s caused the ceasing of Vietnam-­ Hong Kong connection. The later withdrawal of Japanese troops in 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 189

Vietnam caused the separation of Vietnam with the north controlled by communist while the south was still under French colonial rule. In 1948, the north Vietnamese government established a film bureau for the pur- pose of propaganda. It was after a few years, in 1954, a Hong Kong citizen named Ng Hwa built a film studio and co-produced a small number of films with Vietnamese (Law 2011).

Philippines Market Among the Southeast Asian markets, Philippines played an important role that it was the major market of Amoy films made in Hong Kong. Taiwan and the Philippines were two territories accommodating the largest amount of Amoy/Hokkein-dialect speaking emigrants who were origi- nated from Fujian province. After the WWII, economy of the Philippines was soon resurrected under the US assistance. Meanwhile, despite of the huge population of overseas Sinophone population in the territories, in the Cold War period, the Philippines government implemented the “local first” policy, which greatly suppressed business of non-Filipino ethnics. While their hometown, Fujian province, was already under siege of the Communist China, that generation of Sinophone businessmen had to seek alternatives to continue their business. It was under such circumstances that Hong Kong was chosen to become this alternative, so that Amoy films were derived. Philippine-based businessmen, Esteban Ngo, who was originated from the Chinatown in Manila, established Sun Kwong film company (新光電 影公司) in Hong Kong and invited musical performers from Fujian to join their film productions. There, Ngo made the first made-in-Hong Kong Amoy filmA Belated Encounter/Xiangfeng Henwan 相逢恨晚 (1948), which was screened in the Philippines (1948) and Taiwan (1950) only. It was from Ngo that later Amoy films were able to be distributed widely in Southeast Asian markets. Following Ngo’s path and gradually adopting the pre-sale system, more financiers laid ventures in this dialect film business and advanced the pros- perity of Amoy film industry in the 1950s–1960s. By mid-1950s, there were at least eight film companies in Hong Kong mainly producing Amoy films. Film business tycoons such as Shaw Brothers also joined the compe- tition to share the Amoy dialect market. Major film studios such as Wadar studio were once occupied by Amoy film production teams (Chung2012 ). 190 K. J. WANG

Though the Amoy film industry only enjoyed 20 years blossom (late 1940s–1960s) and ceased with waves of nation-building projects in Southeast Asian countries, it emerged as a glittering spark in the Cold War Hong Kong. Besides exporting films from Hong Kong to the Philippines market, Hong Kong filmmakers also sought collaboration with the Southeast Asian counterparts. Having learned from the popularity of fantasies from Philippines, Hong Kong filmmakers started cooperation with the Filipino counterparts. Chapman Ho was a businessman who had done business with Filipinos for years. Since the 1950s, cooperation took forms such as Filipino production with Hong Kong investment and co-production between two parties. The first co-produced film wasSanda Wong (aka The Revenge of Sanda Wong)/Shemo Fuchou Ji 蛇魔復仇記 (1955). This film was made into three versions: Mandarin, Cantonese and Tagalog, which were achieved through cooperation between Philippine company Vistan and Hong Kong Min Sheng film company. The film was kicked off in 1955 in Hong Kong Wader studio and was publicly shown in 1956. The director and the main crew were from the Philippines. When the film had its premiere in Manila, the president even appeared to show support. Following this first attempt, a series of snake-theme movies were shown in Hong Kong and gained popularity. Among these productions, some were produced by Hong Kong companies while some by Filipino compa- nies. Sawarak/Sheyao Dao 蛇妖島 (1955) was produced by Jindu film company and shot in the Philippines with a whole casting of Filipino actors. According to Ng Ho (2000), the snake films of Philippines context was a mirror of the white snake legend in Chinese culture, a totem film genre. He argued that the plots about invaders being trapped in precari- ous tropical forests where the snakes and demons live reflected the haunt- ing colony memory, the struggle of decolonialization and highlights of the revenge of Southeast Asia (Ng 2000). Later in 1957, an even greater international cooperation occurred, with filming team members from Hong Kong, Philippines and Japan—The Treasure of General Yamashita/Shanxia Fengwen Baozang 山下奉文寶 藏 (1957). Filmed in color with technical support from Kodak and with Hollywood’s Columbia film company responsible for Southeast Asian dis- tribution, this film was shot in Singapore and Philippines (Law and Bren 2004, pp. 204–205; Yu 1997c). 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 191

Merry Goes Round: Contemporary Co-production in Millenniums Various reasons have been mentioned in previous chapter regarding the ebbs and flows of Hong Kong film production, genre diversity and change of market size. Inevitably, the downturn of Hong Kong local film produc- tion and exportation appeared since the mid-1990s. In the face of Hong Kong film industrial downturn and looming claims that “there will be no Hong Kong film” (Hong Kong Free Press 2018)16 especially in the post-­ CEPA era, anxieties and furies could be identified from both the industry and the academics. People gravely fear of the quickened pace of Hong Kong being merged with mainland China. A dystopia filmTen Years/Shi Nian 十年 (2015) voiced out filmmakers’ solemn worries on the future of Hong Kong society. In the film industry, increasing controversies are vested on the fading of Hong Kong film characteristics following the “invasion” of CEPA-driven co-production films. That said, we could never judge the quality of a film by its funding source only. However, taking “co-production” as a neutral term, a century’s Hong Kong film develop- ment is never free from co-production trend. The elaborative and exten- sive discussion above gave a vivid picture of how Hong Kong cinema has thrived with the never ceased accumulation of financial and human resources in the field. Therefore, in this section, co-production refers to trans-border collaborative works under various industrial schemes: ­Asia-­based and China-based (CEPA). China here refers to the People’s Republic of China, the sovereignty that Hong Kong is under governed.

Pan-Asian Production Facing the historical low tide of Hong Kong film production at the junc- ture of 1997 handover and 1998 Asian financial crisis, a new trend was introduced by filmmakers in the 2000s and was coined by scholars as “pan-Asian cinema”—a convergence of economic, cultural and human resource flows across Asian film industry, to create a pan-Asian market that equates to the Hollywood market (Teo 2008; Davis and Yeh 2008; Lim 2015).

16 Kung fu movie star Jackie Chan has said there is no distinction between Chinese and Hong Kong films anymore during an interview when he attended the People’s Political Consultative Conference in Beijing. 192 K. J. WANG

According to Davis and Yeh, the term “pan-Asian cinema” encom- passes a range of convergence: talent sharing, border-crossing investment, co-production and market consolidation. Another Hong Kong scholar, Chan Ka Ming, coined the series co-production projects “experimental transnationality” (Chan 2011) due to the dynamics generated from largely different industrial cultures of film practitioners of Japan, South Korea and Hong Kong. Under the umbrella of studies on East Asian popular culture, the inter-Asian reference, in terms of Confucius culture, war memory and colonial history, provides the ground of regional empathy. Therefore, the pan-Asian notion embraces both financial and cultural implications. Hong Kong, with its historical reliance on Southeast Asian markets and its long history of border-crossing co-productions dating back to the earli- est period of Hong Kong’s film industry, was well placed to a vista of pan-­ Asian production in response to the decline of its domestic market. From a market-oriented approach, the population of Southeast Asia and East Asia is not less than North America. A film that conquers this pan-Asian market could generate huge profit and thus a Hollywood-scale production could be achieved. Applause Pictures, established by Peter Chan Ho-sun in 2000, led this pan-Asian trend. Three/San Geng 三更 (2002) and Three… Extreme/San Geng II 三更2 (2004) were pan-Asian collaboration of financial and human resources from South Korea, Japan and Hong. The Eye/Jian Gui 見鬼 (2002) was a collaboration between Hong Kong, Singapore and Thailand. These films were inspired by trendy Japanese horror and based on a cultural system of life-death that is shared among Southeast Asia and East Asia. In 2005, another pan-Asian blockbuster was produced by Peter Chan: Perhaps Love/Ruguo Ai 如果愛 (2005). Different from the previous works, this film intentionally includes China factors in order to appeal to a larger market in mainland China. Leading stars included Takeshi Kaneshiro (金城武), a household name across East Asia, Zhou Xun (周 迅), a rising superstar in mainland China, and Ji Jin-hee, a South Korean star who gained huge popularity across East Asia due to his impressive performance in a Korean costume TV drama Dae Janggeum/Da Chang Jin 大長今 (2003). Noteworthy is that, Dae Janggeum was an important element among the rampant Korean Wave that swept Asian world in the 2000s. The theme song of this movie was sung by Jacky Cheung, one of the “heavenly kings” in Hong Kong’s popular song industry, yet another household name across East Asia in the 1990s. In addition, aspiring to internationalize Perhaps Love as a counterpart to Moulin Rouge, Peter Chan 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 193 invited a Bollywood master to take charge of the choreography. From the case of Perhaps Love, it is not difficult to sense the ambition of Hong Kong filmmakers to create a contemporary “Hollywood in the East” or a regional film power that is alternative to the dominant Hollywood world (Yeh 2010). Besides pan-Asian production, Peter Chan long before had spotted the tantamount potential of the mainland Chinese market. Following another significant industrial trend, he was one among the pioneer groups of Hong Kong film talents who successfully opened a vast market to a new kind of Hong Kong film—co-production as we call it in the immediate future. Collaborated with China Film Group, Warner China Film HG Corporation and BONA, three leading film groups in mainland China, Peter Chan directed The Warlords/Touming Zhuang 投名狀 (2007). Based on an ancient Chinese historical incident and featuring three Greater China superstars (Jet Li, Andy Lau and Takeshi Kaneshiro), this blockbuster film was enormously well received in mainland China in term of both the film quality and box office. Noteworthy is that, in a more recent period, heading to south becomes an alternative for filmmakers who are not willing to appeal to or already banned from the “north”—mainland China. In the context of CEPA, on the one hand, monetary resource for filmmaking is widened thanks to the vast mainland market. On the other hand, film contents and even film- making professionals’ political background are suspected to be screened by mainland authorities, shrinking the creativity and liberty which Hong Kong filmmakers used to enjoy. Some filmmakers are even restricted from entering the mainland market due to his/her anti-Chinese Communist Party stance. Chapman To 杜汶澤 is one of the examples. Different from a lot of Hong Kong filmmakers and film stars who heightened media exposure in mainland China, Chapman To established his film company, Dream Moon, based in Malaysia in 2014. Besides, he kicked off his new filming journey in Malaysia by producing Southeast Asia-based film—Let’s Eat/ kai fan la 開飯啦 (2016), a comedy movie celebrating the Lunar Chinese New Year featuring Chapman To himself and a number of popular stars from Hong Kong. As shown from this chapter, cultural and industrial ties between Hong Kong and Southeast Asia have been long established dat- ing back to the pre-war era. Faces of Hong Kong stars and phrases from Hong Kong films are never estranged to Southeast Asian Chinese. However, under the currents of the downturn of film industry, cultural 194 K. J. WANG globalization and long-existing Hollywood market dominance, whether Dream Moon and film works of Chapman To make a new landmark or an industrial gimmick that flops is yet to be seen.

CEPA and Co-production There has been an inevitable “northbound wave” among Hong Kong filmmakers who are driven by the sizable market in mainland China fol- lowing the implementation of CEPA or even earlier than CEPA when mainland China started to initiate a discourse agenda change from “made in China” to “create in China” at the threshold of the millennium. The early trend of this “draining of cultural talents” from Hong Kong to the north could be found among a group of intellectuals: writers, artists and film talents (Chow2017 ). In terms of the film industry, we observe that 100% local production comprises smaller and smaller proportion in the whole market as the number of local productions never exceeds the num- ber of co-production films. Noteworthy is that, production investments that exceed 5 million Hong Kong dollars (per movie) are mostly co-­ production works (Yin and He 2009). Comparatively, filming projects funded or financed by Hong Kong’s Film Development Fund, which starts from 2007, seldom reach beyond 3 million Hong Kong dollars’ investment. According to Film Development Fund, a maximum amount is vested in financing each film production because as a commercial product, film should be largely invested by commercial entities (Li and Xi2016 ). As discussed extensively in the previous chapter, criticism has been vested on co-production works in terms of the political censorship on both film contents and personnel arrangement, blockbusters that only appeal to visual-audio impact but lack of “Hong Kong taste”. Nevertheless, the co-production trend has become a noteworthy and even a significant part in Hong Kong cinema. Its significance rests on not only the controversies it gives birth to, but also a number of landmark works that are produced under the CEPA scheme—backed by sufficient financial resources and the extended network of Greater China talents. Increasingly, other than emphasizing political censorship vested on CEPA-­ based co-productions, scholars unearth different patterns of co-produced films which yield content resilience in-between Chinese taste and Hong Kong cultural mark. In 2010, an exciting news bombarded Hong Kong cinema—Echoes of the Rainbow/Suiyue Shentou 歲月神偷 (2010) directed by Alex Law 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 195

(羅啟銳) and produced by his wife Mabel Cheung 張婉婷 was awarded the Crystal Bear for the Best Film in the Generation Kplus section at the 2010 Berlin Film Festival. Plenty of cultural signifiers are easily detected in the film: music in that age, British-style elite education and amiable neigh- borhood. One of the protagonists, Big Ear, loves collecting antiques, among which a huge Union Jack flag is his favorite. Ostensibly, it symbol- izes a strong nostalgic sensation. This film is understood an epitome of Hong Kong collective memory, while it is actually a Hong Kong-China co-­production backed by Big Pictures, Dadi Media, Hong Kong Film Development Fund and Sky Cosmos, and distributed by Hong Kong Mei Ah Entertainment. In 2016, a co-production blockbuster became box-office champion— The Mermaid/Mei Fen Yu (美人魚). The film was directed by a renowned Hong Kong actor cum director Stephen Chiau, with box-office income of RMB3.4 billion (US$533 million) in mainland China and RMB45 million (US$7 million) in Hong Kong. The Mermaid was a co-production by Chow’s own company in Hong Kong and ventures from Shanghai and Beijing. It is been argued that The Mermaid demonstrates negotiation of localism and reinvention of Chow’s auteurship (Yeh and Chao 2018). The director tried to strike a balance between the Chinese and Hong Kong markets and tastes. The Chinese taste is reflected through casting of Chinese artists, Chinese settings (e.g. police station) and popular slangs from Chinese social media. The localism is unfolded on three levels: visual elements that echo Hong Kong’s uniqueness and the illogical mismatch of historical facts that display the Chow-style humor. The conflicts depicted in the film ironically mirror the political and economic conflicts taking place in Hong Kong “The merpeople’s resistance to elimination and their fight for survival parallels the filmmaker’s ongoing quest to find a way out of the dilemma in the CEPA framework” (Yeh and Chao 2018, p. 12). Ann Hui’s A Simple Life/Tao Jie 桃姐 (2012) was a sensation both in box office and among film critics. This film was a Hong Kong-China ­co- produced, produced by BONA, Focus Films and Sil-Metropole. The film, in a docudrama style, features a touching story of a quasi-mother- son relation between an old housemaid and her young master. On the one hand, by illustrating the northbound career mobility of the leading actor Roger (played by Andy Lau), the director mirrored social reality of and anxiety over the restructuring of Hong Kong’s cultural industry against the backdrop of China rise. On the other hand, about Ah Tao (played by Deannie Ip), the old housemaid who had served Roger’s fam- 196 K. J. WANG

Table 3.6 Box office performance of Hong Kong films

Year Total number of Hong Number of local Number of local Kong films including local production among the production among the production and annual top 10 ten box annual top three box office co-production office Hong Kong films Hong Kong films

2009 51 3 2 2010 54 3 1 2011 56 4 2 2012 53 7 2 2013 42 3 0 2014 51 4 1 2015 59 3 1 2016 61 4 1

Data compiled by the author based on information obtained from Hong Kong Motion Pictures Industry Association (MPIA) ily for over half a century, her life story was featured in a low-key style instead of, as many directors would have done, being inserted in the grand history of Chinese or Hong Kong social development. The reluc- tance to present artificial nostalgic objects inA Simple Life made this work standout. “Made fifteen years after the handover, this self-reflexiv- ity demonstrates an alternative imagination towards Hong Kong’s self- positioning in its relationship to the mainland” (Han 2015, p. 31) (Table 3.6).

Concluding Remarks: Sinophone Hub and Global Influencer People could seldom deny the commercial-driven status quo in Hong Kong as an all-time maritime port city. With neither conspicuous promo- tional nor protectionist policies from the government, Hong Kong film industry had enjoyed over a century’s dynamism with incoming and out- going flows of ventures, infrastructures and personnel. That said, Hong Kong’s role as a Sinophone cultural industrial hub was largely thanked to what I call “historical contingency”: a laissez-faire colony that transited migration flows while situated under the constantly changing Chinese politics and international geo-political dynamics, in which political forces and state government had roles to play. All these changes, along with 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 197 overwhelming commercial forces have shaped today’s Hong Kong film industry. The inception of Hong Kong film industry has already marked its border-­crossing nature: the inflow and outflow of filming resources, the integration of domestic and overseas markets, the meeting of tal- ents from multiple directions. Hong Kong, with 1104 square kilome- ters and no more than 10 million citizens, for a long time has heavily relied on overseas markets to keep the film industry thriving (Table 3.7 and Fig. 3.3), and thus, turning this tiny port city into a hub of Sinophone film production and distribution. When steamships trans- ported millions of hard labor forces to the new worlds, they at the same time helped the building of different Sinophone communities on for- eign lands. These communities were later turned into wide-extended nodes to receive and to reproduce Sinophone cultural products of mul- tiple kinds. Amid this long-running trans-border population and cul- tural journey, Hong Kong was a meeting place of cheap labors, cultural workers and venture seekers. Films of various languages and genres were made possible on this land, ironically thanks to colonial govern- ment’s indifference to the use of language compared to KMT’s strin- gent Mandarin-centered national language unification. Therefore, in addition to producing Cantonese cultural products that were familiar to the sizable Cantonese-migration community around the world, Hong Kong had also been the base of producing films in other Sinic- languages to meet the need of other migration communities. This meeting-place status lasted long enough, in the later age, to receive activists embracing “red-China” and “freedom China”, as well as sojourners, adventurers and dreamers who were attracted by the city’s all-time kaleidoscopic hybridity. This “Hong Kong taste” encountered its breakthrough in the 1970s when Bruce Lee brought Kung Fu to the world. This Kung Fu hallmark is by all means made in Hong Kong. The universal film language of “action” expressed through the made-in-Hong Kong Kung Fu thus became a unique “idea” acclaimed by international filmmakers (Pang 2006). In the heyday of Hong Kong film production, the late 1970s and early 1990s, Hong Kong once exported films to 90 countries, covering almost all continents (Table 3.7). It was the vision and ambition of Hong Kong film talents that made the miracle—Hong Kong as a global influencer. The Kung Fu mania 198 K. J. WANG

Table 3.7 A general picture of domestic exportation of Hong Kong exposed and developed films over and less than 35 mm in width (measured in quantity and value)

Year Importation Exportation Countries Exported Million Million Million Million Million Million HKD USD meter HKD USD meter

1980 33.29 4.29 17.00 76.03 9.80 30.09 90 1981 34.20 4.41 15.04 85.14 10.97 33.47 90 1982 36.23 4.67 15.91 83.50 10.76 28.74 68 1983 43.75 5.64 16.34 78.68 10.14 25.66 83 1984 42.73 5.51 15.66 62.24 8.02 24.69 77 1985 33.44 4.31 12.38 51.33 6.61 22.31 68 1986 40.32 5.20 15.08 54.49 7.02 22.17 65 1987 50.15 6.46 15.93 57.37 7.39 23.46 65 1988 52.54 6.77 16.92 83.99 10.82 35.11 61 1989 45.51 5.86 15.03 123.14 15.87 35.82 51 1990 41.84 5.39 23.21 102.91 13.26 84.35 49 1991 29.59 3.81 14.07 104.82 13.51 37.63 39 1992 34.2 4.41 18.98 108.5 13.98 38.83 38 1993 35.06 4.52 12.35 117.12 15.09 37.22 45 1994 30.2 3.89 50.43 82.31 10.61 27.85 35 1995 29.81 3.84 11.54 67.78 8.73 26.2 31 1996 20.22 2.61 6.69 49.02 6.32 18.15 29 1997 21.76 2.80 7.17 34.35 4.43 14.51 25 1998 13.44 1.73 5.35 22.55 2.91 7.64 17 1999 21.52 2.77 8.7 19.04 2.45 8.43 25 2000 19.52 2.52 12.88 18.11 2.33 7.22 29 2001 15.47 1.99 10.17 18.13 2.34 4.78 24 2002 18.78 2.42 17.1 23.46 3.02 9.18 20 2003 14.68 1.89 14.33 26.87 3.46 4.31 20 2004 19.93 2.57 16.35 27.15 3.50 3.44 19 2005 15.07 1.94 16.93 18.44 2.38 2.41 19 2006 15.65 2.02 15.71 11.34 1.46 2.92 16 2007 18.35 2.36 18.24 21.36 2.75 2.88 16 2008 17.59 2.27 12.4 21.08 2.72 2.35 10 2009 14.2 1.83 8.78 22.8 2.94 3.66 10 2010 10.29 1.33 9.07 27.13 3.50 9.97 10

Note: (1) Quantities and values refer to motion picture film exposed and developed, less or over 35 mm in width. (2) Since the 2000s, film production has increasingly relied on digital medium instead of film reels. Therefore, data of exposed and developed film importation and exportation tend not to show a full picture since the 2000s. In the year 2016, films are only exported to one country: Thailand Data of period 1980–1992 is derived from Grace Leung Lai-kuen, 1993, the evolution of Hong Kong as a regional movie production and export center. MPhil thesis, Chinese University of Hong Kong, pp. 29–30. Data of period 1993–2010 is provided by the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. http://www.censtatd.gov.hk/hkstat/sub/sp230_tc. jsp?productCode=B1020003 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 199

90.00 80.00 70.00 60.00 50.00 40.00 30.00 20.00 10.00 0.00 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

Value (million USD) Quantity (million meter)

Fig. 3.3 A general picture of domestic exportation of Hong Kong exposed and developed films over and less than 35 mm in width (measured in quantity and value). (Data of period 1980–1992 is derived from Leung GL, 1993, the evolu- tion of Hong Kong as a regional movie production and export center. MPhil thesis, Chinese University of Hong Kong, pp. 29–30; Data of period 1993–2010 is provided by the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. http://www.censtatd.gov.hk/hkstat/sub/ sp230_tc.jsp?productCode=B1020003) around the world later inspired the film Kill Bill (2003), a film that trib- ute to Bruce Lee’s Kung Fu legend. The Kung Fu heritage also contrib- uted to the success of Stephen Chiau’s Shaolin Soccer/Shaolin Zuqiu 少林 足球 (2001). Hong Kong melodrama or comics, though extremely popu- lar in East Asia (e.g. Stephen Chiau’s comic series) are seldom attractive to Western markets due to the linguistic and cultural gaps. However, the Kung Fu elements in this film made it globally appealing. To a large extent, commented by Pang (2006), this type of film expression even contributed to a distinctive pan-Asian cinema identity that distinguishes from the Hollywood (p. 52). Other Hong Kong-unique elements were appealing to global markets as well, such as the story of The Departed (2006) was adopted from Hong Kong. Not to mention the globally acclaimed names of film directors and stars who are also made in Hong Kong. 200 K. J. WANG

Table 3.8 Imports and Exports of Videotapes, Laser Disks and Other Compact Disks (HKD)

Year Imports Total exports Domestic exports Re-exports

1996 593,421,000 230,426,000 46,956,000 183,470,000 1997 627,318,000 215,732,000 69,397,000 146,335,000 1998 353,037,000 380,506,000 234,172,000 146,334,000 1999 409,036,000 862,199,000 541,451,000 320,749,000 2000 346,642,000 1,249,920,000 889,773,000 360,147,000 2001 551,071,000 1,441,281,000 782,490,000 658,791,000 2002 577,000,000 1,030,000,000 582,000,000 448,000,000 2003 831,000,000 1,052,000,000 437,000,000 614,000,000 2004 738,000,000 1,074,000,000 332,000,000 743,000,000 2005 815,000,000 972,000,000 282,000,000 690,000,000 2006 1,127,000,000 1,427,000,000 465,000,000 962,000,000 2007 342,000,000 536,000,000 351,000,000 185,000,000 2008 296,000,000 503,000,000 301,000,000 203,000,000 2009 249,000,000 339,000,000 204,000,000 135,000,000 2010 194,000,000 285,000,000 125,000,000 159,000,000 2011 245,000,000 288,000,000 127,000,000 162,000,000 2012 143,000,000 206,000,000 103,000,000 103,000,000 2013 139,000,000 412,000,000 92,000,000 320,000,000 2014 158,000,000 551,000,000 108,000,000 444,000,000 2015 107,000,000 154,000,000 78,000,000 81,000,000

Note: Contents of the videotapes include film, television and other relevant images. Data collected from annual reports prepared by the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

With little doubt, in terms of the industrial production, the situation of Hong Kong film exportation (domestic product exportation) has been declining since the mid-1990s in terms of both quantity and values exported to overseas regions, coupled with the downturn of the whole production industry. This general trend is measured according to indus- trial statistical records of exposed and developed films as well as video disks (Table 3.8).17 However, if we break down the whole plate and gauge the phenome- non in different lens, the story becomes more complicated. Other than

17 Note that the statistical record of this item includes films and other entertainment and educational contents, so that the figure could not show a precise picture of the film industry. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 201

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

Quantity (km) Value (thousand HKD)

Fig. 3.4 Re-export of exposed or developed film over and less than 35 mm in width. (Data is provided by the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region) repeating the same tragic story, there are still rooms for further explora- tion. From the chart that shows the trend of film re-exportation, we can see the trend is not as single-direction as the situation of domestic expor- tation. Two points in the time frame: 2003 and 2010 show a positive sign in terms of both exported quantity and value. Moreover, interestingly, the trend of the general re-export is consistent with the shape of re-export to mainland China (Figs. 3.4 and 3.5). Without substantial data available, a wild guess is that Hong Kong still plays an important role as a re-­ ­exportation hub of international movies to mainland China. Following the steps of different forms of Hong Kong-mainland collaboration since the late 1970s, the total export of Hong Kong films (re-export and domestic export) to mainland China has increasingly constituted an important part in the film industry. The change of major buyers of Hong Kong films offers hints for fur- ther consideration. Southeast Asian countries continue serving as the 202 K. J. WANG

14000

12000

10000

8000

6000

4000

2000

0 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Quantity Value

Fig. 3.5 Re-export of exposed or developed film over and less than 35 mm in width destination to mainland China. (Data is provided by the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region) major buyers of Hong Kong films, especially purchase of films from Indonesia, Taiwan and Thailand (Table 3.9 and 3.10). It is consistent with the previous discussion that Taiwan and Hong Kong have estab- lished close collaboration dating back to the 1950s, since when Hong Kong films dominated Taiwan’s market due to the Cold War politi- cal forces. A lot more puzzles remain, empirically and methodologically. During the extensive survey process, it is surprising to discover the serious lack of valid data from different governments in terms of the number of screening films, importation and exportation trends. Data available for scrupulous examination is derived from existing literatures and provided by commer- cially operated professional associations, and the quality of data varies dra- matically. How to record and archive data comprehensively regarding the film industrial development, which has played a vital role in making vari- ous social cultures, is of crucial importance to public policymakers. As nowadays digital filming has dominated the film industry, updated meth- odology on industrial research is of top priority. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 203

Table 3.9 Changes of major buyers of Hong Kong domestic exported films (values of films exported to different countries)

1954 Taiwan Malaya (22.8%) US (11.4%) Thailand Indonesia (29.5%) (8.3%) (7.3%) 1956 Malaya Indo-China Taiwan Thailand US (7.6%) (28.6%) (19.1%) (19.7%) (7.9%) 1958 Taiwan UK (20.3%) Malaya Thailand US (5.9%) (20.5%) (14.5%) (9.3%) 1960 Malaya Thailand UK (18.6%) US (13.2%) Japan (4.1%) (22.6%) (20.9%) 1962 UK (29.6%) Thailand Malaya US (10.1%) Japan (7.5%) (17.1%) (16.3%) 1964 Singapore Thailand US (16.2%) Japan (11.5%) Taiwan (6.7%) (22.7%) (26.3%) 1966 US (24.8%) Japan (23.6%) Singapore Thailand Taiwan (7.5%) (21.8%) (12.4%) 1968 Singapore US (18.5%) Indonesia Thailand Taiwan (24.2%) (12.9%) (12.5%) (11.9%) 1970 Singapore Taiwan US (15.9%) Thailand Indonesia (27.4%) (17.2%) (10.0%) (9.3%) 1972 Singapore Vietnam (13%) KHMER Taiwan (8.2%) US (8%) (23%) (12.4%) 1974 Indonesia Malaysia Vietnam US (7.5%) Singapore (14.8%) (8.4%) (7.8%) (7.5%) 1976 Indonesia Malaysia (11%) US (10.9%) Singapore Taiwan (6.9%) (17.3%) (10.1%) 1978 Singapore Malaysia Indonesia Taiwan (8.6%) Nigeria (5.2%) (13.9%) (12.9%) (12.8%) 1980 Indonesia Malaysia (12%) Taiwan (12%) Singapore Thailand (21%) (8.6%) (8.2%) 1982 Indonesia Taiwan US (9.5%) Malaysia Singapore (22.7%) (10.6%) (8.7%) (8.3%) 1984 Taiwan Indonesia Malaysia Singapore Thailand (21.9%) (15.9%) (8.2%) (9.3%) (7.5%) 1986 Taiwan Indonesia Malaysia (11%) Singapore Thailand (28.7%) (21.4%) (10.3%) (5.2%) 1988 Taiwan Indonesia S Korea Malaysia Singapore (24.9%) (13%) (10.3%) (9.1%) (6.3%) 1990 Taiwan S Korea Indonesia Singapore Thailand (33.7%) (12.8%) (11.7%) (9.7%) (8.9%) 1992 Taiwan S Korea Malaysia Singapore Indonesia (36%) (11.5%) (7.8%) (7.8%) (7.4%) 1993 Taiwan S Korea Malaysia (11%) Indonesia Singapore (38.17%) (16.11%) (9.75%) (9.54%) 1994 Taiwan Malaysia (15%) Singapore Indonesia Thailand (32.5%) (10.8%) (10.5%) (9.3%)

(continued) 204 K. J. WANG

Table 3.9 (continued)

1995 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Thailand (29.9%) (18.6%) (9.5%) (9.1%) (6.3%) 1996 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Thailand (27.5%) (20.48%) (12.67%) (12.28%) (4.27%) 1997 Taiwan Singapore Malaysia Thailand USA (5.49%) (25.34%) (19.81%) (17.87%) (10.42%) 1998 Thailand Malaysia Singapore Taiwan Philippines (19.47%) (18.63%) (18.56%) (18.42%) (2.92%) 1999 Taiwan Thailand Singapore Malaysia S.Korea (23.65%) (19.78%) (15.12%) (10.69%) (10.01%) 2000 Thailand Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China (30.46%) (16.42%) (13.67%) (10.48%) (8.35%) 2001 Thailand Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China (50.15%) (8.76%) (8.08%) (7.8%) (7.71%) 2002 Thailand M.China Taiwan Singapore Malaysia (79.17%) (40.1%) (21.5%) (8.46%) (8.29%) 2003 Thailand Taiwan M.China Malaysia Australia (66.78%) (12.1%) (6.35%) (3.88%) (2.96%) 2004 Thailand Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China (44.56%) (38.7%) (3.74%) (3.1%) (2.91%) 2005 Thailand Malaysia Singapore Taiwan (3.6%) M.China (74.14%) (7.43%) (5.35%) (2.05%) 2006 Thailand Malaysia Singapore M.China Taiwan (75.33%) (6.59%) (3.85%) (3.47%) (2.21%) 2007 Thailand Taiwan M.China Malaysia Singapore (45.22%) (42.51%) (3.67%) (3.09%) (1.59%) 2008 Taiwan Thailand M.China Malaysia Singapore (45.4%) (39.92%) (10.44%) (2.40%) (0.74%) 2009 Taiwan Thailand M.China Malaysia Singapore (40.44%) (37.8%) (13.18%) (4.19%) (2.94%) 2010 Taiwan Thailand Singapore M.China Malaysia (56.24%) (33.18%) (4.39%) (3.6%) (2.03%) 2011 Taiwan Thailand M.China Malaysia Singapore (65.57%) (27.17%) (3.83%) (2.93%) (0.13%) 2012 Thailand Malaysia Taiwan M.China Singapore (81.17%) (11.80%) (3.43%) (2.35%) (1.02%) 2013 Thailand others less than 3% (97.89%) 2014 Thailand others less than 2% (97.99%)

Data of 1954–1995, except for 1993, derived from Chan JM and Leung GL, 1997, “Hong Kong cinema and its overseas market: A historical review, 1950–1995”, in Fifty Years of Electric Shadows, Hong Kong: The Urban Council of Hong Kong. p. 151 Data of 1993, 1996–2016 collected from the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. http://www.censtatd.gov.hk/hkstat/sub/sp230_tc. jsp?productCode=B1020003 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 205

Table 3.10 Changes of major buyers of Hong Kong domestic exported films (values and quantities of films exported to different countries)

1993 Taiwan S Korea Malaysia Indonesia Singapore (value) (38.17%) (16.11%) (11%) (9.75%) (9.54%) 1993 Taiwan Malaysia Indonesia Singapore S.Korea (quantity) (43.84%) (13.94%) (10.98%) (9.29%) (4.73%) 1994 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Thailand (32.5%) (15%) (10.8%) (10.5%) (9.3%) 1994 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore S.Korea Philippines (38.86%) (17.43%) (11.57%) (4.98%) (4.2%) 1995 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Thailand (29.9%) (18.6%) (9.5%) (9.1%) (6.3%) 1995 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Philippines (36.2%) (22.45%) (9.85%) (8.98%) (3.76%) 1996 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Thailand (27.5%) (20.48%) (12.67%) (12.28%) (4.27%) 1996 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore Indonesia Philippines (31.17%) (27.19%) (14.35%) (12.41%) (2.79%) 1997 Taiwan Singapore Malaysia Thailand USA (5.49%) (25.34%) (19.81%) (17.87%) (10.42%) 1997 Taiwan Singapore Malaysia Indonesia S.Korea (38.39%) (24.52%) (19.91%) (3.58%) (2.29%) 1998 Thailand Malaysia Singapore Taiwan Philippines (19.47%) (18.63%) (18.56%) (18.42%) (2.92%) 1998 Malaysia Singapore Taiwan S.Korea Philippines (28.41%) (22.17%) (20.65%) (6.08%) (4.17%) 1999 Taiwan Thailand Singapore Malaysia S.Korea (23.65%) (19.78%) (15.12%) (10.69%) (10.01%) 1999 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore S.Korea Philippines (41.19%) (14.18%) (14.05%) (5.73%) (5.71%) 2000 Thailand Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China (30.46%) (16.42%) (13.67%) (10.48%) (8.35%) 2000 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore S.Korea Canada (32.81%) (18.91%) (14.46%) (5.14%) (4.32%) 2001 Thailand Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China (50.15%) (8.76%) (8.08%) (7.8%) (7.71%) 2001 Philippines Malaysia Taiwan Singapore Thailand (24.1%) (16.75%) (16.61%) (15.44%) (7.89%) 2002 Thailand M.China Taiwan Singapore Malaysia (79.17%) (40.1%) (21.5%) (8.46%) (8.29%) 2002 Taiwan M.China Malaysia Singapore Philippines (34.77%) (31.5%) (11.33%) (9.88%) (2.24%) 2003 Thailand Taiwan M.China Malaysia Australia (66.78%) (12.1%) (6.35%) (3.88%) (2.96%) 2003 Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China Philippines (34.54%) (22.55%) (14.28%) (9.34%) (4.94%)

(continued) 206 K. J. WANG

Table 3.10 (continued) 2004 Thailand Taiwan Malaysia Singapore M.China (44.56%) (38.7%) (3.74%) (3.1%) (2.91%) 2004 Malaysia Taiwan Singapore M.China Philippines (28.25%) (25.64%) (22.85%) (6.27%) (4.38%) 2005 Thailand Malaysia Singapore Taiwan M.China (74.14%) (7.43%) (5.35%) (3.6%) (2.05%) 2005 Malaysia Singapore Taiwan Philippines M.China (29.85%) (23.74%) (12.43%) (7.48%) (5.95%) 2006 Thailand Malaysia Singapore M.China Taiwan (75.33%) (6.59%) (3.85%) (3.47%) (2.21%) 2006 Malaysia Taiwan Singapore Thailand M.China (31.58%) (17.81%) (17.33%) (14.04%) (7.47%) 2007 Thailand Taiwan M.China Malaysia Singapore (45.22%) (42.51%) (3.67%) (3.09%) (1.59%) 2007 M.China Malaysia Thailand Singapore Taiwan (27.29%) (16.22%) (14.48%) (11.81%) (10.56%) 2008 Taiwan Thailand M.China Malaysia Singapore (45.4%) (39.92%) (10.44%) (2.40%) (0.74%) 2008 Malaysia Taiwan M.China Singapore Thailand (34.33%) (27.52%) (20.42%) (10.17%) (1.96%) 2009 Taiwan Thailand M.China Malaysia Singapore (40.44%) (37.8%) (13.18%) (4.19%) (2.94%) 2009 M.China Malaysia Taiwan Singapore Thailand (51.9%) (25.32%) (10.13%) (5.05%) (1.48%) 2010 Taiwan Thailand Singapore M.China Malaysia (56.24%) (33.18%) (4.39%) (3.6%) (2.03%) 2010 Taiwan M.China Malaysia Singapore Indonesia (35.75%) (31.61%) (23.67%) (5.66%) (1.20%) 2011 Taiwan Thailand M.China Malaysia Singapore (65.57%) (27.17%) (3.83%) (2.93%) (0.13%) 2011 Malaysia M.China Taiwan Thailand Singapore (86.14%) (10.05%) (2.81%) (0.38%) (0.12%) 2012 Thailand Malaysia Taiwan M.China Singapore (81.17%) (11.80%) (3.43%) (2.35%) (1.02%) 2012 Malaysia M.China Thailand Taiwan Singapore (76.07%) (18.43%) (1.98%) (1.89%) (1.28%) 2013 Thailand others less than 3% (97.89%) 2013 Malaysia M.China Thailand / / (57.62%) (36.33%) (4.38%) 2014 Thailand others less than 2% (97.99%) 2014 M.China Thailand Taiwan / / (90.38%) (8.25%) (1.37%)

(continued) 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 207

Table 3.10 (continued)

2015 Thailand others less than 2% (99.97%) 2015 M.China Thailand / / / (33.33%) (66.67%)

Note: (1) Data in shaded areas refers to quantities of films exported to different countries. (2) Data in unshaded areas refers to values of films exported to different countries. (3) Films measured include exposed and developed films over and less than 35 mm width Data is collected from the Census and Statistics Department, The Government of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and calculated by the author. http://www.censtatd.gov.hk/hkstat/sub/sp230_tc. jsp?productCode=B1020003

Discussion Questions

1. Once upon a time in political turbulence, Hong Kong was the “orphan’s paradise” of Chinese cinema. A large group of film professionals actively producing films in Hong Kong are from mainland China. After 2003, CEPA facilitates the trend of co-­ production. How to evaluate the role of Hong Kong in the gen- eral development of Chinese film industry? How to distinguish Chinese cinema and Hong Kong cinema? 2. From this chapter, we could tell Hong Kong’s long history co-­ production films, since the nascence of its film industry. In Hollywood and Europe, co-production is one of the most com- mon filming practices that garners the best resource and accom- modates to a wider market. However, the introduction of CEPA in 2003 has triggered disputes in the industry and among mass audience. How do we re-examine co-production? What are the pros and cons of co-production? 3. Pan-Asian production is regarded one of the alternatives out of the CEPA scheme that Hong Kong filmmakers can sought to expand the currently shrinking market. Despite a number of successful cases, pan-Asian filmmaking inexorably faces organizational and social cul- tural gaps, as well as language difference. Moreover, the rise of national film industries in different neighbor countries, e.g. South Korea, Philippines and Thailand, further leads to a de-centralized Asian market. How to evaluate the present and future of pan-Asian co-production? When Hong Kong filmmakers plan pan-Asian co- productions, what strategies do you think suitable and feasible? 208 K. J. WANG

References Bordwell, D 2000, Planet Hong Kong: Popular cinema and the art of entertain- ment. Harvard University Press, MA. Bren, F 2000, ‘Notes on Australasia’, in The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Border Crossings in Hong Kong Cinema (跨界的香港電影節), pp. 62–81, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Chan, KM 2011, Crossing the transnational Hong Kong cinema co-production – Production culture, policy, business, and individual practitioners, PhD Dissertation, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Chang, KH 1990, ‘Annex III: Mode of operation of the Asian Film Company (亞 洲公司的製作方針)’, in The 14th Hong Kong International Film Festival: The China Factor in Hong Kong Cinema (香港電影的中國脈絡), pp. 118–120, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Chen, E 2003, ‘Musical China, classical impression: A preliminary study of Shaw’s Huangmei Diao film (絲竹中國 古典印象-邵氏黃梅調電影初探)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The Shaw screen: A preliminary study 邵氏電影初探, pp. 43–61, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Chen, JB 1979, ‘The influx of Chinese intellectuals and literati in the 1930s and their film work in Hong Kong 南來文藝工作者在香港的電影活動( : 1938– 1942)’, in Hong Kong Cinema Survey 1946–1968 (戰後香港電影回顧: 1946– 1968), pp. 72–83, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Chen, YF 2011, The constructing and changing Hong Kong through the Taiwanese cult following’s eyes (觀影之城-­台灣香港電影狂熱者建構的電影城 市印象與轉型). Master thesis, Graduate Institute of Building and Planning, National Taiwan University. Cheng, WH 2001, Management system of Taiwan post-war film industry (1950– 1970) (戰後台灣電影管理體系之研究), Master thesis, Department of History, National Central University. Chiu, WK & Shin, KW 2014, ‘The cross-strait political differences and cultural integration: The role of Sil-Metropole in Chinese film industry 兩岸三地的政( 治差異與文化經濟的融合 – 銀都在華語電影產業鏈的角色)’, in WK Chiu, TL Lui & SS Yung (Eds.), Embrace the nation: Left camp movements in Hong Kong (胸懷祖國:香港愛國左派運動), pp. 169–196, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. Chow, YF 2017, ‘Hong Kong creative workers in mainland China: The aspira- tional, the precarious, and the ethical’, China Information, vol. 31, no. 1, pp. 43–62. Chung, PYS 2003, ‘The industrial evolution of a fraternal enterprise: The Shaw Brothers and the Shaw Organisation (兄弟企業的工業轉變– 邵氏兄弟和邵氏 機構)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The Shaw screen: A preliminary study (邵氏電影初 探), pp. 1–13, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong; 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 209

Chung, PYS 2011a, Hundred-year of Hong Kong Film Industry (香港影視業百 年), Joint Publishing Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Chung, PYS 2011b, ‘Connect Shanghai, Hong Kong and Singapore: The story of Shaw Brothers (1920s–1950s) (連接上海、香港和新加坡:邵氏兄弟的故事)’. In EYY Yeh (ed.), Rethinking Chinese film industry: New methods, new histories (華語電影工業:新歷史與新方法), Peking University Press, Beijing China. Chung, PYS 2012, ‘Hokkienese overseas network and Amoy film industry 閩僑( 的海外網絡與廈語電影業)’, in M Ng (ed.), The Amoy-dialect films of Hong Kong (香港廈語電影訪蹤), pp. 50–61, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Curry, R 2008, ‘Bridging the Pacific withLove Eterne’, in PS Fu (ed.), China for- ever: The Shaw Brothers and diasporic cinema, pp. 174–198, University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago. Davis, DW & Yeh, EYY 2003, ‘Inoue at Shaws: The Wellspring of Youth (青春の 泉:井上梅次的邵氏電影)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The Shaw screen: A preliminary study (邵氏電影初探), pp. 211–223, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong Davis, DW & Yeh, EYY 2008, East Asian screen industries, BFI, London. Desser, D 2000, ‘Kung Fu mania: The first wave of Hong Kong film invasion in the U.S. (功夫狂熱: 美國第一次港產片浪潮)’, in The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Border Crossings in Hong Kong Cinema (跨界的香港電影節), pp. 52–61, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Desser, D 2005, ‘Fists of legend: Constructing Chinese identity in the Hong Kong cinema’, in S Lu and EYY Yeh (eds.), Chinese-language film: Historiography, poetics, politics, pp. 280–297, University of Hawai’i Press, Honolulu. Fan, V 2010, ‘New York Chinatown theatres under the Hong Kong circuit sys- tem’, Film History, vol. 22, no.1, pp. 108–126. Feng, CS 2003, ‘Interpreting the rise and “decline” of HK film industry (香港電 影工業的中國背景:以台灣為對照), Chung Wai Literary Quarterly 中外文學, vol. 376, pp. 87–111. Fonoroff, P 1997, Silver Light: A pictorial history of Hong Kong cinema 1920– 1970, Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Fu, PS 2000, ‘Going global: A cultural history of the Shaw Brothers Studio, 1960–1970 (邵氏邁向國際的文化史)’, in The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Border Crossings in Hong Kong Cinema (跨界的香港電影節), pp. 36–51, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Fu, PS 2003, Between Shanghai and Hong Kong: The politics of Chinese cinemas. Stanford University Press, California. Fu, PS 2011, ‘China in imagination: Films of Shaw Brothers (想像中國:邵氏電 影)’, in PS Fu & H Liu (Eds.), China in Hong Kong: Films of Shaw Brothers (香 港的「中國」:邵氏電影), pp. 3–26, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. 210 K. J. WANG

Han, L 2015, ‘Alternative locality: Geopolitics and cultural identity in Ann Hui’s A Simple Life’, Asian Cinema, vol. 26, no. 1, pp. 23–41. Heffernan, K 2005, ‘Story of twin theater: Palace Theater, Canal Theater and New York Chinatown in 1970s’, in KC Lo & KW Man (ed.). Age of hybridity: Cultural identity, gender, everyday life practice and Hong Kong cinema of the 1970s (雜嘜時代), pp. 115–121, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. Hong Kong Free Press 2018, March 8, No distinction between Chinese and Hong Kong films anymore, says actor Jackie Chan, accessed viahttps://goo.gl/1zTbir Hong Kong Film Archives (HKFA) 2000, ‘Tong Yuejuan: The best of times in Hsin Hwa’, in Monographs of Hong Kong Film Veterans (1) – Hong Kong Here I Come (南來影人), pp. 26–43, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong; Hu, K 2000, ‘Hong Kong cinema in the Chinese Mainland (1949–1979) 香港電 影在中國內地’, in The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Border Crossings in Hong Kong Cinema (跨界的香港電 影節), pp. 12–25, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Hu, K 1997, ‘The Influence of Hong Kong Cinema on Mainland China (1980– 1996) (香港電影對大陸的影響)’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Fifty Years of Electric Shadows (光 影繽紛五十年), pp. 164–178, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Li, SL 2001, ‘Kung Fu: Negotiating nationalism and modernity’, Cultural Studies, vol. 15, no. 3/4, 515–542. Jiang, SZ 2014, ‘The spread of Hong Kong films in mainland during 1980s and 1990s (20世紀八九十年代香港電影在內地的傳播)’, in Journal of Guangdong Radio and TV University 廣東廣播電視大學學報, vol 23, no. 4, pp. 55–59. Jones, A 2001, Yellow music: Media culture and colonial modernity in the Chinese Jazz age. Duke University Press, North Carolina. Law, K 1990, ‘The shadow of tradition and the left-right struggle (傳統陰影下的 左右分家)’, in The 14th Hong Kong International Film Festival: The China Factor in Hong Kong Cinema (香港電影的中國脈絡), pp. 10–20, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Law, K 1992, ‘The overseas experience of Hong Kong films (香港電影的海外經 驗)’, in The 16th Hong Kong International Film Festival – Overseas Chinese Figures in Cinema (電影中的海外華人形象), pp. 15–21, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Law, K & Bren, F 2004, Hong Kong Cinema – A cross cultural view, The Scarecrow Press, Lanham, Maryland and Oxford, UK. Law, K 2011, ‘The bone and flesh, character and charisma of Vietnamese films越 ( 南電影的骨肉與氣韻)’, Hong Kong Film Critics Society, access via http:// www.filmcritics.org.hk/node/963 Law, K 2013, ‘Golden Harvest’s outreach strategy and competitive fronts in Thailand and Korea during its early years (嘉禾創業期的外展戰略和在泰韓兩 國的戰線)’, in F Po & Y Lau (eds.), Golden Harvest: Leading change in chang- 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 211

ing times (乘風變化──嘉禾電影研究), pp. 50–61, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Lee, HS 2006, ‘Peripherals encounter: The Hong Kong film syndrome in South Korea’, Discourse, vol. 28, no. 2&3, pp. 98–113. Lee, PT 2005, ‘To ban and counter ban: Cantonese cinema caught between Shanghai and Hong Kong in the 1930s (禁與反禁 – 一九三O年代處於滬港夾 縫中的粵語電影)’, in AL Wong (ed.). The Hong Kong – Guangdong film con- nection (粵港因緣), pp. 24–41. Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Leung, NK 1998, ‘The changing power relationship between China and Hong Kong (中國與香港之間的權力關係變化)’, in The 12th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Changes in Hong Kong society through cinema (revised edition) (香 港電影與社會變遷), pp. 25–28, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Leung, CF 2000, ‘The lure of the exotic – Hong Kong cinema in Japan’, in The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival – Border crossings in Hong Kong cinema (跨界的香港電影), pp. 156–159, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Li, YZ & Xi, Y 2016 December 16, ‘Back to local, New era of co-production (回 歸本土 新合拍片年代)’, Bloomberg Businessweek. Liang, HC 1997, ‘Hong Kong cinema’s Taiwan factor (台灣因素對香港電影的影 響)’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong cinema retrospective – Fifty years of electric shadows (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 152–163, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Lie, F 2006, ‘Hong Kong – Shanghai connection (讓阿拉來搭搭架子 – 香港電影 中的上海聯繫)’, in WH Cheung (ed.), A city within: the urban identities in contemporary Hong Kong cinema (雙城映對 – 香港城市與香港電影初對談), pp. 83–100, Hong Kong Film Critics Society, Hong Kong. Lie, F 2009, ‘China factor in Hong Kong films – Co-productions in the 1980s 香( 港電影的中國元素-­八十年代中港合拍片漫談)’, in Ka Ming (ed.), Gone the excitement: Hong Kong films in the eighties 溜走的激情( : 80年代香港電影), pp. 58–76. Hong Kong Film Critics Society, Hong Kong. Lim, CB 2015, ‘A Pan-Asian cinema of allusion – Going home and Dumplings’, in MKE Cheung, G Marchetti & ECM Yau (eds.), A companion to Hong Kong cinema, pp. 410–439. Wiley Blackwell, UK. Lin, C 2014, The hidden sorrow and joy (湮沒的悲歡:「中聯」「華影」電影初 探), Chung Hwa Book, Hong Kong. Lu, S 1997, Transnational Chinese cinemas: Identity, nationhood, gender, University of Hawai’i Press, Honolulu. Lu, FI 1995, ‘The change of Taiwan feature film production 1949–1994 (1949– 1994 年間台灣劇情影片生產之變遷:一個片目研究’, Journal of Radio and Television (廣播與電視), vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 1–30. Mak, YY 2006, ‘Chinese diaspora and geopolitical imagination: Nanyang suites by Kong Ngee, MP&GI and Shaw Bros in the 1950s (華人散居與地緣想像:淺談 212 K. J. WANG

光藝、電懋、邵氏的五十年代南洋組曲)’, in WH Cheung (ed.), A city within: the urban identities in contemporary Hong Kong cinema (雙城映對 – 香港城市 與香港電影初對談), pp. 102–126, Hong Kong Film Critics Society, Hong Kong. Mak, YY 2009, ‘The fable of Hong Kong in the cold war: The Hong Kong series produced by MP&GI and Toho (冷戰氛圍下的香港寓言– 電懋與東寶的香港 系列)’, in AL Wong & PT Lee (eds.), The cold war and Hong Kong cinema (冷 戰與香港電影), pp. 191–208, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Morris, M 2004, ‘Transnational imagination in action cinema: Hong Kong and the making of a global popular culture’, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 181–199. Ng, H 1992, ‘The legend of cross-ocean migration (過番客傳奇)’, in The 16th Hong Kong International Film Festival – Overseas Chinese Figures in Cinema (電影中的海外華人形象), pp. 28–32, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Ng, H 2000, ‘The snake demon and the demon within: On the Hong Kong – Philippine co-productions of the 50s (蛇魔與心魔:談五十年代港菲跨界電影)’, in The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Border Crossings in Hong Kong Cinema (跨界的香港電影節), pp. 82–85, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Pang, LK 2006, Cultural control and globalization in Asia: Copyright, piracy, and cinema, Routledge, London & New York. People’s Daily 2014, October 15, Retrospection of the Chinese Odyssey series after 10 years (回望10年 70年代生人關於大話西游的10種解), accessed via http:// www.people.com.cn/BIG5/yule/1083/2920991.html Rayns, T 1990, ‘The redirected embrace (轉向的懷抱)’, in The 14th Hong Kong International Film Festival: The China Factor in Hong Kong Cinema (香港電 影的中國脈絡), pp. 42–57, Hong Kong Urban Council: Hong Kong. Rodriguez, H 1999, ‘Organizational hegemony in the Hong Kong cinema’, Post Script, vol. 19, no.1, pp. 107–119. Sek, K 2003, ‘Shaw movie town’s “China Dream” and “Hong Kong Sentiments” (邵氏影城的中國夢與香港情)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The Shaw screen: A prelimi- nary study 邵氏電影初探, pp. 31–39, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Shih, SM 2007, Visuality and identity: Sinophone articulations across the pacific, University of California Press, Berkeley. Shih, SM 2013a, ‘Introduction’, in CC Tsai, SM Shih & B Bernard (eds), Sinophone studies: A critical reader, Columbia University Press, New York. Shih, SM 2013b, ‘Against diaspora: The Sinophone as places of cultural produc- tion’, in S, Shihetal (ed.), Sinophone studies: A critical reader, p. 25–42. Columbia University Press, New York. Sinn, E (ed.) 1995, Culture and society in Hong Kong. Center for Asian Studies, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 213

Sil-Metropole 2010, Sil-Metropole Sixties: 1950–2010 (銀都六十: 1950–2010), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. South China Film Workers Union 2009, Beauty forever: Sixtieth anniversary of South China Film Workers Union, 1949–2009 (永遠的美麗 華南電影工作者聯 合會六十週年), South China Film Workers Union, Hong Kong. Staden, CV 2016, ‘Watching Hong Kong martial arts film under apartheid’. Journal of African Cultural Studies, vol. 29, no. 1, pp. 46–62. Su, CH 2016, Rewriting the history of Taiwanese vernacular cinema (重寫台灣電 影史 – 黑白底片、彩色技術轉型和黨國文化治理), Master Thesis, Department of Sociology, National Taiwan University. Sundiata, KCJ 2008, ‘Black audiences, blaxploitation and Kung Fu films, and chal- lenges to white celluloid masculinity’, in PS Fu (ed.). China forever: The Shaw Brothers and diasporic cinema, pp. 199–223, University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago. Tan, CF 1994, ‘The influx of Shanghai filmmakers into Hong Kong and Hong Kong cinema (上海影人入港與香港電影)’, in The 18th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Cinema of two cities – Hong Kong-Shanghai (香 港-上海:電影雙城), pp. 65–82, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Tan, SK 2004, ‘Chinese diasporic imagination in Hong Kong films: Sinicist bel- ligerence and melancholia’, in MKE Cheung and YW Chu (eds.). Between home and world: A reader in Hong Kong Cinema, pp. 147–176, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. Taylor, J 2008, ‘From transnationalism to nativism? The rise, decline and reinven- tion of a regional Hokkien entertainment industry’. Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 9, no.1, 62–81. Taylor, J 2011, Rethinking transnational Chinese cinemas: The Amoy-dialect film industry in Cold War Asia, Routledge, New York. Teo, S 1997, ‘Hong Kong’s electric shadow show: From survival to discovery’, in The 21st Hong Kong International Film Festival: Hong Kong Cinema Retrospective – Fifty Years of Electric Shadows (光影繽紛五十年), pp. 20–21, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. Teo, S 2006, ‘Singapore screen memories: Kong Ngee’s Nanyang Trilogy (新加坡 銀幕記憶:光藝「南洋三部曲」)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The glorious modernity of Kong Ngee (現代萬歲──光藝的都市風華), pp. 128–141, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Teo, S 2008, ‘Promise and Perhaps Love: Pan-Asian production and the Hong Kong-China interrelationship’, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 341–358; Wang, YM 2008, ‘The “transnational” as methology: Transnationalizing Chinese film studies through the example ofThe Love Parade and its Chinese remakes’, Journal of Chinese Cinemas, vol. 2, no.1, 9–21. 214 K. J. WANG

Wong, AL (ed) 2000, Monographs of Hong Kong film veterans (2) – An age of ide- alism: Great Wall & Feng Huang Days, Preface, pp. vii-viii, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Wong, R 2005, ‘Zero distance: Hong Kong film and Lingnan culture 香港電影( 與嶺南文化零距離)’, in AL Wong (ed.). The Hong Kong – Guangdong film con- nection (粵港因緣), pp. 226–241, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Yau, ECM 2015, ‘The urban maze: Crisis and topography in Hong Kong cinema’, in EMK Cheung, G Marchetti & ECM Yau (Eds.), A companion to Hong Kong cinema, pp. 51–70, Wiley Blackwell, UK. Yau, STK 2003a, ‘Japanese factor in Shaw Brothers (邵氏的日本因素)’, in KF Liu, PT Cheuk, PS Fu & SS Yung (eds.), Shaw empire: Imagination of cultural China (邵氏影視帝國:文化中國的想像), pp. 76–112, Rye Field Publishing, Taiwan Yau, STK 2013, ‘From Shaw Brothers to Golden Harvest: Raymond Chow and Japan (從邵氏到嘉禾:鄒文懷的日本關係)’, in F Po & Y Lau (eds.), Golden Harvest: Leading Change in Changing Times (乘風變化:嘉禾電影研究), pp. 62–69, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Yau, STK 2003b, ‘Shaws’ Japanese collaboration and competition as seen through the Asian Film Festival evolution (從亞洲影展的變遷看邵氏跟日本電影公司的 聯繫及競爭)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The Shaw screen: A preliminary study (邵氏電 影初探), pp. 231–241, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Yau, STK 2010, Japanese and Hong Kong film industries: Understanding the ori- gins of East Asian film networks, Routledge, London & New York. Yeh, EYY 2010, ‘Changes of film content and film industry in post-handover Hong Kong: a marketization perspective (後回歸香港電影的產業與內容變化: 一個市場化視角的分析)’, Contemporary Cinema 當代電影, 2010(4), pp. 131–136. Yeh, EYY & Chao, SY 2018, ‘Policy and creative strategies: Hong Kong CEPA films in the China market’,International Journal of Cultural Policy, DOI:10.1 080/10286632.2018.1448805 Yeung, YL 2000, ‘Understanding the Japanese market of the 1980s – Interviewing Peter Lam and Lau Fong’, The 24th Hong Kong International Film Festival – Border crossings in Hong Kong cinema (跨界的香港電影), pp. 150–153, Leisure and Cultural Services Department, Hong Kong. Yin, H & He, M 2009, ‘Chinese films after the period of co-production: The his- torical development of mainland-HK co-production in the Chinese movie industry’, The Chinese Journal of Communication and Society, vol. 7, pp. 31–61. Yu, MW 1994, ‘The historical connection between Hong Kong and Shanghai films 香港電影和上海電影的淵源( )’, in The 18th Hong Kong International Film Festival: Cinema of two cities – Hong Kong-Shanghai (香港-上海:電影雙 城), pp. 88–99, Hong Kong Urban Council, Hong Kong. 3 WORLDING HONG KONG FILM 215

Yu, MW 1997a, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. three) – The ninety-forties (香港 電影史話-­卷三 – 四十年代), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yu, MW 1997b, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. four I) – The ninety-fifties (香港 電影史話-­卷五 – 五十年代上), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yu, MW 1997c, History of Hong Kong Film (vol. four II) – The ninety-fifties (香港 電影史話-­卷五 – 五十年代下), Sub-culture Publisher, Hong Kong. Yung, SS 2008, ‘Territorialization and the entertainment industry of the Shaw Brothers in Southeast Asia’, in PS Fu (ed.), China forever: The Shaw Brothers and diasporic cinema, pp. 133–153, University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago. Yung, SS 2009, ‘From The Love Parade to My Kingdom for a Husband: Hollywood Musicals and Cantonese Opera films of the 1950s 從《璇宮艷史》到《璇宮艷( 史》:荷里活電影與五十年代粵語戲曲片)’, in AL Wong (ed.), The Cathay Story (國泰故事), pp. 138–143, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Zhou, CR 2005, ‘Ebb and flow: Early Guangzhou and Hong Kong film industries (粵、港影界互動)’, in AL Wong (ed.). The Hong Kong – Guangdong film con- nection (粵港因緣), pp. 14–23, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. Zhou, CR 2000, ‘Hong Kong left camp films in the context of Cold War 冷戰背( 景下的香港電影)’, in Cold War and Hong Kong Film (冷戰與香港電影), pp. 21–34, Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. CHAPTER 4

Making Hong Kong TV

Chapter Overview The medium of transmitting telecommunication signal is the air. In broad- casting and television operation, air time means a program is on. Even more so than the composition of oxygen, which is essential to human life, “air time” has been given significant social meaning. Serving the public interest and passing down of social culture become the responsibilities of broadcasting—the upmost public communication platform of the mass society. Before the age that people are free to enjoy the visual-sonic televised entertainment, the most important means of information and amusement acquisition is another air-based medium—broadcasting. Historically, socially and technically, the broadcasting industry impersonates the past life, prelude and embryonal of the television industry. Hong Kong’s broadcasting in the early age took an educational role that is equally important to its amusement provider in the context that the mass grass- root population heavily relied on sounds instead of texts to get informed of public affairs. Therefore, it is essential to delineate the history of how broadcasting—sound as a medium becomes part of Hong Kong people’s social and cultural life, and thus an indispensable part of the Hong Kong history. Hong Kong’s television industry embarked in 1957 by a British-origin company, the Rediffusion. In the late 1960s, the once film business mogul

© The Author(s) 2020 217 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_4 218 K. J. WANG

Run Run Shaw sensed the downturn of Mandarin films as Hong Kong’s local Cantonese-speaking population gradually stabilized and the ever-­ stronger Hong Kong identity was sprouting. He turned to television busi- ness and in 1967 Television Broadcast Limited (TVB) was established, a free television station. In the following years, another competitor got in— the Commercial Television (CTV). In the 1970s, a spectacular featured the area below the Lion Rocks—five broadcasting and television stations were located at the road that is only a kilometer long—the Broadcast Drive. Throughout the decade, as competitors entered the arena and free television service became a mainstream, television became the dominant channel for Hong Kong mass population to know the society and the world. Not only the main source of fulfilling people’s cultural and public lives, but also the cradle of future cultural professionals in arenas such as film and showbiz, Hong Kong’s television industry by all means became the fertilizer and facilitator of Hong Kong’s contemporary popular culture domain and what later is called Hong Kong identity. In the 1980s and 1990s, TVB and ATV dominated Hong Kong’s tele- vision market share. Impressive soap operas were produced and, without doubt, fierce competition between them occurred from time to time. Despite the occasional sparks from ATV that outshined TVB in the 1990s–2000s, the drastic change and chaos at ATV’s top management eventually led to its demise. From a quasi-monopoly to the literally one and only free television service provider, TVB in the 2000s already lost the aura and was under serious criticism of its declining television program quality and self-censorship. Losing interest in TVB as an everlasting big brother, audiences were keen to see new comers. Situated in the equally turbulent society, competition and controversies in the television industry is inevitably involved in the swirl of socio-cultural dynamics.

Broadcast in the Early Days Established in 1928, Radio Television Hong Kong (RTHK), the oldest broadcast- ing station in Hong Kong, is also the sole public service broadcaster and operates independently from other government departments. RTHK “Who we are”1

It is the RTHK that takes the lead assisting the colonial government demon- strate accountability and efficiency through series of critical television episodes,

1 See RTHK homepage at http://www.rthk.hk/aboutus. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 219

situation comedies and phone-in programs in the 1970s and 80s, leading the Hong Kong society enter an age of open governance … Broadcast soap operas, DJ-anchored dialogues, music programs and a number of similar programs facilitate Hong Kong people to bring their personal life into the public domain through air. Wan Chin (2008, p. 9)

As early as the 1920s, broadcasting experiments were taken place in Hong Kong by engineers or amateurs, spreading information about enter- tainment programs and daily news. Facing the increasing popularity of wireless technology among the general public, the colonial government inaugurated regulations and license fee on civil wireless broadcasting. Meanwhile, reckoning the escalating need for a broadcasting service, the government, following the steps of the civil society, established the first outlet, GOW, at the first place for weather forecast. In late 1928, Hong Kong’s first formal broadcasting service was launched by the “Hong Kong Radio Society”, a civic organization located at the Pedder Street (Central District of Hong Kong). The society later got support from the colonial government and foregrounded the city’s official broadcast station. Hong Kong became the second earliest British overseas colony set- ting up its own official broadcasting industry (following Kenya). This broad- casting industry in inchoation was transmitted with the signal ZBW. During that period, license fee to receive broadcasting signal was charged per device per year (5 Hong Kong dollars). In 1928, the number of licenses released was 124 while the number reached 724 in 1929 (Chin 2008, pp. 17–18). It is to note that, it was not until 1939 that the radio station was eventually fully transferred to the hands of governmental departments. According to a senior technician who worked in Hong Kong’s earliest broadcast station, there were only six staffs including two anchors who were responsible for English and Chinese broadcasting, respectively, three technicians and one messenger. Due to the technological limitation, there was only seven hours’ air time per day, and broadcast programs were usu- ally filled with Cantonese opera songs. Interestingly, instead of playing music disks, Cantonese operatic performers/singers were invited to the recording room to have a live performance. After a few years, in 1934, advancements were achieved as one more signal transmitter was established so that Chinese and English broadcasting­ could be signaled via two different channels: ZBW and ZEK. Larger vari- ety of programs was added as well: besides Cantonese opera performance, Peking opera and Shanghai-style Mandarin songs (shi dai qu 時代曲) were 220 K. J. WANG

Table 4.1 Development of early broadcasting in Hong Kong

Year Signal/Title Responsible Unit

1928 GOW Hong Kong radio society Late 1920s early ZBW Civil society and government 1930s 1934 ZBW and ZEK Civil society and government 1939 ZBW and ZEK Broadcasting advisory committee, post office 1941–1945 JPHA 1948 Radio Hong Kong Broadcasting advisory committee, post (RHK) office 1950 RHK Public relations office 1954 RHK Colonial government included, and news was broadcasted in Cantonese, Mandarin and Teochew dialects. The multiple linguistic broadcasting programs were due to the more and more intensive South-North cultural exchange under the con- text of the newly established Republic of China (RTHK 2004, pp. 5–6).2 In 1939, the former broadcasting committee which used to oversee broadcasting service was replaced by the Broadcasting Advisory Committee, a unit appointed by the Postmaster General. Since then, broadcasting service in the territory became a sub-division of the Post Office, with their broadcasting office located in the former Post Office building at Pedder Street. However, the looming of the Sino-Japan war in Hong Kong in 1941 interrupted the inchoating Hong Kong broadcast business. The Japanese occupiers turned the broadcast station into “JPHA” (香港放送局), which remained functional by airing news and music programs in Cantonese, Mandarin, English and Japanese. In 1945, following the surrender of the Japanese troops, post-war reconstruction of the broadcast station became the priority of the colonial government (Table 4.1).

Post-War Broadcast The year 1948 marked the milestone that ZBW and ZEK were replaced by a formal title—RHK (Radio Hong Kong)—the official broadcast of colo- nial Hong Kong government. In the same year, the station moved to a

2 Memory from Mr. Lee Chung, a technician worked in the broadcast station since 1929. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 221 more spacious office space in the Mercury House at Connaught Road. The Mercury House was then home to the broadcast station for 20 years before it moved to the Broadcast Drive in Kowloon Tong in 1969, which since then becomes the permanent home to this Hong Kong official broadcast station. In 1950, the broadcasting responsibility of RHK was transferred from the Post Office to the Public Relations Office, and, for the first time, broadcasting was regarded as a cultural affair instead of merely a telecommunication. In 1954, RHK was finally turned to an inde- pendent government department.

Arrival of the First Commercial Radio In the immediate post-war years, though greater demand of broadcasting service was needed in the expanding city which received non-stop influx of refugees from the war-torn China, colonial government’s financial situa- tion was far less than sufficient to improve or expand its broadcasting services. Against such background, in 1949, a competitor to RHK came to the territory—the Rediffusion (麗的呼聲). Instead of expanding RHK service, the government invited an additional player to the field. The exclusive wired broadcasting service license issued to the Rediffusion by the colonial government was in 1948–1973, under the Telecommunication Ordinance. Rediffusion was a broadcast station originated in the UK in the 1920s, introducing civil radio services (primarily for relaying BBC service to areas with poor receiving signals), renting and selling radio devices and manu- facturing naval telecommunications. In the post-war era, the Broadcast Relay Service (Overseas) Limited, the parent company of Rediffusion, expanded its business to a number of British overseas colonies, including Hong Kong. While the license fee of RHK was 10 dollars per year, the fee for Rediffusion’s radio service was 10 per month plus the 25-dollar instal- lation fee. It is not difficult to conclude that only the elite class in the city could afford listening to this new broadcasting service. Before the entering of Rediffusion, RHK, the official broadcast station in Hong Kong, mostly relayed news from BBC and news from the ­government bureau. By entering this still quiet market, Rediffusion com- peted with RHK by airing a series of enchanting and entertaining pro- grams. “Sky novel” (天空小說)—a vivid description of broadcast programs that featured narrating novels in air time by anchors—became an impor- tant marketing strategy of Rediffusion. This later proved successful broad- 222 K. J. WANG casting strategy, which is also called “broadcast soap opera” (廣播劇), became one of the broadcasting cultural hallmarks in Hong Kong. Today, “broadcast soap opera” is still popular in the society. In Rediffusion, prominent novel narrators included “king of broadcast” Chung Wai-ming (鍾偉明) and the well-received founding father of “sky novel” Lee Ngo (李我). Lee first started his career in Guangzhou and later he moved to Hong Kong under enthusiastic invitation from Rediffusion staff. Following the fad of “sky novel”, subscribers of Rediffusion reached 30,000 in its first year.

Broadcasting Language and Fermentation of Cultural Taste Multi-language broadcast in RHK continued in the post-war period until the 1960s. As part of the governmental department, RHK’s daily news bulletin was provided by the governmental news office. Entertainment programs were enriched in the post-war era, as a way to rebuild the tele- communication culture and to boost population’s morale. It is said that cultural professionals, such as Cantonese opera performers, singers, drama performers and comedians, were more than willing to contribute to this thriving industry, though without much monetary rewards, in order to serve the public. Outdoor broadcasting was popular at that time: horse race, car race and cross-harbor swimming contest were live aired. By then, a telecommunication culture was gradually cultivated in the society. Similarly, Rediffusion in 1956 also adopted the multi-language strategy. Besides the original two channels (Silver and Blue), its third channel (also known as “Golden channel”) broadcasted news in Mandarin, Teochew, Shanghainese and some other languages. Its original channels remained the Cantonese (Silver) and English (blue). Until the 1970s, according to the government record in 1973, Rediffusion radio still distributed 17 hours Cantonese programs through the Silver channel, and through the Golden channel programs were aired in Swatowese (11 hours), Mandarin (3 hour), Shanghainese (2 hour), Hakka (1 hour) as well as educational English lessons.3 In the 1950s, the air time of Rediffusion was 17 hours per day. According to senior members of Rediffusion, in order to compete with RHK, a large group of talents were recruited to the station to enlighten broadcasting programs, such as programs tailor-made for children, sky

3 PRO file: XCC (73)19 in HKRS261-3-57 ~ 58. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 223 novels, night club music programs, western music billboard, live stock market and so on. “In Christmas we received lots of cards and presents among which some were even sent by listeners from Southeast Asia”.4 In that time, one among four Hong Kong citizens listened to Rediffusion (Chin 2008, p. 32).5 Not only did ordinary families subscribe to Rediffusion for leisure, but also a large number of street herbal tea shops installed radio devices to attract customers. What will be illustrated in Chaps. 6 and 7—Cantopop chapters—is that, in the days when portable entertainment devices were in scarcity, public space like herbal tea shops became an important domain for ordinary citizens to enjoy popular culture. And it was also due to such organic interwoven encounter between human, space and broadcasting programs—a well-extended intangible platform—that a post-war mass cultural “Hong Kong taste” was fermented and formulated. The ways that sky novel narrators talked, the songs (traditional Cantonese opera and fashionable Mandarin songs) and the large sonic sphere to accompany particular broadcast contents, altogether crafted the cultural space in post-­ war Hong Kong. It is said that a series of Hong Kong-style use of lan- guage and ways of expression were originated from the broadcast culture back in those days when the general public’s daily life was seamlessly inte- grated with the mass broadcasting. This set of Hong Kong-origin lan- guage use is carried on by contemporary generations in the territory (Chin 2008, p. 26). As a former British colony, English broadcasting marked one of the characteristics of Hong Kong telecommunication industry. English ­channels have played significant roles in terms of enriching citizens’ leisure life and cultural literacy. Since 1928, when Hong Kong broadcast was still disseminated via the GOW signal, English was the only working language. In the 1960s, the English channels, such as Radio 3 of the RHK, facilitated the dissemina- tion of Euro-American popular songs (歐西流行曲), especially among the youngsters who received English education. It was due to the English

4 Excerpt from Hong Kong Memory archive—Oral history of Lee On-kau and Yip Sai- hung (李安求、葉世雄:香港播音口述歷史) access via http://www.hkmemory.org/james- wong/text/index.php?p=home&catId=147&photoNo=0. 5 Also see Excerpt from Hong Kong Memory archive—Oral history of Lee On-kau and Yip Sai-hung (李安求、葉世雄:香港播音口述歷史) access via http://www.hkmemory.org/ jameswong/text/index.php?p=home&catId=147&photoNo=0. 224 K. J. WANG channels that a large group of popular music lovers were able to access latest musical resources from the Euro-American world when television culture was not yet prevailing. This group of youngsters and music pro- gram listeners later became key figures in the city’s cultural industry, inau- gurating the dazzling age of Hong Kong popular song development. It was also in the 1960s that the “god father” of Hong Kong English popu- lar music program, Uncle Ray (Ray Cordeiro) commenced his broadcast- ing career in RHK (more in Chap. 6). Another main function of English channels was promoting classical music. Radio 4 of RHK, an exclusively classical music channel, was founded in 1974. To radio listeners, who were mostly well-educated elites and English population, the English programs became their only source to enjoy classical music. Jazz and other types of Euro-American music genres were added to Radio 4 programs later. In the 1960s, larger ordinary population tuned to RHK Radio 4 for classical music enjoyment, appreciation and education. A variety of music perfor- mance, instrument examination guidance and competition were intro- duced by RHK to further enrich the city’s musical culture (RTHK 2004, pp. 37–40).

Competitive Broadcasting Industry

New Company and New Technology In 1954, when RHK became an independent department of the colonial government, the number of RHK subscribers reached more than 50,000, which, however, was very much underestimated.6 And it was clear to the colonial government that the output of the existing services was insuffi- cient to meet the rapidly increasing demand as RHK only served nine hours per day. In addition, audience living in outlying and suburban areas reported poor receiving signals, while the better-functioned wire-service Rediffusion catered to those who could afford the subscription fee. It is interesting to note that, for those living in outlying zones, the competitor

6 In 1967, the number of license issued by RHK reached 180,000 while the department estimated that the actual listeners could be as many as 600,000, making one-fifth of the whole population, which was 3,720,000 in 1967. Considering that broadcast had become a mass culture and information medium, as well as the fierce competition from the Rediffusion, RHK revoked the license in that year to further relax people’s right to enjoy mass communication. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 225 to RHK was not Rediffusion but a station outside of the colony: Radio Vila Verde (綠邨電台) from Macao. To meet the city’s escalating demand, soon after, another broadcast license was granted to the Hong Kong Commercial Radio Co (CR). Two commercial broadcasting service providers: Rediffusion and the Commercial Radio were required to limit their advertisement air time to 10%, while RHK was not allowed to derive revenue from commercial advertisement. As Rediffusion challenged the RHK-monopoly simply as the city’s second broadcast provider and a market-share competitor, CR confronted the two existing broadcast stations with arresting cultural con- tents second to none (more discussion below). By then, RHK met more dynamic challenges. Besides the launch of the third broadcast station, CR provided a larger variety of programs to listen- ers and thus changed the city’s broadcast landscape. The arrival of a new technology also led to new challenges to broadcast organizations. In the late 1950s and early 1960s, a vital technological invention radically changed the broadcasting culture—handy/pocketable palm-size transistor radio set. Noteworthy is that, it was also in the same period that Hong Kong, as an all-time port city, became the world’s most important transistor radio manufacturing base as Japanese leading electronic brands contracted most of their radio-set assembling forces to Hong Kong’s burgeoning small-­ medium-­size manufacturing firms. Transistor radio sets were then in huge quantity exported to Europe and North America, and this innovative gad- get also rapidly became extremely popular among Hong Kong citizens.7 Doubtlessly, this new technology changed people’s listening habit and thus transformed the ecology of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry. Radio listening became a more personalized activity, which drove broad- cast providers invest larger energy and resource to cater people’s more diverse needs. The introduction and popularity of transistor radio not only exposed challenge to RHK, but also, more seriously, led to the slow demise of Rediffusion which had always relied on wired transmission technology and

7 Information about the development of Hong Kong’s transistor radio assembling industry and the rising of local electronic corporations, see “The Design of Radios and Music Players in Japan from the 1950s to the 1970s—Hong Kong link” via https://industrialhistoryhk. org/design-radios-music-players-japan-1950s-1970s/ and “Transistor radio manufacturers in Hong Kong” via https://industrialhistoryhk.org/transistor-radio-manufacturers-1963/. Information was obtained from The Industrial History of Hong Kong Group. 226 K. J. WANG charged high subscription fee. The huge convenience, as well as the icon of fashion brought along with transistor radio outshined the old-fashion family-oriented radio-listening experience introduced by Rediffusion. Rediffusion then eventually terminated its radio service in 1973 while broadcasting service of RHK and the Commercial Radio lasted until today. But actually, Rediffusion introduced to the territory its first ever television service in 1957. More discussion will follow soon.

Golden Age of Broadcast Soap Opera Facing the cascading challenges, RHK had to quicken the pace of innova- tion on both programming and technology. For example, inspired by the American classic broadcast drama about the invading Martians, which triggered mass panic, the RHK made a similar broadcast program on the similar topic “Invasion of Martians (火星進攻地球)” in 1961. Narrated by a number of popular anchors, the drama was acted vividly accompanied by well-tuned sci-fi sonic effects.8 By that time, broadcast soap operas that featured a large variety of top- ics and genres, derived from Rediffusion’s “sky novel”, outstood among all programs. And this popular broadcasting genre became the winning chip for three broadcasting organizations in the increasingly convoluting market competition. The period of late 1960s and early 1980s marked the golden age of broadcast soap opera. According to a senior RHK staff, 51 dramas (half hour for each) were broadcasted per week in RHK in the early 1970s (RTHK 2004, pp. 27–28). To vividly represent Hong Kong people’s daily life, kitchen wares were brought into RHK studios to accompany the per- formance of a broadcast soap opera that narrates stories of cooks. Well-­ received broadcast soap opera scripts were even adapted into films. Popular broadcasters became superstars. Some of them even appeared in films which were adopted from broadcast soap operas, such as Lee Ngo, Lam Bun 林彬, Chung Wai-ming and so on (RTHK 2004, pp. 24–25). As mentioned, the birth of the CR in 1959 led Hong Kong’s broad- casting industry to a new era. CR was founded by George Ho (何佐芝), one of the inheritors of Hong Kong’s business tycoon Sir Robert Hotung. The establishment of CR first shook the broadcasting industry as a group

8 Archive of radio drama could be accessed via http://rthk9.rthk.hk/radiodrama/index. htm. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 227 of broadcast talents left their original station and moved to CR for more competitive income. Targeting young audience market, CR then marched into the market with hoisted banner featuring its diverse and effervescent broadcast soap opera. Branded as a representative of the city’s rising local youth, CR broadcasted thoroughly in Cantonese. The fresh and young image of CR soon got rewarding. In the first a few years, the channel CR 1 performed better than expected as advertisement income was affluent. In 1963, channel CR 2 was launched. With two Cantonese channels, the CR not only broadcasted sky novels as other sta- tions did, but also introduced a DJ (disk jockey) culture in their music programs. A group of young, energetic and virtuoso DJs who on the one hand presented to the wide audience group a vigorous popular music landscape home and abroad. On the other hand, DJs themselves, with their own style of music interpretation and sense of world vogue, became superstars especially among young audience. Some of them later became famous singers, actors and even key figures in Hong Kong’s popular cul- tural industry. Their names included but not limited to: Albert Au (歐瑞 強), Lawrence Cheng Tan Shui (鄭丹瑞), Pamela Peck Wan Kam (白韻琴) and a lot more. Compared to the long-established RHK and Rediffusion, CR repre- sented a fresh wave of Hong Kong’s popular culture by introducing vari- ous innovations in broadcasting programs. Besides the mentioned DJ-anchored music programs, broadcast soap operas made a significant proportion in CR’s air time. The signature of CR’s broadcast soap opera, the “18/F Block C (十八樓C座)” became an all-time classic of Hong Kong’s broadcast culture. Until today, 18/F Block C is still on-air, making it the program that enjoys the most longevity in Hong Kong’s broadcast- ing industry. Another breakthrough of this situation-comedy like program was its social implication: satires over public affairs were embedded in situ- ation comedies in the setting of Hong Kong ordinary citizens’ daily life. This program was actually a continuation of another two CR satire dramas launched against the backdrop of Hong Kong’s 1967 riot, a watershed of Hong Kong’s post-war social development. Noteworthy is that, the two satire drama programs that criticized sabotaging actions committed by extremist leftists during the riot caused unexpected severe consequence: a CR popular anchor, Lam Bun, who was starred at these programs, was attacked with Molotov Cocktail on his way to work on August 24, 1967, and died from it one day after. It is revealed that the CR had for a long time been an enemy to the left camp for it had been known for harsh criti- 228 K. J. WANG cism and condemnation over the “anti-imperialist actions” and Lam Bun (served in a left-camp film company before) was despised by the left camp as a traitor to the nation. This tragedy stirred wide echoes among the soci- ety and further drove the left-camp alienated from the mass population (Cheung 2009, pp. 115–120). The 1967 riot along with the post-1967 riot social change in terms of the local governance and the sense of belonging among the mass popula- tion significantly crafted the territory’s future. Besides series of well-­ developed news programs and entertaining programs in English and Chinese, programs that unveiled social problems and criticized local affairs (discussion forums) thus became another mainstream of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry. This tidal wave spread from broadcast to television as well, bringing forth television episodes of the similar genre such as Below the Lion Rocks/Shizi Shanxia 獅子山下 series—a prominent local television docudrama program depicting the daily life of Hong Kong’s underprivileged. The program was produced by the RTHK (RHK was later named Radio Television Hong Kong when the society entered the era of television) and became a mirror of the Hong Kong society in the 1970s. The formation of the Lung Cheung opera company (香港電台龍翔劇 團) in 1968 marked another breakthrough of RHK which faced constant challenges from new programs and new technologies. The wish to boost people’s morale after the 1967 riot was part of the reason behind the for- mation of this amateur troupe. Broadcasters were trained by professional Cantonese opera performers to give a new face to the mass audience. In the late 1960s and 1970s, Cantonese opera still dominated mass popula- tion’s leisure time, while English and Mandarin popular songs were only prevalent among a small proportion of elite class. Outdoor performances became the common practice for Lung Cheung to increase public expo- sure, thus to entice more audience to support RHK. Besides Cantonese opera performance, outdoor activities included live broadcast in special occasions, such as the annual Hong Kong Brands and Products Expo.

Audience Survey In the late 1960s, it was realized that little factual evidence about RHK’s audience was ever gauged. To better plan the future of government broad- casting, the Director of Broadcasting (Mr. D. E. Brooks) recommended 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 229 an audience survey for RHK in 1965.9 It was seriously noted that RHK was of great importance to disseminate government information especially during emergency. To obtain wider support from the mass audience, a radio station must produce programs that to the best degree appeal to them. The most effective and economic way to know the answer is audi- ence survey. Especially that when the cheap and handy transistor radio set was gradually gaining popularity among the mass population, the broad- casting department felt the urge to know “the size and shape of the new audience this has produced”. And they also had predicted that “in the near future the audience is sure to be changed again by the impact of wireless television”. The survey was expected to provide the below information:

• The role played by radio in people’s lives and the way in which this role is changing as TV viewing increases; • The importance of radio (i) as a source of news and information and (ii) as a source of entertainment; • The times at which people listen to the radio; • The relative popularity of different types of programs; • The “image” of Radio Hong Kong and how it differs from that of Commercial Radio.10

In 1969, the survey was completed with results obtained from a sample of 2000 Chinese listeners based on Chinese language programs on RHK and CR. Results showed that radio played the role as a Chinese communi- cator, informer and entertainer as radio reached nine out of ten homes in Hong Kong and was the single most important medium of communica- tion in Chinese in the colony. News programs in non-Cantonese language attracted very few listeners and encouraged Cantonese listeners in large numbers either to switch off or tune elsewhere. Moreover, it was reported that there was strong evidence that the inclusion of a considerable volume of non-Cantonese Chinese music in RHK’s services reduced the station’s attraction as an entertainer. This was regarded as an attribution to RHK’s less popularity compared to Commercial Radio. Too much attempts in minority languages and minority interest programs had automatically led to the exclusion of programs that were supposed to attract larger audience

9 PRO 670/1-3 Broadcasting—holding by Radio HK & Audience Research Surveys. 10 Discussion on April 9, 1968, XCR(68)91—Memorandum for Executive Council: Radio Hong Kong Audience Survey. PRO 670/1-3. 230 K. J. WANG group. Generally speaking, CR presented a lively image and RHK was deemed as a neutral educator and informer.11 Given to all these, the Director of Broadcasting proposed to make adjustments over the programming of RHK:

• Abandon entirely the use of Chiuchow (also called Teochew) and Hakka languages for news bulletins; • Reduce the number of Kuoyu (Mandarin Chinese) news bulletins and broadcasting these on FM only, so do broadcast programs for minority interests; • Abandon entirely the broadcasting of entertainment program mate- rials, which are not generic to Kwangtung (Guangdong) Province or present-day Hong Kong; • Introduce more popular themes into broadcast and facilitate the building up of star performers; • Deploy Cantonese staff announcers to other duties and replace them with contract announcers having more attractive voices and personalities; • Reduce the quantity but improve the effectiveness of programs deal- ing with government affairs as the survey results indicated that there probably a surplus of government information in broadcast services, which led to a suppressing instead of encouraging people’s interest in the government; • Little change of the establishment or finance would be implemented other than employment restructuration of the non-Cantonese broad- cast staffs. RHK should increase the size of its audience whilst at the same time enabled minority (other than linguistic) interests to con- tinue to be served.12

Consequently, as a way to improve the image of RHK as a communica- tor between the colonial government and the general public, Hong Kong’s first “phone-in” public affairs discussion program was launched in 1969 by RHK—during the air time, ordinary citizens called the hotline and

11 XCR(69)94 Note for the Executive Council and Legislative Council: Radio Hong Kong Chinese Programme Audience Research. PRO 670/1-3. 12 Discussion on July 10, 1969, XCR(69)45 Memorandum for Executive Council: Radio Hong Kong Chinese and English Programme Audience Research. PRO 670/1-3. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 231 voiced out their opinion publicly. Since then, public affairs discussion pro- grams became a significant genre in Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry as well as the later television culture (Lee 2002). Contents of “phone-in” programs also changed throughout different periods of time: people tended to care much about everyday living conditions such as housing and hygiene problems in the 1970s while their attention shifted to the future of Hong Kong in the 1980s. In the 1971 survey, however, the number of radio listeners dropped from 71% among the population in 1968 to 49% in only a few years. On the other hand, the number of television audience rose from 25% to 70%. Factual evidence had shown that television was bouncing in the industry to extend human beings’ sensual enjoyment from audio- to audio-visual-­ based entertainment (Chin 2008, p. 63). Since the 1960s, listening to broadcasting via handy devices became a new fashion to ordinary people. Even though the first wired television station—Rediffusion—landed on the territory in 1957 with English and Mandarin programs televised four hours daily, radio listening remained the major entertainment among the mass population in their leisure time. Professionals and hawkers, educated and illiterate, living on the land or on boats, relied on the square boxes to get informed and amused. As the only sound-mediated mass communication channel, broadcasting in Hong Kong covered a wide range of ordinary business to serve the mass population who were from diverse social and educational back- grounds. Weather forecast of local and off-shore zones was of particular importance to fishermen. Programs tailor-made for boat people, cover- ing fish market information, water farming knowledge and song pro- grams were of extremely popularity. Wet market bulletin and recipes were broadcasted via the air as well to serve the large group of house- wives. Sky novels ranged from romantic fantasies, detective plots, mar- tial art folklores and children’s stories were indispensable leisure to the mass audience. Stories were adapted to Guangdong and Hong Kong style by adding local elements in order to be more appealing. Virtuoso performing techniques were innovated by a large group of broadcasting talents who collectively shape the Hong Kong local cultural taste (Image 4.1). 232 K. J. WANG

Image 4.1 Citizens living at rural Wang Toi Shan area. An image shows in 1962, villagers harvested spring onions in Wang Toi Shan of Pat Heung—northwest of Hong Kong at the border of mainland China, while listening to broadcast on transistor radio which could be found at bottom left. (Courtesy to Special Collections, The University of Hong Kong Libraries)

Entering the Age of Television

First Television Station in the City During 1955–1956, Rediffusion had already been experimenting wired television service and in 1956 applied for a license from the government to operate a wired television service. When Rediffusion submitted its application, it was at first considered by the government that the right to operate the service should be offered to public tender. Later another con- cern was raised: if any other company obtained the license, the distribu- tion of an audio signal associated with the video signal would infringe Rediffusion’s exclusive right of disseminating wired sound service license. In March 1957, Rediffusion was granted an exclusive license under the Telecommunication Ordinance to operate a wired television service. The license would expire on April 30, 1973, and did not contain the right of 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 233 renewal. Since then, Rediffusion became the first television service in Hong Kong and even the first among the global Sinophone society. Rediffusion Television (麗的映聲) kicked off its service on May 29, 1957, drawing on the curtain of Hong Kong’s television culture, which, in the later ages, similar to the film industry, brought the kaleidoscopic Hong Kong urban life to the world. The operation of Rediffusion TV was commercial driven similar to its radio service. Revenue was obtained from advertising and subscription fee, while no royalty was payable by the company to the government. The license empowered the Director of Information Services to exercise lim- ited control over the TV station’s program contents and the company was required to maintain its technical facilities to the satisfaction of the Postmaster General. In the beginning years, only one English channel was aired from Rediffusion. English news and classic English films were the major air-time components which were slightly supplemented with Mandarin “shi dai qu” performance. Programs were transmitted four hours daily. Rediffusion charged each household 25 dollars per month for subscription, plus household TV set installation fee and equipment rental fee. Due to the expensive subscription fee (at that time, the average monthly wage of working class was 100 dollars) and linguistic limitation, Rediffusion televi- sion service was far less popular than radio programs among the mass population. According to a survey report from Rediffusion, though the company had invested more than 2 million dollars to develop the most fitted technology for signal transmission as Hong Kong’s mountainous terrain brought grave technological challenge to the company, the televi- sion service subscription was less than expected. During the first few months after its inauguration, there were around 1000 household subscribers. Among them, 538 were Cantonese speakers, 346 English speakers, 39 Mandarin speakers, 6 Teochew speakers and the rest of them were public commercial entities such as club-house, tea-­ house, nigh-clubs and so on. However, there were never more than 6000 subscribers until the 1960s. Rediffusion TV programs included news bul- letin, music and sports programs as well as past movies (mostly in Cantonese and Teochew languages) (Tai Kung Pao 1957 August 25). In September 1963, Rediffusion added a Chinese channel, leading to a stark increase of audience. Another breakthrough was that the TV station started to dub Cantonese on its programs especially on imported foreign-­ language programs. The station also started producing their own programs,­ 234 K. J. WANG mainly cultural and leisure genres such as women’s life, music performance and vanity fairs. A Hong Kong local well-known actress, Leung Shun-yin (梁舜燕) was among the very first small group of television hosts in Hong Kong who kicked off their television career from Rediffusion. She hosted leisure programs such as women’s life and was elected “the most popular actress”. The election was also among those content innovation trials taken by Rediffusion. In September 1962, Hong Kong was seriously attacked by a devastating typhoon “Wanda” which caused over a hundred casualties. For the first time, held by Rediffusion, Hong Kong had its char- ity fund-raising concert, staging performers from different arenas, Cantonese opera performers, TV stars and radio station DJs. When Hong Kong thoroughly entered its blossoming television age, televised fund- raising show became one of the most well-received variety show genres, which, interestingly, later was even turned into a Hong Kong television cultural hallmark. While Rediffusion TV enjoyed its market-monopoly privilege for ten years, following the establishment of the wireless television, TVB, in 1967, it had to cut the subscription fee and largely renovated the programming to survive in the competition. In 1973, subscribers of Rediffusion TV reached over 100,000 (Ng 2003, p. 5). According to a survey, which was part of the “Working Party Report on the Future of Broadcasting” carried out by Survey Research Hong Kong in 1971 on behalf of RHK, it shows a stark increasing of wireless set and dual-purpose sets in households (Table 4.2).

Table 4.2 Number of household TV set

Wireless Set Wired Set Dual-Purpose Set Total % of Total Households

Jan 1968 6000 72,000 23,000 101,000 13% Jan 1969 117,800 67,800 40,700 226,300 30% Jan 1970 232,000 39,000 58,000 329,000 41% Jan 1971 375,000 50,000 69,000 494,000 61%

May 1971 Re-assessment based on 1971 census 478,000 61%

Information is collected from PRO file—HKRS261-3-54, the “Working Party Report on the Future of Broadcasting” which is annexed to Executive Council discussion file XCC(72)14 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 235

Notes on the Role of Hong Kong Television It is always thought-provoking if we could take a glimpse into the behind-­ the-­scene rationale of different business, and television service is of no exception. As addressed in the same report, the working party affirmed and highlighted that the role of television in the territory was mainly pro- vision of entertainment. As Hong Kong’s then television stations were all commercial-based, the requirement that broadcast licensees “maintain a proper balance in their subject matter and a high general standard of quality” (as in the Television Ordinance) actually implied the provision of entertainment programs which should be as diverse in type and style as possible. However, while people in the UK had enjoyed high-quality public ser- vice broadcasting from BBC, as part of the crown colony, whether Hong Kong shall be granted the “alternatives” was under debate. According to the report, some stakeholders had proposed that a non-commercial public broadcast should be provided to Hong Kong audience as a way to actual- ize the educationally, morally, sociologically or politically public role of television in the larger community. Reasons in support of public service broadcasting include the need of public interest, overseas successful expe- rience and the importance of preserving and developing local culture through a wide range of programming. However, objections were pre- sented based on assumptions that non-commercial practice was merely in theory and Hong Kong audience remained at a low level for choosing their programs did not display a foreseeable future for public service broadcasting. It was said that currently Hong Kong audience were satis- fied with the service provided by RHK in terms of diversity and quality of program. Therefore, an alternative public service broadcasting channel was unnecessary. Such worries and obstacles in establishing a total public service broad- casting system, retrospectively, show the short-sightedness of the colonial government and hesitation on developing local culture in the early 1970s. It is interesting to note that the 1970s has been widely regarded as an era that the founding stone of Hong Kong identity and local culture was laid thanks to the changing governance mind-set in the colonial government. However, from the historical documents, dynamics remained to be fur- ther unveiled. 236 K. J. WANG

First Wireless Television Between 1957 and 1960, a number of commercial organizations applied to the government for a license to establish the territory’s second televi- sion station. According to the above report on the future of broadcast in 1971, the working party, in 1960, actually recommended that a public corporation should be established to take over RHK and run a television service financed by commercial advertisements and managed by a consor- tium of commercial television management consultants. The proposal was declined, and a decision was made that a wireless television should be operated by commercial interests. In 1965, after a public tendering, a license was granted under the Television Ordinance to TVB (Television Broadcasts Limited). As Hong Kong’s first wireless television broadcasting service, the Chinese name of TVB suggested its landmark status in Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry. Its Chinese name “無線電視” literally means wireless television. The license granted the company an exclusive right to operate a wireless television service for five years from November 19, 1967. Thereafter, the license would be renewable every five years on a non-exclusive basis until November 1982. TVB operates both Chinese and English language chan- nels—TVB Jade and TVB Pearl. Similar to Rediffusion Television, revenue was derived from advertisements which were limited to overall 10% of transmission time in any period of 24 hours. A royalty of 10% of gross tak- ings would be paid to the government. The share of TVB was composed by capitals from local Hong Kong tycoons and foreign investors, mainly from the United States and UK. According to a confidential note deliv- ered to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office in the UK, information about shareholders of TVB was disclosed in the mid of conflicts between Rediffusion and TVB on the sharing of signal transmitter.13

Anglia (UK) 11% Butterfield and Swire (UK) 5% Gilmans 5% Eu Family (Hong Kong) 5% EMI (UK) 10% Hongkong & Shanghai Bank (UK) 10.5% Hutchison (UK) 10.5%

13 PRO file: HKRS261-3-54, the “Working Party Report on the Future of Broadcasting” is annexed to Executive Council discussion file XCC(72)14. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 237

National Broadcasting Company (NBC) (United States) 12.5% Shaw Brothers (Hong Kong) 5% Time Life (United States) 12.5% Minorities 13%

It was said that TVB represented the American lifestyle as one of the shareholders are the National Broadcasting Company (NBC) from the United States. While in fact, what seemed most challenging to Rediffusion was seldom the American style, but TVB’s “free of charge”. Compared to the 25 dollars monthly subscription fee charged by Rediffusion, TVB offered a much more tempting choice. Given to this, Rediffusion lowered the monthly fee from 25 to 20 dollars. Following the setting up of Hong Kong’s first free-of-charge wireless television, TVB, and the price cutting by Rediffusion, the number of household television among Hong Kong local families skyrocketed. In 1974, among the total 850,000 families in the territory, 780,000 already possessed their own TV sets (Ng 2003, pp. 6–7). The fierce competition between two television stations and people’s escalating obsession by tele- vision programs drove the significant progress of Hong Kong’s television culture. Innovative programs such as televised general knowledge contest shows and evening variety shows were launched. EYT, short for the “Enjoy Yourself Tonight” (EYT, Huanle Jinxiao 歡樂 今宵) was the signature program of TVB. It was also a Hong Kong local program that enjoyed the most longevity: by the closing date on October 15, 1994, EYT already had broadcasted 6613 episodes. As the most sig- nificant show that presented the new television station to Hong Kong people, EYT was aired immediately after the opening day of TVB in November 1967. In a strong contrast to Hong Kong’s social crisis, the 1967 riot at that time, the joy and laughter projected from EYT brought to people a silver lining against that particular social context. Introduced by then general manager of TVB, Mr. Colin Bendall, this program was adopted from an Australia variety show “In Melbourne Tonight” and was localized by director Robert Chua (蔡和平) by adding Hong Kong-style on-stage comedies and games. Robert Chua, a Chinese Singaporean, used to work in the television industry in Australia. When he was appointed to take charge of orchestrating EYT, he was only 21 years’ old. After his arrival in Hong Kong, he spent five months wandering around local com- munities and talking to people of different social classes. By doing this, 238 K. J. WANG

Robert Chua successfully integrated Hong Kong sense of living into this adapted television program (RTHK 2004, pp. 49–50). A gateway to Hong Kong’s television stage, EYT had starred a large group of stars from various backgrounds: film stars turned television actors, novice singers, Kung Fu players (e.g. Bruce Lee), popular broad- casting anchors (e.g. Tam Ping Man 譚炳文) and many more. Through staging on EYT, they were widely exposed to Hong Kong’s mass ordinary audience and soon gained wide popularity. Noteworthy is that, at the beginning of the 1970s when the Cantonese film industry hit the rock bottom, a large group of Cantonese film stars diverted their career to the television industry through the EYT platform to re-shape the image and regain their reputation. On-screen stars who experienced this career tran- sition included household names such as Lydia Shum (沈殿霞), Cheng Kwan-min (鄭君綿) and Helena Law Lan (羅蘭). The significance of EYT reached beyond TVB and the television busi- ness, turning into a social barometer. In June 1972, a destructive landslide in east Kowloon caused over a hundred casualties. EYT held a phenome- nal charity fund-raising show that gathered almost all local stars and raised 9 million Hong Kong dollars, a record-breaking record compared to pre- vious Rediffusion shows (Ng 2003, pp. 46–47). Yam Kim-fai and Chan Po-chu, the crowned duo of Cantonese opera, had their last public perfor- mance during the show. The legendary duo presented Princess Changping, a classic Cantonese opera repertoire that has shimmered in Hong Kong’s cultural history. TVB’s social impact furthered in the same year. On August 2, 1972, the opening ceremony of the Cross-Harbour Tunnel, city’s first harbor-­ crossing tunnel, featured government officials and a female star—Lydia Shum. One of the leading hosts of EYT, Shum, waved to cameras on a motor that ran second to the Governor’s (Ng 2003, pp. 51–58).14 This landmark moment epitomized TVB had quietly took over the pioneer role in Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry. The theme song of YET was adapted from an equally joyful light-jazz-­ style English song Enjoy Yourself, It’s Later Than You Think. In line with the theme from the original song that conveys

“You work and work for years and years, you’re always on the go; You never take a minute off, too busy makin’ dough; Someday you say, you’ll have

14 A chronological development of EYT and its social engagement. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 239

your fun, when you’re a millionaire; Imagine all the fun you’ll have in your old rockin’ chair”, the Chinese version EYT song depicted the down-to-­ earth daily life and desire of Hong Kong working class by chanting “you keep working in the daytime, but now after dinner it is time to relax. TVB presents you good programs to enjoy the night”. (日頭猛做, 到依家輕鬆下, 食過晚飯, 要休息番一陣。大家暢敘, 無線有好節目)

In 1970, TVB kicked off its first color-televised live-broadcast “EYT”. Since then, Hong Kong entered the age of color TV. And it was also due to the invincible success of TVB that forced Rediffusion transformed into a wireless broadcast to win back the lost audience base. Rediffusion (麗的 映聲, Video and sound of Rediffusion) was renamed into RTV (麗的電視, television of Rediffusion) in 1973. The 1970s marked an age of saturation with sound and video culture—the peak of radio culture and the mush- rooming television culture.

TV Drama Culture and Hong Kong Local Culture

Industrial Pioneer—Jade Theater In the 1950s, Rediffusion mainly relied on imported foreign television programs and old films to fill the air time. Along with regular news bulle- tin, only a small number of self-produced cultural programs existed. Similarly, in the inception period, TVB also purchased foreign television dramas. Soap operas included those from the United States and Japan where the television industry was more advanced than in Hong Kong. That being said, the importation of foreign programs provided job oppor- tunities to broadcasters who left radio stations and joined the television industry. They became Cantonese voice actors in American and Japanese soap operas and cartoons. As Cantonese dubbed soap operas soon got popularity, Cantonese theme songs later were also added to complete the “localization” process. Even though TVB soon developed their virtuoso TV programs ranging from news broadcast, soap operas and variety shows to educational programs, imported television dramas/cartoons dubbed in Cantonese along with a Cantonese-version theme song still played a cru- cial part of Hong Kong television culture. Gradually, television theme song turned to an equally important part in the television industry. What will be elaborated in Chap. 6 is that, televi- sion theme song composition once was an experimental field to a group of 240 K. J. WANG talented Hong Kong musicians and lyrists, who took innovative trials by fusing western and Chinese musical elements in creating theme songs for soap operas in different genres. These trials turned out to be the ground- breaking pieces that led Hong Kong’s popular music realm into a new chapter—the age of Cantopop. Cantopop means songs in western pop editing/arranging while sung in Hong Kong’s language, Cantonese— more elaboration will be in Chap. 6. Though theme songs and soap operas in Hong Kong’s television culture varied in a wide array, in its sprouting stage, orthodox genres in Hong Kong’s moving image culture—romance and sword-fighting—were the most common type used by producers to secure viewership. It was until the late 1960s that Hong Kong’s local production of tele- vision soap opera was commenced. TVB invited professional television producer Chung King-fai (鍾景輝) who used to study media production in New York and was then teaching media subjects in the Baptist College, to take part in their television production projects. Soon, TVB Jade launched the city’s first soap opera program in their prime time—“Jade Theater” (翡翠劇場), which featured a series of costume soap operas, mainly romantic stories in the context of the pre-World War II (WWII). People call this type of costume drama the “dramas of early Republican China” (民初劇). As Hong Kong’s television industry was still at its inception stage, TVB and Shaw Brothers co-organized training courses for potential performers. Household names such as Chow Yun-fat, Ng Mang Tat (吳孟達) and Lo Hoi Pang (盧海鵬) are still active in film and television industry or in char- ity business. Besides taking professional actors from their own training classes, TVB largely absorbed television performers from the descending Cantonese film industry. Discussed in Chap.2 that since the late 1960s, Cantonese films were seriously challenged by the high-quality Mandarin films pro- duced in epically grandiose scale. At the very beginning of the 1970s, the number of Cantonese film production dropped to its lowest point and the whole film industry in the territory was dominated by Mandarin produc- tions. The crisis in Cantonese film production forced a large group of actors seek alternatives, and the rising new industry—television was a tempting new path. In this film-television transition trend, a typical case was Adam Cheng (鄭少秋). He started his career as a Kung Fu actor in Cantonese films, while encountered serious career downturn amid the serious secession of 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 241

Cantonese film industry in the end of the 1960s. Discovered by Robert Chua, the director of EYT in TVB, Adam Cheng was invited to join TVB in 1970. He then had his televised debut in TVB’s brand-named show EYT and later performed in television dramas. His fruitful experience in the Cantonese film industry, especially in swordsman-fighting genre, soon made him protagonists in various prime-time costume dramas.

Synergy Effect from TV Dramas and Theme Songs A breakthrough came to Cheng in 1973 as he played the protagonist and sang the theme song in a costume drama Love in the Rain/Yanyu Mengmeng 煙雨濛濛, the ever first locally made color television drama aired at prime time, Monday–Friday. The theme song, as will be elabo- rated in Chap. 6, symbolized one of the pioneers that laid founding stones in the journey of crafting and framing Hong Kong’s unique type of popu- lar song—Cantopop. Adapted from a romance novel composed by one the most sought-after Taiwanese female novelist Chiung Yao 瓊瑤, the 20-episode television drama Love in the Rain narrated stories of romance and revenge situated in the Republican China era—a pioneer drama of early Republican China. Besides the arresting plots full of twists and turns, this flagship-drama staged a group of popular young and veteran stars (e.g. film star Adam Cheng, “Miss Hong Kong Pageant” awardee Louise Lee (李司棋) and veteran Cantonese film actress Yung Yuk Yi (容玉意)). The theme song Love in the Rain, carrying the same title as the drama itself, was an attention-grabbing work, which later turned a landmark in Hong Kong’s popular music history. As mentioned, musicians in that age took television theme song as experimental works which from time to time sparked unexpected glares. This theme precisely demonstrated such inspir- ing experimental musical work: poetic lyrics, a fusion of western musical orchestration and Chinese traditional instrument accompaniment, Adam Cheng sang the song in his natural voice which conveyed a hint of melan- choly sensation. The song turned out an extraordinarily popular hit, along with the wide-spread television drama, became a talk of town and a trend setter. Since then, Adam Cheng became the icon of local television drama and television theme song. His later involvement in a series of costume dramas and fashion dramas soon became household titles. The synergy effect of television drama and theme song (fusion-style departing from traditional Cantonese operatic singing) that drove the 242 K. J. WANG development of Hong Kong local culture continued to thrive in the 1970s when television culture dominated Hong Kong mass population’s daily life. Classic works include costume dramas such as The Little Li Flying Dagger/Xiaoli Feidao 小李飛刀 (1978), Cho Lau Heung/Chuliu Xiang 楚留香 (1979), and fashion dramas such as A House is Not a Home/Jia Bian 家變 (1977), Crocodile Tear/Eyu Lei 鱷魚淚 (1978) and The Bund/ Shanghai Tan 上海灘 (1980). All of them carry the same title for the drama itself and the theme song. Similar to the practice of Love in the Rain, drama protagonists also took the role as the theme song singer, maximizing the effect of stardom and the brand-name effect of the drama itself. Many of these television dramas starred a group of film turned tele- vision stars and talents graduated from TVB’s training school. These household names still linger in today’s Hong Kong society in remem- brance of the days the local and refugee families settled in the colonial territory but bound by the television culture. In the 1970s, genres of television drams continued to thrive. Besides the once commonly used romantic stories in the Republican China con- text, fashion dramas, especially dramas of big family conflicts: A House is Not a Home/Jia Bian 家變 (1977) and The Good, The Bad And The Ugly/ Wangzhongren 網中人 (1979) and so on. These dramas, along with their theme songs, which were performed in pop style with piercing lyrics com- posed by a number of talented lyricists, consolidated the Hong Kong-style television culture.

Cascade of TV Drama Competition Despite that CTV (Commercial Television), which started business in 1975, once stirred tides among the duel between RTV and TVB, the short-live CTV (discuss in the next section) failed to transform the ecol- ogy in the television industry. The TV industrial landscape in Hong Kong had seen a TVB-domination. Since the very early stage, RTV was shad- owed by TVB’s free-of-charge service. This deficiency lasted even RTV later also launched its free-of-charge wireless broadcasting service. According to senior television professionals, as TVB first entered the wire- less broadcasting market, audience, especially the mass grassroot popula- tion, were attracted by the convenience and program diversity of TVB and later felt reluctant to re-tune the television set to RTV despite that both of them offered free service (Chin 2008, p. 7) (Table 4.3). 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 243

Table 4.3 Annual loss of RTV/ATV

Year RTV/ATV Loss

1973–1978 Total loss HKD 350 million 1989 HKD 350 million 1990 HKD 280 million 1991 HKD 330 million 1992 HKD 189 million 1993 HKD 139 million 1994 HKD 88 million 1997–1998 HKD 260 million

Source: cited from Ng H 2003, The History of HK Television, p. 91

Ensnared in dire competition and facing TVB’s non-stop well-received TV drama productions, RTV revenged by launching a series of epic pro- ductions under the marketing strategic scheme named “Sail Out Thousand Boat” (千帆並舉). The very first work under this scheme was theGood Earth/Dadi Enqing 大地恩情 (1980), an adaptation from a Nobel Literature Prize work The Good Earth composed by American female nov- elist Pearl Buck. The theme song that carried the same title was penned by lyric talent Lai Siu Tin (黎小田) and performed by Michael Kwan (關正 傑) who was one of the most sought-after singers famous for his honest baritone in many romantic costume dramas and swordsmen-fighting genre dramas. The song, conveying the deep-seated calamity of feudalist rural life and people’s unbearable heaviness in the course of survival, was a mile- stone hit in the 1980s. Equally enchanting was the epic historical narra- tion in Good Earth’s 70 episodes: Entangled in the epochal social transformation of rural China, throughout the beginning of the twentieth century to the foundation of PRC, characters from different social back- grounds unveiled the blood and flesh in human beings’ life-long struggles. This epic drama proved a beautiful squelch taken by RTV as the finely produced drama touched the nerve of generations of Hong Kong people who had walked through miles of life journeys that were filled with phe- nomenal blessing and curse as the drama showcased. The tremendous success of Good Earth even forced TVB to abruptly cut the on-going drama Five Easy Pieces/Lunliu Zhuan 輪流轉 (1980). The Five Easy Pieces was originally an 80-episode drama, which, to certain extent, was an equally epic story about social transformation through enchanting narrations of personal histories. The theme song, which was 244 K. J. WANG granted the same title, was sung by one of the most popular male singers Adam Cheng and was written by Hong Kong’s most talented composer-­ lyricist duo (顧家煇) and James Wong (黃霑). However, in this cruel duel, for the first time TV drama of TVB was outshined by RTV. In the decades afterwards as only RTV (later named ATV) and TVB remained the only two broadcasting services in Hong Kong, similar stimulation-­reaction strategy was repeatedly utilized by TVB against the rivalry. For instance, in 1994, when ATV launched its infotainment pro- gram Hong Kong Today/Jinri Dizhen Di (今日睇真D) in which local and global social news and anecdotes were seasoned by a group of talented anchors, after a few months TVB soon responded with a similar program named Focus On Focus/Chenshi Zhuiji (城市追擊) anchored by promi- nent stars such as James Wong and Anderson Junior (安德尊).

The Short-Lived But GroundBreaking CTV It is widely regarded that the most significant contribution of CTV was the fact that it was the first television station that produced martial art costume dramas. The aforementioned household titles of swordsmen-­ fighting dramas such asLittle Li Flying Dagger/Xiaoli Feidao 小李飛刀 (1978) and Cho Lau Heung/Chuliu Xiang 楚留香 (1979) were all fol- lowers of CTV. CTV’s first martial art costume drama was released in 1976, only three years after TVB launched the city’s first TV drama in 1973. As the city-wide TV drama creation was still at its sprouting phase and most of the TV producers would rather play safe by shooting romance costume dramas, CTV took the baton to draw upon the curtain of Hong Kong’s martial art TV culture. In the following decades, similar to the impact and energy generated from Hong Kong martial art films, Hong Kong’s martial art dramas became another important cultural asset that makes “worlding” Hong Kong culture. In 1973, to introduce more competitors to the wireless television ser- vice field, another new television channel was launched under the decision that the Hong Kong government released its second and third wireless television licenses. Among these two new licenses, Rediffusion was granted the Chinese-English dual-language channel and the Commercial Television (CTV, 佳藝電視) got the license to televise a single Chinese channel. The duration of the license was 15 years until 1980. In 1973, RTV launched its free-of-charge wireless broadcasting and in 1975 CTV broadcasted the Chinese service. The mid-1970s marked a special period that Hong Kong 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 245 marched giant steps into the age of television with provision of more diverse choice of local-language television service. Noteworthy is that, in the context that CTV was granted the broadcast license, it was the first time that Chinese officials were included in the licensee tender selection committee, which for a long time had been westerner-dominated.15 This change further buttressed the formulation and consolidation of Hong Kong’s local television culture. The logo of CTV was a hexagon that represented six Confucius core subjects (etiquette, music, shooting, horse riding, literature and mathe- matics/「禮、樂、射、御、書、數」) and the six major shareholders, including Chinese and British tycoons, such as Hang Seng Bank, the Jardine Matheson, newspaper groups including Sing Tao Daily, Hwa Kiu Daily and Kung Sheung Daily and the Commercial Radio. Among them, the Commercial Radio owned by George Ho was mainly responsible for CTV’s daily operation. The headquarters of CTV was located at the Broadcast Drive at Kowloon Tong, along with other four broadcasting stations, making this hill the heart of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry. To note that, the establishment of CTV and its later sudden closure remained an elusive puzzle in Hong Kong’s television industry. A number of born deficiencies carried by CTV, at the first place, already left this new born entity in a disadvantageous corner in the market. Though painstak- ing efforts were exerted to keep CTV survive, it could never elude from its heartbreaking demise. It is understood that education programs embedded in CTV directly led to its final tragedy. Granted the license to provide free television ser- vice, CTV was on the other required to broadcasting educational televi- sion programs in prime time every night between 9:30 and 11:20. The rationale behind education program was dated back to 1968, one year after the 1967 riot that the colonial government realized the need to improve people’s living condition. Under this backdrop, elevating Hong Kong’s mass education quality was one of the important taskforces. Broadcasting educational programs on television was then considered an effective way to promote mass education, as by that time television had become a daily mass communication channel. The education department soon launched its education television unit, which started producing rel- evant programs in 1971. Before the coming of CTV, TVB and RTV

15 PRO File: XCC(73)27 in HKRS261-3-57~58. 246 K. J. WANG already broadcasted educational programs eight hours daily. Programs being televised included general subjects (Chinese, mathematics) of pri- mary and secondary school levels. However, being commercial broadcast- ing companies, TVB and RTV were reluctant to sacrifice prime-time viewership for the sake of airing education programs. It was also against such background that CTV was granted the license on condition that edu- cational programs should be broadcasted in daily prime time. Yet such arrangement soon caused adverse consequence to the television station. Bearing the above disadvantage, CTV had to take extra efforts in order to survive, among which producing martial art costume dramas was a giant step. Similar to the film genre that features swords fighting (wuxia) in the ancient Chinese context, CTV’s martial art dramas presented epic stories of Chinese heroes and heroines situated in a sinister yet romantic “world of swordsmen”—Jiang Hu (江湖). In 1976, the release of martial art drama The Legend of The Condor Heroes/Shediao Yingxiong Zhuan 射雕英雄傳, adapted from a novel ­composed by Hong Kong’s prominent martial art novelist Louis Cha Leung-­yung 查良鏞/金庸, was a groundbreaking moment in Hong Kong cultural history. The drama was directed by the experienced television pro- ducer Siu Sang 蕭笙. In fact, he used to propose martial art novel adapta- tion when he was working in RTV but was neglected. He recalled that the time investment of making martial art television drams was 24 times than other genres. This first martial art drama was even shot in South Korea for the snow-scene fighting. The grand production of this drama was proved well rewarding. Upon the launch of this spectacular martial art television drama on April 12, 1972, Hong Kong people were soon drawn by this flamboyant swordsman world. Every night, when the theme song of the drama was aired, it stroke the chord of every family and if you took a stroll in Hong Kong’s public estates, only empty streets could be found; people of all ages did nothing on the street but laid their eyes on the television screen. At the dining table, the whole family enjoyed their meals and immersed into the heroic land of “The Legend of The Condor Heroes” (RTHK 2004, p. 52). The leading actors of the drama, such as Michelle Yim (米雪), soon gained huge fame in Hong Kong and even in South East Asia. Following “The Legend”, CTV released another TV adaptation from Louis Cha work The Romance of the Condor Heroes/Shendiao Xialu 神鵰 俠侶 also in 1976. By this end, CTV had already showcased significant threat to TVB and RTV by being the first television station producing heroic martial art dramas. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 247

Seeing the success of The Legend, TVB realized the huge potential of martial art dramas and made every effort to catch the trend. The majority of material and human resources were invested to martial art drama pro- duction. TVB even purchased the copyright of Louis Cha’s martial art novels. Under such circumstances, CTV had to turn to martial art works adapted from Gu Long (古龍), another martial art novelist master. TV dramas of Gu Long series such as Meteor, Butterfly and Sword/Liuxing Hudie Jian 流星·蝴蝶·劍 (1978) was well-received too. But facing TVB’s ambition and phenomenal investment in the field of martial art costume drama, CTV had to seek alternative way to survive. For example, a group of television talents from Taiwan were recruited to further innovate costume drama production, which, unfortunately were under criticism of dullness and unsuitable to Hong Kong’s local taste. Despite that CTV martial art dramas once became talk of the town in 1976, the tide was soon conquered by TVB and CTV failed to lead the trend. In 1978, cultural business talent Selina Liang Shuk-yee (梁淑儀) left TVB and was poached to join CTV to rescue its ebbing business. Liang’s resignation was followed by a group of TVB staffs who were loyal to Liang. Under Liang’s baton, a series of actions that aimed to help CTV bounce back were soon implemented, named “July CTV”. Intensive eye-­ catching advertising dominated newspaper front-page, again making talk of the town while at the same time equal weight of criticism. This wave of action ended with failure, and the low rating of a series of new television drams led to fierce conflicts among CTV’s major investors (Ng 2003, pp. 75–90). CTV consequently faced tremendous financial crisis. CTV was abruptly closed in 1978. Without prior notice, on August 22, 1978, a notice was placed at the gate of the television station, informing the cease of business due to financial crackdown. Shocked by the sudden decision, CTV staffs protested to the governor on September 7 and assem- bled at the Victoria Park on September 10. Unfortunately, the high court announced bankruptcy of CTV on October 19, symbolizing a finale to the short-lived television business. The reasons behind remain disputable while the embedment of education programs in prime time, the fierce competition from TVB and RTV as well as the background of CTV’s shareholders (the Lam family was from Macao instead of from Hong Kong) seemed equally important. Actually, the second year of CTV’s busi- ness, complaints from CTV were already heard among the executive coun- cil members. It was said that competition was greater than expected. In retrospect, the establishment of CTV was at the height of television 248 K. J. WANG

­industrial recession when advertising budget was low. Plus, there were already two commercial broadcasting services in this small territory, exhausting the market share in terms of advertising income (Chin 2008, p. 73). More importantly, public interest remained low in educational TV programs which hence led to equally low interest from advertisers.16 After the closure of CTV, its TV programs were purchased and archived by TVB and RTV. Until today, we could still peek into the jianghu made by CTV as TVB exhibited CTV dramas from time to time in late night. From the dazzling swords-fighting scenes and arresting theme songs, peo- ple recall the days when different broadcasting providers strived to plough new ways to advance Hong Kong’s television culture.

From RHK to RTHK

Debates About Changing Role of RHK Having served the information dissemination channel of the government, RHK had experienced important structural transformations since its com- mencement in 1928. After the devastating 1967 riot, the colonial govern- ment realized the lack of communication between the authority and the mass population, especially the massive Chinese grassroot population. Considerable scale of social reconstruction and public infrastructure improvement were carried out by the government since then: public hous- ing, education, public health and diversification of top-down communica- tion channels (Cheung 2009). RHK, with little doubt, became the main target amid the reformation in the arena of mass media. Under this backdrop, a television section was set up in RHK and was directed by Jimmy Hawthorne who was sent to Hong Kong from BBC managerial sector. After Donald Brooks left, Hawthorne took the position as the Director of the RHK. He elucidated the purpose of setting up the television department:

The introduction of the RTHK Television, an outcome of the 1967 disturbances, was to propagate the truth, to entertain and to educate the general public. The aims of the groups are: to enlighten the people on issues; to present the Government’s views clearly; to see a proper debate on matters of public concern.

16 PRO files: XCC(76)63 in HKRS261-3-65~66. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 249

In 1968, also as a result of the 1967 riot, the Department of Education established an education television unit in order to increase population’s literacy and to supply an education channel out of a formal schooling sys- tem. In the post-war era, Hong Kong became a shelter that received tre- mendous influx of mainland Chinese refugees, among whom a considerable proportion were illiterate rural population or grassroot class who received limited education. Against such backdrop and under the government’s reformation policy, Hong Kong’s education television started broadcast- ing service in 1971, technologically supported by RHK and broadcasted via commercial television channels. Education programs covered founda- tional subjects such as Chinese, English, Mathematics and Social Science of primary and secondary school levels. In 1976, when RHK was renamed to RTHK, the education television was incorporated into part of this gov- ernment broadcast station. According to a 1977 report, viewership reached 600,000 people (Ng 2003, p. 10). The video tapes of these pro- grams were also dispatched to public schools as supplementary teaching materials. In campaign of building RHK, the public broadcasting service of Hong Kong, RHK had walked a rocky road. To both Brooks and Hawthorne, who used to serve at top position in the BBC, establishing RHK/RTHK into a BBC-mode public broadcasting was their goal. For example, as part of the government, RHK used to relay the news issued by the governmen- tal information office. In 1973, Brooks strived to take control over RHK’s own journalistic and editorial independence and as a result eventually RHK established its own news department which as well offered news to other commercial broadcast stations. It was also since then that RHK news bulletin format of news reports varied from news brief to features, adding more color to news reporting. However, under serious objection from the Information Department, the development of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry was eventually diverted to a future with more commercial broad- casting service providers in the field rather than owning a Hong Kong public broadcasting (Cheung 2006). In a “notes of reservation” presented by the then Director of Broadcasting D. E. Brooks annexed in the “Future of Broadcasting” report, he condemned the too-conservative attitude held by the working party which preferred introducing more commercial competition than establishing a public service system to the city. In the report, he insisted his strong will to build a public service broadcast in the colony. His determi- nation to public service broadcasting was in clash with the then Director 250 K. J. WANG of Information Service N. J. V. Watt. We could still trace the ideations held by Brooks from his words:

The principal aim of public service broadcasting is, after all, to ‘make the good popular and the popular good’. Where these qualities are absent, no amount of regulation or control can force a commercial broadcaster to relegate his prime motive to a secondary role. It may be said that in Hong Kong we cannot afford the luxury of publicly financed broadcasting which will be both socially important, interesting and entertaining in itself but will also serve to raise the standards of commercial broadcasting, and I would have been happier with the working party’s report if it had been able to recognize the immediate introduction, but cast doubt on the ability of the Colony to afford it.17

RHK was transformed into RTHK (Radio Television Hong Kong) in 1976.

Below the Lion Rocks Below the Lion Rocks/Shizishan Xia 獅子山下 was one of the signature productions under this context. Starting from 1972, it was said that, due to Hawthorne’s experience in BBC, he encouraged producing programs voicing out opinions from the grassroot people and programs that in line with public policies such as fighting against crime (Cheung2006 ). The naming of the program was closely related to the location of RHK head- quarters which faced the Lion Rocks. In the prolonged post-war era, refugees from mainland China, legally and illegally, crossed the border and arrived in Hong Kong’s New Territories which then were still massive planting fields. The Lion Rocks separated the urban area from the planting fields. The floods of refugees who managed to settle down in the urban area built their shelters under the Lion Rocks with wooden stacks. Seeing from windows in the RHK building, what filled the eyes were the massive size refugee community. People here survived amid problems of hygiene, crime, security and poten- tial threats from fire and epidemic disease. This scene in reality made a robust field for RHK staffs to tell the most authentic stories of Hong Kong people (RTHK 2004, p. 80).

17 PRO file: HKRS261-3-54, the “Working Party Report on the Future of Broadcasting” is annexed to Executive Council discussion file XCC(72)14. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 251

In the first few years, each episode was set in a public estate apartment, featuring an ordinary but typical Hong Kong family life: the older genera- tion was refugee from mainland China while the youngsters were locally born new generation. The shooting was situated in real scenes and was shots were taken by 16mm reels in black-and-white with live sound ­recording. Since the late 1970s, further reformation was made on the program that each episode consisted of one individual story, same as previ- ously, depicting ordinary people’s life in post-war Hong Kong. Under the principle that authentic daily life shall be revealed, Below the Lion Rocks series was soon known for its critical and humane lens that captured adver- saries or even life-and-death problems faced by those underprivileged. And it was also since then, the program became the experimental field to a group of young directors. This group of young talents was later called the “New Wave”, introducing the European realistic filming techniques and philosophies to Hong Kong (see Chap. 2). Episodes of this series mirrored a large number of pressing social prob- lems in the late 1960s and 1970s, also a drastically transitional era for the colonial government and the mass population. Livelihood issues: housing, security and life problems of boat people and squatter residents, crime rates in public real estates, and youth problems were captured by camera and shown on television screens. Through the lens of a group of filming professionals, especially a group of young (under their 30s) and locally grown-up New Wave directors, stories of millions of grassroot people were narrated in forms of docudrama. These large amount docudramas later were widely regarded as the groundbreaking debut works from the New Wave directors (Image 4.2).

Dynamics Behind the Scene in RTHK Series Ann Hui, a leading member of the New Wave and a frequent awardee in international film festivals, already stretched her style, motif, scope and vision in her early television works. She filmed three RTHKBelow the Lion Rocks episodes that featured social issues of Vietnamese refugee, public infrastructures and drug problems. Her penetrating narration of Hong Kong’s hidden social problems was even once banned by the related offi- cial departments. For example, her output during her service in the film unit of ICAC (Independent Commission Against Corruption, an inde- pendent government unit), the ICAC series, was censored. Her works for the Below the Lion Rocks series, Bridge/Qiao 橋 (1978), ran into difficulties 252 K. J. WANG

Image 4.2 Communities under the Lion Rocks in the 1960s. The image dated back to approximately 1960s post-war Hong Kong shows the sites the resettle- ment estate (right) and temporary self-built shelters (center and far right), where housed hundreds of thousands of refugees originated from mainland China. (Courtesy to Special Collections, The University of Hong Kong Libraries) with the authorities and was subsequently excised before it was aired (Shu 1998).18 Bridge told a story about a Kowloon residential community where traf- fic accidents frequented following the demolishment of a wooden bridge. Protests were agitated. In Ann Hui’s work Bridge (1978), cross sections of a social incident were laid bare, from the eyes of an American reporter: hoods exploiting the pedestrian bridge to supply electricity illegally and made profits from doing so; dreadful living conditions of residents (short- age of water and electricity); The Housing Authority denied knowing about the bridge’s demolition, and the Social Welfare Department putting on a virtuous fronts but in fact against the residents; the hoods agitated the residents against the authorities while many residents were unsure about their attitudes; the government was irresponsible and failed to

18 Ann Hui’s television programs about police corruption were banned under the instruc- tion from ICAC (Independent Commission Against Corruption). 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 253 answer people’s will; the government was good at whitewashing by show- ing foreign officials a rosy picture; the intellectual class was reluctant to stand out when things really happened (Shu 1998). The Bridge episode caught attention from the Housing Authority which was concerned about the negative depiction of the malfunctioning Housing Authority. The Housing Authority wrote to RTHK and expressed their concern. In response to the complaints and questions from the Housing Authority regarding “we do not need a government radio station to pick over our social sores”, the director of broadcasting, Donald Kerr emphasized that the role of RTHK was “to report social problems as a way of involving the public intelligently in community matters”. Regarding Ann Hui’s Bridge, Kerr emphasized that the message from the episode was to alert people “beware spontaneous anti-Government public demonstra- tions and look at the motives of the manipulators”. Plus, in the episode, a girl assistant explained the real reasons, and a scene where she showed visi- tors around was used to give the facts on housing progress. Kerr further defended that, no other arm of the government had had so much “unqual- ified enthusiastic promotion both on radio and television”.19 Housing issues topped among RTHK’s programs, under the context that massive housing reformation was taking place in the post-1967 era while different types of problems still lingered. It was interesting to spot that, though the director of broadcasting made every effort to steer away questions from the authorities, it is not difficult to unveil the nature of RHK television to intelligently engage the public community. In 1974, a survey showed that Below the Lion Rocks reached 1,490,000 viewership, while at that time the top-rated RTV program was only 422,000 (Ng 2003, p. 13; Chin 2008, p. 81).20 Below the Lion Rocks pre- sented not only vivid depiction of the post-war multi-faceted Hong Kong mass society, but also a musical legacy—the theme song with the same title as the TV series. At the beginning, the theme song of the series was a Cantonese folk tune. In 1979, along with the rising popularity of Hong Kong-style popu- lar song—Cantopop in the society, the theme song was turned into a pop style titled Below the Lion Rocks. Melody floats ups and downs in a ballad

19 PRO files: HKRS670-1-7. 20 While in Chin Wan’s book, the figure reached 2,900,000. It was said that according to the government census, among all the household television owners, 99% watched Below the Lion Rocks. 254 K. J. WANG style, carrying lyrics that featured the equally intriguing twists and turns on the rocky road that Hong Kong people had gone through.

In life we are sometimes glad But we’ll also be sad We together have met under the lion rock Our joy is counted more than sighing In life there is rugged Can’t be without worries on the same boat in Hong Kong we each help each other Release those conflicts in our mind Ideals chase together Swear to stay with always Be Brave Without fear As we live in Hong Kong With Hands to Overcome We together used hard works to have written those Hong Kong Immortal words (Under the Lion Rocks. Music: Joseph Koo, Lyric: James Wong. Translated by the author) (人生中有歡喜 難免亦常有淚 我哋大家 在獅子山下相遇上 總算是歡笑多於唏噓 人生不免崎嶇 難以絕無掛慮 既是同舟 在獅子山下且共濟 拋棄區分求共對 放開彼此心中矛盾 理想一起去追 同舟人 誓相隨 無畏更無懼 同處海角天邊 攜手踏平崎嶇 我哋大家 用艱辛努力寫下那 不朽香江名句)

The song was composed by Joseph Koo and penned by James Wong, the most talented and sought-after Hong Kong popular song creative duo in Hong Kong. The song was expressively interpreted by Roman Tam (羅 文), then a guru of Hong Kong pop music arena and later recognized the “Hong Kong pop legend” famous for his superior skills in English, Mandarin and Cantonese singing and his versatile stage images. From a TV theme song to a Hong Kong popular cultural classic, Below the Lion Rocks touched the nerve of generations of listeners by telling immortal stories of endeavors Hong Kong people had taken to make the city thrive. The ambition of this song was hinted by the lyrics. The last line 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 255 was originally penned “Hong Kong long live forever” (香港千秋萬歲), as envisioned by James Wong. But later the finished version showed “immor- tal words” instead ( July 2, 2015). James Wong was born in Guangzhou. In 1949, following the establish- ment of PRC, the Wong family (the father was a pro-KMT civilian) moved to Hong Kong. For more than ten years, James Wong was living in Shum Shui Po, which had and still has the biggest cluster of grassroot people of city. James Wong experienced corner stone incidents in Hong Kong con- temporary history which were also the turning points that changed his life: the devastating fire of Shek Kip Mei wooden rack house area (the accident boosted Hong Kong government to think seriously about housing prob- lem), the 1967 riot in addition to the everyday life of thousands of Hong Kong grassroot people in post-war Hong Kong. James Wong recalled, when he was writing the lyrics for Below the Lion Rocks, he thought about the 1967 riot. Molotov Cocktail (petrol bombs) were put on streets and the whole city was enmeshed in imminent vio- lence. The labor strike and anti-colonialism movement turned to a riot. By projecting his sentiments in the song, James Wong hoped that people embracing different ideals could abandon the conflicts and walked hand in hand to chase the Hong Kong dream.21 For a long period of time, Below the Lion Rocks was regarded hallmark of the city and the core spirit of Hong Kong people. However, according to Prof. Ng Chun Hung, a Hong Kong popular culture scholar, James Wong was by all means a “Chinese nationalist”. Today, the “Chinese national vs. Hongkonger” debate was ever more tensed in the Hong Kong society. In different occasions, the song was brought forth to reinforce the Hong Kong spirit. But ironically, James Wong and his family regarded themselves as émi- gré, diaspora, dreaming one day they could return home and re-established the lost Republic of China. Every year on October 10, the Wong family would hoist the flag of Republic of China to remember their lost nation. In 1982, James Wong wrote the song My Chinese Heart/Wode Zhongguoxin 我的中國心, proclaiming that “no matter where I am, nothing can change my Chinese heart”. The song was well-received in PRC, epitomizing the first Hong Kong popular song officially landed in PRC after 1949.22

21 Episode “James Wong: Very Hong Kong”, 2016, RTHK, http://www.rthk.hk/tv/ dtt31/programme/popcultureicons2015/episode/339752. 22 Episode “James Wong: Very China”, 2016, RTHK, http://www.rthk.hk/tv/dtt31/ programme/popcultureicons2015/episode/339751. 256 K. J. WANG

Despite of the controversial “Chinese heart” of James Wong, his legacy Below the Lion Rocks became a Hong Kong all-time cultural resource that carries numerous repertoires under changing temporal-spatial contexts. While from time to time, Hong Kong and mainland Chinese officials quoted lines from this song to praise the arduous Hong Kong people who made the economic miracle on the capitalist land, this 1979 song unex- pectedly got a glamorous second life in the hands of Hong Kong youths. In 2014, the city-wide pro-democracy social movement, Umbrella Movement, broke out in the city. After nearly a one-month occupation, a limbo was emerged, and the momentum of the movement was clogged as attritions occurred among different movement camps. On October 23, a masterpiece of pro-movement and pro-democracy prop was unveiled in front of 7 million Hong Kong people. A group of hikers secretly climbed on top of the Lion Rocks and hanged a huge banner stating “I want genu- ine universal suffrage” (我要真普選). The Lion Rocks image, the move- ment banner and the classic Below the Lion Rocks song were re-mixed into a music video, symbolizing activists’ deep-seated sense of belonging to the city—a profound Hong Kong identity. The song Below the Lion Rocks has been passed down through genera- tions, through different epochs and under different sovereignties. The polesemic nature of music and song grants this long-lived musical work a vibrant life that echoes voices of commoners and rulers at different social sectors and social classes. The RTHK classic TV program Below the Lion Rocks also retains a new life in the millenniums. Not only that old-time episodes were re-exhibited on websites for the public, television profes- sionals continue to produce new episodes that, similar to those in the 1970s, penetrate into the most deep-seated social problems and mirror the zeitgeist of Hong Kong23 (Image 4.3).

Gallants’ Duel in the 1980s The collapse of CTV in 1978 led to a long-lasting era that TVB and RTV became the only two television broadcasting service providers and the later turmoil in RTV (later named ATV) further led to the quasi-­ monopoly of TVB.

23 Archives of Below the Lion Rocks classics: http://www.rthk.hk/tv/dtt31/programme/ belowthelionrockclassics?lang=en. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 257

Image 4.3 Lion Rocks with banner. (Taken by the author)

Mogul TVB In 1984, TVB got on list as HK-TVB Limited and actively expanded its business home and abroad. In 1988, TVB headquarters left Broadcast Drive and moved to the much larger Clear Water Bay site as their new base which used to be the grand studio of Shaw Brothers. As early as the late 1970s, facing the rapid rising of new style film companies such as Golden Harvest, the increasing importance of Cantonese film and the drastic changing in the film industry, the once film industrial giant—Shaw Brothers—was clogged in the drastic changing time. In 1967, entertain- ment business mogul Run Run Shaw (1907–2014) commenced its televi- sion business with another local businessman Lee Hau-wo (利孝和), the third son of financial magnate Lee Hysan 利希慎. In 1980, Lee Hau-wo died from heart attack and his wife Christine Lee Look Ngan-kwan (利陸 雁群) (also called Mrs. Lee Hau-wo (利孝和夫人)) inherited the legacy. Though since then Run Run Shaw took charge in operating the business, Mrs. Lee appeared publicly in different corporate ceremonial occasions. 258 K. J. WANG

Her elegance and grace shimmered from her precious gown and jewelry became an all-time TVB symbol. According to deputy program controller of ATV, Chan Kai-cheung commented that TVB Jade first showed its ambition as early as in the 1970s when it aggressively took the lead to produce local programs instead of dubbing foreign programs into Cantonese or directly importing foreign programs. In-house produced soap operas, variety shows and television games featured local talents and reflected local lifestyle. “TVB with over 4000 hours of in-house Cantonese productions, is reputably the largest Chinese television program producer in the world” (Chan 1991, p. 510). In 1985, TVB’s prime-time advertising fee was already 100 times of the price in 1967. Even though Rediffusion was the first broadcasting service in Hong Kong, TVB’s financial foundation and the long-established expe- rience in entertainment industry from its main leader Run Run Shaw together with his wife, the former Shanghai-origin singer Mona Fong (方 逸華) helped TVB excel its competitors for decades (Table 4.4).

Table 4.4 Net profit of TVB 1979–1994 (Hong Kong dollar)

Year Net profit of TVB

1979 33,000,000 1980 56,000,000 1981 100,000,000 1982 142,000,000 1983 175,000,000 1984 204,000,000 1985 232,000,000 1986 314,000,000 1987 408,000,000 1988 326,000,000 1989 357,000,000 1990 327,000,000 1991 249,750,000 1992 365,580,000 1993 520,000,000 1994 639,000,000

Data Source: TVB annual reports Cited from Chung PYS, 2011, A hundred year of Hong Kong film industry, p. 265 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 259

Struggling of RTV/ATV However, the situation of RTV was far less promising compared to TVB. The quaking of ownership composition since the late 1970s gave a heavy hit on staffs’ morale and the quality of production, and thus eventu- ally in 2016 led to the final note of Hong Kong’s first broadcast sta- tion destiny. Suffered from continuous loss, which reached 230 million dollars accu- mulatively, in 1981, Rediffusion Britain stopped its investment in Hong Kong RTV. In the same year, David Syme & Co., Ltd. from Australia bought 61.2% share of RTV. In 1982, Hong Kong businessman Chiu Te Ken Deacon (邱德根), founder of Far East Bank and a former TVB major shareholder bought the rest 38.8 share of RTV at rock-bottom price and since then the Chiu family chaired the operation of the television station. Chiu renamed RTV into ATV (Asia Television Limited), considering that the original British ownership already ceased. Entering its new epoch, ATV since 1985 became home to the Miss Asia pageant, counterpart of TVB’s Miss Hong Kong pageant. Chiu operated the business in a frugal style: the annual expenditure of the company was around 80–90 million dollars while TVB’s annual budget in 1986 was 369 million dollars (Chan 1991, p. 510). It was also thanks to Chiu’s effective management philosophy that ATV for the first time turned loss to profit (7 million dollars) in 1986. In the following year, Chiu further renamed the Chinese and English channels into golden channel and dia- mond channel, respectively. In two years, in 1988, another restructuring shrouded ATV as more local businessmen got involved in the corporation: Lam Pak-yan (林百欣), founder of the Lai Sun textile manufacturing corporation, and Cheng Yu-tong (鄭裕彤), the New World real estate group. Improvement was implemented on television production equipment and transmission net- work. In 1989, the Chiu family sold ATV’s share to the New World group and Lai Sun at 613 million dollars, officially withdrew from ATV business. In 1989, again, ATV was renamed following its ownership restructure: the former golden channel was renamed into ATV Home and the diamond channel turned to ATV World. With the joining of the new consortium, enormous investment was put into renovation: the annual expenditure jumped from 80–90 million dollars to an estimated 500 million dollars in 1990. However, this figure was still far less than its counterpart’s 648 million-­dollar annual budget. 260 K. J. WANG

However, as for over two decades, TVB had been widely regarded the television leading figure in the territory, especially the Sinophone com- munity where TVB Jade dominated the market. TVB Jade productions, including prime-time soap operas and the annual Miss Hong Kong pag- eant attracted city-wide viewership and became talk of the town on the next day—virtually a process of Hong Kong identity formulation. Given that a number of strategies ATV had adopted to challenge TVB’s bossy status, such as the “Sail Out Thousand Boat” campaign in the early 1980s, the real competition seldom lasted long as TVB soon learned the lessons and dissolved difficulties by bouncing back with more rigorously made programs. However, the ebbs and flows of ATV production quality and creative rigor were from time to time halted by the company’s changing financial and management structures. The precarious future of ATV fur- ther shoved audience away from being loyalty. The overall performance of ATV for a long time had been tremendously outshined by TVB, so did the advertising revenue turnover and the corporate profit (Tables 4.5 and 4.6).

Table 4.5 Viewership of Chinese television channels

Chinese Television Daily Average Viewership (%)

1984 1988 1989

Any Chinese TV 83 94 95 Chinese TV only 77 87 86 TVB jade only 49 75 57 ATV home only 3 1 2 Both Chinese channels 31 18 36

Source: Chan KC 1991, The media and telecommunications, in Richard Y.C. Wong and Joseph Y. S. Cheng (eds) The other Hong Kong report (pp. 507–536). The Chinese University Press. p. 509

Table 4.6 Annual loss of ATV 1988–1991

Loss of ATV (HKD, million)

Year 1988 1989 1990 1991

Loss 80 350 280 330

Source: Ma KW 1992, War era of Hong Kong television, p. 28 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 261

Television and Sound Broadcasting Survey 1984 In 1984, the Census and Statistics department of Hong Kong, under aus- pices of the Broadcasting Review Board, conducted a television and sound broadcasting survey among 5047 citizens (aged 15 and above) regarding their views and experience on the television broadcast service.24 From this report, we could peek into more dynamics in the television industry that featured two long-standing gallants. In the 1980s, television had already become the major mass entertain- ing form in the society, 94.4% of the respondents reported that they had watched television during the two weeks prior to the survey. As TVB and ATV were the only two free television service providers while TVB for most of time exceeded ATV in terms of advertising revenue and viewer- ship (with 71.7% viewers watched TVB Jade most often while audience of ATV-Chinese reached 8.2% only), the majority of viewers (67.5%) were satisfied with the existing television service. Interestingly, viewers who watched TVB most often showed larger anger with the provision of only two Chinese channels than those watched ATV most often. Notably, throughout the years, ATV and CTV had from time to time taken the lead to counter TVB by producing up-and-coming genres, such as martial art dramas and epic history centered costume dramas, while among these trends of industrial innovation TVB sometimes only acted as followers. However, in most cases, those strategies were soon adopted by TVB, which bounced back to the leading place in a short time, and the competitiveness from other television stations was flattened. TVB’s audi- ence, therefore, got used to this pattern and had to rely on TVB for the latest program while had few alternative with more diverse choice in good quality. Moreover, viewers demanded more documentaries and news pro- grams for everyday enjoyment as well as larger diversity of choices regard- ing children’s and teenagers’ programs, especially local productions (Table 4.7). In terms of people’s TV viewing habit, unsurprisingly, 90.2% of the television viewers had watched drama series recently during the survey period. The reasons for watching were mainly “to kill time” (60%), “like the plot/theme” (35.7%) and “for relaxation” (19.2%). But contents from television dramas were under criticism because of “unscrupulous quest for success and power”, “vengeance at all cost”, “slapping a person’s face in

24 Public Record Office Hong Kong: (library resource) 384.54 CEN. 262 K. J. WANG

Table 4.7 Audience viewing preference survey

Programs Percentage of Viewers Who Wanted to Watch More and Preferred the Stations to Broadcast More

Documentaries 31.1 News 26.3 Drama series 22.6 Public affairs 21.6 Feature films 19.2 Sports 17.4 Variety shows 13.4 TV plays 9.9 Youth programs 9.4 Arts and cultural 7.8 programs Magazine programs 7.0 Children’s programs 5.2 Horse racing 2.8

Source: Television and Sound Broadcasting Survey, Census and Statistics Department 1984, p. 13 rage”, “got drunk when depressed” and other series of anti-social behav- ior. Around 80% of the viewers thought the first four types of contents were present in drama series. While the result was subject to viewers’ sub- jective comprehension of the drama series contents, the survey respon- dents raised examples regarding the vulgar and triad languages appeared in the programs, which should be objectionable. Interestingly, when ask- ing about to what extent the respondents thought the objectionable con- tents/themes were acceptable or not, the category “making friends indiscriminately” was the most unacceptable type of content (47.9%) even compared to “vengeance at all cost” (35%) and “anti-social behav- ior” (41.6%). Patterns of television viewing between different occupation workers showed a diversified picture that those working as professional and mana- gerial middle-upper class preferred serious types of television programs while those working in manufacturing industry and domestic workers opted for more leisure-oriented programs. Noteworthy is that, viewers of these three categories of occupations all expressed limited interest in showing more horse racing programs while the major demands still went to more public affairs and knowledge-oriented programs as documenta- ries, news and public affairs toppled the statistics. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 263

Despite that TV dramas were the most important resources of televi- sion stations to win over viewership and thus advertising revenue, people expressed their demands on a more diverse choice of TV programs. While demand for documentaries appeared to be the largest, different age groups and people of different occupational natures expressed diverse needs. The demand for more youth programs was mainly expressed by those aged 15–19 while the largest need for more news programs was from those middle-age (25–34) and senior population (65 and over). Interest in more horse racing programs was the lowest among all age groups (Table 4.8).

Making of Hong Kong Identity Category Mirroring the equally drastically changing Hong Kong society in the 1970s, the television dramas produced by RTV, TVB and later CTV domi- nated Hong Kong people’s daily life and greatly crafted people’s social perception over different social groups. The Bad And The Ugly/ Wangzhongren 網中人 (1979) outstood by sketching a vivid image of a vulgar, greedy and uncivilized Chinese new immigrant image—Ah Chian

Table 4.8 TV program genre preference by people of different occupations

Professionals/ % Production Workers % Home-Makers % Administrators

Documentaries 41.5 Documentaries 31.3 Drama series 33.6 Public affairs 36.7 News 27.6 News 26.6 News 26.1 Drama series 23.5 Documentaries 21.5 Sports 21.4 Public affairs 19.8 Feature films 14.6 Feature films 17.6 Sports 18.7 Variety shows 14.5 Arts and cultural 13.8 Feature films 17.2 Public affairs 14.0 programs Drama series 9.4 Variety shows 12.5 TV plays 12.7 Variety shows 7.4 TV plays 9.9 Magazine programs 12.6 Magazine programs 6.8 Youth programs 5.4 Children’s programs 9.0 Children’s programs 4.3 Magazine programs 5.3 Youth programs 5.9 TV plays 3.9 Arts and cultural 5.1 Arts and cultural 5.6 programs programs Youth programs 3.6 Children’s programs 4.4 Sports 4.7 Horse racing 2.1 Horse racing 4.0 Horse racing 0.5

Source: Television and Sound Broadcasting Survey, Census and Statistics Department 1984, p. 16 Note: % refers to percentage of viewers who wanted to watch more and preferred the stations to broadcast more 264 K. J. WANG

(阿燦). To make a strong contrast to the unwelcoming image of “Ah Chian”, Chow Yun-fat impersonated a decent brother (Ching Wai 程偉) who was a college-educated Hong Kong local. For a long time, “Ah Chian” symbolized the tension between Hong Kong locals and mainland Chinese migrants. This tension has been carried on through television drama representation under different temporal-spatial contexts. While The Bad And The Ugly demarcated the differences between a “civilized and modern Hong Kong” and a “backward mainland”, alongside with Hong Kong’s sovereignty transfer in 1997, the binary dynamics experienced dra- matic change.

Drawing a Salient Boundary Discussion on Hong Kong people’s identity—nationality and ethnicity has entangled with the city’s destiny—a “borrowed place borrowed time” (Hughes 1976). Facing the turning point of Hong Kong’s fate—the 1997 handover, cultural scholar Ackbar Abbas lamented Hong Kong’s story “state of the world at the fin-de-siècle”. Hong Kong finds itself being caught between two colonies (Britain and the PRC), and there is a desper- ate attempt to hold tight its images of identity, however alien or cliché they are (Abbas 1997). However, to Hong Kong media culture scholar Eric Ma, the so-called Hong Kong identity and the images of it actually share a young life, and the formation and consolidation of what makes “Hong Kong” could never be free from comparison with (in many cases, looking down upon) those from mainland China. Thus, through compari- son, a salient boundary has been drawn. The crackdown of “pro-communist” rioters in 1967 and restoration of social order taken by the then Governor David Trench won people’s respect on the colonial government and rejection of “red China” (Yep 2012). After the 1967 riot, massive construction of a modern city in terms of urban planning, welfare system, education system and social order (e.g. anti-corruption) were undergone. Amid the massive urban restoration and city life formation, Hong Kong citizens saw a rising modern and civilized city. The segregation between Hong Kong and mainland China was thus further demarcated. The border dividing PRC and British colony Hong Kong became stringent due to the setting up of a strict border control (Touch Base Policy) in 1974. To the enormous number of baby boomers (in the end of 1960s, locally born population for the first time exceeded those from mainland China), legal or illegal immigrants from mainland 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 265

China, along with the “cultural taste” and “habitat” carried by them, were merely “residuals” to the city under rapid modernization. By that time, kaleidoscopic images and sounds from Hong Kong local mass media: the vibrant film industry, the well-established broadcasting service, the launch of free television and western rock fad became the dominant symbols of Hong Kong up-scaling life, while those from the red forbidden land rep- resented backwardness and uncivilized. Plus, the improving living condi- tion as people moved from wooden shelters below the Lion Rocks to concrete buildings (resettlement area and public estates), along with the prosperous industrial transformation from labor-intensive manufacturing to service-oriented economy, further crafted a bright future to the mass population. The social condition and the prospering television culture altogether shaped a sense of belonging to this territory. It was a crucial moment to Hong Kong as for the first time, Hong Kong became home to its majority population instead of a temporary shelter for the massive refugees.

Identity Boundary Making Through “Ah Chian” In this transitional era, television played a key role. Though Cantonese films once dominated the popular culture market, in the late 1960s, the Cantonese film industry was under fatal attack by Mandarin film produc- tions, which brought forth more refined filming techniques and glamor- ous stardom. Production of Cantonese film even dropped to zero at the beginning of the 1970s while the opening of Hong Kong’s first free televi- sion soon conquered the cultural field. It was also thanks to the co-stage of film and television stars in the film “72 Tenants” (co-produced by Shaw Brothers and TVB) that the Cantonese film industry revived. As television dramas attracted more than half of the city’s population during prime time, the appearance of the performers, the language they used, their way of life, the vision they embraced and their interaction with different social organizations formulated Hong Kong people’s way of liv- ing and seeing the world—capitalist individualism and materialism under the Sinophone culture. Influence from television penetrated in various social sectors. One of the distinctive features of Hong Kong television culture since the late 1970s was the formation of identity category: telling mainlanders from Hong Kongers. While the latter represented the more civilized and wealthier group, the former group was shaped into a negative or mixed 266 K. J. WANG image. A social psychological theory, membership categorization, was adopted by Eric Ma to gauge this cultural phenomenon through studying television drama texts. According to Ma, different from the tremendously huge influx of mainland Chinese refugees who sought shelter in Hong Kong during and after the Sino-Japan war, the mainland emigrants in the 1970s and 1980s were vested with mixed feelings from Hong Kong locals. This group of outsiders from “red China” were unrefined yet kind-­ hearted. Situated in Hong Kong’s escalating economy and increasingly improved social welfare system, the intrusion of the new immigrants became salient in series of television dramas. The Good, The Bad And The Ugly (1979) became a signature of this genre that presented a typical mainland immigrant “Ah Chian” image in that age. In Cantonese, the name “Ah Chian” already implied the inferior social class of a person. In well-off families, poetic, obscure, analogical and even cryptic characters/phrases would be used in children’s names to sug- gest the families’ nobility and high education level. But “Ah Chian”, a single-word name, in the Cantonese context was no more than an over-­ simplified and straightforward expression. Throughout the episodes, “Ah Chian” was illustrated as an unwelcomed new comer—lack of sanitation habit, uneducated, lazy and sometimes committed pilferage. In the drama, the notorious image of “Ah Chian” was made even more salient by intro- ducing his brother Ching Wai, a Hong Kong local who carried all sorts of “modern” qualities—educated, polite and tidy. The two brothers’ exam- ple richly suggested the bi-polar mainland China—Hong Kong relation. And because of the easily memorizing name and the vivid on-screen depic- tion of this young man role, “Ah Chian” soon caught fire in the city once it appeared in the TVB drama. Even today, “Ah Chian” still prevails in Hong Kong and other Cantonese-speaking regions when people try to make fun of those unfamiliar with city orders.

The separation of mainland-Hong Kong culture and the rapid space of mod- ernization in Hong Kong widens the gap between Hong Kong locals and main- landers. To the ‘modern’ Hong Kong locals, the mainlanders who experienced the Cultural Revolution fell behind at least twenty years, in terms of taste, every- day lifestyle and cultural values. They (mainlanders) were perceived as ‘alien’, a different type of Chinese (to Hong Kong Chinese). (Ma 1996, p. 82)25

25 中港文化分隔, 加上香港的的急促現代化, 令本地人和大陸人之間產生了文化和經濟上 的鴻溝。在文革時代成長的大陸人, 相對“現代的”香港人, 無論在品味、行為或價值取向 方面都相距了二十年。他們被視為是“異類”, 是不同種類的中國人. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 267

A dynamic interrelationship between the mediated contents and social reality was thus created. It was still a puzzle that whether the mediated image of “Ah Chian” reinforced Hong Kong people’s prejudice against mainland immigrants or the pre-existing rejection of mainlanders ulti- mately cultivated a vivid “Ah Chian”. From then on, “Ah Chian” as a Chinese nickname implicating uncivility and rudeness. In Ma’s audience research regarding viewers’ perception of different types of roles in The Good, The Bad and The Ugly, which was re-screened in the 1980s. It was found that the negative image of “Ah Chian” was largely presumed as “those from mainland China” and was bore in view- ers’ minds as a sole representation of mainland Chinese. To this end, “Ah Chian” already became a distinctive cultural symbol in Hong Kong soci- ety, implying a large but unwelcomed group of the population (Ma 1995a, 1999; Tsang and Ma 2010).

Negotiated TV Texts Entering the 1990s, another TVB soap opera The Greed of Man/Da Shidai 大時代 (1992) marked another turning point in the relationship between television industry and social reality. After the signing of the Sino-British Joint Declaration in 1984, the Hong Kong society was fraught with uncertainties and anxieties facing the 1997 handover—Hong Kong would be handed over to PRC’s sovereignty on July 1, 1997. Shrouded under this omen-like future, the 1989 crackdown of the Tiananmen student pro- test further deteriorated Hong Kong people’s trust on the Communist rule of China. However, commercial broadcasting revealed a sinister and elusive picture—a complicated China-Hong Kong interaction instead of the previous binary opposition was portrayed on screen. TVB’s epic ­production of a fashion drama series The Greed of Man was launched against this backdrop and at the same time symbolized a celebration gift to the 25th anniversary of the broadcast company. Even though not a single word in the drama series was attributed to mainland Chinese, the stunning plots and roles situated in Hong Kong’s precarious capitalist stock market were perceived as threats from mainland China by the television viewers. One of the leading actors, Mr. Fong was an icon of Hong Kong—opti- mistic, ambitious and getting rich from wit and luck. Fong was western-­ style educated, loved English songs and liked reading English poems. On the other side, the Ting family led by Crab Ting were greedy and behaved 268 K. J. WANG uncivilly, talking rudely and walking clumsily. Plus, the name “Crab” already projected an unpleasant image. Crab, different from Fong, loved reciting Chinese idioms. Fong and Ting had rounds of battles in Hong Kong’s fierce stock market. At the end, Fong won a crucial battle and the Ting family committed suicide from huge capital loss. It is noteworthy that, despite a general bi-polar description still could be traced through the above description, dynamics were embedded in details. For example, instead of a born-genius or a man of total righteous- ness, Fong, a former ordinary office worker who grew up in a public estate, achieved his final success with assistance from external forces. One day, he came across a mysterious mentor who helped him explore his extraordi- narily sharp intuition. In addition, Fong intentionally built connections with a number of Hong Kong tycoons who eventually indirectly facilitated Fong’s final success. The roles at Fong’s side were understood as represen- tatives of Hong Kong—an Asian economic miracle build upon internal resources and external historical contingencies. According to the script writers of this television series, there were three original endings which were at last abandoned due to overly political sug- gestion, such as the booming of Daya Bay nuclear power station, which was located in mainland China while geographically close to Hong Kong, and the precipitation of stock index right after the 1997. Both Daya Bay nuclear power station and 1997 were salient symbols of China, which was perceived by commercial broadcast companies a taboo in the business world. Thus, heavy strokes on mainland China were self-censored to elude from possible political consequence. Eventually, the current script, drastic change in Hong Kong’s stock market, was adopted for its obscure political insinuation. Eric Ma pointed out in his comparison between Hong Kong’s commercial and public broadcasting logics that ideological differences emerge between them in terms of production processes: while public broadcasting produces texts in a more negotiable way that invites audience to critically view the history, commercial television has to limit diversity and bring forth a pro-establishment ideology in order to draw larger acceptance from the wide audience and ultimately, advertisers and inves- tors (Ma 1995b).

The choice of the contents was under a unspoken consensus, the constrain that both the managerial and creative teams understood. Complicated political and social themes were hard to blend into our commercial logic. Therefore we com- mercial television had to stick to the themes that were familiar to the public 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 269

while dramatic still … A theme too controversial would cause withdrawal from advertisers, who, in the 1990s, were mostly mainland-Hong Kong business enti- ties. (Ma 1996, p. 171)26

Re-presenting Hong Kong It was until the few years before 1997 handover that a substantial debate over Hong Kong identity emerged. Government, mass media and people from different social sectors joined force to tell “what is Hong Kong”— processes of re-inventing and remembering Hong Kong. In prolonged pre-war and post-war eras, Hong Kong was a port city that received and saw off millions of people who were colony officials, capitalist, intellectuals and most of them commoners. To millions of sojourners, Hong Kong was never a hometown but lifeboat. A concrete and defined “Hong Kong identity” was only brought up since the 1970s along with Hong Kong’s skyrocketing economy and living condition improvement, thanks to Hong Kong’s geo-political status as a manufac- turing hub in the Cold War and later the shifting of governance mind-set after 1967 riot. Nevertheless, according to Eric Ma (1998), the question “who are Hong Kong people” had been foregrounding on the disparity with the “backward” and “uncivilized” mainland Chinese (e.g. Ah Chian). This deep-seated phenomenon “produced an ambivalent and sometimes contradictory Sino-Hong Kong identity. On the one hand, Hong Kong people identify with traditional Chinese culture in an abstract and detached sense, but on the other hand, they discriminate against the particular ­cultural practices which are affiliated with the Communist regime on the mainland” (Ma 1998, p. 332). But facing the historical change of Hong Kong’s sovereignty, a process of “resinicization” was undergone: “recollections, reinvention and redis- covery of historical and cultural ties between Hong Kong and China” (Ma 1998, p. 332). Cases such as TVB’s infotainment program Hong Kong Epic Heritage/Xianggang Chuanqi 香港傳奇 (1996) and HSBC com- mercial “Fisherman” (1995) were significant examples. By remembering

26 大時代的內容選擇, 受制於一些不顯眼的共識, 是管理層和創作人員都明白和接受的無 形障礙。第一, 複雜和需要微妙處理的社會和政治主題, 較難進入商業思維格式。商營電 視製作寧願選擇戲劇性的、熟悉的以及典型的材料。第二, 富爭議性的材料與無線的思維 格式互不相容。作為滲透力最強的大眾傳播媒介, 商營廣播電視需要盡量收到社會各階層 的支持; 敵意的批評, 會花費公關資源和危害商業利益。這情 況在九十年代尤為真是, 因為 中港商營企業是本地電視其中一個主要的廣告收入來源。. 270 K. J. WANG and forgetting something, a Hong Kong story was re-presented under a mood of “nostalgia”, an over-simplified and politically correct past was crafted. The Hong Kong Epic Heritage program highlighted the success of capi- talism and how Hong Kong people were resilient enough to recover from waves of epic disasters and turbulences, while the TV images seldom touched the historical corner stone of 1967 riot which had interwoven with forces from “red China” (PRC was undergoing Cultural Revolution when 1967 riot took place). The case of HSBC’s “Fishermen” television commercial (TVC), a corporate identity promotion to stress HSBC’s close connection with Hong Kong, used a realism documentary style to elabo- rate “Hong Kong spirit”. The black-and-white color tone, the expressive baritone male voice over, the close-up shots of details and the filmic lens projected a sense of “reality”—how a fisherman family overcome a num- ber of natural disasters and successfully transform their business model to adapt to the new age. Again, highlighting the personal attributes (hard- working, resilience and adaptability) while ignoring some historical facts (HSBC enjoys a privileged role under the British colony), this commercial created a “Hong Kong miracle” (Tsang and Ma 2010). Doubtlessly, television had not only provided information and enter- tainment to the mass society, but also had quietly crafted and represented how people perceive the world. From “Ah Chian” (vs. Ching Wai), Crab Ting (vs. Fong) to the fisherman family in TVC, we peek into how the image and character of “Hong Kong people” are signified and represented through anchoring it at an ever-changing reference point: backward main- land China, uncontrollable international politics and savior-like British ruler. In this anchoring and identity-seeking process, television programs vividly delivered in front of our eyes “the history”. Hence, the boundary between the mediated and reality world became blurry.

Withering Hong Kong TV Culture? In only a few decades, Hong Kong’s television culture not only became one of the most important social sectors in the local society, but also a beacon-like industry and dominant cultural genre in the East Asian region. The inauguration of this industry is a result of Hong Kong being a meeting place, welcoming a considerable number of talents from multiple backgrounds: young talents who received education from foreign coun- tries, local novice hands yet full of passion and perseverance and westerner 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 271 professionals from the commonwealth nations. In the turbulent social transition during the 1950s and 1980s: Cold War, influx of refugees, industrial transformation, 1967 riots, massive public housing projects and social welfare improvement, the rise of Hong Kong identity, the negotia- tion of Hong Kong’s future and a lot more, Hong Kong television along with the mass population experienced a vibrant growth, from a young industry that served the elite class, to a dominant popular cultural field that anchored people’s daily joy and sorrow, to a social-political barometer that brewed the up-and-coming “Hong Kong identity”. In the journey that Hong Kong broadcasting sector strived for establishment of a public broadcast system, ruling class of the territory opted for commercial-driven competitiveness. The market rigor thus reached its peak when three com- mercial television stations co-existed in this tiny colony, along with the city’s matured radio broadcast system. This broadcasting industrial blos- som was epitomized at the Broadcast Drive in Kowloon Tong, where main broadcast stations’ headquarters stood. Since the 1970s, television pro- grams, which were equally arresting and diverse as the city’s vibrant film industry, led to a TV-centered popular cultural domain. However, the once fervently escalating television competitiveness was clogged along with the sudden withdraw of CTV and the continuous feeble shape of ATV. Since then, TVB gradually became the quasi-monopoly in Hong Kong. Though popular dramas continued being talk of the town especially when grand-scale epic dramas were aired for special purposes (e.g. anni- versary of television station), researchers and practitioners already spotted alarming signs of the industry.

Changing Viewing Habit and Changing Demography In the late 1980s, it was already reported that people’s fondness toward television dramas was decreasing while more and more people rendered that TVB’s programs were only made in average quality. Far from reality, ridiculous, boring, lack of innovation and over-entertaining were the major comments from the public. In the late 1970s and early 1980s, when television dramas kept bringing forth to mass audience non-stop genre novelty and illuminating interpretation of the social reality, watching TV was the most expecting daily activity as people could leave chores aside and gathered around the tiny shiny box. However, television industry in 272 K. J. WANG the 1990s became much less attractive, as data shown in tables (Tables 4.9 and 4.10). The declining viewership and people’s dropping fondness over televi- sion programs were attributed to the change of demography in the society since the late 1980s, according to Ma (1992). The escalating literacy rate, larger group of college graduates, rising rate of working women, the smaller size of nuclear family (lower birth rate) and Hong Kong people’s more diverse and busier life mode all contributed to the dramatic change of people’s lifestyle and leisure habit. For example, higher education peo- ple tended to have higher expectancy over the television program quality because they had acquired cultural resources to compare local programs with foreign ones, hence they had become critical and active viewers instead of passive content receivers. Over time, housewives or women working at home were the major television audience population because they spent most of their time at

Table 4.9 Viewing rate of ATV and TVB 1982–1991

Viewing rate at prime time

Year TVB Jade ATV Golden/Home

1982 45 11 1983 46 7 1984 44 8 1985 43 8 1986 41 8 1987 45 4 1988 39 4 1989 36 8 1990 35 9 1991 31 10

Source: Ma KW 1992, War era of Hong Kong television, p. 19 Note: One viewing rate point equals 56,000 viewers (1% of the whole population) who are above 4 years old

Table 4.10 Viewing rate of TVB’s Miss Hong Kong Pageant final contest

Year 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988

View rate 70 70 47 37 40 43

Source: Ma KW 1992, War era of Hong Kong television, p. 22 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 273

Table 4.11 Percentage of working women of different ages

Age 1961 1971 1981 1989

20–24 51% 70% 80% 84% 25–34 34% 40% 55% 65% 35–44 38% 39% 53% 53% 45–54 42% 40% 47% 45%

Source: Ma KW 1992, War era of Hong Kong television, p. 35 home. Compared to other working population and school goers, women spent much time at home tended to have more flexibilities to watch TV programs. Hence, housewives were proved loyal audience of television in different time slots. However, as more and more women, especially those at their young age (before 40) joined the labor force, the number of day- time audience decreased, and the elevated education level of Hong Kong women had made them critical viewers (Table 4.11). An analysis of the audience viewing habits of TVB Jade indicated that time spent on television viewing had been decreasing radically. In the mid-­ 1980s, over 60% of the population were medium to heavy viewers. Average viewing time per person during prime time was 1.9 hours to 2 hours per night. However, in the 1990s, TVB Jade’s audience base of middle-to-­ heavy viewers seriously shrank. Average viewing time of every person dur- ing prime time declined to 1.5 hours per night. It is understood that television viewing drastically changed from a dominant entertainment form to a “necessary but not very important” activity (Ma 1992, p. 39) (Table 4.12). The change of viewing behavior was also due to the rising popularity of video-cassette devices available in ordinary families. Compared to the ­traditional mode of television viewing that required audience to sit in front of the television set at a fixed time slot for their favorite programs, the latest technology provided larger flexibility to people who were engaged in the increasingly vibrant Hong Kong urban life. Video-cassette recorder could capture the program if you were not free to be home dur- ing that particular time slot. Plus, leasing video-cassette or disk-recorded films had been an alternative home entertainment to the mass population due to its larger diversity and time-consuming flexibility. Other technological improvements in the 1990s causing the diversion of viewing behavior included the introduction of satellite television and 274 K. J. WANG

Table 4.12 TVB Jade audience viewing behavior

Audience type Average Viewing Percentage of Percentage of Change of Hour Per Night Viewers (1985) Viewers (1990) Percentage

Heavy 3 hours 32 18 −14 Medium 2 hours 31 24 −7 Light 1 hour 29 44 +15 None 0 8 14 +6 All viewers 100 100 Average 1.9 hours 1.5 hours −0.4 viewing per night

Source: Chan KC 1991, The media and telecommunications, in Richard Y. C. Wong and Joseph Y. S. Cheng (eds) The other Hong Kong report (pp. 507–536), p. 512

Table 4.13 Development of home video and video-leasing shops

Year Percentage of Home Video Device Among All Number of Video-Leasing Families Shops

1985 17% 100 1986 22% 160 1987 30% 330 1988 40% 500 1989 62% 450

Source: Ma KW 1992, War era of Hong Kong television, pp. 49–50 cable television, which brought a larger number of channel choices to the audience and the prevalence of remote control, which produced “grazers” (those who like shuffling among different channels) (Ma 1992) (Table 4.13). Facing the change of people’s television viewing behavior and the chal- lenges that new technologies entailed, local television stations, TVB and ATV strived to innovate their production by introducing more alternative genres of TV drama and more exciting entertainment shows, some of which were adopted from foreign nations. For example, broadcasting the 1990 FIFA World Cup Soccer Finals, a city-wide attraction, ATV broke the routine by rolling advertisements only during the half-time break. Such gesture significantly elevated the viewership and beaten TVB. In the mid-1990s and late 1990s, ATV launched infotainment-style public affair night shows such as Hong Kong Today/Jinri Dizhen Di 今日睇真D (1994– 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 275

2000) and TV-documentary programs such as Stories from Afar Series/ Xunzhao Taxiang De Gushi 尋找他鄉的故事 (1998–2004), which, with its historical depth, followed the pace of generations of Chinese migrants to disclose kaleidoscopic stories on alien lands. By investing considerable resources and introducing to Hong Kong audience the above semi-­ entertaining while largely educational programs, ATV once again won applause. Nevertheless, as usual, TVB soon learned the lesson and reacted by producing similar genres such as Focus On Focus/Chengshi Zhuiji 城市 追擊 (1994–1999) and On the Road Series/Xiang Shijie Chufa 向世界出 發 (2006–2008), which, though were obviously copycats of ATV, eventu- ally retook the lost viewership.

Television Appreciation Index ATV’s case showed that despite the failing performance in terms of view- ership, quality of television program is a more multi-faceted complex than sheer number measurement. Hence, appreciation index (AI) offers an alternative quality-centered standard to more profoundly examine the overall performance of television programs and broadcasting stations. Having acknowledged that viewership may be contributed by a passive viewing habit, scholars hoped to find out the relationship between viewer- ship, appreciation index, program type and demographic characteristics. They then learned from foreign experience and introduced to the local society an annual television appreciation survey system. From this system, audience were then offered a content-based evaluation of TV station performance. It has been widely consented in Western countries that the number of viewers and their appreciation of the programs are the two core factors to evaluate a television program (Leggatt 1993). Besides the quantity factors (viewing time and viewership), the reaction from and the appreciative sen- timent of the audience toward television programs’ filming technique, resource invested, ways of expression, clarity of deliberation and innova- tion from the production teams are important indexes. Moreover, in order to have a clear picture of television program quality, scholars have pointed out that the degree of enjoyment and program quality should be mea- sured separately (Gunter et al. 1992). Sometimes public affairs programs that tackle serious social problems fail to produce enjoyment to the mass audience, but their quality is highly acclaimed. BBC from the UK is the earliest broadcasting organization, since the World War II, that utilizes 276 K. J. WANG appreciation index to evaluate broadcasting programs, rating people’s appreciation on their “interest” and “enjoyment” on certain programs. More refined measurements were produced in the United States in the post-war era, such as “enthusiastic quotient”, “performer quotient” and “appeal index”. AI, an equally crucial barometer to viewership rating, was later intro- duced to Hong Kong, providing to the television industry a larger picture of audience reaction. As a highly commercial city, performance of Hong Kong’s broadcasting organizations was largely based on to what extent their programs draw people’s attention, interest and appreciation. The more people like viewing their programs, the higher bargain power broad- casting stations had when negotiating with advertisers. RTHK, which launched its television service in the 1970s and had relied on commercial broadcasters to show their programs, was as well keen to understand the performance. Therefore, during 1991 and 1997, RTHK commissioned a commercial market research company to conduct audience appreciation index survey. In order to systemize and expand the scale of this survey into a longitudinal research, from 1999, RTHK invited practitioners and schol- ars to form an independent consultation committee and commissioned the polling center in the University of Hong Kong to carry out the survey. Before 1999, questions were measured at a 5-point scale and asked respon- dents as to what extent they like the programs. After 1999, a more refined measurement was introduced and asked respondents to rate, by using 1–100 score, different facets of different programs (So and Chung 2001). The table below shows summaries of the “Appreciation Index” (top 20 programs among around 200 programs in total each year) of Hong Kong television programs throughout 2000–2016. The programs all gain more than 5% awareness rate and are divided into three categories (public affairs, information and entertainment). Throughout two decades, data shows that RTHK had performed a leading role in terms of providing television programs that are highly acclaimed among Hong Kong people. It is conspicuous that programs of public affairs and information provision are most highly rated. Programs of global information are ranked top in terms of the appreciation index. This shows Hong Kong people’s enthusiasm and demand on knowing information beyond the tiny territory of Hong Kong. Noteworthy is that, though ATV had been for a long time outshined by TVB’s quasi-­monopoly, 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 277 it outperformed TVB and even RTHK in a number of years by presenting thought-provoking Stories from Afar Series. The joy and sorrow of migra- tion population, the scenery and humane narration from the TV series, similar to global information programs, unveiled to Hong Kong people a broader outside world. However, as mentioned, TVB always strategically fights back by adopting competitor’s successful mode. After the great suc- cess of ATV’s Stories from Afar, TVB’s On the Road Series took the throne by, similarly, revealing human stories in different corners of the world. Interestingly, while Stories from Afar Series was categorized as information program by the Hong Kong Television Appreciation Index research unit, TVB’s On the Road Series was regarded as entertainment (Table 4.14).

Table 4.14 Hong Kong Television Appreciation Index 2000–2016

2000

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. 3. affairs Information Entertainment Number of programs among the top 20 5 12 3 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK Number of programs among the top 20 9 2 9 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 77.84 Top AI score program: Stories from Afar Series III/尋找他鄉的故事 III (ATV). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 81.19. 2001

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. 3. affairs Information Entertainment Number of programs among the top 20 6 12 2 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK Number of programs among the top 20 4 3 12 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 77.53 Top AI score program: Stories from Afar Series IV/尋找他鄉的故事 IV (ATV). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 81.29.

(continued) 278 K. J. WANG

Table 4.14 (continued)

2002

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 8 6 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 4 3 12 1 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 77.59 Top AI score program: Stories from Afar Series V/尋找他鄉的故事 V (ATV). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 81.30. 2003

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 7 8 5 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 6 3 9 2 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 77.90 Top AI score program: Success Stories/傑出華人系列 (RTHK). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 79.49. 2004

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 7 7 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 7 1 10 2 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 77.67 Top AI score program: Stories from Afar Series VI/尋找他鄉的故事 VI (ATV). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 80.01

(continued) 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 279

Table 4.14 (continued)

2005

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 10 8 2 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 7 1 8 4 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.62 Top AI score program: Retrospect of 2005/2005大事回顧系列 (TVB). Type of program: 1. Public affairs; AI score: 79.05 2006

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 8 10 2 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 7 1 11 1 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.83 Top AI score program: On the Road Series/向世界出發 (TVB). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 80.85 2007

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 9 5 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 9 0 9 2 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.9 Top AI score program: On the Road Series/向世界出發 (TVB). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 80.81

(continued) 280 K. J. WANG

Table 4.14 (continued)

2008

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among 9 6 5 the top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among 9 1 9 1 the top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 77.07 Top AI score program: On the Road Series/向世界出發 (TVB). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 80.47 2009

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 10 9 1 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 8 1 11 0 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.80 Top AI score program: /巾幗梟雄 (TVB). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 80.83 2010

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 5 11 3 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 5 2 13 0 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.39 Top AI score program: F.S.D./火速救兵 (RTHK). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 78.52

(continued) 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 281

Table 4.14 (continued)

2011

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 10 9 1 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 6 2 12 0 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.74 Top AI score program: Retrospect on 2011 Politics/2011 香港政情大事回顧 (RTHK). Type of program: 1. Public affairs; AI score: 77.92 2012

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 12 2 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 4 0 16 0 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 76.06 Top AI score program: Elite Brigade III / 火速救兵III (RTHK). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 80.01 2013

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 3 17 0 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 5 2 13 0 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 75.98 Top AI score program: Guardians of Life/守護生命的故事 (TVB). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 78.39

(continued) 282 K. J. WANG

Table 4.14 (continued)

2014

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 12 2 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 5 1 14 0 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 73.72 Top AI score program: Fight Against Cancer Blessing Assembly/滅癌獻愛心報母恩弘大愛 大會 (ATV). Type of program: 3. Entertainment; AI score: 76.31 2015

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 11 3 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ATV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 7 1 10 2 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 74.14 Top AI score program: Big Big World/世界零距離 (TVB). Type of program: 2. Information; AI score: 78.01 2016

Type of TV programs 1. Public 2. Information 3. affairs Entertainment Number of programs among the 6 9 5 top 20 AI score Broadcasting provider 1. TVB 2. ViuTV 3. RTHK 4. Cable Number of programs among the 6 3 9 2 top 20 AI score Average AI score of top 20 programs: 73.82 Top AI score program: Retrospect of 2016 International Politics/2016 國際風雲大事回顧 (RTHK). Type of program: 1. Public affairs; AI score: 76.45

Source: Table is summarized by the author based on information from the Hong Kong Television Appreciation Index (RTHK). Access via http://rthk9.rthk.hk/special/tvai/2017/ 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 283

The Comes and Goes in the TV Market

Withdrawal of ATV At the end of ATV evening news on April 1, 2016, two female anchors spoke to audience “Hope Hong Kong people continue to support ATV as the past fifty years. We will see you.” This landmark announcement sym- bolized the last breath of ATV. In the mid-night, ATV brought its half-­ century’s life to an end. The failure of ATV marked a history: for the first time, Hong Kong government rejected the application of television license renewal from a local broadcasting service. Despite the ebbs and flows, ATV failed to walk out of the shroud from the sturdy prowess of TVB. Non-­ stop chaos among the changing company owners and the financial crisis further ensnared ATV. It was on April 4, 2015 that the Executive Council announced the decision. After dropping of curtain for ATV, the original ATV transmission channel was immediately transferred to RTHK31, a free-to-air television channel operated by RTHK. In retrospect, high-quality television programs made by ATV had played a critical part in Hong Kong people’s cultural life and the ­formation of Hong Kong identity. Besides the mentioned Stories from Afar Series, ATV had strived to refresh Hong Kong people’s television culture by importing foreign genres or technological innovations. In the era when ATV was in hands of Lam Pak-yan and Deacon Chiu families, frugality governed the business operation. At the same time, new genres of televi- sion programs were introduced. For example, in 1993, ATV brought the broadcasting license of Justice Pao/Bao Qingtian 包青天 (1993) from Taiwan and attracted wide range of audience. Stories of a respected and fair justice named Pao in ancient China, the Soong dynasty, together with his colleagues, filled Hong Kong people’s leisure time with plots full of twists and turns—an appealing ancient detective story. In 1995, in cooperation with a mainland Chinese television station, ATV brought forth to Hong Kong audiences a new ver- sion of Justice Pao/Bao Qingtian 包青天 (1995), which carried the same title as the 1993 version. This newly made program was in turn purchased by Taiwan. In 1998, right after the 1997 handover, capitals from mainland China for the first time invested in ATV. Liu Changle (劉長樂) from the mainland-­background Phoenix Satellite Television, a Hong Kong regis- tered media organization aiming at broadcasting to global Chinese, as well 284 K. J. WANG as Wu Zheng (吳征) from Shanghai, husband of a famous television host Yang Lan 楊瀾, became major hosts of ATV (ATV 2003). Since then, ATV had been said under grip of capitalists from “red China” (HKJA 2013). To reduce cost and seeing the success from broadcasting Justice Pao, ATV started to massively purchase foreign programs, while a number of which turned to be extremely appealing to local audience. For example, the Taiwan-origin My Fair Princess/Huanzhu Gege 還珠格格 (1998) was purchased from Taiwan and aired on ATV in 1999. Though TV dramas of fairy tale and romantic stories in the Qing imperial family were familiar to Hong Kong audience, the vaudeville-like royal-civilian encounters acted by a group of young and energetic actors turned over the conventional genre rules and soon caught city-wide attention. Thus, My Fair Princess and its sequels became ATV classics. In 2001, ATV purchased the franchise of an international television game show originated from the British Independent Television. ATV pro- duced the Hong Kong local version Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?/ Baiwan Fuweng 百萬富翁 (2001), hosted by Kenneth Chan Kai-tai (陳啟 泰). Compared to normal knowledge contests, this show brought to con- tests takers, audience in and out of the filming studio not only intellectual and bravery challenges, but also this television contest excited the whole town city through Monday, Wednesday and Friday and very soon audi- ence tuned to ATV for the electrifying moments every other day. In July 2001, TVB’s Miss Hong Kong Pageant contest was seriously beaten by the Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?—Fund-raising Charity Show, which gained over 60% viewership (Sing Tao Daily July 17th 2001). This popular pro- gram successfully rescued ATV from its low tie. However, in the following decades, due to ATV’s frequent change of shareholders and the unstable external environment (e.g. the 2003 SARS and 2008 Asian financial crisis), ATV showed ever more fatigue. In 2009, massive layoffs led to 20% cut of staffing. Even so, financial crisis still haunted ATV and rumors of bankruptcy spread. In 2010, mainland busi- nessman Wang Zheng (王征) became the biggest shareholder of ATV and announced series of reformation measures to resurrect the company. In the low tie, ATV shocked the mass audience by announcing the “death” of China’s former chairman Jiang Zemin. On July 6, 2011, dur- ing the evening news headline, the shocking news was announced accom- panied by a short summary of Jiang’s biography. Later the news was affirmed a misinformation and ATV was investigated by the Broadcasting Authority. The incident of reporting the fake news of “death of Jiang 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 285

Zemin” eventually turned out the last straw on camel’s back, leading to serious precipitation of credibility of ATV news in Hong Kong society. The organizational management got worse in 2014 when ATV failed to pay salary to the staffs. In the same year, the Communications Authority (former Broadcasting Authority) reached a preliminary consensus on the denial of ATV’s application of broadcasting license renewal. In the follow- ing year, rumors about ATV’s potential new buyer, restructuring of share- holdings and earthquake among the managerial level spread all over, while appeal cases to the Labor Department from ATV’s staffs were non-stop due to the delay of salary payment. Eventually, a final decision from the Executive Council, under the rec- ommendation from the Communication Authorities, was announced to terminate the malfunctioning broadcasting service of ATV.

Cable TV Service Among the controversies of ATV and criticism against TVB’s increasingly pro-establishment style and deteriorating quality of television dramas (Chow and Nip Nov 22, 2012),27 paid television service landed in the market. As early as 1993, Wharf Cable Television (aka Cable TV) was issued a 12-year broadcasting license, and another cable TV service Now TV owned by the PCCW Limited (Pacific Century Cyber Works) started operation in 2003. As TVB was already a quasi-monopoly free-to-air tele- vision station, Cable and Now joined the market by providing over 100

27 TVB has been mocked by citizens, especially those active in the online world, as “CCTVB”, a combination of China Central Television and TVB. Controversial incidents have taken place since 2009 when TVB, instead of putting the twentieth anniversary of the June 4 commemoration at the headline, listed other local news prior to reporting the com- memoration ceremony. For over 20 years, June 4 memorial events have been core to Hong Kong citizens as Hong Kong remains the only Chinese society in the world that holds large- scale (with over 100,000 participants) commemoration every year. The way that TVB dealt with the June 4 news was under serious attack by the citizens. Besides news broadcasting, TVB’s television drama production quality has faced serious critiques as well, for its cliché plots and lack of seriousness in making costume dramas.In an interview with the South China Morning Post, TVB’s top manager, Mark Lee commented on the difficulties that TVB was facing at the cross road of market competition and public opinion. See Vivienne Chow and Amy Nip, November 22, 2012, TVB executive says no room for new players, South China Morning Post, http://www.scmp.com/news/hong-kong/article/1090717/tvb-executive- says-no-room-new-players. 286 K. J. WANG and over 200 channels, respectively, inevitably generating fierce competi- tion to TVB. Actually, by the time of the early 1990s, Hong Kong household televi- sions were already able to receive programs from Taiwan, mainland China, Japan along with sports and entertainments from western countries, through satellite television services such as STAR TV. In 2004, TVB Galaxy Satellite Broadcasting Limited obtained a domestic pay television license and began to broadcast 35 channels. By the 2000s, there were already 30 non-domestic licenses granted to satellite television stations, including STAR TV, China Entertainment and Phoenix Satellite TV. The entering of the Phoenix, owned by Murdoch’s News Corporation, at the first few years brought threats to TVB and ATV, as Phoenix produced programs, ranging from mass entertainment to political commentary, that aimed at global Sinophone population. Without much doubt, the 1990s marked a turning point to the world- wide television industry following the advancement of technologies: the significant expansion of transmission bands which brought forth burgeon- ing viewing channels, the prevalence of satellite television and cable televi- sion. In many western countries, such technological revolution enormously challenged their previous mediascape that used to be dominated by state-­ owned media. The former educational and cultural literacy-oriented broadcasting service was forced to open up to more entertainment-­ oriented style, such as BBC in the UK. Nevertheless, the tastes of audience were not that easily transformed by the change of the industry. According to research, the mass audience was still fond of local production over the huge variety of programs shown on paid channels. After all, television production is a business that requires considerably enormous investment of financial, time and human resources. The expansion of production room did not necessarily lead to bursting of creativity, while, on the other hand, invited repetition of production mode and standardization of con- tents in order to reduce production cost (Ma 1992, pp. 68–85).

Long Overdue New Comer Despite the joining of paid television providers, Hong Kong’s television-­ scape has been criticized for lack of rigor due to the malfunctioning of ATV and TVB’s monopoly role. After the closing down of ATV, TVB lit- erally became the only commercial free-of-charge television station. In 2009, Hong Kong government opened the door for application of new 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 287 free-to-charge television license. This was regarded a long-awaited yet long overdue move by the government. After the hasty ceasing of CTV in 1978, 30 years had passed when new application was open again in 2009. Three competitors joined the contest: Hong Kong TV Network (HKTV) established by businessman Ricky Wong (王維基), Fantastic TV by the Cable Television and the HKTVE (later named Viu TV) by the PCCW. In 2013, a decision was made by the government that only two new licenses would be issued, and the winners went to Fantastic TV and Viu TV. Among these three applicants, HKTV was the one that gained highest expectancy in the competition. When Hong Kong TV Network Limited (HKTV) was refused its free-to-air TV license, it unexpectedly led to a wave of street activism. Supporters staged overnight rallies outside the government headquarters to demand an explanation from the govern- ment and urge the authority to revoke the decision. Given that Ricky Wong, the CEO of HKTV, invested heavily in procuring human, technol- ogy and publicity resources to free-TV production in a high-profile man- ner after filing the application, the government refusal to grant HKTV the license of free TV ignited wide-spreading disputes. Amid non-stop ques- tioning from mass media and civilians, the government emphasized that “a gradual and orderly approach” has been taken and had “considered a range of considerations”, which, however, were retained by the official under the confidentiality agreement.28 Apparently, such official explana- tion failed to calm protestors down on the HKTV issue. Attracted by HKTV’s bandwagon-like premier performance while disappointed by other two candidates’ low-profile promotion, Hong Kong citizens were infuriated by the black-box Executive Council decision-making, and they casted grave suspicion over the fairness and neutrality of the result. Hong Kong cultural scholar Lisa Leung argued that the HKTV issue unveiled Hong Kong government’s colonial mind-set that is under the disguise of laissez-faire. The campaigns implied Hong Kong citizen’s increasing demand on a deserved cultural right, democracy and autonomy, especially situated in the erosion of political autonomy by China’s central government that Hong Kong has encountered since 2008. Therefore, the

28 Remarks by the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development on domestic free television program service license applications. Obtained from Hong Kong government information office, October 16, 2013,https://www.info.gov.hk/gia/general/201310/16/ P201310160459.htm. 288 K. J. WANG struggle against the hegemonic practices of media monopolization became the raison d’être for a social movement in 2013. Thousands of citizens and concern groups were organized and online signature petitions were launched to protest against the blatant injustice exerted against HKTV—an HKTV protest. Even though after the nega- tive result from the government that Ricky Wong had to cut 320 jobs, these ex-employees were the first batch of activists to denounce govern- ment’s decision. Protesters demonstrated with slogans such as “I want my TV box set, not blackbox deals!” Later the demonstration evolved into an occupation of the government public spaces. “HKTV’s CEO Ricky Wong was able to capitalize on the rhetoric of ‘free-to-air’ TV to associate with the public imaginary of the ‘publicness’ of TV … it inherited the stress on a ‘local consciousness’ as distinguished from a forced upon ‘national’ iden- tity … the role of television in the shaping of a local cultural identity rein- force how free television has been pivotal in shaping the ‘collective memory’ of Hong Kong people” (Leung 2015, pp. 428–429). The HKTV protest epitomized a corner stone in Hong Kong history that ordinary citizens took to the street demanding the right to enjoy cer- tain kind of popular cultural enjoyment. In addition, for the first time, Hong Kong popular culture was turned into a political movement. Unlike TV-related protests in the past days as appeals were voiced out from media company staffs who were treated unfairly, the 2013 HKTV movement drew thousands of commoners to publicly express their concern on the city’s popular cultural development, which was found out under political grip. It is still unknown if the refusal to HKTV was associated with Ricky Wong’s pro-democracy and liberaltarian stance, but we have witnessed wider possibilities and escalating trend in the industry to interlock popular cultural products with the city’s dynamic political trend. HKTV produced Hong Kong’s first election-theme TV drama, which was released on its online platform and soon stirred intensive discussion. The newly estab- lished free television, Viu TV, innovated infotainment program genre by mingling elements such as reality show, travel, celebrity, politics and enter- tainment—the popular components under heated discussion in today’s Hong Kong. Travel with Rivals/Genzhe Maodun Qu Lvxing 跟著矛盾去 旅行 was launched by Viu TV in 2016. Politicians with opposite political stances were invited to travel to foreign places together and on-trip con- versation and even debates were captured against the backdrop of pictur- esque exotic scenery. Public affair and domestic political issue-related 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 289 farce, satire and vaudeville have been increasingly utilized in popular cul- ture in Hong Kong. Beyond discussion scope in this book yet worthy of serious research is the blossoming internet-based “meme” culture and derivative works made into alternative TV and video programs, such as the TVMost/毛記電視. Amongst the city’s heated criticism toward TVB monopoly, TVMost made most of their online video programs through making fun of TVB and casting satires on latest public affairs. Along with TVMost, a lot more small-scale groups and even individuals joined force to energize Hong Kong’s popular cultural field, making it an increasingly diversified and vibrant realm to serve the equally diversified market niches.

Concluding Remarks Hong Kong’s television industry could never be understood fully without visiting her predecessors. Tales from 1928 paved the way of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry and the whole cultural realm. From the air, infor- mation, entertainment and a set of diverse yet intangible cultural values transmitted into household, bonding the mass number of individual citi- zens into a unity called “Hong Kong”. The mushrooming broadcast audience population in post-war Hong Kong led to rapid development of broadcast culture. The versatile broad- casting programs in different languages broadly served the community which then was constituted of a huge group of mainland refugees, locals living in town and village as well as a considerable number of foreign populations. Another tale was kicked off in 1957 when Rediffusion became Hong Kong’s first commercial television provider. First a privilege to the middle-­ upper class in the territory, Rediffusion later faced its competitor, TVB, and soon the two television stations altogether crafted an even stronger Hong Kong culture due to the free-of-charge service and more enchant- ing sonic-visual enjoyment provided to the wide range of population. Once upon a time, competition in the broadcasting industry reached to its post-war era height as five broadcasting and television stations were located on a road that was only a kilometer long—the Broadcast Drive below of Lion Rocks. Television drama series of different genres and on different themes were brought forth one after another by three commer- cial television stations—TVB, RTV and CTV. During prime time every night, estate zones were filled with resounding television drama theme 290 K. J. WANG songs and on the other day, plots of the drama series became talk of the town. Since the 1970s, the variation of television drama themes, from late imperial costume dramas to urban fashion dramas filled people’s savors that were deeply embedded in Hong Kong’s turbulent social change. The grandiose heroism, uncertainties and anxieties of life, as well as the good, the bad and the ugly humanities had mirrored the equally enchanting human world. Thus, the blossoming of television drama culture supple- mented with non-ceasing hits from theme songs made television part of people’s everyday life. Notably, the thriving television culture was never free from challenge. Hong Kong since the 1970s also experienced its social and industrial transformation followed by an expanding size of working force (especially women workers), growing number of high-education receivers as well as the birth of the so-called middle class. The skyrocketing economy, improvement of living conditions and change of demographic composi- tion altogether facilitated growth of critical viewers, who demanded more diverse choice of programs and more finely produced programs that spoke with and for the people. Below the Lion Rocks series by RTHK was a critical corner stone against the backdrop of Hong Kong in transition. No other cultural medium than free Hong Kong television in the 1980s could mirror and shape Hong Kong’s immediate social reality. Identity categorization was so vividly demonstrated in drama series that the name of the acting role turns to be an idiom in the city’s cultural system. “Ah Chian”, since that landmark television drama in 1979, connotes far beyond the role itself. It relays to a social phenomenon and a social culture where people spend every effort to distinguish “us” from “them”, “superior” from “inferior” and “good” from “bad”. Having been barometer and prism of the ever-changing social reality, high-quality TV dramas contin- ued to appear on screen representing multi-faceted local social dynamics under various epochal backdrops. Like every social sector, ebbs and flows inevitably filled Hong Kong’s television broadcasting industry. Critical events and disputes, such as the failing of CTV in the course of overcoming the dilemma of showing edu- cation programs and commercial shows, the incessant deteriorating busi- ness of ATV, the mounting criticism of TVB, the controversies over issuing new television licenses and the role of government in the cultural industry never failed to bombard the industry against the backdrop of socio-­ political tension crescendos in Hong Kong. As discussed by cultural scholar Lisa Leung, under the disguise of laissez-­faire “legacy”, the Hong Kong government failed to play an active 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 291 role in promoting or preserving the city’s robust cultural industry. In the early days, the government already showed a passive stance toward the development of the colony’s broadcasting business. It was civilian groups that kicked off this important social sector while the government acted as simply a follower. In the following decades, though debates on forwarding a Hong Kong public broadcast system seldom ceased, the government held its all-time reluctance while opted a market-driven path for the city. This long-haul journey once had a silver lining in the 1980s when the Broadcasting Authority gave the nod to the corporatization and public broadcast transformation for RTHK. However, the 1989 Tiananmen Massacre and escalating frictions between the British colonial government and PRC eventually struck a stopping note on Hong Kong broadcasters’ persistent endeavors in building public broadcast media that Hong Kong citizens had long deserved. The 2013 HKTV protest further exposed the backward role of the Hong Kong government facing people’s mounting quest for a more rigorous local cultural industry. While the distribution of air waves is still under control by the government, Hong Kong talents never cease to keep pace with the time especially amid fierce challenges from the internet world and neighboring regions where governments take a more proactive role in the industry.

Discussion Questions

1. Originated from the British BBC model, how did Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry localize in ages of pre-war and post-war? 2. Compared to the 1970s when only three free television stations existed in the territory, in the 2000s, we enjoy a larger variety provided by free television, paid television and internet. However, people increasingly memorize the 1970s as the “golden age”. How to examine this view of this phenomenon? 3. “Ah Chian” makes a landmark in Hong Kong cultural history, while, in today’s society, terms such as “Hong Kong Chian” are invented to mock the reverse economic status between Hong Kong and mainland China. Do you see relevant reflection in tele- vision programs? 4. In the 1970s, the sudden death of CTV caused series of protests. In 2013, the rejection of HKTV’s broadcasting license applica- tion led to even much larger scale of protests. Compare these two television-related social incidents. 292 K. J. WANG

References Abbas A, 1997, Hong Kong: Culture and the politics of disappearance. MN: University of Minnesota Press. Apple Daily, 2015, Manuscripts from James Wong revealed that “Below the Lion Rocks” lyric was originally “Hong Kong long live forever” (黃霑手稿揭《獅子 山下》歌詞本為「香港千秋萬歲」), July 2, 2015, accessed via https://hk. news.appledaily.com/local/realtime/article/20150702/53924363 ATV 2003, 46th Anniversary (亞洲電視46周年特刊). Hong Kong: Asia Television Limited. Census and Statistics Department 1984, Television and sound broadcasting survey, Hong Kong. Chan, KC 1991, The media and telecommunications, in Richard YC Wong and Cheng Joseph YS (eds), The other Hong Kong report, pp. 507–536, Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press. Cheung, KW 2009, Hong Kong’s watershed: The 1967 riots. Hong Kong University Press. Cheung, KY 2006, The path of RTHK to become public broadcasting (初探香港 電台公營廣播之路), Media Digest 傳媒透視, Oct 16, 2006. Chin, W 2008, The days we broadcast – RTHK 80-years anniversary (我們一起廣 播的日子- 香港電台八十年). Publishing. Chow, V & Nip, A 2012, TVB executive says no room for new players, South China Morning Post, November 22. Accessed via http://www.scmp.com/ news/hong-kong/article/1090717/tvb-executive-says-no-room-new-players Chung, PYS 2011, Hundred-year of Hong Kong Film Industry (香港影視業百年), Hong Kong: Joint Publishing Hong Kong. Gunter, B, Clemens, J & Wober, M 1992. Defining television quality through audi- ence reaction measures. London: Independent Television Commission. HKJA (Hong Kong Journalists’ Association). 2013. Annual Report 2013 – Dark Clouds on the Horizon: Hong Kong’s Freedom of Speech Faces New Threats. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Journalists’ Association Hughes, R 1976, Borrowed place, borrowed time: Hong Kong and its many faces. Andre Deutsch Ltd Lee, LF 2002, Radio phone-in talk shows as politically significant infotainment in Hong Kong, The Harvard International Journal of Press/Politics, vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 57–79. Leggatt, T 1993, Quality in television: The views of professionals. Studies of Broadcasting: An International Annual of Broadcasting Science, vol. 29, pp. 37–69. Leung, L 2015, (Free) TV cultural rights and local identity: the struggle of HKTV as a social movement, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 16, no. 3, pp. 422–435. 4 MAKING HONG KONG TV 293

Ma, KW 1992, War era of Hong Kong television (電視戰國時代), Hong Kong: Subculture. Ma, KW 1995a, Television ideologies and cultural identities: the case of Hong Kong television. Ph.D. Thesis. University of London Ma, KW 1995b, The production of television ideology: A comparative study of public and commercial TV dramas, Gazette, vol.55, pp. 39–54. Ma, KW 1996, Television and identity (電視與文化認同), Hong Kong: Breakthrough. Ma, KW 1998, Reinventing Hong Kong: Memory, identity and television, International Journal of Cultural Studies, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 329–349. Ma, KW 1999, Culture, politics, and television in Hong Kong, New York: Routledge Tsang, CK & Ma, KW 2010, TV, film and Hong Kong identity 影視香港( : 身份認 同的時代變奏), Hong Kong: Chinese University of Hong Kong Press. Ng, H 2003, The history of HK television (香港電視史話). Hong Kong: Subculture. RTHK 2004, Tell from 1928 – Special collection to commemorate RTHK 75 anni- versary (從一九二八說起 – 香港廣播七十五年專輯), Hong Kong: RTHK. Shu K 1998, The television work of Ann Hui, in Changes in Hong Kong Society Through Cinema (revised version) (香港電影與社會變遷)(修訂版), pp. 42–52, Hong Kong: Urban Council. Sing Tao Daily 2001, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? Becomes the winner with 60% viewership (《 百 萬 富 翁 》 收 視 佔 6 成 做 大 贏 家), July 17, 2001. Accessed via http://std.stheadline.com/archive/fullstory.asp?andor=or&year 1=2001&month1=6&day1=26&year2=2001&month2=8&day2=1&category =all&id=20010717f06&keyword1=&keyword2= So YK & Chung TY (ed.) 2001, Appreciation index of television programs: Hong Kong experience (電視節目欣賞指數:香港經驗). Hong Kong: Television appre- ciation index research committee. Tai Kung Pao, 25th August 1957, Rediffusion television installation costs the company two million dollars (麗的映聲裝置電視 耗去本錢兩百萬元), page 4. Yep R, 2012, Cultural revolution in Hong Kong: Emergency powers, administra- tion of justice and the turbulent year of 1967, Modern Asian Studies, vol. 46, no. 4, pp. 1007–1032. CHAPTER 5

Worlding Hong Kong TV

Chapter Overview The story of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry starts from 1928. Straddling at the juncture of the centennial anniversary of Hong Kong broadcasting service, we trace the steps and re-discover the role that Hong Kong broadcasting industry (radio broadcast and later television) has ever played beyond its home territory: how Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry has connected with the global Sinophone community and with the world. Hong Kong cultural scholar, Eric Ma once commented in his book Desiring Hong Kong, Consuming South China (2012) that, Hong Kong as a port city and once an Asia’s leading cultural producer has experienced radical changes: while the stiff geographical and political boundary seldom circumvented the porous cultural penetration from Hong Kong to South China, the dissolution of border after the 1997 handover transforms the ways of cultural exchange instead of enhancing the Hong Kong-centric cultural dissemination. Once mainland refugees flooded in this former British colony hoping for a more stable and affluent life, a reverse yet gloomy process has been identified as Hong Kong cultural professionals head north to seek better fortune. Hong Kong’s television culture, a for- mer role model among the East Asian world, has turned from a cultural “teacher” to “co-producer”, along with the process of deepening Hong Kong-China integration.

© The Author(s) 2020 295 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_5 296 K. J. WANG

Nevertheless, Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry, the second earliest among all British colonies, for a long time took multiple roles: the British colonial cultural frontier in the anti-communist war, the cultural exem- plar/preacher/broker among the global Sinophone community and a co-­ producer in the context that more frequent border-crossing mutual cultural exchange takes place. In the wartime and during the prolonged Cold War, Hong Kong functioned as an ideological battlefield due to its special geo-political location, so did its broadcasting service. Under the shadow of wars, with either gunfire or not, Hong Kong was a hub of infor- mation flow. Social transformation and modernization entailed ceasing of warfare. In this process, Hong Kong television workers were “modernization” teachers to the large number of Cantonese speakers in South China in the age when mainland China still turned its back to non-socialist culture. Moreover, sim- ilar to Hong Kong’s renowned film industry, Hong Kong television busi- nessmen were never satisfied with the local market but actively reached out to the much wider overseas community. Following the trend that mainland Chinese market opened its market after entering World Trade Organization (WTO) and Hong Kong local media development is structurally clogged, Hong Kong cultural professionals are drifted northward for a more promis- ing market. From the production of an all-time­ cultural icon “Ah Chian” in Chap. 4, which signified a cultural hierarchy, to nowadays structural hybrid- ization in television industries between Hong Kong and mainland China, we unwrap the ever-lasting Hong Kong-China dynamics in this chapter.

Ideological Frontier and Information Hub

Frontier in Wartime Less than a decade after the establishment of Hong Kong’s first broadcast- ing service in 1928, with the transmission signal ZBW, the devastating Sino-Japan war broke out. Hong Kong fell into Japanese hands on the Christmas day of 1941. Before Hong Kong’s fall, as the war raged across the mainland of Republic of China, a huge number of mainlanders fled to Hong Kong. In those days, the border between the colonized Hong Kong and China remained open. When Guangzhou fell into the hands of Japanese troops in late 1938, the number of refugees entering Hong Kong drastically increased. As a territory adjacent to Guangdong province where Guangzhou was the capital city, Hong Kong became the first choice to hundreds of millions of shelter seekers. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 297

Against such backdrop, archives vividly reveal that, during World War II, Hong Kong’s broadcast station already took a significant role as a fron- tier propaganda apparatus.1 After the fall of Guangzhou, Japanese imperial propaganda was soon widely launched through different media channels, such as newspapers and radio broadcasts, among which a considerable proportion was anti-­British broadcasting. Anti-British propaganda tried to persuade Guangdong residents who had fled to Hong Kong to return to Guangdong. Gaslighting was employed with misinformation widely distributed to civilians: massive breaking out of tuberculosis, extremely costly living in Hong Kong, plague in Chinese residential areas, police corruption problems and so on. In the second half of 1938, not only in Guangzhou, but also in Shanghai, Nanjing and elsewhere under Japanese control, anti-British and anti-Europe propaganda was virally sprawled including comments about British violent aggression in China and other Asian countries. The dis- semination of propaganda was mainly through radio broadcast, Japanese-­ controlled press (Chinese and English), pamphlets and public forums. The Chinese version was for Chinese residents, while the English version of propaganda targeted Indians who mainly lived in Shanghai. British communities in Republic of China, amid the escalating intense situation, reported to London and asked for advice. Getting permission from London, British took strong measures to offset the propaganda impact from the Japanese side. Chairman of the British Chamber of Commerce based in Shanghai hence suggested to the commerce chamber in Hong Kong that Hong Kong broadcasting service station should be in great use to formulate a wartime pro-British broadcasting force. By that time, Hong Kong was not yet under Japanese occupation. The then Governor of Hong Kong, Geoffrey Northcote sought approval from London in regard of utilizing Hong Kong broadcast system to take the official role of giving out “suitable counter-propaganda of a strictly factual nature from Hong Kong broadcasting station”. Battle of information then took place with Hong Kong as the central base. “All such matter would be carefully compiled by a responsible committee of Government officers probably assisted by a university trained Chinese”. Besides remarks from Lord Halifax (then Foreign and Colonial office secretary) that the content broadcasted must be factually based

1 This part of information is gathered from CO323-1650-2: Use of broadcasting station to counteract anti-British propaganda. The National Archives, London. 298 K. J. WANG and objective, general guidance was also given to Hong Kong by the Foreign Publicity Department in London, such as:

The picture is to build up by giving listeners a steady stream of objective, factual information, meticulously accurate, and impartially presented.

When facing malicious misinformation from Japanese government, what would be needed was “more aggressive tone, directed to exposing the weakness and defects of ‘the other side’”. In cases of countering lies, “what is wanted, as a rule, is to expose the lie by giving the truth in detail”. The London foreign office very soon affirmed the significant role of Hong Kong broadcast station in the crucial juncture of counter-Japan propaganda. The London office thus further requested key British persons in Shanghai to assist the Hong Kong side by providing necessary informa- tion and factual materials in order to heighten the anti-Japan propaganda effectiveness. The counter-Japan propaganda broadcasting was later not only disseminated in Hong Kong, but also reached the vast war-torn mainland China and even Sinophone communities around the globe. In addition to formulating a counter-Japan information hub among the huge size Chinese refugee community, Hong Kong broadcast also played an exceptionally crucial role for the Allied powers in WWII. Via Hong Kong, an important communication bridge was built between husbands who fought in the war and wives who fled to Australia. The ZBW took messages in Hong Kong and sent them to the Hong Kong Government Liaison Officer in Australia who would keep the wives informed about the latest news of the soldiers. “Broadcast to Wives” therefore remained the only few communication channels in wartime among the Allied countries (RTHK 2008).2

A Frontier in Cold War The indispensable role of Hong Kong broadcast in the battle of informa- tion was carried on by the colonial government after World War II. Already transformed from ZBW/ZEK to Radio Hong Kong (RHK), this official broadcast station of the territory continued serving as the information and

2 In RTHK 2008, 80 Things about RTHK, Item 41. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 299 ideological frontier of the British government in the Far East region, espe- cially in the face of rising power from China’s communism as the Chinese Communist Party took over the mainland China in 1949. As part of the anti-communism camp, the Radio Hong Kong disseminated Western-­ centric discourse when the Cold War was imminent. It is documented that, in 1955, the then Hong Kong Governor Alexander Grantham once advocated privatizing RHK in order to enhance the competitiveness of this broadcasting organ in the battle to counter communist ideological power disseminated from air. The Colonial Office in London, however, raised objection to this suggestion, considering that in the crucial smokeless anti-communist war, the colonial government should take thorough and stronger control over an official broadcast chan- nel to distribute necessary policy and proper cultural programs. Hence, in the following years after WWII, instead of selling RHK, the colonial gov- ernment invested in an ever-largest scale to RHK equipment and person- nel arrangement. By doing this, the quality of broadcast was heightened to a great extent (Chin 2008, pp. 218–219). Taking full responsibility of RHK operation, in the batter of anti-­ communism, the then Director of Broadcast, D.E. Brooks reminded that, compared to political issues, cultural topics should have brought heavier concerns among broadcast staffs. Contents of mass cultural interest were better received by audience than those of political affairs. Thus, broadcast- ing cultural subjects would attract more listeners and broadcast efficiency would be increased. The rationale behind this was that, as people could tell the political intention simply from reading political news, cultural products, such as Cantonese and Mandarin folk songs, were too elusive to tell whether it disseminated political messages or showed humanistic pur- suit. For example, songs that expressed pursuit of freedom, which though alluded to the right-camp freedom from China, would be more acceptable to the masses than the songs hoisting an anti-communism banner or a political propaganda passage. Hence, cultural products under different categories needed meticulous examination and evaluation. In the process of handling cultural matters, staffs were instructed to carry out the ­censorship with “very light hand”; otherwise, the creativity of RHK would be constrained and the mutual trust between Hong Kong’s large Chinese community and the colonial government would be destroyed. However, censorship on Chinese cultural products in Hong Kong broadcast, later on, was actually conducted in a scrupulous rather than an acclaimed light 300 K. J. WANG way. For example, songs about hero stories in ancient China were cen- sored by the RHK. Folk songs from East Europe were banned too. In the same line with the propaganda strategy in the wartime, instead of imposing positive image of Hong Kong, a fact-based description of the current conditions worked in a more effective way. For example, accord- ing to Brooks, it is better to emphasize the positive living conditions in Hong Kong than to compare Hong Kong with war-torn China. By doing so, this British style of pragmatic propaganda, to the colonial government, took better effect than KMT on-exile government’s high-profile antago- nistic anti-communist broadcast (Chin 2008, pp. 23–25). Congruent with the mentioned rules of British Foreign Publicity Department, from the wartime to the post-war era, not only propaganda strategies but also the way of running the official broadcast station adopted similar principles of pragmatism.

Pragmatic Language Policy Language policy, to certain extent, is as well under the same umbrella of pragmatism. Before WWII, multi-language policy was already adopted by the Hong Kong broadcast system. By doing so, information disseminated by the government broadcast station could reach wider residential communities where people spoke different Sinitic languages. These people, besides those from Guangzhou who spoke the “orthodox Cantonese”, a lot many were people from different parts across mainland China who migrated to or sought shelter in Hong Kong in different historical peri- ods. In addition, a large number of Hong Kong locals were fishermen who spoke Hakka or Hokkien. Broadcasting in different Sinic languages, therefore, made people from geographical and cultural backgrounds bet- ter informed. The multi-language broadcasting policy continued as a larger influx of refugees from mainland China settled in Hong Kong to escape the civil war between CCP and KMT. In the context that Hong Kong became a lifeboat to the immense number of refugees, RHK news was broadcasted in Cantonese, Mandarin, Teochew and Hakka in the 1950s. In addition to news about public affairs, information closely related to daily life, such as wet market price updates and sea weather reports, was included. To many Hong Kong residents who lived on their own fishing boats, radio listening 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 301 was not only the most convenient and reliable way to get informed about the latest weather condition, but also an important cultural activity as peo- ple could enjoy a wide range of programs from Cantonese opera singing to children’s stories. To be informed and entertained was also the main purpose that drove mass population make radio listening part of their daily life.

From Multi-Language to Cantonese Broadcast This multi-linguistic policy lasted until the late 1960s when an audience survey indicated the serious disadvantage of non-Cantonese broadcasting due to the seriously shrinking proportion of non-Cantonese-speaking lis- teners. Therefore, Cantonese broadcasting became the only Chinese broadcasting language under an acclaimed advocacy of “build a sense of belonging” (RTHK 2004, p. 8).3 Yet the validity of such identity-building intention could not be con- firmed through examining archival documents, the Cantonese-dominant broadcast system that constituted of serious news broadcast and mass entertainment might have played a significant role in the later decades formulating a Hong Kong-style language system and thus a cultural taste. As discussed in Chap. 4, how broadcast anchors talked and how social occurrences were deliberated on Hong Kong’s official and commercial radio programs had brought far-reaching social impact as people’s daily conversation assembles to those from radio programs. Such linguistic and cultural impact later even influenced those living on the other side of the Hong Kong-China border. What will be illustrated soon is the fact that, at the brink of PRC door-opening policy, people from Guangdong province, a door step to the British colonial land, tried hard to receive information from Hong Kong to know the outside world. In addition, cultural profes- sionals, who first re-established the provincial broadcast system, heavily relied on what they had listened and watched from Hong Kong’s broad- cast and television programs. These programs, at the threshold of PRC economic reform, introduced to mainland people refreshed cultural life that struck a strong note of Hong Kong style.

3 According to the memory of Chan Wai-man, the director of the Chinese channel in the 1950s, there was a former colonial officer who advocated Cantonese as the only broadcasting language in order to build a sense of belonging among the population. 302 K. J. WANG

Border-Crossing Business and Cultural Impact The territory of Hong Kong with a few million population could hardly sustain the continuous prosperity of a domestically based cultural industry. As early as the pre-war era, Hong Kong film professionals already sought to explore overseas markets by introducing made-in-Hong Kong cultural products to the vast Sinophone overseas population. Similar to the film industry, Hong Kong television industry also set foot on the global market. Besides purchasing television programs from foreign countries (usually from west Europe and America) to fill the air time, in the 1980s, local productions in local language already dominated the air time, including soap operas, variety shows, situation comedies, news programs, television magazines and a small proportion of Cantonese-dubbed foreign films. Noteworthy is that, in the 1980s, among the 2000–3000 hours’ produc- tion of TVB, 1000 hours’ programs were exported to over 25 countries (Ma 1996, p. 41). This achievement showed breathtakingly rapid advance- ment of Hong Kong’s television industry, which, not until 1973, had started producing its own local soap opera series. In 1979, another break- through occurred. Hosts and performers from TVB’s signature program EYT crossed the border and performed in the Chinese New Year celebra- tive night in Guangzhou—for the first time after red China’s ten-year Cultural Revolution, people from Hong Kong and Guangzhou, two major Cantonese-speaking cities, again joined hands on the stage. More will be discussed in the next section regarding the significant influence of Hong Kong television on Guangdong’s cultural industry resurrection.

TVB Overseas Business TVB has for a long time played the pioneer role in Hong Kong’s popular cultural field. As stated in the previous chapter, at the beginning of its business, TVB already triumphed over RTV thanks to its free-of-charge service. In the following years, TVB Jade soap operas brought to Hong Kong people a new look of cultural leisure life—enjoying stories of folk- lore and romance through daily visual and audio amusement. TVB’s most popular variety show, EYT, for over decades composited a significant part of Hong Kong people’s everyday after-dinner leisure time. In the 1970s TVB met another competitor—CTV—and for the first time TVB was under apparent threat from CTV, the new comer which introduced to the market groundbreaking martial art costume dramas. It 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 303 was also a cornerstone era in which three commercial television stations co-existed in Hong Kong. Waves of competition swept Hong Kong televi- sion industry, showcasing to the mass audience series of enchanting televi- sion programs. Despite ebbs and flows, among occasional challenges from CTV and RTV, TVB had strived to lead the industry and kept its leading position firmly standing. To note that, in addition to its burgeoning Hong Kong domestic busi- ness, overseas business had been playing a vital part in TVB’s growing entertainment empire. While television and advertising business in Hong Kong’s local market continued being the majority (the market share of TVB in the domestic market reached 80% in the 2000s), overseas business solely owned and managed by TVB, such as pay satellite television chan- nels and home video leasing chains, kept TVB prospering its commercial and cultural impact out of Hong Kong. Besides, annually TVB procured a large variety of overseas incomes such as fixed asset and consultancy provi- sion. In 1995, 20% of TVB’s annual turnover was from overseas business. TVB also established its own production centers in Taiwan and Southeast Asia, which were two major overseas markets to receive TVB drama series (Ma 1996, p. 47). It is not difficult to tell that the well-extended exporta- tion network of TVB was largely inherited from the previous film mogul Shaw Brothers. A film businessman turned television empire pilot, Run Run Shaw, with his abundant experience running entertainment business in Southeast Asia since the pre-war era, helped TVB grow into a globally leading Asian media group. In the hands of Run Run Shaw and his partner Mona Fong, TVB went global since the 1980s. And TVB became a Hong Kong listed company in 1987. According to its annual reports, TVB was organized on a worldwide basis into five main business segments:

• Terrestrial television broadcasting—free to air broadcasting of televi- sion programs and commercials and production of programs. • Program licensing and distribution—provision of television pro- grams to home-video markets and overseas broadcasters. • Overseas satellite pay TV operations—provision of satellite pay tele- vision services to subscribers in United States, Europe and Australia. • Channel operations—compilation and distribution of television channels in mainland China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and other countries. 304 K. J. WANG

• Other activities—animation production, merchandising services, website portal, magazine publication, movie investment and other related services.

There are different means by which TVB exported its media products and services to other regions (To and Lau 1995):

• Co-operative contract which implies a clear division of labor between partners. TVBS in Taiwan was the case of this type. As TVB was the sole supplier to TVBS and other cable operators, it formed alliance with local cable operators for easier program distribution. • Joint venture: TVB formed a partnership with British and Indian media groups to launch a satellite television channel in India. This form of joint venture allowed TVB to use local expertise (e.g. cul- tural sensitivity) and international support for new ventures in the new market. • Barter trade: exchange of program contents. • Management consultancy: provision of technological and knowledge expertise to foreign partners.

Sales performance of TVB is generated in eight main geographical areas:

• Hong Kong—terrestrial television broadcasting with program pro- duction, distribution of television channels, website portal, magazine publication and movie investment • Taiwan—cable television channel services (non-estate assets were disposed in 2015) • United States and Canada—licensing and distribution of television programs and channels and satellite pay TV operations • Australia—licensing and distribution of television programs and sat- ellite pay TV operations • Europe—licensing and distribution of television programs and satel- lite pay TV operations • Mainland China—licensing and distribution of television programs and channels and satellite TV channel services • Malaysia and Singapore—licensing and distribution of television programs and channels • Other countries—principally licensing and distribution of televi- sion programs 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 305

TVB operated its own platforms in a number of key overseas markets, namely North America (United States), Australia and Europe under a sub- scription model. A number of channels were compiled by TVB: TVB pro- duced or acquired programs to form a service pack. In recent years, in Hong Kong’s local market, TVB began to utilize the internet for distribution instead of via satellite services. Launched in April 2016, myTV SUPER, an internet-based channel, has become the leading Chinese-content OTT (over-the-top) platform with 50 TVB and interna- tional channels as well as more than 32,000 hours of video-on-­demand (VOD) programs. In countries within Europe and in Australia, viewers also enjoy TVB productions under a service named “TVB Anywhere”, a new internet-based service provided by TVB. That being said, TVB’s efforts in carving out a niche in overseas market only reached modest success. In Hong Kong’s domestic market, TVB heavily relied on cheap and efficient production which is mostly commer- cially driven, while many Hong Kong people got used to an inertia view- ing habit and remained loyal to TVB. Outside Hong Kong, however, TVB was like a fish out of water, failing to meet the market diversity, especially facing the growing heteroglossia in Sinophone community around the world. Another reason that attributed to TVB’s less satisfying performance in overseas market was its costly start-up infrastructures. Instead of going through established cable operators in those countries, TVB built its own direct-to-home satellite system, which involved huge investment (Granitsas 2002). Nonetheless, TVB’s border-crossing influence was considerable. Besides transmitting TVB programs through television channels, televi- sion products were purchased by overseas television stations and pirated soap opera box sets were easy to find in night markets across Southeast Asia. Undocumented TVB consumption was hard to measure, yet had generated far-reaching influence. Even until now, through a simple key- word search on the internet, we could still find plenty of TVB drama episode excerpts subtitled or dubbed in various Southeast Asian lan- guages. Malaysians born in the 1970s–1990s, who were descendants of Sinophone migrants, grew up with TVB. The business expansion of TVB into an international conglomerate is much less optimistic than its cul- tural impact. 306 K. J. WANG

TVB and Taiwan Market TVB’s Taiwan business for a long time had been a significant composition among the overseas business. In 1993, with Hong Kong TVB’s 70% share- holding and Taiwan ERA Group’s 30% shareholding, they co-found Liann Yee Production Co., Ltd. At the dawn of Taiwan’s democratization, in September 1993, TVBS Media Group had its debut as the very first private- owned TV Station in Taiwan. It even set up Taiwan’s first 24-hour news channel TVBS-N in 1995, epitomizing it the pioneer in news broadcasting. Before the prevalence of Japanese and South Korean television dramas in Taiwan, Hong Kong’s cultural products became the most appealing foreign visual culture to Taiwan locals who had underwent decades of martial law rule and for a long time could only receive programs from three state-owned national broadcasters. In the 1990s, through Taiwan TVBS, television products made in Hong Kong were transmitted to Taiwan. In the 1980s, Taiwan’s television dramas were mainly local melo- dramas (Xiangtuju, 鄉土劇) and costume dramas in the context of late Qing Dynasty imperial and the early republican China. What largely char- acterized Taiwan’s popular culture in the martial law era were traditional family-themed costume dramas that featured tensions in huge extended families. Values conveyed from the episodes were mostly dictated by the Confucian principle of filial piety. Hong Kong television dramas, in contrast, at the threshold of the 1990s brought to Taiwan people vivid demonstrations of urbanity and modernity against the backdrop of Hong Kong’s economic flight. These characteris- tics were narrated through melodramas of wealthy families which were involved in stock market, transnational business and even international crimes. A “global Hong Kong” was thus unveiled to Taiwan—Hong Kong was not only a giant step ahead of Taiwan, but the beacon of the Sinophone world. Equally enthralling were dramas that showcased everyday life of urban middle class from different professional occupations. A professional, civilized and vibrant Hong Kong thus was unfolded to hundreds of mil- lions of Taiwan ordinary families with kaleidoscopic urban life. Another major genre of Hong Kong television drama—martial art cos- tume dramas—was popular among Taiwan audience too. As Taiwan peo- ple were no less strange to epic historical costume films by Shaw Brothers in the post-war era, martial art costume dramas, compared to dynamic urban dramas that projected foreign-like cultural life, demonstrated richer cultural proximity to Taiwan society. Nevertheless, martial art costume dramas from Hong Kong still presented new pictures to Taiwanese. By the 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 307

1980s, Hong Kong popular culture was already dominated by finely crafted dramas accompanied with pop-like theme songs. The fusion of Western and traditional Chinese musical arrangement in television theme songs was actually an innovative attempt, and thus attractive to Taiwan audience. Cho Lau Heung/Chuliu Xiang 楚留香, a 1979 TVB production swarmed Taiwan society, making the poetic yet cavalier-spirit theme song a household melody. The protagonist of the drama and the singer of the song, Adam Cheng since then became a superstar, an all-time “prince charming” to millions of television fans. After the phenomenal success of Cho Lau Heung, Adam Cheng moved his career base from Hong Kong to Taiwan. Adam Cheng later got married to a Taiwanese actress after having divorce with the famous Hong Kong comedian actress Lydia Shum. The fad over Hong Kong-origin martial art costume drama propelled Taiwan television stations to make their own episodes in the 1990s. In 1976, CTV from Hong Kong launched its groundbreaking television adaption of Louis Cha’s swordsmen novel The Legend of The Condor Heroes/Shediao Yingxiong Zhuan 射雕英雄傳 and subsequently the tele- vision adaptation of swordsmen-fighting fables became an ever-lasting vogue in Hong Kong television industry. Such television production prac- tices, efficient and rewarding, soon prevailed in Taiwan’s popular cultural industry following the entry of TVB. As a result, Taiwanese versions of Louis Cha and Gu Long novel adaptation sprouted and bloomed. However, in the 2010s, TVB disposed of its operation in Taiwan which was originally carried on by Liann Yee Group under the business name of TVBS in two tranches—namely, a disposal of 53% shareholding interest, which took place in January 2015, and a disposal of the remaining 47% shareholding interest in January 2016. The only business then left in Taiwan is the holding of certain property assets in Taipei City. Against the backdrop that TVB discharged from its Taiwan business, since 2015, a new overseas key player appeared in the company annual report—Vietnam. In Vietnam, TVB partners with Saigontourist Cable Television Company Limited (SCTV), the country’s largest TV network, to compile a channel for TVB dramas. Since March 2015, TVB drama serials have been delivered to SCTV for same day broadcast, resulting in optimistic growth in both TV ratings and advertising revenue. In addi- tion, in another major Southeast Asian country, Cambodia, TVB has secured fixed broadcast bands on a number of major local terrestrial TV channels. This breakthrough has allowed TVB to tap into the fast-growing advertising market (Tables 5.1 and 5.2; Figs. 5.1 and 5.2). 308 K. J. WANG

Table 5.1 Change of TVB overseas market turnover

Turn-over of Hong Kong Taiwan USA and Australia Europe business (HKD 1000) Canada

2002 18,78,652 5,70,445 1,93,678 48,320 81,744 2003 18,19,702 6,71,171 2,17,557 53,318 90,149 2004 22,81,105 7,03,831 2,08,667 60,510 78,953 2005 25,60,672 7,43,834 2,09,149 67,784 97,080 2006 25,48,729 7,43,010 2,09,013 71,313 95,589 2007 26,89,295 6,54,339 2,12,721 88,442 1,00,694 2008 26,60,971 7,34,588 2,16,094 95,722 91,519 2009 23,66,476 6,27,504 2,17,727 98,284 82,614 2010 28,05,695 7,52,247 2,35,280 1,14,851 68,977 2011 31,16,792 8,34,284 2,40,274 1,28,478 67,748 2012 33,23,798 8,33,101 2,41,869 1,28,039 63,132 2013 35,02,966 8,32,133 1,98,244 1,04,993 44,602 2014 36,25,004 8,67,997 1,68,015 89,972 30,173 2015 33,24,864 0 1,44,885 62,425 9200 2016 30,39,285 0 1,30,845 55,454 10,050

Source: Collected and summarized by the author with reference to TVB annual reports. Accessed via http://corporate.tvb.com/article/26.html Note: Turnover comprises advertising income net of agency deductions, licensing income, subscription income, as well as income from videotape and disk rentals, sale of animation productions, sale of maga- zines, programs/commercial production income, merchandising income, management fee income, facil- ity rental income and other service fee income

Global Reach—ATV Not only that TVB plays an eye-catching role in exporting Hong Kong cultural products to overseas market, but also another Hong Kong major television industry player—ATV—also strived to procure its global market share. In the early 1980s, when Chiu took over ATV’s operation and man- agement baton and changed the former brand RTV to ATV, he decided to craft ATV as an Asian television hub instead of a Hong Kong-bounded one. Despite that illegal reception of Hong Kong television signals was already popular in the Pearl River Delta region since the late 1970s, it was not until the early 1990s that Hong Kong television channels could be officially transmitted to Guangdong audience via the local cable (more discussion in the next section). Under Deacon Chiu’s baton, before Hong Kong’s television channels could officially land in PRC, in 1982, ATV took a bold step and televised the Guangdong-Hong Kong Football Cup (Sheng Gang Bei, 省港盃) which took place in Guangzhou. In 1983, an ATV-produced television drama, Legendary Fok/Daxia Huo Yuanjia 大俠霍元甲 (1981), legendary 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 309

Table 5.2 Change of TVB overseas market turnover

Turn-over of business Mainland Malaysia and Other countries Vietnam (HKD 1000) China Singapore

2002 86,140 2,67,055 35,828 n/a 2003 1,04,237 3,26,310 28,718 n/a 2004 1,04,922 3,37,056 41,892 n/a 2005 1,17,225 3,37,726 43,120 n/a 2006 1,71,869 3,31,513 30,150 n/a 2007 1,83,786 3,65,772 30,760 n/a 2008 1,77,490 3,99,686 31,234 n/a 2009 1,83,284 3,78,668 28,775 n/a 2010 2,05,370 4,60,424 31,812 n/a 2011 2,63,606 5,23,311 34,372 n/a 2012 2,80,704 5,32,746 44,495 n/a 2013 4,01,975 5,60,100 41,037 n/a 2014 3,83,283 5,55,188 53,536 n/a 2015 2,70,993 5,48,504 46,029 47,825 2016 3,50,837 5,27,894 47,341 48,602

Source: Collected and summarized by the author with reference to TVB annual reports. Accessed via http://corporate.tvb.com/article/26.html Note: Turnover comprises advertising income net of agency deductions, licensing income, subscription income, as well as income from videotape and disk rentals, sale of animation productions, sale of maga- zines, programs/commercial production income, merchandising income, management fee income, facil- ity rental income and other service fee income

TVB business turn-over per year 4000000 3500000 3000000 2500000 2000000 1500000 1000000 500000 0 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Hong Kong Taiwan USA and Canada Australia Europe mainland China Malaysia and Singapore other countries Vietnam

Fig. 5.1 Change of TVB business annual turnover 310 K. J. WANG

TVB business turn-over per year (overseas) 1000000 900000 800000 700000 600000 500000 400000 300000 200000 100000 0 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Taiwan USA and Canada Australia Europe mainland China Malaysia and Singapore other countries

Fig. 5.2 Change of TVB overseas business annual turnover. (Source: Collected and summarized by the author with reference to TVB annual reports. Accessed via http://corporate.tvb.com/article/26.html) story of a Guangdong Kung Fu hero, was purchased and broadcasted by Guangdong provincial television. Notably, the border-crossing move of Legendary Fok thus represented the very first batch of Hong Kong televi- sion dramas that officially came to mainlanders’ eyesight after ten years of Cultural Revolution. Very soon, this drama was broadcasted by CCTV (China Central Television based in Beijing), leading to tremendous applause across the country. In the 2000s, amid its constant restructuring moves with changes of owners and shareholders, ATV, under the hand of mainland Chinese busi- nessmen, largely expanded their advertising business to mainland China. Branch offices of ATV were located in a number of commercial hub cities in China: Shenzhen, Guangzhou, Shanghai and Chengdu (ATV 2003). As discussed in the previous chapter, drastic wax and wane had charac- terized RTV and later ATV during its half-century legendary life in Hong Kong’s cultural history. The frequent change of shareholders, who embraced different management philosophies and ambitions of develop- ment, had led ATV to brinks of financial and management crisis from time to time. Since the 1990s, after Chiu’s family left the company, so did his managerial frugality philosophy, ATV had to appeal to all sorts of program resources to fill the air time. Compared to TVB that kept sufficient home production, ATV had to largely purchase television dramas from mainland China, Taiwan, Japan and South Korea. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 311

Under such circumstances, on the one hand, ATV had been for a long time criticized for falling short of local production. On the other hand, these foreign programs rescued ATV from financial difficulties in terms of saving a huge amount of production fee. What’s more, quite a number of excellent foreign productions, due to ATV’s importation, opened a new world to Hong Kong audience. Foreign television dramas were dubbed in Cantonese for Hong Kong local market. The particular cultural style pre- sented through these television productions, such as the urban life in metropolis Tokyo, the life-and-death romance of Korean lovers as well as the Taiwan-made Republic China love stories, diversified Hong Kong’s television drama landscape. For example, a series of Taiwan romantic television dramas adapted from one of the most popular Taiwanese female novelists, Chiung Yao, were broadcasted on ATV. My Fair Princess/Huanzhu Gege 還珠格格 (1999), like an irresistible cultural tornado, swarmed Taiwan, mainland China and Southeast Asia, and finally became talk of the town in Hong Kong due to the ATV importation. A copycat of Japanese comic, Meteor Garden/Liuxing Huayuan 流星花園 (2001) brought a fresh stream of school romance into Hong Kong’s commercial society. Among the Japanese mania that prevailed Hong Kong’s popular cul- tural realm in the 1980s and 1990s, ATV also played an important role in terms of importing a large number of Japanese television dramas. Famous Japanese television stars, namely, Ishibashi Honami (鈴木保奈美), Adachi Yumi (安達佑實), Sakai Noriko (酒井法子), Kimura Takuya (木村拓哉) and a lot more, were introduced to Hong Kong people through ATV. Similarly to what Hong Kong television culture ever did to mainland Chinese and Taiwan audiences, romantic, humane and scenery Japanese culture, which came along with Love Whitepaper/Aiqing Baipishu 愛情白 皮書 (1993), Homeless Girl/Meiyou Jia de Nuhai 沒有家的女孩 (1994) and many more, enchanted generations of Hong Kong youths. A cultural fascination over Japan among a large group of Hong Kong people—the effervescent metropolitan lifestyle and pastoral rural heritage—thus vividly came to life through television screens. Noteworthy is that, seeing the suc- cessful move taken by ATV by procuring Japanese television dramas, TVB soon copied the strategy and imported the most popular Japanese produc- tions, such as serial dramas that starred super idol Kimura Takuya. If the 1980s and 1990s were the age of Japan’s rise, the 2000s is the Korean epoch. Korean popular cultural wave doubtlessly trumped the 2000s. But, according to Korean culture researcher Chung Lok-wai’s find- ings, in the early 1990s, ATV already started importing television dramas 312 K. J. WANG from South Korea. ATV even cooperated with the South Korea consulate in Hong Kong to inaugurate Korean broadcasting service in Hong Kong (1.5 hours daily) (Chung April 2nd, 2016). Among the storming of Korean style urban and costume dramas in Hong Kong at the threshold of the millennium, ATV presented to Hong Kong audience Korean drama representatives: Autumn in My Heart/Lanse Shengsi Lian 藍色生死戀 (2000) and Full House/Langman Manwu 浪漫滿屋 (2004). While the for- mer one thrilled audience with heartbreaking fin-de-siècle-like romance, full of life-turning joy and sorrows, the latter one depicted a fairytale-like romantic story that made Rain (the dancing king of Korea) and Song Hye- kyo (宋慧喬) among the most popular household names in Hong Kong. Both dramas were groundbreaking types in Hong Kong television culture, introducing extravagantly represented, yet all-time attention-­grabbing, style of television language. Full House was set in an urban setting featuring the quarrelsome but loving couples, which soon became a novelty exem- plar of modern romance. The imperfect love (full of quarrel and fighting scenes) between two imperfect young people enriched the previous mono- tone love-bird romance featured in Hong Kong soap operas (Table 5.3).

Table 5.3 Television dramas imported by ATV

Year Mainland China Taiwan Japan South Korea

1991 – 5 2 – 1992 – – – – 1993 – 4 2 – 1994 1 7 7 – 1995 4 10 9 – 1996 8 5 6 – 1997 3 4 4 – 1998 4 3 2 – 1999 5 11 1 – 2000 5 7 1 – 2001 6 4 4 1 2002 8 3 3 7 2003 8 3 2 9 2004 15 6 – 1 2005 9 3 1 4 2006 9 1 4 8 2007 15 – 1 10 2008 8 1 – 6

Source: Collected and summarized by the author with reference to various online resources 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 313

Intra-Asian Cultural Flow

Japanese Cultural Marker in Hong Kong Importation of Japanese TV dramas by ATV excited a sizable group of Hong Kong citizens. What will be elaborated in the chapter of Cantonese popular song is that Hong Kong television culture actually was already under strong Japanese influence since the late 1970s when Japan’s econ- omy took flight out of the shadow from WWII. Also in the film industry, Japanese professionals once greatly contributed to Hong Kong’s film ­productions with unique Japanese techniques and perspectives. Pioneer of the region in terms of economic development, Japanese popular culture (J-pop) also stormed all over the East Asian region, including Hong Kong, forming a regional cultural circle (Iwabuchi 2004; Otmazgin 2014). Besides that Hong Kong television stations purchased the loyalty and showed dubbed Japanese television dramas and cartoons, pirated VCDs/ DVDs of soap operas were easy to find in underground markets in Hong Kong. A media spectacle, the prevalence of Japanese television dramas through legal and illegal channels imbued Hong Kong with a J-pop marker. Along with direct importation (legal or illegal) of Japanese popu- lar cultural products, increasingly, Hong Kong cultural products indi- genize and localize Japanese culture (Fung 2007). In quite a few Hong Kong television dramas, embedding of J-pop ele- ments could be easily spotted, especially those that had been highlighted as the symbol of love or signature conversation lines in Japanese TV dra- mas. More importantly, cultural values projected by Japanese soap operas were as well homologized in Hong Kong episodes: stereotyping gender roles between strong men and soft women; flash marriages; revelation of complex mentality in work place; excessive consumption of lifestyle and romantic relationship. Despite different receptions among audience between Japanese and Hong Kong soap operas, there was a sense of regional cultural proximity that made the intertextual insertion and accul- turation of values, episodes and narratives more accessible and acceptable. While Hong Kong’s proximity with mainland China, precisely the Cantonese-speaking region at the southern part, originated from similar sets of linguistic system and religious folk cultural practice, the proximity between Hong Kong and Japan was an everyday life derivative, through mass cultural product consumption. While cultural practice from Guangzhou was regarded as a convention from an “imagined kinship”, 314 K. J. WANG

Japanese culture represented a fellowship that Hong Kong people could adore and hand out with. Hence, it was argued that the distance between Hong Kong culture and that from mainland China originated from Hong Kong’s accultura- tion with Japan than with the western world (Fung 2007, p. 281). While the Chinese government upheld long-lasting anti-Japanese sentiments, Hong Kong soon resumed cultural exchange with Japan in the immediate post-war era. In the Cold War, British colony Hong Kong, as part of the right-camp force, had little obstacles having a cultural exchange with pro- fessionals from Japanese cultural industry (e.g. Japanese filmmakers worked in Shaw Brothers). In that time, Japan was under the invisible hand of America. This also well explained in the following decades that, with Japanese economy took flight, Japanese popular cultural products ranged from comics and fashions which represented “vogue of superior- ity” further played crucial roles in people’s daily consumption. Therefore, the prolonged daily encounters between Hong Kong and Japanese cul- ture, which were by all means rooted in historical and geo-political contin- gency, had crafted partial Hong Kong identity. At the historical juncture of 1997, when Hong Kong citizens were straddled in the escalating PRC nationalistic discourse and their own national identity ambiguity, the “Japanese-ness” embedded in Hong Kong quietly helped in the boundary drawing. The long-established Japanese cultural clues and markers in Hong Kong everyday life (e.g. fashion brands, department stores) and in mass media cultural consumption were conceived of as a temporary replacement for sustaining the Hong Kong consumerist values, which, to a certain extent, constituted part of Hong Kong identity. Hong Kong media and culture scholar Anthony Fung fur- ther argued (2007), “The strong continual presence of Japanese value may be instrumentally useful for the Hong Kong people to shelter themselves from the overwhelming national force from China—a force which pos- sesses a very different political and economic ideology” (p. 283).

Sonic Scape in Southeast Asia Focusing on the sonic presence of Hong Kong TV, namely soundtracks and theme songs, in Southeast Asian popular cultural landscape, Singaporean scholar KK Liew (2015) argued that theme songs and soundtracks were exceptionally critical in the process of layering television culture. While images on television screens projected to Southeast Asian 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 315 viewers a distance imagination of East Asian advancement and superior civilization, the televisual soundscapes through daily resounding theme songs and soundtracks amplified the emotional flow of episodic narrative and profoundly anchored audiences’ memories for several decades. The vernacularization of culture in post-war broadcast and television industry—the dominance of Cantonese language culture—had been pop- ularly received not only among local audience, but also in Southeast Asia. Instead of projecting a postcolonial “national television culture” that emphasized a “one nation” ethnic-cultural pride as Singapore did, Hong Kong’s broadcast television culture on the other hand showed a more pragmatist style under the colonial government laissez-faire rule. Commercialization and market competitiveness were the principles beneath. Hong Kong, a leading economy across the Asian region, doubt- lessly represented an exemplar of advanced “modernization”. The highly commercialized television drama series, accompanied by a wide spectrum of theme songs and soundtracks (from heroic symphony to urban rocks), disseminated the cosmopolitan imaginations of Hong Kong simultane- ously as home to urban yuppies living in the charming metropolis as well as shelter to those who sought larger room of opportunities. The liberal-­ capitalist urban dynamic, with Confucius value embedded, television cul- ture in Hong Kong in the post-war era projected greater political-social space for people to define themselves. To the huge Sinophone populations living in the Southeast Asian region, Hong Kong television dramas also suggested a cultural proximity. While the proximity between Hong Kong and Japanese mass culture was foregrounded on their equally superior economic advancement and the historical contingency, the adhesiveness between Hong Kong and Southeast Asian people was language and family-value based. In addition to the fact that Hong Kong presented an exemplar of developed metropo- lis imagination, both the city and its popular culture unveiled to hundreds of thousands early migrants and their descendants an allegory of a “devel- oped and modernized family relative”. As early as the immediate post-war period, Hong Kong films were already largely exported to Southeast Asia, especially regions of Malaya and British colony Singapore. In this pro- longed process, a kinship-like cross-strait visual umbilical cord was given birth through a series of South Asian-contexted Hong Kong films and the extended Southeast Asian distribution network Hong Kong film compa- nies had built. After several decades, Hong Kong television dramas, through pirate channels and official networks (e.g. TVB Malaysian 316 K. J. WANG branch), further enriched and renewed the long-established visual umbili- cal cord by presenting a dazzling Hong Kong.

Window to/of China

From Illegal Antenna to Guangdong Cable Through illegal and later legal channels, passively and later actively, Hong Kong television products since the 1980s have dominated Guangdong people’s television-watching life. After the ten-year Cultural Revolution, which was marked an end in 1976, in the early 1980s, people living in Guangdong province, mostly near the east coastal line, became the first group of PRC residents who could finally view the world at a daily basis. TVB, starting business in 1967, rapidly developed into the market giant in the 1970s along with another two competitors, ATV and CTV. However, in mainland China, 1967–1976 was characterized by class struggle, zealous Maoism worship, total abandoning of Confucius and religious classics and nation-wide Maoist propaganda march. Following the death of two found- ing fathers of the PRC, Premier Zhou Enlai and Chairman Mao Zedong, the so-called proletariat revolution ended up in the second half of 1976. Not only that economy was suspended during the decade, but also people’s cultural life was saturated with Maoist and communist propaganda. In the wake of Deng Xiaoping’s open-door policy announced in 1978, people liv- ing at the south tip of the resurrected red China, adjacent to the then colo- nies of British and Portuguese, respectively, Hong Kong and Macao, started to utilize different means to reach the information from outside world. For centuries, people in Guangdong, Hong Kong and Macao share a similar set of repertoires in terms of religious and folk practice, language use and the way that communities are organized. By the end of the 1970s and the early 1980s, a majority of Hong Kong television programs were local productions in local language—Cantonese. These local elements as well as the reflection of Hong Kong’s phantasmagoric urban life transmit- ted on screen, to the vast Guangdong population, turned out projecting largely cultural proximity, while fulfilling the long-existed void of multi-­ culture. Very soon, a Hong Kong television-viewing community was silently built up. Porously spreading across from villages to cities in Peral River Delta region were visual-sonic scape that featured fictional while aspirational worlds of Wuxia, fables of love birds, conflicts of new and old money, urban professionals and a lot more. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 317

To reach the fruitful information source, Guangdong people made full use of a “magic wand”. Antenna, which could receive television signals, once prevailed in Guangdong province. Besides television sets, antenna became an important “household” in families who were desperate for information from the outside world. In sound weather condition, as long as signals were not blocked by high-risings, antennas could effectively receive television signals across the state border, such as from Hong Kong: TVB Jade, TVB Pearl, ATV Home and ATV World. By the end of the 1970s, Hong Kong’s television industry already became much matured than in the commencement era and had produced a large amount of well-­received television programs, especially television dramas. Therefore, even though local governments took a strong grip on the pri- vate setting of antennas, Guangdong people never ceased to install new sets of receivers. Facing constant control from the government, people had participated in “cat chase mice” game. Removal of an old antenna would lead to erection of a new one. As a result, control over antenna became an endless, while unsolvable, problem to the government. Nothing could stop people’s zealous aspiration for non-dogmatic and innovative entertainment and information. Amid the antenna problem, which at the same time revealed the mas- sive demand of Hong Kong television programs among the Guangdong people, new measures were made in the end of 1980s to institutionalize this huge cultural need. In Foshan, a town east to Guangzhou (the capital city of Guangdong province), for the first time Hong Kong television signal was integrated into the local cable wires. In 1994, Guangdong Cable Television was officially established as the only official “agency” transmitting Hong Kong television signals to mil- lions of households. By this means, television programs from the outside world could be under better control, especially the censorship over “improper” and “illegal” contents under PRC law and regulation. In addition, this new television station was literally a zero-cost business, which relied on ready-to-air Hong Kong television programs to procure advertising income. By subscribing to Guangdong Cable TV, on the one hand, people could “legally” enjoy Hong Kong television programs. On the other hand, the television signals became under control of Guangdong Cable which, as the host station, could insert their own commercials and conduct censorship over politically “sensitive” contents. Hence, while being offered more stable transmission of information without worries of bad weather, blockage of signals or forceful removal of antenna device, 318 K. J. WANG people in Guangzhou could no longer enjoy the previous original Hong Kong television programs.

Foreign Broadcasters Landing in PRC In the 2000s, after PRC joined the WTO in 2001 and more relaxation was vested on imported foreign products, ATV and TVB formally landed in mainland China in 2002 and 2004, respectively. Among this trend were other foreign broadcasters such as the Phoenix TV (Hong Kong regis- tered company), STAR (under US News Corporation), China Entertainment (Huayu, 華娛, a Hong Kong registered company) and MTV (under US Viacom). Since then, Guangdong province became the first and only region in mainland China that hosted foreign broadcast and television service providers (Zhang 2011). In 2003, CEPA was signed between mainland China and Hong Kong. Under this scheme, a large variety of Hong Kong products could enter the mainland market as domestic goods instead of foreign trade merchan- dise (e.g. Hong Kong films are regarded as domestic film which could be free from China’s quota grip on foreign films). In this context, STAR television made its headquarters in Hong Kong, largely benefiting from the CEPA when they set their advertising company in Shanghai. Since then, more foreign television stations and media corporations made main- land China (especially in coastal big cities) one of their Asian business branches (Ou 2006).

Visual-Sonic Prevalence of Hong Kong Television in Guangdong From the age when mainland people received Hong Kong television sig- nals through setting up illegal antenna to a new age that mainland China welcomed the thriving of foreign broadcasters, Hong Kong television pro- grams had played an indispensable role not only in ordinary citizens’ cul- tural life enjoyment, but also in the whole mainland broadcast industrial progression. Noteworthy is that, throughout the 1980s and early 2000s, across the Guangdong province, foreign television programs, mostly television prod- ucts from TVB and ATV, dominated the market share. Hong Kong televi- sion programs dominated the market with considerable advantages in terms of their more matured technology and the multi-faceted revelation of a modern lifestyle that mainland Chinese people had long aspired (e.g. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 319 television dramas of Hong Kong professionals). Compared to the rest of mainland China, Guangdong province had made an interesting exception. At the threshold of China’s 1978 open-door policy and economic refor- mation, hundreds of thousands of Guangdong commoners were already exposed to a large diversity of visual-audio enjoyment transmitted from across the border (Tables 5.4 and 5.5). Until today, when PRC’s television business reaches a full blossom in terms of program variety and stardom showbiz, Hong Kong television culture still plays a crucial role in the southern part of China.

Table 5.4 Viewership of foreign (including Hong Kong) and local television programs in Guangdong

Foreign Television Programs Local Television Programs

1999 72.5% 27.5% 2000 68.8% 31.2% 2001 64.3% 35.7% 2002 56.8% 43.2% 2003 56.5% 43.5% 2004 50.6% 49.4% 2005 43% 57% 2006 34.6% 65.4% 2007 32.88% 67.12% 2008 32.17% 67.83%

Source: p. 48, Zhang ZN 張中南, 2011, Ebbs and flows of viewership of foreign television programs in Guangdong province 境外電視在廣東收視市場的盛衰及啟示, Theorization and Perspective 學理審視, 2011 No.01, pp. 46–49

Table 5.5 Viewership of Hong Kong television programs in Guangdong (in comparison with CCTV channels)

TVB ATV CCTV channels

1999 42.4% 29.3% 4.4% 2000 44.6% 22.8% 6.3% 2001 39.9% 22.4% 6.2% 2002 38.7% 16.3% 6.4% 2003 35.2% 15.2% 6.5% 2004 32.3% 9.3% 8.1% 2005 (first half) 30.1% 6.9% 7.8%

Source: pp. 31–34, Ou NZ 區念中, 2006, Globalization: A TV Game (電視傳播與邊界跨越: 境外及香港 電視落地對廣東電視傳媒生態環境的影響及對策), Guangzhou, China: Yangcheng Evening News Press 320 K. J. WANG

Following the golden age when Hong Kong television programs con- quered Guangdong’s viewership market without much obstacle, Guangdong television industry as well as the national television business grew rapidly in the late 1990s and significantly expanded in the 2000s, especially along with China’s entering the WTO. For example, evidence shows, in 2005, for the first time, Guangdong local television programs triumphed overseas programs in gaining the larger share of viewership in Guangdong. As the pioneer of Chinese television industry, Guangdong television also took rapid pace and developed into a multi-level corpora- tion equipped with provincial and municipal levels of television channels. At the national level, China’s only one national television station which was officially inaugurated in 1978, CCTV had extended into 22 free chan- nels by the year 2012. While CCTV channels had dominated viewership in other provinces, they could only gain a slight market share in Guangdong. Yuan argued that (2008a, b), the capital city in Guangdong province, Guangzhou has exhibited an atypical media ecology in this vast territory of mainland China. Despite the significant expansion of television choices, Guangdong viewers show a polarized viewership pattern that features a high preference over local television. In the context that overseas, national and local televi- sion industries grow exponentially, viewers in Guangzhou have demon- strated a visible trend of audience concentration on overseas and local channels, while fondness of national channels remained stagnated. Though media exposure time to national television channels increased at certain points, the viewership loyalty to these programs was never encouraging. On the contrary, Hong Kong channels still appeal to a large size of loyal audiences who are willing to spend a significant proportion of time (30%) exclusively viewing the programs. As other big cities, such as Beijing and Shanghai, play their roles as political and economic centers, respectively, Guangzhou for a long time has been regarded as the birth place of various rebellions (e.g. Sun Yat-­ sen’s republican revolution) and the first and only experimental field for social and economic reformation after PRC inaugurated the open-door policy in 1978, namely, one step ahead in China (Vogel 1989). These exceptional characteristics of the province as well as people’s active demand of border-crossing information, dating back to the “antenna era”, have crafted a distinctive viewership pattern in this south tip of mainland which faces the ocean (Table 5.6). 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 321

Table 5.6 Viewership of television dramas of top 5 popular channels in 2004

No. of Television Average Viewership Highest Viewership of Dramas released the Television Dramas

TVB Jade 22 21.4% 26.9% Guangzhou 34 19 5.4% 10.4% Guangdong Pearl 20 2.8% 4.1% ATV Home 29 2.6% 7.3% Southern Film and 22 2.1% 4.6% Video

Source: p. 41, Ou NZ 區念中, 2006, Globalization: A TV Game (電視傳播與邊界跨越: 境外及香港電視 落地對廣東電視傳媒生態環境的影響及對策), Guangzhou, China: Yangcheng Evening News Press

Hong Kong Television as Mid-Way House in China Mid-way house is a place in-between. From a mid-way house called Hong Kong television drama, mainland Chinese people at the threshold of eco- nomic reformation on the one hand experienced a fascinating visual-sonic adventure. On the other hand, they found a shelter where people could dissolve the anxiety derived from China’s drastic social changes. Also from there, people learn how to be modern. Following Guangdong as the pioneer importing Hong Kong television culture, other provinces in mainland China soon were equally attracted by this foreign culture which was regarded as more superior in terms of ­content diversity and filming technological advancement. Hong Kong popular cul- ture swiftly north-headed crossed the Yangtze River and the Yellow River. Following Legendary Fok/Daxia Huoyuanjia 大俠霍元甲 (1981), The Bund/Shanghai Tan 上海灘 (1980), Love and Passion/Wanshui Qianshan Zongshi Qing 萬水千山總是情 (1982) and so on visually and sonically filled ordinary home space. Hong Kong television stars, such as Chow Yun-fat, Andy Lau and Liza Wong (汪明荃), became household names. Television drama theme songs were frequently heard in karaoke bars, grocery stores and school parties. Even though a huge number of the mainland Chinese population could not speak or even understand Cantonese, they enjoyed imitating the language and sang along with their favorite Hong Kong stars. Interestingly, The Bund, an epic story of romance, revenge and loyalty set against the backdrop of Shanghai in republican epoch, was extremely popular in Shanghai. It was said that, along the bund (a long-extended pier along the Huangpu River), the Cantonese television theme song 322 K. J. WANG resounded day after day. Regardless of linguistic barrier, Shanghai people were amazed by the magnificently composed and lyrically penned theme song, also titled The Bund, which was performed by Hong Kong diva Frances Yip (葉麗儀). The Bund was doubtlessly a novel creation to both Hong Kong and mainland Chinese popular culture—what accompanied Frances Yip’s splendid alto singing was Chinese musical instrument per- formance arranged in Western orchestration. Now a Hong Kong classic, the song was one of the legendary musical works by Hong Kong talents Joseph Koo and James Wong. The swordsmen heroism, dilemmas from brotherhood and nationalistic loyalty, melancholy romance ensnared in family revenge, urban profes- sionals trapped in dramatic career turns, and a lot more cliché yet arresting repertoires, unfolded in series of Hong Kong television dramas. The sophistication of story plots, stardom presentation, music accompaniment and the dramatic revelation of the temporal-spatial context on television screens largely presented a Hong Kong cultural industry that was far more superior to that of China in reformation. These cultural resources later became remarkable cultural reminiscence to generations living through the 1980s and 1990s (Zeng 2003). Classic repertoires inspired from Hong Kong soap operas were appropriated and repeated by mainland television producers. Termed by Zeng (2003) as a mid-way house among the social chaos in the 1990s mainland China or coined by Ma (2012) as the trans-border desire, Hong Kong television products bridged people’s fantasy over modernity and concretized the way of how to learn to be modern. In 2017, the legend of Kung Fu master Fok, the first television charac- ter that came to mainland Chinese screens, was still appropriated by CCTV. Producers penned a drama series of the young age of master Fok.

Mainland Television Industry Inspired by Hong Kong Rather than a top-down process that the foreign television products are introduced by governments or broadcast companies, in Guangdong, it was the bottom-up power that “forced” the government to respond to the people’s need. The far-reaching influence from Hong Kong television industry has vested in Guangdong province as early as the late 1970s. The Hong Kong-style streamline mode of production, film technology, orga- nizational management and the necessity of a competitive environment had thrust the development of the whole industry in Guangdong. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 323

According to Wang Yijun (2013), there are five dimensions that Guangdong television industry at its inchoation phase was profoundly inspired and influenced by Hong Kong television industry. In terms of means of production, Hong Kong television companies showcased to mainland Chinese the efficient and effective standardization of production. Dated back to the 1950s, Run Run Shaw, the owner of the Shaw Brothers film studio, had demonstrated how to streamline film production which assembled the Hollywood-style grand studio system. Such effective mass production mode was transplanted to TVB later on. Collective cre- ation, division of labor and streamline of process, to name a few, had char- acterized Hong Kong style of cultural production as well as greatly stimulated the industry in Guangdong. In the late 1980s, Guangdong Television Station became the first in the nation to take a step ahead, bring- ing forth a television drama series titled Miss Public Relations/Gongguan Xiaojie 公關小姐 (1989) by utilizing the streamline mode of production. This imitation actually even had started earlier. In the late 1970s, a group of Guangdong television professionals were already attracted by the successful TVB variety show “EYT”, presumably through antenna trans- mission. They even went to designated hotels to secretly view and learn from “EYT”. These hotels, scarce in number at the dawn of post-Cultural Revolution, were especially reserved for foreign visitors and thus Hong Kong television programs were available. In the early 1980s, a Guangdong local variety show Colorful Night/ Wanzi Qianhong 萬紫千紅 was staged, showing a Guangdong version of EYT. Vox populi—a revelation of the most local everyday life had always been the jewel of crown in Hong Kong’s popular culture. Speaking the people’s voice instead of those from the ruling class had attracted viewer- ship not only in Hong Kong, but also in the larger Pearl River Delta area. The Colorful Night, along with subsequent soap opera series which were produced in the most local language—Cantonese—and revealed the trivial but joyful everyday life of the local mass, soon proved to be the key to success in Guangdong’s television industry. Compared to Cultural Revolution repertoires that highlighted esthetic unity of collectivism, local life-centered contents and situational comics about grassroot stories immediately touched the nerves of millions of Guangdong audience. Moreover, the popularity of Hong Kong’s Kung Fu costume dramas inspired mainland television professions to make their own. Hong Kong martial art coaches, choreographic directors of martial art films and pro- fessional television staffs were invited to mainland China. As a result, series 324 K. J. WANG of martial art dramas adapted from Louis Cha novels were made by main- land Chinese television stations. Different from the previous mode of direct importation of Hong Kong television products, television profes- sionals in mainland China directly learned from Hong Kong counterparts to further improve and illuminate local production quality. Though in the late 1990s mainland Chinese television industry already rapidly advanced, mainland Chinese audience’s interest in Hong Kong cul- tural products never diminished. In 1999, a spectacular was seen in main- land China during the lunar New Year. An imported Hong Kong costume drama The Demi-Gods and Semi-Devils/Tianlong Babu 天龍八部 (1997) was simultaneously shown by more than ten satellite television stations.

Hong Kong-China Encounters on Screen

Changing Images of Mainlanders Extensive discussion in the previous chapter was elaborated regarding a specific phenomenon in the 1980s—the identity categorization shown in Hong Kong television dramas. The controversial portrays of mainland Chinese reflected Hong Kong people’s condemnation or mixed feelings on the new arrivals from mainland China in the context that Hong Kong was more economically and socially advanced than mainland China. The vivid sketches of characters, such as “Ah Chian” and “Crab Ting”, further substantialized people’s negative perception. Television images became cultural indicators. As Sino-British negotiation on the future of Hong Kong was under- gone in the 1980s and the Joint Declaration was signed in 1984, subtle changes in the Hong Kong-China relation occurred, with changing land- scape in popular culture entailing. Lo (2006) and Qin (2013) offered concrete clues about this transition. Increasingly, mainland Chinese were represented in a more positive way compared to the “Ah Chian”, which was a typical mainlander image back in the 1970s. The newly presented mainland Chinese roles carried various positive attributions. They were on-screen intellectuals, college graduates, professionals and artists. A fashion television drama named A Road and A Will/Xianggangren Zai Guangzhou 香港人在廣州 (1997) presented a typical case. It was broadcasted a month before the Hong Kong handover day. In the drama series, the leading role, a Hong Kong man named Ah Tit went to Guangzhou to start up his business, where he encountered a young 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 325

­mainland female named Ho Fung. Ho Fung was a charming lady who had a decent job in Guangzhou’s banking system. At the beginning, cultural and business conflicts filled every encountering experience between Ah Tit and Ho Fung. However, through everyday interaction, gone was the cul- tural chasm between the hero and heroine while a cross-border romance slowly brewed. Though controversial depictions of mainland Chinese roles were still noticeable, the vulgar yet kind-hearted rural mainlanders turned out beneficial to Ah Tit’s business and the catalyst to Ah Tit’s changing perceptions on both mainland society and mainland Chinese. Table 5.7 shows a strong contrast between “Ah Chian” and mainland Chinese roles in television dramas in the late-1980s and 1990s. Professional

Table 5.7 Roles of mainland Chinese in Hong Kong television dramas

Year TVB Series Role in Series Identity Actor/ Actress

1981 The Four Tsang Wai Illegal new immigrant, Liza Wong Seasons 四季情 (female) hardworking employee 1985 Police Cadet 新 Cheung Legal new immigrant, doctor Chow 紮師兄續集 King-shing Yun-fat (male) 1989 The Justice Of Yu Jiao Legal new immigrant, designer Kelly Niu Life 他來自江湖 (female) Tien 1990 Where I Belong Yau Heung-­ Legal new immigrant, longing Francis Ng 笑傲在明天 tung (male) for a better life in foreign Chun Yu country 1997 A Road and A Chai Ho-fung Mainland Chinese professional Maggie Will 香港人在廣 (female) Cheung 州 1998 Healing Hands Yim Dong Legal new immigrant, doctor Jojo Cho 妙手仁心 (female) 1999 At the Threshold Tin Ning Legal new immigrant Ada Choi of An Era 創世紀 (female) Siu Fun 2000 Love without Jin Lan Mainland Chinese Maggie Border 緣份無邊 (female) businesswoman Cheung 界 2002 A Herbalist Keung Chinese medial herbalist Melissa Ng Affair 情牽百子 Sum-yuet Mei Heng 櫃 (female) 2013 Inbound Choi Sum Mainlander, a bit vulgar, dream Wong Troubles 老表你 (male) to be a singer Cho-lam 好嘢

Summarized by the author 326 K. J. WANG occupations were assigned to the roles who lived and worked at a social class equal to those owned by Hong Kong locals. While “Ah Chian” was an uneducated man who could only find jobs in the manufacturing indus- try while from time to time showed reluctance to fulfill his daily job, char- acters in the years to come revealed a more cheerful picture, implying a closer relation between Hong Kong and mainland China especially at the threshold of the handover. In reality, as a commercial television station, TVB had pulled strings between the public taste and their own commercial interest, among which the latter one was closely associated with the large political-economic con- text. The change of Hong Kong’s social condition led to TVB’s continu- ous strategic adjustments on its media products. In this process, images of PRC and mainland Chinese reflect TVB’s position in all these political-­ social vicissitudes.

Flows of Cultural Exchange Not only had televised images of mainland Chinese experienced radical changes, but also the landscape of television drama repertoires. Even before the 1997 handover, PRC-produced television dramas were already purchased by and shown on Hong Kong’s free television stations. In 1994, Three Kingdoms/Sanguo Yanyi 三國演義 (1994) was shown on ATV at the juncture that the television station was undergoing financial crisis but had to purchase programs from external sources in order to cut production budgets. The historical year of 1997 marked a new era for the society and for the cultural ecology. Exchange of cultural resources was intensified. After 1997, mainland television products, mainly costume dramas featuring late imperial epoch and republican China, started to take a larger market share in Hong Kong. First by ATV then TVB, costume dramas, such as Yong Zheng Dynasty/Yongzheng Wangchao 雍正王朝 (1999), Gate to a Nobel Clan/Da Zhai Men 大宅門 (2001) and Tour of Kangxi/Kangxi Weifu Sifang Ji 康熙微服私訪記 (2000), were continuously imported to Hong Kong. Among these productions, many were ambitious, finely crafted dra- mas that unfolded epochal histories through wanes and wax of noble fami- lies. In Hong Kong’s market, these dramas, usually dubbed in Cantonese, were in many cases well received and even topped in the viewership billboard. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 327

After Hong Kong was returned to China in 1997, series of Hong Kong signature family melodramas were imported by CCTV, such as At the Threshold of An Era/Chuang Shiji 創世紀 (1999) and Secret Of The Heart/ Tiandi Haoqing 天地豪情 (1998). Though heavy accounts were vested on local families and the business world in Hong Kong, these two dramas were phenomenally attractive to mainland audience with compelling dynamics in wealthy families, conflicts behind brotherhood, romance situ- ated in affluent urban setting and ebbs and flows in Hong Kong’s stormy international business world. All these features, even at the threshold of the millennium when mainland Chinese popular cultural industry had largely developed, continued to project a flamboyant modern and advanced world to mainlanders. Interestingly, TVB Qing dynastic costume drama / Jinzhi Yunie 金枝欲孽 (2004) was not only popular in Hong Kong’s domestic market, but also fascinated a considerable size of mainland audi- ence population. First imported by Hunan Satellite TV in 2004, this his- torical costume drama, featuring women politics in royal family, showed great success. Soon, the drama was pursued by television stations from other Chinese provinces. Although set in the backdrop of Qing Dynasty, this drama featuring conflicts between concubines was regarded as an ­analogy of fierce office politics in the modern world. Again, the acute sen- sitivity of modernity of Hong Kong cultural products gained wide applause (Zhang 2008). A turning point occurred in 2000 when the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television (now transformed into State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television of The People’s Republic of China, SAPPRFT) announced a notice that forbids imported television products from airing in prime time. It was until this new measurement that the long-lasting prevalence of Hong Kong television products in mainland Chinese market was calmed down. That said, another door was open after a few years and new forms of border-crossing cultural exchange were achieved through deepening resource and staff conversion. What will be elaborated in the next part is that the CEPA, signed between Hong Kong and mainland China, gave larger room for cultural exchange. For example, restriction on the num- ber of Hong Kong actors in mainland television dramas was lifted. Restriction on the number of episodes for co-produced dramas was unleashed as well. 328 K. J. WANG

Hong Kong-China Co-production

Changes of Regional Landscape: An Alarming Backdrop In the millenniums, Hong Kong’s video entertainment industry, similar to the film industry, encountered a number of challenges and had serious recession: the drastic booming of television products from adjacent regions (e.g. South Korea and Taiwan), PRC’s rapidly rising television industry and the arrival of CEPA that drained professional resources from Hong Kong’s cultural industry. Hong Kong’s tiny geographical size could never sustain a vibrant enough cultural industry that relies on domestic market only to expand and upgrade. For a long time, Hong Kong’s television programs were prevalent in overseas markets such as Taiwan, Southeast Asian countries, North America and mainland China. Before massive social reformation took place in Taiwan, South Korea and mainland China roughly around the early and mid-1990s, Hong Kong, along with Japan, was by all means a popular cultural leader in the East Asian region. However, the jaw-droppingly rising development of K-pop in the 2000s had brought Hong Kong’s long-standing leading position into tremble. South Korea actively exported its cultural products to foreign countries and soon took dazzling market share. While entertainment products exported from South Korea grossed US$29 million in 2002, the number continued to expand and grew by more than 30% toward 2010 (Yang 2012). The streaming of South Korean popular cultural products on the internet soon drew Hong Kong people’s attention, who were largely fascinated by the versatile stars and large variety of TV dramas (Lee 2015) In the mainland Chinese market, while in the 1980s Hong Kong televi- sion industry showcased to cultural workers and mass audience a world of advancement in terms of content creation, management mode and tech- nological operation—a teacher and light-tower to mainland Chinese—in the millenniums, the rapidly rushing mainland Chinese cultural industry soon turned over the former situation. According to empirical studies by Leung et al. (2017), entertainment managerial staffs expressed grave wor- ries by pinpointing the cultural distance Hong Kong television dramas exhibited in mainland market, while mainland Chinese media organiza- tions were mature enough to develop their own programs that showed greater proximity to the wide mainland market. As a result, the previous enchantment possessed by Hong Kong popular cultural products in main- land Chinese market was outperformed. In addition, mainland Chinese 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 329 improving production quality brought by enormous showbiz investment attracted not only domestic audience, but also a sizable group of fans from Hong Kong. The drainage of viewership of Hong Kong local television programs further wrinkled the popular cultural competence.

Commercially Driven Nationalism Against this alerting backdrop, both the contents and structure of Hong Kong television encountered what Anthony Fung (2014) called a com- mercially driven nationalism through co-production. Actually, the chang- ing situation in mainland China also facilitated this trend: an increasing withdrawal of state financial backing for state-owned studios, the quicken- ing pace of marketization. All these factors had forced China’s media industry appeal to co-production with Hong Kong, which was regarded as a more experienced player in TV business, in order to further sharpen mainland media organizations’ market competitiveness. Similar to the situation in the film industry, nowadays, Hong Kong’s television business and its development are lamented from time to time by people that the golden age has gone. In the heyday, Hong Kong’s televi- sion programs, as discussed, rampantly swept across the border and ­dominated the viewer market in South China. According to TVB experi- enced television professionals interviewed by Chow and Ma (2008), in the 1970s–1980s, in the fast-growing industry, sufficient room of creativity and management was widely open to young talents who were allowed to carry out experimental works. In the 1990s, however, facing diverse expectations from the audience, while the company had always strived to take stringent budget control, TVB changed to a more conservative pro- duction mode. Standardization of television production was employed on the one hand to lower cost of production. On the other hand, less room was granted to innovative content curation. Such changes, along with gradually transforming Hong Kong-China relations, introduced new modes of production to Hong Kong’s television industry. While concepts such as hybridization was never new to Hong Kong’s popular cultural product, in the case of Hong Kong’s changing media-­ scape since the late 1990s, hybridization was reflected in norms, values, ideologies, institutions and organizational culture (Chan and Fung 2011). Co-production, in Chan and Fung (2011)’s discussion, referred to “collaboration between organizations of different cultures in various domains, including management, investment, scriptwriting, shooting, ­artists and talent composition, organization of the filming crew, 330 K. J. WANG

­post-­production, marketing efforts and strategies” (p.80). It already became a common form for Hong Kong companies to achieve larger mar- ket share in the mainland. Hong Kong television dramas had hybridized with the mainland Chinese culture as a result of market-driven co-productions. Generally speaking, co-production was revealed at three levels. In the first type, television products were mainly Chinese productions as China took charge of most of the decision making. But these products involved a cast of Hong Kong artists who were rendered more market-appealing than mainland stars. In the second type, Hong Kong was responsible for the main production process and the Chinese partner would facilitate the Hong Kong side to get relevant filming permission from Chinese authori- ties and to promote the product in mainland. These television dramas were usually, at least partially, filmed in mainland China, with part of the contents designed to serve a mainland favor. The last type was the most genuine co-production, with each side participating in production works and sharing the profits on an equal basis, such as The Drive of Life/Suiyue Fengyun 歲月風雲 (2007) and Glorious Return/Rong Gui 榮歸 (2007), which are discussed below (Chan and Fung, 2011). Since 2003 when Hong Kong and mainland China signed the CEPA, which lifted a number of obstacles that once circumvented Hong Kong from massively entering the mainland market, Hong Kong’s television industry has been equally benefited as a film industry. Under the scheme, more and more co-production works were inaugurated in the television industry. Since 2006, Hong Kong-China co-production television dramas were categorized as quasi-domestic productions that were subject to the same requirements applicable to China domestic dramas, such as the num- ber of episodes and the broadcasting time slot. Co-produced works then were broadcasted in many mainland local free television channels—a situ- ation that had demonstrated a strong contrast to when television pro- grams could only be illegally received or through paid cable services. Representative cases that had interwoven hybridized cultural and politi- cal factors under the changing Hong Kong-China relation and CEPA are discussed below.

Narrating “Family”: Nation-Making in Co-production In 2007, marking the ten-year anniversary of Hong Kong’s handover, TVB and CCTV joined hands and produced a 60-episode drama The 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 331

Drive of Life. Apparently, this drama expressed strong political implica- tions through its contents: a story about the joint effort of three brothers, after living their lives separately in mainland China and in Hong Kong for decades, in attempting to manufacture and promote the first made-in- China vehicle to the global market. Reunion and Hong Kong-China joint achievement knitted the episodes, a theme that obviously resonated in the mainstream discourse from the Chinese central government. At production level, The Drive of Life was a joint venture between two gigantic television stations. For example, the casting was constituted by artists from both sides. Financially, the production cost was divided equally between the two stations. As regards division of labor, TVB mainly han- dled the production part and the mainland counterparts were responsible for sketching the historical background for the whole story. By doing this, the contents of the drama would take little risk to challenge Beijing’s dis- course by trespassing any political redline. To TVB, gaining the high-­ profile endorsement from China’s leading media organization guaranteed the consequent promotion and screening of this television drama in Hong Kong and in mainland China. As a high-acclaimed congratulatory present to the tenth anniversary of the Hong Kong sovereignty transition, The Drive of Life was unveiled in mainland and Hong Kong markets with a finely orchestrated rhythm to showcase the cornerstone status of the co-­ production drama: on CCTV, the drama was inaugurated one day before the anniversary day, and the first episode landed in Hong Kong two weeks following the anniversary day. The drama was well received in both mar- kets as expected. Besides The Drive of Life, TVB’s rival, ATV also presented in high pro- file its handover tenth anniversary celebrative television drama called Glorious Return. As another co-production work, this drama featured another story with the Hong Kong-China reunion theme. Though sharing­ different backgrounds as two brothers lived in Hong Kong and Beijing separately, at the crucial moment, they sacrificed their individual interests and saved someone’s life without rewards. The self-sacrificing spirit and the eventual reunion of the two brothers, again, symbolized the ­mainstream tone from the Chinese official discourse: sacrifice of individual interest for the sake of national/collective glory. Compared to the previous list of television dramas that included roles with mainland Chinese background, these two celebrative works projected a more apparent and more comprehensive degree of hybridization, struc- turally and culturally. 332 K. J. WANG

Being a state-less city, Hong Kong, after over a century’s colonial rule, learned to belong to a nation after 1997 (Matthews et al. 2008). Once a shelter to thousands of refugees, it was not until the 1970s that Hong Kong people started to incumbent a consenting Hong Kong identity. That said, this identity was characterized by a cultural Chinese identifica- tion, while a political identification with the city of Hong Kong (Lau 1997). As a result, family-centered or individualistic themes became a hall- mark to Hong Kong’s television products, while in mainland China, due to the revolutionary tradition, nationalism and patriotism in many cases triumphed over other factors. Thus, from time to time people had little difficulty telling Hong Kong dramas from mainland productions. However, under the backdrop of the tenth anniversary of Hong Kong handover, a triumph of Chinese nationalism over Western colonialism in Beijing’s discourse, television dramas carrying this specific ceremonial pur- pose should demonstrate a model-pattern in terms of resolving family-­ nation tensions. Despite the misunderstanding and conflicts that occurred among family members, who had been separated for decades, reunion was the final destiny. The reunion of family members shall intertwine with the success of the nation, such as the victory of China’s national automobile manufacturing business in The Drive of Life. In Glorious Return, the strug- gle between individual and collective interests was mentioned in leading actors’ daily conversations. Chinese nationalism, in the post-1997 era, had gradually penetrated the daily lives of Hong Kong people and became everyday public discourse (Fung 2014).

Rescaling the Local and National Under the context of CEPA and a closer industrial connection between media organizations from Hong Kong and mainland China, Chow and Ma (2008) identified intriguing processes of de-territorialization of pro- duction and re-territorialization of national imaginations in television drama production by tracing the career path of two experienced Hong Kong TVB television professionals and documenting the transformation of production practice of TVB. In 2004, a TVB drama called The Dance of Passion/Huowu Huangsha 火舞黃沙 (2006) was under production in Yinchuan, the northwestern part of mainland China. Different from The Drive of Life, this drama, though a collaboration between TVB and mainland Chinese television sta- tion, showed less obvious hints of co-production as the casting team was 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 333 mainly constituted of Hong Kong artists. But it was clear that, only with endorsement from the Chinese side that the Hong Kong production crew could gain the permission to shoot in mainland China. At a remote village where this drama was shot, a two-story hotel was turned into a small television city. Here, a mainland Chinese production team was employed by TVB on a project-based basis. This team of local staffs were responsible for coordinating on-site shooting, managing extras, arranging on-site daily life and performing an intermediary role between the local networks and the Hong Kong crew. The shooting site is called Western District Movie TV City, a site full of jaw-droppingly stunning natural scenes in a desert. Diverse and spectacular natural scenes in main- land China were greatly appealing to Hong Kong production people and audience. Taking the advantages from CEPA, Hong Kong production teams could broaden their shooting location choices by exploring a large variety of scenic landscapes in mainland China. At the same time, the avail- ability of Chinese mobile project-based teams (with much lower labor cost compared to Hong Kong) and the cheap hardware production cost fur- ther benefited Hong Kong from conducting co-production. The high-priced loyalty purchase of The Dance of Passion by Hunan Satellite TV and CCTV proved to be another great success of Hong Kong television production. After all, The Dance of Passion, which was shot in Shanxi province, catered to mainland Chinese taste to a larger extent. At first glance,The Dance of Passion was a 100% TVB production with a full cast of Hong Kong performers, while collaboration from the main- land Chinese side was only subtly hinted—a rescaling of production. The rescaling of production had led to rescaling of national imaginations in Hong Kong’s media culture. In the colonial age, China was presented as a remote “motherland” to Hong Kong locals with depictions of ancient history and grand geographical landscape. To many Hong Kong locals, everyday life in this tiny British colony mattered most to their identity formation. Along with the sovereignty transition, more frequent interac- tion between mainland Chinese and Hong Kong people was found, entail- ing increasing exposure of mainland Chinese elements shown on mass media, especially after the implementation of the CEPA. The subtly exerted escalation of visual exposure to Chinese elements among Hong Kong locals led to a process termed by Chow and Ma (2008) “re-nationalization”. In the same line of what Chan and Fung (2011) called structural and cultural hybridization, the case illustrated above showed structural and 334 K. J. WANG cultural consequences that entailed the deepening integration of Hong Kong’s media organizations with those from mainland China. “(By) relo- cating TVB’s production routines in trans-border production networks, trans-border TV producers combine the efficiency of the TVB production format and the flexibility and mobility of trans-border support to enhance creativity and production possibilities… the once denationalized Hong Kong TV drama has been injected with vivid representations of national histories and geographies” (Chow and Ma 2008, p. 215).

Concluding Remarks The special political-social role of Hong Kong gave birth to a distinctive broadcasting system in the territory since the pre-WWII era. Entrenched in the turbulent age when multiple political forces surrounded the colony, the broadcasting system in Hong Kong played a special role, which was beyond the domestic everyday need. As a political and cultural frontier, broadcasting stations in Hong Kong once played a vital role as ideological and value defense frontiers against different antagonists in different ­contexts. It was under the particular historical contingency that Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry was “worlding” to Japanese occupied zones, Australia and overseas Sinophone population to convey impor- tant messages. After the war, Hong Kong broadcast returned to normal, serving the mass population. Similar to the demographic and cultural composition of Hong Kong society, broadcasting service in the early age was multi-­ linguistic. While under the British colonial rule, the Hong Kong govern- ment employed a pragmatic philosophy of governance, so did the public broadcasting service. Instead of indoctrinating English as the only official language in broadcasting as the Japanese colonizer did in Taiwan, Hong Kong’s broadcasting service kept a large proportion of Cantonese and other Sinophone language programs, to better inform the huge number of residents from different parts of mainland China. Throughout the prolonged post-war era, Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry rapidly expanded its business and cultural impact from domestic market to overseas, especially the East Asian cultural circle. As one of the earliest British colonies that developed its own broadcasting industry, Hong Kong demonstrated more advanced television culture than adjacent regions (e.g. Taiwan and mainland China) in terms of technologies and content creation. Therefore, after decades of political turmoil, when main- 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 335 land China and Taiwan once again opened their doors to foreign culture, Hong Kong media products rapidly stormed the market. The channels for receiving Hong Kong televised signals varied. Noteworthy is that, in the case of PRC, it was people’s excessive thirst for alternative culture (vs. revolutionary ideological products) that prompted the local government to officially introduce Hong Kong television. This bottom-up movement played a crucial role in driving the border-crossing movement of popular cultural products at the threshold of mainland China’s door-opening pol- icy. It was also due to the excessive dominance of Hong Kong media products in South China that mainland Chinese media industry, especially media professionals in Guangdong province, got inspired and strived to advance their national media business. Through the kaleidoscope of Hong Kong television (mainly TVB and ATV), people living in Guangdong province, a doorstep to Hong Kong, were very soon accustomed to cul- tural values, capitalism, consumerism, stock market business, international trading and professionalism through Hong Kong television dramas. The audio and sonic scape shown from Hong Kong television dramas fulfilled people’s fantasies over modernity and provided substantial examples for learning to be modern. Despite that Hong Kong television culture had vested significant impact on mainland China, business profits generated in mainland China from broadcasting television dramas were mostly opaque. Equally noteworthy is the overseas reach conducted by two major tele- vision providers, TVB and ATV, which actively expanded their overseas business. While ATV had always been under the grave shadow of TVB’s dazzling leading role in exploring vast markets in Taiwan, Southeast Asia and Euro-American markets, ATV made itself an East Asian cultural bro- ker by exposing Japanese and Korean cultural products in Hong Kong. TVB promoted a Hong Kong visual-sonic television culture to the global community, especially the wide Sinophone community. ATV also painted a heavy stroke of J-pop hallmark in Hong Kong’s media-scape. The cul- tural proximity in terms of economic development between Hong Kong and Japanese culture interestingly crafted a unique Hong Kong character that differentiated this former British colony cum Asian economic miracle land from the PRC. That said, the relation between Hong Kong and mainland China was more complicated than a simple boundary drawing. While mainland media professionals were stimulated by those from Hong Kong, Hong Kong also imported mainland Chinese productions to fill their air time. At the junc- 336 K. J. WANG ture of 1997 handover, subtle changes complicated the media discourse and production. For a long period of time, Hong Kong television culture was on the one hand featuring distinctive capitalist urban life. On the other hand, clues of profound Japanese cultural impact were integrated into Hong Kong media products as a marker of East Asian modernity. However, increasingly, discourse of Chinese patriotism and other mainland-­based cultural values (e.g. family-nation tensions), which used to be alienated to Hong Kong people, were imbued in Hong Kong televi- sion dramas, becoming part of the daily public discourse. Different for- mats of co-production were encouraged. Today, a certain number of popular television dramas shown on TVB are co-productions, starring television stars from mainland China and Hong Kong, and thus a re-­ nationalization process becomes salient. Once “Ah Chian” on the screen, mainland Chinese had undergone dynamic encounters with Hong Kong television culture. The transition of sovereignty smoothed the process that mainland Chinese television pro- fessionals and performers equally collaborate with Hong Kong people. Once the central stage of television culture across the Sinophone commu- nity and a mirror of East Asian modernity, today Hong Kong media tal- ents seek fortunes in mainland China and become part of the national culture as Hong Kong popular stars are starred in various mainland Chinese entertainment programs. The long-existing border-crossing adventure of Hong Kong media culture is undergoing a different yet alarming path when PRC seems to have become the one and only destina- tion and re-nationalization is the consequence.

Discussion Questions

1 American culture is perceived as vesting cultural imperialism to the rest of the world through blockbuster cultural products. Back in the 1980s, Hong Kong television dramas dominated mainland Chinese market. How to distinguish these two phenomena? 2 In the 1980s and 1990s, Japanese television products prevailed in Asia. In the 2000s, Korean wave replaced the Japanese popular culture. However, Hong Kong television culture as well vests crit- ical influence in the region. Compared to Japanese and Korean popular culture, what is the role played by Hong Kong cul- tural products? 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 337

3 It has been an irreversible trend that mainland Chinese television culture has integrated with Hong Kong television products. Scholars argue that increasing national discourse has been found in Hong Kong’s daily media discourse. However, new local televi- sion episodes produced by media organizations other than TVB continue to thrive (e.g. ViuTV and HKTV). What is your view regarding the balance between national and local culture in Hong Kong in the near future? 4 Instead of direct importation of Hong Kong television products, mainland Chinese media organizations have increasingly collabo- rated with Hong Kong media talents. What is the role played by Hong Kong television industry in mainland Chinese media industry?

References ATV 2003, Special issue on the 46th anniversary of ATV (亞洲電視46周年特刊: 開 創歷史, 再造未來), Asia Television Limited, Hong Kong. Chan, JM & Fung, YH 2011, Structural hybridization in film and television pro- duction in Hong Kong, Visual Anthropology, vol. 24, pp. 77–89. Chin, W 2008, The days we broadcast—RTHK 80-years anniversary (我們一起廣 播的日子-香港電台八十年­ ). Ming Pao Publishing. Chow, C & Ma, KW 2008, Rescaling the local and the national: Trans-border production of Hong Kong TV dramas in mainland China, in Y Zhu, M Keane and RY Bai (eds.). TV Drama in China, pp. 201–250, Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press. Chung, LW, 2016, ATV, the pioneer of Korean wave (亞視.引入韓流的始祖), HK01, April 2, 2016. Accessed via https://goo.gl/kpzsA5. Fung, YH 2007, Intra-Asian cultural flow: Cultural homologies in Hong Kong and Japanese television soap operas, Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, vol. 51, no. 2, pp. 265–286. Fung, YH 2014, A new era of Hong Kong television: Juxtaposing the market with politics, in J Kim (ed.) Reading Asian Television drama: Crossing borders and breaking boundaries, pp. 101–121, London and New York: I.B. Tauris. Granitsas, A 2002, A Cantonese soap opera, Far Eastern Economic Review, Jan 31, pp. 48–51. 338 K. J. WANG

Iwabuchi, K 2004, Feeling Asian modernities: Transnational consumption of Japanese TV dramas. Hong Kong: The Hong Kong University Press Lau, SK 1997. Hongkongese or Chinese: The problem of identity on the eve of resump- tion of Chinese sovereignty over Hong Kong. Hong Kong: Chinese University of Hong Kong Press. Lee, MT 2015. The Visuality, embodiment and gender performance of Korean Pop: A study on the production, consumption and appropriation of the MVs of “Girls’ Generation”, Mass Communication Research (新聞學研究), vol. 122, pp. 37–78. Leung, V, Cheng, K, & Tse, T 2017, Celebrity culture and the entertainment industry in Asia: Use of celebrity and its influence on society, culture and com- munication, Bristol, UK and Chicago: Intellect. Liew, KK 2015, Cultural polysemy and vernacular cosmopolitanism in the theme songs of Hong Kong television dramas, in J Tay and G Turner (eds.). Television histories in Asia: Issues and contexts, pp. 198–215. London and New York: Routledge. Lo, WL 2006, Media laocoon—The difference of mainland Chinese images in Hong Kong films and television 媒介拉奧孔( – 談香港電影電視大陸人形像差 異), Media Digest, access via http://rthk9.rthk.hk/mediadigest/20061114_ 76_121193.html. Ma, KW 1996, Television and identity (電視與文化認同), Hong Kong: Breakthrough. Ma, KW 2012, Desiring Hong Kong, Consuming South China: Transborder cul- tural politics, 1970–2010. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press. Matthews, G, Ma, KW, & Lui, TL 2008, Hong Kong, China: Learning to belong to a nation. London: Routledge. RTHK 2004, Tell from 1928—Special collection to commemorate RTHK 75 anni- versary (從一九二八說起 – 香港廣播七十五年專輯), Hong Kong: RTHK. RTHK 2008, 80 Things about RTHK (香港電台八十事), Hong Kong: RTHK. Otmazgin, N 2014, Regionalizing culture: The political economy of Japanese popu- lar culture in Asia. Hawaii: University of Hawai’i Press. Ou, NZ 區念中 2006, Globalization: A TV Game (電視傳播與邊界跨越: 境外及 香港電視落地對廣東電視傳媒生態環境的影響及對策), Guangzhou, China: Yangcheng Evening News Press. Qin, J 2013, Terrible pity and ridiculous: The change of mainlander image in Hong Kong film and television since the 90s (可怕可憐可笑:20世紀90年代以 來香港影視劇中內地人形象變遷), Media Digest, accessed via http://rthk9. rthk.hk/mediadigest/20130911_76_123036.html. To, YM & Lau, TY 1995, Global export of Hong Kong television: Television broadcasts limited. Asian Journal of Communication, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 108–121. Vogel EF 1989, One step ahead in China. Harvard University Press, MA. 5 WORLDING HONG KONG TV 339

Wang, YJ 王義軍 2013, Narrative turn: Impact of Hong Kong television to Guangdong (敘事轉向:香港電視對廣東電視的影響), South China Forum (南 方論壇), 2013, No. 06, pp. 45–48. Yang, J 2012, The Korean wave (Hallyu) in East Asia: A comparison of Chinese, Japanese, and Taiwanese audiences who watch Korean TV dramas, Development and Society, 41(1), pp. 103–147. Yuan, E 2008a, Diversity of exposure in television viewing: Audience fragmenta- tion and polarization in Guangzhou, Chinese Journal of Communication, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 91–108. Yuan, E 2008b, Measuring diversity of exposure in Guangzhou’s television mar- ket, Asian Journal of Communication, vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 155–171. Zeng, ZH 曾子航, 2003, Made in Hong Kong: Twenty-years golden age of Hong Kong television drama (香港製造-香港電視劇黃金20年). Beijing, China: Cultural and Art Publishing. Zhang, ZW 2008, The north forwarding road of Hong Kong TV series after 1997 (激情的疏離:“後九七”時代香港電視劇“北進”之旅), Television Studies (電視 研究), Vol. 1, pp. 99–103. Zhang, ZN 張中南 2011, Ebbs and flows of viewership of foreign television pro- grams in Guangdong province (境外電視在廣東收視市場的盛衰及啟示), Theorization and Perspective (學理審視), 2011 No. 01, pp. 46–49. CHAPTER 6

Making Cantopop

Chapter Overview Cantopop implies to a unique type of songs that are in Western pop genre, while presented in the lingua franca of Hong Kong—Cantonese. Not only did singers interpret the songs in Cantonese, but also the lyrics are penned according to the phonetic logic of Cantonese to neatly fit the melodic scale and rhythm. Using Cantopop instead of Hong Kong pop or Chinese pop, to a large extent, implies the significance of the language and the cultural implications underneath. Hong Kong film (gang chan pian 港產 片), which had already become an outstanding genre in the global cinema landscape, is the one but only geographical-based film genre that is named after a city. Similar but different, Cantopop, a specific music genre derived from Hong Kong, on the one hand, embodies the cultural significance of this city. On the other hand, beyond the nation-state boundary, the for- mation and later wide dissemination of Cantopop signifies the gigantic power of language—the global reach of Cantonese which has been the far-reaching result of over a century’s huge-scale migration of Cantonese population. Cantopop therefore stretches far beyond Hong Kong’s local market but has generated profound influence in overseas markets. In the following chapter, a historical review of Cantopop is unfolded. From the first appearance of “Cantonese popular song” on publication materials and the inception of Cantonese popular songs in primitive forms, Cantopop has experienced a significant transformation process which has

© The Author(s) 2020 341 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_6 342 K. J. WANG been interwoven with development of the film industry, broadcast tech- nology and the larger temporal-spatial vicissitudes. The mid-1970s was widely recognized as the birth of Cantopop as tele- vision became a household entertainment, and cultural workers started to employ this unique music genre to compose a large variety of television drama theme songs. The theme songs that filled every household every night amplified the prevalence of Cantopop. Admittedly, technological advancement played a vital role at this crucial point. But one could never neglect the foundations laid by the predecessors in the previous decades, including the countless trials and innovations taken by a large group of musicians and singers from a wide range of fields: traditional Cantonese opera (notably, Cantonese opera songs and tunes were exactly “popular culture” back in that age); the collaboration between Cantonese music and Cantonese films and the blossoming of rock ‘n’ roll youth culture in the 1960s, giving birth to a group of popular music professionals who later became major players in the Cantopop industry. Stories about Cantopop in the 1980s and 1990s are too familiar to Hong Kong citizens and even the whole East Asian region. Besides the big names of showbiz superstars, this chapter leads readers to grasp a fuller picture of the whole industry by looking into different sectors: produc- tion, market and the stardom making (superstar manufacturing system), which made Cantopop conquer the hearts of thousands of fans. Following the heyday, Cantopop industry met a downturn. “Cantopop is dead” became a cliché. Far from telling a simply tragic story, multiple facets will be further examined in the latter part of the chapter.

Defining Cantopop Cantopop is a product of Hong Kong popular culture. However, by no means does Cantopop make the only one popular song genre in Hong Kong. As a city full of hybridity due to Hong Kong’s specific geo-political status in different historical junctures, Hong Kong has witnessed influx and outflows of cultural workers from all around the world, who ulti- mately make this city a hub of cultural resources from multiple directions. Hence, Cantopop had and still has strong rivals Hong Kong’s music land- scape, and the leading role of Cantopop is by all means a product of his- torical, social and technological transformation. That said, there still remains a debate in the academia that what is the origin of Cantopop. Admittedly, songs sung in Cantonese are seldom 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 343 equivalent to Cantopop. However, songs sung in Cantonese, back in the pre-war era, definitely had provided the soil for the sprouting of Cantopop. According to music historian in Hong Kong, Yu Siu-wah, “popular song” is so arbitrarily defined that any art form could be regarded as “pop- ular” at a certain period of time or among a certain group of population. Thus, Cantopop (yue yu liu xing qu 粵語流行曲) could be any song writ- ten or sung in Cantonese and once gained wide popularity. To him, today, what we regard as old-fashion songs (e.g. Cantonese opera and Cantonese folk tunes) were actually extensively popular several decades ago. By the same token, Hong Kong music researcher, Wong Chi-wah agreed that Cantonese opera and folk song artists in the early days were pioneers of Cantopop. One reason, he believes, is that this group of Cantonese-speaking artists tried hard to follow the pace of the modern- ized world by adding elements inspired from Western musical world and from everyday life in song writing. In the late 1970s, when Cantopop slowly revealed its uniqueness and significance in the popular cultural industry, it was widely understood that mingling elements from foreign cultures and from people’s daily life stories made Cantopop stand out from traditional folk songs. Another reason, which is also the most significant one, is that in the early 1950s, “Cantonese popular song” was for the first time clearly indi- cated as a term and a promotional strategy. What will be discussed in more detail later is that, even though the style of the songs was still adherent to traditional Cantonese folk tune, to a certain extent, it opened a new page in a sense that bringing forth Cantonese songs to compete with the domi- nant fashions, which, in the 1950s, were Mandarin pop songs, originated from Shanghai. So, what is popular song and Cantopop? Unlike the history of film which could be defined according to the development of the technology itself. Music and songs—exist along with the millions years of human development—are formulated in a more abstract and vaguer mode that almost all songs are popular to a particular group of people in a particular period of time. Similar to the definition of popular culture, the first criteria, from a musicological perspective, is that popular songs are “of the people” and widely accepted by a major part of the population. More importantly, from a more sociological and cultural lens, “popular” carries its commercial nature, gaining popularity and mak- ing profits from the audience. Popular music is massively produced, con- sumed and reproduced. Though still under controversy, popular music is 344 K. J. WANG a struggle between authentic artistic creativity and commercial music-­ making (Shuker 2017).1 Given the vagueness and arbitrary nature of the concept of popular music, in terms of Cantopop, I try to narrow down the scope. Cantopop starts from the period when songs in Western pop genre sung in Cantonese become widely circulated, commercialized and obtain a dominant role in the society. When was this period in Hong Kong? J. C. Lee found that the first use of the word Cantopop was by Billboard magazine in 1974. Hans Ebert, a music critique used this term to describe what he had found in the city with west-east cultural hybridity (Lee 1992; McIntyre et al. 2002; Chu 2007; Chu and Leung 2013). This story of “J.C. Lee tracing Cantopop” was accepted by different Hong Kong local scholars as well. However, in Yu Siu-wah and Helen Yang’s historical mapping of Cantonese popular music, it is pointed out that little record could be found from the Billboard magazine related to the use of Cantopop (Yu and Yang 2013, p. 2). Leaving the controversies aside, Cantopop as a music genre has pre- vailed in Hong Kong and a number of overseas markets for decades. Since the late 1970s, songs sung in Cantonese that featured the characteristics as below were already extensively employed in different major popular cul- tural sectors: film songs, television theme songs and among young singers. Cantopop very soon was developed into a lucrative business. In Wong Chi-chung’s definition (2007, p. 22), Cantopop is underpinned by mod- ernization (different from conventional Cantonese opera tunes), urban- ization (reflect the voices of the mass population), westernization (comply with western pop genre), trendy and corporatization (institutionalized production and consumption). Though many Cantopop songs were pre- sented in an “AABA” melodic and lyric structure, the genres of Cantopop vary: pop, rock, dance and so on (Wong 2014, pp. 6–7).2 Based on the discussions above, Cantopop in these chapters refers to popular songs in Cantonese since the late 1970s. Though scholars like Yu Siu-wah and Wong Chi-wah questioned the starting point of Cantopop and argued that Cantonese popular songs already existed long before as Cantonese opera and folk tunes, in the

1 See Chapter “Popular Music”. 2 In Wong Chi-wah’s opinion, usually ABA and AABA structures definitely belong to “popular song”. But a song in other formats could also be recognized as popular song when it is promoted in the name of “popular” or gains vast recognition in the society. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 345

­following discussion, for the sake of clarity, I will call popular songs sung in Cantonese before the 1970s the “pioneer Cantonese popular songs”.

Early Stage of Cantonese Popular Songs

Formation and Promotion of Cantonese Popular Song It is believed that 1952 marks the birth of “Cantonese popular song” (yue yu shi dai qu 粵語時代曲) (Wong 2014, p. 62). A then prominent record company called Wo Shing (和聲) for the first time used this term in their promotional texts to highlight the novel genre and creative editing of a number of Cantonese songs. Notably, here, the “Cantonese popular song” was by no means equivalent to Cantopop. On the one hand, “popular song” in this case was an abstractly defined promotional slogan, new trials of musical arrangements taken by a group of musicians from Cantonese-­ speaking regions. Therefore, “popular song” under the Wo Shing label was more a gimmick than a definite genre. On the other hand, in retro- spect, this innovative gesture taken by the record company had laid signifi- cant founding stones for the later musical development in Hong Kong. Wong Chi-wah even pushed the discussion by pointing out that, in the 1930s, hints of Cantonese popular songs could be identified. Although Cantonese traditional music, in forms of Cantonese opera music, Cantonese operatic songs and folk tunes,3 were the popular entertain- ment forms in Cantonese-speaking regions such as Guangdong Province, Hong Kong, Macao and even the large Cantonese-speaking community in Shanghai, new styles of musical performance emerged in several enter- tainment venues, such as the “Guangzhou sing-song twins”(duo-girl performing sing-song troupe 廣州女子歌舞團) performing in an amuse- ment park located in the Sincere Department Store in Guangzhou. What

3 Derived from and integrated with traditional Cantonese balladry including Naamyam 南 音(southern tune), Lungjau 龍舟 (dragon boat songs), Mukyu 木魚 (wooden fish; named after a percussion instrument made of wood and shaped like a fish), Ban’ngaan 板眼 (“main and subsidiary beat” songs) and Jyuau (粵謳, a narrative script which is adapted into music), music and songs were played and sung to accompany Cantonese opera performance. It is generally called Cantonese opera song (yue qu 粵曲). Regarding Cantonese opera music performance, it usually contains main parts: the aria (chang qiang 唱腔), the instrumentation (Cantonese traditional instruments such as a series of percurssions) and beats (also called pai he 拍和 which is consistent with the chang qiang). Description could be found via Music In Cantonese Opera (Yueju) http://www.ied.edu.hk/ccaproject/yueju/eng/music.php. 346 K. J. WANG marks the novelty of their performance were the Western-style dressing, dancing choreography, strong and fast-paced rhythms and the combina- tion of Western-Cantonese instruments in music playing. These fresh performance genres gained exceptional popularity that even New Moon gramophone and record company (新月留聲機唱片公司), a then emi- nent company, invited them to record discs, promoting this style of music performance as “new music”. Following the sing-song troupe record- ings, New Moon continuously explored more variety of new styles for disc production (Wong 2014, pp. 16–24).4 More discussion will follow later.

Westernize the Tradition Noteworthy is that, since the early twentieth century, Cantonese opera performers, some of whom were also singers and film actors as discussed in Chaps. 2 and 3, admired Western culture, especially those from Hollywood. They adapted what they had learned from the Hollywood works to Cantonese local performances. As mentioned earlier, Sit Kok-sin appeared on stage in Western suites. And music instrumentation was already experimenting a combination of Western and Asian elements, such as using violin to play the main melody of Cantonese operatic or film music and adapting Western film songs into Cantonese version (in tradi- tional tunes) (Wong 2000, p. 41). Tam Lan-hing, a then well-known tra- ditional Cantonese operatic soprano and Cantonese film star, staged in Macao in the 1940s while presenting the whole repertoire accompanied by jazz drum set and piano (Wong 2014, p. 26). The westernization and hybridization taken by Cantonese artists, both in opera and in film indus- tries, had subsequently transformed the forms in which they delivered music. Such novelty trial was marked as a cornerstone in the development of popular culture in Hong Kong during the early twenty-first century. A crucial factor that further drove the popularity of Cantonese music in pre-war Hong Kong was music bands and the development of broadcast- ing in Hong Kong. In Guangdong and Hong Kong, the adjacent regions with intimate cultural tie, a large number of music bands were formed among amateur musicians who could play instruments or simply loved singing. From Wong Chi-wah’s research, surprisingly, many band mem-

4 Wong indicated that, in some Cantonese new songs, English words and idioms were already incorporated in the lyrics to exhibit the trendiness and creativity. See pp. 16–24. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 347 bers actually later became well-known Cantonese music composers, film stars or cross-medium stars in Hong Kong’s popular cultural industry, namely Wong Yuet-sang (王粵生), Cheng Kwan-min, Fong Yim-fun (芳 艷芬) and Pak Suet-sin (Wong 2000, pp. 38–39). Similar to today’s rock bands, music bands were trendsetters during that time. Getting inspira- tion from music genres of various origins, music bands—amateur or pro- fessional—were keen to put traditional Cantonese folk tunes or newly composed songs in innovative/experimental instrument arrangement. Similar to the Guangzhou sing-song troupe, fusion of Western and Cantonese musical elements was applied to performances in order to show the vagueness. Therefore, music bands, due to their non-­stop creativity and readiness of presentation, played a major part in radio broadcasting. During that time, Hong Kong’s broadcasting programs were mainly con- stituted of news bulletin and musical programs. Through airwaves, melodic and narrative Cantonese music and songs were transmitted to every corner of the society—a process that facilitated Cantonese song to become a fad.

When Film Meets Popular Song The development and evolution of Cantonese music, from traditional tunes to popular forms, could seldom be standalone from films. Since the birth of sound film, composing film music and film songs became a fash- ionable practice. Some film songs were exceptionally popular and even stood out from the film itself (Wong 2000, pp. 2–7). With little doubt, these film songs were the popular songs in that age—Cantonese pop- ular songs. As discussed in Chaps. 2 and 3, the appearance of Cantonese opera actors in films became an up-and-coming trend in the 1930s. Cantonese opera and folk tune singing was so popular that Sit kok-sin, Ma Sze- tsang, Siu Yin-fei (小燕飛) and many other prominent Cantonese opera singers in that age, even Cheung Wood-yau and Pak Yin the famous melodramatic film stars, must sing a number of tunes when acting in films. The singing part, more often than not covering one whole song or even more, made an indispensable part in the films. As stated in Chap.3 , the integration of two most popular entertainment forms in what we nowadays call “Cantonese opera sing-song film”: Cantonese opera sing- ing (sometimes filled with Western elements) and films on the silver screen made film watching become increasingly popular among the mass 348 K. J. WANG population. But in a more precise way, while filmmaking back then was still a technological novelty, the long-existing craze of Cantonese opera singing facilitated the global reach of Hong Kong Cantonese films. My Love Comes Too Late/Lang Gui Wan 郎歸晚, produced by the Grand View film company and released in 1947, was regarded as the first Cantonese film released after the WWII. This film got huge success not only locally but also in overseas market such as Southeast Asia. It was understood that the theme song had played an indispensable role in achieving the filmic remarkable success. The song’s melody, which carried the same title, My Love Comes Too Late/Lang Gui Wan 郎歸晚, was adapted from a traditional Cantonese folk tune Flowing Water Floating Cloud/Liu Shui Xing Yun 流水行雲 and lyrics were newly composed. It was due to the wide popularity of this melody which was familiar to generations of Cantonese-speaking people before the war time that the film adapted the same name of the song got huge success (Wong 2000, pp. 51–51). To overseas Cantonese-speaking population, the folk tune-­turned theme song presented a more profound yet subtle cultural proximity than the filmic language. In the following years, Cantonese film songs became an important genre among the emerging Cantonese popular song arena. Inclusion of film song and “quasi film song” (songs never appeared in films but titled as film song) were coming of age. New style of songs began to be embed- ded in films. In the post-war era, youth sing-song films further set the trend among young audience at that time by opening a vista of fully west- ernized lifestyle and, of course, music taste, full of modernity and vibrancy (Yung 2003). A legendary sing-song film and Cantonese popular song marked a mile- stone in the 1950s. Cantonese film Belle in Penang/Bin Cheng Yan 檳城 艷 (1954) featured one of the most sought-after actresses at that time, Fong Yim-fun, who also led the theme song of this black-and-white film. Fong, a Cantonese opera actress famous in global Cantonese-speaking communities, projected a fresh image in performing the song that bore the same title as the film. Different from My Love Comes Too Late that was adapted from an existing Cantonese folk tune, Belle in Penang was inserted with a touch of exoticism through a few notes that resembled (imagined) Southeast Asian indigenous folk music. Embracing the AABA structure, accompanied by Western instruments and performed in Fong’s sweet and natural voice, the song was launched a month before the film and soon got vast popularity among the local and overseas Cantonese-speaking audi- 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 349 ence. From Wong Chi-wah’s findings, in the new year variety air-show in 1954, Fong Yim-fun and her Belle in Penang song even was arranged at the first place of performance (prior to other Cantonese opera perfor- mance conducted also by famous performers), which indicated Hong Kong’s popular culture industry could no longer underestimate the role of the new style of Cantonese music (Wong 2000, p. 70, 2016). It is not difficult to tell that the cases ofMy Love Comes Too Late and Belle in Penang suggested the fact that Southeast Asian regions made a wide promising market to Hong Kong-origin Cantonese popular songs, which, though, were more often than not regarded as inferior to Mandarin and English pops. While My Love Comes Too Late projected a sense of cul- tural proximity through the adaptation of an old folk melody, Belle in Penang unveiled a hint of exoticism to Hong Kong audience while at the same time appealed to Southeast Asian communities with their local ele- ments. What will be discussed more in the next chapter is the fact that as Hong Kong was home to many gramophone and record companies, many of these products actually targeted the overseas market. Popular film songs dating back to the 1950s and 1960s actually have played a crucial role in Hong Kong’s popular music industry. The catchy melodies and lyrics that repeated in an AABA structure made these film songs easy to be picked up by ordinary people. The higher chance that these songs got prevailing among the mass society would further promote the fame of the films. For example, Cantonese filmMadame Butterfly/ Hudie Furen 蝴蝶夫人 (1948) produced by Grand View brought forth a number of film songs, among which “Sing and Dance/Zaige Zaiwu 載歌 載舞” became an interesting case that its melody was carried down by generations and filled with different styles of lyrics. For instance, the king of Cantonese popular song in the 1960s, Cheng Kwan-min, once used this tune to sing his famous grassroot-targeted farce tune Sigh of gambler/ Du zai zi tan 賭仔自嘆 in 1958—“伶淋六、長衫六, 高腳七, 一隻大頭 六” (signs on different chips of a Hong Kong local poker). This song became a folk tune known to generations of Cantonese-speaking popula- tion. Even in the 1990s, the melody was further appropriated for film songs, though in a playful way instead of a complete song. King of Hong Kong comedy, Stephen Chiau chanted the melody of Sing and Dance by embedding in the “latest” lyrics in a Chiau-style “Mou Lei Tau”: “bar- beque chicken wings, my favorite (燒雞翼 我鍾意食)” in his signature Cantonese film Flirting Scholar/Tangbohu Dian Qiuxiang 唐伯虎點秋香 (1993) (Wong 2009, pp. 67–68, p. 72). 350 K. J. WANG

Age of Originality Thanks to the blossoming of music band development since the 1930s, original composition of non-operatic Cantonese songs (though still embracing the mode and style of traditional music to certain extents) started to thrive, in the name of “minor song” (xiao qu 小曲). However, derived from improvisation while scarce in melodic, narrative and instru- mental complexities, minor songs were disregarded by those from the orthodox Cantonese opera. In spite of the inferior status of these early-­ stage Cantonese popular songs, minor songs featuring creativity and origi- nality prepped the soil for the later development in the music industry. According to Wong Chi-wah’s findings, the first batch of all-Cantonese popular song recordings was released in August 1952 by the Hong Kong local Wo Shing recording label. During this time, one shellac disc of 78-­ rpm (round per minute) ran three minutes per disc, meaning that only 1–2 songs were recorded per disc. It was a trial run for Wo Shing to produce “Cantonese popular song” recordings at the time when the major business was still devoted to Cantonese opera song recording. One reason for this trial is that Wo Shing spotted the potential market of new forms of Cantonese songs, which already gained a considerable market share in Malaya (Wong 2000, pp. 60–62). According to the discography, until 1960, Wo Shing company released over 30 pieces of Cantonese popular songs that were originally composed, covering topics such as romance, life enjoyment and so on. This finding significantly countered a commonly acknowledged statement that, only until 1974 that the first original Cantonese popular song was brought forth—television drama theme song The Fatal Irony/Tixiao Yinyuan 啼笑因緣. This suggests that creativity, originality and hybridity had been embedded in Cantonese music practice, and these characteristics were already demonstrated since the inception of Cantonese popular song.

The “Inferior” Cantonese Popular Songs The border crossing of Cantonese popular music in Southeast Asia turned out to propel larger scale of Cantonese popular song production in Hong Kong, simply because of the potential commercial benefits from this emerging industry. However, commented by James Wong, the “Godfather” of Cantopop, the popular Cantonese songs in the 1950s were mainly tar- geting the Southeast Asian market, where a huge Cantonese-speaking 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 351 population resided. Most of these listeners were cheap laborers trans- ported from South China to Southeast Asia or decedents of them.5 In other words, the Cantonese songs, though quite popular in theme, were regarded as vulgar and even profane in taste (e.g. gambling, sexually insin- uating) and were despised by the mainstream society.6 However, as dis- cussed in previous sections, among Cantonese popular songs in the post-war era, actually, quite a number of them featured serious themes such as romance and life sentiments. And a lot of original songs were brought up by early Cantonese musical bands and record companies. That being said, Cantonese popular songs had always been situated in an inferior position to the high-class Mandarin and English pops enjoyed. In addition to the accusation about the contents of Cantonese popular songs, a commonly used form was under criticism as well: a large number of cover songs. Yet the situation was far more fascinating. Sigh of gambler/Du zai zi tan 賭仔自嘆 and Teddy Boy in the Gutter/ Feige die luo kengqu 飛哥跌落坑渠, among which the latter was a well-­ received film song of a comedy Cantonese filmTwo fools in hell/Liangsha you diyu 兩傻遊地獄 (1958) were two extremely popular works. Though featuring topics related to gambling and street lads, these two popular songs represented a fusion of Western and Cantonese culture, which was a result of musicians’ innovation. As mentioned earlier, king of Cantonese song—Cheng Kwan-min’s vaudeville-like Sigh of gambler was adapted from a 1947 film song Sing and Dance. Though filled with terms from grassroot poker game, this song had generated enormous cultural impact that had been passed down by generations. The melody and Cheng’s gambling-theme lyrics were still household to Hong Kong society. The Teddy Boy song was actually adapted from the 1955 Academy Award winning English film song Three Coins in the Fountain. Hong

5 In an interview conducted by Chan Sau-yan, a Hong Kong folk culture ethnologist, with Chow Chong, one of the most productive lyricists in the 1950s and 1960s, it was said that the early Cantonese popular songs were mainly targeting the taste of miners in Singapore. See “Early Cantonese popular song 早期粵語流行曲”, from Hong Kong Memory, access via http://www.hkmemory.org/jameswong/text/index.php?p=home&catId=194&phot oNo=0. 6 See newspaper clips, column by James Wong, Nov 24, 2004. For several decades, Cantonese songs were discriminated 廣東歌受歧視的數十年, from Hong Kong Memory http://www.hkmemory.org/jameswong/text/index.php?p=home&catId=187&phot oNo=0. 352 K. J. WANG

Kong’s musicians rewrote the English version into quotidian Cantonese to vividly exhibit social reality, jocular, sarcastic yet socially profound. In terms of music production, the songs were produced by prominent record labels and were arranged by professional musicians. But compared to English and Mandarin songs, this genre of innovative Cantonese popular songs, which were in-between traditional Cantonese opera style and imita- tion of Western music, could seldom obtain a legitimate status in the mainstream music industry in post-war Hong Kong. Notably, due to the popularity of Cantonese popular songs in Southeast Asian market, the song production was not only confined in Hong Kong but also in Southeast Asian countries such as Malaysia and Singapore. Even the king of early Cantonese popular song, Cheng Kwan-min from Hong Kong first developed his singing career in Southeast Asia (Wong 2014, pp. 71–74). In the late 1960s, singers from Southeast Asia came to Hong Kong, hoping for a better career development. The arrival of this group of singers further enriched the scene, while they hardly changed the entrenched illegitimate status of Cantonese popular songs. Cheng Kam Cheong (鄭錦昌) and Sheungkun Lau Wan (上官流雲) were two notable singers coming from Southeast Asia to Hong Kong. In July 1969, Cheng got a chance to sing three songs during TVB night show. He sang one Cantonese song among the three and the song was widely well received. From then on, Cheng got more chances to stage his hilarious Cantonese songs. Interestingly, similar to a large group of Cantonese opera predecessors who absorbed inspirations from Western countries, Cheng and Sheungkun were also enormously influenced by Beatles. Sheungkun adapted two English songs and turned them into a down-to-­earth-style Cantonese lyrics: English songs Can’t Buy Me Love and I Saw Her Standing There were adapted to Cantonese versions of Walk Faster Folk/Xing Kuai Di La 行快的啦 and All I Think is Her/Yixin Xiang Yuren 一心想玉人. Remaining in the rock style, the up-scaling beat was accompanied by playful Cantonese lyrics, such as “Ah Jane already married to someone” (阿珍已經嫁咗人), which soon became catchphrases for grassroot people to lament at the loss of romance, helplessly self-mock- ing yet hoping for a better one to come along (Wong 2000, pp. 70–71; Yu and Yang 2013, p. 7). Cheng recorded some popular Cantonese songs as well, such as a popular folk tune Bell sound of Zen Temple/Chanyuan Zhongsheng 禪院鐘聲, which became a household song even until the 1990s. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 353

Despite the fact that none of the abovementioned songs were under-­ quality production, while, in fact, they showcased plenty of innovations and were exceptionally popular in the society, a number of conspicuous features made Cantonese popular songs in that age under-despised by the mainstream music industry: the blunt depiction of everyday life in lyrics, use of oral instead of written language, the occasional insertion of Cantonese idioms and street slangs, and the seemingly farce-like jocular presentation. Cantonese popular songs hence were condescended not only by those working in Mandarin music but also by cultural workers in the Cantonese opera cultural circle. While Shanghai-modern Mandarin popular songs hinted sensual and poetic expressions, Cantonese popular songs were hardly categorized as “art”, but street amusement. One example was that prominent Cantonese opera artists such as Sun Ma Sze- tsang (新馬師曾) refused to record Cantonese popular songs even though he sang the same song Teddy Boy in the Gutter in the film (Wong 2000, p. 80). From a mass communication perspective, the inferior status of Cantonese popular songs in the post-war Hong Kong was related to the demographic composition and broadcast media development. At the end of the 1950s and entering the 1960s, the Cold War brought to Hong Kong profound cultural influence from the United States. English songs and films were accessible in the market. When English education was no longer restricted in the elite community, listening to Western songs and Western films became a fashion among certain groups of audience. In addition to English songs, Shanghai-style Mandarin songs that came along with the huge influx of refugees from mainland China, especially from Shanghai, became another vogue in Hong Kong society. Though Mandarin culture was never new to Hong Kong, the post-war migration wave had extended the Mandarin cultural influence. Seeking shelter in Hong Kong was a large group of Shanghai cultural and business elites who introduced the Mandarin vogue to the Cantonese-speaking city—reminisce of mod- ern Shanghai. As listening to Mandarin songs was associated with a type of elite culture, the Shanghai-style Mandarin songs (aka Shidai Qu 時代曲, meaning song of the time) became a way to accumulate or showcase cul- tural capital among Hong Kong locals. In addition, the launching of com- mercial radio, Rediffusion in 1949 further widened the diffusion of Mandarin and English popular songs. At the beginning, Rediffusion mainly served a small group of social elites, who were mostly English-­ speaking and Mandarin-speaking people, due to the expensive registration 354 K. J. WANG and equipment fee. Under such circumstances, the role of Cantonese pop- ular songs was subordinate to Western and Mandarin culture for a long period of time (Wong 2003). The superior status of English and Mandarin popular music had further vested influence on the larger popular cultural industry in Hong Kong. Sing Tao Evening Newspaper held singing contests for amateur singers since 1960. However, Cantonese popular songs were never recognized as a formal contest section.

The Vibrant 1960s Entering the 1960s, Cantonese popular music had its milestone develop- ment due to the advancement of radio technology and the visit of British band—the Beatles. The Beatles Hong Kong concert bombarded the tiny city with energetic rock ‘n’ roll and a strong note of rebellion post-war youth sub-culture, which was reflected through styling and the way they had played music. A more far-reaching influence of Beatles was the stimu- lation of Hong Kong’s own rock band culture, which later turned out as an incubator of Hong Kong’s Cantopop prosperous future. The next chapter discusses more about Beatles and band culture. The socio-political context in the 1960s was different from the previous decades that the border between Hong Kong and mainland China became more restricted, gradually stabilizing the demographic composition in Hong Kong. Though illegal and legal migration from mainland China and refugees from Vietnam were still constant, a generation of baby boomers, born and grown up in Hong Kong without frequent border-crossing experience as their previous generation, made the foundation of the grow- ing Hong Kong identity. As for Hong Kong, the British colony and port city, it continued to absorb cultural resources from multiple directions. The hybrid sonic-scape, consisting of Mandarin songs from Shanghai and Taiwan, Western songs (mostly in English) and the hybridity of traditional and innovatively composed Cantonese songs was a signature of Hong Kong that later became valuable nutrition to the new generation of musi- cians (Cheng 2002).

Radio Sounds That Filled the Air The Commercial Radio started operation in 1959. Its high-profile Cantonese-centered culture and the arrival of handy transistor radio cre- 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 355 ated a broad horizon to further the prevalence of Cantonese popular music. James Wong, a famous name equivalent to Hong Kong popular culture, once commented, the Commercial Radio and transistor radio had marked a cornerstone of Cantopop, turning it part of ordinary people’s everyday life (Wong 2003, p. 69). Without much spatial barrier was the sound transmitted through air. Before the pervasiveness of radio broadcasting, vinyl disc players owned by herbal tea shops transmitted melodic romance and sonic interpretation of emperor adventures to tea drinkers and passersby. As Cantonese operatic tunes played on gramophone-filled streets in Shanghai in the pre-war era, vinyl discs of Shanghai-style Mandarin songs softened Hong Kong people’s hearts. In the radio epoch, radio—amplifier sets replaced vinyl disc players and became secret weapon of herbal tea shops to attract customers, while far-reaching cultural impact was given birth simultaneously. The broadcast dramas, music programs and news reports, before the age of transistor radio, reached the mass population through the radios in herbal tea shops. A collective memory of many Hong Kong locals who lived through the 1950s and 1960s could never be separated from herbal tea shops, which served as a place offering cheap beverage, a spot for short gathering and a “Hong Kong style café/salon” for information and cultural exchange. The massive arrival of transistor radio at pocket size was another driving force that propelled the process of “privatizing” music. As discussed in Chap. 4, Hong Kong in the 1960s became the world’s transistor radio-­ assembling hub. In addition to exporting huge amounts of transistor radios to North America and Europe, the locally manufactured transistor radio became the latest fashion gadget to the mass population.7 Needless to spend the installation fee and subscription fee as in the early days when people tried to capture radio signals from Rediffusion, transistor radio sets brought to audience 24-hour-7-day free entertainment. While herbal tea shops created a public sonic space, transistor radio devices turned radio programs along with music broadcast shows to individual enjoyment at home. Such change of music-listening habit led to larger variety of market niche which encouraged radio stations to enrich their music resources in order to cater different individual interests.

7 Palm-size transistor radio became a Hong Kong pride that sold to global market. A Hong Kong-designed transistor, which was equaled to a cigarette-box size won a prize during the 1971 Hong Kong Industrial Fair. For details and photo, see oral history records via http:// www.thelibrarybysoundpocket.org.hk/listen/transistor-radio-01/. 356 K. J. WANG

Songs embedded in radio advertisements soon got fame. Written in everyday Cantonese, succinct and easy to remember, these mini Cantonese popular songs (usually 10–20 seconds) were widely spread through radio programs. Besides advertisement, radio drama was another emerging pop- ular entertainment form that played the role as popular song bearer. As mentioned, radio station once was an indispensable outlet for mass audi- ence to express opinions and emotions. After releasing the popular songs embedded in advertisements and radio dramas, audiences would write let- ters to the radio station to ask for a copy of the lyrics (Wong 2000, p. 98).8 Compared to traditional bulky equipment, transistor radio was slightly larger than a palm size, in a cheaper price affordable to the mass consumer. For the first time, music became mobile and personal enjoyment. Cantonese popular songs were gradually accepted as a modern form of entertainment instead of the once widely despised vulgar amusement.

Fad of Cantonese Films and Cantonese Sing-Song Film Besides radio technology, the development of the film industry further expanded the spreading of Cantonese popular music. The vibrant 1960s was a decade when Hong Kong people witnessed the landing of film tycoons from Southeast Asia, filling the society with delicately produced wide-screen blockbusters. At the same time, after going through the post-­ war transitional period, Cantonese film production reached another cli- max, thanks to the mass production of Cantonese opera films and youth sing-song films. The latter one, mainly produced by Southeast Asian-­ origin Kong Ngee company, the Shaw and Sons—predecessor of Shaw Brothers and a lot more Cantonese film companies, targeted the rapidly growing youth population—the baby boomers. Chan Po-chu and Siao Fong-fong, two iconic versatile film actresses, brought Cantonese popular songs to a new height. The dynamic and modern dancing songs embedded in their sing-song films mostly cater- ing to young audience, were extremely popular that many of them were made into recording discs. At least 80 albums from Chan and 40 from Siu were produced (Yu and Yang 2013, p. 7). As the synergy effect brought from popular songs and films was salient in the market, similar practice was widely adopted across the industry, which was, in fact,

8 In an interview, a veteran Cantonese songwriter recalled the memory of radio station in the 1960s. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 357 in the same line of the aforementioned Belle in Penang. Albums of the songs sung by the famous film stars were released before the film to ­generate the first-round hits. Soon after, films were finally launched, alto- gether with the already popular film songs, further raged the market and helped both the film company and record label to create more revenue. By then, even though the definite term “Cantopop” was neither penned by renowned cultural workers nor appeared on popular cultural texts, Cantonese sing-song pops, altogether with the Bella in Penang dated back to 1954, already showcased the up-and-coming Cantonese pop fashion in Hong Kong. Another significant breakthrough in the 1960s in the popular music scene was the glamorous sparks from the band scene, which was under strong influence from the Euro-American rock band culture. The next chapter discusses more about this part.

Breakthroughs in the 1970s Extending the popularity of sing-song films and dancing music, Cantonese popular song development saw a new format at the beginning of the 1970s. The prosperous sonic-scape of band sound in the 1960s nurtured a group of young singers among whom most of them received English edu- cation. They heavily adopted the Western popular singing methods (e.g. plain and natural voice) and song arrangement structure (e.g. the AABA structure with clear main melody and chorus for easy remembrance). While such a hobby was more or less refined in middle-class and elite youths, a real landmark breakthrough of Cantonese popular song was introduced alongside with the relentless popularity of television. Television Broadcasting Limited (TVB), the free television station launched in 1967, offered to Hong Kong mass audience a new way of entertainment. A free broadcasting station providing all-Chinese pro- grams, soon became the most important medium for information seeking and leisure enjoyment. Compared to the situation in the 1960s that only the social elites could enjoy paid-television in which English programs dominated the air time, television became a mass communication platform in the 1970s. In 1973, TVB soap dramas filled the air in a daily basis, soon becoming part of people’s everyday life. Subsequent to this trend was the blooming of Cantonese popular songs which were already detached from traditional Cantonese operatic singing methods and developed into a larger variety other than dancing film songs. In this process, Sam Hui 358 K. J. WANG was a must-mention name, an elite youth (university graduate) who trans- formed Cantonese popular songs into a genre enjoying equally popular and legitimate status as English and Mandarin pop. Therefore, in the 1970s Cantopop as a unique Hong Kong cultural product and a distinguished music genre in the Sinophone landscape had been gradually taking shape following the blossoming of television drama theme songs and the growing number of trendy youth idols who were willing to take innovation by mixing Western music elements with Cantonese melodies. By then, the late 1970s, the iron triangle of Hong Kong’s Cantonese-centered cultural signature stood firmly in the Sinophone world: Hong Kong films, Hong Kong television dramas and Cantopop.

Television Drama Theme Songs The first television drama aired at prime time on Monday to Friday was Love in the Rain/Yanyu Mengmeng 煙雨濛濛, first released in March 1973, with a theme song carrying the same title sung by Adam Cheng. Notably, this song was composed by Joseph Koo Ka-fai, who, for the first time, was required to compose a television theme song in Cantonese for TVB. Before that, he was already a sought-after film music composer for film companies such as Shaw Brothers and Golden Harvest. In terms of the TVB theme song task, as a matter of fact, at first, little hope was vested on the market impact of Cantonese television drama theme song. Hence, Joseph Koo received little budget from TVB to complete the composition. Love in the Rain/Yanyu Mengmeng 煙雨濛濛, the theme song of the drama series, was composed in an AABA structure, accompanied by Western instruments (e.g. the piano chorus as the prelude) and the whole song was arranged with changing of keys in order to fortify the emotive power. Though the composition was later proved to be an early prototype of today’s Cantopop, due to the insufficiency of all-direction promotion, this song did not arouse much attention at that time. It was until another TVB television theme song The Fatal Irony sung by Sandra Lang (仙杜拉) that Cantopop started to gain fame. TVB 1974 soap opera The Fatal Irony and its theme song which car- ried the same title had represented a breakthrough role in Hong Kong’s popular culture. The natural yet arresting singing performed by Sandra 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 359

Lang captured millions of hundreds of audiences every night. And this ballad song was understood set up a prototype for television drama theme songs in the years to come. Though Wong Chi-wah­ commented that (Wong 2000, pp. 127–129) The Fatal Irony was not much different from those new-style Cantonese songs sung in the 1950s in terms of the themes and contents, university music scholars Yu and Yang gave applause to this song. Written for a romance TV drama in a setting of Republican China period, this song with sweet melody was actually sung by a Chinese-British mix-race singer Sandra Lang. Though composed in a tra- ditional Chinese musical tone with the five-tonal scale (宮商角徵羽 which does not contain the Fa and Ti in the Western style seven-tonal­ scale), it was presented accompanied by an integration of Eastern and Western musical instruments. Sandra’s night-club Western singing method was far distant from the traditional Cantonese opera singing. This could be regarded as a mini-revolution in Hong Kong’s music scene (Yu and Yang 2013, p. 10). Though seeing a hint of blossom of Cantonese popular song business, cultural workers in television and music industry still took this as a test of water temperature. Joseph Koo recalled that the composition of The Fatal Irony was by all means an experiment by mixing Erhu (二胡 Chinese string instrument) and Western orchestra strings, as the former could express the ambiance of the story theme, and the latter on enlarged the scale of the whole arrangement. Moreover, the singer, Sandra Lang, a blond mix, fur- ther injected fresh look to this song (Wong 2007, p. 40). By then, filling household space every night were not only joys and sor- rows transmitted from television dramas and late night variety shows but also emotion-driven melody and poetically expressive lyrics from a large number of theme songs. Becoming talk of town were story-line ups and downs from TV dramas and humming by people at home and at work places were chorus of the theme songs. Following the popularity of The Fatal Irony, numerous television theme songs were launched, further securing the popular status of theme songs from Cantonese television dramas. The songwriters in that period of time, namely Joseph Koo and James Wong, were talented song- writers skillful in managing linguistic rhythm and poetic expression in Cantonese language. By that time, it was already a common practice that both fashion dra- mas and historical costume dramas were accompanied by a theme song, 360 K. J. WANG among which mostly became legends and even icons of Hong Kong popu- lar culture. Theme songs from these drama series—The Bund/Shanghai Tan 上海灘 (1980), A House is Not a Home/Jia Bian 家變 (1977), Chor Lau Heung/Chu Liu Xiang 楚留香 (1979) and to name a lot more— became household classics. Skillful in harnessing Eastern and Western instrumental arrangement, Joseph Koo made use of different sound tex- tures from instruments to facilitate the sentimental expression of the songs that, at the same time, were consistent with the TV drama themes. James Wong, an intellectual in Chinese literature and gifted in garnering nine tones of Cantonese dialect, composed lyrics like writing poems. Besides the classic case of The Bund mentioned in Chap. 5, Chor Lau Heung/楚留香 was another legendary work. It was composed by Joseph Koo and penned by James Wong and Tang Wai-hung 鄧偉雄, featuring Adam Cheng as baritone solo with choir. Opening with powerful gong, bass drum and timpalin, the image of cavalier hero Chor Lau Heung was vividly revealed. Generally arranged in an AABA structure, mainly accom- panied by strings (sometimes horn and oboe were added to light up the mood) and enriched the whole editing with Chinese instruments (e.g. Erhu 二胡, Guzheng古箏), Chor Lau Heung to a large extent had marked a signature of Joseph Koo style (Yu and Yang 2013, pp. 95–96). In a series of costume swordsmen-fighting drama theme songs in the 1980s, this Joseph Koo style was embodied to parallel poetic lyrics written by James Wong, Cheng Kwok-kong (鄭國江) and Jimmy Lo (盧國沾).

Debut of Cantopop Pioneer In the field of Cantopop, a few names could never be left in negation, including Sam Hui. It is said that by mixing early Cantonese popular song tunes with the mood of being Elvis Presley, Sam Hui epitomized Cantopop the most popular musical genre in Hong Kong. Sam was even regarded the “Elvis Presley in the East”. What characterized Cantopop included features of use of Cantonese, lyrics written in Cantonese whose intonation shall be accorded to the melodic scale, singing in natural voice, lyrics orga- nized into AABA structure and Western style of instrumental orchestra- tion accompaniment, Sam Hui’s Cantopop debut took place, instead of in concert hall, but in TVB. TVB’s big boss role in Hong Kong’s television industry was con- tributed by both its enthralling TV dramas and televised variety shows. Besides the signature show—EYT—some other smaller-scale shows filled 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 361 different time slots, including a situation-comedy The Hui Brothers Show/ Shuangxing Baoxi 雙星報喜. This sit-com was aired on TVB in 1971– 1972, staging two Hui brothers—Michael Hui and Sam Hui. In addition to hilarious and satire conversational performance, MTV (music televi- sion) shows were inserted to enrich the content. In 1972, a song titled Tower in Clouds/Tieta Lingyun 鐵塔凌雲 sung by Sam Hui was released during the show. The song was penned by the two Hui brothers. Similar but different from other Sam Hui’s Cantopop works, though Tower in Clouds was released earlier than his most signature light-rock film songs, this song was interpreted in Sam Hui’s expressively natural voice and was accompanied by Western instruments (e.g. guitar and percus- sions), poetically conveying human life sentiments instead of labor-class life (e.g. gambling), while the latter theme turned out extremely salient in Sam Hui’s future Cantopop works. Even today, the Tower in Clouds is still widely known to Hong Kong people, representing one of the pioneer Cantopop classics. However, Wong Chi-wah pointed out, though it was a common sense that Sam Hui and his Tower in Clouds marked the beginning of Cantopop, little evidence showed that Tower in Clouds received big applause when it first came out in the comedy show. He argued that, after its release on TVB, seldom seen other singers cover or record this song, which was actu- ally a common practice after a song got considerable success (Wong 2000, p. 126).

Recording TV Theme Songs The high popularity of local television programs and theme songs offered larger room of development for Hong Kong’s local record label compa- nies. Crown Records (娛樂唱片) was established in 1958, focusing on Cantonese opera recordings. In the 1970s, due to the close relationship between the top leader Lau Tung and a group of Cantonese opera sing- ers, the Crown Records also recorded a series of television drama theme songs which were very often sung by former Cantonese opera singers. Capital Artist (華星), founded in 1971, was a conspicuous case that its close association with TVB bestowed the company franchised the release of television theme song albums. As the blossom of television dramas since the late 1970s had largely facilitated the radical popularity of Cantonese popular songs, this trend turned Hong Kong’s music scene into a new stage. A large number of television drama theme songs became 362 K. J. WANG

Table 6.1 Number of gold or platinum TV song albums

Year TV song albums that were gold or platinum disc among the total gold and platinum awarded discs

1978 4 out of 25 (16%) 1979 5 out of 43 (11.6%) 1980 9 out of 31 (29%) 1981 13 out of 55 (23.6%)

Source: IFPI Hong Kong http://www.ifpihk.org/content-page/award; Calculated and summarized by the author popular and topped in billboard charts. For example, in 1978, the first Top Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award(十大中文金曲) by RTHK, five of the ten awarded songs were television theme songs, mostly composed by the widely known composers and lyricists: Joseph Koo, James Wong and Jimmy Lo. By then, the debut of “Cantopop” label was merely at door-step (Table 6.1).

Film Song Pops As discussed in Chap. 2, since the late 1970s and throughout the 1980s, it was a milestone decade that Bruce Lee-led Hong Kong films known to mass Western audience and Hui brothers’ urban comedies gave a new face to Cantonese films. Thanks to the rising star film company—Golden Harvest—which disrupted the Shaw Brothers Mandarin blockbuster dom- inance, Hong Kong’s audience were exposed under the most vivid urban dynamics from silver screen. These dynamics were not only embedded in visual impacts but also interpreted through the equally arresting sonic scene—rocks and pops in films. Another feature that marked a popular cultural cornerstone was film music—film songs in Cantonese pop genre. Compared to previous Cantonese films featuring opera performers or sing-song girls, Hui broth- ers, once iconic figures in Golden Harvest, successfully revealed Hong Kong’s down-to-earth characters on silver screens and pop song singing: urbanization, capitalism and wealth gap, which were unveiled through hilarious but sarcastic performance and music composition. The film Games Gamblers Play broke the box-office record in 1974. Sam Hui’s album carrying the same title sold 150,000 units. The sale of Sam Hui’s 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 363 albums in the following years kept soaring, signifying an irreversible wave of Cantopop (Wong 2007, p. 39, p. 42). Sam Hui was widely regarded the pioneer of Cantopop. Two types of popular Cantonese songs became characteristic of Sam Hui and in some of the Hui brothers’ 1970s films: rock-style songs such as Games Gamblers Play/Guima Shuangxing 鬼馬雙星, The Last Message/ Tiancai Yu Baichi 天才與白痴 and ballad-style songs with themes in romance or life philosophy, such as Words from a Flâneur/Langzi Xinsheng 浪子心聲 and Dimple Soft Smile/Liwo Qianxiao 梨渦淺笑. Noteworthy is that, Peter Lai (黎彼得) penned lots of this grassroot-style gambler songs for Sam Hui and the first film company that presented Hui brothers’ films—Golden Harvest provided a powerful platform for Sam Hui to kick off his journey becoming King of Cantopop. Featuring Sam Hui’s musical achievement and making him the “King of Cantopop”, along with his handsome face, were natural vocal interpre- tations of the most down-to-earth life experience of and food of thoughts for millions of Hong Kong commoners. When Sam Hui sang “success will eventually come as you deserve, while there is no need to ask for more from god if you are doomed to have not 命裡有時終須有 命裡無時莫強 求” (lyrics from Words from a Flâneur), it was friends lamented “let it be” over the dining table. Far from dogmatic lessons or endless complaints, the rapport-talk-style ballad singing touched the nerves of the mass population. Another landmark work that epitomized Cantopop was the film Let’s Rock/Dajia Le 大家樂 (1975). A James Wong directed musical-alike Cantonese film that featured a group of music-loving young boys, Let’s Rock presented to audience endless audio enjoyments and innovations through its more than ten pieces of film songs. In reality, the young boys starred in the film were members of a music band called The Wynners. Dancing, singing and playing hard in the film, the five young men on silver screen lived as they were actually lived, vividly demonstrating the rock ‘n’ roll spirit. Notably, the coming of the New Wave film generation further promoted larger variety of Cantopop genres. Mixture of electropop and ballad, Real Man/Da Zhang Fu 大丈夫, theme song of the New Wave filmJumping Ashes/Tiaohui 跳灰 (1976) projected the heroic masculinity. Also in the same film, Ask/Wen Wo 問我 offered a lighter tone in its country folk style of melody. A number of film songs included in the series of New Wave film works shared a number of common characteristics: accompanied by Western 364 K. J. WANG instruments in ultra-refined orchestrating and penned with lyrics in plain Cantonese language. The singers who interpreted these new style musical works were all up-and-coming young singers: didn’t receive Cantonese oper- atic training, while showcasing their most natural voice in singing.

As Popular as Down to Earth The sensation stirred by Hui brothers’ filmic and music works was said due to their vivid reflection of the multi-faceted worlds of millions of Hong Kong commoners. Compared to Mandarin songs that projected glamorous social elite circle, Sam Hui’s interpretation of the world was down to earth. That said, through a meticulous review of Cantonese pop- ular songs, the “down-to-earth” character was actually seldom a break- through in the music scene. Instead, Games Gamblers Play by Sam Hui conveyed a message, which was as “vulgar” as those sung by Cheng Kwan-min. In the 1950s, Sigh of gambler/ 賭仔自嘆 and Teddy Boy in the Gutter/ 飛哥跌落坑渠 was looked down upon even by Cantonese opera singers. However, the songs with a similar gambling theme but sung by a univer- sity student Sam Hui in the 1970s gained much higher social status. Associated with all English elements, being an iconic band member (as he also integrated Western rock elements into the Cantonese popular song) and a university student of the University of Hong Kong, Sam Hui turned Cantonese popular songs into a fashionable cultural product. Similarly, Games Gamblers Play, another gambling-related song, was per- formed in TVB’s comedy show The Hui Brothers Show. Admittedly, not every song from Sam Hui was gambling oriented. The high popularity enjoyed by Sam Hui was extended to his large pack of Cantopop that spoke the vox populi—sighs from labor class, urban romance, daily life in Hong Kong.

Epitomizing Cantopop Seeing the rapid growth of Cantonese music culture and the Cantopop industry, the RTHK launched the Top Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award for the first time in 1978. The award doubtlessly and officially epitomized the leading status of Cantopop in the society. By then, there already existed an enthusiastic group of local composers and lyricists, namely Joseph Koo, James Wong, Cheng Kwok-kong, Jimmy Lo, Peter Lai and 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 365 a growing group of Cantopop singers who were either originally English song fanatics or Cantonese operatic-trained professional singers. This expanding pool of music talents, facilitated by the advancement of media technologies, were motor engines that led the Cantopop industry to its climax. To a large extent, the blossom of local television culture and the full-fledged Cantonese film development played significant roles in the journey of legitimizing the leading role of Cantopop in Hong Kong soci- ety. Furthermore, the worlding of Hong Kong TV dramas and Hong Kong films was by all means auxiliary to the worlding of Cantopop, mak- ing this unique Cantonese-centered musical genre stand out in the Sinophone world. Besides the song award, Cantopop professional association was also established in the city. In 1946, the Performing Rights Society (PRS) of the UK had already set up an agency in Hong Kong to protect music copyright of its members and members of its overseas affiliated societies. In the 1970s, seeing the radically expanding Cantopop business, musi- cians from Hong Kong demanded equal institutionalized copyright pro- tection in the realm of Cantonese popular music. The active group of composers and lyricists mentioned above were ready and willing to coop- erate with the PRS to establish a healthy Cantopop business. It was against this background that the former PRS Hong Kong branch collaborated with this group of Hong Kong composers in 1977 to establish the Composers and Authors Society of Hong Kong Limited (CASH). Until now, CASH serves as the primarily important organization administering copyright and licensing issues of musical works in Hong Kong.9 Despite controversies, without much doubt, the coming-of-age televi- sion drama songs and Sam Hui’s down-to-earth Cantonese songs led Hong Kong’s popular music scene into a new era. Although neither inte- grating east-west musical elements nor incorporating grassroot everyday life into lyrics was innovative practice in Hong Kong as such practices already could be seen in Cantonese opera performance at the beginning of the twentieth century. The growth of Hong Kong local baby boomers, the arrival of Western rock ‘n’ roll (elaborated in next chapter) and the preva- lence of television as household device altogether contributed to the for- mation of a new epoch of Hong Kong’s popular cultural industry. The coverage of mass media in the old time could seldom have reached audi- ence base as wide as television in the 1970s. Notably, the launch of free

9 Homepage of the organization: http://www.cash.org.hk/en. 366 K. J. WANG

Table 6.2 Number of gold discs obtained by different local singers (1977)

1977

Artist Number of Gold Discs

Teresa Carpio 3 Chelsia Chan Chau-ha 1 The Wynners 2 Teresa Deng 1 Sam Hui 1 Paula Tsui 2 Rowena Ellen Cortes 2 Adam Cheng and Liza Wong 1 Other 3 Total 16

Source: IFPI Hong Kong http://www.ifpihk.org/content-page/award; Calculated and summarized by the author television by TVB reached over 2 million population, nearly half of the whole city (Wong 2003, p. 106). Through the mini black box, the color television screen, people got to know stories from all around the world and were filled with popular songs that enriched emotive enjoyment. Popular songs in Cantonese, therefore, were widely accepted by both grassroot and social elite classes. From Tables 6.2 and 6.3, a significant increase in the local gold and platinum discs could be found from 1977 to 1978.10 Even some famous singers who used to sing English songs only had to make compromise and sing Cantopop (Wong 2000, p. 143).11 Notably, in 1967, Hong Kong became an official member of the International Federation of the Phonographic Industry (IFPI). In 1977, IFPI collaborated with TVB held the Hong Kong Golden Disc Award. Golden disc means over 15,000 sales units and Platinum disc means over 30,000 sales units.12

10 In the 1970s, golden disc meant over 15,000 sales units and platinum disc referred to over 30,000 sales units. 11 Such as George Lam, who studied abroad since his teens, used to be an English solo singer. He launched his first Cantopop album in 1978. 12 Due to the escalating trend of album sales, the standard was changed to 25,000 sales for Golden Album and 50,000 for Platinum. The standard was reverted to 15,000 and 30,000 in 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 367

Table 6.3 Number of gold discs obtained by different local singers (1978)

1978

Artist Number of Gold Disc Number of Platinum Disc

Chelsia Chan Chau-ha 1 1 Roman Tam 1 1 Sam Hui 2 2 Paula Tsui 1 2 Albert Cheung Hau-mo 1 0 The New Topnotes 1 0 Gracie Rivera 1 0 Tracy Huang Lu-yi 1 0 1 0 Chan Lai-sze 1 0 Teresa Deng 2 0 Fanny Wang, Fung Wai Tong 1 0 Adam Cheng 1 0 Other 4 0 Total 19 6

Source: IFPI Hong Kong http://www.ifpihk.org/content-page/award; Calculated and ummarized by the author

The Heyday of Cantopop in the 1980s In the film industry, the 1970s paved a way of localization and laid the founding stone of the industrial revolution in terms of creativity and genre variety, and the 1980s witnessed the peak blooming of Hong Kong films that made this small British colony known to the world. In the television industry, the 1980s as well symbolized the heyday of TV drama culture, which visualized the kaleidoscopic urbanity and imagined ancient fantasy to the vast local and overseas markets. Similarly, in Cantopop industry, following the inception of local bands in the 1960s (more discussion in next chapter), the popularity of Cantonese television theme songs and the synergized effect generated from the combination of Cantopop and Cantonese films (e.g. the Hui brothers’ series), the 1980s was widely regarded the golden age: the con- solidation of Cantopop as the Hong Kong primary pop genre, the making

2006 due to the downturn of the industry. Information available from: http://www.ifpihk. org/content-page/rules-of-ifpi-hkg-gold-disc-award. 368 K. J. WANG of glamorous stardom and showbiz that topped the East Asian region and the prosperity of albums sales which led to a vigorous pop scene. If the theme song of RTHK signature docudrama series Below the Lion Rocks represented the 1970s Hong Kong—a lifeboat embracing millions of hard-working citizens who hoped for the bright future, the 1980s Hong Kong could seldom be summarized by one song. Instead, the daz- zling 1980s Hong Kong popular music scene was vividly mirrored in the 1985 TVB Jade Solid Gold Best 10 Awards Presentation (勁歌金曲頒獎 典禮) opening show: amid the magnificently awe-aspiring up-beat danc- ing music were a group of versatile superstars who stunningly delivered their yearly top-charted songs. This group of idols, namely Leslie Cheung, Alan Tam (譚詠麟), Anita Mui (梅艷芳), Jacky Cheung (張學友) and so on, epitomized the heyday of Cantopop as Hong Kong was the trendset- ter for the whole East Asian region.13 In the opening show, exquisitely dressed Cantopop idols extended on the stage their enormous assurance and energy—a lively reflection of the city itself, the popular cultural light tower to the vast Sinophone world. When staging in the (HKC) became a career goal for East Asian singers, this Hong Kong pride had reached its peak in the twentieth century.

Staging of Megastars Alan Tam, Leslie Cheung, Anita Mui, Beyond (an all-time popular local band), and their voices and melodies were not only iconic popular symbols in the 1980s but also became irreplaceable Hong Kong popular culture icons to millions of hundreds of people from the Sinophone world. Besides their achievements in the Cantopop industry, their profound involvement in television, film and other cultural industries further proves a common prac- tice in the 1980s—a multi-medium stardom. This was an encompassing industrial mega project that involved media entities from different sectors. The Capital Artist and TVB first promoted Anita Mui, the award recipi- ent of the first New Talent Singing Championship (新秀歌唱比賽). Capital Artist was an affiliated record label under the mega company TVB, and the two organizations had intensive human resource exchange. After her fascinating performance in the singing contest, Anita Mui soon became

13 Video recording could be viewed on https://www.youtube.com/ watch?v=pNr1DChUG5k. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 369 a superstar under the Capital Artist record label. Different from the com- monly crafted image of female singers who were often packaged as sweet lover longing for love and care, Anita Mui had a revolutionary break- through in terms of her star image and song genre. She was packaged into a variety of icons: a bad girl, a tender sing-song girl and a seductive Medusa. The multiple faces of Anita Mui, a crucial factor attributing to her super stardom, were accomplished by an eminent image designer Eddie Lau Pui-kei (劉培基). Thanks to the swift development of media technologies, Anita Mui did not only appear as a singer but also as a tal- ented performer on MTV, television variety shows, films and later a large number of concert stage shows. Needless to say, she was the recipient of a large number of music awards and her numerous acclaimed songs topped various billboards. In 2003, she died from cancer and ended her legend as “daughter of Hong Kong”. As Anita Mui being a female legend, soon Alan Tam and Leslie Cheung were promoted as male legends. Alan Tam was never a rooster in the Cantopop industry. He was a member of the Wynners, a popular band estab- lished in the 1970s. In the 1980s, Alan Tam became the most important star of PolyGram (寶麗金) after Sam Hui left the company. The Deutsch-origin record label PolyGram had been a strong rival to the Hong Kong local Capital Artist. Packaged as a romantic lover and prince charming, Alan Tam soon established his iconic role as a male idol with a series of successful album works: (1981) carried four platinum songs, (1982) con- solidated the successful mode of Japanese cover songs, (1983) presented five platinum songs and the top hit song The Late Spring/Chilai de Chuntian 遲 來的春天 even stormed all the golden awards of various annual award-pre- senting ceremonies. In the following years, his name and his songs contin- ued to dominate all sorts of popular music platforms. He was awarded the most popular male singer, and his songs were presented golden awards year after year. In 1984, following the opening of the Hong Kong Coliseum, Alan Tam held six individual concerts. This number broke the record of the first round of the individual concert. Reaching his career zenith in 1988, Alan Tam announced an “abdication”—he would stop receiving awards and step back from the industry frontline to make room for newcomers. Another icon of Cantopop and of Hong Kong popular culture, Leslie Cheung, became a significant competitor to Alan Tam in the 1980s. A singing contest award recipient similar to Anita Mui, Leslie Cheung kicked 370 K. J. WANG off his singing career in RTV as he won a prize from RTV singing contest. Upon RTV contract completion, he joined Capital Artists in 1982. Soon, he was promoted as a romantic lover with the album (1983), which became his first golden disc. In the fol- lowing years, each year in different award-presenting ceremonies, Leslie Cheung and Alan Tam were the most attractive icons and also had the fierc- est competition. Throughout 1984–1988, each year in the Top Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award organized by RTHK, two songs were from Tam and one song from Cheung. Classics from Cheung include Monica (1984), Who is Echoing/Youshui Gongming 有誰共鳴 (1986), and Sleepless Night/Wuxin Shuimian 無心睡眠 (1987). Similar to Tam, Leslie Cheung kept winning awards at different platforms, including the Hong Kong Top Sales Music Award, and gained huge popularity among Hong Kong audience. Not only a superstar across the pan-Chinese community, Leslie Cheung was well received in Japan and South Korea. His Mandarin album (1987) was highly acclaimed in Taiwan and South Korean billboard. The competition between Tam and Cheung in award contests could never be comparable to the competition between the fans of these two idols. Quarrels and skirmishes between the two camps occurred from time to time in the 1980s, until the moment when Alan Tam announced he would step down from award conferring. In the late 1980s, Leslie Cheung also made a similar gesture, stepping back from the singing industry and devoting more of his career in the film industry. In the 1980s, although criticisms appeared as a large number of cover songs (elaborated in next chapter) and songs of romance dominated Hong Kong’s popular song award ceremonies throughout the 1980s, from another perspective, the 1980s offered a big stage for singers to build up their appealing personal styles. Besides the most glamorous youth idols such as Alan Tam, Leslie Cheung and Anita Mui, singers from the tradi- tional camp such as Adam Cheng, Michael Kwan and Liza Wong still played important roles in the industry. Evidence could be found from the IFPI annual golden disc award that a certain proportion of the golden disc and platinum disc awards were still conferred to this group of traditional style of singers who were exceptionally popular among middle-­ aged audience. Among the large group of young singers, besides the superstars, a num- ber of skilled singers also won people’s applause: George Lam (林子祥) who was expert in mastering Euro-American genres and had introduced foreign genres such as blues and R&B into Cantopop, Sally Yip (葉倩文) 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 371 who was famous for her open-minded personal character and the broad-­ spectrum voice, (林憶蓮) and Priscilla Chan (陳慧嫻) who represented two types of urban women. Sandy Lam, who later became a diva of Mandarin pop in Hong Kong, was born into a Shanghai-origin family in Hong Kong, and she worked as a radio station disc jockey (DJ) at her very young age. In the 1980s, with the soaring popularity of radio music programs, DJs had built a closed relationship with the Cantopop industry as DJs worked at the very frontline of receiving the latest composition and disseminating them to the wide public. DJ became a fashionable profession and a num- ber of well-known DJs later also entered the Cantopop industry. Albert Au (歐瑞強) and Vivian Chow (周慧敏) were two notable examples.

Local and International Record Labels The next chapter discusses the “worlding” facet of Hong Kong that in the early pre-war era; this tiny British far-eastern colony had already housed a number of international recording companies. In the 1980s, when the Hong Kong Cantopop industry saw its gilded age, Hong Kong also became a battlefield of major international record labels: EMI (started its business in Hong Kong in the 1950s), Polydor (established its Hong Kong branch in 1970), WEA Warner (started Hong Kong business in 1977) and CBS/Sony (started Hong Kong business in 1978). International record companies brought new resources to Hong Kong’s local market. According to Wong Chi-chung, the setting up of Sony in Hong Kong was found to be the major driving force of the later prevalence of Japanese cover songs in the Cantopop industry (Wong 1997). In addition, local labels also started to make Cantopop a lucrative busi- ness, such as Capital Artist (華星) which was originally affiliated to TVB and Contect Sound (康藝成音) which contracted prominent singers such as Sam Hui and Paula Tsui (徐小鳳). The close collaboration between TVB and Capital Artist, which boosted the cross-medium effect for Cantopop, further developed the industry. A good number of singers were introduced to the wide audience through singing contests organized by TVB, and TVB, to a large extent, had become the major singer incubator for Capital Artist. Usually, award-winning artists or those who showed great potential were invited to sign a contract with Capital Artist. In the following years, these singers and their songs were given sufficient public exposure through Capital Artists’ music platforms and, more importantly, 372 K. J. WANG television broadcast—the medium that reached the widest audience base. During this period of time, facilitated by TVB’s domestic and overseas promotional and market penetration competence, singers under the Capital Artist were among those best known to the city and among the overseas Sinophone communities. Capital Artist, in the 1980s, presented to the global audience a long list of superstars among whom a large number of them became immortal leg- ends in the Sinophone music world: Leslie Cheung, Anita Mui, Roman Tam, Jenny Tseng (甄妮), Agnes Meiling Chan (陳美齡) and so on. Capital Artist made 20% of the market share among Hong Kong’s album sales (Fung and Shum 2012, pp. 18–19).

Cross-Media Stardom in the Making In the 1980s, a gradually built and soon matured stardom-making system reigned Hong Kong’s entertainment industry. More often than not, star images were found ubiquitous: MTVs, music albums, concerts, films, tele- vision shows, commercials on different platforms and non-profit charity shows. This common phenomenon is called cross-media stardom, multi-­ media stardom or all-star, which is an all-encompassing business that involves entertainment corporations from different sectors. In Hong Kong, cross-media stardom is one of the efficient ways to maximize reve- nue because, by doing so, the audience base of one particular sector could be extended to another sector. The rationale is simple: repetition of media exposure facilitates stars to gain massive attention from audience and thus maintaining their “big names”. Though popular stars’ cross-media perfor- mance is operated by different companies, these entertainment companies usually had established partnerships to groom stars in order to maximize the stardom impact and profits. Among this mechanism, a well-developed artist management system was subsequently established to conduct the promotion of artists. Managers would select different performing jobs for their artists to help them gain fame and popularity within a designated period of time. Following the proved successful model of the J-Pop industry, recording companies commissioned famous designers at high cost to design record covers and fashion images for singers as a means to market their stars (Hong Kong Heritage Museum 2008, pp. 8–9). From discussions above, we could see that radio music programs (the DJ’s promotion of popular music), television dramas and televised variety 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 373 shows, since the 1970s, offered wide and effective platforms for Cantopop singers to increase public exposure. Other than that, television advertise- ments became an effective channel to promote both the stars and the products—a win-win tactic. Cantopop gained more public exposure, thanks to the intensive airing of the advertisements. And the advertised products were endorsed by stars to sharpen the attractiveness. This ad-pop co-inhabitation set a long-lasting trend in the industry for decades. The blossoming Hong Kong films also collaborated with Cantopop industry and such collaboration reached its climax in the 1980s and con- tinued up to the 1990s as Cantopop superstars were frequently starred in films. In Hong Kong, people could easily name a considerable number of cross-media stars, while in the Hollywood system we could hardly name a few. Leslie Cheung was a prominent example in this regard. By joining the leading recording company Capital Artist in 1982, he was crafted into a romantic lover singer. In 1986, he was invited to join Cinepoly (新藝寶), an affiliated company of the rapidly rising Cinema City film company. Here, Cheung presented to the market numerous award-winning and golden-­platinum sales-record-achieving Cantopop works, and he was starred in a number of Cinema City films. Hong Kong’s film noir classic, A Better Tomorrow/Yingxiong Bense 英雄本色 (1986) directed by John Woo was the first film that starred Leslie Cheung under his Cinema City contract. In the film, Leslie Cheung sang the theme song A Better Past/ Dangnian Qing 當年情, which became a household melody. In the years to come, Leslie Cheung not only continued taking the lead as a singing king in the Cantopop sector but also starred in a large number of filmic works among which some were exquisitely made art-house films bringing him internationally applauded “best actor” awards. A lot more examples of Hong Kong’s cross-media stars prevailed in the industry and kept the field alive until the 2000s. Twins, debuted in 2004, a duo-girl singing group under the EEG (Emperor Entertainment Group 英皇娛樂集團) and had been active across various entertainment sectors, was regarded the extremely successful yet last cross-media stardom legend in Hong Kong’s popular culture industry. After a sexual scandal involving one of the duo-girl members, they were rapidly shelved by the company, and this type of cross-medium stardom manufacturing soon withered due to the gigantic time and resource investment. 374 K. J. WANG

Cantopop on Billboards At the same time, various types of Hong Kong local billboards were launched to further boost the industrial productivity and intensify the market competitiveness. Originally, award presentation was closely related to Hong Kong’s DJ culture. DJs played songs according to program styles and their own per- sonal preference, and in the process, they presented “DJ’s professional recommendation” to the audience under different categories. These rec- ommendations gradually became a barometer of popularity and even the quality of the Cantopop. Calculating different singers’ annual “station dis- patching songs” (派台歌)—songs that were first sent to radio stations to be promoted by DJs—was one of the major criteria evaluating singers’ performance. Major broadcasters, TVB, RTHK and Commercial Radio set up bill- boards for Cantopop to increase their public exposure and for the mass audience to keep pace with the latest compositions. Despite different types of measurements (e.g. city-wide voting, DJ’s pick, committee vote), broadcaster billboards still became a significant battlefield for singers and their record companies. Annual airtime of different songs would eventu- ally lead to awards in the year-end ceremony, which further affirmed a singer’s position in the industry. The first influential award-presenting billboard was the IFPI Gold Disc award. By so far, Hong Kong’s annual landmark award-presenting cere- monies include Top Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award (十大中文金曲頒獎 典禮) organized by RTHK since 1978, the Jade Solid Gold Best 10 Awards (十大勁歌金曲頒獎典禮) presented by TVB since 1984, the Ultimate Song Chart Awards Presentation (叱吒樂壇流行榜) organized by the Commercial Radio since 1988 and the Hit Awards (新城勁爆頒獎 典禮) organized by the Metro Radio since 1995.

Fanatic Showbiz When talking about popular music and Cantopop, one could never neglect an influential medium—music concert. On the one hand, it bridged the industry and the everyday life as going to music concert became ordinary people’s precious chance to get intimate contact with their idols, such as hand-shaking and gift presenting. On the other hand, it vested irresistible 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 375 impact on the industry as it turned out to be a big business for record companies and a significant part in achieving superior stardom. As in the 1970s when Sam Hui plowed the way for the prosperity of Cantopop, he was the first young idol who held a solo concert. From 1973 onward, Sam held concerts in Hong Kong City Hall annually. The Lee Gardens and Academic Hall were the other two popular venues for indi- vidual concerts. In 1982, Michael Kwan broke the record by holding six concerts in the 3000-capacity Queen Elizabeth Stadium. In the following year, in 1983, the Hong Kong Coliseum (HKC) was officially open, with a capacity of over 10,000. Again, Sam Hui became the first singer holding his individual concert in this newly established venue. From then to now, holding concerts in the Hong Kong Coliseum is a barometer of popularity not only for Hong Kong local singers but also singers from other countries in East Asia, especially the adjacent neighboring country Taiwan. In 1984, Alan Tam held six concerts in HKC. In 1985, he broke the record by holding 20 and 38 in 1989, while the record was soon broken by veteran Cantopop guru Sam Hui, who held 41 retirement concerts in 1992 and 44 concerts in 2004 as a comeback to the industry. In a macro-­ perspective, in 1983, there were only 18 concerts held in the Coliseum, while the number rose to 129 in 1989. The attendance of concerts soared from 150,000 in 1983 to 1,350,000 in 1989 (Wong 2003, p. 152). Indicated by Chow Yiu Fai and Jeroen de Kloet, before the opening of the HKC, first the Hong Kong City Hall in the 1960s and later the Academic Community Hall and the Queen Elizabeth Stadium in the late 1970s and early 1980s were the major popular music landmarks in the British-colonized Hong Kong. The establishment of the HKC, from another perspective, marked that Cantopop had turned from alternative genre and small-scale experimentalist performance to Hong Kong’s domi- nant popular culture symbol. Attending concerts in HKC became a dream for many Hong Kong youths and that experience of concert attending had formed precious memories in many Cantopop fans. Fanatic Cantopop lovers were imbued with tremendous affective and emotional power by cheering with and interacting with their idols. Hong Kong pop stars need to be baptized in the HKC to achieve greater stardom and pop singers from other Chinese societies regard the HKC as a corridor to international recognition (Chow and de Kloet 2013). Under the megastar manufactur- ing industry and facilitated by the flamboyant fanatic showbiz, Cantopop stars’ in the 1980s achieved their historic milestone—number of gold and platinum disc reached historic peak (Table 6.4). 376 K. J. WANG

Table 6.4 Number of gold and platinum discs obtained by local singers

Year Gold Disc—25,000 units Platinum Disc—50,000 units multiple platinum

1977 16 0 1978 19 6 1979 24 19 1980 13 18 1981 20 35 1982 22 20 1983 18 23 1984 12 25 1985 9 15 1986 ~ a ~ a 1987 ~ a ~ a 1988 23 62 1989 11 40 1990 17 28 1991 1 0 1992 1 0 1993 1 0 1994 ~ a ~ a 1995 1 0 1996 1 0 1997 29 23 11

Source: IFPI Hong Kong http://www.ifpihk.org/content-page/award; Calculated and edited by the author ainformation is missing from the IFPI data

Short-Lived Heteroglossia in Band Sound In the 1960s, under the influence of Beatles, a large number of Hong Kong youth started formulating their own bands (more discussion in the next chapter). Though most of them at that time were fascinated with English songs, the vibrant band scene, which took place in different uni- versity music halls and small studios by all means had set a new trend in the city. In the 1970s, bands such as the Wynners began to get involved in the Cantopop scene as their members were featured in the filmLet’s Rock (1975) collectively chanting Canto-rock (written by James Wong). Not to mention that core members of the Wynners, Alan Tam and Kenny Bee (鍾 鎮濤) became superstars in the 1980s. In the 1980s, along with the thriving Cantopop that features the full blossom of television theme songs, billboards and awards, as well as the 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 377 lucrative superstar manufacturing business, an “alternative” music scene –band scene of independent bands—also entered a golden age and further nourished the Hong Kong pop scene with heteroglossia (眾生喧嘩). Differing from the Euro-American-adoring band sound in the 1960s, the 1980s marked an age of Canto-rock. Instead of shaping their star images into romantic lovers or teddy boys, Canto-rock bands represented a force that was out of the mainstream yet expressing the voices from the bottom. Embedded in the drastic changing political-socio context in the 1980s, band sound conveyed the sound of time. In 1984, independent bands (indie bands) such as Cicada (蟬) and Black Bird (黑鳥) started to release their first self-financed albums, conveying themes highly related to political and social issues. Noteworthy is that, 1984 marked a historical turn as PRC and UK signed the Joint Declaration which struck a final note to Hong Kong’s future—sovereignty transition from British to People’s Republic of China will be executed on July 1, 1997. It was in year 1984 that Black Bird released their first album—cassette album . Black Bird represented a pioneering and iconic band in the 1980s Hong Kong. The vocal of the band, Lenny Kwok Tat-nin (郭達年) even launched a landmark music competition for the field—Guitar Players Festival (lasted from 1982 and 1983). In 1983, a cornerstone vinyl album was released as a result of this alternative music festival— (a PRC pho- netic pinyin spelling of Hong Kong). Included in the album were songs from participant bands and individuals who had exceptional performance during the festival. In retrospect, the importance of this album could be gauged from the participants’ names: Lau Yee Tat (劉以達) from Tatming 達明一派, Beyond, Eddi Sing from Taichi 太極樂隊 and jazz guitarist Eugene Pao 包以正—all of them later became pillar figures in not only the band scene but also in Hong Kong’s music industry in the years to come. Soon after Black Bird, the band scene welcomed more players and had witnessed a dynamic blossom. To show their grassroot character which was far from commercial superstars’ glamorous presentation, most of them self-financed their music production by releasing low-cost cassettes instead of vinyl discs. Instead of holding dazzling concerts in HKC, they preferred to showcase their alternative works at an equally alternative venue—Ko Shan Theatre 高山劇場, a small-scale theater located at the outskirts of the commercial zone. In 1985, a small-scale record company called “Small Music” produced an album for a rock band called Lady Diana (皇妃樂隊). Avant-garde 378 K. J. WANG punk-rock and out-of-the-box, Lady Diana’s sensual and quirky songs in sex and love themes were hardly accepted by mainstream audience. Yet the appearance of Lady Diana in the music industry to a large extent mirrored an extremely vibrant Hong Kong culture in the 1980s—full of creativity, originality and tolerance of multi-culture. Following Lady Diana, in the same year, Small Island (小島樂隊) had a debut in the scene with their first album in 1985—. Different from Lady Diana, Small Island, more a pop band than a rock band, projected an amiable image with pop-style or light-rock songs in romance and life-inspirational themes. Small Island were proved appeal- ing to general audience as their representative works such as Legend of Small Island/Xiaodao Chuanshuo 小島傳說 in 1986 was included in Cantopop billboards. In 1986, more bands launched their albums, and following Small Island, more band music works were recognized in the mainstream Cantopop market, such as songs from Taichi, Tatming and Beyond. Taichi won the top award in the 1985 Carlsberg Pop Music Festival. But in fact, in 1985, the first session of the Calsberg music festival already saw other Hong Kong local bands such as Beyond and Anodize joining the competition. In 1986, Beyond launched their first album (a self-financed cassette album ). Tatming also released their first EP album Continue< to Chase/Jixu Zhuixun 繼續追尋> in the same year. Besides, another band called Raidas attracted a lot of attention in the same year, with a number of high-quality songs such as Smoking Woman/Xiyan de Nuren 吸煙的女人. Notably, almost all the songs of Raidas were written by Albert Leung, one of Hong Kong’s iconic lyricist active throughout the 1990s until now. The colorful and energetically growing band scene forced mainstream Cantopop market could hardly turn a blind eye. RTHK and the Commercial Radio began to set aside airtime for band music. It was in 1986 that for the first time, band songs gained recognition from the mainstream market as Taichi’s Lost/Mitu 迷途 and Raidas’ Smoking Woman/Xiyan de Nuren 吸煙的女人 reached the top place at RTHK billboard. In the same year, Beyond became a contracted band under PolyGram. This significant move, turning from “underground” to “commercial”, was under strong controversy among the music scene and Beyond’s fan groups. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 379

The year 1987 marked a climax of Hong Kong’s band sound as seven-­ band songs reached top place at RTHK billboard, and Raidas’ song was even awarded Top Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award. Such a trend contin- ued in 1988. The Tatming duo, among nine candidates, was awarded the best band in the Jade Solid Gold Award.14 Also in 1988, Grasshopper (草 蜢) established and released their first album. Members of Grasshopper are still active in today’s Cantopop industry. Hong Kong’s band scene was never detached from political issues. The crackdown of 1989 student movement in Beijing heavily stroke Hong Kong people’s minds. The Tiananmen tragedy on June 4 gave birth to another wave of political songs, especially among the bands. Embracing acute political sensitivity as usual, the bands reacted to the Tiananmen crackdown by expressing voices of fury and sorrow, such as albums of by the Black Bird in 1989 and by Tatming in 1990. The year 1990, however, saw disbanding of a number of bands, a trend that led to gradual fading of the once vibrant band scene. However, this short yet charming decade of band sound, with little doubt, added plenty of spice to the mainstream Cantopop scene, which was under criticism as over-commercialization. Besides romantic songs, a large variety of topics were covered by these bands: political issues such as national identity, the future of Hong Kong after 1997, urban issues such as spatial arrangement of the city and environmental protection, and social issues such as homo- sexuality and gender roles (Wong 2007, pp. 57–66; Chu 2000) (Image 6.1).

Wind Still Blows in the 1990s The glamor of Hong Kong Cantopop industry perpetuated in the 1990s, and the momentum of the whole industry, which was based on an estab- lished superstar-making system and showbiz, continued to dominate the cultural industry. Generations of superstars kept dazzling this tiny terri- tory. In 1980, IFPI awarded 13 gold and 17 platinum discs to local artists.

14 The Best Band Award was established by TVB in 1986, while after a few years, the award was suspended during 1988–2000. From 2001 onward, the award was revived and renamed Best Group Award, but from time to time, awardees were suspended. In 2016, the Best Band award got resurrection as the award title has been divided into best band and best group awards. 380 K. J. WANG

Image 6.1 Tatming and Chow Yiu Fai. Tatming duo 達明一派, comprised Anthony Wong and Lau Yee Tat, with their all-time favorite lyricist Chow Yiu Fai. (Photo by Dr. Jeroen de Kloet. Courtesy to Chow Yiu Fai)

By 1988, the numbers had jumped to 23 gold and 62 platinum discs, figures that demonstrated the great success of the record industry at the time (Hong Kong Heritage Museum 2008, p. 9). While the whole city joined force to keep the industry thriving, through karaoke and worship- ping the “heavenly kings and queens”, similar to the situation in Hong Kong film industry, the latter part of the 1990s saw a downturn of the industry, especially in terms of music album sales (Table 6.5).

Voice of Democracy Though Hong Kong mainstream Cantopop had little reflection of politi- cal campaign or national identity issues as the band scene did, in the 1980s, amidst the series of political-social changes took place in mainland China and Hong Kong, messages on these topics began to reveal salience. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 381

Table 6.5 Sales of Cantopop albums (1988–95)

Local Music Disc Revenue (1000 Foreign Language Music Revenue (1000 (1000 units) HKD) Disc (1000 units) HKD)

1988 6025 181,981 3824 194,539 1989 6345 181,981 2775 166,188 1990 6070 315,051 3074 200,851 1991 5072 329,053 2592 186,072 1992 7024 485,351 3246 266,672 1993 7164 556,903 2456 208,687 1994 7173 622,412 3882 300,970 1995 7417 657,340 5253 470,918

Cited from: p.76, in Wong CC 2007, Floating voice 流聲, Hong Kong: Hong Kong Home Affairs Bureau Source: IFPI statistics

In 1982, as the Japanese Cultural Department tried to glorify the Sino-­ Japanese war in their history textbooks, there was a strong anti-Japanese movement in PRC. The antagonist sentiments were extended to Hong Kong as well. Songs, in the form of Cantopop that addressed nationalism were popular in Hong Kong, such as Cheung Ming-man’s (張明敏) My Chinese Heart/Wo de Zhongguoxin 我的中國心 written by James Wong and Liza Wong’s Be a Brave Chinese/Zuo ge Yonggan Zhongguoren 做個勇 敢中國人 were the most popular (Ho 2000). The 1989 Tiananmen massacre—students’ pro-democracy movement was cracked down by the PRC government—marked a watershed in Hong Kong history, shattering Hong Kong people’s trust and expectation on Communist China and intensifying Hong Kong society’s fear of the forth- coming 1997 sovereignty transition. The year 1989 was also a milestone in Hong Kong’s Cantopop history, leading to a historically largest concert that lasted longest hours. To support the student movement in Beijing, a marathon concert (last- ing 12 hours) was held on May 27, 1989, at Hong Kong’s Happy Valley Race Court. Staging in the concert were more than two hundred singers from Hong Kong and Taiwan to chant for democracy in PRC. This land- mark fund-raising grand concert was called “Concert for Democracy in China” (民主歌聲獻中華). Through all-encompassing media broadcast- ing, Hong Kong people kept close attention to the progress of Beijing’s student movement in the summer of 1989. The radical and unexpected development of the social movement did not allow sufficient time for 382 K. J. WANG

Hong Kong cultural workers to prepare for the event. Yet in less than one week, a concert was held that drew millions of citizen participants and raised over HKD 13 million, signifying the peak of nationalism in Hong Kong’s Cantopop and even in the popular culture industry. Ironically, this landmark concert, which was held at the historical junc- ture of Chinese politics and amid the gilded age of Cantopop industry, faced a dilemma: for over a decade, seldom performed by mainstream superstars were songs carrying explicit political advocacy messages. Instead, in the commercialized Cantopop stardom business, songs of per- sonal sentiments prevailed. From the program of this 12-hour concert, we could see that quite a number of singers performed life-inspiring songs, the one and only appropriate genre that was suitable for this special occa- sion. To complete the void and to show Hong Kong’s artists’ devotion, folk song singer Lowell Lo (盧冠廷) specially composed the song All For Freedom/Wei Ziyou 為自由, which later became the theme song of the concert. It took only 24 hours for a group of Cantopop stars to record this movement theme song before the concert took place. Until today, this theme song is still chanted by tens of thousands of Hong Kong citizens who join the annual June 4 candle night memorial event in Victoria Park. After the 1989 incident, a post-89 syndrome shrouded the Cantopop scene. Lowell Lo, soon after the hallmark pro-democratic All For Freedom for the grand concert, released his seventh album titled <1989>. Included in the album were songs that unequivocally spoke about the suppressed movement. Duo band Tatming released their album in 1990, with a hit song Ask the Heaven/Tianwen 天問. Crying des- perately, singer Anthony Wong in Ask the Heaven narrated “people are living under fears 百姓瑟縮於惶恐下”. Another band, Beyond, launched the album in 1992, featuring hit songs such as The Great Wall/Changcheng 長城. The rock song at first glance mourned over the decaying of an old civility, while at the same time accused PRC government’s cruelty toward the stu- dent movement. Though the band scene was gradually fading in the 1990s, one of the most popular bands—Beyond—continued to shine with a great number of high-quality music works, such as their household melody Boundless Ocean and Vast Sky/Haikuo Tiankong 海闊天空, a pop-rock song released in 1993 that projected high volume of energy, chanting never-ceasing pur- suit of freedom. This song, along with another Beyond classic, such as 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 383

Image 6.2 Lyrics from Beyond’s Hit Song. Lyrics from Beyond “tightly clutch freedom in storms” was used during the 2014 pro-democracy Umbrella Movement to encourage Hong Kong people. The picture shows a banner with the lyrics in Hong Kong Baptist University. (Photo by the author)

Glorious Age/Guanghui Suiyue 光輝歲月, had become iconic musical pieces in nowadays Hong Kong pro-democratic social movements15 (Image 6.2).

15 In 2010, pan-democratic legislators in five districts collectively resigned due to election, which was practically a simulation of universal suffrage—the movement of five-district uni- versal suffrage. This action was to demand the Hong Kong government quicken their pace for democratization. During the campaigns, the song was repeatedly played as background music to boost their morale. In 2014, Umbrella Movement occurred in Hong Kong with thousands of citizens occupied the main roads demanding a universal suffrage. This occupy movement lasted 79 days. Every night, people assembled and chanted this song to voice out their strong will to pursue freedom and dreams of democracy (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WfcuHQgAGXw). Lyrics of the , “hold tight my freedom in storms 風雨中抱緊自由”, was even written on huge banners hanged at the occupy site and in different campuses to encourage Hong Kong’s citizens. 384 K. J. WANG

Another political issue that swept around the industry and the whole city in the 1990s was the looming of 1997, the end of British colonial rule and the beginning of PRC sovereignty. What became classics that responded to this historical transition included Queen’s Road East/ Huanghou Dadao Dong 皇后大道東 composed by Tayu Lo (羅大佑) and penned by Albert Leung, Who Cares about 1997/Huazhini 97 話知97 sung by Sam Hui, and a painstakingly sarcastic Christmas song album Deng Xiaoping is Coming to Town penned, produced and sung by James Wong. All these songs, though interpreted by the singers in a generally satire and even vaudeville style, conveyed a deep-seated anxiety and appre- hension of the new ruler—Communist Chinese government.

Singing with Karaoke Despite the impending sovereignty transition of Hong Kong, as stated by PRC’s top leader Deng Xiaoping “horse race and dancing party still go on 馬照跑舞照跳”, Hong Kong’s popular cultural industry by all means is still a business world. In the Cantopop industry, singers/stars in the 1990s continued to be glorified and even deified through ­multi-­medium com- mercial activities, especially after the huge Hong Kong Coliseum was put in use for large-scale concerts. In addition, Cantopop stars were further bridged with people’s everyday life by another increasingly popular medium—Karaoke. Hong Kong Cantopop could never be separated with the Karaoke culture, which originated in Japan in the 1980s and swept all over East Asia in the 1990s, becoming one of the most important leisure enjoyment forms among ordinary people. According to surveys in 2005, 20% of youth population regarded Karaoke as their primary leisure activ- ity. Besides, housewives make another major consumer group (Fung and Shum 2012, pp. 142–143).16 Due to the high cost of the equipment, at the beginning, Karaoke was only set in bars and restaurants before it became an affordable household device. Later, not only more and more ordinary families could afford household Karaoke equipment set, professional Karaoke bars were opened

16 Following the continuous downturn of the Cantopop industry, Karaoke industry also faced great challenges in the 2010s. Contrary to the good old days when customers were eager to visit Karaoke for the newly released Cantopop songs, today, people face difficulty in counting even ten new songs of the year. Instead, songs in the 1990s are still hit songs on the Karaoke billboard. See Apple Daily news (June 14, 2016) available from: http://hk.apple. nextmedia.com/realtime/finance/20160614/55226442 [14 September 2017]. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 385 and provided an affordable social occasion to consumers. Different Karaoke brands began to conquer the market, such as Red Box California, Neway and Big Echo. These Karaoke brands collaborated with different record labels in order to secure the latest hit songs of superstars available in the Karaoke bars. The privilege to provide the latest songs in the bar became the most important marketing strategy. In the Karaoke room, holding a microphone, singing along with the music and enjoying applause from the “fans” (your companions in the Karaoke chamber), every Karaoke singer could become a star. Fitto Record Company (飛圖娛樂) was the first record company that started releasing laser disc of Cantopop songs with Karaoke function (Fitto was later incor- porated by the Emperor entertainment in 1999). The driving force behind Fitto was the high return rate. Fitto only needed to pay a 1000 dollar license fee to record companies in order to get the original song for Karaoke-purposed adaptation—removal of original voice and embedment of subtitles (Ng 2009, pp. 15–16). PolyGram also followed the pace and promoted its Karaoke albums, and by the mid-1990s, it had occupied over 50% of the market share. The Karaoke culture, which originated in Japan and soon got high popularity in Hong Kong, stormed markets in ­mainland China and Taiwan in the 1980s and 1990s. Back in those days, Cantopop dominated almost all Karaoke chambers in these two Chinese regions. Even though many Cantopop fans seldom spoke a single Cantonese word, they were deeply drawn into the fascinating Cantopop world. James Wong once commented that the popularity of Karaoke was noth- ing but a “narcissist” Karaoke culture, which even vested adverse impact on the industry. For example, in order to encourage people to order/ consume certain songs in the Karaoke room (also as a way to increase the exposure and popularity of the stars among the audience), music compos- ers would downgrade the complexity when they penned the songs, such as narrowing the range and trying to arrange the song with smoother flow without jumping scales or notes. By this means, songs become easy to pick up even for ordinary people who receive little professional training (Wong 2003, p. 152, p. 155). Commented by Chu and Leung (2013, p. 73), “The mere fact that Karaoke style was the dominant genre is not in itself the problem; we would instead stress that the primary issue was the reduc- tion of space available for non-mainstream talent to flourish”. A Karaoke-­ song-­style gradually emerged due to a fact that “if a song couldn’t be popular in Karaoke, it won’t be a hit song” (Chu 2007, p. 6). 386 K. J. WANG

Alternatively, music critic Wong Chi-chung defended Karaoke and rec- ognized it as a significant constitution of Hong Kong popular culture. Not all songs for Karaoke were easy works. There were a great number of con- sumers who welcomed challenges and would like to test their voice in Karaoke bars. Therefore, Karaoke cultivated a mass music culture and had indirectly offered a platform to those hidden singing talents. Karaoke also played a social function as it provided an emotional outlet to the mass urban dwellers who were living under high pressure (Wong 2007, pp. 68–69). While the role played by Karaoke in the whole Cantopop industry remained controversial, we could hardly deny the fact that Karaoke bars were profit-making entertaining venues, and songs included in the Karaoke machines were more products for daily consumption than artistic objects for appreciation. James Wong critically attacked the increasingly commercialized Cantopop industry in the 1990 by pinpointing series of alarming phenomena such as songs were deliberately packaged into gim- micks in MTV, singers were “forced” to perform different roles in adver- tisements. Truly, it is a fact that Cantopop was largely turned to a sought-after profit-­making business after it was legitimated as a main- stream popular cultural form since the late 1970s, and stars were even packaged like dolls to fit into different market sectors (e.g. the various images of Anita Mui). When Cantopop as a hugely lucrative business reached its climax in the 1980s and early 1990s, no one could deny its commercial nature and interest.

All-Chinese-Song Movement The next chapter discusses a once commonly adopted trend of producing cover songs among Cantopop musicians since the 1980s. To take over as large market share as possible, record companies preferred releasing songs that were Japanese or Euro-American origin in order to lower the produc- tion budget as well as to heighten production efficiency. Amid this cover-­ song tide, at the beginning of 1988, a bold action called “All Chinese Song Movement” (中文歌運動) was initiated by top leaders at the long-­ existing Cantonese-centered broadcaster, the Commercial Radio. Commercial Radio, together with RTHK, were pioneers in the march promoting Cantopop since the 1970s. By advocating “all Chinese songs”, the broadcaster aimed at promoting originally composed Chinese songs (Cantonese and Mandarin) to, on the one hand, cultivate a wholesome 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 387 local music composition environment. On the other hand, such a gesture was understood to be a purge against the notorious copycat accusation toward the Cantopop industry. Once a major channel airing Euro-American popular songs, Channel 2 at Commercial Radio was turned into a total Chinese channel promoting Cantopop, including the new program called “100% Original Day” (百分 百創作日) that exclusively used for airing originally composed Cantopop. Such change was under the policy of “establishing a totally unbiased bill- board” promulgated by its new manager Yu Cheng (俞琤). It was also in the same year that the “Ultimate Song Chart” (叱吒流行榜) and the annual “Ultimate Song Chart Awards Presentation” were launched to complete this movement. Aiming to be the professional and unbiased music billboard and award, the “ultimate” chart was measured according to the airing time of songs. This transformation taken by the Commercial Radio at the end of the 1980s, on the one hand, provided a wider platform for Chinese songs (Cantopop and Mandarin-pop/Mandapop from Taiwan) and largely encouraged original composition. In this regard, James Wong commented, some alternative music, such as band songs, got larger room to be seen by the public (Wong 2003, p. 163). At the beginning of the movement, the rate of listening increased by 30% (Chu 2001, p. 26). Hence, it was regarded a special case in Hong Kong that a commercial entity, instead of a government channel, took a step toward promoting/protecting local cultural production. On the other hand, criticized by some music critics, the increment of quantity did not mean the improvement of quality, as cover songs actually represented a type of creative fusion that mirrored Hong Kong’s cultural hallmark of hybridity (Chu and Leung 2013). In addition, oppositional voice toward the campaign attributed to its com- mercial purpose underneath. The Chinese song movement launched by the Commercial Radio by all means was part of its business strategy to better identify the niche in the market in order to attract more advertisers. In 1995, the Commercial Radio took another step forward by promot- ing “original songs campaign” (原創歌運動), airing only originally com- posed songs. This campaign addressed the pressing problem in that crucial period as Hong Kong was about to be handed to China’s rule in 1997. Local identity became a topic under heated debate. It was under such special context that the Commercial Radio introduced the localization campaign to promote local consciousness. Like its previous action—the 388 K. J. WANG

“all Chinese song movement”, this new step again showed a two-edged sword: encouraging originality but narrowing room for hybridity. As mentioned, it was a Hong Kong tradition that cover songs domi- nated the market due to the high efficiency of composition and profit making (Chu 2002). This trend resulted in the dominant role of the lyric writer in the industry. However, neither the industry nor the government has a long-term policy on local music development, and there was seldom enough training for those who were keen to join the industry as a music composer or a lyricist. Once the main door was shut for cover songs and extra room was made for original compositions, the supply of original songs could hardly catch up with the pace due to the critical shortage of new production and new manpower. The lack of high-quality local pro- ductions made many listeners to turn away from Cantopop. As a vicious cycle, only those possessing most production and promotion resources, the superstars/“heavenly kings and queens” were able to fill the air time. Commented by James Wong and Chu Yiu Wai, this action to promote original indigenous Hong Kong Cantopop but to exclude cover songs was an improper action in the Hong Kong context (Wong 2003, p. 155, p. 164)—yet the localization campaign was less as an attempt at construct- ing a local identity than a marketing tacit to gain more profile for the broadcaster (Chu 2005, 2009).

Heavenly Kings and Queens Anybody who ever delved into Hong Kong popular culture could never turn his/her back to the four heavenly kings who stormed the industry during the 1990s: Andy Lau, (黎明), Jacky Cheung and Aaron Kwok (郭富城). With the retreat of a number of superstars such as Leslie Cheung and Alan Tam, record label companies and mass media had to discover new stars to fill the gap. Therefore, the “four heavenly kings” 四( 大天王) banner was hoisted to highlight these four rising superstars to the society. Nevertheless, none of them was a novice to the entertainment industry. They had already begun their career in the industry earlier as television actor trainee, singer or dancer. Breakthroughs were soon created by these superstars. For example, Jacky Cheung’s Mandarin album (1993) broke the record by reaching 3 million sales of units on the first day of release. By 1995, this album had already sold 5 million units, making an unprecedented historical record among all Sinophone singers (Wong 2007, p. 135). 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 389

The making of the singing kings was no more than a commercial strat- egy. Being packaged as romantic lovers of the people, king of dance and king of singing, the four male stars were placed in an all-encompassing cross-medium stardom business. “The business of being a pop star is much more of a ‘job’ here (in Hong Kong) than in the West”—Matt Hackett, the former director of the Commercial Radio commented on the synergy between radio stations and singers in the grand projects of star making. As admitted by professionals in the Cantopop industry, large amount of attention and resource were vested on packaging, marketing and promoting the images of the stars rather than their skills (Tsang 1997). Romantic songs that were organized into Karaoke-friendly style became the main focus of these four “lovers of the people”. Not only their singing career but also a great amount of advertisements, concerts and award presentation ceremonies were the foci of their everyday life. What became classics in Hong Kong popular culture include Leon Lai and his series HGC telecommunication advertisements, Aaron Kwok and One2Free telecommunication, Andy Lau and Tao-ti tea beverage (McIntyre et al. 2002). It is understood that the four heavenly kings were prototypes of Hong Kong’s cross-medium stardom. In addition to manufacturing heavenly kings, stunning divas were also created to meet various market needs. (王菲), a singing queen born in Beijing and migrated to Hong Kong in the late 1980s, remains the legendary female artist in the Sinophone popular music industry. Originally being packaged as a girl next door, named “Shirly Wong/Wong Ching-man 王靖雯” singing romantic songs, Faye tried hard to eliminate her mainland Chinese accent and made herself a mainstream Hong Kong local pop star. In the 1990s, Faye took bold steps by turning over the whole original package. By changing her name back to Faye Wong and admitting her Beijing identity, in the late 1990s, most of her musical works were Mandarin pops, except for a number of Mandapop-turned Cantonese versions. She married a Beijing-origin rock star Dou Wei (竇唯) in 1996 and gave birth to her first daughter. In the following years, non-stop out-of-the-box news about Faye Wong even further strengthened her alternative stardom: she later divorced Dou Wei and started a romantic relationship with a young Hong Kong pop singer Nicolas Tse (謝霆鋒). Along with these astonishing per- sonal changes were a series of songs featuring neither mainstream nor Karaoke style: psychedelic-like themes projected in electronic and rock style, such as her 1999 album

只愛陌生人> and 2000 album . Instead of avoiding cover songs, which had been under copycat accusation, yet Faye Wong covered a number of Euro-American songs, which were largely alternative to Hong Kong’s cultural industry, namely British post-punk style and Irish alternative rock. Notably, Albert Leung penned most of Faye Wong’s songs since the late 1990s. Storming both the Cantopop and Mandapop realms, Faye Wong now has been regarded the diva of Sinophone—a leg- endary icon paving an alternative way of stardom rather than simply a pop star (Fung 2009). The 1990s marked a dazzling epoch of Cantopop as the four heavenly kings, divas and younger generation of pop stars swept all over Sinophone communities’ home and abroad, bringing along the most trendy voices from Hong Kong. According to the IFPI record, the annual production of disc reached 17 million units in 1995 and 18 million in 1996, accumu- lating higher than 1.8 billion Hong Kong dollars (approximately USD 0.23 billion) revenue (Wong 2003, p. 166).

Stars Beyond the Singing Kings and Queens In a commercial society, mass production needs mass consumption— accordingly, a mechanism facilitated by commodified fetishism. Thus, the music industry had to rely upon idol worshipping and had to work closely with the mass media to keep the stardom thrive, which means record com- panies needed to spend lavishly on marketing via various broadcasting channels to attract wider spectrum of fans. Due to piracy and other side effects, sales of albums could no longer guarantee a good return for the record company’s investment. The major incomes of record companies then turned to side products, which made part of the cross-medium stardom manufacturing business: TV commer- cials and all sorts of commodities made for idol worship (Chu 2007, p. 5). As a result, the packaged/projected image of the stars—the “heavenly kings”—was more important than their singing and acting skills. Chu Yiu Wai further commented that not only did singers had to adopt to cross-­ medium stardom commodity fetishist campaigns, but also stardom man- agers, music producers, composers and lyricists were marketed to the society under the similar stardom logic. Since the mid-1990s, music composers like Mark Lui (雷頌德) and Chan Fai-yeung (陳輝陽) and lyricists such as Albert Leung and Wyman Wong (黃偉文) also attracted significant media spotlight (Chu2007 , p. 4). 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 391

Wyman Wong even held his own concert (a curation of his major works performed by a large band of singers) in the Hong Kong Coliseum in 2012. Though fanatic idol-worshiping was never new to a popular cultural industry, the fandom phenomenon became a lot more out of control and controversial in the 1980s and 1990s. Conflicts between fan clubs of the heavenly kings, Alan Tam and Leslie Cheung, in the 1980s and the “four heavenly kings” in the 1990s were commonly seen during promotional campaigns and award presentation ceremonies. In the cultural industry, the reception side—the audience and fan clubs—is so crucial to the whole business circulation model that the overly enthusiastic fandom became a two-edge sword. On the one hand, fandom is the catalyst of stardom to boost record sales and other consumption activities. On the other hand, conflicts among different camps impede development of the industry, such as little chance of corporation between the stars whose fans were in conflict, and the negative news from fan clubs very often overshadowed the music itself. Today, less fanatic, Cantopop fandom tended to be coopted by the production side. The Emperor Entertainment Group usu- ally paid as much attention to fan clubs as to the stars themselves. The entertainment company would monitor fan clubs and actively build close relationship with them, such as providing sponsorship to fan clubs or bestowing privileges for fans to get in touch with their idols (Fung and Shum 2012, pp. 154–166). By this end, stardom and fandom have been integrated into a symbiosis to keep the stardom business and the whole Cantopop industry running.

New Comers Since the mid-1990s, in addition to the most well-known heavenly kings and queens, a group of relatively younger singers such as Sammi Cheng (鄭秀文), Kelly Chan (陳慧琳), (楊千嬅), (陳 奕迅), Nicolas Tse 謝霆鋒 and a lot more were equally attractive to the mass audience, especially among young audience. Many of them, similar to the predecessors, were originally singing contest winners and later joined different record label companies. However, seeing the non-ceasing tide of promoting new stars to expand the already saturated market, cultural scholar Chu Yiu Wai commented that it was the best of times and the worst of times (Chu 2017, p. 105). Behind the still glimmering Cantopop stage, which, to many Sinophone singers, had always been a vital career mid-way station to before heading 392 K. J. WANG to the global market, dark shades were slowly approaching to shroud the over-heated yet vulnerable Hong Kong popular culture market.

Downturn of the Industry

Dimming the Neon If TV drama theme song and Sam Hui’s film songs marked the period since when Cantopop became a dominant melody in Hong Kong society, the journey of Cantopop business had gone through no more than half century. Throughout the decades, the cacophonic yet glamorous Cantopop realm had swiftly developed into a tremendously lucrative business and one of the significant pillars in Hong Kong’s popular culture industry. The paramount success was largely attributed to the cross-medium all-­ directional stardom production—the making of mega super stars. Solo superstars were marketed through different media channels to reach audi- ence base as wide as possible, and thus the record companies could maxi- mize their profits. Nevertheless, this superstar-driven prosperity in the late 1990s had quietly omened the last spark before the imminent prolonged dimming night. It is proved a painstaking transition that, as at its sales zenith in the 1980s, the Cantopop album sales record saw double-digit growth annu- ally, while post-1998 local consumption outlay on sound recording prod- ucts had already plummeted altogether with the declining economic fortune of the city, which had been ensnared in the 1998 Asian Financial Crisis (Centre for Cultural Policy Research 2003, p. 115) (Table 6.6).

Table 6.6 Sales and revenue of Cantopop albums (1995–1998)

Sales and Revenue of Discs in Hong Kong

Year Units of sales Retail revenue (HKD)

1995 17,003,800 1.853 billion 1996 18,001,300 1.691 billion 1997 15,000,000 1.353 billion 1998 10,000,000 0.916 billion

Cited from: p. 169, Wong, JSJ 2003. The rise and decline of Cantopop: a study of Hong Kong popular music (1949–1997) (粵語流行歌的發展與興衰:香港流行音樂研究 1949–1997), Ph.D. Thesis, University of Hong Kong 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 393

In terms of the industry per se, the lack of product diversity in the main- stream stage, over-reliance on stardom business and the rapid advancement of music reception technologies other than CD album consumption clogged Hong Kong’s Cantopop industry into a vulnerable conundrum facing the forthcoming multi-directional challenges (e.g. Mandapop from Taiwan and mainland China). In the same line, in his PhD thesis, promi- nent lyricist and cultural talent James Wong underpinned the invasion of Mandapop aggregated the downturn of Cantopop industry at the thresh- old of the millenniums. He recalled, in the heyday, albums of Anita Mui, Leslie Cheung and Alan Tam could easily reach 400,000 units of sale at the beginning of album release. However, in the late 1990s, the situation was pessimistic when 5000 units of sales became the target (Wong 2003, p. 177). As a matter of fact, the sales of Cantopop have dropped drastically since the mid-1990s. Overall, Cantopop sales plunged from 9.2 million albums in 1996 to 4.9 million in 1998 (Chu 2007). Another significant reason from the industry’s side, obvious yet ironic, was that record companies in Hong Kong were too conservative to take any risk in promoting new and alternative-style talents but rather keeping the fame and market impact generated from a group of existing and mainstream-­style superstars. Instead of trying different tactics, they tended to play safe by investing most resources in the limited number proved successful formulas. “The Hong Kong industry has had a history of extravagant artist deals and an extravagant media and promotional setup, which has been run in very high cost … when the industry can no longer to support this. Sadly reaction at the managing-directional level has been to simply cut prices”, commented by Rutherford at Warner Music (Tsang 1999). Exogenous factors haunted as well. An increasingly pressing issue throughout the 1990s and the early 2000s that led the Cantopop industry into nebulous situation was piracy and illegal duplication. Massive pirating activities in the market and parallel importation of royalty-protected prod- ucts seriously attacked the market. The piracy issue surfaced as early as 1992 when new and low-cost CD dubbing technologies made pirating a highly profitable venture. To consumers, spending much less money on products that granted equally high quality as royalty-protected versions was tempting, and many of them turned to pirated products. Therefore, the loss for the industry because of piracy was estimated at 10–15% of sales during the first half of the 1990s. The issue of illegal duplication of album discs: “free” Internet download and MP3 dubbing raged the market 394 K. J. WANG

Album Unit Sales (millions) 18 16 15.5 14 12 11 11.4 10.5 10.1 10 8 6 4 2 0 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001

Fig. 6.1 Recording industry in numbers—album unit sales (cited from: pp. 119– 121, Centre for Cultural Policy Research 2003, Baseline study on Hong Kong’s Creative Industries, The University of Hong Kong) around the year 2000. It was estimated that 800 million dollars of income was lost every year due to different types of illegal duplication (Centre for Cultural Policy Research 2003, p. 116). What made the situation even more depressing was the passing away of three legendary stars in Cantopop: Roman Tam in 2002; Leslie Cheung and Anita Mui in 2003 and James Wong in 2004. Amid the death of Leslie Cheung (committed suicide by jumping from heights) and Anita Mui (died from cancer at the age of 40), Hong Kong experienced a year of historically dark age in 2003: the city-wide spread of the epidemic severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) which killed 299 victims in Hong Kong had led all industries fall into severe plight. Hong Kong’s cultural industry was of no exception. From the IFPI record, even though the requirement of gold disc and platinum disc was adjusted in 2006 and 2008,17 which was much lower than in the 1970s–1980s, the number of artists whose albums were quali-

17 In 2006, facing the drastic decline of album sales throughout the market, IFPI adjusted the measurement by lowing the standard for Golden Disc (lower standard from 25,000 to 15,000 units) and Platinum Disc (lower standard from 50,000 to 30,000 units). In 2008, Hong Kong Recording Industry Alliance in which a couple of international record labels 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 395

Retail Value (million HKD) 1600 1352.7 1400

1200

1000 915.9 806.2 842.8 753.2 800

600

400

200

0 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001

Fig. 6.2 Recording industry in numbers—album retail value (cited from: pp. 119–121, Centre for Cultural Policy Research 2003, Baseline study on Hong Kong’s Creative Industries, The University of Hong Kong) fied to be entitled gold or platinum disc seriously declined. In 2002, only the girl-duo Twins and solo star Joey Yung (容祖兒) got platinum award. After that year, it was until 2008 that Hins Cheung’s (張敬軒) album was listed platinum (30,000 and above units of sales)18 (Figs. 6.1 and 6.2).

Cantopop in the Millenniums

Conglomerate-Driven Stardom The plummeting album disc sales and stardom commodification damp- ened the willingness of entertainment companies to groom new stars, not to mention other alternative-style singers or bands. This situation haunted different sectors in the whole industry since the late 1990s. While indi- vidual companies/investors show hesitance to capitalize in lavish star were included withdrew from the IFPI system, making the IFPI credibility under strong suspicion. 2017 onwards, IFPI disc award presentation has been suspended. 18 Refer to IFPI http://www.ifpihk.org/zh/content-page/award. 396 K. J. WANG making, conglomerate-led horizontal-structure cross-medium star-mak- ing became a silver lining to the industry. Conglomerates could maneuver various entertainment sectors to groom different types of stars in a cross-­ medium promotion mechanism. The whole star-making process and the stars themselves were under the conglomerates’ full control. Compared to the previous satellite-driven cross-media stardom manufacturing, under the full-fledged conglomerate operation, the star-making process became a one-stop shop. Emperor Entertainment Group (EEG) presented to the market a per- fect storm. In 1999, Hong Kong tycoon, Albert Yeung (楊受成) estab- lished the EEG by buying out Fitto Record Company. EEG started from Cantopop record industry and then gradually stepped into production and distribution of music publishing, star management and concert pro- duction. Following that, EEG extended their empire to film industry and established Emperor Motion Pictures (EMP) in 2000 and expeditiously became one of the largest entertainment conglomerates in Hong Kong. By then, EEG already took over the industrial leading role, which once was occupied by Capital Artists. Since its establishment, EEG recruited young talents for their long-­ term development. In 2001 summer, EEG made a breakthrough by pre- senting Twins, a duo-girl singing group featuring young, sweet and energetic girls—Charlene Choi (蔡卓妍) and Gillian Chung (鍾欣潼). Different from previous stardom business that attracted adult fans, Twins targeted an under-explored and under-estimated market—school teens. While adult listeners had already been under heavy struck since the 1998 Asian Financial Crisis, teenagers made a sizable group under little influ- ence as parents were still willing to spend money on kids’ daily consump- tion. This clear group of target audience, as a result, made Twins legendary success amid the industrial downturn. Featuring teenage romance and school life in their lyrics, Twins put an innocent and desirable youth dreamworld in vivid reality through their fresh looks and energetic performance in MTV. As the lyrics of their 2004 most hit song Love is the Most Important/Lianai Daguotian 戀愛大過天 describe: “I haven’t grown up yet, and so let me be shallow. I only know falling in love is all important to me 現在我未成年 讓我膚 淺 只知戀愛大過天”. Twins showcased a prototype of conglomerate-driven cross-medium stardom through their rapid growth in different cultural sectors: Cantopop, film and TV commercials. Twins released their first EP albumTwins < > in 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 397 the summer of 2001, which went platinum in its first week of selling. Without much doubt, the timing was under meticulous calculation as it was during school kids’ summer vacation. Then two members of Twins had their first full-length feature films, respectively, released after the sum- mer: Funeral March/Changzai Woxin 常在我心 (2001) featuring Charlene and U-Man/Guaishou Xueyuan 怪獸學園 (2002) featuring Gillian, which were both EMP productions. They later became the most popular rising stars in 2002 and their filmic works topped in the Hong Kong film indus- try in 2003 and 2004. What’s more, their cheerful and energetic images trended on different media platforms as brand representatives of various kinds of products, including restaurants, food and drinks, electric appliances, cosmetics and so on. Twins soon became a Hong Kong household name in the new mil- lennium. The Twins miracle was made into reality as they spent just one year to have their first concert held in the landmark Hong Kong Coliseum in 2002. Different from the superstar-making mechanism, the making of Twins inclines to a more participatory style that encouraged consumers to join in the process of star-making. Commented by Chu Yiu Wai, record compa- nies looked for sponsors from different business sectors (e.g. Karaoke bars) and packed, in addition to the disc, coupons and gifts geared to the taste of teenagers. When you bought a Twins album, you could get far more than what you paid for if you used all of the coupons (Chu 2007, p. 11). Following the Twins fantasy, more duo-member singing groups were promoted to the market yet receiving much less popularity than Twins, namely Boyz and 2R. In 2008, Gillian Chung was involved in an obscene photo scandal: face of Gillian was shown coupled with male singer Edison Chan in obscene photos and the photos got viral on the internet. The scandal by all means was a fatal hit on Twins stardom, and two singers were shelved by EEG for two years. Despite after a few years, both the Twins members returned to the industry as either a solo singer or remaining in duo, scholar Chu Yiu Wai (2017, p. 165) pinpointed the case of Twins still showed the short-­ sighted vision of Hong Kong entertainment companies. The young duo-­ girl group was trapped by its teenager-focus strategy: after teenage fans grew up and shun school-life-themed Cantopop, Twins failed to trans- form into matured singers in order to maintain the fandom base. Nevertheless, in 2016, Twins LOL concert series were held in Hong Kong and worldwide. Full house was the Hong Kong Coliseum that audi- 398 K. J. WANG

Image 6.3 Photo Album of Twins. (Photo by the author) ences, critics, mass media and music professionals who applauded to the achievement Twins had made in the Cantopop industry (Image 6.3).

A Beautiful Sunset, But Never a Dawn19 At the threshold of 2000, two heavenly kings, Jacky Cheung and Leon Lai withdrew from local music award presentation events. This was under-

19 A metaphor made by Chu Yiu Wai that the new heavenly kings and queens emerged in the new millennium did bring new spring to the diminishing industry, but the whole 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 399 stood as a deliberate move by the two leading Cantopop superstars to provide more room for new talents. A number of singers, who actually made their debuts in the 1990s and even earlier, finally became more vis- ible in the award presentation ceremonies. Male singers included Andy Hui (許志安), Edmond Leung (梁漢文), Hacken Lee (李克勤), Leo Ku (古巨基) and so on; and female singers included Joey Yung, Kelly Chan, Sammi Cheng and some others. In addition, newcomers continued to join the Cantopop field. For example, Hacken Lee, an experienced singer and artist, had already started his career as early as in the 1980s. However, at that time, he was very much outshined by Alan Tam and Leslie Cheung. After releasing several albums in the 1980s, his 1992 song Red Sun/Hongri 紅日, a life-­ inspiring theme while also a cover version of a Japanese song, became an all-time Cantopop hit. But after ebbs and flows, it was not until the early 2000s that Hacken Lee bounced back with a number of well-received albums. He collaborated with Alan Tam and presented “Alan and Hacken” (左麟右李) serial concerts. His popularity soon swarmed the market and he won the “best male singer” awards from different award presentation ceremonies throughout 2003–2005. Further new attempts were subsequently taken by Hacken Lee. He re-­ made his 1988 song City Hall Concert Hall/Dahuitang Yanzou Ting 大 會堂演奏廳 into a more extravagant version by having a live recording with classical orchestra accompaniment. Subsequently he released (2005) and (2006), among which the latter one was recorded in South Korea. These breakthroughs proved great success as Hacken Lee paved an alternative path for his career to become not only a pop singer but also a baritone singer popular among hi-fi listeners. Another example is Andy Hui, who won a prize at the TVB New Talent Singing Award in 1986 and soon contracted with the Capital Artists. However, he had struggled for more than ten years under the shadow of the heavenly kings and finally won his first Jade Solid Gold top award—the most popular male singer—in 2001. “New faces” in the millenniums, Eason Chan and Miriam Yeung, two young idols who both won prizes in TVB singing contests and joined Capital Artists in 1995, started their singing career and gained wide industry was definitely in the sunset, which could never be mistaken as dawn. See p. 158, Chu (2017). 400 K. J. WANG recognition in the 2000s. Compared to Hacken Lee and Andy Hui who had fought for nearly two decades to become top singers, these two ris- ing stars were relatively luckier. A nurse turned singer, Miriam Yeung soon got the TVB gold song award in 2000. In 2002, she was awarded the “most popular female singer” in Jade Solid Gold and Ultimate Award. Far from acting as a celes- tial diva, Miriam presented her image into a girl-next-door featuring in her 2000 song A Maiden’s Prayer/Shaonu de Qidao 少女的祈禱. Having acted in several films as daring, optimistic and humorous urban woman (e.g. Love Undercover/Xinzha Shimei 新紮師妹 2002, Drink Drank Drunk/ Qianbei Buzui 千杯不醉 2005 and Hooked on You/Meidang Bianhuan Shi 每當變幻時 2007), Miriam further reinforced her unique stardom through cross-medium stardom. From Capital Artists, EEG to Cinepoly Records, Eason Chan evolved from a typical “young lover” image, focusing on romantic ballads to a matured and versatile Cantopop master releasing albums full of non-­ mainstream personal characters. Soon after he won the New Talent Singing contest in 1995, Eason released his albums, such as (1998), which presented a number of hit songs. He started winning different awards in the following years. Quitting Capital Artists and joining Music Plus (of EEG) in 2000, Eason broadened his song genres and themes to a larger scale, releasing his signature song King of Karaoke-songs/K-ge zhi Wang K 歌之王 (2000), a song that criticized the dominance of Karaoke-friendly songs in the industry. However, the song ironically captured all karaoke fans and turned out to be a Cantopop classic winning a great number of awards (Chu 2017, p. 159). Later works from Eason’s 2001 signature album , which included songs such as Bicycle/Danche 單車, Shall We Talk and Monster/Guaiwu 怪物, showcased his exploration into different sub- ject matters in his singing career. Contracted with the same manager as Faye Wong’s, Eason Chan under manager Katie Chan’s management developed his career globally, with his influence reaching to Taiwan and Japan (Wong 2007, pp. 89–90).20 With more matured skills and more diverse topics, Eason, during his Cinepoly

20 This was the similar strategy as promoting Faye Wong as a pan-Asian Chinese diva, the first Chinese singer holding individual concert in Tokyo Dome. This also mirrored the grow- ing trend of “manager-star” synergy in Hong Kong. Successful managers (aka golden brand manager) even became celebrities, such as Katie Chan and Mani Fok. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 401 age, reached new heights with albums (all carried English titles only) such as (2005), (2006), (2007),

New Generation of Cantopop Crusaders Coming across the challenges from the rapid technological development, similar to many countries around the world, Cantopop disc record indus- try was forced to transform and the whole industry had to go through a dynamic transitional period. As exotic winds from Europe and North America continued to vest influential impact on popular music in Hong Kong, the gradually opening market of mainland China and Taiwan fur- ther brought forth Mandapop to the Cantonese market. The Korean wave which became a rage in the regional and even global pop music market by all means significantly threatened the already withering Cantopop business. However, amid the challenges from foreign music culture and demise of local Cantopop album sales business, new opportunities were brought forth along with the retreat of mega-stardom business and the advance- ment of internet technologies. In other words, new talents and alternative genres had larger room and wider platform to shine and further nourish in this field. In the Cantopop industry, singer-songwriter culture started to thrive in the territory, with the escalating popularity of a large group of talented musicians: At17—duo of two female songwriters Eman Lam (林二汶) and Ellen Loo (盧凱彤), pop singer Alfred Hui (許廷鏗), tal- ented songwriter-­singer Charmaine Fong (方皓玟), folk song singer 402 K. J. WANG

Chet Lam (林一峰), publicly pro-democracy lesbian singer Denise Ho 何韻詩, Guangzhou origin pop singer Hins Cheung 張安軒, “singing queen of the people” Kay Tse (謝安琪), R&B master Khalil Fong (方 大同), novice diva voice Ivana Wong (王菀之), America born Chinese rapper MC Jin (歐陽靖), creative songwriter Pong Nan (藍奕邦), and a lot more to be named. Though some of this new generation of singers commenced their sing- ing career earlier than the 2000s, they were doubtlessly Cantopop crusad- ers in the millenniums. Notably, quite a few of them in the recent decade had produced a large number of Cantopop works that touched the nerve of Hong Kong’s radically changing politics and even publicly voiced out their political stance. For example, Kay Tse, Charmaine Fong and Denise Ho brought to the market songs related to urban renewal, post-social movement trauma and advocacy of democratic pursuit. Kay Tse’s 2008 signature song Lucky Binary Street/Xitie Jie 囍帖街 was regarded a reso- nance to the ongoing controversial urban renewal project in Hong Kong. Charmaine Fong’s 2017 song If the World is not as Expected/Jiashi Shijie Yuanlai Buxiang Ni Yuqi 假使世界原來不像你預期, a total Charmaine composition, addressed to the trauma derived from the 2014 Umbrella Movement failure and projected a glimpse of warm encouragement between lines. During the Umbrella Movement, Hong Kong’s city-­ wide scale pro-democracy social movement, Denise Ho joined hands with more than 30 local musicians and presented to the city Hoist the Umbrella/ Chengqi Yusan 撐起雨傘 in 2014. Eman Lam, Ellen Loo, Charmaine Fong, Kay Tse and young rock band RubberBand were included in this pro-democracy singer group. As mentioned in the introduction chapter, this song was awarded the “Most Popular Song” in the 2014 Ultimate Song Chart Awards Presentation, signifying a landmark in the Cantopop history. Yet a cultural influencer Denise Ho and other high-profile pro-­ democracy Hong Kong singers were later banned from entering the main- land Chinese market. Thanks to the advancement of internet technologies, which brought forth more diverse communication channels, nowadays, singers have discovered alternative promotional platforms other than tra- ditional record label companies to make themselves seen by the people. Though under boycott from mainstream commercial organizations and from mainland China, Denise raised a crowd-sourcing campaign on the internet and finally hosted her “Dear Friend 2016” concert in Hong Kong Coliseum. 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 403

In addition to solo singers, singing groups of various musical genres were still active and some even became extremely popular among the mainstream Cantopop industry. LMF (Lazy Mutha Fucka 大懶堂), an alternative Hip-Hop group which had already debuted in the late 1990s, depicted grassroot life in a way that was seldom seen in Hong Kong’s mainstream music world—filled with four-letter words. A number of rock bands, namely RubberBand, Supper Moment and Dear Jane, once inde- pendent bands hailed in the mainstream Cantopop realm after becoming members of prominent record labels. Since 2008, these rock-pop bands gradually turned to be regular awardees in different city-wide Cantopop award-presenting ceremonies. Notably, RubberBand in 2016 returned to its independent track again and in 2018 released a remarkably well-­ received song See You in Future/Weilai Jian 未來見, a widely popular work that stimulated echoes from mass Hong Kong working class. From the song, a reminiscence of teenage good old days was hinted, emitting a touch of sweet warmth to thousands of those struggling to make a living in the big city. Platforms out of the commercial entertaining tycoons included a grow- ing number of civil organizations, some of which were launched by ­established and veteran cultural workers. These civil platforms aimed at encouraging and grooming young talents who had little resource to get into the music industry or who wished to develop his/her alternative style. For example, Renaissance Foundation was established by lyricist Chow Yiu Fai and singer Anthony Wong (a member of rock band Tatming)21 as a non-profit cultural entity that provided support to up-and-coming musi- cians. Through organizing various cultural activities such as saloon, cre- ative summer camp and music composition contest, the 2012 founded Renaissance Foundation dedicated to sponsoring independent creation and incubating new networks of cultural industries and establishing a pro- fessional platform to facilitate entry into international markets22 Debatable yet thought-provoking was scholar Chu Yiu Wai’s commen- tary on the 1990s Cantopop industrial development that it is the best of times and worst of times (Chu 2017, p. 105). The millennium Cantopop crusaders, though seldom received as much resource to build up the star- dom as their predecessors, showed a fresh and, to a large extent, brighter

21 Chow Yiu Fai penned a large number of songs for Tatming since the 1980s, with poetic and sensual sketches of gender sociological allegory. 22 See Renaissance Foundation website http://rfhk.org.hk/en/. 404 K. J. WANG

Image 6.4 Chow Yiu Fai and Anthony Wong. Chow Yiu Fai, cultural scholar and lyricist and Anthony Wong, a member of the Tatming duo band, are founding members of the Renaissance Foundation. The non-profit Renaissance Foundation aims at nurturing new musicians and engaging social issues with music. (Courtesy to Chow Yiu Fai) face of the industry. As many of them penned their own musical works and had paved their own promotion channels, more authentic personal senti- ments and political sensitivity were embedded in the songs. Different from decades ago when Hong Kong singers opined strong concerns about democracy in mainland China, in the millenniums, the locally born and raised Hong Kong popular musicians showed stronger inclination to tell stories of their own homeland—Hong Kong—its distinctive cultural, political and social landscape that gave birth to generations of cultural workers (Image 6.4). 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 405

Concluding Remarks From the 1950s when the title “Cantonese popular song” first appeared on shellac disc cover as promotional tacit, to the 2010s when buzzwords like “Cantopop is dead” haunt in the cultural industry, Cantopop has gone through drastic ebbs and flows in the territory where equally radical political-social changes take place. Similar to the film and television indus- try, Cantopop juxtaposes different social transitional moments and mir- rors dynamic life in this city. As early as the pre-war era, primitive form of Cantonese popular songs—songs performed in Cantonese and arranged in a non-operatic and casual style were already given birth to. The east-­ west fusion embedded in Cantonese opera performance had cultivated a sense of hybridity, originality and creativity among a large group of Cantonese-speaking musicians, who at the same time composed or per- formed minor tunes, folk songs and film songs for daily leisure instead of operatic repertoire. From Cantonese opera, Cantonese films to primitive Cantonese popular songs, the circle of then popular culture vividly lived the Hong Kong characters to real life: meeting place of multiple cultures and a Sinophone culture hub. The wind of fusion never stopped at historical junctures such as the Sino-Japan war; instead, influences from Euro-American and Japanese music culture continued playing vital role in Cantopop industry. While the long existence of Cantonese popular songs had sowed seeds for the later booming of Cantopop, the fad of Euro-American rock band culture pro- jected a series of ready-to-use musical toolkits to local musicians: ways of natural voice singing, expressive vibes and rhythms, AABA melodic and lyric arrangement and orchestration accompaniment for emotive power projection. By integrating these tools with Cantonese traditional musical elements, 1970s music talents from different cultural sectors joined force and gave birth to Hong Kong’s unique Cantopop. Joseph Koo, James Wong, Sam Hui and a lot more to be named drove this cultural trend to much further popularity under the driving forces of broadcasting, televi- sion and film. Hong Kong’s vibrant mass media and cultural industry in the 1980s incubated the heyday of Cantopop stardom business. Cantopop, as well as the Hong Kong-style all-encompassing cross-medium stardom system, which was although under profound Japanese influence, became leading trendsetters across the East Asian region. Cantopop songs and singers/ artists stormed home and abroad, attracting thousands of fans screaming 406 K. J. WANG to adore the idols. Hong Kong Coliseum became the crucial stepping stone for those who aimed at the global Sinophone market. In the next chapter, the influence of Cantopop in the neighboring regions and across the global Sinophone market will be addressed with more details. Though a kaleidoscopic-like band scene once largely enriched Hong Kong’s pop solo-singer-dominant situation, its short life amid the bombard- ing of mega-star fantasy business yet revealed a significant shortcoming of Cantopop industry—a vulnerable mono-focus mode of business expansion. Exogenous factors soon led the business into a plight. The rising popular culture business in neighboring regions challenged the Cantopop crowning position. The advancement of information acquisition technologies as well as the regional financial crisis led to a serious plummeting of Cantopop album sales and thus the withering of extravagant star-making system. Stardom manufacturing, a business that relied on lavish investment from big companies, once was the most important pipeline drawing huge profit and a lifeline to Hong Kong’s Cantopop business. The withdrawal of big entertainment entities in this regard, on the other hand, made room for more diverse and alternative talents to be seen and heard. The new voices, different from their predecessors, were vested with heavier societal implica- tions. This change was derived from Hong Kong’s trembling politics which was by all means ensnared in the intensified Hong Kong—China dynamics. James Wong concluded in his doctoral thesis that 1997 marked the end of Cantopop. Ironically, 1997 as well epitomized the end of British colo- nial rule in this Cantonese-dominant city and the beginning of Hong Kong to learn to be a special administrative region under the PRC rule. While as shown in this chapter, 1997 never meant an end. Instead, similar to the yet prolonged transitional period Hong Kong people had experi- enced, Cantopop musicians as well made every endeavor on the rocky road.

Discussion Questions

1. Popular music is context sensitive. In different periods of time, con- tents and formats of popular music vary significantly. How do we understand and distinguish Cantonese popular song and Cantopop? 2. Once a lucrative business, superstar-making became a crucial component of the industry. However, failure to sustain this lucra- tive system also made an important cause to the downturn of the industry. How do we critically examine the role of star making? 3. Any suggestion for the future development of Cantopop? 6 MAKING CANTOPOP 407

References Centre for Cultural Policy Research 2003, Baseline study on Hong Kong’s creative industries, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong. Cheng, YO 2002, ‘Does Hong Kong culture become “independent”? Hong Kong songs and local consciousness’ (香港文化是否步向獨立?香港歌曲與本地 意識) in CH Ng & Cheung CW (eds), Reading Hong Kong popular culture 1970–2000 (閱讀香港普及文化1970–2000), pp. 220–226, Oxford University Press, Hong Kong. Chow, YF & De Kloet, J 2013, Sonic multiplicities: Hong Kong pop and the global circulation of sound and image, Intellect, Bristol, UK & Chicago. Chu YW 2000, Glorious age: Study on Hong Kong bands 1984–1990 (光輝歲月: 香 港流行樂隊組合研究 1984–1990). Infolink, Hong Kong. Chu, YW 2001, Music speaks: Study on Hong Kong’s Chinese song movement (音樂 敢言: 香港「中文歌運動」研究), Infolink, Hong Kong. Chu, YW 2002, ‘Developing local popular songs in Hong Kong: A study of the all Cantonese pop music station format’, Media International Australia, vol. 105, no. 1, pp. 147–162. Chu, YW 2005, Policing culture: Two cases of development indigenous Hong Kong Cantopop (香港「原創歌運動」訪談資料集). Hong Kong Baptist University, Hong Kong. Chu, YW 2009, ‘Can Cantopop industry be creative? The transmission and trans- formation of Hong Kong popular songs’ in WC Wong et al. (ed), Chinese Culture: Transmission and Transformation, pp. 443–475, Chinese University Press, Hong Kong. Chu, YW 2007, ‘Before and after the fall: Mapping Hong Kong Cantopop in the global era’, David C. Lam Institute for East-West Studies Working Paper Series, no 63, Hong Kong. Chu, YW & Leung, E 2013, ‘Remapping Hong Kong popular music: Covers, localization and the waning hybridity of Cantopop’, Popular Music, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 65–78. Chu, YW 2017, Cantopop: A concise history. Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Fung, YHA 2009, ‘Faye and the fandom of a Chinese diva’, Popular Communication, vol. 7, no. 4, pp. 252–266. Fung, YHA & Shum, S 2012, Melody, memory: Development of Hong Kong music industry (悠揚, 憶記:香港音樂工業發展史). Subculture, Hong Kong. Ho, WC 2000, ‘The political meaning of Hong Kong popular music: A review of sociopolitical relations between Hong Kong and the People’s Republic of China since the 1980s’, Popular Music, vol. 19, no. 3, pp. 341–353. Hong Kong Heritage Museum 2008, Riding the melodic tide: The development of Cantopop in Hong Kong, Available from: http://www.heritagemuseum.gov. hk/documents/2199315/2199693/Cantopop_E.pdf. [14 September 2017]. 408 K. J. WANG

Lee, JCY 1992, ‘Cantopop songs on emigration from Hong Kong’ in D Christensen, (ed), Yearbook for traditional music, vol. 24, pp. 14–23. International Council for Traditional Music, Ontario. McIntyre, BT, Cheng, WSC & Zhang, WY 2002, ‘Cantopop: The voice of Hong Kong’, Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, vol. 12, no. 2, pp. 217–243. Ng, Y 2009, ‘Review of ebbs and flows of Cantopop 回顧香港粵語流行曲的興( 衰)’, in A Fung (ed), Wave of song, Tide of melody: Development of Hong Kong Cantonese popular song (歌潮汐韻:香港粵語流行曲的發展), pp. 7–20, Subculture, Hong Kong. Shuker, R 2017, Popular Music: The key concepts, 2nd edn, Routledge, New York. Tsang, A 1997, ‘Aaron Kwok: Diary of a pop idol’, Billboard, 25 October, p. APQ1, 4, 6. Tsang, A 1999, ‘The Cantopop drop’, Billboard, 27 February, p. APQ1, 3–4. Wong, CW 2000, Early Cantonese popular songs in Hong Kong 1950–1974 (早期 香港粵語流行曲 1950–1974), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Wong, CW 2009, ‘Thirteen unknown? Examine the early development of Cantonese popular songs from thirteen Cantonese original film songs’ (十三不 詳? 從十三首粵語電影原創歌曲看早期粵語流行曲的發展) in A Fung, (ed), Wave of song, tide of melody: Development of Hong Kong Cantonese popular Song (歌潮汐韻:香港粵語流行曲的發展), pp. 45–86, Subculture, Hong Kong. Wong, CW 2014, Pioneers of originality: Composition of popular songs among Cantonese opera artists (原創先鋒-粵曲人的流行曲調創作), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Wong, CW 2016, ‘The legend of Belle in Penang film song (電影主題曲檳城艷傳 奇)’, Stand News, 4 October. Available from: https://goo.gl/1AAoCk. [14 September 2017]. Wong, CC 1997 Making and using pop music in Hong Kong, M.Phil. Thesis, University of Hong Kong, Access from: https://doi.org/10.5353/th_ b2987258 [14 September 2017]. Wong, CC 2007, Floating voice (流聲), Hong Kong Home Affairs Bureau, Hong Kong. Wong, JSJ 2003, The rise and decline of Cantopop: a study of Hong Kong popular music (1949–1997) (粵語流行歌的發展與興衰:香港流行音樂研究 1949– 1997), Ph.D. Thesis, University of Hong Kong, Access from: https://doi. org/10.5353/th_b3105733 [14 September 2017]. Yu, SW & Yang, H 2013, Reading Cantonese songs: The voice of Hong Kong through vicissitudes (粵語歌曲解讀:蛻變中的香港聲音), Infolink, Hong Kong. Yung, SS 2003, ‘The joy of youth, made in Hong Kong: Patricia Lam Fung and Shaws’ Cantonese Films’ (歡樂青春, 香港製造:林鳳與邵氏粵語片) in AL Wong, (ed), The Shaw screen: A preliminary study (邵氏電影初探), Hong Kong Film Archive, Hong Kong. CHAPTER 7

Worlding Cantopop

Chapter Overview It is said that the term “Cantonese popular song” (yue yu shi dai qu 粵語 時代曲) was first introduced in the early 1950s as a promotional tactic for Wo Shing record company to meet the growing interest in the new style of songs among the mass audience. Before that, a term “new song 新曲/ 新體歌” was already introduced by the New Moon company in the 1930s. Cantonese popular song in that age, branded as new song, was already characterized by the hybrid usage of Eastern and Western instruments, a practice highly correspondent to contemporary Cantopop (Wong 2014, p. 19; Yung 2006, pp. 219–220). Notably, a primitive form of cross-medium entertainment production and promotion was already spotted in the pre-war era. As the invention of film technologies had wide-opened people’s horizon, technological evo- lution that led to significant change of “music material” and hence had profound influence on music composition format fundamentally trans- formed the sonic landscape. The technological factors, on the one hand, jettisoned the spatial-temporal confoundment of music enjoyment. At the threshold of the twentieth century, Cantonese music already traveled across oceans carried by border-crossing opera performers and by the then latest communication technology—gramophone and disc. As a port city receiving cultures from multiple directions, Hong Kong harbored all these changes as well, and was made into a hub of international record

© The Author(s) 2020 409 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_7 410 K. J. WANG labels, though by then Cantopop was even not yet a word in that time. That being said, by getting a closer look into the early music industry, we could grasp a bigger picture of the material base from which the seeds of Cantopop were sowed. The material base in the ensuing years expanded into a plethora of com- munication platforms which led to the blossoming of Hong Kong’s hey- day of Cantopop, with the fruits from television theme songs, film songs and later the consolidation of Cantopop as a leading popular song genre in the territory. By then, Cantopop was understood as “global Chinese cool” (quote from scholar cum lyricist Chow Yiu Fai) with refined integra- tion of Cantonese culture, Western hits and, noteworthily, Japanese pop. Following debuts of superstars one after another, a lavish business of star- dom had epitomized Cantopop’s leading position in the East Asian cul- tural circle and the Sinophone community. Having housed a great number of international record labels in this former crown colony and now the PRC special administrative region, Hong Kong has been regarded as a gateway to mainland China while another part of the gateway was inevitably wind from China. Though “China” was never a new topic to Hong Kong musicians, at the historical juncture of the rise of “China” which entailed the opening of two Chinese markets, the expansion of Mandarin pop and the stronger economic influ- ence from PRC, how Cantopop singers make their way ahead is under ongoing discussion.

Early Stage of Cantonese Pop In the beginning, Cantonese popular songs (粵語流行曲) were by no means the same as the pop songs we are listening today. Contemporary popular songs interpreted in Cantonese which filled the mass media arena and are performed at various variety show platforms are called Cantopop. Nevertheless, Cantonese popular music, and nowadays Cantopop, could never be separated from the “new songs” (新曲), which were one but only musical novelty experiment among the Cantonese cultural circle back in the 1930s (Yu and Yang 2013). Notably, before the mid-1970s, popular songs in Hong Kong—more precisely fashionable songs—usually referred to Mandarin and English songs. Mandarin songs from Shanghai and Taiwan, and Euro-American English songs represented listeners’ cultural taste from a higher social sta- tus. Sought-after trendsetters—popular singers—devoted their time in 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 411 singing Mandarin and English songs. They were exquisitely dressed and represented the graceful and chic lifestyle derived from old Shanghai— symbol of modernization and metropolitan culture, and from foreign lands—a sense of nobility and more advanced social development. Iconic figures included Zhou Xuan周旋 , Butterfly Wu (胡蝶), Yao Lee (姚莉) and so on. On the contrary, Cantonese singers, except for those prominent Cantonese opera singers such as Sit Kok-sin and Siu Yin-fei, were despised as inferior music genre compared to Mandarin and English songs. Singers of Cantonese popular songs such as Cheng Kwan-min who performed songs that touched the most down-to-earth topics were looked upon condescendingly by other singers. Despite this harsh situation, the devel- opment of Cantonese popular songs never stopped. Eminent lyric writer James Wong once commented that Cantonese songs in the early ages had a too cruel quality that gained a limited audience. However, in Wong Chi-wah’s opinion, new trials and original musical compositions that incorporated nutrition from multiple cultural sources kept flooding the markets since the 1930s. In this chapter, how Cantonese popular songs, and the later Cantopop, connect with other parts of the world will be traced.

The Latest-Type Ballad In the late nineteenth century and early twentieth century, hints of west- ernization and hybridization could already be spotted in different cultural sectors, namely Cantonese opera, film industry (see Chaps.3 and 6) and the music arena. The development of “Cantonese popular song” or “new song” was closely associated to the former two sectors. Not only that westernization and cultural hybridization taken by opera performers and film stars subsequently changed the way they delivered music works, but also the popularity of films, especially sound films, introduced film song as one of the popular music genres in that age. In the age of sound films, sonic element became increasingly important for filmic works. Thus, film song composition was turned into a fashionable job. It is proved that some pieces of film songs were exceptionally popular; their melodies and lyrics were arranged in a structure that was easy for remembrance; the story was straightforwardly narrated and the songs were performed in plain voice. These characteristics already showed large similarity to nowadays Cantopop (Wong 2014, pp. 2–7). 412 K. J. WANG

Speaking of film song, a Hong Kong local recording company had played a remarkably vital role as a brokerage between film and music sec- tors and between cultural workers in Hong Kong and Shanghai—two of the leading Sinophone cultural centers. The New Moon gramophone company, which soon extended its busi- ness to the film industry after its establishment in 1926 (more discussion will follow), was a pioneering company in Hong Kong’s early music indus- try. Chin Kwong-yan 錢廣仁 (aka Uncle Chin 錢大叔) was the founder of New Moon and an active member of the Grand View film company. He was the manager at Grand View’s sales department (Yung 2005). Later, he even became a pillar figure in the Cantonese film arena. During the pre-­ war era, under Uncle Chin’s supervision and his well-established network in the film industry, a group of musicians from New Moon also joined the force to work on film music and film songs. In addition to New Moon’s close connection with the Grand View, the company and China Sun Film company’s Shanghai branch (Lianhua Shanghai 聯華) also established col- laboration. By extending business from Hong Kong to Shanghai and inte- grating film and music business, the versatile and resourceful Uncle Chin propelled the development of popular music through business instead of performance as Cantonese opera actors did. A Lianhua production, Weed and Wild Flowers/Yecao Xianhua 野草 閒花 (1930) was accompanied by the film song “Seek Thee in Ten Thousand Li/Wanli Xunxiong Ci (萬里尋兄詞)”, which was presented by the two most sought-after film stars Ruan Lingyu and Jin Yan (金焰). Hints of cross-medium promotion, which in the future became the most common marketing tactic in 1990s Hong Kong, could be found in this case. Before the formal film release, the song was already recorded by New Moon and sold to the public. When the film was unveiled, the song was under promotion again (Yung 2006, p. 210; Wong 2014, pp. 30–32). Another instance occurred in Hong Kong. National defense film Lifeline/Shengming Xian 生命線 (1935), produced by Joseph Chiu’s Grand View film company, carried a hidden story about Cantonese new music. The patriotic film featured a widely acclaimed songSleep Tight My Child/Er An Mian 兒安眠. Granted a patriotic award by the Guangzhou government,1 this film was screened across Guangzhou, Hong Kong and

1 As indicated in the Hong Kong Filmography (1914–2010), released by Hong Kong Film Archive. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 413

Macao—the most important Cantonese-speaking region in Asia. Therefore, the film song became so popular across this Cantonese-speaking region that an eminent Hong Kong local record label—New Moon— recorded the song in an album. New Moon called this “the latest type ballad” (一種最新的歌謠) (Wong 2014, p. 33).2 Wong Chi-wah recog- nized Sleep Tight My Child as one of the pioneers of Cantonese popular song. According to some memoirs, even in the 1950s, this song could still be heard in people’s everyday life (Wong 2009). Also during the 1930s, hilarious songs performed by Guangzhou sing-song twins (see Chap. 6) made another category of “new song” which was equally well received by the mass audience. By that time, filmmakers and businessmen already spotted a promising future by conducting cross-medium production and promotion with the nexus of sound films, film music and disc recording, and key players such as Uncle Chin, who wore all the three hats, were leading a trend in the popular cultural industry.

Revolving the Music Techno-Scene The achievement of Uncle Chin and his New Moon record company was never by chance. In the early twentieth century, throughout the pre-war era, listening to music daily and the whole popular music landscape had gone through a remarkable evolution. According to music historian and ethnologist, Yung Sai-shing, the invention of the gramophone and the following mushrooming of international record companies were the most glaring factors that made the evolution possible. To a large extent, techno- logical advancement of music recording mirrored a compression of time and space (Yung 2006, pp. 20–26).3 And the technological change also had far-reaching influence on music composition itself—the material- ity of music. First, traditional forms of music performance and enjoyment were mostly space-confined and time-defined. Upper-middle-class people sat in

2 According to Wong Chi-wah, this song became a prototype of Cantonese nursery rhythm. 3 In Yung Sai-shing’s analysis, this wave of technological development is accompanied with the revolution of transportation, as the increasing popularity of ships, trains, automobiles and telegraphs facilitated international travelling of human force, materials and information. These material change became the carrier of the primary music globalization. Yung refers to David Harvey “The Condition of Postmodernity”. 414 K. J. WANG the music hall for a three-hour opera and then went back home. Even though in everyday life people could hum their favorite tunes on the street anytime for any reason, the song-humming could never last hour after another. Music or largely performing arts was in situ. But the introduction of gramophone and recording disc—the change of material/medium of music—fundamentally shattered these confinements. And the rapid devel- opment of transportation means even furthered the subsequent impact generated from the music and its cultural implication. Gramophone brought music enjoyment to coffee houses, community halls and private homes. Recording discs made music travel across cul- tural and territorial boundaries. The development of recording devices largely quickened the pace of international communication and exchange of music works. Cantonese opera songs could be recorded and sold to North America. Cantonese opera and its music, as a mass entertainment form to Cantonese-speaking population, through playing on gramo- phones, provided emotional consolation to those living far away from home. Cantonese opera played on gramophones turned part of Shanghai into a small Guangdong in a sonic perspective. As discussed in Chap. 3, to many Shanghainese, Cantonese-linguistic cultural products were never foreign to this place, even though it is 1000 miles away from Guangdong. The above case of New Moon, a Hong Kong local record label, was a key player in this field, making Cantonese-linguistic music heard in other places. In terms of another material change in popular music—the recording disc—one could never underestimate the influence of how the early tech- nological limitation of shellac disc had shaped the format of today’s popu- lar music. In the pre-war era, the commonly used recording material was shellac disc, a type of recording material coated with resin secreted by a female bug called Kerria lacca. The shellac recording disc played on gram- ophones, sized 7–10 inches, could be massively produced in that time. On the one hand, the introduction of shellac discs made music mobile and portable, breaking the previous time confinement of music enjoyment. However, the introduction of the new technology had profound influence on musical forms in terms of the length of a musical piece. Usually, a piece of disc could accommodate 6–7 minutes’ recording (around three min- utes’ capacity per side). Therefore, music composers had to meet this technological limitation and compose songs which were each 2–3 minutes long, so that listeners could finish one song without turning the disc over. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 415

This 3-minute custom was then carried on by generations of composers and gradually became a norm for popular songs, though such technologi- cal shortcomings having long been overcome.

Hub of International Record Labels Similar to the early development of film technology in Asian region, at the threshold of the twentieth century, the earliest music recording industry of Sinophone music in East Asian region was kicked off by foreign pio- neers who traveled across the oceans. As an important Far East colony of the Great Britain, Hong Kong by all means was appealing to gramophone recording companies from all around the world. Thomas Edison’s company—National Phonograph Company4—simi- lar to Edison’s founding-father role in film technology, again played the pioneering role in the music recording sector. They produced what is believed to be the earliest Cantonese opera song discs in San Francisco in 1903 (Yung 2006, p. 42, pp. 50–55),5 amid their plethora of productions of “world music”: Bohemian, Brazilian, Hebrew, Mexican and so on. It is believed that these types of albums targeted the sizable Sinophone com- munity in North America and hoped to reach the Far East world in the future. Edison was not alone. Gramophone Company (謀得利)6 from the Great Britain in the same year started its virgin tour to Asia as well: a leg- endary sound engineer Fred Gaisberg in 1903 sailed to the Indian penin-

4 At first, Edison invented the world’s earliest music player—phonograph, which played cylinder. It was after ten years that German’s gramophone replaced photograph as the most common music player. Disc then became the major materials that stored musical information on its tracks. 5 Yung Sai-shing refers to Edison’s Phonograph Monthly 1:1. According to the archives, Yung found that the English translation of the song titles and the names of the singers was derived from Toi Shan dialect (tai shan hua 台山話) instead of orthodox Cantonese spoken by people from the capital city Guangzhou. All the songs were sung in Toi Shan dialect instead of the stage official language. 6 Gramophone Company was established by American William Owen in 1898. Soon after, Owen moved his gramophone business to Europe (based in London) and invited American sound engineer Fred Gaisberg to work as his major partner. Gramophone in 1907 launched their first disc production studio in Asia—Calcutta India, where they processed music discs originated from China, Japan, India, Southeast Asia, Nepal and Tibet. Gramophone is believed the first British-own music recording and production company in Asian region. 416 K. J. WANG sula, Strait settlements across Southeast Asia, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Japan to collect and record the popular music in different countries. Noteworthy is that, Fred Gaisberg was considered one of the first group of musicians recording what nowadays would be called world music. He later became the artistic director of HMV, a once world-leading music record chain store. In Shanghai, sounds from Peking operas (京劇) and Kun operas (昆劇) were recorded. In Hong Kong, most of the recordings were Cantonese opera singing, including female, male and duet voices. It was in Hong Kong, for four days in a hotel room, that Gaisberg collected musical works which eventually contributed to the recording of around 140 pieces of 7–10 inch discs (Yung 2000, p. 247). These albums were mostly Cantonese opera songs performed by famous Cantonese opera singers and “tea house girls” (high-end prostitutes who received professional musical training and provided entertaining services at tea houses). As discussed, at that time only 2–3 minutes of music could be recorded on one side. While one Cantonese opera song usually lasted more than three minutes, listeners had to turn to Side B or even fetch the second disc for the full song. It is understood that, due to such inconvenience, Cantonese opera singers gradually adjusted the length and presentation of songs according to the recording technological configurations. And these adjustments turned out subtly transformed on-stage Cantonese opera performance in a long run (Yung 2000). Though Hong Kong was one of the Asian bases for Gaisberg to collect exotic musical elements, master recordings of these Sinophone musical works, altogether with Gaisberg’s collections from other Asian regions, were sent back to Germany for disc production. These discs, attached to gramophone players, were then transported back to Asian regions for mas- sive sales (Yung 2006, p. 28, pp. 45–49). In a similar period of time, Pathé (百代), record company from France, found its market niche and recorded Teochew music (潮曲) in Hong Kong. These distinctive types of albums were then promoted to Southeast Asia. Hong Kong soon became home to many international record compa- nies’ Asian headquarter office. International music industry players included Beka (璧架) and Odeon (高亭) from Germany, Gramophone Company and Columbia7 (歌林) from UK,8 Victor (勝利) and Edison’s

7 Columbia was registered in both UK and US. 8 In 1931, Gramophone and Columbia merged into EMI—Electric and Musical Industries. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 417

National from the United States and Pathé (百代) from France (later was merged into the British company Columbia). Therefore, Hong Kong became one of the most important hubs in Asia recording Sinophone music albums for global distribution. Notably, simi- lar to the situation of the early Hong Kong film industry, Cantonese music works to a large extent targeted the enormous size of Sinophone migra- tions in Southeast Asia, North America and other regions. Due to techno- logical limitation, while Cantonese songs that served the purpose of disc recording were composed and recorded in Hong Kong, they had to be processed in Shanghai. In the pre-war era, Shanghai was still the cultural mecca, which represented the most up-to-date and delicate Sinophone culture. That being said, throughout the early twentieth century, Cantonese music recording business vibrantly thrived in Hong Kong, and Cantonese music discs were in high demand across Southeast Asia and even in the Oceania (Yung 2006, p. 29). Very soon, in 1926, Hong Kong got its first local record label—New Moon—and started a more comprehensive and systematic music recording industry. At the beginning of the 1930s, after Columbia became a subsidiary of the British conglomerate EMI, Columbia’s Hong Kong business sought cooperation with a local record company Wo Shing. Since then, disc pro- duction involved a chain of border-crossing operations. While disc pro- ductions carried the Columbia brand name, they were actually recorded by Wo Shing and pressed in the Shanghai Pathé factory. Under the Columbia-Wo Shing system, prominent musicians and singers were procured to enrich their disc-logs: Lui Man-shing (呂文成), Ho Ta-sho (何大傻) and so on. They actively created music works that infused with more vari- ety of Western musical elements. As the former record industry leader, New Moon gradually ceased from the tide in the mid-1930s and Columbia-Wo Shing soon filled the gap (Cheng2017 , p. 289). Furthermore, from the above discussion, we can have a crystal clear picture that as early as the dawn of the twentieth century, Cantonese music in various forms was already exposed to people from countries across the Pacific and the Atlantic Oceans. In addition to a group of eminent Cantonese opera performers, communication and technological advance- ment also allowed Cantonese music to sail off on a global adventure. This centennial border-crossing journey could never be separated from the role played by Hong Kong (Image 7.1). 418 K. J. WANG

Image 7.1 Columbia-Wo Shing production label. Columbia, which registered in both the UK and the United States, collaborated with Hong Kong Wo Shing company to promote their discs. On the advertisement, Columbia was highlighted with its semiquaver note logo. Newspaper advertisement of Columbia-Wo Shing disc production, August 31, 1929, Yuet Wa Po, Guangzhou, Republic of China. (Source: “歌林唱片, ‘電撮原音’”. 1929, [1929] The Ephemera Project [蜉蝣计 划]: http://hdl.handle.net/1911/99883. Courtesy of The Ephemera Project [蜉 蝣计划], Digital Scholarship Archive, Rice University)

Local Record Label and New Trials The 1925 Guangzhou General Strike aborted the once intensive visiting of Cantonese opera troupes from Guangzhou to Hong Kong. As a conse- quence, the music recording industry in Hong Kong accidentally had its blossoming thriving age: discs of Cantonese opera music supplemented opera troupe live performances to meet the people’s leisure activity demand. Newspaper advertisements showed that gramophones and discs could be found at different kinds of stores, such as department stores like Sincere and Wing On, and even Chinese medicine stores like Tin Sau Tong (天壽堂). This socio-cultural change as well gave birth to Hong Kong’s local disc recording and producing company. It was also during this period that the famous local record company— New Moon—was established by Chin Kwong-yan. Chin was a business- man and cultural worker in Cantonese music and film sectors. Introduced by an eminent Cantonese musician Lui Man-shing who developed his career in Shanghai, Guangzhou and later in Hong Kong, Chin visited the Great China record company (長城唱片) in Shanghai, a Chinese-owned 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 419 disc production company. This visit had greatly inspired Chin to establish his own company New Moon in Hong Kong.9 First, he acted as a sole agent for Great China and sold discs in Hong Kong. By then, he rapidly picked up the role as a cultural and business broker between Shanghai and Hong Kong. In 1926, Chin founded his own Hong Kong-based New Moon gramophone and disc company—an early form of record label company. The first few recordings from New Moon were actually conducted in Great China in Shanghai. It was until 1930 that the recording sector of New Moon was settled in Hong Kong. Not only prominent Cantonese opera singers were invited to record discs (e.g. Ma Sze-tsang and Sit Kok-sin) but also the most sought-after film stars (e.g. Ruan Lingyu, Ng Chor-fan), sing-song troupe members (the sing-song troupe twins from Guangzhou) and even monks were recruited to the disc recording studio in Hong Kong’s North Point district (Yung 2005). Uncle Chin also actively introduced a number of prominent Cantonese opera singers to Shanghai’s Great China for disc recording. Through Uncle Chin’s connection, Sit Kok-sin and Ma Sze-tsang built their fame in Shanghai (Jones 2001, p. 67). This revealed New Moon company’s considerably extended network in the Sinophone golden triangle: Guangzhou-Hong Kong-Shanghai cul- tural circle. The plethora of singers recruited by the company greatly enriched the musical genres of New Moon’s production. Without much doubt, the company soon grew rapidly. Even though a majority of New Moon productions were traditional Cantonese operatic songs and traditional folk tunes, Uncle Chin incorpo- rated hybrid musical accompaniments to give novelty vibes: Cantonese-­ Western instrument orchestra or all-Western instrument (in jazz band style) orchestra. Described by cultural scholar Andrew Jones in his seminal Yellow Music, these songs were “wedded to lyrics that fully reflected the polyglot coloniality of Hong Kong’s linguistic idiom, rhythming Cantonese street slang and with fractured English and French phrases” (Jones 2001, p. 67). Among the rich repertoires of New Moon, Cantonese “new song” was one of their new trials, and another type of new genre was dancing songs (the Guangzhou sing-song girls’ type), targeting the urban youth population (Yung 2005). Dancing songs were extremely popular in those

9 Early Chinese opera discs 早期中國戲曲唱片, by RTHK http://rthk9.rthk.hk/chine- seopera/article_2_1.htm. 420 K. J. WANG days as nightclubbing became one of the most fashionable entertain- ments. Specifically to facilitate or accompany dancing, dancing songs exhibited full volume of energy through fast pace and strong rhythms. Under the strong influence of jazz music, dancing music was accompa- nied by the trumpet (土林必), trombone (吐林風) and violin (梵鈴). Innovative elements were constantly put in “new songs” to present freshness to listeners. For example, a new song called Sau Jai’s Dating/ Shouzai Paituo (壽仔拍拖) even included lyrics written in Cantonese and English—both were penned in perfect rhythmic punctuation (Yung 2006, pp. 198–199). By then, an appealing picture was already under revelation as Hong Kong’s music industry, cultural life and the city itself had demonstrated dynamic interaction of human and cultures from multiple directions. Not only that Hong Kong as a crucial British colony in Asia had attracted international capital and talents, but also the popular music sector in the city had been thrown into the internationally influential drastic yet fasci- nating technological and musical transformation. Situated in this captivat- ing context, the life experience of Uncle Chin vividly showcased the equally enchanting connections among different cultural sectors and in-­ between the dual-city fable, namely the Shanghai-Hong Kong cul- tural bridge.

From Shanghai to Hong Kong

New Voice from Shanghai In the 1930s, Shanghai was the most flourished port city in the Republic of China, the “big apple” that consumed foreign cultures and had culti- vated its own Haipai (eastern coastal cultural circle) cultural camp. Receiving emigrants from all over the country, hosting expats and con- necting foreign traders with local society, Shanghai was not only a trade center, but a melting pot of a large variety of cultural products, the heri- tage and the most modern, the established and the avant-garde. Shanghai was known as the “Paris in the East”, the mecca to foreigners who hoped to enter the threshold of the oriental world. Foreign musicians (mostly from the United States, the Philippines and Russia) paid pilgrimage to this miracle city as well. They performed in hotels, night clubs, dance floors and elite club houses. They brought along Western instruments and their ultra-refined way of orchestrating, exotic 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 421 and inspiring to the sonic scene in Shanghai (Jones 2001; Wong 2003, pp. 16–21). The flourishing cultural industry in Shanghai led to the estab- lishment of China’s first professional musician academy. In the 1930s pre-war era, a new form of music was extremely popular in Shanghai: eliminating elements of traditional Chinese local operas, singing with the person’s natural voice, Western style of choir and music instrument accompaniment and Western-style dance rhythm to boost the emotive momentum. People felt that they could easily learn these songs with an untrained voice and move their bodies freely with the rhythms. The new form of songs was soon appraised as “song of the time” (Shi dai qu 時代曲). And Shanghai was indeed “the cradle of the new voice” (Wong 2000). Thus, as mentioned, the Shanghai-style Mandarin songs represented the prestigious social-economic status. Presumably, the abovementioned characteristics had largely assembled what was called “new music”—new style of Cantonese dancing songs per- formed by Guangzhou’s sing-song twin girls in the 1930s and recorded by New Moon (refer to Chap. 6 “Early Stage of Cantonese Popular Songs”), and what were promoted by Wo Shing as “Cantonese popular songs” in the early 1950s. As discussed in Chap. 3, cultural workers at that time trav- eled frequently between Shanghai and Hong Kong and hence a matured Cantonese-speaking community was formed in Shanghai. The mobility of talents drove the equally intensive fluidity of popular culture. While the latest sonic fashion in Shanghai was under high acclaim, in Hong Kong new voices and the performers were for a long time under the shade called Shanghai modern. Nevertheless, the resemblance of the new voices/new song/new music in these two port cities again hinted the long-existing cultural nexus. Notably, an indispensable contributing force to the formation of Shanghai’s new songs and new voice was the versatile music players from different parts of the world, numbered 500–600. Filipino bands prevailed in the music scene and American jazz musicians were also in high demand across various entertainment venues. As mentioned, the technological development significantly facilitated the wider spread of the once-parochial music forms. In Shanghai, gramo- phones and radios aired the most fashionable voices day and night. By then, Tin Pan Alley style and big-band-jazz music from the United States were already transported to Shanghai by these international record com- panies. A plethora of exotic sounds and voices emitted from the most up-­ to-­date music players filled the city. 422 K. J. WANG

World’s leading gramophone and disc recording companies such as Victor from the United States and Pathé from France started their busi- ness in Shanghai at the beginning of the twentieth century. Pathé first established its branch in Shanghai in 1908, while the Hong Kong branch was founded in 1915.10 Based in Shanghai’s concession zones and master- ing their matured recording technology and distribution network, the international gramophone and record companies overly outshined other Shanghai local record labels.

New Voice Re-settled in the Colony In the pre-war period, Cantonese musicians (e.g. Lui Man-shing), film- makers (Lai brothers of China Sun) and superstars (e.g. Ng Cho-fan, Sit Kok-sin) would pay pilgrimage to Shanghai for further study and a more promising career development. Therefore, even before the large-scale southbound migration due to the wars took place in mainland China, Shanghai popular culture was already brought to Hong Kong people by traveling cultural workers. In 1949, after the establishment of the People’s Republic of China, a large group of Shanghai musicians fled to Hong Kong in order to evade the tight control over the cultural industry from the communist govern- ment. Amid the tens of thousands of shelter seekers were not only Shanghai musicians and singers but also prominent former Shanghai-based record companies (such as Great Wall) as well as foreign musicians. They re-­ settled in Hong Kong, and thus preserved and further developed the “new voice” in this crown colony under the historical contingency. EMI, which resulted from the merging of Gramophone and Columbia in 1931, used to be one of the earliest foreign record companies in the Republic of China. This UK-based international record company’s Shanghai branch was suspended due to the transition of ruling power. In 1952, EMI re-established its Sinophone music production center in Hong Kong. EMI was not alone, as Pathé Shanghai also moved its base to Hong Kong. Interestingly, similar to the situation in the film industry, Hong Kong also housed PRC-backed music labels. Aiming at the Hong Kong-Macao market and overseas migrant population, the PRC government assisted

10 Refer to “Early Chinese opera discs 早期中國戲曲唱片”, produced by RTHK http:// rthk9.rthk.hk/chineseopera/article_2_1.htm. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 423 the establishment of Art Tune (Yisheng 藝聲) record label in Hong Kong. However, instead of promoting its original musical works, the disc-logs of Yisheng were mainly a duplication of the China Record Corporation (中 國唱片). While the title of “China Record” was way too politically sugges- tive, Yisheng, an apolitical brand carrying a Dunhuang Apsara logo (敦煌 飛天), impersonated as the cultural ambassador for the newly founded communist government, presenting to listeners “new voices from new China”.11 In the immediate post-war period, Hong Kong was a land of Cantonese music, mainly Cantonese opera repertoires and Cantonese folk tunes, though new forms of songs started to come out. The flooding in of Shanghai musicians to a large extent enriched the music industry. Along with this grand migration was the flooding in of Mandarin popu- lar songs into the Hong Kong market, refreshing the Cantonese sound- scape with tender voices and exquisitely orchestrating accompaniment. Notably, many of these seemingly foreign yet arresting musical works were embedded in films. As mentioned, post-war Hong Kong attracted a num- ber of Mandarin film companies originated from Shanghai and Southeast Asia to re-locate in Hong Kong. The high-quality and modernized Mandarin films disseminated the voice from Shanghai to the Hong Kong audience. The popular Shanghai-born singer and movie star Grace Chang, who symbolized urban grace, stormed Hong Kong with her heart-­fetching sweet voice. Besides, not only her charming face and attractive music pre- sentation, but also her mastering in both Mandarin and English language songs made her an ultimate diva. One of Grace Chang’s signature works was I Want Your Love. The English original song I Want You To Be My Baby was recorded under the Chinese title I Want Your Love/Woyao Nide Ai 我要你的愛, presented by Grace Chang in the mid-1950s. Keeping the original English lyrics, the song was enriched with Mandarin sentences at the beginning, the chorus and the ending parts. Dynamic, sexy and full of energy, this sophisticatedly big-band-jazz-orchestrated and chorus-accompanied dance song gained huge popularity and became a household melody even in nowadays Hong Kong. This also marked the first Hong Kong-made English song recording.

11 Exhibition “The Art Tune Encounter: A gramophone remembrance of Hong Kong and Shanghai”, Leisure and Cultural Department, Hong Kong Special Administrative govern- ment. August–November 2017. 424 K. J. WANG

Besides Grace Chang, there are more names to be named. Many of them even later became pillars of Hong Kong’s entertainment industry. For example, Rebecca Pan (潘迪華) and Mona Fong were originated from Shanghai and became well known for their mixed Mandarin and English repertoires in the 1960s.12 Mona Fong married to Run Run Shaw and later took charge of Hong Kong’s television giant TVB. Rebecca Pan, a legendary Hong Kong singer who was the first to sign a contract with EMI London in the 1960s, has now become a typical Shanghai representative on the silver screen. She symbolized “Shanghainese in Hong Kong” in a number of internationally acclaimed films: Wong Kar-­ wai’s Days of Being Wild/A Fei Zhengzhuan 阿飛正傳 (1990), In the Mood of Love/Huayang Nianhua 花樣年華 (2000) and 2046 (2004). In the film In the Mood of Love (2000), the heroine, moved from Shanghai to Hong Kong, quietly listened to Zhou Xuan aired on the radio, while a landlord lady (starring Rebecca Pan) was playing majong and having conversation with friends in Shanghainese language—a scene that vividly mirrored the Hong Kong-Shanghai connection. If the Hong Kong-Guangzhou connection is based on the same cul- tural root that features the similar language, folk culture and living habits, the Hong Kong-Shanghai nexus was bonded by the elite culture which got even tighter at a number of sequential historical conjunctures. In the post-war period as the record labels re-settled in Hong Kong and the music scape in mainland China gradually turned stable, Chinese popular music was largely exported to the Hong Kong-Macao market. In the mid-­ 1960s, popular music productions from mainland China or produced by record companies with mainland background occupied 70% market share in Hong Kong’s entire music industry (Fung and Shum 2012, pp. 10–13).

Hidden Gems from the Pacific-Filipino Musicians “There are many musicians in the Philippines—it’s just like a factory of musi- cians”, says Tuason, who played on the soundtracks of Hong Kong-made films in the 1960s. What was the attraction of the city for his peers at the time? “It was better pay, security—and, of course, experience and adventure”.—Pianist Tuason, came to Hong Kong in 1961 (Chow 2005)

12 See Hong Kong Pop History edited by the Department of English, The Education University of Hong Kong https://home.ied.edu.hk/~hkpop/music/hkpophistory.html. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 425

Among the southbound migration en masse in 1949 also included a large number of Filipino musicians who had played a crucial role in Shanghai’s popular music industry. Having absorbed American jazz cul- ture and mastering Western instruments, Filipino musicians were famous for their versatile maneuvering of music accompaniment, chorus arrange- ment and orchestration. One of the reasons why Filipino musicians dem- onstrated exceptional capabilities in instrument orchestrating was due to their fruitful experience of live performance. Being used to involuted on-­ stage requirements, Filipino musicians were especially good at sight-­ reading, improvising (common practice for jazz music) and music arrangement. A wild guess could be made that the sophistication of Shanghai popular songs, to a large extent, was thanks to the porous pres- ence of Filipino musicians who brought to the territory rich music accom- paniment and instrument arrangement. Following the grand migration of Shanghai cultural workers, Filipino musicians as well found their new home in Hong Kong.

Sounds from the Pacific Filipino musicians were among the most sought after in Asia. Headhunters would travel to Manila, discovering talents in restaurants and lounges and then hiring them for performances abroad in places like Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and Hong Kong. In the early 1910s and 1920s, they almost monopolized ocean liners, diffusing American popular music and jazz at international port of calls which included Shanghai and Hong Kong. At one time, they were described by The New York Times as “interpreters of jazz on Pacific Ocean of liners”, perfect mimickers and heirs of American jazz. From the 1940s until the rise of Cantopop, Filipino musicians had been gaining fame in Singapore and Hong Kong, although treatment toward them waned through the years leading to the era of Cantopop, in the midst of tough competition and discrimination (Ng 2006). The inter- nationalization of Filipino musicians somewhat led the way of Anglo-­ American popular music into different parts across the Asian region. Hong Kong, as an important port city, welcomed this early form of internation- alization and made it thrive. After the Chinese communist took over the mainland, bringing along the financial capital and the musical resource to Hong Kong, Shanghai cultural workers and businessmen as well introduced their advanced level of musical practice to Hong Kong. Besides those who already worked in 426 K. J. WANG

Shanghai and later re-settled in Hong Kong (e.g. Lobing Samson (洛平) from a famous dance club called Ciros (仙樂), led a big band formed by ten musicians), a new branch of Filipino musicians were recruited to Hong Kong from the Philippines, such as Vic Cristobal (歌詩寶) and Ray del Val (雷德活). They took part in the music arrangement and recording tasks at broadcasting or television stations in the day time, while played music at clubs and hotels in the night. During the 1960s, Hilton hotel at Central on Queen’s Road was a hub to many Filipino musicians. Pianist Bading Tuason, who came to Hong Kong in 1961, remembered outside his performances at the Hilton, he was deeply involved in recording film scores for Joseph Koo behind hits in Cantonese and Mandarin popular songs (a majority television theme songs and film song) during the 1960s and 1970s (Chow 2005). In addition to Bading Tuason, Vic Cristobal was another major music arrange- ment master for a number of Hong Kong-made­ Mandarin films in the 1960s (Wong 2003, p. 49). As post-war Hong Kong once saw prosperity in the 1960s which entailed the massive landing of American navy soldiers, the growth of the entertainment industry in nightclubs, bars and lounges inde- pendent of recording companies brought Filipino performance at its fulcrum. By so far, we already spot a vibrant musical scene in post-war Hong Kong. Along with the popularity of Shanghai-origin Mandarin popular music, the Mandarin-English bilingual fad was soon demonstrated by a group of modern singers such as Grace Chang. Cantonese music industry also demonstrated fusion with Western music, bringing forth a multieth- nic and multilingual popular music scene in Hong Kong.

The Fabulous Band Scene and Cross-Over In the 1960s post-war prosperity, the Hong Kong society welcomed the growth of the baby boomers and witnessed its economy at the threshold of escalation; a distinctive youth music culture was also at thrust. Baby boomers entering their teenage got in touch with and even practiced entertainments from foreign cultures. As a result, Hong Kong popular music scene received a fresh group of green yet passionate musicians— youth rock bands (most discussion in next section). Among them, Filipino bands played a crucial role. Most of them were formed by veteran Filipino musicians and their children. The senior musi- cians were those who relocated to Hong Kong following the taking over of Shanghai by the communist government. Generally speaking, Filipino bands included three types: mixed descendants, siblings or combo 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 427

(together with other nationalities). It was a fact that in the 1960s, Hong Kong’s band scene was a multi-cultural environ. Notably, along with the huge socio-cultural impact brought along with the Beatles’ Hong Kong visit in 1964, Hong Kong welcomed a Filipino version of the Beatles—“Beatles of the Philippines” D’Hijacks. They came to Hong Kong and became the resident band at the Bayside club at Nathan Road, Kowloon. D’Hijacks performed something Hong Kong had never seen—five guys with the Beatles haircuts who delivered to the crowd almost perfect versions of American rocks. Soon, D’Hijacks became the talk of the town and attracted even larger crowds. While Filipino musicians who re-settled in Hong Kong from Shanghai after China’s civil war usually worked as backstage orchestra players or score mixers, in the 1960s more Filipino bands had their debuts on stage as leading entertainers. Three Filipino combo bands were understood to have provided the first wave of influence on Hong Kong youths: The Reynettes, The Fabulous Echoes and D’Topnotes. Core members of these groups were descendants of prominent Filipino band leaders who were once active musician members in nightclubs and luxurious hotels. Of the three Filipino combo bands though, it was The Reynettes (夜明 珠合唱團) that earned more formal publicity in Hong Kong’s mainstream popular culture. Comprising Filipino siblings, the female band members were descendants of Filipino band leaders in Hong Kong. The Reynettes popularized the song Kowloon Hong Kong. This song’s popularity stemmed from its lyrics that resonated well with Hong Kong as a city of “east meets west”. And the presentation of the whole musical work—Filipinos in Hong Kong—perfectly mirrored Hong Kong as a meeting place of hybrid cultures. The song opens with an “orientalist” hint of percussion (gong and xylophone) then swiftly moves upbeat with a mood of 1950s rock accom- panied by guitar and percussion. Stanzas like “Kung Hei Kung Hei Fat Choy, Lai See Taw Loy” (a common greeting Cantonese-speaking people use during Lunar New Year, means “wish you prosperous, lucky moneys are welcomed”) vividly demonstrated a fascinating mingling of local and Western cultures in Hong Kong and the localization of the expats who enjoyed the multi-cultural Hong Kong, chanting

“Kowloon Hong Kong We like Hong Kong That’s the place for you” 428 K. J. WANG

The inter-cultural collaboration was as well commonly seen in the 1960s in the band scene. Known as “The Fabulous Echoes”, the combo was composed of three Filipinos, a Scotsman and a Sri Lankan lead singer. And this combo appeared on two Diamond company (鑽石唱片) albums behind the eminent Shanghainese diva Kong Ling (江玲), and four other Diamond albums showcasing their talent as world-class rock ‘n’ roll show band. The Fabulous Echoes were also invited to cross-over in a Cantonese song Speedy Gonzales/Moxige Nulang 墨西哥女郎 with a famous Cantonese comedian and singer Tang Kei-chan (鄧寄塵). He was famous for singing grassroot-style Cantonese popular songs which somehow still carried the hints of Cantonese opera. The hilarious quasi-Elvis Presley song was extremely well received at its first release in broadcast and its popularity spans a few decades (Li 2016).13 This case vividly showed that, as early as the 1960s, multi-cultural cross-over was already carried out by Hong Kong local musicians such as Tang Kei-chan, who was even hardly a young fashion boy but a respectable traditional Cantonese musician. It is not difficult to imagine that the impact of Filipino musicians in Hong Kong became as porous as Mandarin music culture in the post-war era.

Filipino Cover Songs in Cantopop During the heyday of Cantopop in the 1980s and 1990s, a large number of cover songs were produced (discussed in next section). Surprisingly, among the large quantity of cover songs originating from Euro-American and Japanese hits, a number of them were actually Filipino hits. Cantopop diva Paula Tsui gave a Cantonese rendition of the interna- tional hit Anak (means Child) in August 1987 at the Hong Kong Coliseum. This song was a Filipino Tagalog origin. The Cantopop version was penned by Jimmy Lo, titled 30% 70%/Sanfen Qifen (三分七分), fea- turing a romantic song lamenting the loss of love. Cantonese translation of Anak was one of the many languages into which it was made.14 Actually, almost a decade before Paula Tsui’s interpretation, in 1979 another Cantopop singer Alan Tam also did the cover. Applying the same melody of Anak, eminent lyricist Cheng Kok-kong penned the lyrics in

13 Band scene in the 1960s was like a hidden jewelry and for a long time was outshined by the flourished Cantopop scene. Stephen Li demonstrated his systematic study on this topic in his book. 14 Link to https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJ_KdXZuQW0. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 429

Cantonese and made the song into Child/Hai’er 孩兒. While Paula Tsui’s version featured a romantic theme, this 1979 version narrated a story that most resembled the Tagalog original Anak. In both Anak and Cantopop Child, painstaking love, remorse and apology to one’s parents was depicted through the singers’ tender voice. The song Child was included in Alan Tam’s first individual album work Naughty< Boy/Fandou Xing 反斗 星> (1979). Not yet a superstar in the field, this first solo album of his brought him the first gold disc award. Another adaptation was taken by a Cantopop “heavenly king”. Popular Hong Kong singer Jacky Cheung sang a romantic ballad song in the 1990s Wait till You Come/Zongyou Yitian Dengdao Ni 總有一天等到你, a film song from the Kung Fu action comedy Future Cops/Chaoji Jietou Bawang 超級街頭霸王 (1993). This pop song sung by this most sought-after superstar was actually adapted from a Filipino song Sana Kahit Minsan (means Smile), translated from Tagalog to Cantonese. It was very common in the 1990s that Filipino musicians collaborated with Hong Kong local artists. By doing so, both sides expanded their public exposure and thus built a mutually beneficial relation. Among dif- ferent collaborative projects, a dazzling case came to Jacky Cheung and Regine Velasquez: Hong Kong’s leading “heavenly king” sang along with one of the most celebrated music artists in the Philippines (the second Filipina artist signed on an international record label after Lea Salonga). Both Cheung and Velasquez were featured in singing the famous English love song I’m In Love with You which landed in Cheung’s music album (1996) and in Velasquez’s (1994). The song was a typical romantic ballad that eulogized the greatest love. However, a racial issue quietly haunted in this case. Notably, this sensitive issue actually had long existed among Filipino musicians. To gain “local acceptance”, in Velasquez’s duet with Cantopop megastar Jacky Cheung in the music video, she was filmed in a washed-out bluish white tone. The Filipina tan was nowhere to be seen as Regine Velasquez needed to look “white”. A similar situation also applied to another Cantopop singer Alex To (杜 德偉). He once suffered from discrimination when it was learned that he was part Filipino. His mother Chang Loo 張露 was a legendary Shanghai-­ origin diva who moved to Hong Kong after the communists took over mainland China. To’s father was a Filipino musician, percussionist Ollie 430 K. J. WANG

Delfino—once among the most sought-after musicians in Hong Kong (Watkins 2010).15 Though Filipino musicians had contributed to Hong Kong’s popular music scene for nearly a century, they seldom staged as solo singers. Perhaps one of the Filipino performers who managed to enjoy long-time presence in the dominance of Cantopop was Teresa Carpio (杜麗莎), a Filipino-Hong Kong mix who belongs to a family of distinguished musi- cians in Hong Kong. Her father was an eminent percussionist in the 1960s and 1970s. Unlike many Filipino counterparts who remained in the English song domain even after Cantopop had gained fame, Carpio’s suc- cess could be attributed to how she successfully transformed from an English singer to a Cantopop diva. Her glamorous career spanned across the Philippines, Hong Kong and the United States. She spoke Cantonese and appeared less Filipino than other Filipino musicians.

Western Wind Blows While tanned-skin yet versatile Filipino musicians could hardly obtain wide adoration in the crown colony even though they had for over decades demonstrated exceptional musical contribution, a group of white-skin youngsters wearing almost identical long bob haircuts almost trembled the city simply by a concert.

The “Crazy Men” Visited A second-to-none milestone of Cantopop development must be the visit of the UK band the Beatles in 1964 summer time. They were described as “crazy men” by mass media long before their arrival. And the visit of the British band was later called “Beatlemania”.16 The Beatles signature B-rock performing style, the life attitude depicted in the lyrics and their hallmark dressing style touched the nerve of Hong Kong mainstream society. On the one hand, the young generation was crazed about and got enlightened by this world-famous rock band. The Beatles became a fashion icon to

15 See http://www.fasttrack.hk/80434/the-rise-and-fall-of-the-filipino-musician-in-hong- kong-and-uptown-funk/. 16 The “wild welcome at Kai Tak for The Beatles” was under reported by South China Morning Post on June 8, 1964. https://www.scmp.com/magazines/post-magazine/short- reads/article/2096509/when-beatles-came-hong-kong-june-1964-and. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 431

Hong Kong youngsters, especially those who received English education. On the other hand, to the mainstream society, the “crazy men” from the Western world threatened the purity and integrity of the local youth gen- eration, and the previous fanatic behavior of Western audience could take place in Hong Kong and bring in social disorder. That said, the out-of-­ the-box alternative band raged the whole society with countless surprises and immeasurable cultural impact. The “crazy men” from UK and the cultural implication significantly changed the landscape of Hong Kong’s popular music. Nonetheless, the blossom of the Hong Kong local band scene since the 1960s was never a phenomenon that occurred out of blue. The worship of Western films and dressing style among those receiving westernized education had long existed in Hong Kong society before the arrival of the Beatles. In addition, Hong Kong as the crown colony had been fraught with a western music scene which, however, was located in night clubs and luxurious restaurants mainly serving the English-speaking social elites. The American style of big bang music, performed by musicians from Europe and Southeast Asia, offered endless entertainment experience to a particular group of audience since the early twentieth century. All these western music elements had laid foundation stones for the booming of band music among Hong Kong’s local youths following the arrival of the Beatles. As a result, in the 1960s, the baby boomer generation led Hong Kong’s local music scene to another new stage.

Uncle Ray Is Here17 Uncle Ray (Ray Cordeiro), the most popular disc jockey in Radio Hong Kong, was regarded as the godfather of Hong Kong’s Western band music scene. He introduced a large variety of Western music, mostly band sound, in his radio programs. Eye-opening and illuminating to many youngsters then, Uncle Ray’s program sowed seeds for the later blossom of band sounds in Hong Kong. Uncle Ray also nurtured a group of young musicians through a pleth- ora of platforms outside of the air time, such as inviting bands to perform on radio programs, building liaison between young bands and recording companies, facilitating the formation of Soul Agents (constituted of a

17 A recurring quote from Uncle Ray to kick off his chairing programs. 432 K. J. WANG group of band members) as a Hong Kong representative to play at the Expo in Osaka in 1970 (Li 2016, pp. 31–33; Chou 2017). At the beginning stage, bands mostly played cover songs. Soon after, original compositions and music arrangement filled the scene. It was an age in which band players were negatively labeled. But still, they largely revolved the landscape of Hong Kong’s locally produced music and cre- ated a community that comprised musicians, music lovers and instru- ment sellers.

The Rise of Local Youth Bands The visit of the Beatles strongly struck this British colony in the 1960s, leading to a new epoch of Hong Kong popular music. The rock ‘n’ roll band culture disseminated by the Beatles in the UK ignited Hong Kong’s local youths with a motto: anyone can play music. Simple instruments and the human’s natural voice could orchestrate emotively compulsive music. The baby boomers in their young adulthood, some who received English education, discovered an irresistible emotional connection with the energy released from the West bands. They started to mimic their world-wide idols. When we look back to that short but glamorous history, most of the names that appeared as band music players in the 1960s and 1970s even- tually turned to leaders and superstars after Hong Kong entered its golden age of Cantopop. It is said that the band scene, though most of the mem- bers worshipped and performed English songs, had incubated a pool of talents for the later Cantopop industry. Originated from English bands and later became versatile iconic figures in Hong Kong popular culture included Teddy Robin (泰迪羅賓) (formed the band called Teddy Robin & The Playboys), Sam Hui 許冠傑 (formed bands Harmonicks, Bar Six and Sam Hui & The Lotus), Joe Junior (sings as solo artist and also formed bands Zoundcracker and The Side Effects), Roman Tam (formed the band Romand & The Four Steps), Norman Cheng (鄭東漢) (a member of Teddy Robin & The Playboys) and to name a lot more. School music festivals, parties organized by schools, commercial enti- ties and government sectors, and night clubs were not only popular enter- tainment forms for the majority young population, but also platforms for bands in different styles to have their debut. Noteworthy is that, a record label also played a significant role in this transient yet fabulous tide of local bands—the Diamond company. Most of the young bands at that time were contract musicians of the Diamond 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 433

(EMI was the rival). Offering sufficient room for the young musicians to express creativity and musical experiment, Diamond was regarded an important facilitator enriching the soundscape. For example, Teddy Robin’s sketches were used as disc cover. In the 1970s, after several media corporation merge deals, Diamond was renamed PolyGram, leading Hong Kong’s popular music scene to yet another legendary peak in the 1980s and 1990s.18

Winds from the East Ocean A polyglot culture in Hong Kong—the meeting place of talents and cul- tures from multiple directions—for over a century has shaped and pol- ished different social sectors into gems in the East Asian region and in the wide Sinophone world. Cantopop, its past and present life, is by no means a Hong Kong endogenous, but a result of the “meeting place” culture. As Western instrument playing was fused into traditional Cantonese opera tunes in the early days, wide array of foreign musical genres were in the post-war epoch projected non-stop inspirations to generations of Hong Kong musicians and audience. Cover songs were never new to Hong Kong’s music industry. As dis- cussed, in the post-war era, a large amount of Cantonese popular songs and film songs were adaptations of prominent English songs supplemented with lyrics written in the most local language and depicted the most down-­ to-­earth life. In the heyday of Cantopop, cover songs played an even more crucial role. In addition to Euro-American school of pop music, influence from the east—Japanese popular culture—since the 1980s sumptuously led the musical trend in Hong Kong. It was also a period in which Japan saw its post-war economic miracle and had been taking a leading role in the East Asian world.

J-Pop and Cantopop Since the late 1970s, with the rising economic power of Japan and the dominant cultural flow of Japanese popular culture, Hong Kong was under strong Japanese influence. The Japanese popular culture played a de facto diplomatic role and as an influential soft power across the East Asian

18 In the 1990s, PolyGram became the Universal Music Group subsidiary and continues to lead the popular music industry. 434 K. J. WANG region. Japanese television soap operas, popular songs and comic culture became Hong Kong people’s everyday life components (Fung 2007; Yu et al. 2012; Otmazgin 2014). Besides, the annual feast of the Japanese entertainment industry, the Japanese Kouhaku Singing Contest by NHK (红白歌合战) was transmitted by TVB since 1967. On every New Year’s Eve, watching the live contest on television became part of Hong Kong youth’s memory until. The program was transmitted by ATV in the 1990s. One of the most identifiable features of the Cantopop industry in the 1980s was the wide use of cover songs—songs that adopted the melodies from popular foreign songs and substituted with Cantonese lyrics. First Hong Kong musicians got inspiration from Euro-American billboards. The aforementioned Alan Tam’s first solo album Naughty< Boy/Fandou Xing 反斗星> contained 9 out of 12 songs that were Euro-American cov- ers. Many band members turned Cantopop singers still inclined to cover English songs at the beginning of the 1980s. However, soon after, melo- dies from Japanese pop songs prevailed. This wave reached its peak in the mid-1980s and lasted until the 1990s. Songs sung by superstars such as Anita Mui, Priscilla Chan, Leslie Cheung, Alan Tam and many others were mostly adapted from Japanese popular songs. In Anita Mui’s first Cantonese solo album Debt< in Heart/Xin Zhai 心 債> (1982), four among six were adapted from Japanese popular songs. Another example is that, in the Jade Solid Gold Best 10 Awards (1985) organized by the TVB, seven out of ten awarded songs were cover songs, either adapted from Japanese or English popular songs. In the 1990s, for example, 10 out of the 12 tracks in Jacky Cheung’s 1992 album (1992) were cover songs originating from Japan, Taiwan and America. Notably, this album hit the historic best-­ selling record of Cantopop albums (with more than 400,000 units sold in Hong Kong alone) (Chu and Leung 2013). Amidst the rapturous trend of making cover songs from J-pop, Japanese singers such as Tamaki Koji (玉置浩二), Tokunaga Hideaki (德永英明), Itsuwa Mayumi (五輪真弓), Yamaguchi Momoe (山口百惠) and Mika Nakashima (中島美嘉) also became familiar to many Hong Kong people. Many of their songs were adapted into Cantopop and performed by equally prominent Hong Kong singers. The musical innovations embed- ded in J-pop, that is, the skillful use of electronic synthesizer in song edit- ing and accompaniment and hints of Japanese-featured enka (yange 演歌), largely enriched the Cantopop industry which had long been influenced by Western pop. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 435

Chu and Leung (2013) pinpointed that the phenomenal production of cover songs is consistent with the well-known Hong Kong commer- cial logic: demand of high efficiency and profitability. To Hong Kong’s record companies and star managers, making cover songs was one of the most convenient ways to achieve both. Many of the original Japanese and Euro-­American popular songs were already proved successful in their home market. When they were transplanted in Hong Kong, there was a high chance that they would be popular too. By doing so, less time was spent on testing the market need. In addition, with the ready- to-use melody, only lyric writers, instead of a full crew of song composi- tion, were recruited to re-write the lyrics. This would significantly lower the cost of making a song. What’s more, with only purchasing one license, a song could be made into two versions: Cantonese and Mandarin Chinese, leading to profit doubling. For example, Tamaki Koji’s songs were popular in the realm of Cantopop cover songs. Many of his emotive arousing melodies were re-interpreted by “heavenly king” Jacky Cheung. Li Xianglan/(李香蘭) was a Jacky Cheung 1990 Cantopop song which originated from Tamaki Koji’s 1989 soft and melancholy ballad Don’t Go/Buyao Zou 不要走 (行かないで). In 1993, the same melody was readopted to the Mandarin version Deep Autumn/ Qiuyi Nong 秋意濃, also performed by Jacky Cheung. Both the Cantonese and Mandarin versions became household hits ever since then. That being said, the original Tamaki Koji version received equally high acclaim. This massive practice of Euro-American and Japanese pop song adapta- tion gradually faded out in the late 1990s following the advocacy of origi- nal song movement and the radical declination of the Cantopop industry.

Japan Mania in TV Songs Japanese TV dramas and cartoons were purchased by Hong Kong’s televi- sion stations to fill air time. Hence, inspiration from Japanese television programs refreshed the Cantopop scape following the massive importa- tion. The zenith of importing Japanese episodes could be seen in the 1970s and 1990s, and the “Japan mania” phenomenon was pervasive in Hong Kong. As discussed, the cultural proximity generated from this intensive Hong Kong-Japanese popular cultural flow had distinguished Hong Kong from mainland China. 436 K. J. WANG

When Japanese TV dramas were imported to Hong Kong’s local televi- sion channels, the original Japanese theme songs were performed by prominent Hong Kong singers in either original Japanese version or cov- ered in Cantonese or Mandarin (Ng 2015, pp. 34–69). As a result, these Japanese-origin theme songs became an important part of Hong Kong’s popular music scene. For example, Cantopop diva Paula Tsui exquisitely delivered the TV theme song in Judo/Roudao Longhu Bang 柔道龍虎榜 (1973) in Japanese and Mandarin. The song was originated from a Japanese drama called Judo Saga/Zisan Silang 姿三四郎 (1977). Paula Tsui also sang the Japanese original theme song for another imported drama called Dragon Special Police/Menglong Tejing Dui 猛龍特警隊 (1975). Notable is that, this 1975 police detective TV drama later got a Cantonese cover version which was sung by Shek Sau (石修) in 1976. Interestingly, this catchy melody even got a chance of resurrection in the 2000s. The song was re-performed by the young Cantopop singer Ronald Cheng (鄭中基) in a comic action Hong Kong film Dragon Loaded/Long Gan Wei 龍咁威 (2003). To certain extent, it reminded people the histori- cally crucial period when Hong Kong was tremendously illuminated by Japanese popular culture. Other notable examples include Bright Future/Qiancheng Jinxiu 前程錦 繡 (1976) and Lonely Desperado/Tianya Guke 天涯孤客 (1976), two Japanese TV dramas that carry their theme songs with the same title. Floating in traditional Japanese folk tunes, Lonely Desperado told a heroic but tragic story: a lonely swordsman carrying his son on the back, took a long journey of revenge. When the television episodes of Lonely Desperado (adapted to Cantonese) were released on TVB in 1976, the theme song lyr- ics was re-penned in Cantonese and performed by Adam Cheng. Similar to the original version, the Cantonese lyrics depicted mysterious night scenes, in which the lonely desperado took his adventurous journey while missing his hometown.19 The Cantonese version theme song Lonely Desperado even topped in Hong Kong’s pop song billboard for over half a year. The hundred-episode television drama Oshin/A Xin de Gushi 阿信的故 事 (1986) marked “a year of Oshin” in Hong Kong, followed by series of promotional campaigns including the Cantonese and Mandarin cover theme songs. Judy Ong (翁倩玉) interpreted both the Cantonese and

19 The original Japanese version, 子連れ狼 was sung by Yukio Hashi 橋幸夫 (https:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZfczhSHJobs). The Cantonese version could be listened via https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IN-i0YAll9s. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 437

Mandarin version theme songs: Belief/Xin 信 and Believe ­Forever/ Yongyuan Xiangxin 永遠相信. Both the Cantonese and Mandarin lyrics expressively portrayed the legendarily arduous life story of Oshin, a rural girl turned entrepreneur who inspired thousands of Hong Kong people who endeavored for a better life. In retrospect, the large scale of producing cover songs once character- ized the Cantopop prosperity and even made a pillar section in the whole industry due to the attractive high efficiency of such practice. Once under criticism, making cover songs, argued by Chu and Leung (2013), instead of playing copy cats, epitomized the hybridity that Hong Kong once enjoyed and hoisted as hallmark of the city. Cover songs that topped in Hong Kong’s billboards still showcased enormous originality and creativ- ity through the poetic, expressive and sophisticated lyrics penned in Cantonese or Mandarin by a group of talented Hong Kong lyricists. Succinct and refined use of Cantonese words that phonetically matched the finely composed emotion-captivating melodies made cover songs yet another batch of high-acclaimed works.

Interlocking the Local and Global

Border-Crossing “TV Heroes” The launching of free television channels, Rediffusion (later turned to RTV), TVB and later the short-lived CTV became major facilitators of Cantopop development in the 1970s. As mentioned in the previous chap- ter, television theme songs turned to a vital field of experimenting new sorts of music arrangement which later was called Cantopop. The 1970s TV theme songs were regarded of exceptionally important to the prosper- ity of Cantopop. Cantopop adopted into TV drama theme songs were mainly catego- rized in two types. Soft ballad accompanied by Western instruments were usually theme songs for contemporary dramas such as A House is Not a Home/Jia Bian 家變 (1977) and Conflict/Fendou 奮鬥 (1978) by TVB, and Crocodile Tear/Eyu Lei 鱷魚淚 (1978) and Chase/Zhuizu 追族 (1978) by RTV. Costume dramas’ theme songs were generally either heroic or romantic songs in which very often stanzas resembling traditional Sinophone folk tunes were hinted to infuse a sense of vintage. Both heroic and romantic types were accompanied by Western and Eastern instru- ments. These works included songs of Meteor, Butterfly and Sword/Liuxing 438 K. J. WANG

Hudie Jian 流星蝴蝶劍 (1978) by CTV, Chor Lau Heung/Chuliu Xiang 楚留香 (1979) by TVB, Reincarnated/Tianchan Bian 天蠶變 (1979) by RTV and a lot more. Indicated by Wong Chi-wah in the late 1970s, TV drama theme songs, representatives of the latest pop music fashion, became extremely popular not only in the domestic market, but in the Southeast Asian region. When Roman Tam held concerts in Thailand, he was criticized for not present- ing Cantonese popular songs but only delivering English and Japanese songs. Surprised by this, the team immediately requested for Mandarin and Cantonese song books from Hong Kong and changed the repertoire. Upon the enthusiastic request from the Thai audience, Roman Tam even- tually altered his program and performed his signature TVB costume drama song The Romantic Swordsman/Xiaoli Feidao 小李飛刀 (1978) (Wong 2014, p. 137). Like many well-received costume dramas featuring romantic stories of heroic swordsmen/women, the story of swordsman “Li” (the leading role of The Romantic Swordsman) was adapted into TV dramas in Hong Kong, mainland China and Taiwan. Interestingly, the 1999 version filmed in Taiwan featuring a Taiwanese actor Chiao En-chun 焦恩俊 employed the same theme song as the one released in 1978 by TVB (the Roman Tam version). This example well proved the border-crossing influence of Hong Kong’s TV drama theme songs which still lingered among the Sinophone community after a number of decades. With the same melody written by Joseph Koo and the same lyrics penned by Jimmy Lo, while being sung in Mandarin Chinese, the Taiwan version swordsman “Li” hinted a tribute to the days when Hong Kong popular culture stormed the Taiwan society with the kaleidoscopic world of Sinophone cultural heritage and urban modernity. However, as Cantonese and Mandarin Chinese are featured by entirely different phonetic systems, inevitably, inharmonious presentation was easily found in the 1999 Taiwan version. Gaining high recognition among the mass audience, television drama theme songs soon became one of the main sources of profit making to record companies. Not only the Hong Kong local companies joined the competition, but also overseas players were attracted by this escalating business. While media giant TVB had its extended star-making (the Capital Artist) subsidiary and disc recording collaborator (Crown Records 娛樂唱 片), RTV relied on different local and even overseas labels to release their theme songs. At that time, considering the lucrative market profit gener- ated from the sizable Sinophone migrant communities, companies in 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 439

Southeast Asian region were willing to record Hong Kong-made television­ drama theme songs. Great Union Organisation (大聯唱片), a label based in both Malaysia and Singapore published CTV’s popular TV music works. As mentioned in Chap. 4, the 1976 CTV historical costume drama The Eagle-shooting heroes/Shediao Yingxiong Zhuan 射雕英雄傳 (1976) epito- mized a cornerstone in Hong Kong’s television history. The magnificently presented theme song—Who is the Hero/Shuishi Da Yingxiong 誰是大英 雄—was recorded and released by Great Union.

Cantopop Wave in Southeast Asia From the 1950s, Cantonese popular songs already became one of the main sources for Southeast Asian people to enjoy Sinophone genres of entertainment. Though carrying grassroot themes and performed in unre- fined plain voice, Cantonese popular songs had attracted a large number of fans. The trend lasted in the 1980s and 1990s, when Hong Kong’s popular culture development witnessed its heyday. In Singaporean scholar Liew Kai-Khiun’s analysis, the set-up of TVB satellite channel in Southeast Asia was the main driving force that further penetrated Hong Kong televi- sion and music culture into the overseas market (Liew 2009). In addition to the use of language—Cantonese which was mother tongue to many Southeast Asian people, the latest Japanese and Western musical elements embedded in Cantopop shown on TV music programs brought to the Southeast Asian market plenty of fresh sonic enjoyment. Listening to Cantopop hence implied a source of being chic and cool. As a result, songs of Jacky Cheung could be heard in disco bars in Thailand. TVB soap operas could be seen in restaurants in Vietnam. Old Cantopop popular songs could be found from time to time in movies produced in Malaysia and Singapore. Some Cantopop works were even used in funerals in Taiwan and Singapore (Liew 2009). An interesting example was a Malaysian melodrama film,Sepet/Wo Ai Danyanpi 我愛單眼皮 (2004) which told a romantic story between a Chinese Malaysian boy and an Indian girl. To people’s surprise, the girl’s family members were TVB soap opera fans, and the Cantopop classic theme song of a 1980 landmark television drama The Bund/Shanghai Tan 上海灘 (1980) was their favor- ite. In the film, Sam Hui’s songWords from a Flâneur/Langzi Xinsheng 浪 子心聲 (1978), a popular ballad in, resounded as a cultural reminiscence of Cantopop culture in Malaysia. 440 K. J. WANG

The situation of Cantopop in the 1980s Singapore was a story worth mentioning. Living under “Founding Father of Singapore” Lee Kuang Yew’s determination to establish a unique Singaporean national identity, Singaporean people were ruled under the “speak Mandarin campaign”. As a result, media programs in non-Mandarin languages were removed (Liew 2003). However, the government underestimated the influx of Hong Kong popular cultural products in “alternative” platforms—community centers that mainly served senior citizens. Under the policy of preserving traditional ethnic art, the government seldom banned Cantonese opera. By allowing community centers to show Cantonese programs, the govern- ment thought only Cantonese opera music and performance were shown to elderlies. However, a space like this, as well as the rapid advancement of recording devices (cassettes, VHSsand CDs) soon became the important and most efficient medium to continue disseminating Cantonese popular culture including TV dramas and Cantopop to Singaporeans, especially the youngsters.

So, the 1980s was a period when Singapore’s unsympathetic policies dis- couraging the use of dialects stood starkly in contrast to the newfound pop- ularity of Canto-pop imported from Hong Kong. Technology, industry and the market had in fact permitted Canto-pop to strike an uneasy relationship with a Singaporean officialdom bent on eliminating the use of dialects. (Liew 2003, p. 223)

Later in the 1990s, a gradual relaxation on importation of non-­ Mandarin cultural products had taken effect. This soon led to the landing of TVB international programs in Singapore. By that time, Singaporean citizens were already living in a mixture of Cantonese, Mandarin and English. And the shifting Cantopop industrial landscape at that time— increasing production of bilingual pop songs (Cantopop made in Cantonese first and later a Mandarin version was developed) perfectly matched the need of the market. Altogether with Taiwanese popular stars, Cantopop stars who successfully managed Cantonese and Mandarin Chinese rapidly stormed the Sinophone popular song market in Singapore. Concerts, music record products and all sorts of promotional activities of Hong Kong stars such as the “four heavenly kings” were under high demand in this tiny country. In 2014, during Hong Kong’s historic pro-universal suffrage Occupy Central cum Umbrella Movement, the famous song dated back to 1993 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 441 by rock band Beyond, Boundless Ocean and Vast Sky/Haikuo Tiankong 海 闊天空 was resonated at the protest site and caught intensive attention from Sinophone population from Southeast Asia. Overseas supporters showed their support through various online platforms. Liew called this border-crossing interaction a captivating resonance of the collective cul- tural experience which was made possible because of the decades’ cultural flow from Hong Kong (Liew 2016).

Learning from World-Leading Players Since the 1980s when PRC and the British government kicked off the negotiation about Hong Kong’s future, Hong Kong society was loomed by uncertainties and anxieties. So did the popular cultural industry. To some people’s surprise, international recording companies gave Hong Kong an assuring answer at this historical juncture. That being said, multi-­ faceted development was under revelation. Admitted by Ng Yu, a senior record label manager and former CEO of Emperor entertainment, the ultimate aim of international companies, nonetheless, was the vast main- land Chinese market, while Hong Kong, due to its better development in popular cultural industry, played as a stepping stone and water test pool (Ng 2009, p. 13). Thus, entering mainland China, which would be dis- cussed soon, was already hinted far earlier than Hong Kong’s handover. Similar to the situation in the film industry, once again, Hong Kong became the window and corridor connection between mainland China and the world. Highly praised the status of Hong Kong as the “a fashion leader, a style-setter for the Chinese world” by top managerial personnel in interna- tional record labels, facing the 1997 handover, they affirmed that their record label Asian headquarters would remain in Hong Kong. It is under- stood that, the political-economic advantages made Hong Kong a para- dise for doing business: low tax regime, flexible immigration and local mobility, well-equipped travel facilities, the ICAC and the relatively strong team fighting against piracy in mainland China. Culturally, Hong Kong had played the key role as the “media center with an intertwining music/ television/movie culture fueled by the same handful of ‘multitalented’ idols”, as “the engine whose image entranced Chinese teenagers not only in Guangzhou and southern China, but from Penang to Phnomh Penh, from Kuching to Kaohsiung”. In the 1980s–1990s, the heyday of Cantopop, international companies, namely PolyGram, WEA (Warner 442 K. J. WANG

Music) and CBS/Sony dominated the market with a large group of con- tracted Cantopop superstars. While also admitted by the international record label managers that, Mandarin culture would irresistibly set the trend in the future (Burpee 1996). The affluence of Cantopop industry in Hong Kong could hardly be free from the station of various world-leading record labels. The fact that Hong Kong since the pre-war era had housed a number of foreign record companies had envisaged the later blossoming environ. The most striking advantage brought forth by international companies, after making Hong Kong as one of their Asian bases, was their sophisticatedly developed net- works in global markets, such as EMI’s Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia distribution networks. These networks facilitated the dissemina- tion of Cantopop to the larger Sinophone market and even foreign mar- kets more rapidly and effectively. In addition, international record labels contributed to the Cantopop industry with larger diversity of music production and marketing strate- gies. According to scholar Eve Leung, since the 1980s, it was a common practice that international record companies generated non-stop profits by making diverse products based on the same pool of musical resources: original songs, covers of original songs by other singers, collections of hits, back catalogs and releasing collections of original songs in the places where the songs got different cover versions. Such practice was also revealed through disc catalogues in Hong Kong. As mentioned, the cultural hybrid- ization of Cantopop was exemplified through the large amount of exqui- sitely localized cover songs originating from Euro-American hits, J-pop and some other cultures. These cover songs turned out to be so popular among the Hong Kong audience that people were also interested in re-­ discovering the original versions. In this case, Hong Kong record compa- nies brought to the market original versions along or after the release of cover songs so that the companies could make profit from both types (Leung 2009, p. 179).

From Hong Kong to World Stages Mentioned in the earlier chapter, the symbiosis of stardom and fandom made a full-fledged Cantopop business since the 1990s. The popular cul- tural industry hence became a remarkably lucrative field. The disc record sales, the karaoke business and the wide-ranged fan club activities alto- gether contribute to the robust industry. The establishment of the Hong 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 443

Kong Coliseum (HKC) soon became the key platform to further propel this symbiosis: artists home and abroad staged glamorous performance in HKC and HKC was the altar to which thousands of fans approached for idol worship. As a landmark of Hong Kong that was set off to business in the golden age of Hong Kong’s Cantopop business, the HKC was regarded as a career goal to many Cantopop popular singers. Starting from Hong Kong Coliseum, the Hong Kong-origin singers marched to over- seas stage (mainly to cities with a large overseas Sinophone population such as Vancouver and Sydney). In many cases, after world-tour concerts, singers held concerts in the HKC as a proclamation of “successful home-­ coming” (Wong 2007, p. 54). As discussed in the previous chapter, the 12,500-seat-capacity HKC, which in the 1980s represented the world-leading equipped venue that owned a four-directional grand stage and advanced audio-visual installa- tions, was also a dream place to many singers from neighboring regions other than Hong Kong. Since the 1980s until now, prominent Sinophone singers who staged in HKC came from different Sinophone regions: Taiwan, Singapore, Malaysia and mainland China. Household names included: (鄧麗君), Jay Chou (周杰倫), May Day (五月天), Na Ying (那 英), Fish Leong (梁靜茹), Stephanie Sun (孫燕姿) and a lot more. Cantopop stars were widely adored in world-wide capital cities such as Beijing and Taipei, London, Singapore, Melbourne, Toronto and Las Vegas. Jacky Cheung performed in the Rod Laver Arena in Melbourne in March 2002. Also in Melbourne, Sammi Cheng held her glittering show at the Crown Palladium in 2007. Drawing wide attention in the UK, Eason Chan held his solo concert in the Royal Albert Hall in London in 2010, being the first Sinophone-origin singer who stepped onto this world-acclaimed stage as a solo singer. Eason later landed in London again and held another concert at O2 Arena in 2012. Tickets to his show at the O2 were sold out in 20 minutes and even the server was cracked down by the passion from Eason’s fans. According to scholar Ho Wai Chung, a number of key features of glo- balization had vested in Hong Kong popular music industry: the techno- logical advancement that facilitated the widespread of Cantopop; the establishment of Hong Kong popular artists as international stars—the superstardom-manufacturing mechanism since the 1980s; Cantopop superstars experimenting with different sounds including the large quan- tity of cover songs; the remarkable performance of Cantopop singers in different music awards that covered the whole Sinophone popular music 444 K. J. WANG realm (e.g. Andy Lau was awarded the best Chinese male singer by Channel V, Taiwan’s TVB 8 and Malaysian radio station) (Ho 2003). “The Global Chinese song Chart” (全球華語歌曲排行榜), which was established under the cooperation of media from Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou in 2000, became a larger regional platform for Cantopop singers. Though top places in the chart have been given to Mandapop singers, Cantopop songs and singers are still one of the dominant forces to have topped this chart. By then, Hong Kong pop singers had perceived their potential audience in interna- tional terms.

Expanded Yet Contested Market

Two-Sided Albums: Cantopop-Mandapop As Cantopop already became the trendsetter since the 1970s, Hong Kong’s popular cultural industry as well as its shimmering Cantopop busi- ness became the major corridor for international record companies to enter the vast mainland Chinese market, first through importing music disc and later international players launched in the mainland—a lucrative music show business. The piracy business was so prevalent in mainland China in the 1990s and early 2000s that Hong Kong stars became household names across the terrain even though purchasing a Hong Kong-made original album disc was hardly an affordable merchandise to many working-class people. As a result, disc sales business was under serious attack. As showbiz, an important part of stardom, had been proved to be an enormous success in Hong Kong, it was then introduced to mainland China to compensate the loss of the record sector. Therefore, in the 1990s, Hong Kong’s top sing- ers started their mainland tour concerts one after another. This north- bound trend was also triggered by the 1984 Sino-British Joint Declaration which determined the future of Hong Kong and also envisaged the irre- sistible approaching of PRC influence in the Hong Kong popular cul- tural sector. Amidst the tidal piracy, changing political-social environ and the open- ing of two large markets of mainland China and Taiwan, bilingual version Cantopop increasingly became a common strategy for record companies to make more profit—getting prepared for the looming future (Fung and Shum 2012, pp. 25–26). 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 445

As Hong Kong stars and the different entertainment products had already been porous in Taiwan since the post-war era due to various political-­social factors behind, Cantopop singers would only need to take a few more steps so that they could safely land in this Mandarin-speaking market. While films and TV dramas could be dubbed into Mandarin lan- guage, to Cantopop stars, singing the Mandarin version of their Cantopop works was the one and only solution. And this Mandarin version would be one stone for two birds: Taiwan and mainland Chinese markets. In addi- tion, similar to the cross-medium stardom practice in Hong Kong, Mandarin version songs could be then utilized in various media platforms and generated more commercial rewards. A successful case was Sandy Lam, a DJ turned singer who kicked off her singing career in the 1980s. She signed singer contract with Warner Music. After ebbs and flows in the 1980s by releasing a few Cantonese albums, she actively explored the Taiwan market in early 1990s. She racked up sales of more than 450,000 units with her first Mandarin pop album (1990). By that time, her urban woman image was more or less crafted in Cantopop, and in this Mandarin album she splashed this pro- gressive and independent female icon throughout the lyrics and her per- formance, gaining remarkable success in the Taiwan market. Warner Music regional chief explained the business practice which made Sandy Lam’s success possible. “We bring in a producer from Taiwan to hear an artist’s latest Cantonese album. From there, we’re advised as to which tracks would best suit the Taiwan market. We then use the tracks and recorded the vocals in Mandarin” (Ebert 1992). Following this trend, Hong Kong pop singers showed a higher pro- pensity to release albums in dual languages or even albums in Mandarin only to enter the larger Mandarin-speaking markets (mainland China, Taiwan, Singapore). Ho Wai Chung argued (2003), the trend of sing- ing more Mandarin songs (aka Mandapop) is a way to pay allegiance to the Chinese market and political power. He further found that the mar- ket share of Mandarin products in Hong Kong and across the so-called Greater China region (Hong Kong, Taiwan and mainland China) had risen from 5% to 70% over the years from 1992 to 1997. Cantopop singers, the “four heavenly kings”, top female singers such as Faye Wong, Sammi Cheng, Sally Yeh and even younger faces such as Gigi Leung (梁詠琪) and Miriam Yeung started to dub their songs in Mandarin to expand the market size. 446 K. J. WANG

Andy Lau’s 1994 Mandarin hit song Drink to Forget/Wang Qing Shui 忘情水 swept across provinces in mainland China and in Taiwan. The Mandarin album, with the same title as this hit song, sold over three mil- lion units. The phenomenal success of the song and the album even brought Andy Lau to perform in mainland China’s yearly feast: CCTV Lunar New Year Gala Show. Aaron Kwok, the TVB dancer turned “heav- enly king”, was famous for his sophisticated moves while singing. In 1990, Aaron Kwok paved his path into the Mandarin market with the captivating song Endless Love/Duini Ai Buwan 對你愛不完, a romantic dancing song. Although still poor in Mandarin pronunciation, Aaron Kwok successfully lured a large amount of mainland Chinese fans through performing this energetic song which, a dancing song, splashed emotive power through its strong rhythm and Aaron Kwok’s versatile body movement. The classic move of Aaron’s twisting wrist became a popular gesture mimicked by thousands of young boys in mainland China and Taiwan. Meanwhile, the 1990s saw the blossom of Cantopop concerts in main- land China after the tragic student movement crackdown in 1989. The singers who went to the north included Alan Tam (Guangzhou and Shanghai), Leon Lai (Beijing), Sandy Lam (Shanghai and Beijing), Sally Yeh (Shanghai and Changsha), Grasshoppers (Shanghai and Beijing) and so on.

China Wind The approaching of 1997 marked an apex of PRC-led nationalistic popu- lar song campaign. Different from the previous years when Hong Kong singers stood with the anti-establishment people, this “glorify family reunion” campaign was consistent with the government’s grand official project. In the celebration night of the 1997 sovereignty handover, super- stars such as Jacky Cheung, Aaron Kwok and Andy Lau chanted the desire of “homecoming” and Andy Lau’s I am a Chinese/Woshi Zhongguoren 我 是中國人 (in Mandarin) epitomized the PRC-led “family reunion” main melody. “A very Chinese atmosphere is created by Chinese drums in the back- ground, with regular 2/4 rhythmic patterns, and the striking of a Chinese gong at the end, whilst the song also employs Western instruments includ- ing electric guitar. Lau is regarded as the most popular Hong Kong singer 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 447 on the mainland, and welcomed by the Chinese authorities” (Ho 2000, p. 348). This song was awarded one of the top ten Chinese gold songs, as well as the best Chinese song sung in Mandarin in the 20th RTHK “Top Ten Chinese Gold Song Awards”. In the 1997 ceremonial event, Faye Wong, Hong Kong’s legendary diva, sang Meet in 1998/Xiangyu 1998 相 遇 1998 with another mainland Chinese leading female voice Na Ying, symbolizing a union of Hong Kong and the “home country”. Under the exquisite female duo voice presentation, Meet in 1998 became a national hit for many years to come. Against the backdrop of rising China which was symbolized by China’s entering WTO and the 2008 Beijing Olympic, in the 2000s, notably, the “China Wind” embarked from another major East Asian Mandarin-­ speaking region—Taiwan. Jay Chou was the very first trendy figure and Mandapop singer who brought forth this vogue to the world. Fusing in his signature R&B and jazz-style pop was salient Eastern instrument accompaniment. Lyrics that narrated hints from ancient poems and fables were as well included in songs to further enrich the taste of “oriental”. Music videos were also designed in “China Wind” style to fill viewers’ eyes with wooden and fully embroiled furniture and curtains. Under the umbrella of his innovative “China Wind” works, Jay Chou introduced to the market a number of household titles: Thousand Li Away/Qianli Zhiwai 千里之外 in 2006, Chrysanthemum Terrace/Juhua Tai 菊花台 in 2006, Blue-White Procelain/Qinghua Ci 青花瓷 in 2007 and so on. Under Jay Chou’s border-cross influence, Hong Kong as well floated a hint of “China Wind”. Implying philosophical messages and legends from Confucianism and Buddhism in lyrics, accompanied with conspicuous visual symbols such as the Buddha statue, sword-fighting scenes, paper umbrella and red flowers, “China wind” songs were visually translated into images through MTVs. Under examination by Chow and de Kloet, Hong Kong’s China Wind songs were mostly performed by female singers. “If Hong Kong’s China Wind pop is to feminize, to intervene by rewriting Chinese culture with a female voice, to use gender as a means to trouble dominant narratives… We believe we hear echoes of her uncertainty, of her history, and of her womanhood” (Chow and de Kloet 2011, p. 68). China Wind songs in Cantopop arena included Andy Lau’s 2006 hit Goddess of Mercy/Guanshiyin (觀世音), Joey Yung’s 2007 song Small/ Xiaoxiao 小小, Sammi Cheng and Denise Ho’s 2008 duo work Sword and 448 K. J. WANG

Snow/Jian Xue (劍雪), Vincy Chan 泳兒’s 2012 music work Daiyu Smile/ Daiyu Xiaole (黛玉笑了) and so on. Different from the Taiwanese “China Wind” that eulogized the authentic and monolithic “Chineseness on exile”, the “China Wind” insulated from Hong Kong’s Cantopop, instead, hinted more resistance than acceptance. “Wake up after the dream of red chamber… In the universe I am way too tiny; I weep while smiling tenderly 紅樓夢過後應該醒了… 紅塵內發 現我渺小 即使要痛苦 更要微笑” (Daiyu Smile by Vincy Chan). In the Qing Dynasty novel Dream of the Red Chamber, heroine Daiyu was a sen- timental and weak lady who would weep over fallen flowers. But in Vincy Chan’s song penned by Chow Yiu Fai, Daiyu was given a different and rounder character that suggested an image more like a multi-faced urban woman than a feeble lady confined in the red chamber. Chow Yiu Fai, a cultural scholar cum lyricist, further addressed this phenomenon as a consequence of the increasing marginalization of Cantopop: the once regional-leading “global Chinese cool” was being driven out by Mandapop (Chow 2013).

Controversial Staging in Mainland Singing Contests The wind from the rising China never stopped in the land of Cantopop, but it as well drained resources from Cantopop to mainland Chinese busi- ness. The rising economy in mainland China entailed the equally jaw-­ dropping prosperity of its popular cultural industry, which introduced to the market a plethora of singing contests organized by different provincial television stations. By recruiting different styles of established or veteran singers to attend the contests, television stations could easily attract a wide audience base. Singers who joined those contests included a large number of Hong Kong singers who were not only young faces such as G.E.M. (鄧 紫棋) who was not yet known to the mainland Chinese, but also house- hold Cantopop leaders: George Lam, Sally Yeh, Hacken Lee, Sandy Lam, Andy Hui and others. They were recruited to join widely popular pro- grams such as “I am a Singer/我是歌手”, “Masked Singer/蒙面歌王”, “China Star/中國之星” and a lot more. Bringing on stage and to millions of TV viewers and netizens series of still-popular Cantopop songs, singers from Hong Kong, while facing downturn of local record sales, got a second life anew through these sing- ing contests. It is suspected that by joining these mainland-produced sing- 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 449 ing contests, singers would be granted considerable amount of attendance fee. In addition, the huge popularity of these programs was understood as an appealing platform to re-boost the fame of Cantopop singers. They delivered the top-of-chart Cantopop songs, which still got high hit rate in karaoke bars, with mini orchestra accompaniment and non-stop cheering from on-site fans. That being said, the drastically changing Hong Kong-PRC relation had vested an adverse reaction from the Hong Kong local people toward these singing contests. Similar to the situation that took place in the Hong Kong film industry, the northbound flow of Hong Kong singers was criticized by the Hong Kong locals as a gesture to work for money or even a betrayal to their hometown Hong Kong. A noticeable case was G.E.M., a young female singer who embarked on her singing career in 2008 and soon achieved her fame in the Cantopop industry, especially popular among youngsters. In 2014, she joined “I am Singer”, a singing contest held by Hunan Satellite TV in mainland China, where she stormed the stage with her exceptionally powerful voice. However, among her rapidly growing fame in mainland China, in the music industry and online platforms alike, G.E.M. was under intensive criticism from Hong Kong, being mocked as “cosmic G.E.M.” for shifting her career base from Hong Kong to main- land China and abandoning Cantopop. Moreover, during the 2014 Hong Kong Umbrella Movement, her ambiguous stance toward the movement stimulated further denunciation despite she emphasized her Hong Kong identity (Chow 2017). Other than this, other controversial incidents kept feeding the public arena, alluding extended tensions over issues of language politics, political stance and national identity. For example, when Andy Hui performed the Cantopop song How Can I Let You Go/Zenme Shede Ni 怎麼捨得你 (originally sung by Jacky Cheung in 1997) in the 2015 mainland singing contest China Star, he was criticized by one of the judges, a veteran main- land Chinese rock star Cui Jian 崔健 for choosing an old Cantonese song. Cui suggested a more mainland Chinese-centered and newer song could have been chosen. Such comments soon raged the Hong Kong society where people on the one hand felt pessimistic about the future of Cantopop, while on the other hand Hong Kong people were overcoming the trauma after the crackdown of the 2014 pro-democracy Umbrella Movement (Chu 2018). 450 K. J. WANG

As mentioned in the Hong Kong film section, the breaking out of the Umbrella Movement brought the Hong Kong-PRC tension to a boiling point that even popular cultural workers were driven to take side. Against this backdrop, Hins Cheung’s sudden withdrawal from the 2017 “I am Singer” hinted the aftermath that Umbrella Movement had extended to different social sectors in Hong Kong. During the Umbrella Movement, Hins Cheung, a Guangzhou-origin Cantopop singer, publicly expressed his support to activists.

Concluding Remarks Cultural scholar John Erni (1998) described Cantopop as “a cultural sur- face upon which Hong Kong’s uniquely contradictory colonial experience finds its own expression” (Erni1998 , p. 57). The face of Hong Kong, from a historical perspective, is by all means a meeting place, a hub where a considerable part of Sinophone and East Asian popular culture is given birth and nurtured. Since the acclaimed beginning of Cantonese popular music (the first appearance of the term as a promotional strategy by record company), the Hong Kong society, a polyglot port city, already received convergence of resources of various kinds from multiple directions. The popular music scape here thus mirrored an equally polyglot character as the city itself. What people regard as oldies today were once in vogue on the land, infused with the notes of big-band-jazz, Broadway musical and later Japanese enka. Instead of being fallen angles from the heaven, series of exotic yet appealing musical elements that considerably renewed the tradi- tional music landscape could hardly be separated from the symbiosis between Cantonese opera and the overseas Cantonese migration popula- tion. Demands from overseas audience, rich and poor, led to the traveling of Cantonese cultural workers who became the pioneers to embark on the journey of refreshing traditional tunes. In Eileen Chang’s novel Love in a Fallen City/傾城之戀, the falling of a city turned romantic fantasy into reality. In Hong Kong’s popular cul- ture, the falling of Shanghai as well as the Republic of China at the thresh- old of the 1950s brought numerous fallen fruits southbound to the tiny terrain called Hong Kong. Historical contingency again speaks for itself. Housing international record companies, receiving music talents and facil- itating international resources that travel along Hong Kong’s cultural cor- ridor to the mainland, Hong Kong for over half a century planted its own 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 451 fruit trees with wide-expanded roots entrenched in the land called “hybrid- ity” and “vitality”. Less simply a mixture of different cultural elements, as scholar Witzleben (1999, p. 241) opined, Cantopop in Hong Kong is quite unique and at the same time bewildering. “It is a musical culture which needs to be understood as a manifestation of local identity as well as one which is inseparably linked to the quite different Chinese societies on the mainland and in Taiwan, to Japan and other parts of Asia, and to North America and Britain”. Also, further demonstrated by Witzleben, Cantopop as a Hong Kong-based music genre carries “continuity with certain aspects of tradi- tional Chinese musical culture. Similarly, from a perspective of accultura- tion, even in a musical genre which has borrowed heavily from Western and other cultures, the choices made as to which elements to borrow, modify, or reject are also a manifestation of local and national cultural preferences”. Cantopop is neither Chinese nor universal, but a pillar member of Sinophone. Disparate from the seemingly “made-authentic” Beijing rock which highlights its orthodox Chineseness, Cantopop and Cantopop stars somewhat demonstrated their identity and response to the social need through melody and lyrics (de Kloet 2005). Meanwhile Cantopop makes part of the East Asian cultural circle, characterized by its manifestation of Hong Kong chic—standing with the old-time Shanghai modern, J-pop mania and the latest Korean wave. At the end of 2014, a slogan banner hoisted at the Umbrella Movement site, at the dawn of the movement finale, said “It’s Just the Beginning”. Resonating with this claim, Hong Kong cultural scholar and the ever first university professor devoted to Cantopop research, Chu Yiu Wai used the same quote in his 2018 monograph Found in Transition. Amidst the non-­ stop blowing of “China wind”, a cultural and political sense, Hong Kong popular cultural workers tackled new challenges with flexibilities and cre- ativities. Chu Yiu Wai (2018) argued that, Hong Kong talents had tried hard to prevent Hong Kong culture from “gone with the wind”. As the- matic use of Cantopop heyday hit Let It Be Gone With the Wind/Rang Yiqie Suifeng 讓一切隨風 (performed by Kenny Bee in 1987) in the awarding film Trivisa/Shuda Zhaofeng 樹大招風 (2016) expressively sug- gested this motif, the insertion of another hit, the aforementioned 1997 song How Can I Let You Go/Zenme Shede Ni 怎麼捨得你 further rein- forced the refusal to believe “bygones be bygones” (Chu 2018, p. 177). 452 K. J. WANG

Discussion Questions

1. Taking into consideration the close relationship between Hong Kong and Shanghai in the film industry, try to develop a fuller picture of this dual-city legacy from the music industry. 2. How to assess the musical connection between Hong Kong and other Asian countries from a broader political-economic perspec- tive? Try to link the music industry with the film industry. 3. How to comprehend the dynamics of Hong Kong-China in the music industry?

References Burpee, G 1996, ‘As sun sets on British empire in Hong Kong, industry gears for return to China’, Billboard, October 26, p. APQ1, 5, 10. Cheng, WT 2017, ‘Historical memories of shellac disc in Hong Kong 黑木唱片留 給香港的音樂史話’, in KC Chow (ed), Past and present of Hong Kong music 香 港音樂的前世今生, pp. 282–300, Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Chou, O 2017, ‘Godfather of Hong Kong radio still pushing on with his passion for musiqwqc’, South China Morning Post, January 7, Available from: http:// www.scmp.com/news/hong-kong/education-community/article/2059924/ godfather-hong-kong-radio-still-pushing-his [15 September 2017]. Chow, H 2005, ‘Soundtrack to the city: how Filipino musicians rocked Hong Kong’, South China Morning Post, November 20, Available from: http://www. scmp.com/node/525728 [15 September 2017]. Chow, YF 2013, ‘Possibilities of flow, motion and reversion: Marginalization of Hong Kong popular music? 流, 動, 顛覆的可能:香港流行音樂邊緣化?’, in LK Pang (ed), City on the edge: Hong Kong, China, boundaries & borderland 邊城 對話:香港, 中國, 邊緣, 邊界, pp. 233–258, The Chinese University Press, Hong Kong. Chow, YF & de Kloet, J 2011, ‘Blowing in the China Wind: Engagements with Chineseness in Hong Kong’s zhongguofeng music videos’, Visual Anthropology, vol. 24, no. 1/2, pp. 59–76. Chow, V 2017, ‘Ahead of Hong Kong shows, G.E.M. on how Chinese pop is find- ing its voice and heartbreak over Linkin Park singer’s death’, South China Morning Post, August 7. Chu, YW & Leung, E 2013, ‘Remapping Hong Kong popular music: Covers, localization and the waning hybridity of Cantopop’, Popular Music, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 65–78. Chu, YW 2018, Found in transition: Hong Kong studies in the age of China. SUNY Press, NY. 7 WORLDING CANTOPOP 453 de Kloet, J 2005, ‘Sonic sturdiness: The globalization of “Chinese” rock and pop’, Critical Studies in Media Communication, vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 321–338. Ebert, H 1992, ‘Hong Kong labels making cultural connection’, Billboard, May 9, pp. 41–42. Erni, J 1998. ‘Like a culture: Notes on pop music and popular sensibility in decol- onized Hong Kong’, Hong Kong Cultural Studies Bulletin, vol. 8–9, pp. 55–63. Fung, YHA 2007, ‘Inter-Asian cultural flow: Cultural homologies in Hong Kong and Japanese Television soap operas’, Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, vol. 51, no. 2, pp. 265–286 Fung, YHA & Shum, S 2012, Melody, memory: Development of Hong Kong music industry (悠揚, 憶記:香港音樂工業發展史). Subculture, Hong Kong. Ho, WC 2000, ‘The political meaning of Hong Kong popular music: A review of sociopolitical relations between Hong Kong and the People’s Republic of China since the 1980s’, Popular Music, vol. 19, no. 3, pp. 341–353. Ho, WC 2003, ‘Between globalisation and localisation: a study of Hong Kong popular music’, Popular Music, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 143–157. Jones, AF 2001, Yellow music: Media culture and colonial modernity in the Chinese jazz age. Duke University Press, Durham. Leung, E 2009, ‘Global/Local movements in Hong Kong’s popular music market (香港音樂市場的全球/本土化運動)’, in A Fung (ed), Wave of song, Tide of melody: Development of Hong Kong Cantonese popular song (歌潮汐韻:香港粵語 流行曲的發展), pp. 173–197, Subculture, Hong Kong. Li, SKS (李信佳) 2016, West wind in Hong Kong style: Hong Kong bands in the sixties (港式西洋風:六十年代香港樂隊潮流), Chung Hwa Book, Hong Kong. Liew, KK 2003, ‘Limited pidgin-type patois? Policy, language, technology, identity and the experience of Canto-Pop in Singapore’, Popular Music, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 217–233. Liew, KK 2009, ‘Soar to the sky: Internationalization of Hong Kong’s Cantopop (衝上雲霄: 香港流行音樂國際化), in A Fung (ed), Wave of song, Tide of melody: Development of Hong Kong Cantonese popular song (歌潮汐韻:香港粵語流行曲 的發展), pp. 198–217, Subculture, Hong Kong. Liew, KK 2016, Transnational memory and popular culture in East and Southeast Asia: Amnesia, nostalgia and heritage, Rowman & Littlefield, London. Ng, SS 2006, Filipino bands performing hotels, clubs, and restaurants in Asia: Purveyors of transnational culture in a global arena, Ph. D. Thesis, University of Michigan. Ng, WM 2015, Japanese popular culture and Hong Kong: History, local consump- tion, cultural imagination, interaction (日本流行文化與香港:歷史 在地消費 文化想像 互動). Commercial Press, Hong Kong. Ng, Y 2009, ‘Review of ebbs and flows of Cantopop 回顧香港粵語流行曲的興( 衰)’, in A Fung (ed), Wave of song, Tide of melody: Development of Hong Kong Cantonese popular song (歌潮汐韻:香港粵語流行曲的發展), pp. 7–20, Subculture, Hong Kong. 454 K. J. WANG

Otmazgin, N 2014, ‘A regional gateway: Japanese popular culture in Hong Kong, 1990–2005’, Inter-Asia Cultural Studies, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 323–335. Watkins, LW 2010, ‘Brown, black, yellow, white: Filipino musicianship in Hong Kong and their hybridized sociability’, Humanities Diliman, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 58–84. Witzleben, JL 1999, ‘Cantopop and Mandapop in pre-postcolonial Hong Kong: Identity negotiation in the performances of Anita Mui Yim-fong’, Popular Music, vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 241–258. Wong, CC 2007, Floating voice (流聲), Hong Kong Home Affairs Bureau, Hong Kong. Wong, CW 2000, Early Cantonese popular songs in Hong Kong 1950–1974 (早期 香港粵語流行曲 1950–1974), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Wong, CW 2009, ‘Thirteen unknown? Examine the early development of Cantonese popular songs from thirteen Cantonese original film songs’ (十三不 詳? 從十三首粵語電影原創歌曲看早期粵語流行曲的發展) in A Fung, (ed), Wave of song, tide of melody: Development of Hong Kong Cantonese popular Song (歌潮汐韻:香港粵語流行曲的發展), pp. 45–86, Subculture, Hong Kong. Wong, CW 2014, Pioneers of originality: Composition of popular songs among Cantonese opera artists (原創先鋒-粵曲人的流行曲調創作), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Wong, KC 2000b, The Age of Shanghainese Pops (時代曲的流光歲月1930–1970) (ed), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Wong, JSJ 2003, The rise and decline of Cantopop: a study of Hong Kong popular music (1949–1997) (粵語流行歌的發展與興衰:香港流行音樂研究 1949– 1997), Ph.D. Thesis, University of Hong Kong, Access from: https://doi. org/10.5353/th_b3105733 [14 September 2017]. Yu, SW & Yang, H 2013, Reading Cantonese songs: The voice of Hong Kong through vicissitudes (粵語歌曲解讀:蛻變中的香港聲音), Infolink, Hong Kong. Yu, XJ, Takata, K & Dryland, E 2012, ‘Cultural attraction, ‘soft power’ and prox- imity: The popularity of Japanese language in Hong Kong since the 1980s’, Journal of Cultural Geography, vol. 29, no. 3, pp. 315–336. Yung, SS 2000, Cantonese opera song albums in Guangxu imperial years: Productions of Gramophone Company and Edison, Lingnan Journal of Chinese Studies, Vol. 2, pp. 241–260. Accessed via http://commons.ln.edu.hk/ ljcs_1999/vol2/iss1/9. Yung, SS 2006, Recoding the Cantonese Melody: Industry of disc recording and Cantonese theatrical music (1903–1953) (粵韻留聲: 唱片工業與廣東曲藝 1903–1953), Cosmos Books, Hong Kong. Yung, SS 2005, ‘Commodifying Cantonese music: Qian Guangren and his New Moon Gramophone Company (1926–1936) 從業餘樂社到粵樂生產: 錢廣仁 及其新月留聲機唱片公司 (1926—1936)’, Journal of Oriental Studies, vol. 39, no. 1, Special Issue on Chinese Business History, pp. 3–20. CHAPTER 8

Epilogue

Lamenting over the plight situation of Hong Kong popular culture the mass audience the one hand. On the other hand, academics and media practitioners never cease to find a way out. “Finding a way out” as well threads this concluding chapter. As the industrial downturn, reasons behind as well as the latest development of the three popular cultural sec- tors have been unfolded in chapters accordingly; here, first I will take a step back and look into the role played by the government, namely con- struction of cultural venues and public policy promulgation. Throughout the chapters, while activities and reactions at different crucial periods of time from the government toward the popular culture have been dis- cussed, a chronological and elaborated documentation of cultural policy is of importance at this point. Second, voices from the industry regarding “finding the way out” will be recorded here. Interestingly, an ambiguous yet somewhat sanguine picture is hinted amid the seemingly ever-­ thickening mist of quandary. Truly that wax and wanes never mean an ending of an industry that is so tightly knitted with people’s everyday life, development of a society and spirit of time—popular culture. From one chapter to another, endeavors taken by Hong Kong cultural workers to find a way out straddling in nowadays industrial crisis well resonated to cultural scholar Chu Yiu Wai’s latest notion “found in transition” (2018).

© The Author(s) 2020 455 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0_8 456 K. J. WANG

The Dilemma Hong Kong, the society, the people and the culture, for over a century, have demonstrated extensively polyglot inter-regional and global con- nections. Hong Kong as a global city and a meeting place has made all these possible on its yet geographically confined territory. From another perspective, the territorial confinement of the Kowloon peninsula and Hong Kong Island opens a broader gate to boundless exploration—mar- itime and port city is Hong Kong’s secret weapon that brings it to the world stage, being the hub of Sinophone culture and East Asian cul- tural circle. The making and worlding of Hong Kong films, TV and popular music, which have been extensively depicted in this book, well mirrored the above description. Hong Kong scholar Ruby Cheung (2015) in the same line as well pinpointed the crystal clear historical uniqueness in terms of Hong Kong as a regional cultural node. This node has been taking effect in full fledge throughout the long-extended historical course, conduiting multi-directional resources through the city’s effervescent cultural indus- try that constitutes media organizations, professional associations and fes- tivals of various scales and backgrounds. Rather than a result of proactive or systematic governmental facilitation, Hong Kong has made the nodal position derived from persistent endeavor from those working in the pop- ular cultural industry. Not only locally born talents, but also professionals from all around the world who joined force to the field, either under warmly invitation or embracing ambitions to achieve higher goal, alto- gether have made Hong Kong the “Hollywood in the East”, the “step-­ stone to global market”, the “kingdom of TV drama” and the “global Chinese cool”. While the past days are recognized, in a hackneyed sketchy term, the golden age that Hong Kong people enjoyed privileged socio-economic sta- tus in the East Asia so does the cultural life they have lived in, the latest decades have witnessed the looming of a discourse that Hong Kong is los- ing its global character which has been gradually taken by other Chinese metropolitan cities. Series of seemingly alarming facts in the popular cul- tural industry have proved this claim, namely the remarkable declination of sales and production quantity of the major popular cultural products, the seemingly higher popularity of mainland Chinese showbiz than locally pro- duced programs among Hong Kong population, the lowering recognition over Hong Kong’s television production, the rising number of Hong 8 EPILOGUE 457

Kong-China co-production films and, most critically, the drainage of stars who moved their career base northbound. The outflow of talents is largely due to the drastically expanding and more competitive entertainment industry in mainland China. Compared to the shrinking field of Hong Kong, mainland China unfolds a much wider and rewarding market to cul- tural workers. And this temptation even grows more salient after the imple- mentation of CEPA. As mentioned earlier, a market like Hong Kong (with 7 million population) could hardly sustain a prosperous cultural industry, and it had to rely on external distribution networks to keep the production machine running. The gradual shutdown of Southeast Asian market, which used to be a major distribution destination to Hong Kong films, TV and pop music, hampers the vitality of Hong Kong cultural industry. The mush- rooming of mainland Chinese and South Korean popular cultural business have further pressed Hong Kong into an “isolated island”. Yet another salient challenge to Hong Kong’s nodal position is from other rising regional cultural nodes, namely Beijing, Shanghai, Seoul and Busan. Unlike Hong Kong where proactive cultural policy had been long absent, these rapidly rising cities grow along with series of national policies that boost the cultural industry (Chua 2012; Cheung 2015). Facts have shown that the expanding capacity and potential of these East Asian cities, such as Beijing and Shanghai from mainland China, demonstrate striking expansion in terms of film product trading, multi-medium cultural product promotion and cultural talents exchange (Cheung 2015). These new rising nodes have doubtlessly pulled in human, capital and cultural resources which used to be attracted by Hong Kong as the regional leading node. Similar to this worrying trend of “brain drain” in the cultural section is the equally striking pessimistic reaction among Hong Kong people toward the city. Once again after the 1989 emigration wave, over one-third of Hong Kong citizens expressed their intention to leave the city if given a chance. Upsetting is the fact that among these citizens, over half of them are 18- to 30-year-old adults who are supposed to be the most energetic composition of the city.1 People have perceived the constant political con- flicts, non-democratic society, tightening control from the Chinese gov- ernment and the unpleasant living environment as the major forces that have caused the serious outflow of human and cultural resources. Talents

1 Survey findings on views on emigration from Hong Kong released by Hong Kong Institute of Asia-Pacific Studies at CUHK on January 3, 2019. Access viahttp://www.hki- aps.cuhk.edu.hk/wd/ni/20190103-123827_1.pdf. 458 K. J. WANG and a wide array of material or non-material resources from multiple directions are exactly what used to behold Hong Kong’s vibrant social and cultural life. It seems a dead end of Hong Kong popular culture, so does the city itself. However, is it the only face/fate? Is it the end of the Hong Kong story/history? What else can be done? How can we (re)position Hong Kong popular culture? As indicated in titles of each chapter, the making and worlding suggest process-based status that a dynamic and multi-­ faceted perspective is in necessity. Accordingly, the hackney claim “end- ing” of Hong Kong popular culture is less valid than a gimmick. The “ending” reflected in terms of, for instance, lower quantity of production and dimming of superstar showbiz was merely based on an out-of-date measurement. What matters most is how the series of facts, which were perceived as omens to the “ending” instead, unfold a transition in the industry. These questions are of crucial importance to the industry and the society, while answers are yet awaited. Neither scholars nor policymakers could promise a panacea, yet a large group of cultural workers are find- ing ways out. How to make the “island” re-connected or expand the island becomes a pressing issue. We have spotted silver lining in different cultural sectors. In the film industry, in addition to those acclaimed works that play stra- tegically to enter the mainland Chinese market while evading the redlin- ing, re-connecting with the world has been achieved by films like Ten Years. In the Cantopop realm, advancement of technologies assists local musicians “expand” the market: music could be made with low budget and disseminated on a plethora of platforms. Lowering of the threshold for people becoming musicians, a larger possibility is that wider spectrum of musical works could be heard, which cater to different market niches. In other words, a larger market is found among wider array of mar- ket niches. In the following discussion which also serves an ending part to this book, I will take a contour of Hong Kong’s contemporary public policy related to the cultural domains included in this book, namely the film industry, television and popular songs. Following this, voices from cultural industry practitioners will be included to tap into the latest development and issues that entangle the popular cultural domain. 8 EPILOGUE 459

Public Policy

Hardware for Popular Culture Activities For over a few decades after Hong Kong had become a British colony, the colonial government had exerted laissez-faire non-intervention gover- nance in the territory. Though, as discussed across various chapters, under different historical circumstances, the British colonial governance or the general political system did play a role in facilitating or jeopardizing the development of Hong Kong popular culture, from the perspective of pub- lic policy, little effort was found made to promote Hong Kong’s local cultural product from the local government. Though historical facts are still under excavation, scholars from various disciplines largely consented that in lack of government support, Hong Kong as a colonial port city had since the early colonial age witnessed vibrant convergence of cultural talents (Chow 2017). Some of them con- tributed to the early formation of Hong Kong’s high culture, while some crafted the vox populi such as Cantonese opera. They, speaking different languages and from different cultural backgrounds, had knitted the early embroidery of Hong Kong cultural life. Located at Central, where now the HSBC and Bank of China headquarter buildings stand, the old City Hall was built and opened in 1869. Hardly a government division, but built by public contribution, this old City Hall held various cutting-edge performances (Western and Chinese style, even including Cantonese opera). Nevertheless, it was by all means for the upper-middle elite class as hosts of these programs were elite social entities instead of governmental departments. This setup lasted until 1933, when the City Hall building was partly demolished to make way for the HSBC building. In 1947, the remaining parts of the building were demolished as well for the Bank of China.2 During the immediate post-war era, political forces from different camps assembled in Hong Kong, and people’s lives, including thousands of refugees from mainland China, were fraught with adversities. Hardly developed any systematic cultural policy, the colonial government played a passive role in the city’s cultural life only through courtesy gestures (e.g.

2 Information obtained from government architectural service department https://www. archsd.gov.hk/archsd/html/teachingkits/TK3/central/accessibleversion/en/acc_city_ hall/1860s.html. 460 K. J. WANG cultural activity endorsement, sponsorship). Instead, it was the civil society that revived Hong Kong’s cultural life, including music performance by school bands and amateur hobby groups. Venues for performance were mainly commercial sites, such as Cantonese opera and film theaters (Chow 2017). It was until 1962 that Hong Kong people had their first government-­ run building, especially for cultural activities—the City Hall (香港大會堂). Located not far away from the demolished old City Hall, this present site was designed by British architects Ron Phillips and Alan Fitch in 1956 and cost HKD 20 million. Its opening ceremony was officiated by Sir Robert Black, the then Governor of Hong Kong, on March 2, 1962. Reputed as one of the most prominent local arts and cultural venues, the City Hall embodies the history of important cultural events such as the early Festival of Hong Kong, the first Hong Kong Arts Festival (1973) and the first Hong Kong International Film Festival (1977) (Image 8.1). The erection of the City Hall cheered up the city, while such celebrative move was not thoroughly out of the government’s mercy, but a result of persistent efforts from local cultural professionals, including a large num- ber of what was called “refugee artists”. The post-war era signified a grad- ual return to normal life and an escalating demand for cultural education. In different cultural domains, we see the far-reaching development of Mandarin and Cantonese film production, innovation of popular music composition and the gradual popularity of television/broadcasting ser- vice. The non-ceased advocacy from cultural elites and mass population’s increasing demanding for cultural life finally led to the building of the new City Hall. Without much doubt, the establishment of the City Hall opened a new chapter of Hong Kong local cultural development not only that it pro- vided a multi-purpose site for all sorts of cultural performance but also it represented the localization of colonial governance in the territory, which was even before the eminent massive urban planning that took place after the 1967 riot (Chow 2017, pp. 49–50). The increasing number of performance and exhibition venues follow- ing the City Hall, for example, the opening of the Queen Elizabeth Stadium, the Hong Kong Coliseum and Hong Kong Cultural Centre pro- moted by the Hong Kong government, has largely enriched ordinary people’s cultural life and to a large extent facilitated the later blossoming of film festival industry and Cantopop, among which the latter category involves plenty of live performances. As mentioned earlier, to many local 8 EPILOGUE 461

Image 8.1 CityHall in the 1960s. Center of Hong Kong’s civil activities in the early years and once a landmark on Central District’s waterfront, the City Hall is the first civic center in Hong Kong. It houses a recital hall, an exhibition gallery, libraries and a marriage registry in its high block and a fine concert hall, a theater, an exhibition hall and restaurants in its lower block. (Courtesy to Special Collections, The University of Hong Kong Libraries) 462 K. J. WANG and overseas Sinophone singers, the grandiose capacity of the Hong Kong Coliseum was the first step to embark their pan-Asian stardom business and a cornerstone stage for them to prove the invincible leading position in Sinophone pop arena. In addition to main stages, a much larger variety of “side stages”, including government-run theaters across all local districts, commercial theaters and private-run convention centers, meet increasingly diverse market needs. For example, the aforementioned government-run Ko Shan Theatre (started business in 1983) once held a large number of band shows, nourishing an alternative musical field that embroiled the highly commercialized mainstream Cantopop arena. The private firm (Hopewell Holdings)-operated Kowloonbay International Trade & Exhibition Centre, started operation in the mid-1990s, has become a popular venue hosting small- and medium-scale concert performances. In the 2000s, a number of heritage entertainment venues were under preservation and renovation for history education and cultural preserva- tion. The Yau Ma Tei Theatre, in the pre-war era, a popular venue in Kowloon peninsula hosting the city’s most sought-after Cantonese opera repertoires, was accorded as a Grade 2 historic building by the Antiquities Advisory Board in the 1990s. Later in 2012, the renovated theater was put into business again designating for Cantonese opera education, preserva- tion and promotion. Cantonese opera, by then, was officially inscribed onto UNESCO’s Representative List of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity. With a longer list worthy of mention, the gradual prosperity of performance venues for popular cultural activities, especially after the 1967 riot and along with the government’s massive urban re-modeling, has significantly buttressed Hong Kong’s regional cultural hub position.

Popular Music and TV Culture Policy Notably, policy-related discussions were included throughout the chapters in this book, while we may at the same time spot that limited proactive measure was taken by the British colonial government to boost popular music and television culture development. The aforementioned Hong Kong City Hall and Hong Kong Coliseum to a large extent had for the first time provided considerable size of staging platforms to Hong Kong’s popular music industrial advancement. The government-funded radio station, RTHK started since 1978, the city’s most important popular music billboard and award presentation—the Top 8 EPILOGUE 463

Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award Concert. The establishment of the award was considered an official legitimation of Cantopop as a leading music genre in the city. For better or worse, the colonial government seldom intervened into the popular music industry. Except for the operative anti-­ piracy legislation, music-related departments under the governmental structure (e.g. the Music Department under the Leisure and Cultural Service Department) are mainly for developing classical and traditional music education and performance. Even today, popular music, in particu- lar Cantopop, which marks a signature cultural product in Hong Kong since the 1970s, receives little institutional recognition from the government. Regarding the television culture, since the early days of Hong Kong’s broadcasting development, radio broadcast, due to its broad-range of public reach (sound transmission), was given political mission to dissemi- nate anti-communist propaganda. In that age, radio broadcast was merely an information media (under the supervision of the government news department), and yet we could see direct intervention from the colonial government. However, different sources, such as oral history and archives, show that it is ordinary citizens instead of the colonial government that initiated Hong Kong’s early broadcasting operation. We could see that in the establishment of Hong Kong’s broadcasting industry, the colonial government took a reactive rather than a proactive role. And the use of the broadcasting system was more for administrative and political purposes than cultural promotion, including the multi-language policy and the later promotion of Cantonese as the dominant broadcasting medium, which aimed at getting government information reach to people more efficiently. These language-related broadcast policies, in the eyes of the colonial gov- ernment, served to facilitate effective governance than a better society. At the same time, in the following decades, policies on broadcasting and television business mainly centered on licensing and operational regu- lation. The regulations vested on television licensees, both free and paid TV (e.g. time allocation for commercials and education program, source of income), terms that ensure market competiveness, legality of the con- tents and so on, were more administrative than of cultural concern. On the one hand, viewing this broadcasting a business instead of a cultural affair, the colonial government complied with the laissez-faire mind-set in the development of Hong Kong’s television industry. The role played by the government was a regulator instead of a facilitator. On the other hand, taking television as a means of mass entertainment, the colonial government 464 K. J. WANG and the current SAR government have been reluctant to the advocacy of founding the territory’s independent public television service (Cheung 2006). We could see that despite the fact that Hong Kong’s television dramas are widely circulated among global Sinophone population, little evidence showed intention from the government to incorporate Hong Kong television as soft power building or a type of cultural heritage to identity shaping, as the South Koreans did. The latest far-reaching controversies on television policy were the issu- ing of two free television licenses in 2013 and the closing down of ATV in 2016. During the former incident, a popular candidate HKTV failed to become one of the licensees, leading to citizens critically demonstrating on the government’s opaque licensing policy. The later issue symbolized how a commercial television station turned futile under the consistent monopoly culture. Given that i-Cable and NowTV, two major paid televi- sion stations, have cultivated a “paid to watch TV” habit among Hong Kong citizens, the market monopolization of TVB is diminished. However, without a proper check-and-balance force in the free TV sphere, the all-­ time gigantic commercial organization—TVB and the government’s “laissez-­faire regulator” role have halted the market competition and timely transformation, which ought to have taken place in the television industry, especially facing increasingly fierce challenges from foreign media outlets and various internet-based forms of information-entertainment providers. Generally speaking, to both the colonial and the early SAR govern- ment, popular music and television were more commercial products than the cultural assets that make Hong Kong’s identity and even could have served a source of soft power to propel the city’s economic prowess. Even we have seen the establishment of the Hong Kong Art Development Council (ADC) in the mid-1990s, it embraces the mission that stresses more on performing arts and literature—art forms for particular interest groups instead of for the mass population.3 It was until the mid-2000s, particularly around the period that Hong Kong and mainland China signed the CEPA at the juncture of the down- turn in Hong Kong film business, that the then Chief Executive incor- porated creative industry development into their annual policy address. According to Donald Tsang, the second Chief Executive of Hong Kong

3 Organizations and projects funded by the ADC could be found at http://www.hkadc. org.hk/?p=2242&lang=en. 8 EPILOGUE 465

SAR, since 2003, the development of creative industries—that is, indus- tries in which creativity is the principal means for adding value—started to become one of the public policy items. Creative industries in Hong Kong encompass 11 categories: design, architecture, advertising, pub- lishing, music, film, computer software, digital entertainment, perform- ing arts, broadcasting, and antiques and art dealing.4 In 2007, building Hong Kong into a Creative Capital was initiated by the government.5 At the same time, the cultural and creative industries became one of the six core areas of long-term economic development, accompanied by the establishment of large-scale developments, such as the West Kowloon Cultural District. In 2009, a new agency called “Create Hong Kong” was founded under the auspices of the Commerce and Economic Development Bureau, as an integrated unit to oversee policies on the whole creative industry, including sectors of Hong Kong cinema, popu- lar music and television production. Different from the ADC, a lot more funded projects from Create Hong Kong are related to contests and showcase programs on popular music and television program. By then, a systematic promotional mechanism to buttress a sustainable popular cul- tural industry could finally be established under the governmental structure. Nonetheless, a progression of cultural policy is seen taken by the Hong Kong government throughout half a century. From a passive non-­ interventionist mind-set to a positive non-interventionist laissez-faire role (e.g. the building of the City Hall as a landmark of this policy direction) and until now a relatively more proactive facilitating force, the Hong Kong government increasingly realizes the importance of cultural and cre- ative industries in the macro-economy.6 Without much doubt, such ges- ture is associated with the escalating discussion on creative industries in developed countries and the irresistible cultural impact from neighboring regions (e.g. the powerful Korean popular culture as soft power prompted by the government). In retrospect, at the very beginning, only high-­ culture prestige art forms received attention from the government in terms of obtaining financial aid, accompanied by the establishment of

4 Refer to 2005 Policy Address https://www.policyaddress.gov.hk/2005/eng/p83.htm. 5 Refer to 2007 Policy Address https://www.policyaddress.gov.hk/07-08/eng/p57. html. 6 Refer to the public policy report by the Home Affairs Bureau, April 7, 2006, “Development of Hong Kong cultural and art policy 香港文化藝術政策” (in Chinese) via http://www. legco.gov.hk/yr05-06/chinese/panels/ha/papers/ha0407cb2-1686-1c.pdf. 466 K. J. WANG several organizations (e.g. the Hong Kong Art Festival). A silver lining approached as civil art groups, such as stage play and drama groups started to thrive, paving a path for later substantial promotion of Hong Kong’s creative and cultural industries. In the 1980s, performing venues of vari- ous scales were under gradual construction by the government, though still mostly for high art performance, to certain extent, furthering mass popular culture (e.g. college rock bands live performance). The founding of ADC signified that more civil art groups receive official financial aid. Following more intensive local and international discussion on the cultural and creative industries, Create Hong Kong as an all-encompassing gov- ernmental organ makes a landmark of Hong Kong’s vision to become a creative metropolis.

Film Policy Hong Kong’s film industry, among the three domains covered in this book, is the only one sector that receives substantial institutional and financial support from the government, though such policy is a long over- due one. Therefore, the distinctive position of Hong Kong film industry deserves an individual section here. For a long period of time, the Hong Kong colonial government only took passive or defensive measures on film production and screening. While applying a laissez-faire mind-set on the local film business, the gov- ernment vested censorship on “improper” screening. Guidelines on film censorship were in practice since the 1950s when Hong Kong was deeply involved in the Cold War. Among the criteria which mostly dealt with moral issues (e.g. harm to children, indecency and discrimination), con- troversy was vested on whether a film exhibited likelihood of seriously damaging good relations between Hong Kong and other territories. Due to Hong Kong’s adjacency to People’s Republic of China, Taiwan and its diplomatic affinity to the United States, the colonial government took measures on its cultural products to keep itself from taking political risk. As a result, films that either depicted political taboos of PRC or promoted communism were barred from exhibition (Barbieri 1997). It was until 1994 that the political censorship clause was repealed by the legislature7.

7 FCO 40/1269—Relations between Hong Kong and China, 1981. Accessed from the Public Record Office, Hong Kong. 8 EPILOGUE 467

Currently, film censorship in Hong Kong is carried out by the Television and Entertainment Licensing Authority (TELA).8 That said, Hong Kong’s film production is seldom known for its politi- cal censorship, but for its economic value and cultural impact across the East Asian region and even in the world. Amidst these dazzling achieve- ments, limited government support could be traced. Between 1977 and 2004, different governmental units supported the Hong Kong International Film Festival (HKIFF), which became a regional cultural gala that attracted film professionals and moviegoers from multiple direc- tions. Yet before its corporatization in 2004, it was regarded as a cinephile community rather than serving the mass filmgoers. HKIFF has walked shoulder to shoulder with Gang Chan Pian (港產 片 films made in Hong Kong) since the late 1970s, a period that Hong Kong saw its full-fledged localization in film production and welcomed the New Wave. However, due to a number of exogenous and endogenous reasons, Hong Kong’s film production, exportation and box-office perfor- mance started to plummet in the mid-1990s. In order to revive the film industry, long-awaited systematic institutional support was launched in the late 1990s, such as CEPA and the establishment of the Film Service Office. The Film Services Office (FSO) was first established to promote the development of the Hong Kong film industry under the office of Tung Chee-hwa, the first Chief Executive of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. Since its inception in April 1998, at the brink of the jaw-dropping industrial downturn, the FSO has helped the film indus- try overcome some of the fundamental difficulties in film productions. On June 1, 2009, the FSO came under Create Hong Kong, Communications and Creative Industries Branch, Commerce and Economic Development Bureau. The Film Development Fund (FDF) was first set up by the government in 1999, with an embarking capital of HKD 100 million, to support film production projects and to conductively sustain the long-term develop- ment of the industry. In 2003, a Film Guarantee Fund (FGF) was estab- lished, which aimed at providing financial backing (1/3 of local film production cost) when filmmakers intended to apply for loans from banks. In 2007 and 2015, the government further invested another HKD 300 mil- lion and HKD 200 million, respectively, and founded the “Film Production

8 Current Film Censorship Ordinance could be accessed via https://www.elegislation.gov. hk/hk/cap392?xpid=ID_1438403142758_004. 468 K. J. WANG

Financing Projects”, by which means small- and medium-scale production teams could utilize the government fund as part of their finance sources. In June 2016, the government injected an additional funding of HKD 20 million into the FDF to subsidize the expenses incurred by locally pro- duced Cantonese films for distribution and publicity conducted in the mainland.9 From the inception of the FDF, over HKD 440 million has been provided to support film production, post-production­ editing and other relevant activities. In 2013, a new scheme—“First Film”—was initi- ated, which is understood as a result of prominent local film director Johnny To’s consistent lobbying effort, providing full support (maximum HKD 3.25 million and HKD 5 million for college student group and pro- fessional group, respectively) to those who make their first feature film, granting that this government fund is the sole financial source. Under the “Financing Projects” and the later “First Film” schemes, around 60 pic- tures have been produced, including a number of locally and internation- ally awarded works. However, among the seemingly generous financial support to local film production, problems were also looming. For example, the amount of financial support from the government is far from satisfactory. Approximately a medium-sized film costs HKD 20 million, while through- out the ten years after the launching of the “Financing Projects”, only HKD 80 million has been granted, not to mention the fact that quite a number of financing items were for postediting instead of filming. Theoretically, the government funding could not exceed 40% of the total production fee and does not cover film promotion cost,10 which means directors still have to seek support from commercial investors. The lengthy fund application procedure was also under criticism. Regarding the First Film scheme, it hardly provides sustainable support to new directors as the scheme only makes a one-off subsidy to young directors who had to pur- sue ventures from other sources afterwards. Without much doubt, having been frustrated by the lack of film pro- duction investment due to the drastic change of market demand and regional environment, the industry saw its silver lining through the inau-

9 Overview of Film Development Fund: http://www.fdc.gov.hk/en/services/services2. htm. 10 Legislative Council document CB(1)1200/08-09(01), questions and suggestions on Film Development Fund Application. Access via http://www.legco.gov.hk/yr08-09/chi- nese/panels/itb/papers/itb0407cb1-1200-1-c.pdf. 8 EPILOGUE 469 guration of CEPA since 2004. As already elaborated in Chaps. 2 and 3, like a double-edged sword, CEPA has transformed the screen-scape of Hong Kong cinema.

Public Policies of Film Exhibition and Exportation When entertainment tycoons entered Hong Kong in the late 1950s, such as Run Run Shaw and Loke Wan-Tho, they brought along not only a huge sum of ventures for film production but also the well-established cinema chain in Southeast Asia, which guaranteed the later overseas distribution for Hong Kong-made films. They also developed their cinema chain in Hong Kong. Throughout the 1960s and the later 1970s and 1980s, Hong Kong’s film industry was led by different cinema chains, whose owners were at the same time businessmen investing in film production and distri- bution—an all-encompassing business that bolstered the whole industry. As analyzed in the Chaps. 2 and 3, the decline of local film industry was partially attributed to the slow dissolving of this seemingly sturdy and organic production-exhibition-distribution system in the 1990s. The once single-block-building theaters with 1000-seat capacity made way for commercial complex, and mini-cinemas could only find room in shopping complex. As a result, the number of seats declined, and in some lower-­income districts, shopping center developers were reluctant to include cinemas in their properties. Situated in changing landscape of cinema, citizens chanted and amplified their call for more theaters, so did the legislative council. They demanded larger and more specific measures from the government to facilitate Hong Kong’s matured yet endangered industry to compete with fierce competition of mainland Chinese and foreign films. Among a series of enquiries, legislative members extended their concerns on the shrinking number of cinemas by questioning if the government shall take specific measures by “reclassifying cinemas as cul- tural facilities instead of retail facilities” and by “setting cinemas in cer- tain non-­resourceful districts where people enjoy few film screening facilities”. In response, the government insisted that cinema is operated on a com- mercial basis, whereas government shall not intervene. Accordingly, restriction shall not be vested on land planning and the lack of such facili- ties in Shum Shui Po and Tai Po districts is a result of supply-demand calculation, where intervention shall be avoided (Table 8.1). 470 K. J. WANG

Table 8.1 Total number of cinemas and seats by year between 2005 and 2015

Year Cinema Seat

2005 57 50,686 2006 48 42,530 2007 48 41,332 2008 48 40,635 2009 49 40,906 2010 49 41,157 2011 48 40,033 2012 48 39,485 2013 45 35,937 2014 47 37,781

Source: Legislative Council Questioning on April 19, 2015. Access via: http://www.info.gov.hk/gia/ general/201504/29/P201504290390.htm http://gia.info.gov.hk/general/201504/29/ P201504290390_0390_145628.pdf

There is no commercial cinema in certain districts. The location of commercial cinemas is a commercial matter decided by the operators concerned. It would not be appropriate for the Government to be involved in the locational matters.11

It was until 2017 that the government substantially responded to the issue. The Chief Executive announced in the 2015 and 2016 Policy Addresses that the government would consider ways to facilitate cinema development through land sales and planning. In March 2017, new mea- sures to facilitate cinema development in Hong Kong, including incorpo- ration of a requirement to include cinema in the land sale conditions of two designated government land sale sites (Kai Tak and ) to increase the supply of cinemas, were taken. In general, from 2015 to 2017, the number of cinemas had increased by 12.8% from 47 to 53; the number of seats by 3.2% from 37,779 to 38,976 and the number of screens by 13.4% from 209 to 237.12 Besides, in view of the lack of screening facilities in some local districts, the Commerce and Economic Development Bureau

11 Legislative Council questioning on April 19, 2015. Accessed via http://www.info.gov. hk/gia/general/201504/29/P201504290390.htm. 12 Legislative Council questioning on June 6, 2017. Measures to facilitate cinema develop- ment in Hong Kong. Accessed via http://www.info.gov.hk/gia/general/201806/06/ P2018060600512.htm. 8 EPILOGUE 471 collaborated with the Home Affairs Bureau to install movie screening facilities at the Auditorium of North District Town Hall, which were com- pleted in December 2016.13 Seeing the huge economic value of Hong Kong’s film and TV prod- ucts, which, though had generated international economic and cultural impact for decades before the government finally realized this and took proactive measures, the Hong Kong Trade Development Council (HKTDC) incorporated with HKIFF holds the Hong Kong International Film & TV Marked (FILMART). It was first launched in 1997. As one of the signature trade fairs of HKTDC, the FILMART every year draws film and TV product buyers, distributors and producers from all around the world. Strategically scheduled in March every year, the Hong Kong FILMART was held right after the Berlin film festival and before the Cannes film festival, making it a must-go film showcase to film traders. The HKIFF, which enjoyed longer history than the FILMART and was corporatized in 2004, makes another significant platform paralleled to the FILMART that draws international filmgoers and professionals in March– April every year. Despite that film festivals and film markets in other East Asian cities, such as Shanghai, Beijing and Busan, got increasingly impor- tant status in terms of velocity and scale of film business, Hong Kong’s film market remains unchallenged (Cheung 2015, pp. 207–209). Echoing what has been stated in the introduction section, the East Asian popular culture has generated an inter-Asian flow that crafts a unique cultural experience in the region. Hong Kong’s film market, in this sense, rather than dominating the regional market share, instead, plays a crucial role as “gathering Asians” (Chan 2011, p. 186) and making a place of multi-­ directional encountering.

Voices from the Industry Market and budget are twins to every cultural industry: the bigger market a product embraces, the higher chance that the producer could get ade- quately financed for the next production. A regional and even global mar- ket and distribution network that Hong Kong popular culture once enjoy contributed to one of the most heated pool that attracted ventures from

13 Hong Kong Economic & Trade Office “Government announces new measures to facili- tate cinema development in Hong Kong”, Accessed via http://www.hketousa.gov.hk/usa/ press/2017/mar/031317.htm. 472 K. J. WANG different directions. The declining demand of Hong Kong products in different overseas markets indeed brought forth a vicious cycle for Hong Kong creative cultural workers to be decently financed. Whether Hong Kong culture will merge with mainland Chinese culture or thoroughly be outshined by cultural products from other countries is yet to be answered. A doubtless fact is that the Asian cultural circle is a de-centralized­ com- munity in which popular cultural products from mainland China, Taiwan, South Korea and Southeast Asia have formed fierce competition in the marketplace. Regional and global exposure of Hong Kong popular culture faces unprecedented challenges from these countries/regions. What’s more, advancement of technologies further diversifies the whole popular culture market, leading to disillusion of previous success from manufactur- ing all-encompassing stardom and household film/TV drama titles. According to the market law, the shrinking market leads to dwindling of financial source and thus the dimming of content creation and innova- tion. But is it the end of the whole story? What is the future of Hong Kong popular culture? Practitioners from different sectors are recruited to voice their opin- ions, which are, instead of exact answers to the puzzles above, but insiders’ observations and profound thoughts about finding a way—the possibili- ties/opportunities to the future of Hong Kong popular culture.

Tessa Lau (CEO of Broadway Cinema Circuit) It is always a tricky way to say Hong Kong film is dying. Leaving aside quan- tity and box-office income, we do see surprises every year—high-quality film works by young directors. If we compare today’s film production quantity to the so-called golden age in the 1980s–1990s, surely there is a huge gap. But quantity never equals to quality, and famous directors seldom equal to high-­ quality guarantee. In the old time, Hong Kong films were sold extremely well. There were lots of reasons behind, invisible hands. As now more and more senior directors take their way to the north, more opportunities are given to the young generation, who dare creating break- throughs—the surprise we mentioned. Isn’t it also a golden age? In terms of new opportunities, we think now filming cost has reduced a lot compared to the era when ‘film reels’ were the only materials. Nowadays young people can skillfully garner digital equipment, which allow them more flexibility to create their works. We believe that a new generation of Hong Kong film directors is actively searching a new path and we are already seeing it. 8 EPILOGUE 473

Ms. Choi (film distributor) Hong Kong films still appeal globally, but only limited to a few genres… actually Jacky Chan’s performance works really well in this sense. What makes Hong Kong film appealing to foreign buyers? Sadly, Kung Fu, action and panda, no less different from the past days. Even though some of them were under serious criticism in terms of projecting cultural stereotype or misap- propriation, these genres still reach to international markets and thus budgets could be easily obtained to make the next one. Yes, we have more and more new directors, more film major graduates in Hong Kong. But production budgets and opportunities to get the first scene shot are of great importance. New Wave directors back in those days were also young directors when they short the first film, but there were just around 10 of them while the market was widely opening. Now the supply (of young direc- tors) is radically increasing while the market is shrinking. Going north for better job opportunities is a matter of survival.

Au Man Kit (award-winning film director and script writer) Thailand once imported a lot of Hong Kong films as there is a sizable Sinophone community there. But now the situation is different. Even in Thailand they produce a drama film with a budget equivalent to HKD 15 million, not to mention South Korean productions. However, local pro- duction in such scale is rare in today’s Hong Kong. But I have to say, more opportunities are available in the market now, such as the Art Development Fund from the government, and actually there are a lot of investors who are willing to sponsor a few million Hong Kong dollars to support young directors. I always tell my students, if you have something to say, grasp your phone and film it. No, you are definitely not John Woo who has a huge team and lavish filming budget. But you have your phone and your idea. When we no longer can use stunts and actions to appeal to global market, what we still have is our content—voices of our city and from our people. There are plenty of classic films that are both local and global. In the past days, we Hong Kong films grasped global attention by bombarding with visual stunts, eliminating the linguistic and cultural barriers. Now South Korean and mainland Chinese directors could bring forth much more powerful spe- cial effects in their numerous blockbuster productions. We could no longer walk the old path. Why not going back to the original point by telling a good story, even the most local stories have universal echo. Like I mentioned, the Thai youth film Bad Genius/Chumao Tegong Dui 出貓特攻隊(2017) 474 K. J. WANG stormed the whole Asian world, simply by sophisticatedly telling a story that everyone has lived through—(trying to) cheat in exams. Do we have good stories in Hong Kong? How will you tell them? It is the way we shall endeavor.

Chan Chi Fat (film major fresh graduate and award-winning film director) I do not mind working in mainland China as long as I want to tell a story about China. But I am still too young and I want to tell down-to-earth home- town story. I do believe a good story matters most. All I have—the stories, the networks and the human resources are all in my hometown, Hong Kong. Nowadays Hong Kong people care more about local values. But I have to say a film hoisting a ‘local’ banner does not necessarily mean success. The golden rule is still about the story, the content. (Chan Chi Fat’s first film Weeds on Fire/Dian Wu Bu 點五步 (2016) is the first awarded work of the First Feature Film Initiative contest, a gov- ernment launched campaign. The film depicts a forgotten youth baseball team. In the film, the team members reunited when the 2014 Umbrella Movement broke out.) (Image 8.2)

Adam Wong (film director) She Remembers, He Forgets/Nayitian Women Hui Fei 哪一天我們會飛 (2015) is a film that carries my nostalgia of the Hong Kong good old days and our unfinished dream. I neither need money from mainland China to produce films nor a main- land market to sustain my business. I stay in Hong Kong and want to do something for Hong Kong only. Recently the Thai film Bad Genius/Chumao Tegong Dui 出貓特攻隊 (2017) swept the whole Asian market. Audience are amazed by the story, full of creativity and lively vibes. Can we make films like this? Of course, we can. Originality, flexibility and creativity have epito- mized success of Hong Kong films for over a century, and we can and shall carry on. A lot of our students embrace big dreams and make films on different new topics (in their coursework). However, our mainstream market is still domi- nated by action and romantic films. Now more and more senior filmmakers go to the north. In another word, they are making room for the younger gen- eration who slowly take the baton and make their voices heard. We see a more diverse scene in the film market in recent years, like Mad World/Yinian 8 EPILOGUE 475

Image 8.2 Pigture film studio established by Chan Chi Fat. Young director Chan Chi Fat is running his own film studio called Pigture. He is one among a lot more Hong Kong youths who try to live dreams into reality. (Photo: Courtesy to Chan Chi Fat)

Wuming 一念無明 (2017), a topic about poverty population that our main- stream industry had seldom touched upon. Yes, action films make Hong Kong famous, but we need more people who dare to tell stories in a wider spectrum, like dreams. It is never a shame talking about dream. (She Remembers, He Forgets/Nayitian Women Hui Fei 哪一天我們會飛 2015 is a film directed by Adam Wong. The film tells a story back in the colonial age when three students worked together on devising flying machines. The inspirational film won wide applause from Hong Kong audience. Wong’s most popular work is The Way We Dance/Kuang Wu Pai 狂舞派 (2013), through which he was awarded the Best New Director in the 2014 Hong Kong Film Awards.) 476 K. J. WANG

Jass Leung (music critic) I don’t call it a death of Hong Kong popular songs—aka Cantopop. Instead, we are enjoying more alternatives and actually great surprises nowadays. Musicians have their own channels, their own market niches and even their own language of music. Unlike the old days, singers had to affiliate with a record label who designed everything for you, even your life. In the old days, we have so limited media outlets that we could seldom avoid being exposed to record label-manufactured stardom. That’s stars back in the 1980s got so popular because we as audience did not have much choice. When we see those famous singers withdraw from the mainstream industry, we think Cantopop is dying. It is just an illusion. Actually, the field now is very vibrant. We don’t know much about the new singers is because we are not that addicted to the internet, where most of the young singers now build up their public exposure. Even streets are their stages too. Previously stars seldom stayed in public space while nowadays young singers do. Busking is a longstanding way of performance in western countries, now popular in Hong Kong too. Busking is one of the best ways to demonstrate your talents, cost less while more freedom enjoyed. Today we have plenty of examples who start their performance career from busking to grand stage. A lot of new talents are up and coming”

Chow Yiu Fai (lyrist, music producer and university professor) In terms of popular culture, does it only mean quantity and market share? If yes, then Hong Kong popular culture is far less fertile than decades ago. But I don’t agree with this point. To me, popular culture is FOR the people. We have spotted growing number of musicians and artists who choose the people over the market by producing what really enriches the cultural scene and improves the city’s cultural taste. The world always has different faces. If we talk about the future of record label business, it doesn’t seem much optimistic. But if we embrace the notion that popular culture is about people’s culture, I am confident enough that there are still room for creation and production. If we do not have resources to produce superstars. Then forget about it. Instead, we explore resources to sus- tain high-quality creation and innovation. We, a group of cultural professionals established the Renaissance Foundation to support young and new talents. We run programs to promote independent music and to provide workshops to train young artists’ career building. We also collaborate with government departments to get more peo- 8 EPILOGUE 477

Image 8.3 Chow Yiu Fai. Dr. Chow Yiu Fai, cultural scholar and household lyri- cist of Cantopop in Hong Kong, recently establishes the Renaissance Foundation to support and educate young musicians. Since the 1980s, Chow Yiu-fai has been an all-time lyricist of Tatming’s Avant-garde songs. Chow is also famous for his insightful depiction of social and gender issues. (Photo by Wong Chi-yuen 王志元) ple involved in art creation works, such as campaigns that advocate people to write songs for the city. (Image 8.3)

Ng Ka Leung (television and film director) Due to the rigid licensing mechanism and Hong Kong government’s strong grip on air channels, development of the television industry is clogged with limited number of media organizations and the existing local television sta- tions are reluctant to expand their scale. I seldom spot promising future even in the largest television organization. What we had suffered from is stream- lined content creation and filming, stifling upward mobility. I embrace an optimistic view on our film industry. As one door is closed to me (his film Ten Years/十年 is banned in mainland China and Hong Kong’s mainstream cinemas), more opportunities are now open. Ten Years 478 K. J. WANG won international applause and the Japanese, Thai versions of Ten Years are about to be released. Isn’t it international market? Isn’t it achievement of Hong Kong film? (Ng Ka Leung is one of the five directors who produced the controver- sial yet award-winning filmTen Years in 2015. The film, due to its dystopia narration on the ceasing of freedom in Hong Kong, was banned. Five directors were censored by mainland Chinese government as well. Nonetheless, the film was awarded the Best Film in the 2016 Hong Kong Film Awards and Hong Kong Film Critics Society Film Award.)

Voices from the industry, contrary to the lamenting over the death of Hong Kong popular culture, picture a more optimistic future. Debunking the illusion of what often is called “golden age” of Hong Kong popular culture, practitioners redefine what really matters to “culture”—high-­ quality content outweighs high productivity. In this sense, instead of mourning the cease of “golden age”, they, as insiders in the industry, have witnessed the “secret weapon” to further the development of Hong Kong popular culture. At this transitional juncture, re-positioning the value of Hong Kong culture is of great importance. Once upon a time, Hong Kong was bestowed the role as a hub of producing Sinophone cultural products for the worldwide Sinophone communities and Hong Kong was also an East Asian trendsetter that exemplified modernity, urbanity and all-time vogue. The rapidly changing regional environ has generated threats to Hong Kong’s leading position in different aspects. Shall Hong Kong spend every effort to re-take the baton? From the above discussion, cultural industrial insiders opine their objection. Instead, a number of keywords were given to re-position Hong Kong popular culture: local voice, good story and universal echo. Amid the industrial transition and tidal northbound human resource outflow, in the process of finding a way out, a group of Hong Kong local cultural workers would rather “look down” and “look back”. Excavating the hidden gem—stories of the people—from the local soil is a way out to re-connect with the world—a world of humanity.

Coda In Hong Kong, cultural scholar Chu Yiu Wai’s latest monograph Found in Transition, a dramatic ending scene of Jia Zhangke film was adopted to picture the status of Hong Kong popular culture. 8 EPILOGUE 479

Are we dead yet? No. This is just the beginning.

Interestingly, similar phrases appeared during the epilogue of the 2014 Umbrella Movement. After waves of movement attrition and exhaustion of momentum, activists who had occupied roads for nearly three months faced the government’s final clearing up. At the protest site, waving banners said.

It’s just the beginning. We will be back.

Amid thousands of protest props and art crafts, a set of innovative cre- ation caught wide attention from passersby and media. Symbolizing the resilience and power of life, plants were planted on occupied roads as tiny greens kept growing from gaps between concrete plates. Such “planting on concrete land” was featured on a book cover, Social Movement Society— Trajectories of Hong Kong protest politics (社運年代: 香港抗爭政治的軌 跡),14 a landmark scholarly publication that documented waves of citizen protests in the 2010s. Conversational words and the inspirational protest craft of “planting on concrete land” aptly depict the trajectories of Hong Kong popular culture in the recent decades, a bewildering yet exciting age amid threats and crisis coming from multiple directions (Image 8.4). Ploughing on the field, in the 2010s, numerous glimmering works speak- ing the most local voices dazzled on different stages. Besides the thunder- ous coming of Ten Years (2015) in 2016, in 2011, local Hong Kong film (instead of co-production film) The Gallant/Da Leitai 打擂台 (2010) was awarded the Best Film in the Hong Kong Film Awards. In the film, a “res- urrected Kung Fu master” taught his disciples the last but most valuable lesson in his life—keep fighting till the end. The 2017 Best Film awardee Trivisa/Shuda Zhaofeng 樹大招風 (2016), an action and crime thriller directed by three young directors, tells stories of three Hong Kong veteran robbers who used to make newspaper headlines. An allegory of the fate of the city, the appealing past and embarrassing present life of the three veteran robbers filled the film with a mode of melancholy. Yet, as the film songs

14 The book is published by the Chinese University Press. For more information, see: https://www.chineseupress.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=3661. 480 K. J. WANG

Image 8.4 WeWillBeBack. (Photo by the author) narrate, “gone with the wind” is the past, while what still lingers­ in the pres- ent days is struggling voice “how can I let you go”15—at last the three men try to find a way out.

15 The film theme songs Let it be Gone with the Wind/讓一切隨風 and How can I Let You Go/怎麼捨得你 were Cantopop classics performed by Kenny Bee and Jacky Cheung, respec- tively. Both of them were stage-dazzling stars in the 1980s and 1990s. 8 EPILOGUE 481

When all-time Kung Fu movie star Jackie Chan, who at the same time a member of the Chinese political body, commented in a press conference in March 2018 that there would be no more Hong Kong films but only Chinese films zhong( guo dian ying 中國電影)16, one month later, during the 2018 Hong Kong Film Awards, Louis Koo Tin-lok (古天樂) chanted “never give up making excellent Hong Kong film as we are Hong Kong film workers” when he was awarded the Best Actor. Somewhat resonating Koo’s deafeningly powerful statement, the theme song of the Hong Kong Film Awards presenting ceremony of that year carried an equally stunning title Not Dying/Busi 不死. The music video of the song, presented in a vibrant youth musical style, was produced by the latest generation of Hong Kong film director, a new college graduate Chan Chi Fat. In a 2011 TVB drama titled When Heaven Burns/Tian yu Di 天與 地 (2011), a catchy phrase became a buzzword in town. When the heroin (starring Sze Man (佘詩曼)) was having a heart-to-heart conversation with her mentor Dr. Dylon, she was told by Dr. Dylon (star- ring Joe Junior) in his affirming voice “The city is dying”. At the end of the drama, the heroin succeeded in achieving her dream—holding a rock band concert. In the middle of series obstacles, instead of whining, she called out “for those who treasure independence and autonomy, please come and join us. Harmony never refers to a union voice from a thousand people, but about respecting a thousand different voices”. This out-of-­ box style TV drama soon became talk of the town, being regarded a “god-­ like drama” that envisaged the core value of the city, from the “dying” analogy to the spirit of respecting autonomy. Not long after the release of When Heaven Burns, another acclaimed drama caught wide attention: online television drama Election/Xuanzhan 選戰 (2015) brought to audi- ence by HKTV in 2015. For the first time, Hong Kong television pre- sented a drama on election—a universal suffrage election of the city’s top leader, which represents an unfinished goal of the stormy 2014 Umbrella Movement. In the drama, the heroin (starring Angelica Lee (李心潔)), after going through a life-threatening crisis, asked her election manager “will you walk with me?” Answering “yes” by manager Cheung (starring Gregory Wong (王宗堯)), the two protagonists marched ahead in heavy rains. This iconic scene was accompanied by an English song I’ll Be There,

16 Jackie Chan expressed his views on Chinese films and Hong Kong films during an inter- view after a meeting at the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference in March 2018. Retrieved from i-Cable news, https://goo.gl/6CyFp3. 482 K. J. WANG composed, penned and narrated by Hong Kong young generation singer Chan Sze Wai (陳詩慧).

Sometimes it is life No matter how hard you try It’s only making you cry But I have faith in you That you will shine.

Keep letting Hong Kong singers and Cantopop shine, the annual Commercial Radio Ultimate Song Chart Awards has been a landmark stage and a cultural feast to the city. Since the 1980s, Commercial Radio had been taking pioneer roles in promoting all-Chinese songs and original Cantopop composition. Facing the tidal Mandarin pop from mainland China and Taiwan, the splashing impact of Korean wave, Ultimate Song Chart in 2012 highlighted the theme “let’s get local” (土炮起來), signify- ing constant support to local creation. In 2015, hoisting the banner of “let me sing and shine” (任我叱吒), the Ultimate Song Chart delivered a mes- sage that everyone can sing and shine through featuring Hong Kong’s growing number of street busking singers. To a large extent, from “let’s get local” to “let me sing and shine”, the Ultimate Song Chart interest- ingly is in the same line of the cultural industrial insiders being inter- viewed. The secret weapons of the future of Hong Kong popular culture is getting the “local” global, and keeping diversity and hybridity go on. Walking on rocky roads, Cantopop, as discussed in Chaps. 6 and 7, has been embedded with more profound social values, which make popular culture more “popular”—for and of the people. In the 2016 Ultimate Song Chart, a visually impactful symbol was erected on the stage: symbols of the ceremony were presented in a form of fixtures installed among con- crete pillars, suggesting the theme of the year “forget self, yet forget not true heart of music” (忘我不忘本), a slogan that touched the nerve of what makes good music. And the lyrics from the theme song that threaded the 2018 Hong Kong Film Awards presenting ceremony stroke the final chord of what matters most to build a sustainable culture.

Be yourself Be myself We find it the base of self-discovering Live for film Die for film 8 EPILOGUE 483

Film is sustained by passion and youth. Lyrics from Not Dying/Busi 不死 (Music: David Dai; Lyric: Leung Pak Kin)

By taking this time-travel in Hong Kong’s popular culture develop- ment, we could tell the deep-seated geo-political privileges that once enjoyed by this tiny yet vital city. The plethora of political-economic advantages ferment the regional/global exposure of Hong Kong and the thriving of its popular culture—Hong Kong-specific and, at the same time, marked with Sinophonic/Asiaic/global quality. Prolific cultural products “made in Hong Kong”, which was a title that though sometimes was de-emphasized or wiped off when the more nation- alistic “China” title was preferred, travel around the world along with non-ceasing flows of border-crossing human and capital movement. Therefore, to the millions of thousands of Sinophone migrants, cultural products from Hong Kong carried the Qing Dynasty, the Republic of China, the People’s Republic of China or even simply an imagined home-­ scenery that lingered in mind. For over a century, the formulation of Hong Kong popular culture mir- rors the making of modern Hong Kong—a meeting place of the world and land of possibilities. Hallmarks of this port city, fluidity, hybridity and diversity as well symbolize every sector in the film, popular music and television industries. Hong Kong popular culture embodies sociocultural memories from generations of Sinophone audience around the world, exemplifies the beam of modernization in East Asia and contributes to an otherwise Western-centered popular cultural discourse. Seldom being nostalgia reminiscence only, Hong Kong popular culture continues to echo the spirit of time and plays a vital part in the regional and global popular culture.

Why you have been so popular for forty years? Through over ten years, I never ever successfully purchase a ticket for your concert. Thank you for your presence in my youth. —Lines film Our Times/Wo de Shaonv Shidai 我的少女時代 (2015)

In this Taiwan film, the protagonist, a Taipei local woman, is a super fan of Hong Kong Cantopop singer, one of the “four heavenly kings”, Andy Lau. From primary school age to her thirties, she has been collect- ing various products of Andy Lau. When she learned that once again, in 484 K. J. WANG her ten-­year fandom, she failed to get a concert ticket, she ran into Andy Lau in a park. A lifetime experience of the protagonist that she took a selfie with Andy Lau and thanked him for accompanying her youth age. To generations of Taiwan people, superstars from Hong Kong epitomized the latest vogue and chic. This cultural memory marks part of a genera- tional identity—a generation hummed a similar melody “pass me a cup of water to forget about love” (lyrics from Andy Lau’s signature 1994 Mandarin pop Drink to Forget/Wang Qing Shui 忘情水) and laughed to death watching the Stephen Chiau comedy series aired by Long Shong TV.

I was born in the 1970s. There were no popular songs in my child- hood. When popular songs were accessible in China in the 1980s, mostly Cantopop from Hong Kong, we were stroked by its power that drills your deepest emotions. Popular music witnesses my life journey, becoming part of the sentimental self, and even landmark of a whole generational memory. —Interview with Chinese director Jia Zhangke, Leone d’oro film festival awardee. “Growing up with Cantopop; Filmic notes from Jia Zhangke (粵 語歌伴成長 賈樟柯的電影音符)”, Apple Daily, November 5, 2015.

In the past few years, a series of mainland Chinese films have high- lighted the importance and porous presence of Hong Kong popular cul- ture in the course, when mainland China was slowly opening its door again to the world. At the juncture of post-Cultural Revolution economic reformation, through Hong Kong, mainland Chinese saw the world of modernity, prosperity and full of possibilities. Symbols of Hong Kong film characters, popular songs and television drama scenes are embedded in latest film works such as American Dreams in China/Zhongguo Hehuoren 中國合伙人(2013), So Young/Zhi Women Jijiang Shiqu de Qingchun 致我 們即將失去的青春 (2013), and Lost in Hong Kong/Gang Jiong 港囧 (2015). Even though the outflow of Hong Kong cultural workers struck an alarming clock and people moaned over Hong Kong cultural characters being eroded under mainland Chinese influence, in the Mandarin-speaking film industry, Hong Kong talents turned out taking vital roles in different sectors. Stephen Chiau’s The Mermaid/Mei Ren Yu 美人魚 (2016) broke box-office record in mainland China by showcasing sophisticated sci-fi and, more importantly, the Chiau-signature humor made of witty lan- guage use and mismatching of multi-cultural interpretation. A number of 8 EPILOGUE 485 mainland Chinese blockbuster films were filmed by Hong Kong directors, such as a sci-fi war filmThe Taking of Tiger Mountain/Zhiqu Weihushan 智 取威虎山 (2015)—directed by Hong Kong New Wave pioneer Tsui Hark and the record-breaking Red Sea Operation/Honghai Xingdong 紅海行動 (2018)—directed by action thriller master Dante Lam Chiu-yin.

‘The idea of carrying on the spirit of the original Hong Kong film by trying to envision Japan 10 years from now was an intriguing one,’ said Kore-eda. ‘However, I’m a little too old to participate as a young director, so I joined the production as a supporter.’ His participation was announced at an event at the Busan Film Festival. ‘We never imagined that ’10 Years’ would have such an impact,’ said executive producer Andrew Choi. ‘We want (the new films) to stimulate discussion about each country.’ He revealed that a fourth derivative film, in South Korea, had been envisaged. —“Busan: Hirokazu Kore-eda Boards ‘Ten Years Japan’ Spinoff”, Variety, Oct 15, 2017

Ten Years/十年 (2015), a low-budget omnibus film collectively filmed by five young directors, testified the political tolerance of Hong Kong commercial theaters and Hong Kong people’s desire of searching for alternatives. The film was highly accepted by ordinary Hong Kong people as well as the international community though banned in China and local mainstream commercial theaters. Charming in Hong Kong with wide applause through numerous community screening, the film was at the same time highly acclaimed among international film industry.Ten Years— International was finished in 2018 and has been released in different film festivals, comprised creations from Japan, Taiwan and Thailand. Inspired by our Hong Kong version, peer filmmakers from other countries envision their own political future. Ten Years, a dystopian film as it was promoted to the world in 2015, being a Hong Kong, locally made non-mainstream artwork piercing into the core of societal angst while getting itself banned, ironically turned out an ambassador in the 2010s, giving Hong Kong film, which was experi- encing a depressing downturn at the time, a global spotlight and source of illumination—the worlding of Hong Kong popular culture. 486 K. J. WANG

References Barbieri, M 1997, Film censorship in Hong Kong, M.Phil. Thesis, University of Hong Kong, Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.5353/th_b3121490. Chan, KM 2011, Crossing the transnational Hong Kong cinema co-production: Production culture, policy, business, and individual practitioners. M.Phil. Thesis, The Chinese University of Hong Kong. Cheung, KY 2006, ‘A primary investigation to the potential of RTHK becoming a public broadcast (初探香港電台公營廣播之路)’, Media Digest, 16 Oct, accessed via http://rthk9.rthk.hk/mediadigest/20061016_76_121165.htm. Cheung, R 2015, New Hong Kong cinema, Berghahn Books, Oxford, New York. Chow, KC 2017, The past and present life of Hong Kong music: Development of early Hong Kong music (1930s–1950s) (香港音樂的前世今生:香港早期音樂發 展歷程 1930s–1950s), Joint Publishing, Hong Kong. Chua, BH 2012, Structure, audience and soft power in East Asian pop culture, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong. Index1

F Blood Saints the Valley of Love/ Film Xueran Xiangsigu (血染相思 Aces Go Places III (1984), 80, 82, 谷), 179n14 83 Boat People/Touben Nuhai 投奔怒海 American Dreams in China/ (1982), 137, 138 Zhongguo Hehuoren 中國合伙人 Bride from Another Town/Guobu (2013), 484 Xinniang (過埠新娘), 67, At This Crucial Juncture/Zuihou 179n14 Guantou 最後關頭 (1937), Bruce Lee Story (1993), 170 125 The Burning of Imperial Palace/ Bad Genius/Chumao Tegong Dui Huoshao Yuanmingyuan 火燒 出貓特攻隊 (2017), 473, 474 圓明園 (1983), 138 A Belated Encounter/Xiangfeng The Butterfly Murders/Die Bian蝶 Henwan 相逢恨晚 (1948), 變 (1979), 75 189 The Cannonball Run/Paodan Feiche Belle in Penang/Bin Cheng Yan 檳城 砲彈飛車 (1981), 71 艷 (1954), 348, 349 Cape No.7/Haijiao Qihao 海角七號 A Better Tomorrow/Yingxiong Bense (2008), 99 英雄本色 (1986), 84, 373 China Behind/Zaijian Zhongguo 再 The Big Boss/Tangshan Daxiong 唐 見中國 (1974), 75, 76, 110 山大兄 (1971), 69, 70, A Chinese Ghost Story/Qiannu 168 Youhun 倩女幽魂 (1987), 83

1 Note: Page numbers followed by ‘n’ refer to notes.

© The Author(s) 2020 487 K. J. Wang, Hong Kong Popular Culture, Hong Kong Studies Reader Series, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-8817-0 488 INDEX

Film (cont.) Election/hei she hui 黑社會 (2005), A Chinese Odyssey Part One– 105 Pandora’s Box/Xiyouji Di Yibai Enter the Dragon/Long Zheng Hu Lingyi Hui zhi Yueguang Baohe Dou (龍爭虎鬥), 71, 184 西遊記第壹佰零壹回之月光寶 The Eye/Jian Gui 見鬼 (2002), 192 盒 (1995), 142 Factory Queen/Gong Chang A Chinese Odyssey Part Two– Huanghou 工廠皇后 (1962), Cinderella/Xiyouji Dajieju zhi 63 Xianlv Qiyuan西遊記大結局之 Farewell My Concubine/Bawang 仙履奇緣 (1995), 142 Bieji 霸王別姬 (1993), 140 Chin Ping Mei/Jinpingmei 金瓶梅 Father and Son/Fu yu Zi 父與子 (1955), 183 (1954), 59 Chuang Tsi Tests His Wife/Zhuangzi Father and Son/Fu Zi Qing 父子情 Shi Qi (莊子試妻), 34, 40, 41, (1981), 75 120 Fearless/Huo Yuanjia 霍元甲 City on Fire/Longhu Fengyun 龍虎風 (2006), 104, 308 雲 (1987), 84 The Fist of Fury/Jingwu Men 精武門 Cleopatra Jones and the Casino of (1972), 70 Gold/Nujingang dou Flirting Scholar/Tangbohu Dian Kuanglongnu 女金剛鬥狂龍女 Qiuxiang 唐伯虎點秋香 (1975), 168 (1993), 349 Confucius/Kongzi 孔子 (2010), 104 Floating City/Fu Cheng 浮城 Dangerous Encounter—1st Kind/ (2012), 7 Diyi Leixing Weixian 第一類型 The Founding of an Army/jianjun 危險 (1980), 75 da ye 建軍大業 (2017), Days of Being Wild/A Fei 103 Zhengzhuan 阿飛正傳 (1990), 48 Hours/Si Shi Ba Xiaoshi 四十八 89, 424 小時 (1937), 125 The Departed (2006), 199 Funeral March/Changzai Woxin 常 The Departed (2007), 2 在我心 (2001), 397 Don’t Go Breaking My Heart/ Future Cops/Chaoji Jietou Bawang Danshen Nannu 單身男女 超級街頭霸王 (1993), 429 (2011), 87 Gallant (2010), 107, 479 Dragon Loaded/Long Gan Wei 龍咁 Games Gamblers Play/Guima 威 (2003), 436 Shuangxing 鬼馬雙星 (1974), Drink Drank Drunk/Qianbei Buzui 70, 362–364 千杯不醉 (2005), 400 A Girl Husband/Qianjin Zhangfu Drug War/du zhan 毒戰 (2013), 千金丈夫 (1954), 146 105 The Grand Duchess and the Waiter Echoes of the Rainbow/Suiyue (1926), 158 Shentou 歲月神偷 (2010), 107, The Grandmaster/Yidai Zongshi 194 (一代宗師), 109, 110 INDEX 489

Half Downward Society/Ban Xialiu The Invincible Fist/Tieshou Wuqing Shehui 半下流社會 (1957), 53 鐵手無情 (1969), 65 Half Way Down/Ban Xialiu Shehui Ip Man/ye wen 葉問 (2008), 105 半下流社會 (1955), 130 It’s a Mad, Mad, Mad World/Fu Hangzhou, 136 Gui Bi Ren (富貴逼人) Hap Ki Do/He Qi Dao 合氣道 series, 81 (1972), 168, 186 Jumping Ashes/Tiaohui 跳灰 (1976), Happy Together/Chunguang Zhaxie 363 春光乍泄 (1997), 89 Kill Bill series, 170 Haunted Pot/Wapen Shenyuan 瓦盆 King Boxer/Tianxia Diyi Quan 申冤 (1909?), 36 天下第一拳 (1972), 167, 168, Havana Divas/Guba Huadan 古巴 186 花旦 (2018), 1 The Lady of Mystry/Shenmi Meiren He Ain’t Heavy, He’s My Father!/ 神秘美人 (1957), 183 Xin Nanxiong Nandi 新難兄難 The Last Woman of Shang/Da Ji 妲 弟 (1993), 88 己 (1964), 186 Her Tender Heart/Yunu Siqing 玉女 The Legend of Purple Hairpin/Zi 私情 (1959), 149 Chai Ji (紫釵記), 57 Homecoming/Sishui Liunian 似水流 The Legend of the Swordsman/Xiaoao 年 (1985), 75 Jianghu II Dongfang Bubai 笑 Hong Kong-Japan film trilogy, 63 傲江湖II東方不敗 (1992), 153 Honolulu, Tokyo, Hong Kong/ Let’s Eat/kai fan la 開飯啦 (2016), Xianggang Dongjing Xiaweiyi 香 193 港.東京.夏威夷 (1963), 63, 180 Let’s Rock/Dajia Le 大家樂 (1975), Hooked on You/Meidang Bianhuan 363 Shi 每當變幻時 (2007), 400 Lifeline/Shengming Xian 生命線 House of 72 Tenants/Qishier Jia (1935), 412 Fangke 七十二家房客 (1973), Little Big Master/Wuge Xiaohai de 133 Xiaozhang 五個小孩的校長 Idio’s Wedding Night/Shazai (2015), 108 Dongfang (傻仔洞房), 44 Little Cheung/Xilu Xiang 細路祥 Infernal Affairs/Wu Jian Dao 無間 (1999), 90 道 (2006), 2, 87, 104 Long Arm of the Law/Shenggang In the Face of Demolition/Weilou Qibing 省港旗兵 (1984), 84 Chunxiao 危樓春曉 (1953), 59, The Longest Summer/Qunian 88 Yanhua Tebie Duo 去年煙花特 In the Mood for Love/Huayang 別多 (1998), 89 Nianhua 花樣年華 (2000), The Long Life Princess/Changsheng 119, 424 Gongzhu 長生宮主 (1940), 188 Intimate Partners/Nanxiong Nandi Lost in Hong Kong/Gang Jiong 港囧 難兄難弟 (1960), 89 (2015), 484 490 INDEX

Film (cont.) A Night in Hong Kong/Xianggang Love and Diet/Shoushen Nannu 瘦身 zhi ye 香港之夜 (1961), 63, 男女 (2001), 87 180 The Love Eterne/Liang Shanbo Yu The Old Man from Southeast Asia/ Zhu Yingtai 梁山伯與祝英台 Nanyang Yabo 南洋亞伯 (1963), 66, 148–150, 183 (1958), 179n14 Love of Malaya/Malaiya Zhilian (馬 Once upon a Time/Huang Feihong 來亞之戀), 179n14 黃飛鴻 (1991), 169 The Love Parade/Xuangong Xianshi The One-Armed Swordsman/Du Bi 璇宮艷史 (1929), 159, 160 Dao 獨臂刀 (1967), 65 Love Undercover/Xinzha Shimei 新 Operation Mekong/Meigong 紮師妹 (2002), 400 Xingdong 湄公行動 (2016), Madame Butterfly/Hudie Furen蝴 102 蝶夫人 (1948), 349 Operation Red Sea/Honghai Xing Madam White Snake/Baishe Zhuan dong 紅海行動 (2018), 103 白蛇傳 (1956), 183 Orphan Island Paradise/Gudao Made in Hong Kong/Xianggang Tiantang 孤島天堂 (1939), Zhizao 香港製造 (1997), 89 125 Made World/Yinian Wuming 一念 Our Sister Hedy/Si Qianjin 四千金 無明 (2017), 474–475 (1957), 149 Malaya Love Affair/Malaiya Zhilian Our Times/Wo de Shaonv Shidai 我 馬來亞之戀 (1954), 179n14 的少女時代 (2015), 483 The Man from Hong Kong/Zhidao Our Time Will Come/Mingyue Huanglong 直搗黃龍 (1975), Jishiyou 明月幾時有 (2017), 167 105 The Matrix, 170 Overheard/Qieting Fengyun 竊聽風 The Merdeka Bridge/Duliqiao 雲 (2009), 105 Zhilian (獨立橋之戀), 67, A Page of History/Xunye Qianqiu 勳 179n14 業千秋 (1941), 42 The Mermaid/Mei Ren Yu 美人魚 Perhaps Love/Ruguo Ai 如果愛 (2016), 195, 484 (2005), 192 Merry-Go-Round/Dongfeng Po (東 political allegory, 90 風破), 107 A Pretty Girl’s Love Affair/Yunv Mr. Nice Guy/Yige Haoren 一個好人 Chunqing 玉女春情 (1958), (1997), 167 66 My Kingdom for a Husband/ Princess Cheung Ping/Di Nu Hua Xuangong Yanshi 璇宮豔史 (帝女花), 57 (1957), 159 Raise the Red Latern/Dahong My Love Comes Too Late/Lang Gui Denglong Gaogao Gua 大紅燈 Wan (郎歸晚), 50, 348 籠高高掛 (1990), 140 Needing You/Gunan Guanu 孤男寡 Real Kung Fu of Shaolin/Renwu 女 (2000), 87 Keren 忍無可忍 (1980), 138 INDEX 491

Rebel Without a Cause (1955), She Married an Overseas Chinese/ 66 Tangshan Asao (唐山阿嫂), Red Cliff/Chibi 赤壁 (2008), 179n14 104 She Remembers, He Forgets/ Red Sea Operation 紅海行動 (2018), Nayitian Women Hui Fei 103, 485 哪一天我們會飛 (2015), 474, Red Turn the Flowers When Down 475 Come the Showers/Yubu Sahua Shinjuku Incident /Xinsu Shijian 新 Huabuhong 雨不灑花花不紅 宿事件 (2009), 105 (1959), 185 A Simple Life/Tao Jie 桃姐 (2011), Reign behind the Curtain/Chuilian 107 Tingzheng 垂簾聽政 (1983), A Simple Life/Tao Jie 桃姐 (2012), 138 195 Romance in Singapore/Xingzhou Song of the Exile/Ke Tu Qiu Hen 客 Yanji 星洲艷跡 (1956), 途秋恨 (1991), 75 179n14 Song of the Fishermen/Yuguang Qu Romance of Songsters/Gelu Qing 漁光曲 (1934), 125 Chao 歌侶情潮 (1934), 45, 47, Sorrows of the Forbidden City/Qing 156, 162, 169 Gong Mishi 清宮秘史 (1948), Romancing In Thin Air/Gao Haiba 53, 129, 132 Zhi Lian II 高海拔之戀 II So Siu Siu/Su Xiaoxiao 蘇小小 (2012), 87 (1962), 136 Rouge/Yanzhi 胭脂 (1925), 41, 89, Soul of China/Guo Hun 國魂 120 (1948), 53, 129 Rouge/Yan Zhi Kou 胭脂扣 (1987), So Young/Zhi Women Jijiang Shiqu 89 de Qingchun 致我們即將失去的 Rumble in the Bronx/Hongfanqu 紅 青春 (2013), 484 番區 (1995), 168 Star of Hong Kong/Xianggang zhi Sanda Wong (aka The Revenge of Xing 香港之星 (1963), 63 Sanda Wong)/Shemo Fuchou Ji Star of Hong Kong/Xianggang zhi 蛇魔復仇記 (1955), 190 xing 香港之星 (1962), 180 Sawarak/Sheyao Dao 蛇妖島 (1955), Stealing a Roast Duck/tou shao ya 190 (偷燒鴨), 34, 37, 127 Script of Play/Xi Jing (戲經), 46 The story of Woo Viet/Hu Yue de Sepet/Wo Ai Danyanpi我愛單眼皮 Gushi 胡越的故事 (1981), 75 (2004), 439 The Taking of Tiger Mountain 智取 72 Tenants/Qishier Jia Fangke 七十 威虎山 (2014), 102 二家房客 (1963), 133 The Taking of Tiger Mountain/Zhiqu Shaolin Soccer/Shaolin Zuqiu 少林足 Weihushan 智取威虎山 (2015), 球 (2001), 199 485 The Shaolin Temple/Shaolin Si 少林 Teddy Girls/Fei Nu Zhengzhuan 飛 寺 (1982), 141 女正傳 (1969), 63 492 INDEX

Film (cont.) When Durians Bloom/Liulian Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles/ Piaoxiang 榴蓮飄香 (1959), Renzhegui 忍者龜 (1990), 71 66, 67, 179n14 Ten Thousand Li Ahead/Qian The Whispering Palms/Yelinyue Cheng Wanli 前程萬里 (1940), (椰林月), 179n14 126 White Gold Dragon/Bai Jin Long 白 Ten Years, 108, 185, 458, 477–479 金龍 (1934), 45, 47, 159 Ten Year/Shi Nian 十年 (2015), White Gold Dragon/Baijin Long 白 108, 184, 191, 477, 485 金龍 (1933), 119–123, 126, Ten Years—International, 485 156, 158, 173 30% 70%/Sanfen Qifen (三分七分), Xue Pinggui & Wang Baochai/Xue 428 Pinggui Yu Wang Baochai Three… Extreme/San Geng II 三更2 (薛平貴與王寶釧), 144 (2004), 192 Xuemei Misses Her Betrothed/ Three/San Geng 三更 (2002), 192 Xuemei Sijun 雪梅思君 (1949), Tokyo Interlude/Yingdu Yanji 櫻都 144 艷跡 (1955), 182 Young and Dangerous/Gu Huo Zai To Live/Huo Zhe 活著 (1994), 140 (古惑仔) series, 87 The Treasure of General Yamashita/ Shanxia Fengwen Baozang 山下奉文寶藏 (1957), 190 I Trivisa (2016), 451, 479 Index words/phrases Two fools in hell/Liangsha you diyu AABA, 344, 344n2, 348, 349, 357, 兩傻遊地獄 (1958), 351 358, 360, 405 2046 (2004), 424 Academic Hall, 375 Two Thumbs Up/Chongfeng Che Aces Go Places/Zui Jia Paidang 衝鋒車 (2015), 108 (最佳拍檔) series, 80, 82, 87 U-Man/Guaishou Xueyuan Abbas, Ackbar, 89, 264 怪獸學園 (2002), 397 Action film, 64, 65, 68, 76, 84, The Warlords/Touming Zhuang 104, 110, 169, 171, 184, 187, 投名狀 (2007), 193 475 Way Down West/Xi Xiang Ji Adachi Yumi (安達佑實), 311 (西廂記), 43 Adam Cheng (鄭少秋), 240, 241, The Way of the Dragon/Menglong 244, 307, 358, 360, 370, 436 Guojiang 猛龍過江 (1972), 70 Adaptation of Chinese literature, 43, The Way We Dance/Kuang Wu Pai 59 狂舞派 (2013), 475 Affective bonding, 118 Weed and Wild Flowers/Yecao Affective power, 26 Xianhua 野草閒花 (1930), Africa, 15, 171 412 African ethnic identity, 170 Weeds on Fire/Dian Wu Bu 點五步 Against-diaspora, 17 (2016), 108, 474 Age of color TV, 239 INDEX 493

Ah Chian (阿燦), 263–267, 269, Anti-repression, 171 270, 290, 291, 296, 324–325, Anti-white-supremacy, 171 336 Apollo Theater (新舞台), 78, 79 Air time, 217, 219, 221, 222, 225, Applause Pictures, 87, 192 227, 230, 233, 239, 302, 310, Appreciation index (AI), 275–282 335, 357, 388, 431, 435 Art-house films, 187, 373 “Alan and Hacken” (左麟右李), 399 Art Tune (Yisheng 藝聲), 423 Albert Au (歐瑞強), 227, 371 Asia Film Company (亞洲影業), 40, Albert Leung (林夕), 2, 378, 384, 130 390 Asian Film (亞洲影業), 25, 53, 64, Alex To (杜德偉), 429 186, 191 Alfred Hui (許廷鏗), 401 Asian financial crisis, 85, 191, 284, All-Cantonese popular song 392, 396 recordings, 350 Asian Four Tigers, 5, 11 “All Chinese Song Movement” (中 Asian Motion Picture Company (亞 文歌運動), 386–388 西亞影戲公司), 37, 40, 124 All-encompassing, 7, 63, 372, 381, Asian-ness, 11 389, 405, 466, 469, 472 Asian publisher (亞洲出版社), 53 All-star, 372 Asia Television Limited (ATV), 218, “Alternative” music scene, 377 243, 244, 256, 258–261, 271, Amoy, 13, 14, 144, 189, 190 272, 274–277, 283–286, 290, Amoy film, 14, 46, 59, 144–145, 308–313, 316–318, 326, 331, 189, 190 335, 434, 464 Anderson Junior (安德尊), 244 Association of Film Workers in Andy Lau (劉德華), 87, 104, 153, China, 55 193, 195, 321, 388, 389, 444, At17, 401 446, 447, 483, 484 ATV Home, 259, 317 Ann Hui (許鞍華), 73, 75, 105, ATV World, 259, 317 137, 138, 195, 251–253 Audience survey, 228–232, 301 Annual quota of film importation, Australia, 161, 166, 167, 237, 259, 102 298, 303–305, 334 Antenna, 316–318, 320, 323 Australian Film Institute, 167 Anthony Wong, 2, 380, 403, Auteurship, 74, 88, 104, 195 404 Avant-garde, 183, 377, 420, 477 Anti-British broadcasting, 297 Ba Jin (巴金), 59 Anti-capitalism, 59, 132, 135 Baby boomers, 34, 67n13, 72, Anti-communist war, 296, 299 264, 354, 356, 365, 426, Anti-corruption, 264 431, 432 Anti-feudalism, 59, 132 Backward mainland, 264, 270 Anti-Japan, 47, 48, 125, 127, 163, Band scene, 357, 376–380, 382, 298 406, 426–428, 431, 432 Anti-Japanese sentiments, 314 Band sound, 357, 376–379, 431 494 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Bollywood, 193 Bank of East Asia, 121 Bo Ho, 69 Bankruptcy of CTV, 247 BONA (博納影業), 105, 193, 195 BBC, 75, 221, 235, 248–250, 275, Border-crossing, 1, 5, 10, 11, 22, 286 26, 27, 36, 44, 51, 63, 66, 71, Beacon of modern East Asia, 26 73, 89, 110, 119, 137, Beatles, 352, 354, 376, 427, 155–158, 162, 171, 192, 197, 430–432 296, 302–312, 320, 327, 335, Beatles of the Philippines, 427 336, 350, 354, 409, 417, 437, Bee, Kenny (鍾鎮濤), 376, 451, 438, 441, 483 480n15 Borrowed place borrowed time, 264 Beijing, 7, 13, 42, 44, 46n6, 83, Brain drain, 103, 457 109, 122, 138, 191n16, 195, British Chamber of Commerce, 297 310, 320, 331, 332, 379, 381, British colonial era, 7 389, 443, 444, 446, 451, 457, British colony, 5, 27, 48, 52, 57, 88, 471 120, 127, 131, 132, 144, 156, Bejou Scenic Theater (比照), 38n4 160, 223, 264, 270, 295, 296, Beka (璧架), 416 314, 315, 333–335, 354, 367, Below the Lion Rocks/Shizi 420, 432, 459 Shanxia (獅子山下), 75, 228, British concession, 43 250–251, 253–256, 290, 368 Broadcast Drive, 218, 221, 245, Bendall, Colin, 237 257, 271, 289 Berlin Film Festival, 107, 183, 195, Broadcasting Advisory Committee, 471 220 Best Film Award, 107, 108 Broadcasting Authority, 284, 285, Best of Best (BOB, 最佳拍檔), 87 291 Beyond, 368, 377, 378, 382, 383, Broadcasting Review Board, 261 390–391, 441 Broadcasting soap operas, 25 B-grade, 183 Broadcast Relay Service, 221 Big-band-jazz, 421, 423, 450 Broadcast soap opera (廣播劇), 219, Big Echo, 385 222, 226–228, 239 Big Pictures, 195 Broadcast to Wives, 298 Bilingual version Cantopop, 444 Broadway Cinematheque (BC), Billboard magazine, 344 96–98 Birmingham Centre for Broadway Circuit (百老匯院線), 95 Contemporary Cultural Studies Broadway musicals, 23, 158, 450 (CCCS), 9, 10 Brodsky, Benjamin, 37, 39–41, Black Bird (黑鳥), 377, 379 39n5 Black, Sir Robert, 460 Brooks, D. E., 228, 248–250, 299, Blood of financing, 56 300 Bluebird Film Company (青鳥電影 Bruce Lee (李小龍), 68–73, 76, 公司), 137, 138 109, 150, 157, 163, 167–170, Boat people, 231, 251 184, 186, 187, 197, 199, 238 INDEX 495

Buck, Pearl, 243 “Cantonese popular song” (yue yu Build a sense of belonging, 301, shi dai qu 粵語時代曲), 26, 301n3 313, 341, 343–354, 356–361, Butterfly Wu (胡蝶), 411 364, 405, 409–411, 413, 421, Cai Chusheng, 22, 44, 55, 125, 126 428, 433, 438, 439 California, 16, 157 Cantopop, 2, 23, 26, 27, 29, 223, Canal Theatre, 165 240, 241, 253, 341–406, Cannes International Film 409–451, 458, 460, 462, 463, Festival, 1 476, 477, 480, 482–484 Cantonese cultural center, 44 Cantopop is dead, 342 Cantonese film, 36, 45–51, 54–58, Capital Artist (華星), 361, 368–373, 61–64, 66, 67, 76–78, 119, 396, 399, 400, 438 121–123, 126, 131, 133, 134, Carpio, Teresa (杜麗莎), 430 136, 143, 152, 155–164, 173, Carroll, John, 3, 52, 73 174, 188, 238, 240, 241, 257, Cassette album, 377, 378 265, 342, 346, 348, 349, 351, Cat chase mice, 317 356–357, 362, 363, 365, 367, Cathay cinema chain, 61 405, 412, 460, 468 Cathay Organisation, 53, 63, 69, 71 Cantonese folk tunes, 23, 26, 50, CBS/Sony, 371, 442 253, 343, 347, 348, 423 CCP-KMT civil war, 125, 131 Cantonese opera, 1, 5, 7, 11, 26, CCTV, 310, 319, 320, 322, 327, 38, 38n4, 50, 57, 57n10, 58, 330, 331, 333 61, 119–123, 126, 155–161, Census and Statistics department, 163–165, 173, 187, 219, 223, 152, 199–202, 261 228, 238, 301, 342–344, Central District, 41, 219, 461 346–348, 350, 352, 353, 359, Central Pictures Corporation (中 361, 405, 411, 412, 414, 418, 影), 149 423, 428, 433, 440, 450, 459, Central plain, 6, 17, 54, 117, 125, 460, 462 131, 175, 176, 178 Cantonese opera music, 161, 345, Central-plain cultural-centric, 124, 418, 440 149 Cantonese opera performer, 45, 46, Chain theaters/cinemas, 77, 81, 87, 62, 119–121, 123, 157, 162, 92, 93, 95 169, 219, 222, 228, 234, 346, Chan, Agnes Meiling (陳美齡), 372 417 Chan Ho-Sun, Peter (陳可辛), 87, Cantonese opera singer, 28, 45, 48, 103, 192, 193 56, 57n10, 58, 347, 361, 364, Chan, Priscilla (陳慧嫻), 371, 434 411, 416, 419 Chan Fai-yeung (陳輝陽), 390 Cantonese opera sing-song film, 1, Chan Pei (陳皮), 188 57, 160, 347 Chan Po-chu (陳寶珠), 62, 238, Cantonese operatic songs, 219, 342, 356 345, 345n3, 350, 414–416, Chan Sze Wai (陳詩慧), 419 482 496 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Chin Kwong-yan (aka Uncle Chin Chang Cheh (張徹), 65, 70, 84, 錢廣仁), 412, 419 153, 186 China Entertainment (Huayu, Change of demography, 272 華娛), 286, 318 Chang-Hwa Jeong (鄭昌和), 186 China Film and Education Chang Kuo-hsing (張國興), 130 Association, 126 Chang Loo (張露), 429 China Film Co-Production Chapman, 190 Corporation (CFCC, Chapman To (杜汶澤), 193, 194 合拍公司), 138–140 Charmaine Fong (方皓玟), 401, China Film Group, 193 402 China Film United (Huaying 華影), Charmaine Sheh Sze Man (佘詩曼), 128 481 “China Film United”/“Hua Ying” Cheap laborers, 1, 10, 13, 159, 179, (中華聯合製片股份有限公 司, 351 華影), 182 Cheng, Norman (鄭東漢), 432 China—Hong Kong relation, 266 Cheng, Ronald (鄭中基), 436 China Mail, 38 Cheng, Sammi (鄭秀文), 391, 399, China nostalgia, 175, 176 443, 445, 447 China Record Corporation Cheng Kam Cheong (鄭錦昌), 352 (中國唱片), 423 Cheng Kwan-min (鄭君綿), 238, China Star (中國之星), 448, 449 347, 349, 351, 352, 364, 411 China Star Entertainment Group Cheng Kwok-kong (鄭國江), 360, (中國星), 87 364 China Sun (民新電影公司), 35, 36, Cheng Yu-tong (鄭裕彤), 259 39, 41–43, 71, 120, 123, 124, Chet Lam (林一峰), 402 187, 422 Cheuk Pak-Tong (卓伯棠), 74, 75 China Sun Film company (Minxin Cheung, Esther, 8 民新), 35, 41, 120, 412 Cheung, Jacky (張學友), 192, 368, China Sun Motion Pictures, 43 388, 398, 429, 434, 435, 439, Chinatown, 11, 13, 56, 166, 189 443, 446, 449, 480n15 China Wind, 446–448, 451 Cheung, Mabel (張婉婷), 195 Chinese-American, 40, 45 Cheung Kok-ming (章國明), 73 Chinese cinema, 22, 55, 118 Cheung Ming-man’s (張明敏), 381 Chinese Communist Party, aka CCP, Cheung Wood Yau (張活遊), 141, 44, 49, 51, 103, 125, 130, 347 132–135, 138, 139, 145, 147, Cheung Ying (張瑛), 141, 159, 160 165n11, 179, 185, 193, 299, Chiao Chiao (焦姣), 149 300 Chiao En-chun (焦恩俊), 438 Chinese identity, 179 Chiau, Stephen (周星馳), 142, 143, Chinese Malayan Ho’s family, 62 195, 199, 349, 484 Chineseness, 12, 13, 15, 18, 19, Chi Luen film company (志聯), 62, 117, 149, 150, 175, 448, 78 451 INDEX 497

“Chinese” nostalgia, 74, 175, 176 Cicada (蟬), 377 “Chinese Odyssey,” 142 Cinema City Company (新藝城影 Chinese taste, 195, 333 業), 79, 153, 184, 373 “Chinese United Picture”/“Zhong Cinematograph, 35, 39 Lian” (中華聯合製片公司, 中 Cinepoly (新藝寶), 373, 400 聯), 182 Ciros (仙樂), 426 “Ching Ping Lok” (清平樂), 40 City Hall (香港大會堂, the one Ching Siu Tung (程小東), 187 opened in 1962), 375, Ching Wai (程偉), 264, 266, 270 459–461, 465 Chiu, Joseph (趙樹燊), 45, 50, 109, The city is dying, 2, 481 125, 162, 163, 412 Civilized and modern Hong Kong, Chiu Te Ken Deacon (邱根德), 259 264 Chiung Yao (瓊瑤), 241, 311 “Civilized drama,” 40, 120, 172 Cho Tat-wah (曹達華), 122 Civil war, 33, 49, 51, 125, 129, Cho Yuen (楚原), 133, 134 131, 132, 139, 146, 185, 300, Choi, Charlene (蔡卓妍), 396 427 Chongqing, 127, 146 “Cleaning-up Movement” (粵語電 Chou, Jay (周杰倫), 443, 447 影清潔運動), 54–59, 61, 164 Chow, Vivian (周慧敏), 371 Clearwater Bay, 64, 186 Chow Man-wai Raymond (鄒文懷), Clifton Ko Chi-sum (高志森), 81 69 Closer Economic Partnership Chow Yiu Fai (周耀輝), 375, 380, Agreement (CEPA), 34, 41, 403, 403n21, 404, 410, 448, 101–110, 191, 193–196, 318, 476, 477 327, 328, 330, 332, 333, 457, Chow Yun-fat (周潤發), 88, 240, 464, 465, 467, 469 264, 321 Cold War, 5, 21, 33, 51–59, 77, Christine Lee Look Ngan-kwan (利 110, 131, 134, 136, 141, 陸雁群), 257 145–149, 175, 180, 181, 183, Chu Yiu Wai (朱耀偉), 106, 388, 189, 190, 202, 269, 271, 390, 391, 397, 398n19, 403, 296–301, 314, 353, 466 451, 455, 478 Collective memory, 150, 195, 288, Chua Beng Huat, 19–21, 24, 101, 355 457 Collectivism, 58, 121, 132, 323 Chun Kim (秦劍), 62 Collectivization Movement, 132 Chung, Gillian (鍾欣潼), 396, 397 Colonial history, 12, 192 Chung King-fai (鍾景輝), 240 Color television drama, 241 Chung Po-yin (鐘寶賢), 46, 136 Columbia (歌林), 190, 416–418, Chung Wai-ming (鍾偉明), 222 416n7, 416n8, 422 Chung Yuen (中原電影), 137, Columbia film company, 190 141n6 Commerce and Economic Chungking Theater (重慶戲院), Development Bureau, 465, 38n4 467, 470 498 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) The cradle of the new voice, 421 Commercial-driven, 196, 233, 271 CreateHK, 27 Commercially driven nationalism, Create Hong Kong, 465–467 329–330 Create in China, 194 Commercial Radio (CR 商業電台), Creative Capital, 465 221–222, 225, 226, 229, 245, Creative industries, 28, 464–466 354, 355, 374, 378, 386, 387, Crisis cinema, 107 389, 482 Cross-Harbour Tunnel, 238 Commercial Television (CTV, 佳藝 Cross-media stardom, 372–373, 電視), 74, 218, 236, 242, 376 244–249, 256, 261, 263, 268, Cross-regional, 20, 22, 175 271, 285, 287, 289, 290, 302, Crown Records (娛樂唱片), 361, 303, 307, 316, 326, 437–439, 438 464 Cuba, 161 Communications Authority, 285 Cui Jian (崔健), 449 Communist China, 21, 76, 134, Cultural ambassador, 14, 144, 423 135, 189, 381 Cultural broker, 18, 21, 335 Composers and Authors Society of Cultural China, 16 Hong Kong Limited (CASH), Cultural fascination over Japan, 311 365 Cultural landscape, 3, 4, 6, 314 “Concert for Democracy in China” Cultural passport, 177 (民主歌聲獻中華), 381 Cultural proximity, 52, 56, 148, Confucius culture, 192 313, 315, 316, 335, 348, 349, Conglomerates, 12, 19, 22, 70, 435 130, 150, 305, 396, 417 Cultural reminiscence, 322, 439 Connaught Road, 221 Cultural Revolution, 67, 73, 75, 80, Contect Sound (康藝成音), 371 102, 136–138, 140, 266, 270, Coolies, 15 302, 310, 316, 323, 484 Cooperative, 55, 58, 59, 71, 121, Cultural studies, 4, 9 132, 137 Cultural workers and filmmakers Corporatization, 291, 344, 467 (南來影人), 22, 48 Cosmopolitan, 7, 73, 315 D&B (former D&J Film Company Cost-revenue balance, 92 德寶電影), 80, 87, 92 Costume dramas, 136, 240–244, D&J Film Company (德寶電影公 246, 247, 261, 285n27, 290, 司), 80 302, 306, 307, 312, 323, 324, Da Guangming (大光明), 53, 132, 326, 327, 359, 437–439 133 Costume films, 65–66, 183, 206 Dadi Media, 195 Counter-Japan propaganda, 298 Daughter of Hong Kong, 369 Counter-propaganda, 297 David Der-wei Wang, 4 Cover songs, 351, 369–371, de Kloet, Jeroen, 375, 380, 447, 386–388, 390, 428–430, 451 432–435, 437, 442, 443 Dean, James, 63, 66 INDEX 499

Deanie Ip (葉德嫻), 2 182, 184, 185, 187, 192, 295, Dear Jane, 403 313, 315, 328, 335, 336, 342, Death of Hong Kong film, 85, 90 368, 405, 415, 433, 457, 467, Death of Jiang Zemin, 284–285 471, 478 Denise Ho (何韻詩), 2, 402, 447 East Asian culture circle, 19–21 Department of Education, 249 East Asian identity, 20 Deserted, 14 East Asian popular culture, 19, 20, De-territorialization, 332 24, 192, 450, 471 D’Hijacks, 427 Eastman color wide-screen filming, Diamond channel, 259 66 Diamond company (鑽石唱片), Eastman Kodak-colored wide 428, 432 screen, 150 Diaspora, 175, 255 East meets West, 7, 8, 427 Director of Broadcasting, 228, 230, Ebert, Hans, 344, 445 249, 253 Eddi Sing, 377 Disc jockey (DJ), 227, 234, 337, Edison, Thomas, 25, 35, 37, 415, 371, 372, 374, 431, 445 415n4, 416 Distribution circuit, 43 Edko Films Ltd (安樂電影), 95 DJ culture, 374 Educational television, 245 “DJ’s professional Education television unit, 245, 249 recommendation,” 374 EEG (Emperor Entertainment Dongyang (ocean at the east 東洋), Group 英皇娛樂集團), 373, 180–185 391, 396, 397, 400, 401 Door-opening policy, 5, 136, 140, 18/F Block C (十八樓C座), 227 301, 335 Electric and Musical Industri (EMI), Dou Wei 竇唯 (1996), 389 159, 371, 416, 417, 422, 424, Double marginality, 6, 124, 127, 433, 442 156 Elvis Presley in the East, 360 The “double south line” (Shuang Emperor Motion Pictures (EMP), Nan Xian 雙南線), 80, 132 396, 397 Double-Ten National Day Endogenous, 18, 433, 467 Celebration, 130 Enjoy Yourself, It's Later Than You Dragon-head theaters, 92, 165 Think, 238 Dramas of big family conflicts, 242 “Enjoy Yourself Tonight” (EYT, “Dramas of early Republican China” Huanle Jinxiao 歡樂今宵), (民初劇), 240 237–239, 238n14, 241, 302, Dream Moon, 193, 194 323, 360 D’Topnotes, 427 Enka (yange 演歌), 434, 450 Eason Chan (陳奕迅), 391, 399, EP album, 378, 396 400, 443 Epic historical film, 53, 104 East Asian, 5, 11, 19–23, 64, 72, ERA Group, 306 81, 110, 111, 123, 171, 180, Erhu (二胡), 359, 360 500 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Film Services Office (FSO), 467 Erotic films, 76, 149, 150 Film songs, 51, 344, 346–349, 351, Ethnic-cultural identity, 14 357, 361–364, 392, 405, Ethnic minorities, 169, 171 410–413, 426, 429, 433, 479 Eugene Pao (包以正), 377 Financial center, 7, 10, 14, 82 Eurasians, 7, 44 Financial city, 82 Euro-American popular songs (歐西 Fin de siècle, 85–90, 118, 143, 264, 流行曲), 223, 387, 435 312 Euro-American rock, 26, 357, 405 First Cantonese feature film, 45, Eurocentrism, 19 119, 122–124 Executive Council, 283, 285, 287 First Film, 468 Exogenous, 18, 393, 406, 467 “Fisherman” (1995), 269 Experimental transnationality, 192 Fitto Record Company (飛圖娛樂), The Fabulous Echoes, 427, 428 385, 396 Factory girl, 62 Five-tonal scale (宮商角徵羽), 359 Family-value based, 315 Flexibility, 8, 21, 102, 104, 273, Fantastic TV, 287 334, 451, 472, 474 Far East Bank, 259 Fluidity, 8, 18, 21, 104, 421, 483 Fashion dramas, 241, 242, 267, Fok Ying-tung (霍英東), 138 290, 359 Folklores-based fantasies, 173, 177 Fashion films, 65, 183 Fong, Khalil (方大同), 402 Feng Huang movie enterprise (鳳凰 Fong Yim-fun (芳艷芬), 347–349 影業), 54, 80, 133 Fong Yuk-ping (方育平), 73 Ferry theaters, 92, 165 Forbidden City, 53, 138 Festival del film Locarno, 53 Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Festival of Hong Kong, 460 236 The Fifties (五十年代), 53, 132, Found in Transition, 451, 455, 478 133 Frances Yip (葉麗儀), 322 Filipino bands, 421, 426, 427 Frank Lee, 164 Film censorship, 466, 467 Freedom Association, 135 Film Development Fund (FDF), Freedom China, 52, 145, 146, 181, 194, 195, 467, 468 197 Film Guarantee Fund (FGF), 467 Freedom world, 181 Filmmakers Free General Free television service, 218, 245, Association (aka Freedom 261 Association, 港九電影戲劇事業 Fruit Chan (陳果), 89 自由總會), 135 Fu Poshek (傅葆石), 124, 161 Film music, 346, 347, 358, 362, Fujian Film Studio, 138 412, 413 Fund-raising concert, 234 Film noir, 184, 187, 373 Fung Hang Record (風行唱片), 160 Film Production Financing Projects, Fusion of Western and Cantonese, 467–468 347, 351 INDEX 501

Gaisberg, Fred, 415, 415n6, 416 Good old days, 88, 384, 403, 474 Gala chain (嘉樂院線), 80 Gordon Lam Ka Tung (林家棟), 87 Gambling games, 76 Governmental news office, 222 “Gang Chan Pian” (Hong Kong-­ GOW, 219, 223 made films, 港產片), 34, 51, Grace Chang (葛蘭), 63, 66, 423, 77, 85n23, 99, 102, 108, 341, 424, 426 467, 469 Gramophone, 119, 122, 160, 346, Gangster films, 57, 87, 102, 103, 349, 409, 413–416, 415n4, 150 415n6, 418, 419, 421, 422 Gathering Asians, 471 Gramophone Company (謀得利), G.E.M. (鄧紫棋), 448, 449 159, 412, 415, 415n6, 416 “General Strike” (省港大罷工), 43, Grand studios, 61, 64, 65, 150, 257 120, 124 Grand View (Da Guan 大觀) film Geo-political status, 12, 21, 101, company, 45, 46, 50, 51, 181, 269, 342 162–163, 169, 188, 348, 349, Geo-politics, 3, 27, 183 412 George Ho (何佐芝), 226, 245 Grantham, Alexander, 299 Ghost fantasies, 183, 187 Grasshopper (草蜢), 379, 446 Ghost thrillers, 76, 83, 84 Great China Film Company (大中華 Girl-next-door, 389, 400 影業公司), 45, 49, 49n8, 50, Global Chinese cool, 410, 448, 456 161, 169, 348, 412 The Global Chinese song Chart (全 Great China Film Studio (大中華影 球華語歌曲排行榜), 444 業), 49, 51 Global citizens, 110 Great China record company (長城 Global Hong Kong, 306 唱片), 418 Globalization, 20, 22, 23, 52, 175, Great Union Organisation (大聯唱 194, 413n3, 443 片), 439 Global-ness, 4 Great Wall (長城電影), 54, 80, Global stardom, 143 129–131, 130n3, 133, 134, Golden channel, 222, 259 137, 138, 422 Golden disc, 366, 366n10, 370 Great Wall Pictures (長城電影製片), Golden Harvest Entertainment 54, 80, 129 Company (嘉禾娛樂事業), Gu Long (古龍), 247, 307 68–73, 69n14, 69n15, 70n16, Guangdong Cable Television, 317 70n17, 76, 78, 80, 81, 87, 91, Guangdong-Hong Kong Football 92, 150, 167, 168, 184, 186, Cup, 308 186n15, 187, 257, 358, 362, Guangdong province, 23, 36, 45, 363 157, 163, 230, 296, 301, Golden Princess (金公主), 79, 80, 316–320, 322, 335, 345 87, 92, 154, 165 Guangdong Television Station, Golden Way, 69 323 The Good Earth, 243 Guangzhou, 36 502 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) HMV, 416 Guangzhou sing-song twins, 345, Ho, Denise (何韻詩), 2, 402 413 Hoi Hwa Film Corporation (海華), Guangzhou Zhujiang Film 138 Company (Pearl River Film Ho Ta-sho (何大傻), 417 Company 珠江電影製片廠), Ho Tung, Sir Robert (何東爵士), 133 44 Guitar Players Festival, 377 Ho Yin (何賢), 138 Guo Lian company (國聯), 188 Hokkien, 15, 144, 145, 148, 175, Guzheng (古箏), 360 300 Hai Pai (Shanghai camp, 海派), Hokkien film, 144 155 Hollywood in the East, 12, 21, 25, Hakka, 144, 173, 178, 222, 230, 35, 51, 71, 110, 150, 193, 456 300 Hollywood of China, 156 Han-Chinese, 14, 17 Home Affairs Bureau, 471 Han-ethnic, 13–15, 144, 145, 148, Home, Spring, Autumn (家春秋), 59 175–177 Honami, Ishibashi (鈴木保奈美), Han ethnicity, 14 311 Hanification, 15 Hong Kong Art Development Harmonicks, 432 Council (ADC), 464–466 Hawthorne, Jimmy, 248–250 Hong Kong Arts Festival, 460 Heavenly kings and queens, 23, Hong Kong Brands & Products 380, 388–391, 398 Expo, 228 Helena Law Lan (羅蘭), 238 Hong Kong City Hall, 38, 375, 462 Herbal tea shops, 223, 355 Hong Kong Coliseum (HKC), 368, Her Fatal Ways/Biaojie Ni Haoye 表 369, 375, 377, 384, 391, 397, 姐你好嘢 (1991–1992), 84 402, 406, 428, 442–443, 460, Heterogeneity, 13, 15, 16 462 Heteroglossia (眾生喧嘩), 15, 117, Hong Kong Commercial Radio Co 305, 376–379 (CR), 225–227, 229, 230 Hins Cheung (張敬軒), 395, 402, Hong Kong Cultural Centre, 460 450 Hong Kong Economic and Trade Hirokazu Kore-eda (是枝裕和), 185 Office, 167 Historical contingencies, 6, 27, 52, Hong Kong Film Archive, 57, 58, 109, 117, 120, 142, 148, 149, 59n12, 127n2, 138n5, 141n6 163, 177, 196, 268, 315, 334, Hong Kong Film Awards, 107, 108, 422, 450 184, 475, 478, 479, 481, 482 Hit Awards (新城勁爆頒獎典禮), Hong Kong Film Company (香港 374 影片公司), 43–44, 146, 185, HKSAR, 88, 110 315 HK-TVB Limited, 257 Hong Kong Film Development HKTV protest, 288, 291 Council, 1 INDEX 503

Hong Kong Film Festival in Hsin Hua film company (新華影業), Australia, 167 128, 146, 147, 182 Hong Kong Filmmakers Study Hu Chin (胡錦), 149 Group, 132 Huamei Film Company (literally Hong Kong Golden Disc Award, meaning Chinese-American film 366 company, 華美影片公司), 40, Hong Kong Government Liaison 41, 124 Officer in Australia, 298 Huangmei Diao (黃梅調), 122, Hong Kong International Film & 148, 176 TV Marked (FILMART), 471 Huangmei Diao films, 123, 176 Hong Kong International Film “Hua xi” (picture photo-play 畫戲), Festival (HKIFF), 38, 460, 35 467, 471 Huayu, 11 Hong Kong International Film Hub of Cantonese film production, Festival Society, 1 46 Hong Kong miracle, 27, 270 Hui, Andy (許志安), 399 Hong Kong New Wave, 70, 73–76, Hui brothers (許氏兄弟), 69, 70, 485 72, 76, 184, 361–364, 367 Hong Kong’s future, 83, 108, 143, Humanistic sensibility, 75 271, 377, 441 Hunan Satellite TV, 327, 333, 449 Hong Kong’s identity, 73, 75, 464 “100% Original Day” (百分百創作 Hongkong Shanghai Banking 日), 387 Corporation (HSBC), 7, 269, Hybridity, 8, 21, 23, 26, 73, 109, 270, 459 111, 141, 197, 342, 344, 350, Hong Kong spirit, 255, 270 354, 387, 388, 405, 437, 451, Hong Kong story, 25, 270, 458 482, 483 Hong Kong-style streamline mode Hybridization, 17, 18, 26, 296, of production, 322 329, 331, 333, 346, 411, 442 Hong Kong taste, 2, 103, 104, 107, Hybrid sonic-scape, 354 194, 197, 223 I am a Singer (我是歌手), 448 Hong Kong television war, 74 Identity anxiety, 81, 83, 90 Hong Kong Trade Development Identity category, 263–270 Council (HKTDC), 471 Ideological camps, 44 “Hong Kong” trilogy, 89, 180, 181 Imaginative community, 74 Hong Kong TV Network (HKTV), Imagined community, 13, 18, 20, 2, 287, 288, 291, 464, 481 150, 179 Ho Tung, Sir Robert (何東爵士), Independent bands (indie bands), 44 377, 403 Hou Yao (侯曜), 43 Independent Commission Against Housing Authority, 252, 253 Corruption (ICAC), 251, Hsia Meng (夏夢), 138 252n18, 441 504 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) 190, 192, 239, 286, 310, 311, Independent production system, 69, 313, 314, 328, 370, 384, 385, 70, 91 400, 415n6, 416, 425, Indonesia, 99, 156, 157, 173, 177, 433–437, 451, 485 181, 202 Japanese-controlled press, 297 Indonesia under the Netherlands Japanese influence, 313, 405, 433 colony, 57 Japanese Kouhaku Singing Contest In Melbourne Tonight, 237 by NHK (红白歌合战), 434 Inōe Umetsugu (井上梅次), 65, Japanese-ness, 314 183 Japanese occupation, 14, 125, 148, Institut Lumière, 38 163, 182, 297 Inter-Asia, 11 Japanese, occupied by, 48 Inter-Asian reference, 19, 23, 24, Japanese popular culture (J-pop), 192 20, 313, 335, 372, 433–436, International Federation of the 442, 451 Phonographic Industry (IFPI), Japanese samurai, 65 366, 370, 374, 379, 390, 394, Japanese TV dramas, 313, 435, 394n17 436 International record companies, Japanese version “Ten Years”, 185 371, 413, 416, 421, 422, 442, Jia Zhangke (賈樟柯), 478, 484 444, 450 Jiang Boying (蔣伯英), 49 Intra/inter-local, 107 Jiang Hu (江湖), 246 Intra-regional, 22 Jiang Zemin, 284 Invasion of Martians 火星進攻地球 Ji Jin-hee, 192 (1961), 226 Jimmy Lo (盧國沾), 360, 362, 364, Ip Man, 109 428, 438 Iwabuchi, K., 19, 20, 101, 313 Jin, MC (歐陽靖), 402 “I want genuine universal suffrage” Jin Yan (金焰), 412 (我要真普選), 256 Jindu film company, 190 Jackie Chan (成龍), 69, 72, 88, John Shum Kin-fun (岑建勳), 80 167–169, 184, 187, 191n16, John Woo (吳宇森), 57, 84, 88, 481, 481n16 169, 170, 187, 373, 473 Jade (翡翠戲院), 78, 236, 240, 258, Johnnie To (杜琪峰), 87–88 260, 261, 273, 274, 302 Joint venture, 304, 331 “Jade Theater” (翡翠劇場), Jones, Andrew, 160, 419, 421 239–241 Joseph Koo (顧家煇), 244, 254, James Wong (黃霑), 244, 254–256, 322, 358–360, 362, 364, 405, 322, 350, 355, 359, 360, 426, 438 362–364, 376, 381, 384–388, JPHA (香港放送局), 220 393, 394, 405, 406, 411 J-pop, 20, 313 Japan, 2, 19, 20, 22, 24, 25, 59, 64, “July CTV”, 247 71, 72, 128, 129, 180–185, June 4, 285n27, 379, 382 INDEX 505

Junior, Joe, 432, 481 Kowloonbay International Trade & Ka Ling (嘉玲), 62, 179 Exhibition Centre, 462 Kaleidoscope, 25, 335 Kowloon Tong, 221, 245, 271 “Kam Kok line” (金國線), 77, 78 K-pop, 100, 328 Kaneshiro, Takeshi (金城武), 192, Ku, Leo (古巨基), 399 193 Kung Fu, 5, 65, 70, 71, 89, 107, Karaoke, 380, 384–386, 389, 400, 109, 156, 165, 167–171, 176, 442 184, 186, 191n16, 197, 199, Karaoke bars, 321, 384–386, 397, 238, 240, 310, 322, 429, 473, 449 481 Karaoke culture, 384, 385 Kung Fu comedies, 72 Karaoke-friendly style, 389 Kung Fu films, 65, 70n16, 71, 72, Karaoke-purposed adaptation, 385 107, 157, 167–171, 184 Karl Maka (麥嘉), 79 Kung Fu mania, 5, 167–169, 184, Kelly Chan (陳慧琳), 391, 399 186, 197 Kenneth Chan Kai-tai (陳啟泰), 284 Kun operas (昆劇), 416 Kerr, Donald, 253 Kuomintang (KMT, aka the Kerria lacca, 414 Nationalist), 42, 44, 48, 49, Kimura Takuya (木村拓哉), 311 51–53, 123, 125, 127, 127n2, Kin Shing (堅成), 78, 79 129–132, 135, 136, 139, Kinetoscope, 35 145–149, 156, 165, 177, 197, King Hu (胡金銓), 65, 186 300 King of broadcast, 222 Kurosawa, Akira (黑澤明), 183 King of Cantopop, 363, 401 Kwan, Michael, 243, 370, 375 King of South China film, 46, 50 Kwan family (關氏), 78 Kinship-based organizations, 164 Kwan Tak-hing (關德興), 45, 162 Kodak, 190 Kwok, Aaron (郭富城), 388, 389, Koji, Tamaki (玉置浩二), 434, 446 435 Labor Department, 285 Kong Ling (江玲), 428 Lady Diana (皇妃樂隊), 377, 378 Kong Ngee Motion Picture Lai, Leon (黎明), 388, 389, 398 Production (光藝製片公司), Lai, Peter (黎彼得), 363, 364 37, 40, 61, 62, 66, 124, 179 Lai Buk-hoi (黎北海), 39–41, 43, Kong Suet (江雪), 62, 179 44, 124 Koo Tin-lok, Louis (古天樂), 87, Lai Hoi-shan (黎海山), 40 481 Lai Man-wai (黎民偉), 39–44, 162 Korean drama, 312 Lai Siu Tin (黎小田), 243 Korean Wave, 20, 100, 192, 401, Lai Sun, 259 451, 482 Lai brothers, 35, 40–44, 110, 120, Ko Shan Theatre (高山劇場), 377, 124, 172, 422 462 Laissez-faire, 5, 8, 14, 22, 49n7, 76, Kowloon, 51, 64, 130, 163, 238, 110, 196, 287, 290, 315, 459, 252, 427, 456, 462 463–466 506 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Lee Sun-fung (李晨風), 46, 58, 62, Lam, Eman (林二汶), 401, 402 121, 136 Lam, George (林子祥), 366n11, Lee Tit (李鐵), 46, 54, 57, 58, 62, 370, 448 133 Lam, Ringo (林嶺東), 84, 169 Lee Tsu-yung (also known as Li Lam, Sandy (林憶蓮), 371, 445, Zuyong 李祖永), 52, 53, 128, 446, 448 129, 132 Lam Bun (林彬), 226–228 Left-leaning, 44, 51, 53, 54, 80, Lam Chiu-yin Dante (林超賢), 102, 130, 132–136, 148 485 Lenny Kwok Tat-nin (郭達年), 377 Lam Cho-cho (林楚楚), 41 Leong, Fish (梁靜茹), 443 Lam Fung (林鳳), 66 Leslie Cheung (張國榮), 2, 89, 187, Lam Pak-yan (林百欣), 259 368–370, 372, 373, 388, 391, Lang, Sandra (仙杜拉), 358, 359 393, 394, 399, 434 Language barriers, 73, 142 Leung, Edmond (梁漢文), 399 “The latest type ballad” (一種最新 Leung, Gigi (梁詠琪), 445 的歌謠), 411–413 Leung Jit-fu (梁哲夫), 145 Lau Kar-fai (劉家輝), 65 Leung Shun-yin (梁舜燕), 234 Lau Kar-leung (劉家良), 65 Leung Sing-po (梁醒波), 159 Lau Pui-kei, Eddie (劉培基), 369 Leung Siu Po (梁少坡), 37, 40, 41, Lau Wai-keung Andrew (劉偉強), 123, 124 103 Li, Jet (李連傑), 170, 193 Lau Yee Tat (劉以達), 377, 380 Li Pingqian (李萍倩), 53 Law, Alex (羅啟銳), 194 Li Xianglan (李香蘭), 183, 435 Law Kar (羅卡), 34, 76n21, 128, Lian Bang film company (聯邦), 129 149 Law Ming-yau (羅明佑), 43, 44, Liann Yee Production Co., Ltd., 162 306 Law Yim-hing (羅艷卿), 159 License fee, 165, 219, 221, 385 Lawrence Cheng Tan Shui (鄭丹瑞), Lily Chao (何莉莉), 149 227 Lin, Brigitte (林青霞), 143 Learning from Japan, 183 Lin Dai (林黛), 63 Lee, Angelica (李心潔), 481 Lingua franca, 36, 341 Lee, Hacken (李克勤), 399, 400, Ling Xing Fen Jia (伶星分家), 58 448 Lion Rocks, 218, 250, 256, 265, Lee Gardens, 375 289 Lee Han-hsiang (李翰祥), 138, 148, Liu Changle (劉長樂), 283 149, 153 Liu Yat Yuen (廖一原), 54, 133 Lee Hau-wo, Mrs. (利孝和夫人), Livelihood issues, 251 257 Live sound recording, 251 Lee Hysan (利希慎), 43, 44, Liza Wong (汪明荃), 321, 370, 381 257 LMF (Lazy Mutha Fucka 大懶堂), Lee Kuang Yew, 440 403 INDEX 507

Lo Dun (盧敦), 55, 58 “Main-melody” films (zhu xuan lv Lo Hoi Pang (盧海鵬), 240 dian ying 主旋律電影), 102, Lo Kan (盧根), 38n4 346, 357, 446 Lo Wei (羅維), 69, 70n16 Major buyers, 201–203, 205 Lo Wing-cheung (羅永祥), 40, 124 Mak Kei (麥基), 66 Lobing Samson (洛平), 426 Malaya, 51, 53, 62, 156, 172, 173, Localization, 17, 74, 75, 88, 159, 177, 178, 180, 181, 187, 315, 175, 239, 367, 387, 388, 427, 350 460, 467 Malaysia, 15, 17, 99, 193, 304, 352, Local melodramas (Xiangtuju, 鄉土 439, 442–444 劇), 306 Manager Katie Chan’s, 400 Loke Wan Tho (陸運濤), 61, 63, Mandapop, 387, 390, 393, 401, 64, 78, 109, 469 444, 445, 447, 448 Longma (Long Ma, 龍馬), 132 Mandarin blockbusters, 66, 67, 123, Long Shong company (龍翔), 153 148, 165, 168, 362 Loo, Ellen (盧凱彤), 401, 402 Manila, 189, 190, 425 Los Angeles, 40 Maoism, 316 Louis Cha Leung-yung (查良鏞/金 Maritime, 3, 15, 155, 172, 192, 庸), 26, 28, 246, 247, 307, 456 324 Mark Lui (雷頌德), 390 Louis Koo (古天樂), 87 Market consolidation, 192 Louise Lee (李司棋), 241 Martial art, 28, 64, 65, 69, 71, 88, Love in a Fallen City/傾城之戀, 450 89, 169, 170, 186, 187, 231, Lowell Lo (盧冠廷), 382 244, 246, 247, 261, 302, 306, Loyalism, 17, 18 307, 323, 324 Lui Man-shing (呂文成), 417, 418, Martial art choreographers, 65, 69 422 Martial art costume dramas, 244, Lui Tai-lok, 3 246, 247, 302, 306, 307 Lumière brothers, 25, 37 Martial law, 5, 306 Lunar Chinese New Year, 193 Masked Singer (蒙面歌王), 448 Lung Cheung opera company (香港 Master recordings, 416 電台龍翔劇團), 228 Materiality of music, 413 Lydia Shum (沈殿霞), 238, 307 May Day (五月天), 443 Ma Sze-tsang (馬師曾), 121, 141, Mayumi, Itsuwa (五輪真弓), 434 158–160, 347, 353, 419 Mecca of China’s, 44 Macao, 36, 80, 138, 158, 162, 173, Media Asia Group (寰亞綜藝), 87 175, 177–180, 225, 247, 316, Meeting place, 5–8, 26, 36, 41, 345, 346, 413 101, 109, 111, 117, 149, 197, Made-in-Hong Kong, 136, 144, 270, 405, 427, 433, 450, 456, 156, 164, 168, 169, 189, 197, 483 199, 302, 306, 467, 483 Mei Ah Entertainment, 195 Mainland Chinese accent, 389 Mei Lanfang (梅蘭芳), 158 508 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Most popular female singer, 400, Melodramas, 56, 61, 76, 84, 87, 401 104, 110, 149, 150, 163, 199, Most Popular Song, 2, 402 306, 327, 347, 439 Motion Picture & General Mercury House, 221 Investment Co. Ltd. (MP&GI, Metropole Theater (pronounces 國際電影懋業), 61, 63, 64, 69, “Kam Hwa” 金華戲院), 78 78, 134, 148, 149, 159, 173, Mexicali, 157 179–181 Michael Hui (許冠文), 72 Motion Picture Industry Association Michael Kwan (關正傑), 243, 370, (MPIA), 85n23, 93 375 Motion Pictures and General Michelle Yim (米雪), 246 Investment Film Company— Migrant labors, 11, 155, 156, 161, MP&GI, 61 163, 164, 167, 179 Moulin Rouge, 192 Mika Nakashima (中島美嘉), 434 Mu Hung (穆虹), 149 Milkyway Image (銀河映像), 87 Mui, Anita (梅艷芳), 368–370, 372, Ming Dynasty, 145 386, 393, 394, 434 (明星電影公司), 123 Multi-cultural fusion, 119 Mini-Guangzhou town, 157 Multi-language broadcast, 222, 300 Ministry of Culture, 138 Multi-media stardom, 28, 372 “Minor song” (xiao qu 小曲), 350 Multi-medium stardom, 368 Min Sheng film company, 190 Multiple linguistic broadcasting, Mise-en-scène, 148, 158 220 Misinformation, 284, 297, 298 Multi-screen theater, 93 Miss Asia pageant, 259 Music bands, 346, 347, 350, 363 Miss Hong Kong pageant, 241, Music Palace Theater, 164 259, 260, 272 Music Plus, 400 Mizoguchi, Kenji (溝口健二), 183 myTV SUPER, 305 Mo Lei Tau, 142, 153 Na Ying (那英), 443, 447 ‘Modern’ Hong Kong, 89, 264, 266, Nagamasa, Kawakita (川喜多長政), 483 128, 182 Modernity, 5, 7, 22, 62, 143, 170, Nakahira, Ko (中平康), 183 306, 322, 327, 335, 336, 348, Nam Hung (南紅), 62 438, 478, 484 Nan, Pong (藍奕邦), 402 Modernization, 19, 20, 141, 265, Nan Guo (南國), 51, 132 266, 296, 315, 344, 411, 483 Nan Kuan (Nan Qun 南羣), 132 Modern Shanghai, 353 Nan Kwok (Nan Guo 南國), 132, Molotov Cocktail, 227, 255 133 Mona Fong (方逸華), 258, 303, Nan Yue (南粵), 46, 188 424 Nancy Shi (施南生), 79–80 Money-driven ecstasy, 81 “Nanyang” (literally means South Moon Kwan (Kwan Man-ching 關文 Ocean, 南洋), 45, 46, 49, 173, 青), 41, 71, 125, 162 177–180 INDEX 509

Nanyang Tobacco, 121 Ng Ho (吳昊), 75, 179, 190 “Narcissist” Karaoke culture, 385 Ng Hui, 58 National Broadcasting Company Ng Hwa, 189 (NBC), 237 Ng Mang Tat (吳孟達), 240 National defense film (Guofang Ng Wui (吳回), 46, 62, 121 Dianying 國防電影), 48, 125 Ngan Mok Street, 33, 35, 36, 41 National imaginations, 332, 333 Ngo, Esteban, 189 Nationalism, 125, 127, 135, 156, Ngo, Lee (李我), 222, 226 169–171, 329–330, 332, 381, Nickelodeons, 39 382 1989 Tiananmen massacre, 84, 291, Nationalist China, 21, 76 381 National language unification policy, 1997 sovereignty transition, 7, 377, 48, 147 381 National Phonograph Company, 1967 riot, 64, 75, 227, 228, 237, 415 245, 248, 249, 255, 264, National Theater (pronounces “Kok 269–271, 460, 462 Man” 國民戲院), 78 Nobel Literature Prize, 243 Neo-nostalgia, 107 Non-intervention, 459 Netherlands, East Indies, 51 Northbound wave, 194 Neway, 385 North China Film Company, 43, 44 New Cultural Movement, 131 North China Kung Fu camp, 65 New Hong Kong cinema, 107 Northcote, Geoffrey, 297 New Moon, 412, 414 Northern Expedition (北伐), 42 New Moon gramophone and record North Point, 81, 419 company (新月留聲機唱片公 Nostalgic sentiment, 74, 88 司), 346, 409, 412, 413, Now TV, 285 417–419, 421 Occupy Central, 108, 108n31 New music, 346, 421 Oceanian continent, 167 Newport Circuit (新寶院線), 80 Odeon (高亭), 416 News Corporation, 286 “Of the people”, 343 “New songs” (新曲), 346n4, Old City Hall, 459, 460 384n16, 410, 420, 421 Ollie Delfino, 429–430 New-style martial arts, 64, 65 “One film company” (一片公司), 57 New Talent Singing Championship ( On-exile intellectuals, 125 新秀歌唱比賽), 368 Ong, Judy (翁倩玉), 436 New Territories, 250 Open-door policy, 316, 319, 320 New voices from new China, 423 “Original songs campaign” (原創歌 New World real estate, 259 運動), 387 New wuxia, 64, 65, 68, 84 Orthodox Chinese culture, 6, 52, New York city, 164–166 123, 145, 176 Ng Cho-fan (吳楚帆), 46, 50, 54, Oscar Academy Awards, 2 58, 122, 133, 134, 141, 422 Outdoor broadcasting, 222 510 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) 301, 308, 314, 316–320, Ouyang Yuqian (歐陽予倩), 43, 326–328, 335, 336, 377, 381, 125 382, 384, 406, 410, 422, 441, Overseas Chinese, 12, 13, 35, 66, 444, 466, 483 162 Performing Arts Company of Korea, Overseas market, 34, 47, 50, 51, 53, 185 56, 57, 64, 71, 85, 92, 93, Performing Rights Society (PRS) of 99–101, 109, 161, 169, 173, the United Kingdom, 365 186, 188, 197, 302, 303, 305, Philippines, 46, 51, 144, 156, 161, 308, 309, 328, 341, 344, 348, 181, 189–190, 420, 426, 429, 349, 369, 439, 472 430 Over-the-top (OTT), 305 Phoenix Satellite TV, 286, 318 Pacific century, 15 Phone-in, 219, 230, 231 Pacific Century Cyber Works Piracy, 93–94, 390, 393, 441, 444, (PCCW) Limited, 285, 287 463 Pacific crossing, 10 “Planting on concrete land” (水泥 Pacific Ocean, 45, 161–171, 425 地上種花), 479 Pacific War, 50 Platinum disc, 366, 366n10, 370, Pagoda Theatre, 165 375, 376, 379, 380, 394, 395 Pak Suet-sin (白雪仙), 62, 347 Policy Addresses, 464, 470 Pak Yan (白茵), 136 Political China, 16 Pak Yin (白燕), 50, 58, 347 Polydor, 371 Pamela Peck Wan Kam (白韻琴), PolyGram (寶麗金), 369, 378, 385, 227 433, 433n18, 441 Pan-Asian cinema, 11, 191, 192, Port city, 3, 6, 8, 21, 46, 139, 155, 199 196, 197, 225, 269, 295, 354, Pang Laikwan (彭麗君), 90 409, 420, 425, 450, 456, 459, Pan-Sinitic-language sphere, 178 483 Paradise of orphan island, 22 Post-CEPA, 106–108, 191 Paradise of shopping, 7, 14 Post-colonial, 89, 90 Paramount musical film, 159 Post-handover, 101, 110 Pathé (百代), 416, 417, 422 Post-industrial, 72 Patrick Tse Yin (謝賢), 62, 179 Postmaster General, 220, 233 “The Peal” (明珠戲院), 78 Post-1967 riot, 228 Pearl River Delta, 7, 36, 55, 308, Post Office, 220, 221 323 Post-SARS, 101 Pedder Street, 219, 220 Post-war, 14, 25, 27, 46, 49–53, Peking operas (京劇), 158, 219, 56, 58, 60, 62, 72, 74, 77, 416 121, 128, 129, 134, 136, 159, People’s Republic of China (PRC), 160, 174, 179, 181, 182, 185, 16, 18, 21, 51, 88, 129, 131, 220–224, 227, 249–253, 255, 132, 135–138, 145, 177, 191, 269, 276, 289, 300, 306, 314, 243, 255, 264, 267, 270, 291, 315, 334, 348, 351–354, 356, INDEX 511

423, 424, 426, 428, 433, 445, Rain (the dancing king of Korea), 459, 460 312 Premier Zhou Enlai, 132, 316 Ray del Val (雷德活), 426 Pre-sale system (片花), 56, 92, 99, Raymond Chow Man-wai (鄒文懷), 143, 152, 153, 189 69, 150, 184 Pre-war, 14, 44–47, 49n7, 74, 119, Raymond Wong Pak-ming (黃百鳴), 121, 126, 141, 143, 152, 153, 79, 80 158, 160, 173, 188, 193, 269, R&B, 370, 402, 447 302, 303, 343, 346, 355, 371, Rebecca Pan (潘迪華), 424 405, 409, 412–414, 417, 421, Record labels, 23, 26, 122, 352, 422, 442, 462 357, 361, 368, 369, 371–372, “Privatizing” music, 299, 355 385, 388, 391, 394n17, 402, Production-distribution chain 403, 410, 413–420, 422–424, system, 42 429, 432, 441, 442, 476 Pro-establishment ideology, 268 Red Box California, 385 “Province-Hong Kong-Macao” Red-China, 197, 264, 266, 270, cultural circle, 120 284, 302, 316 Public affairs discussion programs, Rediffusion (麗的映聲, Video and 230, 231 sound of Rediffusion), 25, 217, Public estate, 246, 251, 265, 268 221–227, 231–234, 236–239, Public housing, 75, 90, 248, 271 244, 258, 259, 289, 353, 355, Public policy, 27, 250, 455, 437 458–471 Rediffusion Television (麗的映聲), Public Relations Office, 221 233, 236, 239 Public service broadcasting, 235, Re-exportation, 101n24, 201 249, 250 Regal Films Company (永高電影公 Qing Dynasty, 10, 13, 53, 138, 163, 司), 80 170, 306, 327, 448, 483 Regionalization, 20, 22, 23, 66, Qingxian recorder, 46 148, 173, 175 Queen Elizabeth Stadium, 375, 460 Renaissance Foundation, 403, 404, Queen’s College, 35 476, 477 Radio 3, 223 Re-nationalization, 333, 336 Radio 4, 224 Rennie’s Mill (aka Tiu Keng Leng), Radio Hong Kong (RHK香港電台), 53, 130–131 220, 225, 248, 298 Republic of China (ROC), 13, 16, Radio Television Hong Kong 18, 21, 51, 52, 74, 88, 123, (RTHK), 46, 75, 218, 220, 130, 138, 145, 191, 220, 255, 224, 226, 228, 238, 248–256, 296, 297, 327, 377, 418, 420, 276, 277, 283, 290, 291, 298, 422, 450, 466, 483 301, 362, 364, 368, 374, 378, Republic revolution, 40 379, 386, 447, 462 Resinicization, 269 Radio Vila Verde (綠邨電台), 225 Re-territorialization, 332 Raidas, 378, 379 The Reynettes (夜明珠合唱團), 427 512 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Samurai, 65, 170 Ricky Hui (許冠文), 72 Sandy Lam (林憶蓮), 371, 445, Ricky Wong (王維基), 287, 288 446, 448 Right-leaning, 44, 53, 61, 127, 129, San Francisco, 15, 38, 50, 109, 158, 130, 147, 165 162–164, 165n11, 415 Ringo Lam (林嶺東), 84, 169 SAR New Wave, 107 Rising development of K-pop, 328 Satellite companies, 69 Robert Chua (蔡和平), 237, 238, “Save the Nation through Cinema,” 241 43 Rock ‘n’ roll, 26, 342, 354, 363, Sci-fi, 83, 102, 226, 484, 485 365, 428, 432 Self-censorship, 104, 218 Roman Tam (羅文), 254, 372, 394, Selina Liang Shuk-yee (梁淑儀), 432, 438 247 Romand & The Four Steps, 432 Sensual exoticism, 167, 183 Rosemary Theatre, 165 Service industry, 72–74 RTV (麗的電視, television of “Seven-day wonder”(七日鮮), 57, rediffusion), 239, 242–248, 57n10, 58 253, 256, 259–260, 263, 289, 78-rpm, 350 302, 303, 308, 310, 370, 437, Shanghai, 7, 13, 14, 18, 19, 23, 24, 438 33, 36, 40–45, 46n6, 48, 49n7, Ruan Lingyu (阮玲玉), 44, 412, 50, 52, 55, 109, 119–125, 419 127–130, 143, 146, 155–159, RubberBand, 402, 403 161, 162, 169, 172, 173, 176, Run Run Shaw (邵逸夫), 61, 182, 187, 195, 284, 297, 298, 64–67, 78, 109, 147, 149, 150, 310, 318, 320–322, 343, 345, 164, 165, 172–174, 183, 184, 354, 355, 410–412, 414, 186, 218, 257, 258, 303, 323, 416–427, 444, 446, 450, 451, 424, 469 457, 471 Runmei Shaw (邵仁枚), 172–174 Shanghai concession, 127, 128 Saigon (Ho Chi Minh city), 188 Shanghainese, 222, 414, 424, 428 Saigontourist Cable Television Shanghai-style Mandarin songs, Company Limited (SCTV), 219, 353, 355, 421 307 Shaolin Temple, 74 “Sail Out Thousand Boat” (千帆並 Shaw Brothers Film Company (邵氏 舉), 243, 260 電影有限公司), 22, 45, 61, 64, Sakai Noriko (酒井法子), 311 69, 78, 134, 148, 150, 164, Sally Yip (葉倩文), 370 167, 172, 174, 257, 303 Sam Hui & The Lotus, 432 Shaw Cunren (邵邨人), 49, 66, Sam Hui (許冠傑), 80, 357, 172 360–365, 369, 371, 375, 384, Shaw family, 22, 45, 66, 67, 392, 405, 432, 439 122–124, 148, 172, 173, 175, Sammo Hung (洪金寶), 69 187 INDEX 513

Shaw Father-and-Son film company Sino-British Joint Declaration, 83, (邵氏父子電影公司), 66 143, 167, 444 Shaw Zuiweng (also called C. W. Sino-Japanese war, 33, 124, 125, Shaw 邵醉翁), 45, 49, 172 128, 131, 145, 173, 182, 381 Shek Kip Mei, 255 Sino-Japan war, 23, 44, 48, 51, Shek Sau (石修), 436 124–128, 146, 157, 177, 220, Shek Tin (石天), 79 266, 296, 405 Shellac disc, 350, 405, 414 Sinophone, 4, 5, 10–19, 21–26, Shelter city, 48, 72 28, 46, 51, 77, 100, 107, Shelter seekers, 125, 296, 422 111, 117, 118, 120, 122, Sheng Gang Ao (省港澳), 120–121 124, 136, 142, 143, 155, Sheungkun Lau Wan (上官流雲), 156, 158, 159, 161, 164, 352 166, 167, 169–172, 175–177, Showbiz, 23, 26, 218, 319, 329, 179, 180, 187, 189, 196–207, 342, 368, 374–376, 379, 444, 233, 260, 265, 286, 295, 456, 458 296, 298, 302, 305, 306, Shu Qi (舒淇), 143 315, 334–336, 358, 365, 368, Shu Shi (舒適), 53, 132, 133 372, 388–391, 401, 405, 406, Shum Shui Po, 255, 469 410, 412, 415–417, 419, 422, Siao Fong-fong (蕭芳芳), 62, 356 433, 437–443, 450, 451, 456, The Side Effects, 432 462, 464, 473, 478, 483 The South China Kung Fu camp, 65 Sit Kok-sin (薛覺先), 45, 121, 123, Sil-Metropole Organisation (銀都影 158–160, 173, 346, 347, 411, 業), 80, 137, 137n4, 141n6, 419, 422 195 Situation-comedy, 219, 227, 302, Sima Wensen (司馬文森), 133 361 Sincere (先施公司), 121, 345, 418 Siu Sang (蕭笙), 246 Singapore, 11, 15, 22, 23, 53, 62, Siu Yin-fei (小燕飛), 347, 411 92, 155, 156, 172, 173, 16-mm reels, 251 175n13, 177–181, 190, 192, S. K. Chang (Zhang Shangkun 張善 304, 315, 351n5, 352, 425, 琨), 52, 54, 128–131, 146, 439, 440, 442–445 147, 182, 184 Single-building cinemas, 93 Sky Cosmos, 195 Single-screen grand theaters, 92, 95 Sky novel (天空小說), 221–223, Sing-song film, 1, 56, 57, 59, 159, 226, 227, 231 160, 163, 348, 356–357 Small Island (小島樂隊), 48, 378 Sing-song troupe, 183, 345–347, Small Music, 377 419 Social Welfare Department, 252 Sinic language, 175, 176, 197, 300 Société Lumière, 35 Sinified jazz, 160 Soft-porn, 183 Sinitic-language, 12–16, 178, 300 Soft power, 20, 433, 464, 465 Sinn, Elizabeth, 3, 6–8, 10, 15, 177 Song Hye-kyo (宋慧喬), 312 514 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Special administrative region, 88, Song of the time (Shidaiqu 時代曲), 406, 410 353, 421 Stanley Kwan (關錦鵬), 89 Songs (shi dai qu 時代曲), 219, STAR TV, 286, 318 233, 421 Star-making, 20, 26, 28, 63, 389, Sonic presence of Hong Kong TV, 396, 397, 406, 438 314 State Administration of Press, Sound-film era, 44 Publication, Radio, Film and Soundscape, 160, 315, 423, 433 Television of the People’s Southbound, 40, 48, 49, 125, 126, Republic of China (SAPPRFT), 131, 146, 172, 178, 422, 425, 327 450 State Administration of Radio and South-bound film workers Television (SART), 102, (南來影人), 22, 48 102n26 South China, 1, 11, 14–17, 22, 36, State Administration of Radio, Film 37, 48, 50, 52, 119, 120, 135, and Television (SARFT), 102, 138n5, 143, 156, 172, 177, 102n26, 105, 327 285n27, 295, 296, 329, 335, “Station dispatching songs” 351 (派台歌), 374 South China film (Huanan Dianying Stock market, 223, 267, 268, 306, 華南電影), 46n6, 119, 143 335 South China Film Workers Union Street gangsters, 84, 87, 156 (華南電影工作者聯合會), 135 Stuart Hall, 10 South China Morning Post, 35, 85, Stunt squads, 69 285n27 Su Yi (蘇怡), 55 Southeast Asia, 5, 13, 15, 18, 24, Subscription fee, 224, 226, 233, 26, 45, 48–50, 56, 57, 62–67, 234, 237, 355 78, 92, 109, 118, 130, 134, Sun Kwong film company (新光電 135, 144, 154–156, 158, 162, 影公司), 189 167, 172, 173, 177–181, 185, Sun Luen (新聯), 54, 58, 61, 67, 188, 190, 192, 193, 223, 303, 80, 133, 136 305, 311, 314–316, 335, 348, Sun Luen film company (新聯影業), 350–352, 356, 415n6, 416, 54, 67, 80, 133 417, 423, 431, 439–441, 469, Sun Ma Sze-tsang (新馬師曾), 353 472 Sun Sing Theater, 165 South Korea, 2, 11, 19, 20, 25, Sun, Stephanie (孫燕姿), 443 100, 185–187, 192, 246, 310, Sun Yat-sen, 40–43, 110, 320 312, 328, 370, 399, 472, 485 Superpowers, 52, 181 South–north trade, 16 Superstar manufacturing system, Sovereignty transfer, 81, 85, 264 342 Soviet Union, 52, 134, 145, 180 Supper Moment, 403 Spaghetti western genres, 170 Swatowese, 222 Speak Mandarin campaign, 440 Sword fighting, 65, 84, 240, 447 INDEX 515

Swordsmen-fighting dramas, 244, Television and Entertainment 360 Licensing Authority (TELA), Swordsmen-fighting film, 154 467 Sylvia Chang (張艾嘉), 80, 143, Television and sound broadcasting 154 survey, 261–263 Tadashi Nishimoto (西本正), 65, Television Broadcast Limited 183, 184 (TVB), 2, 23, 218, 234, Tagalog, 190, 429 236–248, 256–261, 263, Tai Chi (大志), 78 265–267, 271–277, 283–286, Taichi (太極樂隊), 377, 378 289–290, 302–311, 315–318, Taipei, 19, 52, 66, 148, 149, 443, 323, 326, 327, 329–336, 352, 483 357, 358, 360, 361, 364, 366, Taiwan factors, 143 368, 371, 372, 374, 379n14, “Tai Wan line” (太環線), 77 399, 400, 424, 434, 436–440, Taiwan national film, 147 444, 446, 464, 481 Taiyu Pian (台語片), 144, 145, 147 Television documentary, 75 Ta Kung Pao, 133 Television drama theme songs, 26, Talent sharing, 192 289–290, 321, 342, 350, Talkies in western suits (Xizhuangju 358–361, 438, 439 西裝劇), 158, 159 Television soap opera, 240, 434 Tam, Alan (譚詠麟), 368–370, 375, Teng, Teresa (鄧麗君), 443 376, 388, 391, 393, 399, 428, Teo, Stephen, 22, 24, 55, 61, 147, 429, 434, 446 173, 180, 191 Tam Ka-ming (譚家明), 73 Teochew, 14, 15, 59, 144, 173, Tam Lan-hing (譚蘭卿), 160, 346 175, 178, 220, 222, 230, 233, Tam Ping Man (譚炳文), 238 300 Tang Kei-chan (鄧寄塵), 428 Teochew music (潮曲), 416 Tang Shu Shuen (唐書璇), 73, 75, Textile manufacturing corporation, 110 259 Tang Wai-hung (鄧偉雄), 360 Thailand, 57, 71, 99, 156, 173, Tatming (達明一派), 377–380, 382, 192, 202, 438, 439, 473, 485 403, 403n21, 404, 477 Theater-driven, 77–81, 85, 91–93 Tax deduction privilege, 146, 147 Theater businessmen, 93, 164 Tayu Lo (羅大佑), 384 Theme song, 26, 28, 50, 66, 105, Tea house girls, 416 192, 209, 238–243, 246, 248, Teddy girls, 62 253, 254, 307, 314, 315, 321, Teddy Robin & The Playboys, 432 322, 342, 344, 348, 350, Teddy Robin (泰迪羅賓), 432, 433 358–363, 367, 368, 373, 376, Telecommunication, 217, 221–223, 382, 392, 410, 426, 436–439, 232, 389 481, 482 Telecommunication Ordinance, Tian Han (田漢), 44 221, 232 Tiananmen student protest, 267 516 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Tsui, Paula (徐小鳳), 371, 428, Tianyi film company (literally means 429, 436 Sky One, 天一電影公司), 45, Tuason, Bading, 426 122, 157, 172 Tung Chee-hwa, 467 Tin Hau, 33, 35, 36, 41, 44, 46 Tung Menghui (同盟會), 43 Tin Hau Temple, 35, 41 TVB Anywhere, 305 Tin Pan Alley style, 421 TVB Galaxy Satellite Broadcasting Tin Sau Tong (天壽堂), 418 Limited, 286 Toho Company (東寶株式會社), TVB Jade, 236, 240, 258, 260, 261, 63, 180 273, 274, 302, 317, 368 Tokunaga Hideaki (德永英明), TVB Jade Solid Gold Best 10 434 Awards Presentation (勁歌金曲 Tong Shan Yan (Tangshan ren, 唐山 頒獎典禮), 368 人), 180 TVB Pearl, 236, 317 Tong Suet-hing (唐雪卿), 123 TVBS Media Group, 306 Tong Tik-sang (唐滌生), 122 TV-documentary, 275 Tong xiang hui (同鄉會), 164 TV viewing habit, 261 Tong Yuejuan (童月娟), 129, 146, 24-hour news channel TVBS-N, 147 306 Topophilia, 118 Twins, 373, 395–398 Top Ten Chinese Gold Songs Award 2008 Beijing Olympic, 447 (十大中文金曲), 362, 364, Typhoon “Wanda”, 234 370, 374, 379, 447 Ultimate Song Chart Awards Touch Base Policy, 264 Presentation (叱吒樂壇流行榜), Town of craze, 66, 148 2, 374, 387, 402 Transistor radio manufacturing base, Umbrella Movement, 2, 105, 108, 225 256, 383, 383n15, 402, 440, Trench, David, 264 449–451, 474, 479, 481 Trendsetter, 5, 23, 26, 70, 81, 160, Uncle Chin (錢大叔), 412, 413, 347, 368, 405, 410, 444, 478 419, 420 Triple-city tale, 120 Uncle Ray (Ray Cordeiro), 224, Trombone (吐林風), 420 431–432 Trumpet (土林必), 420 Union Film Enterprise (Chung Tsang, Donald, 464 Luen中聯電影企業), 58, 62, 88 Tsang Chi-wai (曾志偉), 87 United Film Maker (UFO), 87 Tse, Kay (謝安琪), 402 United Photoplay Service Tse, Nicolas (謝霆鋒), 389, 391 (Lianhua聯華影業), 43, 44, Tseng, Jenny (甄妮), 372 124, 162, 187 Tso Kea (Zuo Ji 左几), 159 United States, 41, 45, 50, 52, 59, Tsuburaya Eiji (圓谷英二), 183 71, 129, 134, 157, 162–168, Tsui Hark (徐克), 73, 75, 79, 171, 180, 181, 185, 186, 189, 83, 102, 103, 169, 485 236, 237, 239, 276, 303–305, INDEX 517

353, 417, 418, 420–422, 430, Wang, Dave (王傑), 143 466 “Wan-ton noodle director” (雲吞麵 Universal Pictures, 170 導演), 57, 57n10, 59 “Ultimate Song Chart” (叱吒流行 War memory, 181, 192 榜), 387, 482 Warner Brothers, 71, 167, 168 Upward mobility, 81, 82, 477 Warner China Film HG Urbanity, 5, 76, 143, 180, 306, Corporation, 193 367, 478 Wartime film, 45, 163 Urbanization, 20, 73, 141, 142, Wartime pro-British broadcasting, 344, 362 297 Urban romance, 87, 364 WEA, 441 Urban romantic melodramas, 88 Weather forecast, 219, 231 Urban youth culture, 66 WEA Warner, 371 Variety show, 22, 23, 234, 237, Wen Wei Pao, 133 239, 258, 302, 323, 359, 360, Western District Movie TV City, 333 369, 410 Westernization, 344, 346, 411 Vaudeville, 46, 89, 159, 289, 384 West Kowloon Cultural District, 465 Velasquez, Regine, 429 Wet market bulletin, 231 Venture capitalists, 76, 77, 87 We will be back, 479 Vernacularization of culture, 315 Wharf Cable Television (aka Cable Vertical integration, 64, 69, 78 TV), 285 VHS, 171, 187 Wing On (永安百貨), 121, 418 Vic Cristobal (歌詩寶), 426 Wireless television license, 244 Victor (勝利), 416, 422 Wo Shing record company (和聲唱 Victoria Park, 247, 382 片), 345, 350, 417, 421 Video rental stores, 93 Wo Shing (和聲), 345, 350, 409, Video-on-demand, 305 417, 418, 421 Vietnamese films, 46, 188 Women’s life, 234 Vietnamese refugees, 75, 138, 251 Wong Ai-ling (黃愛玲), 34, 109 Vietnam-Hong Kong connection, Wong Ching (王晶), 87 188 Wong Ching-man (王靖雯), 389 Vietnam refugee trilogy, 137 Wong, Faye (王菲), 389, 390, 400, Viewing rate, 272 400n20, 401, 445, 447 Violin (梵鈴), 346, 420 Wong Fei-hung (黃飛鴻), 169, 170 Vistan, 190 Wong, Gregory (王宗堯), 481 Visually appealing, 73 Wong, Ivana (王菀之), 402 Voice of America, 130 Wong Kar-Wai (王家衛), 88, 89, Wader studio (華達片場), 130, 190 109, 119, 167, 187, 424 Wah Kiu Film Company (華僑), 58 Wong Man-lei (黃曼梨), 58 Wai Kar Fai (韋家輝), 88 Wong Yuet-sang (王粵生), 347 Wang Jingwei (汪精衛), 182 Working Party Report on the Future Wang Zheng (王征), 284 of Broadcasting, 234 518 INDEX

Index words/phrases (cont.) Yuan Yang’an (袁仰安), 54, 129, World music, 415, 416 131 Worlding, 3–6, 8, 24, 29, 36, 45, Yue Pai (Guangzhou/Canton camp, 63, 117–207, 244, 265, 粵派), 155 295–337, 371, 409–451, 456, Yue yu liu xing qu (粵語流行曲), 458, 485 343 World Theater, 41, 42 Yung, Joey (容祖兒), 395, 399, World Trade Organization (WTO), 401, 447 100, 296, 318, 320, 447 Yung Hwa Motion Picture World War II (WWII), 9, 21, 36, Industries (永華影業), 52, 128, 109, 178, 185, 189, 275, 146, 182 297–300, 348 Yung Hwa strikes (永華工潮), Wu Zheng (吳征), 283–284 132 Wuxia, 64, 246, 316 Yung Sai-shing (容世誠), 413, Wyman Wong (黃偉文), 390, 391 413n3, 415n5 Wynners, 363, 369, 376 Yung Yuk Yi (容玉意), 241 Xia Yan (夏衍), 55 ZBW, 219, 220, 296, 298 Xiao Theater (笑舞台), 172 Zeitgeist, 4, 10, 62, 74, 85, 103, Xinhua agent, 132 185, 256 Yam Kim-fai (任劍輝), 62, 238 ZEK, 219, 220, 298 Yam, Simon (任達華), 153 Zen, 22, 65, 141 Yamaguchi Momoe (山口百惠), 434 Zhou Xuan (周旋), 53, 411, 424 Yam-Pak duo (任白), 62 Zhou Xun (周迅), 192 Yan Shanshan (嚴珊珊), 41 Zhu Qingxian (竺清賢), 46, 188 Yang Lan (楊瀾), 284 Zhu Shilin (朱石麟), 53 Yangtze River, 6, 175, 178, 321 Zoundcracker, 432 “Yan Ngoh Kian” (literally “others serve as my mirror”, 人我鏡), 40, 41, 120 S Yao Lee (姚莉), 411 Song Yau Ma Tei Theatre, 462 All For Freedom/Wei Ziyou (為自由), Yeung, Albert (楊受成), 396 382 Yeung, Miriam (楊千嬅), 391, 400, All I Think is Her/Yixin Xiang 445 Yuren (一心想玉人), 352 Yim Ho (嚴浩), 73, 75 Anak, 428, 429 “Ying hua” (photo picture 影畫), Ask/Wen Wo (問我), 363 35 Ask the Heaven/Tianwen (天問), Yoshiko Yamaguchi (山口淑子), 183 382 Youth culture, 66, 342 Be a Brave Chinese/Zuo ge Yonggan Youth sub-culture, 354 Zhongguoren (做個勇敢中國 Yu Cheng (俞琤), 387 人), 381 Yuan Cheung-yan (袁祥仁), 65 Belief/Xin (信), 437 INDEX 519

Believe Forever/Yongyuan Xiangxin Games Gamblers Play/Guima (永遠相信), 437 Shuangxing 鬼馬雙星 (1974), Bell sound of Zen Temple/ 70, 362–364 Chanyuan Zhongsheng (禪院鐘 Glorious Age/Guanghui Suiyue 聲), 352 (光輝歲月), 383 A Better Past/Dangnian Qing (當年 Goddess of Mercy/Guanshiyin 觀世音 情), 373 (2006), 447 Bicycle/Danche (單車), 400 The Great Wall/Changcheng (長城), Blue-White Procelain/Qinghua Ci 青 382 花瓷 (2007), 447 Hoist the Umbrella/Chengqi Yusan Boundless Ocean and Vast Sky/ (撐起雨傘), 2, 402 Haikuo Tiankong 海闊天空 How Can I Let You Go/Zenme Shede (1993), 382, 383n15, 441 Ni 怎麼捨得你 (1997), 449, Bright Future/Qiancheng Jinxiu 前 451 程錦繡 (1976), 436 I am a Chinese/Woshi Zhongguoren Can’t Buy Me Love, 352 (我是中國人), 446 Chan, Vincy (泳兒), 448 If the World is not as Expected/ Child/Hai’er (孩兒), 429 Jiashi Shijie Yuanlai Buxiang Chrysanthemum Terrace/Juhua Tai Ni Yuqi (假使世界原來不像你 菊花台 (2006), 447 預期), 402 City Hall Concert Hall/Dahuitang “I’m In Love with You,” 429 Yanzou Ting (大會堂演奏廳), I Saw Her Standing There, 352 399 I Want You To Be My Baby, 423 Daiyu Smile/Daiyu Xiaole 黛玉笑了 I Want Your Love/Woyao Nide Ai (2012), 448 (我要你的愛), 423 Deep Autumn/Qiuyi Nong (秋意 Judo/Roudao Longhu Bang 柔道龍 濃), 435 虎榜 (1973), 436 Dimple Soft Smile/Liwo Qianxiao King of Karaoke-songs/K-ge zhi (梨渦淺笑), 363 Wang K 歌之王 (2000), 400 Don’t Go/Buyao Zou 不要走 (行かな Kowloon Hong Kong, 427 いで), 435 The Last Message/Tiancai Yu Baichi Dragon Special Police/Menglong (天才與白痴), 363 Tejing Dui 猛龍特警隊 (1975), The late spring/Chilai de Chuntian 436 (遲來的春天), 369 Drink to Forget/Wang Qing Shui 忘 Let It Be Gone With the Wind/Rang 情水 (1994), 446, 484 Yiqie Suifeng (讓一切隨風), Endless Love/Duini Ai Buwan (對你 451, 480n15 愛不完), 446 Li Xianglan/李香蘭, 435 The Fatal Irony, 358, 359 Lost/Mitu (迷途), 378 The Fatal Irony/Tixiao Yinyuan (啼 Love in the Rain, 241, 242 笑因緣), 350 Love in the Rain/Yanyu Mengmeng Flowing Water Floating Cloud/Liu (煙雨濛濛), 241, 358 Shui Xing Yun (流水行雲), 50, Love is the Most Important/Lianai 348 Daguotian (戀愛大過天), 396 520 INDEX

Song (cont.) Speedy Gonzales/Moxige Nulang Lucky Binary Street/Xitie Jie (囍帖 (墨西哥女郎), 428 街), 402 Sword and Snow/Jian Xue 劍雪 A Maiden’s Prayer/Shaonu de Qidao (2008), 447–448 (少女的祈禱), 400 Teddy Boy in the Gutter/Feige die luo Meet in 1998/Xiangyu 1998 (相遇 kengqu (飛哥跌落坑渠), 351, 1998), 447 364 Monica (1984), 370 Thousand Li Away/Qianli Zhiwai 千 Monster/Guaiwu (怪物), 400 里之外 (2006), 447 Most popular male singer, 244, 369, Tower in Clouds/Tieta Lingyun 399 (鐵塔凌雲), 361 My Chinese Heart/Wo de TVMost (毛記電視), 289 Zhongguoxin (我的中國心), Wait till You Come/Zongyou Yitian 255, 381 Dengdao Ni (總有一天等到你), My Love Comes Too Late/Lang Gui 429 Wan 郎歸晚 (1947), 50, 56, Walk Faster Folk/Xing Kuai Di La 348, 349 (行快的啦), 352 My Pride/Wode Jiaoao (我的驕傲), Who Cares about 1997/Huazhini 97 401 (話知97), 384 Not Yet Known/Weizhi (未知), 401 Who is Echoing/Youshui Gongming Queen’s Road East/Huanghou 有誰共鳴 (1986), 370 Dadao Dong (皇后大道東), 384 Who is the Hero/Shuishi Da Real Man/Da Zhang Fu (大丈夫), Yingxiong (誰是大英雄), 363 439 Red Sun/Hongri (紅日), 399 Words from a Flâneur/Langzi Sana Kahit Minsan, 429 Xinsheng 浪子心聲 (1978), Sau Jai’s Dating/Shouzai Paituo 363, 439 (壽仔拍拖), 420 Song album Seek Thee in Ten Thousand Li/Wanli Amore/Ai Mu 愛慕 (1987), 370 Xunxiong Ci (萬里尋兄詞), 412 Concert Hall/Yanzou Ting 演奏廳 See You in Future/Weilai Jian (未來 (2005), 399 見), 403 Concert Hall II 演奏廳II (2006), Shall We Talk, 400 399 Sigh of gambler/Du zai zi tan 賭仔 Continue the Revolution/Jixu 自嘆 (1958), 349, 351, 364 Geming (繼續革命), 382 Sing and Dance/Zaige Zaiwu (載歌 Continue to Chase/Jixu Zhuixun 載舞), 349, 351 (繼續追尋), 378 Sleepless Night/Wuxin Shuimian Debt in Heart/Xin Zhai 心債 無心睡眠 (1987), 370 (1982), 434 Sleep Tight My Child/Er An Mian Deng Xiaoping is Coming to Town, (兒安眠), 412, 413 384 Small/Xiaoxiao 小小 (2007), 447 Eason Chan’s Happy Days/Wo de Smoking Woman/Xiyan de Nuren Kuaile Shidai我的快樂時代 (吸煙的女人), 378 (1998), 400 INDEX 521

East is Red/Generation 97/ U-87 (2005), 401 Dongfang Hong Gei Jiuqi Dai What’s Going On …? (2007), 401 (東方紅/給九七代), 377 Wind Blows On/Feng Jixu Chui 風繼 Fable/Yu Yan (寓言), 390 續吹 (1983), 370 Forget You Not/Wang Buliao Ni Xianggang (香港), 377 忘不了你 (1981), 369 Getting Ready (2015), 401 Goodbye Ideal/Zaijian Lixiang (再見 T 理想), 378 TV Kiss Goodbye/Wen Bie 吻別 (1993), At the Threshold of An Era/Chuang 388 Shiji 創世紀 (1999), 327 Island/Dao 島 (1985), 378 Autumn in My Heart/Lanse Shengsi Legend of Small Island/Xiaodao Lian 藍色生死戀 (2000), 312 Chuanshuo 小島傳說 (1986), Bad And The Ugly/Wangzhongren 378 網中人 (1979), 242, 263, 264, Life Continues (2006), 401 266, 267 Listen Without Prejudice, 429 Below the Lion Rocks/Shizishan Xia Lover, Goddess/Airen Nushen 愛人女 (獅子山下), 75, 228, 250 神 (1982), 369 Bridge/橋 (1978), 251–253 Loving for the Wanderer/Aishang The Bund/Shanghai Tan 上海灘 Yige Bu Huijia de Ren (愛上一 (1980), 242, 321, 322, 360, 439 個不回家的人), 445 Chase/Zhuizu 追族 (1978), 437 Loving Stranger Only/Zhiai Cho Lau Heung/Chuliu Xiang 楚留 Moshengren (只愛陌生人), 香 (1979), 242, 244, 307, 360, 389–390 368, 437–438 My 1st Collection, 395 Colorful Night/Wanzi Qianhong (萬 Naughty Boy/Fandou Xing 反斗星 紫千紅), 323 (1979), 429, 434 Conflict/Fendou 奮鬥 (1978), 437 Nerve/Shen Jing (神經), 379, 382 Crocodile Tear/Eyu Lei 鱷魚淚 1989, 382 (1978), 242, 437 Overthrow of Love/Zhenqing Liulu Dae Janggeum/Da Chang Jin 大長 真情流露 (1992), 434 今 (2003), 192 People have power/Minzhong The Dance of Passion/Huowu Yongyou Liliang Huangsha 火舞黃沙 (2006), (民眾擁有力量), 379 332, 333 Shall We Talk, 400 The Demi-Gods and Semi-Devils/ Small Island, 378 Tianlong Babu 天龍八部 Spring … the late spring/Chun (1997), 324 Chilai de Chuntian 春 … 遲來 The Drive of Life/Suiyue Fengyun 歲 的春天 (1983), 369 月風雲 (2007), 330–332 Time Flies (2010), 401 The Eagle-shooting heroes/Shediao True Love/Zhenai 真愛 (1996), 429 Yingxiong Zhuan (射雕英雄 Twins, 396 傳), 246, 307, 439 522 INDEX

TV (cont.) “The Legend of The Condor Heroes/ Election/Xuanzhan (選戰), 481 Shediao Yingxiong Zhuan”(射 The Fatal Irony, 350, 358, 359 雕英雄傳), 246, 307, 439 Five Easy Pieces/Lunliu Zhuan 輪流 The Little Li Flying Dagger/Xiaoli 轉 (1980), 243 Feidao 小李飛刀 (1978), 242, Focus On Focus/Chengshi Zhuiji 城市 244 追擊 (1994–1999), 244, 275 Lonely Desperado/Tianya Guke 天涯 Full House/Langman Manwu 浪漫 孤客 (1976), 436 滿屋 (2004), 312 Love and Passion/Wanshui Qianshan Gate to a Nobel Clan/Da Zhai Men Zongshi Qing 萬水千山總是情 大宅門 (2001), 326 (1982), 321 Glorious Return/Rong Gui 榮歸 Love in the Rain/Yanyu Mengmeng (2007), 330–332 (煙雨濛濛), 241, 242, 358 Good Earth/Dadi Enqing 大地恩情 Love Whitepaper/Aiqing Baipishu 愛 (1980), 243 情白皮書 (1993), 311 The Good, The Bad And The Ugly/ Meteor, Butterfly and Sword/Liuxing Wangzhongren 網中人 (1979), Hudie Jian 流星蝴蝶劍 (1978), 242, 263, 264, 266, 267 247, 437–438 The Greed of Man/Da Shidai大時代 Meteor Garden/Liuxing Huayuan (1992), 267 流星花園 (2001), 311 Homeless Girl/Meiyou Jia de Nuhai Miss Public Relations/Gongguan 沒有家的女孩 (1994), 311 Xiaojie 公關小姐 (1989), 323 Hong Kong Epic Heritage/ My Fair Princess/Huanzhu Gege 還 Xianggang Chuanqi香港傳奇 珠格格 (1998), 284, 311 (1996), 269, 270 On the Road Series/Xiang Shijie Hong Kong Today/Jinri Dizhen Di Chufa 向世界出發 (2006– 今日睇真D (1994–2000), 244, 2008), 275, 277 274 Oshin/A Xin de Gushi 阿信的故事 A House is Not a Home/Jia Bian家 (1986), 436 變 (1977), 242, 360, 437 Reincarnated/Tianchan Bian 天蠶 The Hui Brothers Show/Shuangxing 變 (1979), 438 Baoxi (雙星報喜), 361, 364 A Road and A Will/Xianggangren Judo Saga/Zisan Silang 姿三四郎 Zai Guangzhou香港人在廣州 (1977), 436 (1997), 324 Justice Pao/Bao Qingtian包青天 “The Romance of the Condor Heroes/ (1993), 283 Shendiao Xialu” 神鵰俠侶 Justice Pao/Bao Qingtian包青天 (1976), 246 (1995), 283, 284 The Romantic Swordsman/Xiaoli Legendary Fok/Daxia Huo Yuanjia Feidao 小李飛刀 (1978), 438 大俠霍元甲 (1981), 308, 310, Secret Of The Heart/Tiandi Haoqing 321 天地豪情 (1998), 327 INDEX 523

Stories from Afar Series/Xunzhao Viu TV, 287 Taxiang De Gushi尋找他鄉的故 War And Beauty/Jinzhi Yunie 金枝 事 (1998–2004), 275, 277, 欲孽 (2004), 327 283 When Heaven Burns/Tian yu Three Kingdoms/Sanguo Yanyi 三國 Di 天與地 (2011), 2–3, 演義 (1994), 326 481 Tour of Kangxi/Kangxi Weifu Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?/ Sifang Ji 康熙微服私訪記 Baiwan Fuweng百萬富翁 (2000), 326 (2001), 284 Travel with Rivals/Genzhe Maodun Yong Zheng Dynasty/Yongzheng Qu Lvxing (跟著矛盾去旅行), Wangchao 雍正王朝 (1999), 288 326